EXPOSITIONS OF
HOLY SCRIPTURE
ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D. D., Litt. D.
SECOND CORINTHIANS,
GALATIANS,
AND PHILIPPIANS
CHAPTERS I TO END
COLOSSIANS, THESSALONIANS,
AND FIRST TIMOTHY
NEW YORK
GEORGE H. DORAN COMPANY
EXPOSITIONS OF
HOLY SCRIPTURE
ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D. D., Litt. D.
SECOND CORINTHIANS
Chaps. VII to End
GALATIANS AND
PHILIPPIANS
CONTENTS
| II. CORINTHIANS | |
| Hope and Holiness (2 Cor. vii. 1) | 1 |
| Sorrow according to God (2 Cor. vii. 10) | 8 |
| Giving and Asking (2 Cor. viii. 1-12) | 20 |
| Rich yet Poor (2 Cor. viii. 9) | 27 |
| Willing and not Doing (2 Cor. viii. 11) | 36 |
| All Grace Abounding (2 Cor. ix. 8) | 42 |
| God’s Unspeakable Gift (2 Cor. ix. 15) | 50 |
| A Militant Message (2 Cor. x. 5 and 6, R.V.) | 57 |
| [vi]Simplicity towards Christ (2 Cor. xi. 3) | 65 |
| Strength in Weakness (2 Cor. xii. 8, 9) | 74 |
| Not Yours but You (2 Cor. xii. 14) | 83 |
| GALATIANS | |
| From Centre to Circumference (Gal. ii. 20) | 91 |
| The Evil Eye and the Charm (Gal. iii. 1) | 100 |
| Lessons of Experience (Gal. iii. 4) | 109 |
| The Universal Prison (Gal. iii. 22) | 116 |
| The Son Sent (Gal. iv. 4, 5, R.V.) | 126 |
| What Makes a Christian: Circumcision or Faith? (Gal. v. 6) | 136 |
| ‘Walk in the Spirit‘ (Gal. v. 16) | 153 |
| The Fruit of the Spirit (Gal. v. 22, 23) | 162 |
| [vii]Burden-Bearing (Gal. vi. 2-5) | 171 |
| Doing Good to All (Gal. vi. 10) | 180 |
| The Owner’s Brand (Gal. vi. 17) | 189 |
| PHILIPPIANS | |
| Loving Greetings (Phil. i. 1-8, R.V.) | 200 |
| A Comprehensive Prayer (Phil. i. 9-11, R.V.) | 206 |
| A Prisoner’s Triumph (Phil. i. 12-20, R.V.) | 211 |
| A Strait betwixt Two (Phil. i. 21-25) | 219 |
| Citizens of Heaven (Phil. i. 27, 28) | 233 |
| A Plea for Unity (Phil. ii. 1-4, R.V.) | 244 |
| The Descent of the Word (Phil. ii. 5-8, R.V.) | 253 |
| The Ascent of Jesus (Phil. ii. 9-11, R.V.) | 260 |
| Work out your Own Salvation (Phil. ii. 12, 13) | 268 |
| [viii]Copies of Jesus (Phil. ii. 14-16, R.V.) | 281 |
| A Willing Sacrifice (Phil. ii. 16-18, R.V.) | 287 |
| Paul and Timothy (Phil. ii. 19-24, R.V.) | 295 |
| Paul and Epaphroditus (Phil. ii. 25-30, R.V.) | 305 |
| Preparing to End (Phil. iii. 1-3, R.V.) | 311 |
| The Loss of All (Phil. iii. 4-8, R.V.) | 321 |
| The Gain of Christ (Phil. iii. 8, 9, R.V.) | 328 |
| Saving Knowledge (Phil. iii. 10, 11, R.V.) | 336 |
| Laid Hold of and Laying Hold (Phil. iii. 12) | 348 |
| The Race and the Goal (Phil. iii. 13, 14) | 359 |
| The Soul’s Perfection (Phil. iii. 15) | 369 |
| The Rule of the Road (Phil. iii. 16) | 381 |
| Warnings and Hopes (Phil. iii. 17-21, R.V.) | 391 |
II. CORINTHIANS
HOPE AND HOLINESS
Having therefore these promises . . . let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness
of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.’—2 Cor. vii. 1.
It is often made a charge against professing Christians
that their religion has very little to do with common
morality. The taunt has sharpened multitudes of
gibes and been echoed in all sorts of tones: it is very
often too true and perfectly just, but if ever it is, let
it be distinctly understood that it is not so because of
Christian men’s religion but in spite of it. Their
bitterest enemy does not condemn them half so emphatically
as their own religion does: the sharpest censure
of others is not so sharp as the rebukes of the New
Testament. If there is one thing which it insists upon
more than another, it is that religion without morality
is nothing—that the one test to which, after all, every
man must submit is, what sort of character has he and
how has he behaved—is he pure or foul? All high-flown
pretension, all fervid emotion has at last to face
the question which little children ask, ‘Was he a good
man?’
The Apostle has been speaking about very high and
mystical truths, about all Christians being the temple
of God, about God dwelling in men, about men and
women being His sons and daughters; these are the[2]
very truths on which so often fervid imaginations
have built up a mystical piety that had little to do
with the common rules of right and wrong. But Paul
keeps true to the intensely practical purpose of his
preaching and brings his heroes down to the prosaic
earth with the homely common sense of this far-reaching
exhortation, which he gives as the fitting
conclusion for such celestial visions.
I. A Christian life should be a life of constant self-purifying.
This epistle is addressed to the church of God which
is at Corinth with all the saints which are in all Achaia.
Looking out over that wide region, Paul saw
scattered over godless masses a little dispersed company
to each of whom the sacred name of Saint
applied. They had been deeply stained with the vices
of their age and place, and after a black list of criminals
he had had to say to them ‘such were some of you,’
and he lays his finger on the miracle that had changed
them and hesitates not to say of them all, ‘But ye are
washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in
the name of the Lord Jesus and by the Spirit of our
God.’
The first thing, then, that every Christian has is a
cleansing which accompanies forgiveness, and however
his garment may have been ‘spotted by the flesh,’ it
is ‘washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb.’
Strange cleansing by which black stains melt out of
garments plunged in red blood! With the cleansing
of forgiveness and justification comes, wherever they
come, the gift of the Holy Spirit—a new life springing
up within the old life, and untouched by any contact
with its evils. These gifts belong universally to the
initial stage of the Christian life and require for[3]
their possession only the receptiveness of faith. They
admit of no co-operation of human effort, and to
possess them men have only to ‘take the things that
are freely given to them of God.’ But of the subsequent
stages of the Christian life, the laborious and
constant effort to develop and apply that free gift is
as essential as, in the earliest stage, it is worse than
useless. The gift received has to be wrought into the
very substance of the soul, and to be wrought out in
all the endless varieties of life and conduct. Christians
are cleansed to begin with, but they have still daily to
cleanse themselves: the leaven is hid in the three
measures of meal, but ”tis a life-long task till the
lump be leavened,’ and no man, even though he has the
life that was in Jesus within him, will grow up ‘into
the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ’
unless, by patient and persistent effort, he is ever
pressing on to ‘the things that are before’ and daily
striving to draw nearer to the prize of his high calling.
We are cleansed, but we have still to cleanse ourselves.
Yet another paradox attaches to the Christian life,
inasmuch as God cleanses us, but we have to cleanse
ourselves. The great truth that the spirit of God in
a man is the fontal source of all his goodness, and that
Christ’s righteousness is given to us, is no pillow on
which to rest an idle head, but should rather be a
trumpet-call to effort which is thereby made certain of
success. If we were left to the task of self-purifying
by our own efforts we might well fling it up as impossible.
It is as easy for a man to lift himself from
the ground by gripping his own shoulders as it is for
us to rise to greater heights of moral conduct by our
own efforts; but if we can believe that God gives the[4]
impulse after purity, and the vision of what purity is,
and imparts the power of attaining it, strengthening
at once our dim sight and stirring our feeble desires
and energising our crippled limbs, then we can ‘run
with patience the race that is set before us.’
We must note the thoroughness of the cleansing
which the Apostle here enjoins. What is to be got rid
of is not this or that defect or vice, but ‘all filthiness
of flesh and spirit.’ The former, of course, refers
primarily to sins of impurity which in the eyes of the
Greeks of Corinth were scarcely sins at all, and the
latter to a state of mind when fancy, imagination, and
memory were enlisted in the service of evil. Both are
rampant in our day as they were in Corinth. Much
modern literature and the new gospel of ‘Art for Art’s
sake’ minister to both, and every man carries in himself
inclinations to either. It is no partial cleansing
with which Paul would have us to be satisfied: ‘all‘
filthiness is to be cast out. Like careful housewives
who are never content to cease their scrubbing while
a speck remains upon furniture, Christian men are to
regard their work as unfinished as long as the least
trace of the unclean thing remains in their flesh or in
their spirit. The ideal may be far from being realised
at any moment, but it is at the peril of the whole
sincerity and peacefulness of their lives if they, in the
smallest degree, lower the perfection of their ideal in
deference to the imperfection of their realisation of it.
It must be abundantly clear from our own experience
that any such cleansing is a very long process. No
character is made, whether it be good or bad, but by
a slow building up: no man becomes most wicked all
at once, and no man is sanctified by a wish or at a
jump. As long as men are in a world so abounding[5]
with temptation, ‘he that is washed’ will need daily
to ‘wash his feet’ that have been stained in the foul
ways of life, if he is to be ‘clean every whit.’
As long as the spirit is imprisoned in the body and
has it for its instrument there will be need for much
effort at purifying. We must be content to overcome
one foe at a time, and however strong may be the
pilgrim’s spirit in us, we must be content to take one
step at a time, and to advance by very slow degrees.
Nor is it to be forgotten that as we get nearer what
we ought to be, we should be more conscious of the
things in which we are not what we ought to be. The
nearer we get to Jesus Christ, the more will our
consciences be enlightened as to the particulars in
which we are still distant from Him. A speck on a
polished shield will show plain that would never have
been seen on a rusty one. The saint who is nearest
God will think more of his sins than the man who is
furthest from him. So new work of purifying will
open before us as we grow more pure, and this will
last as long as life itself.
II. The Christian life is to be not merely a continual
getting rid of evil, but a continual becoming good.
Paul here draws a distinction between cleansing
ourselves from filthiness and perfecting holiness, and
these two, though closely connected and capable of
being regarded as being but the positive and negative
sides of one process, are in reality different, though
in practice the former is never achieved without the
latter, nor the latter accomplished without the former.
Holiness is more than purity; it is consecration. That
is holy which is devoted to God, and a saint is one
whose daily effort is to devote his whole self, in all his
faculties and nature, thoughts, heart, and will, more[6]
and more, to God, and to receive into himself more and
more of God.
The purifying which Paul has been enjoining will
only be successful in the measure of our consecration,
and the consecration will only be genuine in the
measure of our purifying. Herein lies the broad and
blessed distinction between the world’s morality and
Christian ethics. The former fails just because it
lacks the attitude towards a Person who is the very
foundation of Christian morality, and changes a hard
and impossible law into love. There is no more futile
waste of breath than that of teachers of morality who
have no message but Be good! Be good! and no motive
by which to urge it but the pleasures of virtue and the
disadvantages of vice, but when the vagueness of the
abstract thought of goodness solidifies into a living
Person and that Person makes his appeal first to our
hearts and bids us love him, and then opens before us
the unstained light of his own character and beseeches
us to be like him, the repellent becomes attractive: the
impossible becomes possible, and ‘if ye love Me keep
My commandments’ becomes a constraining power and
a victorious impulse in our lives.
III. The Christian life of purifying and consecration
is to be animated by hope and fear.
The Apostle seems to connect hope more immediately
with the cleansing, and holiness with the fear of God,
but probably both hope and fear are in his mind as the
double foundation on which both purity and consecration
are to rest, or the double emotion which is to
produce them both. These promises refer directly to
the immediately preceding words, ‘I will be a Father
unto you and ye shall be My sons and daughters,’
in which all the blessings which God can give or men[7]
can receive are fused together in one lustrous and all-comprehensive
whole. So all the great truths of the
Gospel and all the blessed emotions of sonship which
can spring up in a human heart are intended to find
their practical result in holy and pure living. For this
end God has spoken to us out of the thick darkness;
for this end Christ has come into our darkness; for
this end He has lived; for this end He died; for this
end He rose again; for this end He sends His Spirit
and administers the providence of the world. The
purpose of all the Divine activity as regards us men is
not merely to make us happy, but to make us happy
in order that we may be good. He whom what he
calls his religion has only saved from the wrath of God
and the fear of hell has not learned the alphabet of
religion. Unless God’s promises evoke men’s goodness
it will be of little avail that they seem to quicken
their hope. Joyful confidence in our sonship is only
warranted in the measure in which we are like our
Father. Hope often deludes and makes men dreamy
and unpractical. It generally paints pictures far lovelier
than the realities, and without any of their shadows;
it is too often the stimulus and ally of ignoble lives,
and seldom stirs to heroism or endurance, but its many
defects are not due to itself but to its false choice of
objects on which to fix. The hope which is lifted from
trailing along the earth and twining round creatures
and which rises to grasp these promises ought to be,
and in the measure of its reality is the ally of all
patient endurance and noble self-sacrifice. Its vision
of coming good is all directed to the coming Christ,
and ‘every man that hath this hope in Him, purifieth
himself even as He is pure.’
In Paul’s experience there was no contrariety between[8]
hope set on Jesus and fear directed towards God. It
is in the fear of God that holiness is to be perfected.
There is a fear which has no torment. Yet more, there
is no love in sons or daughters without fear. The
reverential awe with which God’s children draw near
to God has in it nothing slavish and no terror. Their
love is not only joyful but lowly. The worshipping
gaze upon His Divine majesty, the reverential and
adoring contemplation of His ineffable holiness, and
the poignant consciousness, after all effort, of the
distance between us and Him will bow the hearts that
love Him most in lowliest prostration before Him.
These two, hope and fear, confidence and awe, are
like the poles on which the whole round world turns
and are united here in one result. They who ‘set their
hope in God’ must ‘not forget the works of God but
keep His commandments’; they who ‘call Him Father,’
‘who without respect of persons judgeth’ must ‘pass
the time of their sojourning here in fear,’ and their
hopes and their fears must drive the wheels of life,
purify them from all filthiness and perfect them in
all holiness.
SORROW ACCORDING TO GOD
‘Godly sorrow worketh repentance to salvation not to be repented of: but
the sorrow of the world worketh death.’—2 Cor. vii. 10.
Very near the close of his missionary career the
Apostle Paul summed up his preaching as being all
directed to enforcing two points, ‘Repentance towards
God, and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ.’ These two,
repentance and faith, ought never to be separated
in thought, as they are inseparable in fact. True[9]
repentance is impossible without faith, true faith
cannot exist without repentance.
Yet the two are separated very often, even by
earnest Christian teachers. The tendency of this day
is to say a great deal about faith, and not nearly
enough in proportion about repentance; and the
effect is to obscure the very idea of faith, and not
seldom to preach ‘Peace! peace! when there is no
peace.’ A gospel which is always talking about faith,
and scarcely ever talking about sin and repentance,
is denuded, indeed, of some of its most unwelcome
characteristics, but is also deprived of most of its
power, and it may very easily become an ally of
unrighteousness, and an indulgence to sin. The
reproach that the Christian doctrine of salvation
through faith is immoral in its substance derives most
of its force from forgetting that ‘repentance towards
God’ is as real a condition of salvation as is ‘faith in
our Lord Jesus Christ.’ We have here the Apostle’s
deliverance about one of these twin thoughts. We
have three stages—the root, the stem, the fruit;
sorrow, repentance, salvation. But there is a right
and a wrong kind of sorrow for sin. The right kind
breeds repentance, and thence reaches salvation; the
wrong kind breeds nothing, and so ends in death.
Let us then trace these stages, not forgetting that
this is not a complete statement of the case, and needs
to be supplemented in the spirit of the words which I
have already quoted, by the other part of the inseparable
whole, ‘faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ.’
I. First, then, consider the true and the false sorrow
for sin.
The Apostle takes it for granted that a recognition
of our own evil, and a consequent penitent regretful[10]ness,
lie at the foundation of all true Christianity.
Now I do not insist upon any uniformity of experience
in people, any more than I should insist that all their
bodies should be of one shape or of one proportion.
Human lives are infinitely different, human dispositions
are subtly varied, and because neither the one
nor the other are ever reproduced exactly in any two
people, therefore the religious experience of no two
souls can ever be precisely alike.
We have no right to ask—and much harm has been
done by asking—for an impossible uniformity of
religious experience, any more than we have a right to
expect that all voices shall be pitched in one key, or
all plants flower in the same month, or after the same
fashion. You can print off as many copies as you
like, for instance, of a drawing of a flower on a
printing-press, and they shall all be alike, petal for
petal, leaf for leaf, shade for shade; but no two hand-drawn
copies will be so precisely alike, still less will
any two of the real buds that blow on the bush. Life
produces resemblance with differences; it is machinery
that makes facsimiles.
So we insist on no pedantic or unreal uniformity;
and yet, whilst leaving the widest scope for divergencies
of individual character and experience, and
not asking that a man all diseased and blotched with
the leprosy of sin for half a lifetime, and a little child
that has grown up at its mother’s knee, ‘in the nurture
and admonition of the Lord,’ and so has been kept
‘innocent of much transgression,’ shall have the same
experience; yet Scripture, as it seems to me, and the
nature of the case do unite in asserting that there are
certain elements which, in varying proportions indeed,
will be found in all true Christian experience, and of[11]
these an indispensable one—and in a very large
number, if not in the majority of cases, a fundamental
one—is this which my text calls ‘godly sorrow.’
Dear brethren, surely a reasonable consideration of
the facts of our conduct and character point to that as
the attitude that becomes us. Does it not? I do not
charge you with crimes in the eye of the law. I do
not suppose that many of you are living in flagrant
disregard of the elementary principles of common
every-day morality. Some are, no doubt. There are,
no doubt, unclean men here; there are some who eat
and drink more than is good for them, habitually;
there are, no doubt, men and women who are living
in avarice and worldliness, and doing things which the
ordinary conscience of the populace points to as faults
and blemishes. But I come to you respectable people
that can say: ‘I am not as other men are, unjust,
adulterers, or even as this publican’; and pray you,
dear friends, to look at your character all round, in the
light of the righteousness and love of God, and to
plead to the indictment which charges you with neglect
of many a duty and with sin against Him. How do
you plead, ‘guilty or not guilty, sinful or not sinful?’
Be honest with yourselves, and the answer will not be
far to seek.
Notice how my text draws a broad distinction
between the right and the wrong kind of sorrow for
sin. ‘Godly sorrow’ is, literally rendered,’sorrow
according to God,’ which may either mean sorrow
which has reference to God, or sorrow which is in
accordance with His will; that is to say, which is
pleasing to Him. If it is the former, it will be the
latter. I prefer to suppose that it is the former—that
is, sorrow which has reference to God. And then,[12]
there is another kind of sorrow, which the Apostle
calls the ‘sorrow of the world,’ which is devoid of that
reference to God. Here we have the characteristic
difference between the Christian way of looking at
our own faults and shortcomings, and the sorrow of
the world, which has got no blessing in it, and will
never lead to anything like righteousness and peace.
It is just this—one has reference to God, puts its sin
by His side, sees its blackness relieved against the
‘fierce light’ of the Great White Throne, and the other
has not that reference.
To expand that for a moment,—there are plenty of
us who, when our sin is behind us, and its bitter fruits
are in our hands, are sorry enough for our faults. A
man that is lying in the hospital a wreck, with the
sins of his youth gnawing the flesh off his bones, is
often enough sorry that he did not live more soberly
and chastely and temperately in the past days. That
fraudulent bankrupt who has not got his discharge
and has lost his reputation, and can get nobody to
lend him money enough to start him in business again,
as he hangs about the streets, slouching in his rags, is
sorry enough that he did not keep the straight road.
The ‘sorrow of the world’ has no thought about God
in it at all. The consequences of sin set many a man’s
teeth on edge who does not feel any compunction for
the wrong that he did. My brethren, is that the
position of any that are listening to me now?
Again, men are often sorry for their conduct without
thinking of it as sin against God. Crime means
the transgression of man’s law, wrong means the
transgression of conscience’s law, sin is the transgression
of God’s law. Some of us would perhaps
have to say—’I have done crime.’ We are all of us[13]
quite ready to say: ‘I have done wrong many a
time’; but there are some of us who hesitate to take
the other step, and say: ‘I have done sin.’ Sin
has, for its correlative, God. If there is no God
there is no sin. There may be faults, there may
be failures, there may be transgressions, breaches of
the moral law, things done inconsistent with man’s
nature and constitution, and so on; but if there be a
God, then we have personal relations to that Person
and His law; and when we break His law it is more
than crime; it is more than fault; it is more than
transgression; it is more than wrong; it is sin. It is
when you lift the shutter off conscience, and let the
light of God rush in upon your hearts and consciences,
that you have the wholesome sorrow that worketh
repentance and salvation and life.
Oh, dear friends, I do beseech you to lay these
simple thoughts to heart. Remember, I urge no rigid
uniformity of experience or character, but I do say
that unless a man has learned to see his sin in the
light of God, and in the light of God to weep over it, he
has yet to know ‘the strait gate that leadeth unto life.’
I believe that a very large amount of the superficiality
and easy-goingness of the Christianity of to-day
comes just from this, that so many who call
themselves Christians have never once got a glimpse
of themselves as they really are. I remember once
peering over the edge of the crater of Vesuvius, and
looking down into the pit, all swirling with sulphurous
fumes. Have you ever looked into your hearts, in
that fashion, and seen the wreathing smoke and the
flashing fire there? If you have, you will cleave to
that Christ, who is your sole deliverance from sin.
But, remember, there is no prescription about depth[14]
or amount or length of time during which this sorrow
shall be felt. If, on the one hand, it is essential, on
the other hand there are a great many people who
ought to be walking in the light and the liberty of
God’s Gospel who bring darkness and clouds over
themselves by the anxious scrutinising question: ‘Is
my sorrow deep enough?’ Deep enough! What for?
What is the use of sorrow for sin? To lead a man to
repentance and to faith. If you have as much sorrow
as leads you to penitence and trust you have enough.
It is not your sorrow that is going to wash away your
sin, it is Christ’s blood. So let no man trouble himself
about the question, Have I sorrow enough? The one
question is: ‘Has my sorrow led me to cast myself on
Christ?’
II. Still further, look now for a moment at the next
stage here. ‘Godly sorrow worketh repentance.’
What is repentance? No doubt many of you would
answer that it is ‘sorrow for sin,’ but clearly this text
of ours draws a distinction between the two. There
are very few of the great key-words of Christianity
that have suffered more violent and unkind treatment,
and have been more obscured by misunderstandings,
than this great word. It has been weakened
down into penitence, which in the ordinary acceptation,
means simply the emotion that I have already
been speaking about, viz., a regretful sense of my own
evil. And it has been still further docked and
degraded, both in its syllables and in its substance,
into penance. But the ‘repentance’ of the New
Testament and of the Old Testament—one of the twin
conditions of salvation—is neither sorrow for sin nor
works of restitution and satisfaction, but it is, as the
word distinctly expresses, a change of purpose in[15]
regard to the sin for which a man mourns. I cannot
now expand and elaborate this idea as I should
like, but let me remind you of one or two passages in
Scripture which may show that the right notion of the
word is not sorrow but changed attitude and purpose
in regard to my sin.
We find passages, some of which ascribe and some
deny repentance to the Divine nature. But if there be
a repentance which is possible for the Divine nature,
it obviously cannot mean sorrow for sin, but must
signify a change of purpose. In the Epistle to the
Romans we read, ‘The gifts and calling of God are
without repentance,’ which clearly means without
change of purpose on His part. And I read in the
story of the mission of the Prophet Jonah, that ‘the
Lord repented of the evil which He had said He would
do unto them, and He did it not.’ Here, again, the
idea of repentance is clearly and distinctly that of a
change of purpose. So fix this on your minds, and lay
it on your hearts, dear friends, that the repentance of
the New Testament is not idle tears nor the twitchings
of a vain regret, but the resolute turning away of the
sinful heart from its sins. It is ‘repentance toward
God,’ the turning from the sin to the Father, and that
is what leads to salvation. The sorrow is separated
from the repentance in idea, however closely they may
be intertwined in fact. The sorrow is one thing, and
the repentance which it works is another.
Then notice that this change of purpose and breaking
off from sin is produced by the sorrow for sin, of
which I have been speaking; and that the production
of this repentance is the main characteristic difference
between the godly sorrow and the sorrow of the
world. A man may have his paroxysms of regret, but[16]
the question is: Does it make any difference in his
attitude? Is he standing, after the tempest of sorrow
has swept over him, with his face in the same direction
as before; or has it whirled him clean round, and set
him in the other direction? The one kind of sorrow,
which measures my sin by the side of the brightness
and purity of God, vindicates itself as true, because it
makes me hate my evil and turn away from it. The
other, which is of the world, passes over me like the
empty wind through an archway, it whistles for a
moment and is gone, and there is nothing left to show
that it was ever there. The one comes like one of
those brooks in tropical countries, dry and white for
half the year, and then there is a rush of muddy
waters, fierce but transient, and leaving no results
behind. My brother! when your conscience pricks,
which of these two things does it do? After the
prick, is the word of command that your Will issues
‘Right about face!’ or is it ‘As you were’? Godly
sorrow worketh a change of attitude, purpose, mind;
the sorrow of the world leaves a man standing where
he was. Ask yourselves the question: Which of the
two are you familiar with?
Again, the true means of evoking true repentance is
the contemplation of the Cross. Law and the fear of
hell may startle into sorrow, and even lead to some
kind of repentance. But it is the great power of
Christ’s love and sacrifice which will really melt the
heart into true repentance. You may hammer ice to
pieces, but it is ice still. You may bray a fool in a
mortar, and his folly will not depart from him. Dread
of punishment may pulverise the heart, but not change
it; and each fragment, like the smallest bits of a
magnet, will have the same characteristics as the[17]
whole mass. But ‘the goodness of God leads to
repentance’ as the prodigal is conquered and sees the
true hideousness of the swine’s trough, when he
bethinks himself of the father’s love. I beseech you
to put yourselves under the influence of that great
love, and look on that Cross till your hearts melt.
III. We come to the last stage here. Salvation is
the issue of repentance. ‘Godly sorrow worketh repentance
unto salvation not to be repented of.’
What is the connection between repentance and
salvation? Two sentences will answer the question.
You cannot get salvation without repentance. You
do not get salvation by repentance.
You cannot get the salvation of God unless you
shake off your sin. It is no use preaching to a man,
‘Faith, Faith, Faith!’ unless you preach along with
it,’Break off your iniquities.’ ‘Let the wicked forsake
his way and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and
let him turn unto the Lord.’ The nature of the case
forbids it. It is a clear contradiction in terms, and an
absolute impossibility in fact, that God should save a
man with the salvation which consists in the deliverance
from sin, whilst that man is holding to his sin. Unless,
therefore, you have not merely sorrow, but repentance,
which is turning away from sin with resolute
purpose, as a man would turn from a serpent, you
cannot enter into the Kingdom of Heaven.
But you do not get salvation for your repentance.
It is no case of barter, it is no case of salvation by
works, that work being repentance:
| ‘Could my zeal no respite know, |
| Could my tears for ever flow, |
| All for sin could not atone, |
| Thou must save, and Thou alone.’ |
the salvation of every one that is saved at all. Yet
repentance is an indispensable condition of salvation.
What is the connection between repentance and
faith? There can be no true repentance without trust
in Christ. There can be no true trust in Christ without
the forsaking of my sin. Repentance without faith,
in so far as it is possible, is one long misery; like the
pains of those poor Hindoo devotees that will go all
the way from Cape Comorin to the shrine of Juggernaut,
and measure every foot of the road with the
length of their own bodies in the dust. Men will do
anything, and willingly make any sacrifice, rather
than open their eyes to see this,—that repentance,
clasped hand in hand with Faith, leads the guiltiest
soul into the forgiving presence of the crucified Christ,
from whom peace flows into the darkest heart.
On the other hand, faith without repentance is not
possible, in any deep sense. But in so far as it is
possible, it produces a superficial Christianity which
vaguely trusts to Christ without knowing exactly
what it is trusting Him for, or why it needs Him; and
which has a great deal to say about what I may call
the less important parts of the Christian system, and
nothing to say about its vital centre; which preaches
a morality which is not a living power to create;
which practises a religion which is neither a joy nor a
security. The old word of the Master has a deep truth
in it: ‘These are they which heard the word, and anon
with joy received it.’ Having no sorrow, no penitence,
no deep consciousness of sin, ‘they have no root in
themselves, and in time of temptation they fall away.’
If there is to be a profound, an all-pervading, life-transforming-sin,
and devil-conquering faith, it must[19]
be a faith rooted deep in penitence and sorrow for
sin.
Dear brethren, if, by God’s grace, my poor words
have touched your consciences at all, I beseech you, do
not trifle with the budding conviction! Do not seek
to have the wound skinned over. Take care that you
do not let it all pass in idle sorrow or impotent regret.
If you do, you will be hardened, and the worse for it,
and come nearer to that condition which the sorrow of
the world worketh, the awful death of the soul. Do
not wince from the knife before the roots of the
cancer are cut out. The pain is merciful. Better the
wound than the malignant growth. Yield yourselves
to the Spirit that would convince you of sin, and
listen to the voice that calls to you to forsake your
unrighteous ways and thoughts. But do not trust to
any tears, do not trust to any resolves, do not trust
to any reformation. Trust only to the Lord who died
on the Cross for you, whose death for you, whose
life in you, will be deliverance from your sin. Then
you will have a salvation which, in the striking
language of my text, ‘is not to be repented of,’ which
will leave no regrets in your hearts in the day when
all else shall have faded, and the sinful sweets of this
world shall have turned to ashes and bitterness on the
lips of the men that feed on them.
‘The sorrow of the world works death.’ There are
men and women listening to me now who are half
conscious of their sin, and are resisting the pleading
voice that comes to them, who at the last will open
their eyes upon the realities of their lives, and in a
wild passion of remorse, exclaim: ‘I have played the
fool, and have erred exceedingly.’ Better to make
thorough work of the sorrow, and by it to be led to[20]
repentance toward God and faith in Christ, and so
secure for our own that salvation for which no man
will ever regret having given even the whole world,
since he gains his own soul.
GIVING AND ASKING
‘Moreover, brethren, we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the
churches of Macedonia; 2. How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance
of their joy and their deep poverty abounded unto the riches of their liberality.
3. For to their power, I bear record, yea, and beyond their power they were
willing of themselves; 4. Praying us with much entreaty that we would receive
the gift, and take upon us the fellowship of the ministering to the saints. 5. And
this they did, not as we hoped, but first gave their own selves to the Lord, and
unto us by the will of God: 6. Insomuch that we desired Titus, that as he had
begun, so he would also finish in you the same grace also. 7. Therefore, as ye
abound in every thing, in faith, and utterance, and knowledge, and in all diligence,
and in your love to us; see that ye abound in this grace also. 8. I speak not by
commandment, but by occasion of the forwardness of others, and to prove the
sincerity of your love. 9. For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that,
though He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His
poverty might be rich. 10. And herein I give my advice: for this is expedient for
you, who have begun before, not only to do, but also to be forward a year ago.
11. Now therefore perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will, so
there may be a performance also out of that which ye have. 12. For if there be
first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according
to that he hath not.’—2 Cor. viii. 1-12.
A collection from Gentile churches for their poor
brethren in Jerusalem occupied much of Paul’s time
and efforts before his last visit to that city. Many
events, which have filled the world with noise and
been written at length in histories, were less significant
than that first outcome of the unifying spirit of
common faith. It was a making visible of the grand
thought, ‘Ye are all one in Christ Jesus.’ Practical
help, prompted by a deep-lying sense of unity which
overleaped gulfs of separation in race, language, and
social conditions, was a unique novelty. It was the
first pulsation of that spirit of Christian liberality which
has steadily grown in force and sweep ever since.
Foolish people gibe at some of its manifestations.[21]
Wiser ones regard its existence as not the least of the
marks of the divine origin of Christianity.
This passage is a striking example of the inimitable
delicacy of the Apostle. His words are full of what we
should call tact, if it were not manifestly the spontaneous
utterance of right feeling. They are a perfect
model of the true way to appeal for money, and set
forth also the true spirit in which such appeals should
be made.
In verses 1 to 5, Paul seeks to stimulate the liberality
of the Corinthians by recounting that of the Macedonian
churches. His sketch draws in outline the picture of
what all Christian money-giving should be. We note
first the designation of the Macedonian Christians’
beneficence as ‘a grace’ given by God to them. It
is twice called so (vers. 1, 4), and the same name is
applied in regard to the Corinthians’ giving (vers. 6, 7).
That is the right way to look at money contributions.
The opportunity to give them, and the inclination to
do so, are God’s gifts. How many of us think that
calls for service or money are troublesome obligations,
to be got out of as easily as possible! A true Christian
will be thankful, as for a love token from God, for
every occasion of giving to Him. It would be a sharp
test for many of us to ask ourselves whether we can
say, ‘To me . . . is this grace given,’ that I should part
with my money for Christ’s sake.
Note, further, the lovely picture of these Macedonian
givers. They were plunged in sorrows and troubles,
but these did not dry their fountains of sympathy.
Nothing is apt to be more selfish than grief; and if we
have tears to spare for others, when they are flowing
bitterly for ourselves, we have graduated well in
Christ’s school. Paul calls the Macedonians’ troubles[22]
‘proof of their affliction,’ meaning that it constituted a
proof of their Christian character; that is, by the
manner in which it was borne; and in it they had still
‘abundance of joy,’ for the paradox of the Christian
life is that it admits of the co-existence of grief and
gladness.
Again, Christian giving gives from scanty stores.
‘Deep poverty’ is no excuse for not giving, and will be
no hindrance to a willing heart. ‘I cannot afford it’ is
sometimes a genuine valid reason, but oftener an insincere
plea. Why are subscriptions for religious
purposes the first expenditure to be reduced in bad
times?
Further, Christian giving gives up to the very edge
of ability, and sometimes goes beyond the limits of so-called
prudence. In all regions ‘power to its last
particle is duty,’ and unless power is strained it is not
fully exercised. It is in trying to do what we cannot do
that we do best what we can do. He who keeps well
within the limits of his supposed ability will probably
not do half as much as he could. While there is a
limit behind which generosity even for Christ may
become dishonesty or disregard of other equally sacred
claims, there is little danger of modern Christians
transgressing that limit, and they need the stimulus to
do a little more than they think they can do, rather
than to listen to cold-blooded prudence.
Further, Christian giving does not wait to be asked,
but takes the opportunity to give as itself ‘grace’ and
presses its benefactions. It is an unwonted experience
for a collector of subscriptions to be besought to
take them ‘with much entreaty,’ but it would not
be so anomalous if Christian people understood their
privileges.[23]
Further, Christian giving begins with the surrender
of self to Christ, from which necessarily follows the
glad offering of wealth. These Macedonians did more
than Paul had hoped, and the explanation of the unexpected
largeness of their contributions was their
yielding of themselves to Jesus. That is the deepest
source of all true liberality. If a man feels that he
does not own himself, much less will he feel that his
goods are his own. A slave’s owner possesses the
slave’s bit of garden ground, his hut, and its furniture.
If I belong to Christ, to whom does my money belong?
But the consciousness that my goods are not mine, but
Christ’s, is not to remain a mere sentiment. It can
receive practical embodiment by my giving them to
Christ’s representatives. The way for the Macedonians
to show that they regarded their goods as Christ’s, was
to give them to Paul for Christ’s poor saints. Jesus
has His representatives still, and it is useless for people
to talk or sing about belonging to Him, unless they
verify their words by deeds.
Verse 6 tells the Corinthians that the success of the
collection in Macedonia had induced Paul to send Titus
to Corinth to promote it there. He had previously
visited it on the same errand (chap. xii. 14), and now is
coming to complete ‘this grace.’ The rest of the
passage is Paul’s appeal to the Corinthians for their
help in the matter, and certainly never was such an
appeal made in a more dignified, noble, and lofty tone.
He has been dilating on the liberality of others, and
thereby sanctioning the stimulating of Christian liberality,
in the same way as other graces may legitimately
be stimulated, by example. That is delicate ground to
tread on, and needs caution if it is not to degenerate
into an appeal to rivalry, as it too often does, but in[24]
itself is perfectly legitimate and wholesome. But,
passing from that incitement, Paul rests his plea on
deeper grounds.
First, Christian liberality is essential to the completeness
of Christian character. Paul’s praise in verse 7 is
not mere flattery, nor meant to put the Corinthians
into good humour. He will have enough to say hereafter
about scandals and faults, but now he gives them
credit for all the good he knew to be in them. Faith
comes first, as always. It is the root of every Christian
excellence. Then follow two graces, eminently
characteristic of a Greek church, and apt to run to seed
in it,—utterance and knowledge. Then two more, both
of a more emotional character,—earnestness and love,
especially to Paul as Christ’s servant. But all these
fair attributes lacked completeness without the crowning
grace of liberality. It is the crowning grace,
because it is the practical manifestation of the highest
excellences. It is the result of sympathy, of unselfishness,
of contact with Christ, of drinking in of His spirit,
Love is best. Utterance and knowledge and earnestness
are poor beside it. This grace is like the diamond
which clasps a necklace of jewels.
Christian giving does not need to be commanded. ‘I
speak not by way of commandment.’ That is poor
virtue which only obeys a precept. Gifts given because
it is duty to give them are not really gifts, but taxes.
They leave no sweet savour on the hand that bestows,
and bring none to that which receives. ‘I call you not
servants, but friends.’ The region in which Christian
liberality moves is high above the realm of law and its
correlative, obligation.
Further, Christian liberality springs spontaneously
from conscious possession of Christ’s riches. We can[25]not
here enter on the mysteries of Christ’s emptying
Himself of His riches of glory. We can but touch the
stupendous fact, remembering that the place whereon
we stand is holy ground. Who can measure the nature
and depth of that self-denuding of the glory which He
had with the Father before the world was? But, thank
God, we do not need to measure it, in order to feel the
solemn, blessed force of the appeal which it makes to
us. Adoring wonder and gratitude, unfaltering trust
and absolute self-surrender to a love so self-sacrificing,
must ever follow the belief of that mystery of Divine
mercy, the incarnation and sacrifice of the eternal Son.
But Paul would have us remember that the same
mighty act of stooping love, which is the foundation of
all our hope, is to be the pattern for all our conduct.
Even in His divinest and most mysterious act, Christ is
our example. A dewdrop is rounded by the same laws
which shape the planetary spheres or the sun himself;
and Christians but half trust Christ if they do not
imitate Him. What selfishness in enjoyment of our
‘own things’ could live in us if we duly brought ourselves
under the influence of that example? How
miserably poor and vulgar the appeals by which money
is sometimes drawn from grudging owners and tight-buttoned
pockets, sound beside that heart-searching
and heart-moving one, ‘Ye know the grace of our Lord
Jesus Christ!’
Further, Christian liberality will not go off in good
intentions and benevolent sentiments. The Corinthians
were ready with their ‘willing’ on Titus’s previous
visit. Now Paul desires them to put their good feelings
into concrete shape. There is plenty of benevolence
that never gets to be beneficence. The advice here has
a very wide application: ‘As there was the readiness[26]
to will, so there may be the completion also.’ We all
know where the road leads that is paved with good
intentions.
Further, Christian liberality is accepted and rewarded
according to willingness, if that is carried into act
according to ability. While the mere wish to help is
not enough, it is the vital element in the act which
flows from it; and there may be more of it in the
widow’s mite than in the rich man’s large donation—or
there may be less. The conditions of acceptable
offerings are twofold—first, readiness, glad willingness
to give, as opposed to closed hearts or grudging
bestowals; and, second, that willingness embodied in
the largest gift possible. The absence of either vitiates
all. The presence of both gives trifles a place in God’s
storehouse of precious things. A father is glad when
his child brings him some utterly valueless present,
not because he must, but because he loves; and many
a parent has such laid away in sacred repositories.
God knows how to take gifts from His children, not less
well than we who are evil know how to do it.
But the gracious saying of our passage has a solemn
side; for if only gifts ‘according as a man hath’ are
accepted, what becomes of the many which fall far
short of our ability, and are really given, not because
we have the willing mind, but because we could not get
out of the unwelcome necessity to part with a miserably
inadequate percentage of our possessions. Is God
likely to be satisfied with the small dividends which we
offer as composition for our great debt?[27]
RICH YET POOR
‘For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though He was rich
yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His poverty might be rich.’—2
Cor. viii. 9.
The Apostle has been speaking about a matter which,
to us, seems very small, but to him was very great
viz., a gathering of pecuniary help from the Gentile
churches for the poor church in Jerusalem. Large
issues, in his estimation, attended that exhibition of
Christian unity, and, be it great or small, he applies the
highest of all motives to this matter. ‘For ye know
the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, that though He was
rich yet for your sakes He became poor.’ The trivial
things of life are to be guided and shaped by reference
to the highest of all things, the example of Jesus
Christ; and that in the whole depth of His humiliation,
and even in regard to His cross and passion. We
have here set forth, as the pattern to which the
Christian life is to be conformed, the deepest conception
of what our Lord’s career on earth was.
The whole Christian Church is about to celebrate the
nativity of our Lord at this time. This text gives us
the true point of view from which to regard it. We
have here the work of Christ in its deepest motive,
‘The grace of our Lord Jesus.’ We have it in its transcendent
self-impoverishment, ‘Though He was rich,
yet for our sakes He became poor.’ We have it in its
highest issue, ‘That ye through His poverty might
become rich.’ Let us look at those points.
I. Here we have the deepest motive which underlies
the whole work of Christ, unveiled to us.[28]
‘Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ.’
Every word here is significant. It is very unusual in
the New Testament to find that expression ‘grace’
applied to Jesus Christ. Except in the familiar benediction,
I think there are only one or two instances of such
a collocation of words. It is ‘the grace of God’ which,
throughout the New Testament, is the prevailing expression.
But here ‘grace is attributed to Jesus’;
that is to say, the love of the Divine heart is, without
qualification or hesitation, ascribed to Him. And what
do we mean by grace? We mean love in exercise to
inferiors. It is infinite condescension in Jesus to love.
His love stoops when it embraces us. Very significant,
therefore, is the employment here of the solemn full
title, ‘the Lord Jesus Christ,’ which enhances the condescension
by making prominent the height from
which it bent. The ‘grace’ is all the more wonderful
because of the majesty and sovereignty, to say the
least of it, which are expressed in that title, the Lord.
The highest stoops and stands upon the level of the
lowest. ‘Grace’ is love that expresses itself to those
who deserve something else. And the deepest motive,
which is the very key to the whole phenomena of the
life of Jesus Christ, is that it is all the exhibition, as it
is the consequence, of a love that, stooping, forgives.
‘Grace’ is love that, stooping and forgiving, communicates
its whole self to unworthy and transgressing
recipients. And the key to the life of Jesus is that
we have set forth in its operation a love which is
not content to speak only the ordinary language of
human affection, or to do its ordinary deeds, but is
self-impelled to impart what transcends all other gifts
of human tenderness, and to give its very self. And
so a love that condescends, a love that passes by un[29]worthiness,
is turned away by no sin, is unmoved to
any kind of anger, and never allows its cheek to flush
or its heart to beat faster, because of any provocation
and a love that is content with nothing short of entire
surrender and self-impartation underlies all that
precious life from Bethlehem to Calvary.
But there is another word in our text that may well
be here taken into consideration. ‘For your sakes,’
says the Apostle to that Corinthian church, made up
of people, not one of whom had ever seen or been seen
by Jesus. And yet the regard to them was part of the
motive that moved the Lord to His life, and His death.
That is to say, to generalise the thought, this grace,
thus stooping and forgiving and self-imparting, is a
love that gathers into its embrace and to its heart all
mankind; and is universal because it is individualising.
Just as each planet in the heavens, and each tiny
plant upon the earth, are embraced by, and separately
receive, the benediction of that all-encompassing arch
of the heaven, so that grace enfolds all, because it takes
account of each. Whilst it is love for a sinful world,
every soul of us may say: ‘He loved me, and’—therefore—’gave
Himself for me.’ Unless we see beneath
the sweet story of the earthly life this deep-lying
source of it all, we fail to understand that life itself.
We may bring criticism to bear upon it; we may apprehend
it in diverse affecting, elevating, educating
aspects; but, oh! brethren, we miss the blazing centre
of the light, the warm heart of the fire, unless we see
pulsating through all the individual facts of the life
this one, all-shaping, all-vitalising motive; the grace—the
stooping, the pardoning, the self-communicating,
the individualising, and the universal love of Jesus
Christ.[30]
So then, we have here set before us the work of
Christ in its—
II. Most mysterious and unique self-impoverishment.
‘He was . . . He became,’ there is one strange contrast.
‘He was rich . . . He became poor,’ there is
another. ‘He was . . . He became.’ What does that
say? Well, it says that if you want to understand Bethlehem,
you must go back to a time before Bethlehem.
The meaning of Christ’s birth is only understood when
we turn to that Evangelist who does not narrate it.
For the meaning of it is here; ‘the Word became
flesh, and dwelt among us.’ The surface of the fact is
the smallest part of the fact. They say that there is
seven times as much of an iceberg under water as
there is above the surface. And the deepest and most
important fact about the nativity of our Lord is that
it was not only the birth of an Infant, but the Incarnation
of the Word. ‘He was . . . He became.’ We have
to travel back and recognise that that life did not begin
in the manger. We have to travel back and recognise
the mystery of godliness, God manifest in the flesh.
And these two words ‘He was . . . He became,’ imply
another thing, and that is, that Jesus Christ who died
because He chose, was not passive in His being born,
but as at the end of His earthly life, so at its beginning
exercised His volition, and was born because He
willed, and willed because of ‘the grace of our Lord
Jesus.’
Now in this connection it is very remarkable, and
well worth our pondering, that throughout the whole
of the Gospels, when Jesus speaks of His coming into
the world, He never uses the word ‘born’ but once, and
that was before the Roman governor, who would not
have understood or cared for anything further, to[31]
whom He did say,’To this end was I born.’ But even
when speaking to him His consciousness that that word
did not express the whole truth was so strong that He
could not help adding—though He knew that the hard
Roman procurator would pay no attention to the
apparent tautology—the expression which more truly
corresponded to the fact, ‘and for this cause came I
into the world.’ The two phrases are not parallel.
They are by no means synonymous. One expresses the
outward fact; the other expresses that which underlay
it. ‘To this end was I born.’ Yes! ‘And for this
cause came I.’ He Himself put it still more definitely
when He said, ‘I came forth from the Father, and am
come into the world. Again, I leave the world and go
unto the Father.’ So the two extremities of the earthly
manifestation are neither of them ends; but before the
one, and behind the other, there stretches an identity
or oneness of Being and condition. The one as the
other, the birth and the death, may be regarded as, in
deepest reality, not only what He passively endured,
but what He actively did. He was born, and He died,
that in all points He might be ‘like unto His brethren.’
He ‘came’ into the world, and He ‘went’ to the
Father. The end circled round to the beginning, and
in both He acted because He chose, and chose because
He loved.
So much, then, lies in the one of these two antitheses
of my text; and the other is no less profound and
significant. ‘He was rich; He became poor.’ In this
connection ‘rich’ can only mean possessed of the
Divine fulness and independence; and ‘poor’ can only
mean possessed of human infirmity, dependence, and
emptiness. And so to Jesus of Nazareth, to be born
was impoverishment. If there is nothing more in His[32]
birth than in the birth of each of us, the words are
grotesquely inappropriate to the facts of the case.
For as between nothingness, which is the alternative,
and the possession of conscious being, there is surely
a contrast the very reverse of that expressed here.
For us, to be born is to be endowed with capacities,
with the wealth of intelligent, responsible, voluntary
being; but to Jesus Christ, if we accept the New Testament
teaching, to be born was a step, an infinite step,
downwards, and He, alone of all men, might have been
‘ashamed to call men brethren.’ But this denudation
of Himself, into the particulars of which I do not care
to enter now, was the result of that stooping grace
which ‘counted it not a thing to be clutched hold of, to
be equal with God; but He made Himself of no reputation,
and was found in fashion as a man, and became
obedient unto death, even the death of the Cross.’
And so, dear friends, we know the measure of the
stooping love of Jesus only when we read the history
by the light of this thought, that ‘though He was
rich’ with all the fulness of that eternal Word which
was ‘in the beginning with God,’ ‘He became poor,’
with the poverty, the infirmity, the liability to temptation,
the weakness, that attach to humanity; ‘and
was found in all points like unto His brethren,’ that
He might be able to help and succour them all.
The last thing here is—
III. The work of Christ set forth in its highest
issue.
‘That we through His poverty might become rich.’
Of course, the antithetical expressions must be taken
to be used in the same sense, and with the same width
of application, in both of the clauses. And if so, just
think reverently, wonderingly, thankfully, of the infinite[33]
vista of glorious possibility that is open to us here.
Christ was rich in the possession of that Divine glory
which Had had with the Father before the world was.
‘He became poor,’ in assuming the weakness of the
manhood that you and I carry, that we, in the human
poverty which is like His poverty, may become rich
with wealth that is like His riches, and that as He
stooped to earth veiling the Divine with the human,
we may rise to heaven, clothing the human with the
Divine.
For surely there is nothing more plainly taught in
Scriptures, and I am bold to say nothing to which any
deep and vital Christian experience even here gives
more surely an anticipatory confirmation, than the
fact that Christ became like unto us, that each of us
may become like unto Him. The divine and the
human natures are similar, and the fact of the
Incarnation, on the one hand, and of the man’s glorification
by possession of the divine nature on the other,
equally rest upon that fundamental resemblance
between the divine nature and the human nature which
God has made in His own image. If that which in
each of us is unlike God is cleared away, as it can be
cleared away, through faith in that dear Lord, then the
likeness as a matter of course, comes into force.
The law of all elevation is that whosoever desires to
lift must stoop; and the end of all stooping is to lift
the lowly to the place from which the love hath bent
itself. And this is at once the law for the Incarnation
of the Christ, and for the elevation of the Christian. ‘We
shall be like Him for we shall see Him as He is.’ And
the great love, the stooping, forgiving, self-communicating
love, doth not reach its ultimate issue, nor effect
fully the purposes to which it ever is tending, unless and[34]
until all who have received it are ‘changed from glory
to glory even into the image of the Lord.’ We do not
understand Jesus, His cradle, or His Cross, unless on the
one hand we see in them His emptying Himself that He
might fill us, and, on the other hand, see, as the only
result which warrants them and satisfies Him, our
complete conformity to His image, and our participation
in that glory which He has at the right hand of
God. That is the prospect for humanity, and it is
possible for each of us.
I do not dwell upon other aspects of this great self-emptying
of our Lord’s, such as the revelation in it to
us of the very heart of God, and of the divinest thing
in the divine nature, which is love, or such as the sympathy
which is made possible thereby to Him, and
which is not only the pity of a God, but the compassion
of a Brother. Nor do I touch upon many other aspects
which are full of strengthening and teaching. That
grand thought that Jesus has shared our human
poverty that we may share His divine riches is the very
apex of the New Testament teaching, and of the
Christian hope. We have within us, notwithstanding
all our transgressions, what the old divines used to
call a ‘deiform nature,’ capable of being lifted up into
the participation of divinity, capable of being cleansed
from all the spots and stains which make us so unlike
Him in whose likeness we were made.
Brethren, let us not forget that this stooping, and
pardoning, and self-imparting love, has for its main
instrument to appeal to our hearts, not the cradle but
the Cross. We are being told by many people to-day
that the centre of Christianity lies in the thought of
an Incarnation. Yes. But our Lord Himself has told
us what that was for.[35]
‘The Son of Man came not to be ministered unto, but
to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many.’
It is only when we look to that Lord in His death, and
see there the very lowest point to which He stooped,
and the supreme manifestation of His grace, that we
shall be drawn to yield our hearts and lives to Him in
thankfulness, in trust, and in imitation: and shall set
Him before us as the pattern for our conduct, as well
as the Object of our trust.
Brethren, my text was spoken originally as presenting
the motive and the example for a little piece of
pecuniary liability. Do you take the cradle and the
Cross as the law of your lives? For depend upon it,
the same necessity which obliged Jesus to come down
to our level, if He would lift us to His; to live our life
and die our death, if He would make us partakers of
His immortal life, and deliver us from death; makes it
absolutely necessary that if we are to live for anything
nobler than our own poor, transitory self-aggrandisement,
we too must learn to stoop to forgive, to impart
ourselves, and must die by self-surrender and sacrifice,
if we are ever to communicate any life, or good of
life, to others. He has loved us, and given Himself for
us. He has set us therein an example which He commends
to us by His own word when He tells us that
‘if a corn of wheat’ is to bring forth ‘much fruit’ it
must die, else it ‘abideth alone.’ Unless we die, we
never truly live; unless we die to ourselves for others,
and like Jesus, we live alone in the solitude of a self-enclosed
self-regard. So living, we are dead whilst we
live.[36]
WILLING AND NOT DOING
‘Now therefore perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will
so there may be a performance also.’—2 Cor. viii. 11.
The Revised Version reads: ‘But now complete the
doing also; that as there was the readiness to will, so
there may be the completion also out of your ability.’
A collection of money for the almost pauper church at
Jerusalem bulked very largely in the Apostle’s mind
at the date of the writing of the two letters to the
Corinthian church. We learn that that church had
been the first to agree to the project, and then had
very distinctly hung back from implementing its
promises and fulfilling its good intentions. So the
Apostle, in the chapter from which my text is taken,
with wonderful delicacy, dignity, and profundity, sets
forth the true principle, not only of Christian giving,
but of Christian asking. The text advises that the gushing
sentiments of brotherly sympathy and liberality
which had inspired the Corinthians a year ago should
now bear some fruit in action. So Paul is going to
send Titus, his right-hand man at the time, to hurry
up and finish off the collection and have done with it.
The text is in effect the message which Titus was to
carry; but it has a far wider application than that.
It is a needful advice for us all about a great many
other things: ‘As there was a readiness to will, so let
there be a performance also.’
Resolutions, noble and good and Christlike, have a
strange knack of cheating the people who make them.
So we all need the exhortation not to be befooled by
fancying that we have done, when we have only willed.
Of course we shall not do unless we will. But there is[37]
a wide gap, as our experience witnesses, between the
two things. We all know what place it is to which,
according to the old proverb, the road is paved with
good intentions; and the only way to pull up that
paving is to take Paul’s advice here and always, and
immediately to put into action the resolves of our
hearts. Now I desire to say two or three very plain
and simple things about this matter.
I. I would have you consider the necessity of this
commandment.
Consider that the fault here warned against is a
universal one. What different men we should be if
our resolutions had fruited in conduct! In all regions
of life that is true, but most emphatically is it true in
regard to religion. The damning tragedy of many
lives, and I dare say of those of some of my hearers,
is that men have over and over again determined that
they would be Christians, and they are not Christians
yet; just because they have let ‘the native hue of
resolution be sicklied over’ by some paleness or other,
and so have resolved and resolved and resolved till
every nerve of action is rotted away, and they will die
unchristian. I dare say that there are men or women
listening to me now, perhaps with grey hairs upon
them, who can remember times, in the springtide of
their youth, when they said, ‘I will give my heart to
Jesus Christ, and set my faith upon Him’; and they
have not done it yet. Now, therefore, ‘as there was
a readiness to will, let there be also the performance.’
But it is not only in regard to that most important
of all resolves that I wish to say a word. All Christians,
I am sure, know what it is, over and over again, to
have had stirrings in their hearts which they have been
able to consolidate into determination, but have not[38]
been able to carry into act. ‘The children have come
to the birth, and there is not strength to bring them
forth.’ That is true about all of us, more or less, and
it is very solemnly true of a great many of us professing
Christians. We have tried to cure—we have
determined that we will cure—manifest and flagrant
defects or faults in our Christian life. We have
resolved, and some nipping frost has come, and the
blossoms have dropped on the grass before they have
ever set into fruit. I know that is so about you, because
I know that it is so about myself. And therefore, dear
brethren, I appeal to you, and ask you whether the
exhortation of my text has not a sharp point for every
one of us—whether the universality of this defect does
not demand that we all should gravely consider the
exhortation here before us?
Then, again, let me remind you how this injunction
is borne in upon us by the consideration of the strength
of the opposition with which we have always to contend,
in every honest attempt to bring to act our best
resolutions. Did you ever try to cure some little habit,
some mere trifle, a trick of manner or twist of the
finger, or some attitude or tone that might be ugly and
awkward, and that people told you that it would be
better to get rid of? You know how hard it is. There
is always a tremendous gulf between the ideal and its
realisation in life. As long as we are moving in vacuo
we move without any friction or difficulty; but as soon
as we come out into a world where there are an atmosphere
and opposing forces, then friction comes in, and
speed diminishes; and we never become what we aim
to be. We begin with grand purposes, and we end
with very poor results. We all start, in our early
days, with the notion that our lives are going to be[39]
radiant and beautiful, and all unlike what the limitations
of power and the antagonisms that we have to
meet make of them at last. The tree of our life’s doings
has to grow, like those contorted pines on the slopes of
the Alps, in many storms, with heavy weights of snow
on its branches, and beaten about by tempests from
every quarter of the heavens; and so it gets gnarled
and knotted and very unlike the symmetrical beauty
that we dreamed would adorn it. We begin with saying:
‘Come! Let us build a tower whose top shall reach to
heaven’; and we are contented at last, if we have put
up some little tumble-down shed where we can get
shelter for our heads from the blast.
And the difficulty in bringing into action our best
selves besets us in the matter of translating our resolutions
into practice. What are arrayed against it? A
feeble will, enslaved too often by passions and flesh
and habits, and all about us lie obstacles to our
carrying into action our conscientious convictions, our
deepest resolutions; obstacles to our being true to our
true selves; to which obstacles, alas, far too many of
us habitually, and all of us occasionally, succumb. That
being the case, do not we all need to ponder in our
deepest hearts, and to pray for grace to make the
motto of our lives, ‘As there was a readiness to will,
let there be a performance’?
II. Consider the importance of this counsel.
That is borne in upon mind and conscience by looking
at the disastrous effects of letting resolutions
remain sterile. Consider how apt we are to deceive
ourselves with unfulfilled purposes. The quick response
which an easily-moved nature may make to
some appeal of noble thought or lofty principle is
mistaken for action, and we are tempted to think that[40]
willing is almost as good as if we had done what we
half resolved on. And there is a kind of glow of satisfaction
that comes when such a man thinks, ‘I have
done well in that I have determined.’ The Devil will
let you resolve as much as you like—the more the
better; only the more easily you resolve, the more
certainly he will block the realisation. Let us take
care of that seducing temptation which is apt to lead
us all to plume ourselves on good resolutions, and to
fancy that they are almost equivalent to their own
fulfilment. Cheques are all very well if there be bullion
in the bank cellars to pay them with when they fall
due, but if that be not so, then the issuing of them is
crime and fraud. Our resolutions, made and forgotten
as so many of our good resolutions are, are very little
better.
Note, too, how rapidly the habit of substituting
lightly-made resolutions for seriously-endeavoured
acts grows.
And mark, further, how miserable and debilitating
it is to carry the dead weight of such unaccomplished
intentions.
Nothing so certainly weakens a man as a multitude
of resolves that he knows he has never fulfilled. They
weaken his will, burden his conscience, stand in the
way of his hopes, make him feel as if the entail of
evil was too firm and strong to be ever broken. ‘O
wretched man that I am!’ said one who had made
experience of what it was to will what was good, and
not to find how to perform, ‘who shall deliver me from
the body of this death?’ It is an awful thing to have
to carry a corpse about on your back. And that was
what Paul thought the man did who loaded his own
shoulders with abortive resolutions, that perished in[41]
the birth, and never grew up to maturity. Weak and
miserable is always the man who is swift to resolve
and slow to carry out his resolutions.
III. And now let me say a word before I close about
how this universal and grave disease is to be coped with.
Well, I should say to begin with, let us take very
soberly and continually into our consciousness the recognition
of the fact that the disease is there. And
then may I say, let us be rather slower to resolve than
we often are. ‘Better is it that thou shouldest not
vow than that thou shouldest vow and not pay.’
The man who has never had the determination to give
up some criminal indulgence—say, drink—is possibly
less criminal, and certainly less weak, than the man
who, when his head aches, and the consequences of his
self-indulgence are vividly realised by him, makes up
his mind to be a teetotaller, and soon stumbles into
the first dram-shop that is open, and then reels out
a drunkard. Do not vow until you have made up your
minds to pay. Remember that it is a solemn act to
determine anything, especially anything bearing on
moral and religious life; and that you had far better
keep your will in suspense than spring to the resolution
with thoughtless levity and leave it with the same.
Further, the habit of promptly carrying out our
resolves is one that, like all other habits, can be cultivated.
And we can cultivate it in little things, in the
smallest trifles of daily life, which by their myriads
make up life itself, in order that it may be a fixed
custom of our minds when great resolves have to be
made. The man who has trained himself day in and
day out, in regard to the insignificances of daily life,
to let act follow resolve as the thunder peal succeeds
the lightning flash, is the man who, if he is moved to[42]
make a great resolve about his religion, or about his
conduct, will be most likely to carry it out. Get the
magical influence of habit on your side, and you
will have done much to conquer the evil of abortive
resolutions.
But then there is something a great deal more than
that to be said. The Apostle did not content himself,
in the passage already referred to, with bewailing the
wretchedness of the condition in which to will was
present, but how to perform he found not. He asked,
and he triumphantly answered, the question, ‘Who
shall deliver me?’ with the great words, ‘I thank God
through Jesus Christ our Lord.’ There is the secret;
keep near Him, trust Him, open your hearts to the
influences of that Divine Spirit who makes us free
from the law of sin and death. And if thus, knowing
our weakness, recognising our danger, humbly trying
to cultivate the habit of prompt discharge of all discerned
duty, we leave ourselves in Jesus Christ’s hands,
and wait, and ask, and believe that we possess, His
cleansing Spirit, then we shall not ask and wait in
vain. ‘Work out your own salvation, . . . for it is God
that worketh in you, both the willing and the doing.’
ALL GRACE ABOUNDING
‘God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that ye, always having all-sufficiency
in all things, may abound to every good work.’—2 Cor. ix. 8.
In addition to all his other qualities the Apostle was an
extremely good man of business; and he had a field for
the exercise of that quality in the collection for the
poor saints of Judea, which takes up so much of this
letter, and occupied for so long a period so much of his[43]
thoughts and efforts. It was for the sake of showing
by actual demonstration that would ‘touch the hearts’
of the Jewish brethren, the absolute unity of the two
halves of the Church, the Gentile and the Jewish, that
the Apostle took so much trouble in this matter. The
words which I have read for my text come in the midst
of a very earnest appeal to the Corinthian Christians
for their pecuniary help. He is dwelling upon the same
thought which is expressed in the well-known words:
‘What I gave I kept; what I kept I lost.’
But whilst the words of my text primarily applied
to money matters, you see that they are studiously
general, universal. The Apostle, after his fashion, is
lifting up a little ‘secular’ affair into a high spiritual
region; and he lays down in my text a broad general
law, which goes to the very depths of the Christian
life.
Now, notice, we have here in three clauses three
stages which we may venture to distinguish as the
fountain, the basin, the stream. ‘God is able to make
all grace abound toward you’;—there is the fountain.
‘That ye always, having all-sufficiency in all things’;—there
is the basin that receives the gush from the
fountain. ‘May abound in every good work’;—there
is the steam that comes from the basin. The fountain
pours into the basin, that the flow from the basin may
feed the stream.
Now this thought of Paul’s goes to the heart of
things. So let us look at it.
I. The Fountain.
The Christian life in all its aspects and experiences
is an outflow from the ‘the Fountain of Life,’ the giving
God. Observe how emphatically the Apostle, in the
context, accumulates words that express universality:[44]
‘all grace . . . all-sufficiency for all things . . . every
good work.’ But even these expressions do not satisfy
Paul, and he has to repeat the word ‘abound,’ in order
to give some faint idea of his conception of the full
tide which gushes from the fountain. It is ‘all grace,’
and it is abounding grace.
Now what does he mean by ‘grace’? That word is a
kind of shorthand for the whole sum of the unmerited
blessings which come to men through Jesus Christ.
Primarily, it describes what we, for want of a better
expression, have to call a ‘disposition’ in the divine
nature; and it means, then, if so looked at, the unconditioned,
undeserved, spontaneous, eternal, stooping,
pardoning love of God. That is grace, in the
primary New Testament use of the phrase.
But there are no idle ‘dispositions’ in God. They
are always energising, and so the word glides from
meaning the disposition, to meaning the manifestation
and activities of it, and the ‘grace’ of our Lord is that
love in exercise. And then, since the divine energies
are never fruitless, the word passes over, further, to
mean all the blessed and beautiful things in a soul
which are the consequences of the Promethean truth
of God’s loving hand, the outcome in life of the inward
bestowment which has its cause, its sole cause, in God’s
ceaseless, unexhausted love, unmerited and free.
That, very superficially and inadequately set forth,
is at least a glimpse into the fulness and greatness of
meaning that lies in that profound New Testament
word, ‘grace.’ But the Apostle here puts emphasis on
the variety of forms which the one divine gift assumes.
It is ‘all grace’ which God is able to make abound
toward you. So then, you see this one transcendent
gift from the divine heart, when it comes into our[45]
human experience, is like a meteor when it passes
into the atmosphere of earth, and catches fire and
blazes, showering out a multitude of radiant points of
light. The grace is many-sided—many-sided to us, but
one in its source and in its character. For at bottom,
that which God in His grace gives to us as His grace is
what? Himself; or if you like to put it in another
form, which comes to the same thing—new life through
Jesus Christ. That is the encyclopædiacal gift, which
contains within itself all grace. And just as the
physical life in each of us, one in all its manifestations,
produces many results, and shines in the eye,
and blushes in the cheek, and gives strength to the
arm, and flexibility and deftness to the fingers and
swiftness to the foot: so also is that one grace which,
being manifold in its manifestations, is one in its
essence. There are many graces, there is one Grace.
But this grace is not only many-sided, but abounding.
It is not congruous with God’s wealth, nor with His
love, that He should give scantily, or, as it were, should
open but a finger of the hand that is full of His gifts,
and let out a little at a time. There are no sluices on
that great stream so as to regulate its flow, and to give
sometimes a painful trickle and sometimes a full gush,
but this fountain is always pouring itself out, and it
‘abounds.’
But then we are pulled up short by another word in
this first clause: ‘God is able to make.’ Paul does not
say, ‘God will make.’ He puts the whole weight of
responsibility for that ability becoming operative upon
us. There are conditions; and although we may have
access to that full fountain, it will not pour on us ‘all
grace’ and ‘abundant grace,’ unless we observe these,
and so turn God’s ability to give into actual giving.[46]
And how do we do that? By desire, by expectance, by
petition, by faithful stewardship. If we have these
things, if we have tutored ourselves, and experience
has helped in the tuition, to make large our expectancy,
God will smile down upon us and ‘do exceeding
abundantly above all’ that we ‘think’ as well as
above all that we ‘ask.’ Brethren, if our supplies are
scant, when the full fountain is gushing at our sides,
we are ‘not straitened in God, we are straitened in
ourselves.’ Christian possibilities are Christian obligations,
and what we might have and do not have, is our
condemnation.
I turn, in the next place, to what I have, perhaps too
fancifully, called
II. The Basin.
‘God is able to make all grace abound toward you,
that ye, having always all-sufficiency in all things,
may,’ . . . etc.
The result of all this many-sided and exuberant outpouring
of grace from the fountain is that the basin
may be full. Considering the infinite source and the
small receptacle, we might have expected something
more than ‘sufficiency’ to have resulted.
Divine grace is sufficient. Is it not more than sufficient?
Yes, no doubt. But what Paul wishes us to
feel is this—to put it into very plain English—that the
good gifts of the divine grace will always be proportioned
to our work, and to our sufferings too. We
shall feel that we have enough, if we are as we ought
to be. Sufficiency is more than a man gets anywhere
else. ‘Enough is as good as a feast.’ And if we have
strength, which we may have, to do the day’s tasks, and
strength to carry the day’s crosses, and strength to
accept the day’s sorrows, and strength to master the[47]
day’s temptations, that is as much as we need wish to
have, even out of the fulness of God. And we shall
get it, dear brethren, if we will only fulfil the conditions.
If we exercise expectance, and desire and
petition and faithful stewardship, we shall get what
we need. ‘Thy shoes shall be iron and brass,’ if the
road is a steep and rocky one that would wear out
leather. ‘As thy days so shall thy strength be.’ God
does not hurl His soldiers in a blundering attack on
some impregnable mountain, where they are slain in
heaps at the base; but when He lays a commandment
on my shoulders, He infuses strength into me, and
according to the good homely old saying that has
brought comfort to many a sad and weighted heart,
makes the back to bear the burden. The heavy task or
the crushing sorrow is often the key that opens the
door of God’s treasure-house. You have had very little
experience either of life or of Christian life, if you have
not learnt by this time that the harder your work, and
the darker your sorrows, the mightier have been God’s
supports, and the more starry the lights that have
shone upon your path. ‘That ye, always having all-sufficiency
in all things.’
One more word: this sufficiency should be more
uniform, is uniform in the divine intention, and in
so far as the flow of the fountain is concerned. Always
having had I may be sure that I always shall have. Of
course I know that, in so far as our physical nature
conditions our spiritual experience, there will be ups
and downs, moments of emancipation and moments of
slavery. There will be times when the flower opens,
and times when it shuts itself up. But I am sure that
the great mass of Christian people might have a far
more level temperature in their Christian experience[48]
than they have; that we could, if we would, have far
more experimental knowledge of this ‘always’ of my
text. God means that the basin should be always full
right up to the top of the marble edge, and that the
more is drawn off from it, the more should flow into
it. But it is very often like the reservoirs in the hills
for some great city in a drought, where great stretches
of the bottom are exposed, and again, when the
drought breaks, are full to the top of the retaining
wall. That should not be. Our Christian life should
run on the high levels. Why does it not? Possibilities
are duties.
And now, lastly, we have here what, adhering to my
metaphor, I call
III. The stream.
‘That ye, always having all-sufficiency in all things,
may abound to every good work.’
That is what God gives us His grace for; and that is
a very important consideration. The end of God’s
dealings with us, poor, weak, sinful creatures, is character
and conduct. Of course you can state the end in
a great many other ways; but there have been terrible
evils arising from the way in which Evangelical
preachers have too often talked, as if the end of God’s
dealings with us was the vague thing which they call
‘salvation,’ and by which many of their hearers take
them to mean neither more nor less than dodging Hell.
But the New Testament, with all its mysticism, even
when it soars highest, and speaks most about the perfection
of humanity, and the end of God’s dealings
being that we may be ‘filled with the fulness of God,’
never loses its wholesome, sane hold of the common
moralities of daily life, and proclaims that we receive
all, in order that we may be able to ‘maintain good[49]
works for necessary uses.’ And if we lay that to heart,
and remember that a correct creed, and a living faith,
and precious, select, inward emotions and experiences
are all intended to evolve into lives, filled and radiant
with common moralities and ‘good works’—not meaning
thereby the things which go by that name in
popular phraseology, but ‘whatsoever things are lovely
. . . and of good report’—then we shall understand a
little better what we are here for and what Jesus
Christ died for, and what His Spirit is given and lives
in us for. So ‘good works’ is the end, in one very important
aspect, of all that avalanche of grace which
has been from eternity rushing down upon us from
the heights of God.
There is one more thing to note, and that is that, in
our character and conduct, we should copy the ‘giving
grace.’ Look how eloquently and significantly, in the
first and last clauses of my text, the same words recur.
‘God is able to make all grace abound, that ye may
abound in all good work.’ Copy God in the many-sidedness
and in the copiousness of the good that flows
out from your life and conduct, because of your possession
of that divine grace. And remember, ‘to him
that hath shall be given.’ We pray for more grace;
we need to pray for that, no doubt. Do we use the
grace that God has given us? If we do not, the
remainder of that great word which I have just quoted
will be fulfilled in you. God forbid that any of us
should receive the grace of God in vain, and therefore
come under the stern and inevitable sentence,
‘From him that hath not shall be taken away, even
that which he hath!’[50]
GOD’S UNSPEAKABLE GIFT
‘Thanks be unto God for His unspeakable gift.’—2 Cor. ix. 15.
It seems strange that there should ever have been any
doubt as to what gift it is which evokes this burst of
thanksgiving. There is but one of God’s many mercies
which is worthy of being thus singled out. There
is one blazing central sun which shines out amidst
all the galaxy of lights which fill the heavens. There
is one gift of God which, beyond all others, merits the
designation of ‘unspeakable.’ The gift of Christ draws
all other divine gifts after it. ‘How should He not
with Him also freely give us all things.’
The connection in which this abrupt jet of praise
stands is very remarkable. The Apostle has been
dwelling on the Christian obligation of giving bountifully
and cheerfully, and on the great law that a glad
giver is ‘enriched’ and not impoverished thereby,
whilst the recipients, for their part, are blessed by
having thankfulness evoked towards the givers. And
that contemplation of the happy interchange of benefit
and thanks between men leads the fervid Apostle to
the thoughts which were always ready to spring to his
lips—of God as the great pattern of giving and of the
gratitude to Him which should fill all our souls. The
expression here ‘unspeakable’ is what I wish chiefly
to fix upon now. It means literally that which cannot
be fully declared. Language fails because thought
fails.
I. The gift comes from unspeakable love.
God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten
Son. The love is the cause of the gift: the gift
is the expression of the love. John’s Gospel says that[51]
the Son which is in the bosom of the Father has declared
Him. Paul here uses a related word for unspeakable
which might be rendered ‘that which cannot be fully
declared.’ The declaration of the Father partly consists
in this, that He is declared to be undeclarable,
the proclamation of His name consists partly in this
that it is proclaimed to be a name that cannot be proclaimed.
Language fails when it is applied to the
expression of human emotion; no tongue can ever
fully serve the heart. Whether there be any thoughts
too great for words or no, there are emotions too
great. Language is ever ‘weaker than our grief’ and
not seldom weaker than our love. It is but the surface
water that can be run off through the narrow
channel of speech: the central deep remains. If it be
so with human affection, how much more must it be
so with God’s love? With lowly condescension He uses
all sweet images drawn from earthly relationships, to
help us in understanding His. Every dear name is
pressed into the service—father, mother, husband, wife,
brother, friend, and after all are exhausted, the love
which clothed itself in them all in turn, and used them
all to give some faint hint of its own perfection,
remains unspoken. We know human love, its limitations,
its changes, its extravagances, its shortcomings,
and cannot but feel how unworthy it is to mirror for
us that perfection in God which we venture to name
by a name so soiled. The analogies between what we
call love in man and love in God must be supplemented
by the differences between them, if we are ever to
approach a worthy conception of the unspeakable love
that underlies the unspeakable gift.
II. The gift involves unspeakable sacrifice.
Human love desires to give its most precious[52]
treasures to its object and is then most blessed: divine
love cannot come short of human in this most characteristic
of its manifestations. Surely the copy is not
to surpass the original, nor the mirror to flash more
brightly than the sun which, at the brightest, it but
reflects. In such a matter we can but stammer when
we try to find words. As our text warns us, we are
trying to utter the unutterable when we seek to speak
of God’s giving up for us; but however such a thought
may seem to be forbidden by other aspects of the
divine nature, it seems to be involved in the great
truth that ‘God is love.’ Since He is, His blessedness
too, must be in imparting, and in parting with what
He gives. A humble worshipper in Jewish times loved
enough to say that he would not offer unto God an
offering that cost him nothing, and that loving height
of self-surrender was at the highest, but a lowly imitation
of the love to which it looked up. When Paul in
the Epistle to the Romans says, ‘He that spared not
His own Son but delivered Him up for us all,’ he is
obviously alluding to, and all but quoting, the divine
words to Abraham, ‘Seeing thou hast not withheld
thy son, thine only son, from Me,’ and the allusion
permits us to parallel what God did when He sent His
Son with what Abraham did when, with wrung heart,
but with submission, he bound and laid Isaac on the
altar and stretched forth his hand with the knife in it
to slay him. Such a representation contradicts the
vulgar conceptions of a passionless, self-sufficing, icy
deity, but reflection on the facts of our own experience
and on the blessed secrets of our own love, leads us to
believe that some shadow of loss passed across the infinite
and eternal completeness of the divine nature
when ‘God sent forth His Son made of a woman.’[53]
And may we not go further and say that when Jesus
on the Cross cried from out of the darkness of eclipse,
‘My God! My God! Why hast Thou forsaken me?’
there was something in the heavens corresponding to
the darkness that covered the earth and something in
the Father’s heart that answered the Son’s. But our
text warns us that such matters are not for our handling
in speech, and are best dealt with, not as matters
of possibly erring speculation, but as materials for
lowly thanks unto God for His unspeakable gift.
But whatever may be true about the love of the
Father who sent, there can be no doubt about the love
of the Son who came. No man helps his fellows in
suffering but at the cost of his own suffering. Sympathy
means fellow-feeling, and the one indispensable
condition of all rescue work of any sort is that the
rescuer must bear on his own shoulders the sins or
sorrows that he is able to bear away. Heartless help
is no help. It does not matter whether he who ‘stands
and says, “Be ye clothed and fed,”‘ gives or does not
give ‘the things necessary,’ he will be but a ‘miserable
comforter’ if he has not in heart and feeling entered
into the sorrows and pains which he seeks to alleviate.
We need not dwell on the familiar truths concerning
Him who was a ‘man of sorrows and acquainted with
grief.’ All through His life He was in contact with
evil, and for Him the contact was like that of a naked
hand pressed upon hot iron. The sins and woes of the
world made His path through it like that of bare feet
on sharp flints. If He had never died it would still
have been true that ‘He was wounded for our transgressions
and bruised for our iniquities.’ On the
Cross He completed the libation which had continued
throughout His life and ‘poured out His soul unto[54]
death’ as He had been pouring it out all through His
life. We have no measure by which we can estimate
the inevitable sufferings in such a world as ours of
such a spirit as Christ’s. We may know something of
the solitude of uncongenial society; of the pain of
seeing miseries that we cannot comfort, of the horrors
of dwelling amidst impurities that we cannot cleanse,
and of longings to escape from them all to some
nest in the wilderness, but all these are but the
feeblest shadows of the incarnate sorrows whose name
among men was Jesus. Nothing is more pathetic than
the way in which our Lord kept all these sorrows close
locked within His own heart, so that scarcely ever did
they come to light. Once He did permit a glimpse into
that hidden chamber when He said, ‘O faithless generation,
how long shall I be with you, how long shall I
suffer you?’ But for the most part His sorrow was
unspoken because it was ‘unspeakable.’ Once beneath
the quivering olives in the moonlight of Gethsemane,
He made a pitiful appeal for the little help which three
drowsy men could give Him, when He cried, ‘My soul
is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death. Tarry ye
here and watch with Me,’ but for the most part the
silence at which His judges ‘marvelled greatly,’ and
raged as much as they marvelled, was unbroken, and
as ‘a sheep before her shearers is dumb,’ so ‘He opened
not His mouth.’ The sacrifice of His death was, for
the most part, silent like the sacrifice of His life.
Should it not call forth from us floods of praise and
thanks to God for His unspeakable gift?
III. The gift brings with it unspeakable results.
In Christ are hid ‘all the treasures of wisdom and
knowledge.’ When God gave us Him, He gave us a
storehouse in which are contained treasures of truth[55]
which can never be fully comprehended, and which,
even if comprehended, can never be exhausted. The
mystery of the Divine Name revealed in Jesus, the
mystery of His person, are themes on which the
Christian world has been nourished ever since, and
which are as full of food, not for the understanding
only, but far more for the heart and the will, to-day as
ever they were. The world may think that it has left
the teaching of Jesus behind, but in reality the teaching
is far ahead, and the world’s practise is but slowly
creeping towards its imperfect attainment. The Gospel
is the guide of the race, and each generation gathers
something more from it, and progresses in the measure
in which it follows Christ; and as for the race, so for
the individual. Each of Christ’s scholars finds his own
gift, and in the measure of his faithfulness to what he
has found makes ever new discoveries in the unsearchable
riches of Christ. After all have fed full there still
remain abundant baskets full to be taken up.
He who has sounded the depths of Jesus most completely
is ever the first to acknowledge that he has been
but as a child ‘gathering pebbles on the beach while
the great ocean lies unsounded before him.’ No single
soul, and no multitude of souls, can exhaust Jesus;
neither our individual experiences, nor the experiences
of a believing world can fully realise the endless wealth
laid up in Him. He is the Alpha and the Omega of all
our speech, the first letter and the last of our alphabet,
between which lie all the rest.
The gift is completed in consequences yet unspeakable.
Even the first blessings which the humblest faith
receives from the pierced hands have more in them
than words can tell. Who has ever spoken adequately
and in full correspondence with reality what it is to have[56]
God’s pardoning love flowing in upon the soul? Many
singers have sung sweet psalms and hymns and
spiritual songs on which generations of devout souls
have fed, but none of them has spoken the deepest
blessedness of a Christian life, or the calm raptures of
communion with God. It is easy to utter the words
‘forgiveness, reconciliation, acceptance, fellowship,
eternal life’; the syllables can be spoken, but who
knows or can utter the depths of the meanings? After
all human words the half has not been told us, and as
every soul carries within itself unrevealable emotions,
and is a mystery after all revelation, so the things
which God’s gift brings to a soul are after all speech
unspeakable, and the words ‘cannot be uttered’ which
they who are caught up into the third heavens hear.
Then we may extend our thoughts to the future
form of Christian experience. ‘It doth not yet appear
what we should be.’ All our conceptions of a future
existence must necessarily be inadequate. Nothing
but experience can reveal them to us, and our experience
there will be capable of indefinite expansion, and
through eternity there will be endless growth in the
appropriation of the unspeakable gift.
For us the only recompense that we can make for the
unspeakable gift is to receive it with ‘thanks unto
God’ and the yielding up of our hearts to Him. God
pours this love upon us freely, without stint. It is
unspeakable in the depths of its source, in the manner
of its manifestation, in the glory of its issues. It is
like some great stream, rising in the trackless mountains,
broad and deep, and leading on to a sunlit
ocean. We stand on the bank; let us trust ourselves
to its broad bosom. It will bear us safe. And let us
take heed that we receive not the gift of God in vain.[57]
A MILITANT MESSAGE
‘Casting down imaginations, and every high thing that is exalted against the
knowledge of God, and bringing every thought into captivity to the obedience of
Christ; and being in readiness to avenge all disobedience, when your obedience
shall be fulfilled.’—2 Cor. x. 5 and 6 (R.V.).
None of Paul’s letters are so full of personal feeling
as this one is. It is written, for the most part, at a
white heat; he had heard from his trusted Titus tidings
which on one hand filled him with a thankfulness of
which the first half of the letter is the expression; but
there had also been tidings of a very different kind,
and from this point onwards the letter is seething with
the feelings which these had produced. There was in
the Corinthian Church a party, probably Judaisers,
which denied his authority and said bitter things about
his character. They apparently had contrasted the
force of his letters and the feebleness of his ‘bodily
presence’ and speech. They insinuated that his ‘bark
was worse than his bite.’ Their language put into
plain English would be something like this, ‘Ah! He
is very bold at a distance, let him come and face us
and we shall see a difference. Vapouring in his letters,
he will be meek enough when he is here.’
These slanderers seem to have thought of Paul as if
he ‘warred according to flesh,’ and it is this charge,
that he was actuated in his opposition to the evils in
Corinth by selfish considerations and worldly interests,
which seems to have set the Apostle on fire. In answer
he pours out quick, indignant questionings, sharp irony,
vehement self-vindication, passionate remonstrances,
flashes of wrath, sudden jets of tenderness. What a
position for him to have to say, ‘I am not a low
schemer; I am not working for myself.’ Yet it is the
common lot of all such men to be misread by little,[58]
crawling creatures who cannot believe in heroic self-forgetfulness.
He answers the taunt that he ‘walked
according to the flesh’ in the context by saying, ‘Yes,
I live in the flesh, my outward life is like that of other
men, but I do not go a-soldiering according to the flesh.
It is not for my own sinful self that I get the rules of
my life’s battle, neither do I get my weapons from the
flesh. They could not do what they do if that were their
origin: they are of God and therefore mighty.’ Then
the metaphor as it were catches fire, and in our text
he expands the figure of a warfare and sets before us
the destruction of fortresses, the capture of their
garrisons, and the leading of them away into another
land, the stern punishment of the rebels who still hold
out, and the merciful delay in administering it. It has
been suggested that there is an allusion in our text to
the extermination of the pirates in Paul’s native Cilicia
which happened some fifty or sixty years before his
birth and ended in destroying their robber-holds and
taking some thousands of prisoners. Whether that be
so or no, the Apostle’s kindled imagination sets forth
here great truths as to the effects which his message is
meant to produce and, thank God, has produced.
I. The opposing fortresses.
The Apostle conceives of himself and of his brother
preachers of Christ as going forth on a merciful warfare.
He thinks of strong rock fortresses, with lofty
walls set on high, and frowning down on any assailants.
No doubt he is thinking first of the opposition which
he had to front in Corinth from the Judaisers to whom
we have referred, but the application of the metaphor
goes far beyond the petty strife in Corinth and carries
for us the wholesome lesson that one main cause which
keeps men back from Christ is a too high estimate of[59]
themselves. Some of us are enclosed in the fortress of
self-sufficiency: we will not humbly acknowledge our
dependence on God, and have turned self-reliance into
the law of our lives. There are many voices, some of
them sweet and powerful, which to-day are preaching
that gospel. It finds eager response in many hearts,
and there is something in us all to which it appeals.
We are often tempted to say defiantly, ‘Who is Lord
over us?’ And the teaching that bids us rely on ourselves
is so wholly in accord with the highest wisdom
and the noblest life that what is good and what is evil
in each of us contribute to reinforce it. Self-dependence
is a great virtue, and the mother of much energy
and nobleness, but it is also a great error and a great
sin. To be so self-sufficing as not to need externals is
good; to be so self-sufficing as not to need or to see
God is ruin and death. The title which, as one of our
great thinkers tells us, a humourist put on the back of
a volume of heterodox tracts, ‘Every man his own
redeemer,’ makes a claim for self-sufficiency which
more or less unconsciously shuts out many men from
the salvation of Christ.
There is the fortress of culture and the pride of it in
which many of us are to-day entrenched against the
Gospel. The attitude of mind into which persons of
culture tend to fall is distinctly adverse to their reception
of the Gospel, and that is not because the Gospel
is adverse to culture, but because cultured people do
not care to be put on the same level with publicans
and harlots. They would be less disinclined to go into
the feast if there were in it reserved seats for superior
people and a private entrance to them. If the wise and
prudent were more of both, they would be liker the
babes to whom these things are revealed, and they[60]
would be revealed to them too. Not knowledge but
the superciliousness which is the result of the conceit
of knowledge hinders from God, and is one of the
strongest fortresses against which the weapons of our
warfare have to be employed.
There is the fortress of ignorance. Most men who
are kept from Christ are so because they know neither
themselves nor God. The most widely prevailing
characteristic of the superficial life of most men is
their absolute unconsciousness of the fact of sin; they
neither know it as universal nor as personal. They
have never gone deeply enough down into the depths
of their own hearts to have come up scared at the
ugly things that lie sleeping there, nor have they ever
reflected on their own conduct with sufficient gravity
to discern its aberrations from the law of right, hence
the average man is quite unconscious of sin, and is a
complete stranger to himself. The cup has been drunk
by and intoxicated the world, and the masses of men
are quite unaware that it has intoxicated them.
They are ignorant of God as they are of themselves,
and if at any time, by some flash of light, they see
themselves as they are, they think of God as if He were
altogether such an one as themselves, and fall back on
a vague trust in the vaguer mercy of their half-believed-in
God as their hope for a vague salvation. Men who
thus walk in a vain show will never feel their need of
Jesus, and the lazy ignorance of themselves and the
as lazy trust in what they call their God, are a fortress
against which it will task the power of God to make
any weapons of warfare mighty to its pulling down.
II. The casting down of fortresses.
The first effect of any real contact with Christ and
His Gospel is to reveal a man to himself, to shatter his[61]
delusive estimates of what he is, and to pull down
about his ears the lofty fortress in which he has
ensconced himself. It seems strange work for what
calls itself a Gospel to begin by forcing a man to cry
out with sobs and tears, Oh, wretched man that I am!
But no man will ever reach the heights to which Christ
can lift him, who does not begin his upward course by
descending to the depths into which Christ’s Gospel
begins its work by plunging him. Unconsciousness of
sin is sure to lead to indifference to a Saviour, and
unless we know ourselves to be miserable and poor and
blind and naked, the offer of gold refined by fire and
white garments that we may clothe ourselves will
make no appeal to us. The fact of sin makes the need
for a Saviour; our individual sense of sin makes us
sensible of our need of a Saviour.
Paul believed that the weapons of his warfare were
mighty enough to cast down the strongest of all
strongholds in which men shut themselves up against
the humbling Gospel of salvation by the mercy of God.
The weapons to which he thus trusted were the same
to which Jesus pointed His disciples when, about to
leave them, He said, ‘When the Comforter is come He
will convict the world of sin because they believe not
in Me.’ Jesus brought to the world the perfect revelation
of the holiness of God, and set before us all a
divine pattern of manhood to rebuke and condemn our
stained and rebellious lives, and He turned us away
from the superficial estimate of actions to the careful
scrutiny of motives. By all these and many other
ways He presented Himself to the world a perfect man,
the incarnation of a holy God and the revelation and
condemnation of sinful humanity. Yet, all that miracle
of loveliness, gentleness, and dignity is beheld by men[62]
without a thrill, and they see in Him no ‘beauty that
they should desire Him,’ and no healing to which they
will trust. Paul’s way of kindling penitence in impenitent
spirits was not to brandish over them the
whips of law or to seek to shake souls with terror of
any hell, still less was it to discourse with philosophic
calm on the obligations of duty and the wisdom of
virtuous living; his appeal to conscience was primarily
the pressing on the heart of the love of God in Christ
Jesus our Lord. When the heart is melted, the conscience
will not long continue indurated. We cannot
look lovingly and believingly at Jesus and then turn
to look complacently on ourselves. Not to believe on
Him is the sin of sins, and to be taught that it is so is
the first step in the work of Him who never merits the
name of the Comforter more truly than when He convicts
the world of sin.
For a Christianity that does not begin with the deep
consciousness of sin has neither depth nor warmth and
has scarcely vitality. The Gospel is no Gospel, and we
had almost said, ‘The Christ is no Christ’ to one who
does not feel himself, if parted from Christ, ‘dead in
trespasses and sins.’ Our religion depends for all its
force, our gratitude and love for all their devotion,
upon our sense that ‘the chastisement of our peace
was laid upon Him, and that by His stripes we are
healed.’ Since He gave Himself for us, it is meet that
we give ourselves to Him, but there will be little
fervour of devotion or self-surrender, unless there has
been first the consciousness of the death of sin and
then the joyous consciousness of newness of life in
Christ Jesus.
III. The captives led away to another land.
The Apostle carries on his metaphor one step further[63]
when he goes on to describe what followed the casting
down of the fortresses. The enemy, driven from their
strongholds, have nothing for it but to surrender and
are led away in captivity to another land. The long
strings of prisoners on Assyrian and Egyptian monuments
show how familiar an experience this was. It
may be noted that perhaps our text regards the
obedience of Christ as being the far country into
which ‘every thought was to be brought.’ At all
events Paul’s idea here is that the end of the whole
struggle between ‘the flesh’ and the weapons of God
is to make men willing captives of Jesus Christ. We
are Christians in the measure in which we surrender
our wills to Christ. That surrender rests upon, and is
our only adequate answer to, His surrender for us.
The ‘obedience of Christ’ is perfect freedom; His
captives wear no chains and know nothing of forced
service; His yoke is easy, not because it does not press
hard upon the neck but because it is lined with love,
and ‘His burden is light’ not because of its own weight
but because it is laid on us by love and is carried by
kindred love. He only commands himself who gladly
lets Christ command him. Many a hard task becomes
easy; crooked things are straightened out and rough
places often made surprisingly plain for the captives
of Christ, whom He leads into the liberty of obedience
to Him.
IV. Fate of the disobedient.
Paul thinks that in Corinth there will be found some
stiff-necked opponents of whom he cannot hope that
their ‘obedience shall be fulfilled,’ and he sees in the
double issue of the small struggle that was being
waged in Corinth a parable of the wider results of the
warfare in the world. ‘Some believed and some believed[64]
not’; that has been the brief summary of the experience
of all God’s messengers everywhere, and it is their
experience to-day. No doubt when Paul speaks of
‘being in readiness to avenge all disobedience,’ he is
alluding to the exercise of his apostolic authority
against the obdurate antagonists whom he contemplates
as still remaining obdurate, and it is beautiful
to note the long-suffering patience with which he will
hold his hand until all that can be won has been won.
But we must not forget that Paul’s demeanour is but a
faint shadow of his Lord’s, and that the weapons which
were ready to avenge all disobedience were the weapons
of God. If a man steels himself against the efforts of
divine love, builds up round himself a fortress of self-righteousness
and locks its gates against the merciful
entrance of convictions of sin and the knowledge of a
Saviour, and if he therefore lives, year in, year out, in
disobedience, the weapons which he thinks himself to
have resisted will one day make him feel their edge.
We cannot set ourselves against the salvation of Jesus
without bringing upon ourselves consequences which
are wholly evil and harmful. Torpid consciences,
hungry hearts, stormy wills, tyrannous desires, vain
hopes and not vain fears come to be, by slow degrees,
the tortures of the man who drops the portcullis and
lifts the bridge against the entrance of Jesus. There
are hells enough on earth if men’s hearts were displayed.
But the love which is obliged to smite gives warning
that it is ready to avenge, long before it lets the blow
fall, and does so in order that it may never need to fall.
As long as it is possible that the disobedient shall
become obedient to Christ, He holds back the vengeance
that is ready to fall and will one day fall ‘on all[65]
disobedience.’ Not till all other means have been
patiently tried will He let that terrible ending crash
down. It hangs over the heads of many of us who are
all unaware that we walk beneath the shadow of a
rock that at any moment may be set in motion and
bury us beneath its weight. It is ‘in readiness,’ but it
is still at rest. Let us be wise in time and yield to the
merciful weapons with which Jesus would make His
way into our hearts. Or if the metaphor of our text
presents Him in too warlike a guise, let us listen to
His own gentle pleading, ‘Behold, I stand at the door
and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the
door, I will come in to him.’
SIMPLICITY TOWARDS CHRIST
‘But I fear, lest by any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty,
so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.’—2 Cor.
xi. 3.
The Revised Version, amongst other alterations, reads,
‘the simplicity that is towards Christ.’
The inaccurate rendering of the Authorised Version
is responsible for a mistake in the meaning of these
words, which has done much harm. They have been
supposed to describe a quality or characteristic belonging
to Christ or the Gospel; and, so construed, they
have sometimes been made the watchword of narrowness
and of intellectual indolence. ‘Give us the simple
Gospel’ has been the cry of people who have thought
themselves to be evangelical when they were only lazy,
and the consequence has been that preachers have been
expected to reiterate commonplaces, which have made
both them and their hearers listless, and to sink the
educational for the evangelistic aspect of the Christian
teacher’s function.[66]
It is quite true that the Gospel is simple, but it is also
true that it is deep, and they will best appreciate its
simplicity who have most honestly endeavoured to
fathom its depth. When we let our little sounding
lines out, and find that they do not reach the bottom,
we begin to wonder even more at the transparency of
the clear abyss. It is not simplicity in Christ, but
towards Christ of which the Apostle is speaking; not a
quality in Him, but a quality in us towards Him. I
wish, then, to turn to the two thoughts that these
words suggest. First and chiefly, the attitude towards
Christ which befits our relation to Him; and, secondly
and briefly, the solicitude for its maintenance.
I. First, then, look at the attitude towards Christ
which befits the Christian relation to Him.
The word ‘simplicity’ has had a touch of contempt
associated with it. It is a somewhat doubtful compliment
to say of a man that he is ‘simple-minded.’ All
noble words which describe great qualities get oxidised
by exposure to the atmosphere, and rust comes over
them, as indeed all good things tend to become deteriorated
in time and by use. But the notion of the word
is really a very noble and lofty one. To be ‘without a
fold,’ which is the meaning of the Greek word and of its
equivalent ‘simplicity,’ is, in one aspect, to be transparently
honest and true, and in another to be out and
out of a piece. There is no underside of the cloth,
doubled up beneath the upper which shows, and running
in the opposite direction; but all tends in one way.
A man with no under-currents, no by-ends, who is
down to the very roots what he looks, and all whose
being is knit together and hurled in one direction,
without reservation or back-drawing, that is the
‘simple’ man whom the Apostle means. Such sim[67]plicity
is the truest wisdom; such simplicity of devotion
to Jesus Christ is the only attitude of heart and mind
which corresponds to the facts of our relation to Him.
That relation is set forth in the context by a very
sweet and tender image, in the true line of scriptural
teaching, which in many a place speaks of the Bride
and Bridegroom, and which on its last page shows us
the Lamb’s wife descending from Heaven to meet her
husband. The state of devout souls and of the community
of such here on earth is that of betrothal.
Their state in heaven is that of marriage. Very beautiful
it is to see how this fiery Paul, like the ascetic
John, who never knew the sacred joys of that state,
lays hold of the thought of the Bridegroom and the
Bride, and of his individual relation to both as indicating
the duties of the Church and the solicitude of
the Apostle. He says that he has been the intermediary
who, according to Oriental custom, arranged
the preliminaries of the marriage, and brought the
bride to the bridegroom, and, as the friend of the latter,
standing by rejoices greatly to hear the bridegroom’s
voice, and is solicitous mainly that in the tremulous
heart of the betrothed there should be no admixture of
other loves, but a whole-hearted devotion, an exclusive
affection, and an absolute obedience. ‘I have espoused
you,’ says he, ‘to one husband that I may present you
as a chaste virgin to Christ. But I fear lest . . . your
mind should be corrupted from the simplicity that is
towards Him.’
Now that metaphor carries in its implication all that
anybody can say about the exclusiveness, the depth,
the purity, the all-pervasiveness of the dependent love
which should knit us to Jesus Christ. The same thought
of whole-hearted, single, absolute devotion is conveyed[68]
by other Scripture metaphors, the slave and the soldier
of Christ. But all that is repellent or harsh in these is
softened and glorified when we contemplate it in the
light of the metaphor of my text.
So I might leave it to do its own work, but I may
perhaps be allowed to follow out the thought in one or
two directions.
The attitude, then, which corresponds to our relation
to Jesus Christ is that, first, of a faith which looks to
Him exclusively as the source of salvation and of light.
The specific danger which was alarming Paul, in reference
to that little community of Christians in Corinth,
was one which, in its particular form, is long since dead
and buried. But the principles which underlay it, the
tendencies to which it appealed, and the perils which
alarmed Paul for the Corinthian Church, are perennial.
He feared that these Judaising teachers, who dogged
his heels all his life long, and whose one aim seemed to
be to build upon his foundation and to overthrow his
building, should find their way into this church and
wreck it. The keenness of the polemic, in this and in
the contextual chapters, shows how real and imminent
the danger was. Now what they did was to tell people
that Jesus Christ had a partner in His saving work.
They said that obedience to the Jewish law, ceremonial
and other, was a condition of salvation, along with
trust in Jesus Christ as the Messiah. And because they
thus shared out the work of salvation between Jesus
Christ and something else, Paul thundered and lightened
at them all his life, and, as he tells us in this
context, regarded them as preaching another Jesus,
another spirit, and another gospel. That particular
error is long dead and buried.
But is there nothing else that has come into its place?[69]
Has this old foe not got a new face, and does not it live
amongst us as really as it lived then? I think it does;
whether in the form of the grosser kind of sacramentarianism
and ecclesiasticism which sticks sacraments
and a church in front of the Cross, or in the form of
the definite denial that Jesus Christ’s death on the
Cross is the one means of salvation, or simply in the
form of the coarse, common wish to have a finger in
the pie and a share in the work of saving oneself, as a
drowning man will sometimes half drown his rescuer
by trying to use his own limbs. These tendencies that
Paul fought, and which he feared would corrupt the
Corinthians from their simple and exclusive reliance on
Christ, and Christ alone, as the ground and author of
their salvation, are perennial in human nature, and
we have to be on our guard for ever and for ever
against them. Whether they come in organised, systematic,
doctrinal form, or whether they are simply the
rising in our own hearts of the old Adam of pride and
self-trust, they equally destroy the whole work of
Christ, because they infringe upon its solitariness and
uniqueness. It is not Christ and anything else. Men
are not saved by a syndicate. It is Jesus Christ alone,
and ‘beside Him there is no Saviour.’ You go into a
Turkish mosque and see the roof held up by a forest
of slim pillars. You go into a cathedral chapter-house
and see one strong support in the centre that
bears the whole roof. The one is an emblem of the
Christless multiplicity of vain supports, the other of
the solitary strength and eternal sufficiency of the one
Pillar on which the whole weight of a world’s salvation
rests, and which lightly bears it triumphantly aloft.
‘I fear lest your minds be corrupted from the simplicity’
of a reasonable faith directed towards Christ.[70]
And in like manner He is the sole light and teacher
of men as to God, themselves, their duty, their destinies
and prospects. He, and He alone, brings these things
to light. His word, whether it comes from His lips or
from the deeds which are part of His revelation, or
from the voice of the Spirit which takes of His and
speaks to the ages through His apostles, should be ‘the
end of all strife.’ What He says, and all that He says,
and nothing else than what He says, is the creed of the
Christian. He, and He only, is ‘the light which lighteth
every man that cometh into the world.’ In this day of
babblements and confusions, let us listen for the voice
of Christ and accept all which comes from Him, and let
the language of our deepest hearts be, ‘Lord, to whom
shall we go? Thou only hast the words of eternal
life.’
Again, our relation to Jesus Christ demands exclusive
love to Him. ‘Demands’ is an ugly word to bracket
with love. We might say, and perhaps more truly,
permits or privileges. It is the joy of the betrothed
that her duty is to love, and to keep her heart clear
from all competing affections. But it is none the less
her duty because it is her joy. What Christ is to you,
if you are a Christian, and what He longs to be to us
all, whether we are Christians or not, is of such a
character as that the only fitting attitude of our hearts
to Him in response is that of exclusive affection. I do
not mean that we are to love nothing but Him, but I
mean that we are to love all things else in Him, and
that, if any creature so delays or deflects our love as
that either it does not pass, by means of the creature,
into the presence of the Christ, or is turned away from
the Christ by the creature, then we have fallen beneath
the sweet level of our lofty privilege, and have won for[71]
ourselves the misery due to distracted and idolatrous
hearts. Love to one who has done what He has done
for us is in its very nature exclusive, and its exclusiveness
is all-pervasive exclusiveness. The centre diamond
makes the little stones set round it all the more lustrous.
We must love Jesus Christ all in all or not at
all. Divided love incurs the condemnation that falls
heavily upon the head of the faithless bride.
Dear friends, the conception of the essence of religion
as being love is no relaxation, but an increase, of its
stringent requirements. The more we think of that
sweet bond as being the true union of the soul with
God, who is its only rest and home, the more reasonable
and imperative will appear the old commandment,
‘Thou shalt love Him with all thy heart, and soul, and
strength, and mind.’
But, further, our relation to Jesus Christ is such as
that nothing short of absolute obedience to His commandment
corresponds to it. There must be the simplicity,
the single-mindedness that thus obeys, obeys
swiftly, cheerfully, constantly. In all matters His
command is my law, and, as surely as I make His
command my law, will He make my desire His motive.
For He Himself has said, in words that bring together
our obedience to His will and His compliance with
our wishes, in a fashion that we should not have ventured
upon unless He had set us an example, ‘If ye
love Me, keep My commandments. If ye ask anything
in My name I will do it.’ The exclusive love that binds
us, by reason of our faith in Him alone, to that Lord
ought to express itself in unhesitating, unfaltering,
unreserved, and unreluctant obedience to every word
that comes from His mouth.
These brief outlines are but the poorest attempt to[72]
draw out what the words of my text imply. But such
as they are, let us remember that they do set forth the
only proper response of the saved man to the saving
Christ. ‘Ye cannot serve God and Mammon.’ Anything
short of a faith that rests on Him alone, of a love
that knits itself to His single, all-sufficient heart, and
of an obedience that bows the whole being to the sweet
yoke of His commandment is an unworthy answer to
the Love that died, and that lives for us all.
II. And now I have only time to glance at the solicitude
for the maintenance of this exclusive single-mindedness
towards Christ.
Think of what threatens it. I say nothing about the
ferment of opinion in this day, for one man that
is swept away from a thorough whole-hearted faith by
intellectual considerations, there are a dozen from
whom it is filched without their knowing it, by their
own weaknesses and the world’s noises. And so it is
more profitable that we should think of the whole
crowd of external duties, enjoyments, sweetnesses,
bitternesses, that solicit us, and would seek to draw us
away. Who can hear the low voice that speaks peace
and wisdom when Niagara is roaring past his ears?
‘The world is too much with us, late and soon. Buying
and selling we lay waste our powers,’ and break ourselves
away from our simple devotion to that dear
Lord. But it is possible that we may so carry into all
the whirl the central peace, as that we shall not be
disturbed by it; and possible that ‘whether we eat or
drink, or whatsoever we do, we may do all to His glory,’
so that we can, even in the midst of our daily pressing
avocations and cares be keeping our hearts in the
heavens, and our souls in touch with our Lord.
But it is not only things without that draw us away.[73]
Our own weaknesses and waywardnesses, our strong
senses, our passions, our desires, our necessities, all
these have a counteracting force, which needs continual
watchfulness in order to be neutralised. No man can
grasp a stay, which alone keeps him from being immersed
in the waves, with uniform tenacity, unless
every now and then he tightens his muscles. And no
man can keep himself firmly grasping Jesus Christ
without conscious effort directed to bettering his hold.
If there be dangers around us, and dangers within
us, the discipline which we have to pursue in order to
secure this uniform, single-hearted devotion is plain
enough. Let us be vividly conscious of the peril—which
is what some of us are not. Let us take stock of ourselves
lest creeping evil may be encroaching upon us,
while we are all unaware—which is what some of us
never do. Let us clearly contemplate the possibility of
an indefinite increase in the closeness and thoroughness
of our surrender to Him—a conviction which has
faded away from the minds of many professing Christians.
Above all, let us find time or make time for the
patient, habitual contemplation of the great facts
which kindle our devotion. For if you never think of
Jesus Christ and His love to you, how can you love
Him back again? And if you are so busy carrying
out your own secular affairs, or pursuing your own
ambitions, or attending to your own duties, as they
may seem to be, that you have no time to think of
Christ, His death, His life, His Spirit, His yearning
heart over His bride, how can it be expected that you
will have any depth of love to Him? Let us, too, wait
with prayerful patience for that Divine Spirit who will
knit us more closely to our Lord.
Unless we do so, we shall get no happiness out of our[74]
religion, and it will bring no praise to Christ or profit
to ourselves. I do not know a more miserable man
than a half-and-half Christian, after the pattern of, I
was going to say, the ordinary average of professing
Christians of this generation. He has religion enough
to prick and sting him, and not enough to impel him
to forsake the evil which yet he cannot comfortably
do. He has religion enough to ‘inflame his conscience,’
not enough to subdue his will and heart. How many
of my hearers are in that condition it is for them to
settle. If we are to be Christian men at all, let us be it
out and out. Half-and-half religion is no religion.
| ‘One foot in sea, and one on shore; |
| To one thing constant never!’ |
‘I fear lest by any means your minds be corrupted
from the simplicity that is towards Christ.’
STRENGTH IN WEAKNESS
‘For this thing I besought the Lord thrice, that it might depart from me. And
He said unto me, My grace is sufficient for thee; for My strength is made perfect
in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities, that
the power of Christ may rest upon me.’—2 Cor. xii. 8, 9.
This very remarkable page in the autobiography of
the Apostle shows us that he, too, belonged to the
great army of martyrs who, with hearts bleeding and
pierced through and through with a dart, yet did their
work for God. It is of little consequence what his
thorn in the flesh may have been. The original word
suggests very much heavier sorrow than the metaphor
of ‘a thorn’ might imply. It really seems to mean
not a tiny bit of thorn that might lie half concealed in[75]
the finger tip, but one of those hideous stakes on which
the cruel punishment of impalement used to be inflicted.
And Paul’s thought is, not that he has a little, trivial
trouble to bear, but that he is, as it were, forced quivering
upon that tremendous torture.
Unquestionably, what he means is some bodily ailment
or other. The hypothesis that the ‘thorn in the flesh’
was the sting of the animal nature inciting him to evil
is altogether untenable, because such a thorn could
never have been left when the prayer for its removal
was earnestly presented; nor could it ever have been,
when left, an occasion for glorifying. Manifestly it
was no weakness removable by his own effort, no
incapacity for service which in any manner approximated
to being a fault, but purely and simply some
infliction from God’s hand (though likewise capable of
being regarded as a ‘messenger of Satan’) which
hindered him in his work, and took down any proud
flesh and danger of spiritual exaltation in consequence
of the largeness of his religious privileges.
Our text sets before us three most instructive windings,
as it were, of the stream of thoughts that passed
through the Apostle’s mind, in reference to this burden
that he had to carry, and may afford wholesome contemplation
for us to-day. There is, first, the instinctive
shrinking which took refuge in prayer. Then there is
the insight won by prayer into the sustaining strength
for, and the purposes of, the thorn that was not to be
plucked out. And then, finally, there is the peace of
acquiescence, and a will that accepts—not the inevitable,
but the loving.
I. First of all we see the instinctive shrinking from
that which tortured the flesh, which takes refuge in
prayer.[76]
There is a wonderful, a beautiful, and, I suppose, an
intentional parallel between the prayers of the servant
and of the Master. Paul’s petitions are the echo of
Gethsemane. There, under the quivering olives, in the
broken light of the Paschal moon, Jesus ‘thrice’ prayed
that the cup might pass from Him. And here the
servant, emboldened and instructed by the example of
the Master, ‘thrice’ reiterates his human and natural
desire for the removal of the pain, whatever it was,
which seemed to him so to hinder the efficiency and
the fulness, as it certainly did the joy, of his service.
But He who prayed in Gethsemane was He to whom
Paul addressed his prayer. For, as is almost always
the case in the New Testament, ‘the Lord’ here
evidently means Christ, as is obvious from the connection
of the answer to the petition with the Apostle’s
final confidence and acquiescence. For the answer was,
‘My strength is made perfect in weakness’; and the
Apostle’s conclusion is, ‘Most gladly will I glorify in
infirmity,’ that the strength or ‘power of Christ may
rest upon me.’ Therefore the prayer with which we
have to deal here is a prayer offered to Jesus, who
prayed in Gethsemane, and to whom we can bring our
petitions and our desires.
Notice how this thought of prayer directed to the
Master Himself helps to lead us deep into the sacredest
and most blessed characteristics of prayer. It is only
telling Christ what is in our hearts. Oh, if we lived in
the true understanding of what prayer really is—the
emptying out of our inmost desire and thoughts before
our Brother, who is likewise our Lord—questions as to
what it was permissible to pray for, and what it was
not permissible to pray for, would be irrelevant, and
drop away of themselves. If we had a less formal[77]
notion of prayer, and realised more thoroughly what
it was—the speech of a confiding heart to a sympathising
Lord—then everything that fills our hearts would
be seen to be a fitting object of prayer. If anything is
large enough to interest me, it is not too small to be
spoken about to Him.
So the question, which is often settled upon very
abstract and deep grounds that have little to do with
the matter—the question as to whether prayer for
outward blessings is permissible—falls away of itself.
If I am to talk to Jesus Christ about everything that
concerns me, am I to keep my thumb upon all that
great department and be silent about it? One reason
why our prayers are often so unreal is, because they
do not fit our real wants, nor correspond to the
thoughts that are busy in our minds at the moment of
praying. Our hearts are full of some small matter of
daily interest, and when we kneel down not a word
about it comes to our lips. Can that be right?
The difference between the different objects of prayer
is not to be found in the rejection of all temporal and
external, but in remembering that there are two sets
of things to be prayed about, and over one set must
ever be written ‘If it be Thy will,’ and over the other it
need not be written, because we are sure that the
granting of our wishes is His will. We know about
the one that ‘if we ask anything according to His will,
He heareth us.’ That may seem to be a very poor and
shrunken kind of hope to give a man, that if his prayer
is in conformity with the previous determination of
the divine will, it will be answered. But it availed for
the joyful confidence of that Apostle who saw deepest
into the conditions and the blessedness of the harmony
of the will of God and of man. But about the other[78]
set we can only say, ‘Not my will, but Thine be done.’
With that sentence, not as a formula upon our lips but
deep in our hearts, let us take everything into His
presence—thorns and stakes, pinpricks and wounds out
of which the life-blood is ebbing—let us take them all
to Him, and be sure that we shall take none of them in
vain.
So then we have the Person to whom the prayer is
addressed, the subjects with which it is occupied, and
the purpose to which it is directed. ‘Take away the
burden’ was the Apostle’s petition; but it was a mistaken
petition and, therefore, unanswered.
II. That brings me to the second of the windings, as
I have ventured to call them, of this stream—viz. the
insight into the source of strength for, and the purpose
of, the thorn that could not be taken away. The Lord
said unto me, ‘My grace is sufficient for thee. For My
strength’ (where the word ‘My’ is a supplement, but a
necessary one) ‘is made perfect in weakness.’
The answer is, in form and in substance, a gentle
refusal of the form of the petition, but it is a more than
granting of its essence. For the best answer to such
a prayer, and the answer which a true man means
when he asks, ‘Take away the burden,’ need not be the
external removal of the pressure of the sorrow, but the
infusing of power to sustain it. There are two ways
of lightening a burden, one is diminishing its actual
weight, the other is increasing the strength of the
shoulder that bears it. And the latter is God’s way, is
Christ’s way, of dealing with us.
Now mark that the answer which this faithful prayer
receives is no communication of anything fresh, but it
is the opening of the man’s eyes to see that already he
has all that he needs. The reply is not, ‘I will give[79]
thee grace sufficient,’ but ‘My grace’ (which thou hast
now) ‘is sufficient for thee.’ That grace is given and
possessed by the sorrowing heart at the moment when
it prays. Open your eyes to see what you have, and
you will not ask for the load to be taken away. Is not
that always true? Many a heart is carrying some
heavy weight; perhaps some have an incurable sorrow,
some are stricken by disease that they know can never
be healed, some are aware that the shipwreck has been
total, and that the sorrow that they carry to-day will lie
down with them in the dust. Be it so! ‘My grace (not
shall be, but) is sufficient for thee.’ And what thou
hast already in thy possession is enough for all that
comes storming against thee of disease, disappointment,
loss, and misery. Set on the one side all possible
as well as all actual weaknesses, burdens, pains, and set
on the other these two words—’My grace,’ and all these
dwindle into nothingness and disappear. If troubled
Christian men would learn what they have, and would
use what they already possess, they would less often
beseech Him with vain petitions to take away their
blessings which are in the thorns in the flesh. ‘My
grace is sufficient.’
How modestly the Master speaks about what He
gives! ‘Sufficient’? Is not there a margin? Is there
not more than is wanted? The overplus is ‘exceeding
abundant,’ not only ‘above what we ask or think,’ but
far more than our need. ‘Two hundred pennyworth of
bread is not sufficient that every one may take a little,’
says Sense. Omnipotence says, ‘Bring the few small
loaves and fishes unto Me’; and Faith dispensed them
amongst the crowd; and Experience ‘gathered up of the
fragments that remained’ more than there had been
when the multiplication began. So the grace utilised[80]
increases; the gift grows as it is employed. ‘Unto him
that hath shall be given.’ And the ‘sufficiency’ is not
a bare adequacy, just covering the extent of the need,
with no overlapping margin, but is large beyond expectation,
desire, or necessity; so leading onwards to
high hopes and a wider opening of the open mouths of
our need that the blessing may pour in.
The other part of this great answer, that the Christ
from Heaven spoke in or to the praying spirit of this
not disappointed, though refused, Apostle, unveiled the
purpose of the sorrow, even as the former part had
disclosed the strength to bear it. For, says He, laying
down therein the great law of His kingdom in all
departments and in all ways, ‘My strength is made
perfect’—that is, of course, perfect in its manifestation
or operations, for it is perfect in itself already. ‘My
strength is made perfect in weakness.’ It works in and
through man’s weakness.
God works with broken reeds. If a man conceits
himself to be an iron pillar, God can do nothing with
or by him. All the self-conceit and confidence have to
be taken out of him first. He has to be brought low
before the Father can use him for His purposes. The
lowlands hold the water, and, if only the sluice is open,
the gravitation of His grace does all the rest and
carries the flood into the depths of the lowly heart.
His strength loves to work in weakness, only the
weakness must be conscious, and the conscious weakness
must have passed into conscious dependence.
There, then, you get the law for the Church, for the
works of Christianity on the widest scale, and in
individual lives. Strength that conceits itself to be
such is weakness; weakness that knows itself to be
such is strength. The only true source of Power, both[81]
for Christian work and in all other respects, is God
Himself; and our strength is ours but by derivation
from Him. And the only way to secure that derivation
is through humble dependence, which we call faith in
Jesus Christ. And the only way by which that faith
in Jesus Christ can ever be kindled in a man’s soul is
through the sense of his need and emptiness. So when
we know ourselves weak, we have taken the first step
to strength; just as, when we know ourselves sinners,
we have taken the first step to righteousness; just as
in all regions the recognition of the doleful fact of our
human necessity is the beginning of the joyful confidence
in the glad, triumphant fact of the divine fulness.
All our hollownesses, if I may so say, are met with His
fulness that fits into them. It only needs that a man
be aware of that which he is, and then turn himself to
Him who is all that he is not, and then into his empty
being will flow rejoicing the whole fulness of God.
‘My strength is made perfect in weakness.’
III. Lastly, mark the calm final acquiescence in the
loving necessity of continued sorrow. ‘Most gladly,
therefore, will I rather glory in my infirmity that the
power of Christ may rest upon me.’ The will is entirely
harmonised with Christ’s. The Apostle begins with
instinctive shrinking, he passes onwards to a perception
of the purpose of his trial and of the sustaining
grace; and he comes now to acquiescence which is not
passivity, but glad triumph. He is more than submissive,
he gladly glories in his infirmity in order that
the power of Christ may ‘spread a tabernacle over’
him. ‘It is good for me that I have been afflicted,’ said
the old prophet. Paul says, in a yet higher note of
concord with God’s will, ‘I am glad that I sorrow. I
rejoice in weakness, because it makes it easier for me[82]
to cling, and, clinging, I am strong, and conquer evil.’
Far better is it that the sting of our sorrow should be
taken away, by our having learned what it is for,
and having bowed to it, than that it should be taken
away by the external removal which we sometimes
long for. A grief, a trial, an incapacity, a limitation, a
weakness, which we use as a means of deepening our
sense of dependence upon Him, is a blessing, and not a
sorrow. And if we would only go out into the world
trying to interpret its events in the spirit of this great
text, we should less frequently wonder and weep over
what sometimes seem to us the insoluble mysteries of
the sorrows of ourselves and of other men. They are
all intended to make it more easy for us to realise our
utter hanging upon Him, and so to open our hearts to
receive more fully the quickening influences of His
omnipotent and self-sufficing grace.
Here, then, is a lesson for those who have to carry
some cross and know they must carry it throughout
life. It will be wreathed with flowers if you accept it.
Here is a lesson for all Christian workers. Ministers
of the Gospel especially should banish all thoughts
of their own cleverness, intellectual ability, culture,
sufficiency for their work, and learn that only when
they are emptied can they be filled, and only when
they know themselves to be nothing are they ready
for God to work through them. And here is a lesson
for all who stand apart from the grace and power
of Jesus Christ as if they needed it not. Whether
you know it or not, you are a broken reed; and the
only way of your ever being bound up and made
strong is that you shall recognise your sinfulness,
your necessity, your abject poverty, your utter emptiness,
and come to Him who is righteousness, riches,[83]
fulness, and say, ‘Because I am weak, be Thou my
strength.’ The secret of all noble, heroic, useful, happy
life lies in the paradox, ‘When I am weak, then am I
strong,’ and the secret of all failures, miseries, hopeless
losses, lies in its converse, ‘When I am strong, then am
I weak.’
NOT YOURS BUT YOU
‘I seek not yours, but you.’—2 Cor. xii. 14.
Men are usually quick to suspect others of the vices to
which they themselves are prone. It is very hard for
one who never does anything but with an eye to what
he can make out of it, to believe that there are other
people actuated by higher motives. So Paul had, over
and over again, to meet the hateful charge of making
money out of his apostleship. It was one of the
favourite stones that his opponents in the Corinthian
Church, of whom there were very many, very bitter
ones, flung at him. In this letter he more than once
refers to the charge. He does so with great dignity,
and with a very characteristic and delicate mixture of
indignation and tenderness, almost playfulness. Thus,
in the context, he tells these Corinthian grumblers
that he must beg their pardon for not having taken
anything of them, and so honoured them. Then he
informs them that he is coming again to see them for
the third time, and that that visit will be marked by
the same independence of their help as the others had
been. And then he just lets a glimpse of his pained
heart peep out in the words of my text. ‘I seek not
yours, but you.’ There speaks a disinterested love[84]
which feels obliged, and yet reluctant, to stoop to say
that it is love, and that it is disinterested. Where did
Paul learn this passionate desire to possess these people,
and this entire suppression of self in the desire? It
was a spark from a sacred fire, a drop from an infinite
ocean, an echo of a divine voice. The words of my
text would never have been Paul’s if the spirit of them
had not first been Christ’s. I venture to take them in
that aspect, as setting forth Christ’s claims upon us,
and bearing very directly on the question of Christian
service and of Christian liberality.
I. So, then, first of all, I remark, Christ desires
personal surrender.
‘I seek not yours, but you,’ is the very mother-tongue
of love; but upon our lips, even when our love
is purest, there is a tinge of selfishness blending with
it, and very often the desire for another’s love is as
purely selfish as the desire for any material good. But
in so far as human love is pure in its desire to possess
another, we have the right to believe the deep and
wonderful thought that there is something corresponding
to it in the heart of Christ, which is a revelation
for us of the heart of God; and that, however little we
may be able to construe the whole meaning of the fact,
He does stretch out an arm of desire towards us; and
for His own sake, as for ours, would fain draw us near
to Himself, and is ‘satisfied,’ as He is not without it,
when men’s hearts yield themselves up to Him, and let
Him love them and lavish Himself upon them. I do
not venture into these depths, but I would lay upon
our hearts that the very inmost meaning of all that
Jesus Christ has said, and is saying, to each of us by
the records of His life, by the pathos of His death, by
the miracle of His Resurrection, by the glory of His[85]
Ascension, by the power of His granted Spirit, is, ‘I
seek you.’
And, brethren, our self-surrender is the essence of our
Christianity. Our religion lies neither in our heads
nor in our acts; the deepest notion of it is that it is
the entire yielding up of ourselves to Jesus Christ our
Lord. There is plenty of religion which is a religion
of the head and of creeds. There is plenty of religion
which is the religion of the hand and of the tongue,
and of forms and ceremonies and sacraments; external
worship. There is plenty of religion which surrenders
to Him some of the more superficial parts of our
personality, whilst the ancient Anarch, Self, sits undisturbed
on his dark throne, in the depths of our
being. But none of these are the religion that either
Christ requires or that we need. The only true notion
of a Christian is a man who can truly say, ‘I live, yet
not I, but Christ liveth in me.’
And that is the only kind of life that is blessed; our
only true nobleness and beauty and power and sweetness
are measured by, and accurately correspond with,
the completeness of our surrender of ourselves to Jesus
Christ. As long as the earth was thought to be the
centre of the planetary system there was nothing but
confusion in the heavens. Shift the centre to the sun
and all becomes order and beauty. The root of sin,
and the mother of death, is making myself my own
law and Lord; the germ of righteousness, and the first
pulsations of life, lie in yielding ourselves to God in
Christ, because He has yielded Himself unto us.
I need not remind you, I suppose, that this self-surrender
is a great deal more than a vivid metaphor:
that it implies a very hard fact; implies at least two
things, that we have yielded ourselves to Jesus Christ,[86]
by the love of our hearts, and by the unreluctant submission
of our wills, whether He commands or whether
He sends sufferings or joys.
And, oh, brethren, be sure of this, that no such giving
of myself away, in the sweet reciprocities of a higher
than human affection, is possible, in the general, and
on the large scale, if you evacuate from the Gospel the
great truth, ‘He loved me, and gave Himself for me.’
I believe—and therefore I am bound to preach it—that
the only power which can utterly annihilate and cast
out the dominion of self from a human soul is the
power that is lodged in the sacrifice of Jesus Christ on
the Cross for sinful men.
And whilst I would fully recognise all that is noble,
and all that is effective, in systems either of religion,
or of irreligious morality, which have no place within
their bounds for that great motive, I am sure of this,
that the evil self within us is too strong to be exorcised
by anything short of the old message, ‘Jesus Christ
has given His life for thee, wilt thou not give thyself
unto Him?’
II. Christ seeks personal service.
‘I seek . . . you’; not only for My love, but for My
tools; for My instruments in carrying out the purposes
for which I died, and establishing My dominion in the
world. Now I want to say two or three very plain
things about this matter, which lies very near my
heart, as to some degree responsible for the amount of
Christian activity and service in this my congregation.
Brethren, the surrender of ourselves to Jesus Christ in
acts of direct Christian activity and service, will be the
outcome of a real surrender of ourselves to Him in
love and obedience.
I cannot imagine a man who, in any deep sense, has[87]
realised his obligations to that Saviour, and in any
real sense has made the great act of self-renunciation,
and crowned Christ as his Lord, living for the rest of
his life, as so many professing Christians do, dumb and
idle, in so far as work for the Master is concerned. It
seems to me that, among the many wants of this
generation of professing Christians, there is none that
is more needed than that a wave of new consecration
should pass over the Church. If men who call themselves
Christians lived more in habitual contact with
the facts of their redeeming Saviour’s sacrifice for
them, there would be no need to lament the fewness of
the labourers, as measured against the overwhelming
multitude of the fields that are white to harvest. If
once that flood of a new sense of Christ’s gift, and a
consequent new completeness of our returned gifts to
Him, flowed over the churches, then all the little empty
ravines would be filled with a flashing tide. Not a
shuttle moves, not a spindle revolves, until the strong
impulse born of fire rushes in; and then, all is activity.
It is no use to flog, flog, flog, at idle Christians, and try
to make them work. There is only one thing that will
set them to work, and that is that they shall live nearer
their Master, and find out more of what they owe to
Him; and so render themselves up to be His instruments
for any purpose for which He may choose to use
them.
This surrender of ourselves for direct Christian service
is the only solution of the problem of how to win the
world for Jesus Christ. Professionals cannot do it.
Men of my class cannot do it. We are clogged very
largely by the fact that, being necessarily dependent
on our congregations for a living, we cannot, with as
clear an emphasis as you can, go to people and say,[88]
‘We seek not yours, but you.’ I have nothing to
say about the present ecclesiastical arrangements of
modern Christian communities. That would take me
altogether from my present purposes, but I want to
lay this upon your consciences, dear brethren, that
you who have other means of living than proclaiming
Christ’s name have an advantage, which it is
at your peril that you fling away. As long as the
Christian Church thought that an ordained priest was
a man who could do things that laymen could not do,
the limitation of Christian service to the priesthood was
logical. But when the Christian Church, especially as
represented by us Nonconformists, came to believe that
a minister was only a man who preached the Gospel,
which every Christian man is bound to do, the limitations
of Christian service to the official class became an
illogical survival, utterly incongruous with the fundamental
principles of our conception of the Christian
Church. And yet here it is, devastating our churches
to-day, and making hundreds of good people perfectly
comfortable, in an unscriptural and unchristian indolence,
because, forsooth, it is the minister’s business
to preach the Gospel. I know that there is not nearly
as much of that indolence as there used to be. Thank
God for that. There are far more among our congregations
than in former times who have realised the
fact that it is every Christian man’s task, somehow or
other, to set forth the great name of Jesus Christ. But
still, alas, in a church with, say, 400 members, you may
knock off the last cypher, and you will get a probably
not too low statement of the number of people in it
who have realised and fulfilled this obligation. What
about the other 360 ‘dumb dogs, that will not bark’?
And in that 360 there will probably be several men[89]
who can make speeches on political platforms, and in
scientific lecture-halls, and about social and economical
questions, only they cannot, for the life of them, open
their mouths and say a word to a soul about Him
whom they say they serve, and to whom they say they
belong.
Brethren, this direct service cannot be escaped from,
or commuted by a money payment. In the old days a
man used to escape serving in the militia if he found a
substitute, and paid for him. There are a great many
good Christian people who seem to think that Christ’s
army is recruited on that principle. But it is a mistake.
‘I seek you, not yours.’
III. Lastly, and only a word. Christ seeks us, and
ours.
Not you without yours, still less yours without you.
This is no place, nor is the fag end of a sermon the
time, to talk about so wide a subject as the ethics of
Christian dealing with money. But two things I will
say—consecration of self is extremely imperfect which
does not include the consecration of possessions, and,
conversely, consecration of possessions which does not
flow from, and is not accompanied by, the consecration
of self, is nought.
If, then, the great law of self-surrender is to run
through the whole Christian life, that law, as applied
to our dealing with what we own, prescribes three
things. The first is stewardship, not ownership; and
that all round the circumference of our possessions.
Depend upon it, the angry things that we hear to-day
about the unequal distribution of wealth will get
angrier and angrier, and will be largely justified in
becoming so by the fact that so many of us, Christians
included, have firmly grasped the notion of posses[90]sion,
and utterly forgotten the obligation of stewardship.
Again, the law of self-surrender, in its application to
all that we have, involves our continual reference to
Jesus Christ in our disposition of these our possessions.
I draw no line of distinction, in this respect, between
what a man spends upon himself, and what he spends
upon ‘charity,’ and what he spends upon religious
objects. One principle is to govern, getting, hoarding,
giving, enjoying, and that is, that in it all Christ shall
be Master.
Again, the law of self-surrender, in its application to
our possessions, implies that there shall be an element
of sacrifice in our use of these; whether they be
possessions of intellect, of acquirement, of influence, of
position, or of material wealth. The law of help is
sacrifice, and the law for a Christian man is that he
shall not offer unto the Lord his God that which costs
him nothing.
So, dear friends, let us all get near to that great
central fire till it melts our hearts. Let the love which
is our hope be our pattern. Remember that though
only faintly, and from afar, can the issues of Christ’s
great sacrifice be reproduced in any actions of ours,
the spirit which brought Him to die is the spirit
which must instruct and inspire us to live. Unless we
can say, ‘He loved me, and gave Himself for me; I
yield myself to Him’; and unless our lives confirm the
utterance, we have little right to call ourselves His
disciples.[91]
GALATIANS
FROM CENTRE TO CIRCUMFERENCE
‘The life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God,
who loved me, and gave Himself for me.’—Gal. ii. 20.
We have a bundle of paradoxes in this verse. First,
‘I am crucified with Christ, nevertheless I live.’ The
Christian life is a dying life. If we are in any real
sense joined to Christ, the power of His death makes
us dead to self and sin and the world. In that region,
as in the physical, death is the gate of life; and, inasmuch
as what we die to in Christ is itself only a living
death, we live because we die, and in proportion as we
die.
The next paradox is, ‘Yet not I, but Christ liveth in
me.’ The Christian life is a life in which an indwelling
Christ casts out, and therefore quickens, self. We gain
ourselves when we lose ourselves. His abiding in us
does not destroy but heightens our individuality. We
then most truly live when we can say, ‘Not I, but
Christ liveth in me’; the soul of my soul and the self
of myself.
And the last paradox is that of my text, ‘The life
which I live in the flesh, I live in’ (not ‘by’) ‘the
faith of the Son of God.’ The true Christian life moves
in two spheres at once. Externally and superficially
it is ‘in the flesh,’ really it is ‘in faith.’ It belongs not
to the material nor is dependent upon the physical[92]
body in which we are housed. We are strangers here,
and the true region and atmosphere of the Christian
life is that invisible sphere of faith.
So, then, we have in these words of my text a
Christian man’s frank avowal of the secret of his own
life. It is like a geological cutting, it goes down from
the surface, where the grass and the flowers are,
through the various strata, but it goes deeper than
these, to the fiery heart, the flaming nucleus and
centre of all things. Therefore it may do us all good
to make a section of our hearts and see whether the
strata there are conformable to those that are here.
I. Let us begin with the centre, and work to the
surface. We have, first, the great central fact named
last, but round which all the Christian life is gathered.
‘The Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself
for me.’ These two words, the ‘loving’ and the
‘giving,’ both point backwards to some one definite
historical fact, and the only fact which they can have
in view is the great one of the death of Jesus Christ.
That is His giving up of Himself. That is the signal
and highest manifestation and proof of His love.
Notice (though I can but touch in the briefest
possible manner upon the great thoughts that gather
round these words) the three aspects of that transcendent
fact, the centre and nucleus of the whole
Christian life, which come into prominence in these
words before us. Christ’s death is a great act of self-surrender,
of which the one motive is His own pure
and perfect love. No doubt in other places of Scripture
we have set forth the death of Christ as being
the result of the Father’s purpose, and we read that in
that wondrous surrender there were two givings up
The Father ‘freely gave Him up to the death for us[93]
all.’ That divine surrender, the Apostle ventures, in
another passage, to find dimly suggested from afar, in
the silent but submissive and unreluctant surrender
with which Abraham yielded his only begotten son on
the mountain top. But besides that ineffable giving
up by the Father of the Son, Jesus Christ Himself,
moved only by His love, willingly yields Himself. The
whole doctrine of the sacrifice of Jesus Christ has been
marred by one-sided insisting on the truth that God
sent the Son, to the forgetting of the fact that the Son
‘came’; and that He was bound to the Cross neither
by cords of man’s weaving nor by the will of the
Father, but that He Himself bound Himself to that
Cross with the ‘cords of love and the bands of a man,’
and died from no natural necessity nor from any
imposition of the divine will upon Him unwilling, but
because He would, and that He would because He
loved. ‘He loved me, and gave Himself for me.’
Then note, further, that here, most distinctly, that
great act of self-surrendering love which culminates
on the Cross is regarded as being for man in a special
and peculiar sense. I know, of course, that from the
mere wording of my text we cannot argue the atoning
and substitutionary character of the death of Christ,
for the preposition here does not necessarily mean
‘instead of,’ but ‘for the behoof of.’ But admitting
that, I have another question. If Christ’s death is for
‘the behoof of’ men, in what conceivable sense does it
benefit them, unless it is in the place of men? The
death ‘for me’ is only for me when I understand that
it is ‘instead of’ me. And practically you will find
that wherever the full-orbed faith in Christ Jesus as
the death for all the sins of the whole world, bearing
the penalty and bearing it away, has begun to falter[94]
and grow pale, men do not know what to do with
Christ’s death at all, and stop talking about it to a
very large extent.
Unless He died as a sacrifice, I, for one, fail to see in
what other than a mere sentimental sense the death of
Christ is a death for men.
And lastly, about this matter, observe how here we
have brought into vivid prominence the great thought
that Jesus Christ in His death has regard to single
souls. We preach that He died for all. If we believe
in that august title which is laid here as the vindication
of our faith on the one hand, and as the ground
of the possibility of the benefits of His death being
world-wide on the other—viz. the Son of God—then
we shall not stumble at the thought that He died for
all, because He died for each. I know that if you only
regard Jesus Christ as human I am talking utter
nonsense; but I know, too, that if we believe in the
divinity of our Lord, there need be nothing to stumble
us, but the contrary, in the thought that it was not an
abstraction that He died for, that it was not a vague
mass of unknown beings, clustered together, but so
far away that He could not see any of their faces,
for whom He gave His life on the Cross. That is the
way in which, and in which alone, we can embrace
the whole mass of humanity—by losing sight of the
individuals. We generalise, precisely because we do
not see the individual units; but that is not God’s
way, and that is not Christ’s way, who is divine.
For Him the all is broken up into its parts, and when
we say that the divine love loves all, we mean that
the divine love loves each. I believe (and I commend
the thought to you) that we do not fathom the depth
of Christ’s sufferings unless we recognise that the sins[95]
of each man were consciously adding pressure to the
load beneath which He sank; nor picture the wonders
of His love until we believe that on the Cross it distinguished
and embraced each, and, therefore, comprehended
all. Every man may say, ‘He loved me, and
gave Himself for me.’
II. So much, then, for the first central fact that is
here. Now let me say a word, in the second place,
about the faith which makes that fact the foundation
of my own personal life.
‘I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me,
and gave Himself for me.’ I am not going to plunge
into any unnecessary dissertations about the nature
of faith; but may I say that, like all other familiar
conceptions, it has got worn so smooth that it glides
over our mental palate without roughening any of the
papillæ or giving any sense or savour at all? And I
do believe that dozens of people like you, who have
come to church and chapel all your lives, and fancy
yourselves to be fully au fait at all the Christian truth
that you will ever hear from my lips, do not grasp
with any clearness of apprehension the meaning of
that fundamental word ‘faith.’
It is a thousand pities that it is confined by the
accidents of language to our attitude in reference to
Jesus Christ. So some of you think that it is some
kind of theological juggle which has nothing to do
with, and never can be seen in operation in, common
life. Suppose, instead of the threadbare, technical
‘faith’ we took to a new translation for a minute, and
said ‘trust,’ do you think that would freshen up the
thought to you at all? It is the very same thing
which makes the sweetness of your relations to wife
and husband and friend and parent, which, transferred[96]
to Jesus Christ and glorified in the process, becomes
the seed of immortal life and the opener of the gate of
Heaven. Trust Jesus Christ. That is the living centre
of the Christian life; that is the process by which we
draw the general blessing of the Gospel into our own
hearts, and make the world-wide truth, our truth.
I need not insist either, I suppose, on the necessity,
if our Christian life is to be modelled upon the Apostolic
lines, of our faith embracing the Christ in all
these aspects in which I have been speaking about His
work. God forbid that I should seem to despise rudimentary
and incomplete feelings after Him in any
heart which may be unable to say ‘Amen’ to Paul’s
statement here. I want to insist very earnestly, and
with special reference to the young, that the true
Christian faith is not merely the grasp of the person,
but it is the grasp of the Person who is ‘declared to be
the Son of God,’ and whose death is the voluntary self-surrender
motived by His love, for the carrying away
of the sins of every single soul in the whole universe.
That is the Christ, the full Christ, cleaving to whom
our faith finds somewhat to grasp worthy of grasping.
And I beseech you, be not contented with a partial
grasp of a partial Saviour; neither shut your eyes to
the divinity of His nature, nor to the efficacy of His
death, but remember that the true Gospel preaches
Christ and Him crucified; and that for us, saving faith
is the faith that grasps the Son of God ‘Who loved
me and gave Himself for me.’
Note, further, that true faith is personal faith, which
appropriates, and, as it were, fences in as my very
own, the purpose and benefit of Christ’s giving of
Himself. It is always difficult for lazy people (and
most of us are lazy) to transfer into their own personal[97]
lives, and to bring into actual contact with themselves
and their own experience, wide, general truths. To
assent to them, when we keep them in their generality,
is very easy and very profitless. It does no man any
good to say ‘All men are mortal’; but how different it
is when the blunt end of that generalisation is shaped
into a point, and I say ‘I have to die!’ It penetrates
then, and it sticks. It is easy to say ‘All men are
sinners.’ That never yet forced anybody down on
his knees. But when we shut out on either side the
lateral view and look straight on, on the narrow line
of our own lives, up to the Throne where the Lawgiver
sits, and feel ‘I am a sinful man,’ that sends us to our
prayers for pardon and purity. And in like manner
nobody was ever wholesomely terrified by the thought
of a general judgment. But when you translate it
into ‘I must stand there,’ the terror of the Lord
persuades men.
In like manner that great truth which we all of us
say we believe, that Christ has died for the world, is
utterly useless and profitless to us until we have
translated it into Paul’s world, ‘loved me and gave
Himself for me.’ I do not say that the essence of faith
is the conversion of the general statement into the
particular application, but I do say that there is no
faith which does not realise one’s personal possession
of the benefits of the death of Christ, and that until
you turn the wide word into a message for yourself
alone, you have not yet got within sight of the blessedness
of the Christian life. The whole river may flow
past me, but only so much of it as I can bring into my
own garden by my own sluices, and lift in my own
bucket, and put to my own lips, is of any use to me.
The death of Christ for the world is a commonplace of[98]
superficial Christianity, which is no Christianity; the
death of Christ for myself, as if He and I were the
only beings in the universe, that is the death on which
faith fastens and feeds.
And, dear brother, you have the right to exercise it.
The Christ loves each, and therefore He loves all;
that is the process in the divine mind. The converse
is the process in the revelation of that mind; the Bible
says to us, Christ loves all, and therefore we have the
right to draw the inference that He loves each. You
have as much right to take every ‘whosoever’ of the
New Testament as your very own, as if on the page
of your Bible that ‘whosoever’ was struck out, and
your name, John, Thomas, Mary, Elizabeth, or whatever
it is, were put in there. ‘He loved me.’ Can you
say that? Have you ever passed from the region of
universality, which is vague and profitless, into the
region of personal appropriation of the person of Jesus
Christ and His death?
III. And now, lastly, notice the life which is built
upon this faith.
The true Christian life is dual. It is a life in the
flesh, and it is also a life in faith. These two, as I
have said, are like two spheres, in either of which a
man’s course is passed, or, rather, the one is surface
and the other is central. Here is a great trailing
spray of seaweed floating golden on the unquiet
water, and rising and falling on each wave or ripple.
Aye! but its root is away deep, deep, deep below the
storms, below where there is motion, anchored upon
a hidden rock that can never move. And so my life,
if it be a Christian life at all, has its surface amidst
the shifting mutabilities of earth, but its root in the
silent eternities of the centre of all things, which is[99]
Christ in God. I live in the flesh on the outside, but
if I am a Christian at all, I live in the faith in regard
of my true and proper being.
This faith, which grasps the Divine Christ as the
person whose love-moved death is my life, and who
by my faith becomes Himself the Indwelling Guest in
my heart; this faith, if it be worth anything, will
mould and influence my whole being. It will give
me motive, pattern, power for all noble service and
all holy living. The one thing that stirs men to true
obedience is that their hearts be touched with the
firm assurance that Christ loved them and died for
them.
We sometimes used to see men starting an engine
by manual force; and what toil it was to get the
great cranks to turn, and the pistons to rise! So we
set ourselves to try and move our lives into holiness
and beauty and nobleness, and it is dispiriting work.
There is a far better, surer way than that: let the
steam in, and that will do it. That is to say—let the
Christ in His dying power and the living energy of His
indwelling Spirit occupy the heart, and activity
becomes blessedness, and work is rest, and service is
freedom and dominion.
The life that I live in the flesh is poor, limited,
tortured with anxiety, weighed upon by sore distress,
becomes dark and gray and dreary often as we travel
nearer the end, and is always full of miseries and of
pains. But if within that life in the flesh there be a
life in faith, which is the life of Christ Himself brought
to us through our faith, that life will be triumphant,
quiet, patient, aspiring, noble, hopeful, gentle, strong,
Godlike, being the life of Christ Himself within us.
So, dear friends, test your faith by these two tests,[100]
what it grasps and what it does. If it grasps a whole
Christ, in all the glory of His nature and the blessedness
of His work, it is genuine; and it proves its
genuineness if, and only if, it works in you by love;
animating all your action, bringing you ever into the
conscious presence of that dear Lord, and making
Him pattern, law, motive, goal, companion and reward.
‘To me to live is Christ.’
If so, then we live indeed; but to live in the flesh is
to die; and the death that we die when we live in
Christ is the gate and the beginning of the only real
life of the soul.
THE EVIL EYE AND THE CHARM
‘Who hath bewitched you, that ye should not obey the truth, before whose eye
Jesus Christ hath been evidently set forth, crucified among you?’—Gal. iii. 1.
The Revised Version gives a shorter, and probably
correct, form of this vehement question. It omits the
two clauses ‘that ye should not obey the truth’ and
‘among you.’ The omission increases the sharpness of
the thrust of the interrogation, whilst it loses nothing
of the meaning.
Now, a very striking metaphor runs through the
whole of this question, which may easily be lost sight
of by ordinary readers. You know the old superstition
as to the Evil Eye, almost universal at the date of this
letter and even now in the East, and lingering still
amongst ourselves. Certain persons were supposed to
have the power, by a look, to work mischief, and by
fixing the gaze of their victims, to suck the very life
out of them. So Paul asks who the malign sorcerer
is who has thus fascinated the fickle Galatians, and is
draining their Christian life out of their eyes.[101]
Very appropriately, therefore, if there is this reference,
which the word translated ‘bewitched’ carries
with it, he goes on to speak about Jesus Christ as
having been displayed before their eyes. They had seen
Him. How did they come to be able to turn away to
look at anything else?
But there is another observation to be made by way
of introduction, and that is as to the full force of the
expression ‘evidently set forth.’ The word employed,
as commentators tell us, is that which is used for the
display of official proclamations, or public notices, in
some conspicuous place, as the Forum or the market,
that the citizens might read. So, keeping up the metaphor,
the word might be rendered, as has been suggested
by some eminent scholars, ‘placarded’—’Before whose
eyes Jesus Christ has been placarded.’ The expression
has acquired somewhat ignoble associations from
modern advertising, but that is no reason why we
should lose sight of its force. So, then, Paul says, ‘In
my preaching, Christ was conspicuously set forth. It
is like some inexplicable enchantment that, having
seen Him, you should turn away to gaze on others.’
It is insanity which evokes wonder, as well as sin which
deserves rebuke; and the fiery question of my text
conveys both.
I. Keeping to the metaphor, I note first the placard
which Paul had displayed.
‘Jesus Christ crucified has been conspicuously set
forth before you,’ he says to these Galatians. Now, he
is referring, of course, to his own work of preaching
the Gospel to them at the beginning. And the vivid
metaphor suggests very strikingly two things. We see
in it the Apostle’s notion of what He had to do. His
had been a very humble office, simply to hang up a pro[102]clamation.
The one virtue of a proclamation is that
it should be brief and plain. It must be authoritative,
it must be urgent, it must be ‘writ large,’ it must be
easily intelligible. And he that makes it public has
nothing to do except to fasten it up, and make sure
that it is legible. If I might venture into modern
phraseology, what Paul means is that he was neither
more nor less than a bill-sticker, that he went out with
the placards and fastened them up.
Ah! if we ministers universally acted up to the
implications of this metaphor, do you not think the
pulpit would be more frequently a centre of power
than it is to-day? And if, instead of presenting our
own ingenuities and speculations, we were to realise
the fact that we have to hide ourselves behind the
broad sheet that we fasten up, there would be a new
breath over many a moribund church, and we should
hear less of the often warrantable sarcasms about the
inefficiency of the modern pulpit.
But I turn from Paul’s conception of the office to his
statement of his theme. ‘Jesus was displayed amongst
you.’ If I might vary the metaphor a little, the placard
that Paul fastened up was like those that modern advertising
ingenuity displays upon all our walls. It was
a picture-placard, and on it was portrayed one sole figure—Jesus,
the Person. Christianity is Christ, and Christ
is Christianity; and wherever there is a pulpit or a
book which deals rather with doctrines than with Him
who is the Fountain and Quarry of all doctrine, there
is divergence from the primitive form of the Gospel.
I know, of course, that doctrines—which are only
formal and orderly statements of principles involved
in the facts—must flow from the proclamation of the
person, Christ. I am not such a fool as to run amuck[103]
against theology, as some people in this day do. But
what I wish to insist upon is that the first form of
Christianity is not a theory, but a history, and that
the revelation of God is the biography of a man. We
must begin with the person, Christ, and preach Him.
Would that all our preachers and all professing
Christians, in their own personal religious life, had
grasped this—that, since Christianity is not first a
philosophy but a history, and its centre not an ordered
sequence of doctrines but a living person, the act that
makes a man possessor of Christianity is not the
intellectual process of assimilating certain truths, and
accepting them, but the moral process of clinging, with
trust and love, to the person, Jesus.
But, further, if any of you consult the original, you
will see that the order of the sentence is such as to
throw a great weight of emphasis on that last word
‘crucified.’ It is not merely a person that is portrayed
on the placard, but it is that person upon the Cross.
Ah! brethren, Paul himself puts his finger, in the words
of my text, on what, in his conception, was the throbbing
heart of all his message, the vital point from which all
its power, and all the gleam of its benediction, poured
out upon humanity—’Christ crucified.’ If the placard
is a picture of Christ in other attitudes and in other
aspects, without the picture of Him crucified, it is
an imperfect representation of the Gospel that Paul
preached and that Christ was.
II. Now, think, secondly, of the fascinators that draw
away the eyes.
Paul’s question is not one of ignorance, but it is a
rhetorical way of rebuking, and of expressing wonder.
He knew, and the Galatians knew, well enough who it
was that had bewitched them. The whole letter is a[104]
polemic worked in fire, and not in frost, as some argumentation
is, against a very well-marked class of
teachers—viz. those emissaries of Judaism who had
crept into the Church, and took it as their special
function to dog Paul’s steps amongst the heathen
communities that he had gathered together through
faith in Christ, and used every means to upset his
work.
I cannot but pause for a moment upon this original
reference of my text, because it is very relevant to the
present condition of things amongst us. These men
whom Paul is fighting as if he were in a sawpit with
them, in this letter, what was their teaching? This:
they did not deny that Jesus was the Christ; they did
not deny that faith knit a man to Him, but what they
said was that the observance of the external rites
of Judaism was necessary in order to entrance into
the Church and to salvation. They did not in their
own estimation detract from Christ, but they added
to Him. And Paul says that to add is to detract, to
say that anything is necessary except faith in Jesus
Christ’s finished work is to deny that that finished
work, and faith in it, are the means of salvation; and
the whole evangelical system crumbles into nothingness
if once you admit that.
Now, is there anybody to-day who is saying the same
things, with variations consequent upon change of
external conditions? Are there no people within the
limits of the Christian Church who are reiterating the
old Jewish notion that external ceremonies—baptism
and the Lord’s Supper—are necessary to salvation and
to connection with the Christian Church? And is it
not true now, as it was then, that though they do not
avowedly detract, they so represent these external rites[105]
as to detract, from the sole necessity of faith in the perfected
work of Jesus Christ? The centre is shifted from
personal union with a personal Saviour by a personal
faith to participation in external ordinances. And I
venture to think that the lava stream which, in this
Epistle to the Galatians, Paul pours on the Judaisers
of his day needs but a little deflection to pour its hot
current over, and to consume, the sacramentarian
theories of this day. ‘O foolish Galatians, who hath
bewitched you?’ Is it not like some malignant sorcery,
that after the Evangelical revival of the last century
and the earlier part of this, there should spring up
again this old, old error, and darken the simplicity of
the Gospel teaching, that Christ’s work, apprehended
by faith, without anything else, is the means, and the
only means, of salvation?
But I need not spend time upon that original application.
Let us rather come more closely to our own
individual lives and their weaknesses. It is a strange
thing, so strange that if one did not know it by one’s
own self, one would be scarcely disposed to believe it
possible, that a man who has ‘tasted the good word
of God and the powers of the world to come,’ and has
known Jesus Christ as Saviour and Friend, should
decline from Him, and turn to anything besides. And
yet, strange and sad, and like some enchantment as it
is, it is the experience at times and in a measure, of us
all; and, alas! it is the experience, in a very tragical
degree, of many who have walked for a little while
behind the Master, and then have turned away and
walked no more with Him. We may well wonder;
but the root of the mischief is in no baleful glitter of
a sorcerer’s eye without us, but it is in the weakness of
our own wills and the waywardness of our own hearts,[106]
and the wandering of our own affections. We often
court the coming of the evil influence, and are willing
to be fascinated and to turn our backs upon Jesus.
Mysterious it is, for why should men cast away diamonds
for paste? Mysterious it is, for we do not usually
drop the substance to get the shadow. Mysterious it
is, for a man does not ordinarily empty his pockets of
gold in order to fill them with gravel. Mysterious it
is, for a thirsty man will not usually turn away from
the full, bubbling, living fountain, to see if he can find
any drops still remaining, green with scum, stagnant
and odorous, at the bottom of some broken cistern.
But all these follies are sanity as compared with the
folly of which we are guilty, times without number,
when, having known the sweetness of Jesus Christ,
we turn away to the fascinations of the world. Custom,
the familiarity that we have with Him, the attrition
of daily cares—like the minute grains of sand that are
cemented on to paper, and make a piece of sandpaper
that is strong enough to file an inscription off iron—the
seductions of worldly delights, the pressure of our
daily cares—all these are as a ring of sorcerers that
stand round about us, before whom we are as powerless
as a bird in the presence of a serpent, and they bewitch
us and draw us away.
The sad fact has been verified over and over again
on a large scale in the history of the Church. After
every outburst of renewed life and elevated spirituality
there is sure to come a period of reaction when torpor
and formality again assert themselves. What followed
the Reformation in Germany? A century of death.
What followed Puritanism in England? An outburst
of lust and godlessness.
So it has always been, and so it is with us individually,[107]
as we too well know. Ah, brethren! the seductions are
omnipresent, and our poor eyes are very weak, and we
turn away from the Lord to look on these misshapen
monsters that are seeking by their gaze to draw us into
destruction. I wonder how many professing Christians
are in this audience who once saw Jesus Christ a great
deal more clearly, and contemplated Him a great deal
more fixedly, and turned their hearts to Him far more
lovingly, than they do to-day? Some of the great
mountain peaks of Africa are only seen for an hour or
two in the morning, and then the clouds gather around
them, and hide them for the rest of the day. It is like
the experience of many professing Christians, who see
Him in the morning of their Christian life far more
vividly than they ever do after. ‘Who hath bewitched
you?’ The world; but the arch-sorcerer sits safe in
our own hearts.
III. Lastly, keeping to the metaphor, let me suggest,
although my text does not touch upon it, the Amulet.
One has seen fond mothers in Egypt and Palestine
who hang on their babies’ necks charms, to shield them
from the influence of the Evil Eye; and there is a
charm that we may wear if we will, which will keep
us safe. There is no fascination in the Evil Eye if you
do not look at it.
The one object that the sorcerer has is to withdraw
our gaze from Christ; it is not illogical to say that
the way to defeat the object is to keep our gaze fixed
on Christ. If you do not look at the baleful glitter
of the Evil Eye it will exercise no power over you;
and if you will steadfastly look at Him, then, and only
then, you will not look at it. Like Ulysses in the
legend, bandage the eyes and put wax in the ears,
if you would neither be tempted by hearing the songs,[108]
nor by seeing the fair forms, of the sirens on their
island. To look fixedly at Jesus Christ, and with the
resolve never to turn away from Him, is the only safety
against these tempting delights around us.
But, brethren, it is the crucified Christ, looking to
whom, we are safe amidst all seductions and snares.
I doubt whether a Christ who did not die for men has
power enough over men’s hearts and minds to draw
them to Himself. The cords which bind us to Him are
the assurance of His dying love which has conquered
us. If only we will, day by day, and moment by
moment, as we pass through the duties and distractions,
the temptations and the trials, of this present life, by
an act of will and thought turn ourselves to Him, then
all the glamour of false attractiveness will disappear
from the temptations around us, and we shall see that
the sirens, for all their fair forms, end in loathly fishes’
tails and sit amidst dead men’s bones.
Brethren, ‘looking off unto Jesus’ is the secret of
triumph over the fascinations of the world. And if
we will habitually so look, then the sweetness that we
shall experience will destroy all the seducing power of
lesser and earthly sweetness, and the blessed light of
the sun will dim and all but extinguish the deceitful
gleams that tempt us into the swamps where we shall
be drowned. Turn away, then, from these things;
cleave to Jesus Christ; and though in ourselves we
may be as weak as a humming-bird before a snake,
or a rabbit before a tiger, He will give us strength, and
the light of His face shining down upon us will fix
our eyes and make us insensible to the fascinations
of the sorcerers. So we shall not need to dread the
question, ‘Who hath bewitched you?’ but ourselves
challenge the utmost might of the fascination with[109]
the triumphant question, ‘Who shall separate us from
the love of Christ?’
Help us, O Lord! we beseech Thee, to live near Thee.
Turn away our eyes from beholding vanity, and enable
us to set the Lord always before us that we be not
moved.
LESSONS OF EXPERIENCE
‘Have ye suffered so many things in vain?’—Gal. iii 4.
This vehement question is usually taken to be a
reminder to the fickle Galatians that their Christian
faith had brought upon them much suffering from
the hands of their unbelieving brethren, and to imply
an exhortation to faithfulness to the Gospel lest
they should stultify their past brave endurance.
Yielding to the Judaising teachers, and thereby escaping
the ‘offence of the Cross,’ they would make their
past sufferings vain. But it may be suggested that
the word ‘suffered’ here is rather used in what is its
known sense elsewhere, namely, with the general idea
of feeling, the nature of the feeling being undefined.
It is a touching proof of the preponderance of pain
and sorrow that by degrees the significance of the
word has become inextricably intertwined with the
thought of sadness; still, it is possible to take it in the
text as meaning experienced or felt, and to regard the
Apostle as referring to the whole of the Galatians’ past
experience, and as founding his appeal for their steadfastness
on all the joys as well as the sorrows, which
their faith had brought them.
Taking the words in this more general sense they
become a question which it is well for us to ask ourselves
at such a time as this, when the calendar
naturally invites us to look backwards and ask ourselves
what we have made of all our experiences in the
past, or rather what, by the help of them all, we have
made of ourselves.
I. The duty of retrospect.
For almost any reason it is good for us to be delivered
from our prevailing absorption in the present.
Whatever counterpoises the overwhelming weight of
the present is, so far, a blessing and a good, and whatever
softens the heart and keeps up even the lingering
remembrance of early, dewy freshness and of the
high aspirations which, even for a brief space, elevated
our past selves is gain amidst the dusty commonplaces
of to-day. We see things better and more clearly
when we get a little away from them, as a face is
more distinctly visible at armslength than when held
close.
But our retrospects are too often almost as trivial and
degrading as is our absorption in the present, and to
prevent memory from becoming a minister of frivolity
if not of sin, it is needful that such a question as that
of our text be urgently asked by each of us. Memory
must be in closest union with conscience, as all our
faculties must be, or she is of little use. There is a
mere sentimental luxury of memory which finds a
pensive pleasure in the mere passing out from the hard
present into the soft light, not without illusion in its
beams, of the ‘days that are no more.’ Merely to live
over again our sorrows and joys without any clear discernment
of what their effects on our moral character
have been, is not the retrospect that becomes a man,[111]
however it might suit an animal. We have to look
back as a man might do escaping from the ocean on
to some frail sand-bank which ever breaks off and
crumbles away at his very heels. To remember the
past mainly as it affected our joy or our sorrow is as
unworthy as to regard the present from the same
point of view, and robs both of their highest worth.
To remember is only then blessed and productive of
its highest possible good in us, when the question of
our text insists on being faced, and the object of retrospect
is not to try to rekindle the cold coals of past
emotions, but to ascertain what effect on our present
characters our past experiences have had. We have
not to turn back and try to gather some lingering
flowers, but to look for the fruit which has followed
the fallen blossoms.
II. The true test for the past.
The question of our text implies, as we have already
suggested, that our whole lives, with all their various
and often opposite experiences, are yet an ordered
whole, having a definite end. There is some purpose
beyond the moment to be served. Our joys and our
sorrows, our gains and our losses, the bright hours and
the dark hours, and the hours that are neither
eminently bright nor supremely dark, our failures and
our successes, our hopes disappointed or fulfilled, and
all the infinite variety of condition and environment
through which our varying days and years have led
us, co-operate for one end. It is life that makes men;
the infant is a bundle of possibilities, and as the years
go on, one possible avenue of development after
another is blocked. The child might have been almost
anything; the man has become hardened and fixed
into one shape.[112]
But all this variety of impulses and complicated
experiences need the co-operation of the man himself
if they are to reach their highest results in him. If he
is simply recipient of these external forces acting upon
him, they will shape him indeed, but he will be a poor
creature. Life does not make men unless men take
the command of life, and he who lets circumstances
and externals guide him, as the long water weeds in a
river are directed by its current, will, from the highest
point of view, have experienced the variations of a
lifetime in vain.
No doubt each of our experiences has its own immediate
and lower purpose to serve, and these purposes
are generally accomplished, but beyond these each has
a further aim which is not reached without diligent
carefulness and persistent effort on our parts. If we
would be sure of what it is to suffer life’s experiences
in vain, we have but to ask ourselves what life is
given us for, and we all know that well enough to be
able to judge how far we have used life to attain the
highest ends of living. We may put these ends in
various ways in our investigation of the results of our
manifold experiences. Let us begin with the lowest—we
received life that we might learn truth, then if our
experience has not taught us wisdom it has been in
vain. It is deplorable to have to look round and see
how little the multitude of men are capable of forming
anything like an independent and intelligent opinion,
and how they are swayed by gusts of passion, by blind
prejudice, by pretenders and quacks of all sorts. It is
no less sad for us to turn our eyes within and discover,
perhaps not without surprise and shame, how few of
what we are self-complacent enough to call our
opinions are due to our own convictions.[113]
If we ever are honest enough with ourselves to
catch a glimpse of our own unwisdom, the question of
our text will press heavily upon us, and may help to
make us wiser by teaching us how foolish we are. An
infinite source of wisdom is open to us, and all the rich
variety of our lives’ experiences has been lavished on
us to help us, and what have we made of it all?
But we may rise a step higher and remember that
we are made moral creatures. Therefore, whatever
has not developed infant potentialities in us, and made
them moral qualities, has been experienced in vain.
‘Not enjoyment and not sorrow is our destined end and
way.’ Life is meant to make us love and do the good,
and unless it has produced that effect on us, it has
failed. If this be true, the world is full of failures, like
the marred statues in a bad sculptor’s studio, and we
ourselves have earnestly to confess that the discipline
of life has too often been wasted upon us, and that of
us the divine complaint from of old has been true:
‘In vain have I smitten thy children, they have received
no correction.’
There is no sadder waste than the waste of sorrow,
and alas! we all know how impotent our afflictions
have been to make us better. But not afflictions only
have failed in their appeal to us, our joys have as often
been in vain as our sorrows, and memory, when it
turns its lamp on the long past, sees so few points at
which life has taught us to love goodness, and be good,
that she may well quench her light and let the dead
past bury its dead.
But we must rise still higher, and think of men as
being made for God, and as being the only creatures
known to us who are capable of religion. ‘Man’s chief
end is to glorify God and to enjoy Him for ever.’ And[114]
this chief end is in fullest harmony with the lower ends
to which we have just referred, and they will never be
realised in their fullest completeness unless that completeness
is sought in this the chief end. From of old
meditative souls have known that the beginning of
wisdom is the fear of the Lord, and that that fear is as
certainly the beginning of goodness. It was not an
irrelevant rebuke to the question, ‘What good thing
shall I do?’ when Jesus set the eager young soul who
asked it, to justify to himself his courteous and superficial
application to Him of the abused and vulgarised
title of ‘Good,’ and pointed him to God as the only Being
to whom that title, in its perfectness, could be given.
If ‘there is none good but one, that is God,’ man’s goodness
must be drawn from Him, and morality without
religion will in theory be incomplete, and in practice
a delusion. If, then, men are made to need God, and
capable of possessing Him, and of being possessed by
Him, then the great question for all of us is, has life,
with all its rapid whirl of changing circumstance and
varying fortunes, drawn us closer to God, and made us
more fit to receive more of Him? So supreme is this
chief end that a life which has not attained it can only
be regarded as ‘in vain’ whatever other successes it
may have attained. So unspeakably more important
and necessary is it, that compared with it all else sinks
into nothingness; hence many lives which are dazzling
successes in the eyes of men are ghastly failures in
reality.
Now, if we take these plain principles with us in our
retrospect of the past year we shall be launched on a
very serious inquiry, and brought face to face with a
very penitent answer. Some of us may have had great
sorrows, and the tears may be scarcely dry upon our[115]
cheeks: some of us may have had great gladnesses,
and our hearts may still be throbbing with the thrill:
some of us may have had great successes, and some of
us heavy losses, but the question for us to ask is not of
the quality of our past experiences, but as to their
effects upon us. Has life been so used by us as to help
us to become wiser, better, more devout? And the
answer to that question, if we are honest in our
scrutiny of ourselves, and if memory has not been a
mere sentimental luxury, must be that we have too
often been but unfaithful recipients alike of God’s
mercies and God’s chastisements, and have received
much of the discipline of life, and remained undisciplined.
The question of our text, if asked by me,
would be impertinent, but it is asked of each of us
by the stern voice of conscience, and for some of us
by the lips of dear ones whose loss has been among
our chiefest sufferings. God asks us this question, and
it is hard to make-believe to Him.
III. The best issue of the retrospect.
The world says, ‘What I have written I have written,’
and there is a very solemn and terrible reality in the
thought of the irrevocable past. Whether life has
achieved the ends for which it was given or no, it
has achieved some ends. It may have made us into
characters the very opposite of God’s intention for us,
but it has made us into certain characters which, so
far as the world sees, can never be unmade or re-made.
The world harshly preaches the indelibility of character,
and proclaims that the Ethiopian may as soon be
expected to change his skin or the leopard his spots
as the man accustomed to do evil may learn to do
well. That dreary fatalism which binds the effects of a
dead past on a man’s shoulders, and forbids him to hope[116]
that anything will obliterate the marks of ‘what once
hath been,’ is in violent contradiction to the large
hope brought into the world by Jesus Christ. What
we have written we have written, and we have no
power to erase the lines and make the sheet clean
again, but Jesus Christ has taken away the handwriting
‘that was against us,’ nailing it to His cross.
Instead of our old sin-worn and sin-marked selves,
He proffers to each of us a new self, not the outcome
of what we have been, but the image of what
He is and the prophecy of what we shall be. By
the great gift of holiness for the future by the impartation
of His own life and spirit, Jesus makes
all things new. The Gospel recognises to the full
how bad some who have received it were, but it can
willingly admit their past foulness, because it contrasts
with all that former filth their present cleanness,
and to the most inveterately depraved who have
trusted in Christ rejoices to say, ‘Ye were washed, ye
were sanctified, ye were justified in the name of the
Lord Jesus Christ.’
THE UNIVERSAL PRISON
‘But the Scripture hath concluded all under sin, that the promise by faith of
Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe.’—Gal. iii. 22.
The Apostle uses here a striking and solemn figure,
which is much veiled for the English reader by the
ambiguity attaching to the word ‘concluded.’ It
literally means ‘shut up,’ and is to be taken in its
literal sense of confining, and not in its secondary
sense of inferring. So, then, we are to conceive of a
vast prison-house in which mankind is confined. And[117]
then, very characteristically, the Apostle passes at
once to another metaphor when he goes on to say
‘under sin.’ What a moment before had presented
itself to his vivid imagination as a great dungeon is
now represented as a heavy weight, pressing down
upon those beneath; if, indeed, we are not, perhaps,
rather to think of the low roof of the dark dungeon
as weighing on the captives.
Further, he says that Scripture has driven men into
this captivity. That, of course, cannot mean that
revelation makes us sinners, but it does mean that it
makes us more guilty, and that it declares the fact of
human sinfulness as no other voice has ever done.
And then the grimness of the picture is all relieved
and explained, and the office ascribed to God’s revelation
harmonised with God’s love, by the strong, steady
beam of light that falls from the last words, which tell
us that the prisoners have not been bound in chains for
despair or death, but in order that, gathered together
in a common doleful destiny, they may become recipients
of a common blessed salvation, and emerge
into liberty and light through faith in Jesus Christ.
So here are three things—the prison-house, its
guardian, and its breaker. ‘The Scripture hath shut
up all under sin, in order that the promise by faith
of Jesus Christ might be given unto all them that
believe.’
I. First, then, note the universal prison-house.
Now the Apostle says two things—and we may put
away the figure and look at the facts that underlie it.
The one is that all sin is imprisonment, the other is
that all men are in that dungeon, unless they have
come out of it through faith in Jesus Christ.
All sin is imprisonment. That is the direct contrary[118]
of the notion that many people have. They say to
themselves, ‘Why should I be fettered and confined
by these antiquated restrictions of a conventional
morality? Why should I not break the bonds, and do
as I like?’ And they laugh at Christian people who
recognise the limitations under which God’s law has
put them; and tell us that we are ‘cold-blooded folks
who live by rule,’ and contrast their own broad ’emancipation
from narrow prejudice.’ But the reality is the
other way. The man who does wrong is a slave in the
measure in which he does it. If you want to find out—and
mark this, you young people, who may be
deceived by the false contrasts between the restraints
of duty and the freedom of living a dissolute life—if
you want to find out how utterly ‘he that committeth
sin is the slave of sin,’ try to break it off, and you will
find it out fast enough. We all know, alas! the impotence
of the will when it comes to hand grips with
some evil to which we have become habituated; and
how we determine and determine, and try, and fail,
and determine again, with no better result. We are
the slaves of our own passions; and no man is free who
is hindered by his lower self from doing that which his
better self tells him he ought to do. The tempter
comes to you, and says, ‘Come and do this thing, just
for once. You can leave off when you like, you know.
There is no need to do it a second time.’ And when
you have done it, he changes his note, and says, ‘Ah!
you are in, and you cannot get out. You have done it
once; and in my vocabulary once means twice, and
once and twice mean always.’
Insane people are sometimes tempted into a house of
detention by being made to believe that it is a grand
mansion, where they are just going to pay a flying[119]
visit, and can come away when they like. But once
inside the walls, they never get past the lodge gates
any more. The foolish birds do not know that there is
lime on the twigs, and their little feet get fastened to
the branch, and their wings flutter in vain. ‘He that
committeth sin is the slave of sin—shut up,’ dungeoned,
‘under sin.’
But do not forget, either, the other metaphor in our
text, in which the Apostle, with characteristic rapidity,
and to the horror of rhetorical propriety, passes at
once from the thought of a dungeon to the thought
of an impending weight, and says, ‘Shut up under
sin.’
What does that mean? It means that we are guilty
when we have done wrong; and it means that we are
under penalties which are sure to follow. No deed
that we do, howsoever it may fade from the tablets of
our memory, but writes in visible characters, in proportion
to its magnitude, upon our characters and lives.
All human acts have perpetual consequences. The
kick of the rifle against the shoulder of the man that
fires it is as certain as the flight of the bullet from its
muzzle. The chalk cliffs that rise above the Channel
entomb and perpetuate the relics of myriads of
evanescent lives; and our fleeting deeds are similarly
preserved in our present selves. Everything that a
man wills, whether it passes into external act or not,
leaves, in its measure, ineffaceable impressions on himself.
And so we are not only dungeoned in, but weighed
upon by, and lie under, the evil that we do.
Nor, dear friends, dare I pass in silence what is too
often passed in silence in the modern pulpit, the plain
fact that there is a future waiting for each of us
beyond the grave, of which the most certain character[120]istic,
certified by our own forebodings, required by the
reasonableness of creation, and made plain by the
revelation of Scripture, is that it is a future of retribution,
where we shall have to carry our works; and
as we have brewed so shall we drink; and the beds
that we have made we shall have to lie upon. ‘God
shut up all under sin.’
Note, again, the universality of the imprisonment.
Now I am not going to exaggerate, I hope. I want
to keep well within the limits of fact, and to say
nothing that is not endorsed by your own consciences,
if you will be honest with yourselves. And I say that
the Bible does not charge men universally with gross
transgressions. It does not talk about the virtues that
grow in the open as if they were splendid vices; but it
does say, and I ask you if our own hearts do not tell
us that it says truly, that no man is, or has been, does,
or has done, that which his own conscience tells him
he should have been and done. We are all ready to
admit faults, in a general way, and to confess that we
have come short of what our own consciousness tells
us we ought to be. But I want you to take the other
step, and to remember that since we each stand in a
personal relation to God, therefore all imperfections,
faults, negligences, shortcomings, and, still more,
transgressions of morality, or of the higher aspirations
of our lives, are sins. Because sin—to use fine words—is
the correlative of God. Or, to put it into plainer
language, the deeds which in regard to law may be
crimes, or those which in regard to morality may be
vices, or in regard to our own convictions of duty may
be shortcomings, seeing they all have some reference
to Him, assume a very much graver character, and
they are all sins.[121]
Oh, brethren, if we realise how intimately and inseparably
we are knit to God, and how everything that
we do, and do not do, but should have done, has an
aspect in reference to Him, I think we should be less
unwilling to admit, and less tinged with levity and
carelessness in admitting, that all our faults are transgressions
of His law, and we should find ourselves
more frequently on our knees before Him, with the
penitent words on our lips and in our hearts, ‘Against
Thee, Thee only have I sinned, and done this evil in Thy
sight.’
That was the prayer of a man who had done a foul
evil in other people’s sight; who had managed to
accumulate about as many offences to as many people
in one deed as was possible. For, as a king he had
sinned against his nation, as a friend he had sinned
against his companion, as a captain he had sinned
against his brave subordinate, as a husband he had
sinned against his wife, and he had sinned against
Bathsheba. And yet, with all that tangle of offences
against all these people, he says, ‘Against Thee, Thee
only.’ Yes! Because, accurately speaking, the sin
had reference to God, and to God alone. And I wish
for myself and for you to cultivate the habit of connecting,
thus, all our actions, and especially our imperfections
and our faults, with the thought of God, that
we may learn how universal is the enclosure of man
in this dreadful prison-house.
II. And so, I come, in the second place, to look at the
guardian of the prison.
That is a strange phrase of my text attributing the
shutting of men up in this prison-house to the merciful
revelation of God in the Scripture. And it is made
still more striking and strange by another edition of[122]
the same expression in the Epistle to the Romans,
where Paul directly traces the ‘concluding all in disobedience’
to God Himself.
There may be other subtle thoughts connected with
that expression which I do not need to enter upon
now. But one that I would dwell upon, for a moment,
is this, that one great purpose of Scripture is to convince
us that we are sinful in God’s sight. I do not
need to remind you, I suppose, how that was, one
might almost say, the dominant intention of the whole
of the ceremonial and moral law of Israel, and explains
its many else inexplicable and apparently petty commandments
and prohibitions. They were all meant to
emphasise the difference between right and wrong,
obedience and disobedience, and so to drive home to
men’s hearts the consciousness that they had broken
the commandments of the living God. And although
the Gospel comes with a very different guise from that
ancient order, and is primarily gift and not law, a
Gospel of forgiveness, and not the promulgation of
duty or the threatening of condemnation, yet it, too,
has for one of its main purposes, which must be accomplished
in us before it can reach its highest aim in us,
the kindling in men’s hearts of the same consciousness
that they are sinful men in God’s sight.
Ah, brethren, we all need it. There is nothing that
we need more than to have driven deep into us the
penetrating point of that conviction. There must be
some external standard by which men may be convinced
of their sinfulness, for they carry no such
standard within them. Your conscience is only you
judging on moral questions, and, of course, as you
change, it will change too. A man’s whole state determines
the voice with which conscience shall speak to[123]
him, and so the worse he is, and the more he needs it,
the less he has it. The rebels cut the telegraph wires.
The waves break the bell that hangs on the reef, and so
the black rocks get many a wreck to gnaw with their
sharp teeth. A man makes his conscience dumb by
the very sins that require a conscience trumpet-tongued
to reprehend them. And therefore it needs that God
should speak from Heaven, and say to us, ‘Thou art
the man,’ or else we pass by all these grave things
that I am trying to urge upon you now, and fall back
upon our complacency and our levity and our unwillingness
to take stock of ourselves, and front the facts
of our condition. And so we build up a barrier between
ourselves and God, and God’s grace, which nothing
short of that grace and an omnipotent love and an all-powerful
Redeemer can ever pull down.
I wish to urge in a few words, yet with much
earnestness, this thought, that until we have laid to
heart God’s message about our own personal sinfulness
we have not got to the place where we can in the least
understand the true meaning of His Gospel, or the
true work of His Son. May I say that I, for one, am
old-fashioned enough to look with great apprehension
on certain tendencies of present-day presentations of
Christianity which, whilst they dwell much upon the
social blessings which it brings, do seem to me to be in
great peril of obscuring the central characteristic of
the Gospel, that it is addressed to sinful men, and that
the only way by which individuals can come to the possession
of any of its blessings is by coming as penitent
sinners, and casting themselves on the mercy of God in
Jesus Christ? The beginning of all lies here, where Paul
puts it, ‘the Scripture hath herded all men,’ in droves,
into the prison, that it might have mercy upon all.[124]
Dear friend, as the old proverb has it, deceit lurks in
generalities. I have no doubt you are perfectly willing
to admit that all are sinful. Come a little closer to the
truth, I beseech you, and say each is sinful, and I am
one of the captives.
III. And so, lastly, the breaker of the prison-house.
I need not spend your time in commenting on the
final words of this text. Suffice it to gather their
general purport and scope. The apparently stern
treatment which God by revelation applies to the
whole mass of mankind is really the tenderest beneficence.
He has shut them up in the prison-house in
order that, thus shut up, they may the more eagerly
apprehend and welcome the advent of the Deliverer.
He tells us each our state, in order that we may the
more long for, and the more closely grasp, the great
mercy which reverses the state. And so how shallow
and how unfair it is to talk about evangelical Christianity
as being gloomy, stern, or misanthropical! You
do not call a doctor unkind because he tells an unsuspecting
patient that his disease is far advanced, and
that if it is not cured it will be fatal. No more should
a man turn away from Christianity, or think it harsh
and sour, because it speaks plain truths. The question
is, are they true? not, are they unpleasant?
If you and I, and all our fellows, are shut up in this
prison-house of sin, then it is quite clear that none of
us can do anything to get ourselves out. And so the
way is prepared for that great message with which
Jesus opened His ministry, and which, whilst it has a
far wider application, and reference to social as well as
to individual evils, begins with the proclamation of
liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison
to them that are bound.[125]
There was once a Roman emperor who wished that
all his enemies had one neck, that he might slay them
all at one blow. The wish is a fact in regard to Christ
and His work, for by it all our tyrants have been
smitten to death by one stroke; and the death of Jesus
Christ has been the death of sin and death and hell—of
sin in its power, in its guilt, and in its penalty. He
has come into the prison-house, and torn the bars
away, and opened the fetters, and every man may,
if he will, come out into the blessed sunshine and
expatiate there.
And if, brethren, it is true that the universal
prison-house is opened by the death of Jesus
Christ, who is the Propitiation for the sins of the
whole world, and the power by which the most
polluted may become clean, then there follows, as
plainly, that the only thing which we have to do
is, recognising and feeling our bound impotence, to
stretch out chained hands and take the gift that He
brings. Since all is done for each of us, and since none
of us can do sufficient for himself to break the bond,
then what we should do is to trust to Him who has
broken every chain and let the oppressed go free.
Oh, dear friend, if you want to get to the heart of
the sweetness and the blessedness and power of the
Gospel, you must begin here, with the clear and
penitent consciousness that you are a sinful man in
God’s sight, and can do nothing to cleanse, help, or
liberate yourself. Is Jesus Christ the breaker of the
bond for you? Do you learn from Him what your
need is? Do you trust yourself to Him for Pardon, for
cleansing, for emancipation? Unless you do, you will
never know His most precious preciousness, and you
have little right to call yourself a Christian. If you[126]
do, oh, than a great light will shine in the prison-house,
and your chains will drop from your wrists, and the
iron door will open of its own accord, and you will
come out into the morning sunshine of a new day,
because you have confessed and abhorred the bondage
into which you have cast yourselves, and accepted the
liberty wherewith Christ hath made you free.
THE SON SENT
‘When the fulness of the time came, God sent forth His Son, born of a woman,
born under the law, that He might redeem them which were under the law, that we
might receive the adoption of sons.’—Gal. iv. 4, 5 (R.V.).
It is generally supposed that by the ‘fulness of time’
Paul means to indicate that Christ came at the moment
when the world was especially prepared to receive
Him, and no doubt that is a true thought. The Jews
had been trained by law to the conviction of sin;
heathenism had tried its utmost, had reached the full
height of its possible development, and was decaying.
Rome had politically prepared the way for the spread
of the Gospel. Vague expectations of coming change
found utterance even from the lips of Roman courtier
poets, and a feeling of unrest and anticipation pervaded
society; but while no doubt all this is true and becomes
more certain the more we know of the state of things
into which Christ came, it is to be noted that Paul is
not thinking of the fulness of time primarily in reference
to the world which received Him, but to the Father
who sent Him. Our text immediately follows words
in which the air is described as being ‘under guardians
and stewards’ until the time appointed of His Father,
and the fulness of time is therefore the moment which
God had ordained from the beginning for His coming.[127]
He, from of old, had willed that at that moment this
Son should be born, and it is to the punctual accomplishment
of His eternal purpose that Paul here directs
our thoughts. No doubt the world’s preparedness is
part of the reason for the divine determination of the
time, but it is that divine determination rather than
the world’s preparedness to which the first words of
our text must be taken to refer.
The remaining portion of our text is so full of meaning
that one shrinks from attempting to deal with it
in our narrow space, but though it opens up depths
beyond our fathoming, and gathers into one concentrated
brightness lights on which our dim eyes can
hardly look, we may venture to attempt some imperfect
consideration even of these great words. Following
their course of thought we may deal with
I. The mystery of love that sent.
The most frequent form under which the great fact
of the incarnation is represented in Scripture is that
of our text—’God sent His Son.’ It is familiar on the
lips of Jesus, but He also says that ‘God gave His Son.’
One can feel a shade of difference in the two modes of
expression. The former bringing rather to our thoughts
the representative character of the Son as Messenger,
and the latter going still deeper into the mystery of
Godhead and bringing into view the love of the
Father who spared not His Son but freely bestowed
Him on men. Yet another word is used by Jesus Himself
when He says, ‘I came forth from God,’ and that
expression brings into view the perfect willingness
with which the Son accepted the mission and gave
Himself, as well as was given by God. All three phases
express harmonious, though slightly differing aspects
of the same fact, as the facets of a diamond might[128]
flash into different colours, and all must be held fast if
we would understand the unspeakable gift of God.
Jesus was sent; Jesus was given; Jesus came. The
mission from the Father, the love of the Father, the
glad obedience of the Son, must ever be recognised as
interpenetrating, and all present in that supreme act.
There have been many men specially sent forth from
God, whose personal existence began with their birth,
and so far as the words are concerned, Jesus might
have been one of these. There was a man sent from
God whose name was John, and all through the ages
he has had many companions in his mission, but there
has been only one who ‘came’ as well as ‘was sent,’
and He is the true light which lighteth every man.
To speak in theological language of the pre-existence
of the Son is cold, and may obscure the truth which it
formulates in so abstract a fashion, and may rob it of
power to awe and impress. But there can be no
question that in our text, as is shown by the juxtaposition
of ‘sent’ and ‘born,’ and in all the New Testament
references to the subject, the birth of Jesus is not
regarded as the beginning of the being of the Son.
The one lies far back in the depths of eternity and the
mystery of the divine nature, the other is a historical
fact occurring in a definite place and at a dated
moment. Before time was the Son was, delighting in
the Father, and ‘in the beginning was the word and
the word was with God,’ and He who in respect of His
expression of the Father’s mind and will was the Word,
was the Son in respect of the love that bound the
Father and Him in one. Into the mysteries of that
love and union no eyes can penetrate, but unless our
faith lays hold of it, we know not the God whom Jesus
has declared to us. The mysteries of that divine union[129]
and communion lie beyond our reach, but well within
the grasp of our faith and the work of the Son in the
world, ever since there was a world, is not obscurely
declared to all who have eyes to see and hearts to
understand. For He has through all ages been the
active energy of the divine power, or as the Old Testament
words it, ‘The Arm of the Lord,’ the Agent of
creation, the Revealer of God, the Light of the world
and the Director of Providence. ‘He was in the world
and the world was made by Him, and the world knew
Him not.’
Now all this teaching that the Son was long before
Jesus was born is no mere mysterious dogma without
bearing on daily needs, but stands in the closest connection
with Christ’s work and our faith in it. It is the
guarantee of His representative character; on it depends
the reliableness of His revelation of God. Unless
He is the Son in a unique sense, how could God have
spoken unto us in Him, and how could we rely on His
words? Unless He was ‘the effulgence of His glory and
the express image of His person’: how could we be
sure that the light of His countenance was light from
God and that in His person God was so presented as
that he who had seen Him had seen the Father? The
completeness and veracity of His revelation, the authoritative
fulness of His law, the efficacy of His sacrifice
and the prevalence of His intercession all depend on
the fact of His divine life with God long before His
human life with men. It is a plain historical fact that
a Christianity which has no place for a pre-existent
Son in the bosom of the Father has only a maimed
Christ in reference to the needs of sinful men. If our
Christ were not the eternal Son of God, He will not be
the universal Saviour of men.[130]
Nor is this truth less needful in its bearing on modern
theories which will have nothing to say to the supernatural,
and in a fatalistic fashion regard history as
all the result of an orderly evolution in which the
importance of personal agents is minimised. To it
Jesus, like all other great men, is a product of His age,
and the immediate result of the conditions under which
He appeared. But when we look far beyond the manger
of Bethlehem into the depths of Eternity and see God
so loving the world as to give His Son, we cannot but
recognise that He has intervened in the course of
human history and that the mightiest force in the
development of man is the eternal Son whom He sent
to save the world.
II. The miracle of lowliness that came.
The Apostle goes on from describing the great fact
which took place in heaven to set forth the great fact
which completed it on earth. The sending of the Son
took effect in the birth of Jesus, and the Apostle puts
it under two forms, both of which are plainly designed
to present Christ’s manhood as His full identification of
Himself with us. The Son of God became the son of a
woman; from His mother He drew a true and complete
humanity in body and soul. The humanity which He
received was sufficiently kindred with the divinity
which received it to make it possible that the one
should dwell in the other and be one person. As born
of a woman the Son of God took upon Himself all
human experiences, became capable of sharing our
pure emotions, wept our tears, partook in our joys,
hoped and feared as we do, was subject to our changes,
grew as we grow, and in everything but sin, was a man
amongst men.
But the Son of God could not be as the sons of men.[131]
Him the Father heard always. Even when He came
down from Heaven and became the Son of Man, He
continued to be ‘The Son of Man which is in Heaven.’
Amid all the distractions and limitations of His earthly
life, the continuity and depth of His communion with
the Father were unbroken and the completeness of His
obedience undiminished. He was a Man, but He was
also the Man, the one realised ideal of humanity that
has ever walked the earth, to whom all others, even
the most complete, are fragments, the fairest foul, the
most gracious harsh. In Him and in Him only has
been ‘given the world assurance of a man.’
The other condition which is here introduced is ‘born
under the law,’ by which it may be noted that the
Apostle does not mean the Jewish law, inasmuch as he
does not use the definite article with the word. No
doubt our Lord was born as a Jew and subject to the
Jewish law, but the thought here and in the subsequent
clause is extended to the general notion of law. The
very heart of our Lord’s human identification is that
He too had duties imperative upon Him, and the
language of one of the Messianic psalms was the voice
of His filial will during all His earthly life; ‘Lo! I
come, in the volume of the Book it is written of Me, I
delight to do Thy will and Thy law is within My heart.’
The very secret of His human life was discovered by
the heathen centurion, at whose faith He marvelled,
who said, ‘I also am a man under authority’; so was
Jesus. The Son had ever been obedient in the sweet
communion of Heaven, but the obedience of Jesus was
not less perfect, continual and unstained. It was the
man Jesus who summed up His earthly life in ‘I do
always the things that please Him’; it was the man
Jesus who, under the olives in Gethsemane, made the[132]
great surrender and yielded up His own will to the
will of the Father who sent Him.
He was under law in that the will of God dominated
His life, but He was not so under it as we are on whom
its precepts often press as an unwelcome obligation,
and who know the weight of guilt and condemnation.
If there is any one characteristic of Jesus more conspicuous
than another it is the absence in Him of any
consciousness of deficiency in His obedience to law, and
yet that absence does not in the smallest degree infringe
on His claim to be ‘meek and lowly in heart.’
‘Which of you convinceth Me of sin?’ would have been
from any other man a defiance that would have provoked
a crushing answer if it had not been taken as a
proof of hopeless ignorance of self, but when Christ asks
the question, the world is silent. The silence has been
all but unbroken for nineteen hundred years, and of
all the busy and often unfriendly eyes that have been
occupied with Him and the hostile pens that have been
eager to say something new about Him, none have
discovered a flaw, or dared to ‘hint a fault.’ That
character has stamped its own impression of perfectness
on all eyes even the most unfriendly or indifferent.
In Him there is seen the perfect union and balance of
opposite characteristics; the rest of us, at the best,
are but broken arcs; Jesus is the completed round.
He is under law as fully, continuously and joyfully
obedient; but for Him it had no accusing voice, and it
laid on Him no burden of broken commandments. He
was born of a woman, born under law, but he lived
separate from sinners though identified with them.
III. The marvel of exaltation that results.
Our Lord’s lowliness is described in the two clauses
which we have just been considering. They express[133]
His identification with us from a double point of view,
and that double point of view is continued in the final
clauses of our text which state the double purpose of
God in sending His Son. He became one with us that
we might become one with Him. The two elements of
this double purpose are stated in the reverse order to
the two elements of Christ’s lowliness. The redemption
of them that were under law is presented as the
reason for His being born under law, and our reception
of the ‘adoption of sons’ is the purpose of the Son’s
being sent and born of a woman. The order in which
Paul here deals with the two parts of the divine
purpose is not to be put down to mere rhetorical ornament,
but corresponds to the order in which these two
elements are realised by men. For there must be
redemption from law before there is the adoption of
sons.
We have already had occasion to point out that ‘law’
here must be taken in the wide sense and not restricted
to the Jewish law. It is a world-wide redemption
which the Father’s love had in view in sending His
Son, but that all-comprehending, fatherly love could
not reach its aim by the mere forth-putting of its own
energy. A process was needed if the divine heart was
to accomplish its desire, and the majestic stages in
that process are set forth here by Paul. The world
was under law in a very sad fashion, and though Jesus
has come to redeem them that are under law, the
crushing weight of commandments flouted, of duties
neglected, of sins done, presses heavily upon many of
us. And yet how many of us there are who do not
know the burden that we carry and have had no personal
experience like that of Bunyan’s Christian with
the pack on his back all but weighing him down?[134]
Jesus Christ has become one of us, and in His sinless
life has ‘magnified the law and made it honourable,’
and in His sinless death He endures the consequences
of sin, not as due to Himself, but because they are
man’s. But we must carefully keep in view, that as
we have already pointed out, we are to think of Christ’s
mission as His coming as well as the Father’s sending,
and that therefore we do not grasp the full idea of our
Lord’s enduring the consequences of sin unless we
take it as meaning His voluntary identification of Himself
in love with us sinful men. His obedience was
perfect all His life long, and His last and highest act
of obedience was when He became obedient unto death,
even the death of the Cross.
This is the only means by which the burden of law
in any of its forms can be taken away from us. For a
law which is not loved will be heavy and hard however
holy and just and good it may be, and a law which we
have broken will become sooner or later its own
avenger. Faithful in Pilgrim’s Progress tells how ‘So
soon as a man overtook me he was but a word and a
blow, for down he knocked me and laid me for dead. . . . He
struck me another deadly blow on the breast
and beat me down backward, so I lay at his foot as
dead as before, so when I came to myself again I cried
him “Mercy,” but he said, “I know not how to show
mercy,” and with that knocked me down again; he
had doubtless made an end of me but that one came
by and bid him forbear. . . . I did not know him at
first, but as he went by I perceived the holes in his
hands and in his sides.’ He was born under law that
He might redeem them that were under law.
The slaves bought into freedom are received into the
great family. The Son has become flesh that they who[135]
dwell in the flesh may rise to be sons, but the Son
stands alone even in the midst of His identification
with us, and of the great results which follow for us
from it. He is the Son by nature; we are sons by
adoption. He became man that we might share in the
possession of God. When the burden of law is lifted off
it is possible to bestow the further blessing of sonship,
but that blessing is only possible through Him in whom,
and from whom, we derive a life which is divine life.
There is a profound truth in the prophetic sentence,
‘Behold I and the children which God hath given me!’
for, in one aspect, believers are the children of Christ,
and in another, they are sons of God.
We have been speaking of the Son’s identification
with us in His mission, and our identification with
Him, but that identification depends on ourselves and
is only an accomplished fact through our faith. When
we trust in Him it is true that all His—His righteousness,
His Sonship, His union with the Father—is ours,
and that all ours—our sins, our guilt, our alienation
from God and our dwelling in the far-off land of rags
and vice—is His. In His voluntary identification with
us, He has borne our griefs and carried our sorrows.
It is for us to determine whether we will lay on Him
our iniquities, as the Father has already laid the
iniquities of us all. Are we by faith in Him who was
born of a woman, born under law, making our very
own the redemption from the law which He has wrought
and the adoption of sons which He bestows?[136]
WHAT MAKES A CHRISTIAN: CIRCUMCISION
OR FAITH?
‘In Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor uncircumcision,
but faith which worketh by love.’—Gal. v. 6.
It is a very singular instance of imaginative misreading
of plain facts that the primitive Church should be
held up as a pattern Church. The early communities
had apostolic teaching; but beyond that, they seem to
have been in no respect above, and in many respects
below, the level of subsequent ages. If we may judge
of their morality by the exhortations and dehortations
which they received from the Apostle, Corinth and
Thessalonica were but beginners in holiness. If we
may judge of their intelligence by the errors into which
they were in danger of falling, these first congregations
had indeed need that one should teach them which
were the first principles of the oracles of God. It could
not be otherwise. They were but just rescued from
heathenism, and we need not wonder if their spirits
long bore the scars of their former bondage. If we
wish to know what the apostolic churches were like,
we have but to look at the communities gathered by
modern missionaries. The same infantile simplicity,
the same partial apprehensions of the truth, the same
danger of being led astray by the low morality of their
heathen kindred, the same openness to strange heresy,
the same danger of blending the old with the new, in
opinion and in practice, beset both.
The history of the first theological difference in the
early churches is a striking confutation of the dream
that they were perfect, and a striking illustration of[137]
the dangers to which they were exposed from the
attempt, so natural to us all, to put new wine into old
bottles. The Jewish and the Gentile elements did not
coalesce. The point round which the strife was waged
was not whether Gentiles might come into the Church.
That was conceded by the fiercest Judaisers. But it
was whether they could come in as Gentiles, without
first being incorporated into the Jewish nation by
circumcision, and whether they could remain in as
Gentiles, without conforming to Jewish ceremonial
and law.
Those who said ‘No’ were members of the Christian
communities, and, being so, they still insisted that
Judaism was to be eternal. They demanded that the
patched and stiff leathern bottle, which had no elasticity
or pliability, should still contain the quick fermenting
new wine of the kingdom. And certainly, if ever man
had excuse for clinging to what was old and formal,
these Judaising Christians held it. They held by a law
written with God’s own finger, by ordinances awful
by reason of divine appointment, venerable by reason
of the generations to which they had been of absolute
authority, commended by the very example of Christ
Himself. Every motive which can bind heart and
conscience to the reverence and the practice of the
traditions of the Fathers, bound them to the Law and
the ordinances which had been Israel’s treasure from
Abraham to Jesus.
Those who said ‘Yes’ were mostly Gentiles, headed
and inspired by a Hebrew of the Hebrews. They
believed that Judaism was preparatory, and that its
work was done. For those among themselves who
were Jews, they were willing that its laws should still
be obligatory; but they fought against the attempt to[138]
compel all Gentile converts to enter Christ’s kingdom
through the gate of circumcision.
The fight was stubborn and bitter. I suppose it is
harder to abolish forms than to change opinions.
Ceremonies stand long after the thought which they
express has fled, as a dead king may sit on his throne
stiff and stark in his golden mantle, and no one come
near enough to see that the light is gone out of his
eyes, and the will departed from the hand that still
clutches the sceptre. All through Paul’s life he was
dogged and tormented by this controversy. There was
a deep gulf between the churches he planted and this
reactionary section of the Christian community. Its
emissaries were continually following in his footsteps.
As he bitterly reproaches them, they entered upon
another man’s line of things made ready to their hand,
not caring to plant churches of circumcised Gentiles
themselves, but starting up behind him as soon as his
back was turned, and spoiling his work.
This Epistle is the memorial of that foot-to-foot feud.
It is of perennial use, as the tendencies against which
it is directed are constant in human nature. Men are
ever apt to confound form and substance, to crave
material embodiments of spiritual realities, to elevate
outward means into the place of the inward and real,
to which all the outward is but subsidiary. In every
period of strife between the two great opponents, this
letter has been the stronghold of those who fight for
the spiritual conception of religion. With it Luther
waged his warfare, and in this day, too, its words are
precious.
My text contains Paul’s condensed statement of
his whole position in the controversy. It tells us
what he fought for, and why he fought, against the[139]
attempt to suspend union to Christ on an outward
rite.
I. The first grand principle contained in these words
is that faith working by love makes a Christian.
The antithesis of our text appears in somewhat varied
forms in two other places in the Apostle’s writings. To
the Corinthians he says, ‘Circumcision is nothing, and
uncircumcision is nothing, but the keeping of the commandments
of God.’ His last word to the Galatians—the
gathering up into one strong sentence of his
whole letter—is, ‘In Christ Jesus, neither circumcision
availeth anything, nor uncircumcision, but a new
creature.’
Now, all these assertions embody substantially the
same opposition between the conception of Christianity
as depending upon a ceremonial rite, and as being a
spiritual change. And the variations in the second
member of the contrast throw light on each other. In
one, the essential thing is regarded from the divine
side as being not a rite performed on the body, but a
new nature, the result of a supernatural regeneration.
In another, the essential thing is set forth as being not
an outward act, but an inward principle, which produces
appropriate effects on the whole being. In yet
another the essential thing is conceived as being not a
mere ceremonial, but practical obedience, the consequence
of the active principle of faith, and the sign of
the new life. There is an evident sequence in the three
sayings. They begin with the deepest, the divine act
of a new creation—and end with the outermost, the
last result and object of both the others—deeds of
conformity to God’s law.
This one process in its triple aspects, says Paul, constitutes
a man a Christian. What correspondence is[140]
there between it, in any of its parts, and a carnal
ordinance? They belong to wholly different categories,
and it is the most preposterous confusion to try to mix
them up together. Are we to tack on to the solemn
powers and qualities, which unite the soul to Christ,
this beggarly addition that the Judaisers desire, and to
say, the essentials of Christianity are a new creature,
faith, obedience—and circumcision? That is, indeed,
sewing old cloth on a new garment, and huddling
together in grotesque chaos things which are utterly
diverse. It is as absurd bathos as to say the essentials
of a judge are integrity, learning, patience—and an
ermine robe!
There would be less danger of being entangled in
false notions of the sort which devastated Galatia and
have afflicted the Church ever since, if people would
put a little more distinctly before their own minds
what they mean by ‘religion’; what sort of man they
intend when they talk about ‘a Christian.’ A clear
notion of the thing to be produced would thin away a
wonderful deal of mist as to the way of producing it.
So then, beginning at the surface, in order to work
inward, my first remark is that religion is the harmony
of the soul with God, and the conformity of the life to
His law.
The loftiest purpose of God, in all His dealings, is to
make us like Himself; and the end of all religion is the
complete accomplishment of that purpose. There is
no religion without these elements—consciousness of
kindred with God, recognition of Him as the sum of
all excellence and beauty, and of His will as unconditionally
binding upon us, aspiration and effort after a
full accord of heart and soul with Him and with His
law, and humble confidence that that sovereign beauty[141]
will be ours. ‘Be ye imitators of God as dear children’
is the pure and comprehensive dictate which expresses
the aim of all devout men. ‘To keep His commandments’
goes deeper than the mere external deeds.
Were it not so, Paul’s grand words would shrink to a
very poor conception of religion, which would then
have its shrine and sphere removed from the sacred
recesses of the inmost spirit to the dusty Babel of the
market-place and the streets. But with that due and
necessary extension of the words which results from
the very nature of the case, that obedience must be
the obedience of a man, and not of his deeds only,
and must include the submission of the will and the
prostration of the whole nature before Him; they teach
a truth which, fully received and carried out, clears
away whole mountains of theoretical confusion and
practical error. Religion is no dry morality; no slavish,
punctilious conforming of actions to a hard law. Religion
is not right thinking alone, nor right emotion
alone, nor right action alone. Religion is still less the
semblance of these in formal profession, or simulated
feeling, or apparent rectitude. Religion is not nominal
connection with the Christian community, nor participation
in its ordinances and its worship. But to be
godly is to be godlike. The full accord of all the soul
with His character, in whom, as their native home,
dwell ‘whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things
are lovely,’ and the full glad conformity of the will to
His sovereign will, who is the life of our lives—this,
and nothing shallower, nothing narrower, is religion
in its perfection; and the measure in which we have
attained to this harmony with God, is the measure in
which we are Christians. As two stringed instruments
may be so tuned to one keynote that, if you strike the[142]
one, a faint ethereal echo is heard from the other,
which blends undistinguishably with its parent sound;
so, drawing near to God, and brought into unison with
His mind and will, our responsive spirits vibrate in
accord with His, and give forth tones, low and thin
indeed, but still repeating the mighty music of heaven.
‘Circumcision is nothing, and uncircumcision is nothing,
but the keeping of the commandments of God.’
But our text tells us, further, that if we look backwards
from character and deed to motive, this harmony
with God results from love becoming the ruling power of
our lives. The imitation of the object of worship has
always been felt to be the highest form of worship.
Many an ancient teacher, besides the Stoic philosopher,
has said, ‘He who copies the gods worships them
adequately.’ One of the prophets lays it down as a
standing rule, ‘The people will walk every one in the
name of his God.’ But it is only in the Christian attitude
towards God that the motive power is found which
makes such imitation more than an impossible duty,
even as it is only in the revealed character of God that
a pattern is found, to imitate which is to be perfect.
Everywhere besides, harmony with the gods meant
discord with conscience and flagrant outrages of the
commonest moralities. Everywhere else, the task of
copying them was one lightened by no clear confidence
in their love, and by no happy consciousness of our
own. But for us, the love revealed is the perfect law,
and the love evoked is the fulfilling of the law.
And this is the might and nobleness of the Christian
love to God; that it is no idle emotion or lazy rapture,
no vague sentiment, but the root of all practical goodness,
of all strenuous effort, of all virtue, and of all
praise. That strong tide is meant to drive the busy[143]
wheels of life and to bear precious freightage on its
bosom; not to flow away in profitless foam. Love is
the fruitful mother of bright children, as our great
moralist-poet learned when he painted her in the
House of Holiness:
| ‘A multitude of babes about her hung, |
| Playing their sport that joyed her to behold.’ |
Firmness, and Courage and Patience, and many more
besides; and her daughters are Pity with her sad eyes,
and Gentleness with her silvery voice, and Mercy whose
sweet face makes sunshine in the shade of death, and
Humility all unconscious of her loveliness; and linked
hand in hand with these, all the radiant band of sisters
that men call Virtues and Graces. These will dwell in
our hearts, if Love their mighty mother be there. If
we are without her, we shall be without them.
There is discord between man and God which can
only be removed by the sweet commerce of love, established
between earth and heaven. God’s love has come
to us. When ours springs responsive to Him, then the
schism is ended, and the wandering child forgets his
rebellion, as he lays his aching head on the father’s
bosom, and feels the beating of the father’s heart. Our
souls by reason of sin are ‘like sweet bells jangled,
out of tune and harsh.’ Love’s master hand laid upon
them restores to them their part in ‘the fair music
that all creatures make to their great Lord,’ and brings
us into such accord with God that
| ‘We on earth with undiscording voice |
| May rightly answer’ |
religion is concord with God, and the power which
makes that concord is love to God.
But this text leads to a still further consideration,
namely, the dominion of love to God in our hearts arises
from faith.
We thus reach the last link, or rather the staple, of
the chain from which all hangs. Religion is harmony
with God; that harmony is produced by love; and that
love is produced by faith. Therefore the fundamental
of all Christianity in the soul is faith. Would this
sound any fresher and more obvious if we varied the
language, and said that to be religious we must be like
God, that to be like Him we must love Him, and that
to love Him we must be sure that He loves us? Surely
that is too plain to need enlarging on.
And is it not true that faith must precede our love
to God, and affords the only possible basis on which
that can be built? How can we love Him so long as
we are in doubt of His heart, or misconceive His
character, as if it were only power and wisdom, or
awful severity? Men cannot love an unseen person at
all, without some very special token of his personal
affection for them. The history of all religions shows
that where the gods have been thought of as unloving,
the worshippers have been heartless too. It is only
when we know and believe the love that God hath to
us, that we come to cherish any corresponding emotion
to Him. Our love is secondary, His is primary; ours
is reflection, His the original beam; ours is echo, His
the mother-tone. Heaven must bend to earth before
earth can rise to heaven. The skies must open and
drop down love, ere love can spring in the fruitful
fields. And it is only when we look with true trust to
that great unveiling of the heart of God which is in[145]
Jesus Christ, only when we can say, ‘Herein is love—that
He gave His Son to be the propitiation for our
sins,’ that our hearts are melted, and all their snows
are dissolved into sweet waters, which, freed from
their icy chains, can flow with music in their ripple
and fruitfulness along their course, through our otherwise
silent and barren lives. Faith in Christ is the
only possible basis for active love to God.
And this thought presents the point of contact between
the teaching of Paul and John. The one dwells
on faith, the other on love, but he who insists most on
the former declares that it produces its effects on
character by the latter; and he who insists most on
the latter is forward to proclaim that it owes its very
existence to the former.
It presents also the point of contact between Paul
and James. The one speaks of the essential of
Christianity as faith, the other as works. They are
only striking the stream at different points, one at the
fountain-head, one far down its course among the
haunts of men. They both preach that faith must be
‘faith that worketh,’ not a barren assent to a dogma,
but a living trust that brings forth fruits in the life.
Paul believes as much as James that faith without
works is dead, and demands the keeping of the commandments
as indispensable to all true Christianity.
James believes as much as Paul that works without
faith are of none effect. So all three of these great
teachers of the Church are represented in this text, to
which each of them might seem to have contributed a
word embodying his characteristic type of doctrine.
The threefold rays into which the prism parts the
white light blend again here, where faith, love, and
work are all united in the comprehensive saying, ‘In[146]
Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth anything,
nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love.’
The sum of the whole matter is this—He who is one
in will and heart with God is a Christian. He who
loves God is one in will and heart with Him. He who
trusts Christ loves God. That is Christianity in its
ultimate purpose and result. That is Christianity in
its means and working forces. That is Christianity in
its starting-point and foundation.
II. But we have to consider also the negative side of
the Apostle’s words. They affirm that in comparison
with the essential—faith, all externals are infinitely
unimportant.
Paul’s habit was always to settle questions by the
widest principles he could bring to bear upon them—which
one may notice in passing is the very opposite
to the method that has been in favour with many
Church teachers and guides since, who have preferred
to live from hand to mouth, and to dispose of difficulties
by the narrowest considerations that would avail to
quiet them. In our text the question in hand is settled
on a ground which covers a great deal more than the
existing dispute. Circumcision is regarded as one of
a whole class—namely, the class of outward rites and
observances; and the contrast drawn between it and
faith extends to all the class to which it belongs. It is
not said to be powerless because it is an Old Testament
rite, but because it is a rite. Its impotence lies in the
very nature which it has in common with all external
institutions, whether they be of the Old Testament or
of the New, whether they be enjoined of God or invented
by men. To them all the same characteristic
cleaves. Compared with faith they are of no avail.
Not that they are absolutely useless. They have their[147]
place, but ‘in Christ Jesus‘ they are nothing. Union
to Him depends on quite another order of facts, which
may or may not exist along with circumcision, or with
baptism, or with the Lord’s Supper. However important
these may be, they have no place among the
things which bind a soul to its Saviour. They may be
helps to these things, but nothing more. The rite does
not ensure the faith, else the antithesis of our text
were unmeaning. The rite does not stand in the place
of faith, or the contrast implied were absurd. But the
two belong to totally different orders of things, which
may co-exist indeed, but may also be found separately;
the one is the indispensable spiritual experience which
makes us Christians, the other belongs to a class of
material institutions which are much as helps to, but
nothing as substitutes or equivalents for, faith.
Keep firm hold of the positive principle with which
we have been dealing in the former part of this sermon,
and all forms and externals fall as a matter of course
into their proper place. If religion be the loving
devotion of the soul to God, resting upon reasonable
faith, then all besides is, at the most, a means which
may further it. If loving trust which apprehends the
truth, and cleaves to the Person, revealed to us in the
Gospel, be the link which binds men to God, then the
only way by which these externals can be ‘means of
grace’ is by their aiding us to understand better and
to feel more the truth as it is in Jesus, and to cleave
closer to Him who is the truth. Do they enlighten
the understanding? Do they engrave deeper the loved
face carven on the tablets of memory, which the
attrition of worldly cares is ever obliterating, and the
lichens of worldly thoughts ever filling up? Do they
clear out the rubbish from the channels of the heart,[148]
that the cleansing stream may flow through them?
Do they, through the senses, minister to the soul its
own proper food of clear thought, vivid impressions,
loving affections, trustful obedience? Do they bring
Christ to us, and us to Him, in the only way in which
approach is possible—through the occupation of mind
and heart and will with His great perfectness? Then
they are means of grace, precious and helpful, the gifts
of His love, the tokens of His wise knowledge of our
weakness, the signs of His condescension, in that He
stoops to trust some portion of our remembrance of
Him to the ministry of sense. But in comparison with
that faith which they cannot plant, though they may
strengthen it, they are nothing; and in the matter of
uniting the soul to God and making men ‘religious,’
they are of no avail at all.
And such thoughts as these have a very wide sweep,
as well as a very deep influence. Religion is the
devotion of the soul to God. Then everything besides
is not religion, but at most a means to it. That is true
about all Christian ordinances. Baptism is spoken
about by Paul in terms which plainly show that he
regarded it as ‘nothing’ in the same sense, and under
the same limitations, as he thought that circumcision
was nothing. ‘I baptized some of you,’ says he to
the Corinthians; ‘I scarcely remember whom, or how
many. I have far more important work to do—to
preach the Gospel.’ It is true about all acts and forms
of Christian worship. These are not religion, but
means to it. Their only value and their only test is—Do
they help men to know and feel Christ and His
truth? It is true about laws of life, and many points
of conventional morality. Remember the grand freedom
with which the same Apostle dealt with questions[149]
about meats offered to idols, and the observance of
days and seasons. The same principle guided him
there too, and he relegated the whole question back to
its proper place with, ‘Meat commendeth us not to
God; for neither if we eat are we the better, neither
if we eat not are we the worse.’ ‘He that regardeth
the day, regardeth it unto the Lord; and he that regardeth
not the day, to the Lord he doth not regard
it.’ It is true, though less obviously and simply, about
subordinate doctrines. It is true about the mere
intellectual grasp of the fundamental truths of God’s
revelation. These, and the belief of these, are not
Christianity, they are helps towards it.
The separation is broad and deep. On one side are
all externals, rites, ceremonies, politics, Church arrangements,
forms of worship, modes of life, practices of
morality, doctrines, and creeds—all which are externals
to the soul: on the other is faith working through love,
the inmost attitude and deepest emotion of the soul.
The great heap is fuel. The flame is loving faith. The
only worth of the fuel is to feed the flame. Otherwise
it is of no avail, but lies dead and cold, a mass of
blackness. We are joined to God by faith. Whatever
strengthens that faith is precious as a help, but is
worthless as a substitute.
III. There is a constant tendency to exalt these
unimportant externals into the place of faith.
The whole purpose of the Gospel may be described
to be our deliverance from the dominion of sense, and
the transference of the centre of our life to the unseen
world. This end is no doubt partly accomplished by
the help of sense. So long as men have bodily organisations,
there will be need for outward helps. Men’s
indolence, and men’s sense-ridden natures, will take[150]
symbols for royalties, bank-notes for wealth. The eye
will be tempted to stay on the rich colours of the glowing
glass, instead of passing through them to heaven’s light
beyond. To make the senses a ladder for the soul to
climb to heaven by, will be perilously likely to end in
the soul going down the ladder instead of up. Forms
are sure to encroach, to overlay the truth that lies at
their root, to become dimly intelligible, or quite unmeaning,
and to constitute at last the end instead of the
means. Is it not then wise to minimise these potent
and dangerous allies? Is it not needful to use them
with the remembrance that a minute quantity may
strengthen, but an overdose will kill—ay, and that the
minute quantity may kill too? Christ instituted two
outward rites. There could not have been fewer if
there was to be an outward community at all, and they
could not have been simpler; but look at the portentous
outgrowth of superstition, and the unnumbered
evils, religious, moral, social, and even political, which
have come from the invincible tendency of human
nature to corrupt forms, even when the forms are the
sweet and simple ones of Christ’s own appointment.
What a lesson the history of the Lord’s Supper, and its
gradual change from the domestic memorial of the
dying love of our Lord to the ‘tremendous sacrifice,’
reads us as to the dangerous ally which spiritual religion—and
there is no other religion than spiritual—enlists
when it seeks the help of external rites!
But remember that this danger of converting religion
into outward actions has its root in us all, and is not
annihilated by our rejection of an elaborate ceremonial.
There is much significance in the double negation of
my text, ‘Neither circumcision nor uncircumcision.’ If
the Judaisers were tempted to insist on the former,[151]
as indispensable, their antagonists were as much
tempted to insist on the latter. The one were saying,
‘A man cannot be a Christian unless he be circumcised.’
The other would be in danger of replying, ‘He cannot
be a Christian if he is.’ There may be as much
formalism in protesting against forms as in using
them. Extremes meet; and an unspiritual Quaker,
for instance, is at bottom of the same way of thinking
as an unspiritual Roman Catholic. They agree in their
belief that certain outward acts are essential to worship,
and even to religion. They only differ as to what
these acts are. The Judaiser who says, ‘You must be
circumcised,’ and his antagonist who says, ‘You must
be uncircumcised,’ are really in the same boat.
And this is especially needful to be kept in mind by
those who, like the most of us, hold fast by the free
and spiritual conception of Christianity. That freedom
we may turn into a bondage, and that spirituality into
a form, if we confound it with the essentials of Christianity,
and deny the possibility of the life being
developed except in conjunction with it. My text has
a double edge. Let us use it against all this Judaising
which is going on round about us, and against all the
tendency to it in our own hearts. The one edge smites
the former, the other edge the latter. Circumcision is
nothing, as most of us are forward to proclaim. But,
also, remember, when we are tempted to trust in our
freedom, and to fancy that in itself it is good, uncircumcision
is nothing. You are no more a Christian for
your rejection of forms than another man is for his
holding them. Your negation no more unites you to
Christ than does his affirmation. One thing alone does
that,—faith which worketh by love, against which sense
ever wars, both by tempting some of us to place religion[152]
in outward acts and ceremonies, and by tempting
others of us to place it in rejecting the forms which
our brethren abuse.
IV. When an indifferent thing is made into an
essential, it ceases to be indifferent, and must be fought
against.
Paul proclaimed that circumcision and uncircumcision
were alike unavailing. A man might be a good
Christian either way. They were not unimportant in
all respects, but in regard to being united to Christ, it
did not matter which side one took. And, in accordance
with this noble freedom, he for himself practised
Jewish rites; and, when he thought it might conciliate
prejudice without betraying principle, had Timothy
circumcised. But when it came to be maintained as a
principle that Gentiles must be circumcised, the time
for conciliation was past. The other side had made
further concession impossible. The Apostle had no
objection to circumcision. What he objected to was
its being forced upon all as a necessary preliminary to
entering the Church. And as soon as the opposite
party took that ground, then there was nothing for it
but to fight against them to the last. They had turned
an indifferent thing into an essential, and he could no
longer treat it as indifferent.
So whenever parties or Churches insist on external
rites as essential, or elevate any of the subordinate
means of grace into the place of the one bond which
fastens our souls to Jesus, and is the channel of grace
as well as the bond of union, then it is time to arm for
the defence of the spirituality of Christ’s kingdom, and
to resist the attempt to bind on free shoulders the
iron yoke. Let men and parties do as they like, so
long as they do not turn their forms into essentials.[153]
In broad freedom of speech and spirit, which holds by
the one central principle too firmly to be much troubled
about subordinate matters—in tolerance of diversities,
which does not spring from indifference, but from the
very clearness of our perception of, and from the very
fervour of our adherence to, the one essential of the
Christian life—let us take for our guide the large,
calm, lofty thoughts which this text sets forth before
us. Let us thankfully believe that men may love
Jesus, and be fed from His fulness, whether they be on
one side of this undying controversy or on the other.
Let us watch jealously the tendencies in our own hearts
to trust in our forms or in our freedom. And whensoever
or wheresoever these subordinates are made
into things essential, and the ordinances of Christ’s
Church are elevated into the place which belongs to
loving trust in Christ’s love, then let our voices at least
be heard on the side of that mighty truth that ‘in
Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth anything,
nor uncircumcision, but faith which worketh by love.’
‘WALK IN THE SPIRIT’
‘Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not fulfil the lust of the flesh.’—Gal. v. 16.
We are not to suppose that the Apostle here uses the
familiar contrast of spirit and flesh to express simply
different elements of human nature. Without entering
here on questions for which a sermon is scarcely a
suitable vehicle of discussion, it may be sufficient for
our present purpose to say that, as usually, when
employing this antithesis the Apostle means by Spirit
the divine, the Spirit of God, which he triumphed in
proclaiming to be the gift of every believing soul. The[154]
other member of the contrast, ‘flesh,’ is similarly not
to be taken as equivalent to body, but rather as meaning
the whole human nature considered as apart
from God and kindred with earth and earthly things.
The flesh, in its narrower sense, is no doubt a predominant
part of this whole, but there is much in
it besides the material organisation. The ethics of
Christianity suffered much harm and were degraded
into a false and slavish asceticism for long centuries, by
monastic misunderstandings of what Paul meant by
the flesh, but he himself was too clear-sighted and too
high-toned to give his adhesion to the superficial
notion that the body is the seat and source of sin. We
need look no further than the catalogue of the ‘works
of the flesh’ which immediately follows our text, for,
although it begins with gross sins of a purely fleshly
kind, it passes on to such as hatred, emulations, wrath,
envyings and suchlike. Many of these works of the
flesh are such as an angel with an evil heart could do,
whether he had a body or not. It seems therefore
right to say that the one member of the contrast is the
divine Spirit of holiness, and the other is man as he is,
without the life-giving influence of the Spirit of God.
In Paul’s thought the idea of the flesh always included
the idea of sin, and the desires of the flesh were to him
not merely rebellious, sensuous passion, but the sinful
desires of godless human nature, however refined, and
as some would say, ‘spiritual’ these might be. We do
not need to inquire more minutely as to the meaning
of the Apostle’s terms, but may safely take them as, on
the one hand, referring to the divine Spirit which
imparts life and holiness, and on the other hand, to
human nature severed from God, and distracted by evil
desires because wrenched away from Him.[155]
The text is Paul’s battle-cry, which he opposed to the
Judaising disturbers in Galatia. They said ‘Do this
and that; labour at a round of observances; live by
rule.’ Paul said, ‘No! That is of no use; you will
make nothing of such an attempt nor will ever conquer
evil so. Live by the spirit and you will not need a
hard outward law, nor will you be in bondage to the
works of the flesh.’ That feud in the Galatian churches
was the earliest battle which Christianity had to fight
between two eternal tendencies of thought—the conception
of religion as consisting in outward obedience
to a law, and consequently as made up of a series of
painful efforts to keep it, and the conception of religion
as being first the implanting of a new, divine life, and
needing only to be nourished and cared for in order
to drive forth evils from the heart, and so to show
itself living. The difference goes very far and very
deep, and these two views of what religion is have
each their adherents to-day. The Apostle throws the
whole weight of his authority into the one scale, and
emphatically declares this as the one secret of victory,
‘Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not fulfil the lusts of
the flesh.’
I. What it is to walk in the Spirit.
The thought which is but touched upon here is set
forth more largely, and if we may so say, profoundly,
in the Epistle to the Romans (chap. viii.). There, to
walk after the flesh, is substantially the same as to be
carnally minded, and that ‘mind of the flesh’ is regarded
as being by fatal necessity not ‘subject to the
law of God,’ and consequently as in itself, with regard
to future consequences, to be death. The fleshly mind
which is thus in rebellion against the law of God is
sure to issue in ‘desires of the flesh,’ just as when the[156]
pressure is taken off, some ebullient liquid will bubble.
They that are after the flesh of course will ‘mind the
things of the flesh.’ The vehement desires which we
cherish when we are separated from God and which we
call sins, are graver as a symptom than even they are
in themselves, for they show which way the wind blows,
and are tell-tales that betray the true direction of our
nature. If we were not after the flesh we should not
mind the things of the flesh. The one expression
points to the deep-seated nature, the other to the
superficial actions to which it gives rise.
And the same duality belongs to the life of those
who are ‘after the Spirit.’ ‘To walk,’ of course, means
to carry on the practical life, and the Spirit is here
thought of not so much perhaps as the path on which
we are to travel, but rather as the norm and direction
by which we are to travel on life’s common way. Just
as the desires of the flesh were certain to be done by
those who in their deepest selves belonged to the flesh,
so every soul which has received the unspeakable gift
of newness of life through the Spirit of God will have
the impulses to mind and do the things of the Spirit. If
we live in the Spirit we shall also—and let us also—walk
in the Spirit.
But let us make no mistakes, or think that our text
in its great commandment and radiant hope has any
word of cheer to those who have not received into
their hearts, in however feeble a manner and minute a
measure, the Spirit of the Son. The first question for
us all is, have we received the Holy Ghost?—and the
answer to that question is the answer to the other,
have we accepted Christ? It is through Him and
through faith in Him that that supreme gift of a living
spirit is bestowed. And only when our spirits bear[157]
witness with that Spirit that we are the children of
God, have we a right to look upon the text as pointing
our duty and stimulating our hope. If our practical
life is to be directed by the Spirit of God, He must
enter into our spirits, and we shall not be in Him but
in the measure that He is in us. Nor will our spirits
be life because of righteousness unless He dwells in us
and casts forth the works of the flesh. There will be
no practical direction of our lives by the Spirit of God
unless we make conscience of cultivating the reception
of His life-giving and cleansing influences, and unless
we have inward communion with our inward guide,
intimate and frank, prolonged and submissive. If we
are for ever allowing the light of our inward godliness
to be blown about by gusts, or to show in our inmost
hearts but a faint and flickering spark, how can we
expect that it will shine safe direction on our outward
path?
II. Such walking in the Spirit conquers the flesh.
We all know it as a familiar experience that the
surest way to conquer any strong desire or emotion is
to bring some other into operation. To concentrate
attention on any overmastering thought or purpose,
even if our object is to destroy it, is but too apt to
strengthen it. And so to fix our minds on our own
desires of the flesh, even though we may be honestly
wishing to suppress them, is a sure way to invest them
with new force; therefore the wise counsels of sages
and moralists are, for the most part, destined to lead
those who listen to them astray. Many a man has, in
good faith, set himself to conquer his own evil lusts
and has found that the nett result of his struggles has
been to make the lusts more conspicuous and correspondingly
more powerful. The Apostle knows a better[158]
way, which he has proved to his own experience, and
now, with full confidence and triumph, presses upon his
hearers. He would have them give up the monotonous
and hopeless fight against the flesh and bring another
ally into the field. His chief exhortation is a positive,
not a negative one. It is vain to try to tie up men with
restrictions and prohibitions, which when their desires
are stirred will be burst like Samson’s bonds. But if
once the positive exhortation here is obeyed, then it
will surely make short work of the desires and passions
which otherwise men, for the most part, do not wish
to get rid of, and never do throw off by any other
method.
We have pointed out that in our text to walk in the
Spirit means to regulate the practical life by the Spirit
of God, and that the ‘desires of the flesh’ mean the
desires of the whole human nature apart from God. But
even if we take the contrasted terms in their lower and
commonly adopted sense, the text is true and useful.
A cultivated mind habituated to lofty ideas, and quick
to feel the nobility of ‘spiritual’ pursuits and possessions,
will have no taste for the gross delights of sense,
and will recoil with disgust from the indulgences in
which more animal natures wallow. But while this is
true, it by no means exhausts the great principle laid
down here. We must take the contrasted terms in
their fullest meaning if we would arrive at it. The
spiritual life derived from Jesus Christ and lodged in
the human spirit has to be guarded, cherished and
made dominant, and then it will drive out the old. If
the Spirit which is life because of righteousness is
allowed free course in a human spirit, it will send forth
its powers into the body which is ‘dead because of sin,’
will regulate its desires, and if needful will suppress[159]
them. And it is wiser and more blessed to rely on this
overflowing influence than to attempt the hopeless
task of coercing these desires by our own efforts.
If we walk in the Spirit, we shall thereby acquire
new tastes and desires of a higher kind which will
destroy the lower. They to whom manna is sweet as
angel’s food find that they have lost their relish for the
strong-smelling and rank-flavoured Egyptian leeks and
garlic. A guest at a king’s table will not care to
enter a smoky hovel and will not be hungry for the
food to be found there. If we are still dependent on
the desires of the flesh we are still but children, and if
we are walking in the Spirit we have outgrown our
childish toys. The enjoyment of the gifts which the
Spirit gives deadens temptation and robs many things
that were very precious of their lustre.
We may also illustrate the great principle of our
text by considering that when we have found our
supreme object there is no inducement to wander
further in the search after delights. Desires are confessions
of discontent, and though the absolute satisfaction
of all our nature is not granted to us here,
there is so much of blessedness given and so many of
our most clamant desires fully met in the gift of life in
Christ, that we may well be free from the prickings of
desires which sting men into earnest seeking after
often unreal good. ‘The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy,
peace,’ and surely if we have these we may well leave
the world its troubled delights and felicities. Christ’s
joy remains in us and our joy is full. The world desires
because it does not possess. When a deeper well is
sunk, a shallower one is pretty sure to give out. If we
walk in the Spirit we go down to the deepest water-holding
stratum, and all the surface wells will run dry.[160]
Further, we may note, that this walking in the Spirit
brings into our lives the mightiest motives of holy
living and so puts a bridle on the necks and a bit in
the mouths of our untamed desires. Holding fellowship
with the divine Indweller and giving the reins into
His strong hand, we receive from Him the spirit of
adoption and learn that if we are children then are
we heirs. Is there any motive that will so surely still
the desires of the flesh and of the mind as the blessed
thought that God is ours and we His? Surely their
feet should never stumble or stray, who are aware of
the Spirit of the Son bearing witness with their spirit
that they are the children of God. Surely the measure
in which we realise this will be the measure in which
the desires of the flesh will be whipped back to their
kennels, and cease to disturb us with their barks.
The whole question here as between Paul and his
opponents just comes to this; if a field is covered with
filth, whether is it better to set to work on it with wheel-barrows
and shovels, or to turn a river on it which will
bear away all the foulness? The true way to change
the fauna and flora of a country is to change the
level, and as the height increases they change themselves.
If we desire to have the noxious creatures
expelled from ourselves, we must not so much labour
at their expulsion as see to the elevation of our own
personal being and then we shall succeed. That is
what Paul says, ‘Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not
fulfil the lusts of the flesh.’
III. Such a life is not freed from the necessity of
struggle.
The highest condition, of course, would be that we
had only to grow, not to fight. It will come some day
that all evil shall drop away, and that to walk in the[161]
Spirit will need no effort, but that time has not come
yet. So in addition to all that we have been saying in
this sermon, we must further say that Paul’s exhortation
has always to be coupled with the other to fight
the good fight. The highest word for our earthly lives
is not ‘victory’ but ‘contest.’ We shall not walk in
the Spirit without many a struggle to keep ourselves
within that charmed atmosphere. The promise of our
text is not that we shall not feel, but that we shall not
fulfil, the desires of the flesh.
Now this is very commonplace and threadbare
teaching, but it is none the less important, and is
especially needful to be strongly emphasised when
we have been speaking as we have just been doing.
It is a historical fact, illustrated over and over again
since Paul wrote, and not without illustration to-day,
that there is constant danger of lax morality infecting
Christian life under pretence of lofty spirituality.
So it must ever be insisted upon that the test of a
true walking in the Spirit is that we are thereby
fitted to fight against the desires of the flesh. When
we have the life of the Spirit within us, it will
show itself as Paul has said in another place by the
righteousness of the law being fulfilled in us, and by
our ‘mortifying the deeds of the body.’ The gift of the
Spirit does not take us out of the ranks of the combatants,
but teaches us to fight, and arms us with its
own sword for the conflict. There will be abundant
opportunities of courage in attacking the sin that doth
so easily beset us, and in resisting temptations which
come to us by reason of our own imperfect sanctification.
But there is all the difference between fighting
at our own hand and fighting with the help of God’s
Spirit, and there is all the difference between fighting[162]
with the help of an unseen ally in heaven and fighting
with a Spirit within us who helpeth our infirmities and
Himself makes us able to contend, and sure, if we keep
true to Him, to be more than conquerers through Him
that loveth us.
Such a conflict is a gift and a joy. It is hard but it is
blessed, because it is an expression of our truest love;
it comes from our deepest will; it is full of hope and of
assured victory. How different is the painful, often
defeated and monotonous attempt to suppress our
nature by main force, and to tread a mill-horse round!
The joyous freedom and buoyant hope taught us in the
gospel way of salvation have been cramped and confined
and all their glories veiled as by a mass of cobwebs
spun beneath a golden roof, but our text sweeps away
the foul obstruction. Let us learn the one condition of
victorious conflict, the one means of subduing our
natural humanity and its distracting desires, and let
nothing rob us of the conviction that this is God’s way
of making men like angels. ‘Walk in the Spirit, and ye
shall not fulfil the lusts of the flesh.’
THE FRUIT OF THE SPIRIT
‘But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentleness, goodness,
faith, 23. Meekness, temperance’—Gal. v. 22, 23.
‘The fruit of the Spirit,’ says Paul, not the fruits, as
we might more naturally have expected, and as the
phrase is most often quoted; all this rich variety of
graces, of conduct and character, is thought of as one.
The individual members are not isolated graces, but
all connected, springing from one root and constituting
an organic whole. There is further to be noted that[163]
the Apostle designates the results of the Spirit as
fruit, in strong and intentional contrast with the
results of the flesh, the grim catalogue of which
precedes the radiant list in our text. The works of
the flesh have no such unity, and are not worthy of
being called fruit. They are not what a man ought to
bring forth, and when the great Husbandman comes,
He finds no fruit there, however full of activity the
life has been. We have then here an ideal of the
noblest Christian character, and a distinct and profound
teaching as to how to attain it. I venture to
take the whole of this list for my text, because the
very beauty of each element in it depends on its being
but part of a whole, and because there are important
lessons to be gathered from the grouping.
I. The threefold elements of character here.
It is perhaps not too artificial to point out that we
have here three triads of which the first describes the
life of the Spirit in its deepest secret; the second, the
same life in its manifestations to men; and the third,
that life in relation to the difficulties of the world, and
of ourselves.
The first of these three triads includes love, joy, and
peace, and it is not putting too great a strain on the
words to point out that the source of all three lies in
the Christian relation to God. They regard nothing
but God and our relation to Him; they would be all
the same if there were no other men in the world, or
if there were no world. We cannot call them duties
or virtues; they are simply the results of communion
with God—the certain manifestations of the better life
of the Spirit. Love, of course, heads the list, as the
foundation and moving principle of all the rest. It is
the instinctive act of the higher life and is shed abroad[164]
in the heart by the Holy Spirit. It is the life sap
which rises through the tree and given form to all the
clusters. The remaining two members of this triad
are plainly consequences of the first. Joy is not so
much an act or a grace of character as an emotion
poured into men’s lives, because in their hearts abides
love to God. Jesus Christ pledged Himself to impart
His joy to remain in us, with the issue that our joy
should be full. There is only one source of permanent
joy which takes possession of and fills all the corners
and crannies of the heart, and that is a love towards
God equally abiding and all-pervasive. We have all
known joys so perturbed, fragmentary and fleeting,
that it is hard to distinguish them from sorrows, but
there is no need that joys should be like green fruits
hard and savourless and ready to drop from the tree.
If God is ‘the gladness of our joy,’ and all our delights
come from communion with Him, our joy will never
pass and will fill the whole round of our spirits as the
sea laves every shore.
Peace will be built upon love and joy, if our hearts
are ever turning to God and ever blessed with the
inter-communion of love between Him and us. What
can be strong enough to disturb the tranquillity that
fills the soul independent of all externals? However
long and close may be the siege, the well in the castle
courtyard will be full. True peace comes not from
the absence of trouble but from the presence of God,
and will be deep and passing all understanding in
the exact measure in which we live in, and partake
of, the love of God.
The second triad is long-suffering, kindness, goodness.
All these three obviously refer to the spiritual
life in its manifestations to men. The first of them[165]—long-suffering—describes
the attitude of patient endurance
towards inflictors of injury or enemies, if we
come forth from the blessed fellowship with God,
where love, joy, and peace reign unbroken, and are met
with a cold gust of indifference or with an icy wind of
hate. The reality of our happy communion and the
depth of our love will be tested by the patience of our
long-suffering. Love suffereth long, is not easily provoked,
is not soon angry. He has little reason to
suppose that the love of God is shed abroad in his
heart, or that the Spirit of God is bringing forth fruit
in him, who has not got beyond the stage of repaying
hate with hate, and scorn with scorn. Any fool can
answer a fool according to his folly, but it takes a wise
and a good man to overcome evil with good, and to
love them that hate; and yet how certainly the fires
of mutual antagonism would go out if there were only
one to pile on the fuel! It takes two to make a quarrel,
and no man living under the influence of the Spirit of
God can be one of such a pair.
The second and third members of this triad—kindness,
goodness, slide very naturally into one another.
They do not only require the negative virtue of not
retaliating, but express the Christian attitude towards
all of meeting them, whatever their attitude, with
good. It is possible that kindness here expresses the
inward disposition and goodness, the habitual actions
in which that disposition shows itself. If that be the
distinction between them, the former would answer to
benevolence and the latter to beneficence. These
three graces include all that Paul presents as Christian
duty to our fellows. The results of the life of the
Spirit are to pass beyond ourselves and to influence
our whole conduct. We are not to live only as mainly[166]
for the spiritual enjoyments of fellowship with God.
The true field of religion is in moving amongst men,
and the true basis of all service of men is love and
fellowship with God.
The third triad—faithfulness, meekness, temperance—seems
to point to the world in which the Christian life
is to be lived as a scene of difficulties and oppositions.
The rendering of the Revised Version is to be preferred
to that of the Authorised in the first of the three, for it
is not faith in its theological sense to which the Apostle
is here referring. Possibly, however, the meaning may
be trustfulness just as in 1 Corinthians xiii. it is given
as a characteristic of love that it ‘believeth all things.’
More probably, however, the meaning is faithfulness,
and Paul’s thought is that the Christian life is to
manifest itself in the faithful discharge of all duties
and the honest handling of all things committed to it.
Meekness even more distinctly contemplates a condition
of things which is contrary to the Christian
life, and points to a submissiveness of spirit which does
not lift itself up against oppositions, but bends like a
reed before the storm. Paul preached meekness and
practised it, but Paul could flash into strong opposition
and with a resonant ring in his voice could say ‘To
whom we gave place by subjection, No! not for an
hour.’ The last member of the triad—temperance—points
to the difficulties which the spiritual life is apt
to meet with in the natural passions and desires, and
insists upon the fact that conflict and rigid and
habitual self-control are sure to be marks of that
life.
II. The unity of the fruit.
We have already pointed out the Apostles remarkable
use of the word ‘fruit’ here, by which he indicates[167]
that all the results of the life of the Spirit in the human
spirit are to be regarded as a whole that has a natural
growth. The foundation of all is of course that love
which is the fulfilling of the law. It scarcely needs to
be pointed out how love brings forth both the other
elements of the first triad, but it is no less important to
note that it and its two companions naturally lead on
to the relations to men which make up the second
triad. It is, however, worth while to dwell on that
fact because there are many temptations for Christian
people to separate between them. The two tables of
the law are not seldom written so far apart that their
unity ceases to be noted. There are many good people
whose notions of religious duties are shut up in
churches or chapels and limited to singing and praying,
reading the Bible and listening to sermons, and who,
even while they are doing good service in common life,
do not feel that it is as much a religious duty to
suppress the wish to retaliate as it is to sit in the
sunshine of God’s love and to feel Christ’s joy and
peace filling the heart. On the other hand many loud
voices, some of them with great force of words and
influence on the popular mind, are never wearied of
preaching that Christianity is worn out as a social
impulse, and that the service of man has nothing to
do with the love of God. As plainly Paul’s first triad
naturally leads to his third. When the spiritual life
has realised its deepest secret it will be strong to manifest
itself as vigorous in reference to the difficulties of
life. When that heart is blessed in its own settled
love, abounding joy and untroubled peace, faithfulness
and submission will both be possible and self-control
will not be hard.
III. The culture of the tree which secures the fruit.[168]
Can we suppose that the Apostle here is going back
in thought to our Lord’s profound teaching that every
good tree bringeth forth good fruit, but the corrupt
tree bringeth forth evil fruit? The obvious felicity of
that metaphor often conceals for us the drastic force
of its teaching, it regards all a man’s conduct as but
the outcome of his character, and brushes aside as
trifling all attempts at altering products, whilst the
producer remains unaltered. Whether Paul was here
alluding to a known saying of Jesus or no, he was
insisting upon the very centre of Christian ethics, that
a man must first be good in order to do good. Our
Lord’s words seemed to make an impossible demand—’Make
the tree good’—as the only way of securing good
fruit, and it was in accordance with the whole cast of the
Sermon on the Mount that the means of realising that
demand was left unexpressed. But Paul stood on this
side of Pentecost, and what was necessarily veiled in
Christ’s earlier utterances stood forth a revealed and
blessed certainty to him. He had not to say ‘Make the
tree good’ and be silent as to how that process was to
be effected; to him the message had been committed,
‘The Spirit also helpeth our infirmity.’ There is but
one way by which a corrupt tree can be made good,
and that is by grafting into the wild briar stock a
‘layer’ from the rose. The Apostle had a double message
to proclaim, and the one part was built upon the other.
He had first to preach—and this day has first to believe
that God has sent His own Son in the likeness of sinful
flesh and as an offering for sin—and then he had to
proclaim that, through that mission, it became possible
that the ordinance of the law might be fulfilled in us
who ‘walk not after the flesh but after the spirit.’ The
beginning, then, of all true goodness is to be sought in[169]
receiving into our corrupt natures the uncorrupted
germs of the higher life, and it is only in the measure
in which that Spirit of God moves in our spirits and,
like the sap in the vine, permeates every branch and
tendril, that fruit to eternal life will grow. Christian
graces are the products of the indwelling divine life,
and nothing else will succeed in producing them. All
the preachings of moralists and all the struggles
after self-improvement are reduced to impotence and
vanity by the stern, curt sentence—’a corrupt tree cannot
bring forth good fruit.’ Surely it should come
to us all as a true gospel when we feel ourselves
foiled by our own evil nature in our attempts to be
better, that the first thing we have to do is not to
labour at either of the two impossible tasks of the
making our bad selves good, or of the getting good
fruits from bad selves, but to open our spirits through
faith in Jesus for the entrance into us of His Spirit
which will change our corruption into incorruption,
and cleanse us from all filthiness of flesh and spirit.
Shall we not seek to become recipient of that new life,
and having received it, should we not give diligence
that it may in us produce all its natural effects?
These fruits, though they are the direct results of the
indwelling Spirit and will never be produced without its
presence, are none the less truly dependent upon our
manner of receiving that Spirit and on our faithfulness
and diligence in the use of its gifts. It is, alas! sadly
too true, and matter of tragically common experience
that instead of ‘trees of righteousness, the planting of
the Lord’ heavy with ruddy clusters, there are but
dwarfed and scrubby bushes which have scarcely life
enough to keep up a little show of green leaves and
‘bring no fruit to perfection’. Would that so-called[170]
Christian people would more earnestly and searchingly
ask themselves why it is that, with such possibilities
offered to them, their actual attainments should be
so small. They have a power which is able to do for
them exceeding abundantly above all that they can
ask or think, and its actual effects on them are well on
this side of both their petitions and their conceptions.
There need be no difficulty in answering the question
why our Christian lives do not correspond more closely
to the Spirit that inspires them. The plain answer is
that we have not cultivated, used, and obeyed Him. The
Lord of the vineyard would less often have to ask
‘Wherefore when I looked that it should bring forth
grapes, brought it forth wild grapes?’ if we listened
more obediently to the pathetic command which surely
should touch a grateful heart—’Grieve not the holy
Spirit of God whereby ye are sealed unto the day
of redemption.’
IV. How this is the only worthy fruit.
We have already pointed out that the Apostle in the
preceding context varies his terms, and catalogues the
actions that come from the godless self as works, whilst
those which are the outcome of the Spirit are fruit.
The distinction thus drawn is twofold. Multiplicity
is contrasted with unity and fruit with works. The
deeds of the flesh have no consistency except that of evil;
they are at variance with themselves—a huddled mob
without regularity or order; and they are works indeed,
but so disproportionate to the nature of the doer and
his obligations that they do not deserve to be called
fruit. It is not to attach too much importance to an
accidental form of speech to insist upon this distinction
as intended to be drawn, and as suggesting to us very
solemn thoughts about many apparently very active[171]
lives. The man who lives to God truly lives; the busiest
life which is not rooted in Him and directed towards
Him has so far missed its aim as to have brought forth
no good fruit, and therefore to have incurred the
sentence that it is cut down and cast into the fire.
There is a very remarkable expression in Scripture,
‘The unfruitful works of darkness,’ which admits the
busy occupation and energy of the doers and denies
that all that struggling and striving comes to anything.
Done in the dark, they seemed to have some significance,
when the light comes in they vanish. It is for us
to determine whether our lives shall be works of
the flesh, full, perhaps, of a time of ‘sound and fury,’
but ‘signifying nothing,’ or whether they shall be
fruits of the Spirit, which we ‘who have gathered shall
eat in the courts of His holiness.’ They will be so if,
living in the Spirit, we walk in the Spirit, but if we ‘sow
to the flesh’ we shall have a harder husbandry and a
bitterer harvest when ‘of the flesh we reap corruption,’
and hear the awful and unanswerable question, ‘What
fruit had ye then of those things whereof ye are now
ashamed?’
BURDEN-BEARING
‘Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ. . . . 5. For every
man shall bear his own burden.’—Gal. vi. 25.
The injunction in the former of these verses appears,
at first sight, to be inconsistent with the statement in
the latter. But Paul has a way of setting side by side
two superficially contradictory clauses, in order that
attention may be awakened, and that we may make an
effort to apprehend the point of reconciliation between
them. So, for instance, you remember he puts in one[172]
sentence, and couples together by a ‘for,’ these two
sayings: ‘Work out your own salvation’; ‘It is God
that worketh in you.’ So here he has been exhorting
the Galatian Christians to restore a fallen brother.
That is one case to which the general commandment,
‘Bear ye one another’s burdens,’ is applicable.
I cannot here enter on the intervening verses by
which he glides from the one to the other of these two
thoughts which I have coupled together, but I may
just point out in a word the outline of his course of
thought. ‘Bear ye one another’s burden,’ says he; and
then he thinks, ‘What is it that keeps men from bearing
each other’s burdens?’ Being swallowed up with
themselves, and especially being conceited about their
own strength and goodness. And so he goes on: ‘If
a man think himself to be something when he is nothing,
he deceives himself.’ And what is the best cure for
all these fancies inside us of how strong and good we
are? To look at our work with an impartial and rigid
judgment. It is easy for a man to plume himself on
being good, and strong, and great; but let him look at
what he has done, and try that by a high standard,
and that will knock the conceit out of him. Or, if his
work stands the test, then ‘he shall have rejoicing in
himself, and not’ by comparing himself with other
people. Two blacks do not make a white, and we are
not to heighten the lustre of our own whiteness by
comparing it with our neighbour’s blackness. Take
your act for what it is worth, apart altogether from
what other people are. Do not say, ‘God! I thank
thee that I am not as other men are . . . or even
as this publican’; but look to yourself. There is an
occupation with self which is good, and is a help to
brotherly sympathy.[173]
And so the Apostle has worked round, you see, to
almost an opposite thought from the one with which
he started. ‘Bear ye one another’s burdens.’ Yes, but
a man’s work is his own and nobody else’s, and a
man’s character is his own and nobody else’s, so ‘every
man shall bear his own burden.’ The statements are
not contradictory. They complete each other. They
are the north and the south poles, and between them
is the rounded orb of the whole truth. So then, let me
point out that:
I. There are burdens which can be shared, and there
are burdens which cannot.
Let us take the case from which the whole context
has arisen. Paul was exhorting the Galatians, as I
explained, in reference to their duty to a fallen brother;
and he speaks of him—according to our version—as
‘overtaken in a fault.’ Now, that is scarcely his idea,
I think. The phrase, as it stands in our Bibles, suggests
that Paul is trying to minimise the gravity of the
man’s offence; but just in proportion as he minimised
its gravity would he weaken his exhortation to restore
him. But what he is really doing is not to make
as little as possible of the sin, but to make as much
of it as is consistent with the truth. The word ‘overtaken’
suggests that some sin, like a tiger in a jungle,
springs upon a man and overpowers him by the suddenness
of the assault. The word so rendered may perhaps
be represented by some such phrase as ‘discovered’;
or, if I may use a ‘colloquialism,’ if a man be caught
‘red-handed.’ That is the idea. And Paul does not
use the weak word ‘fault,’ but a very much stronger
one, which means stark staring sin. He is supposing
a bad case of inconsistency, and is not palliating it
at all. Here is a brother who has had an unblemished[174]
reputation; and all at once the curtain is thrown aside
behind which he is working some wicked thing; and
there the culprit stands, with the bull’s-eye light flashed
upon him, ashamed and trembling. Paul says, ‘If you
are a spiritual man’—there is irony there of the graver
sort—’show your spirituality by going and lifting him
up, and trying to help him.’ When he says, ‘Restore
such an one,’ he uses an expression which is employed
in other connections in the New Testament, such as
for mending the broken meshes of a net, for repairing
any kind of damage, for setting the fractured bones
of a limb. And that is what the ‘spiritual’ man has to
do. He is to show the validity of his claim to live on
high by stooping down to the man bemired and broken-legged
in the dirt. We have come across people who
chiefly show their own purity by their harsh condemnation
of others’ sins. One has heard of women
so very virtuous that they would rather hound a fallen
sister to death than try to restore her; and there are
saints so extremely saintly that they will not touch
the leper to heal him, for fear of their own hands
being ceremonially defiled. Paul says, ‘Bear ye one
another’s burdens’; and especially take a lift of each
other’s sin.
I need not remind you how the same command
applies in relation to pecuniary distress, narrow circumstances,
heavy duties, sorrows, and all the ‘ills
that flesh is heir to.’ These can be borne by sympathy,
by true loving outgoing of the heart, and by the
rendering of such practical help as the circumstances
require.
But there are burdens that cannot be borne by any
but the man himself.
There is the awful burden of personal existence. It[175]
is a solemn thing to be able to say ‘I.’ And that carries
with it this, that after all sympathy, after all nestling
closeness of affection, after the tenderest exhibition of
identity of feeling, and of swift godlike readiness to
help, each of us lives alone. Like the inhabitants of
the islands of the Greek Archipelago, we are able to
wave signals to the next island, and sometimes to send
a boat with provisions and succour, but we are parted,
‘with echoing straits between us thrown.’ Every man,
after all, lives alone, and society is like the material
things round about us, which are all compressible,
because the atoms that compose them are not in actual
contact, but separated by slenderer or more substantial
films of isolating air. Thus there is even in the
sorrows which we can share with our brethren, and
in all the burdens which we can help to bear, an
element which cannot be imparted. ‘The heart knoweth
its own bitterness’, and neither ‘stranger’ nor other
‘intermeddleth’ with the deepest fountains of ‘its
joy.’
Then again, there is the burden of responsibility
which can be shared by none. A dozen soldiers may
be turned out to make a firing party to shoot the
mutineer, and no man knows who fired the shot, but
one man did fire it. And however there may have
been companions, it was his rifle that carried the
bullet, and his finger that pulled the trigger. We say,
‘The woman that Thou gavest me tempted me, and
I did eat.’ Or we say, ‘My natural appetites, for which
I am not responsible, but Thou who madest me art,
drew me aside, and I fell’, or we may say, ‘It was not
I; it was the other boy.’ And then there rises up in
our hearts a veiled form, and from its majestic lips
comes ‘Thou art the man’; and our whole being echoes[176]
assent—Mea culpa; mea maxima culpa—’My fault, my
exceeding great fault.’ No man can bear that burden.
And then, closely connected with responsibility there
is another—the burden of the inevitable consequences
of transgression, not only away yonder in the future,
when all human bonds of companionship shall be
broken, and each man shall ‘give account of himself
to God,’ but here and now; as in the immediate context
the Apostle tells us, ‘Whatsoever a man soweth, that
shall he also reap.’ The effects of our evil deeds come
back to roost; and they never make a mistake as to
where they should alight. If I have sown, I, and no
one else, will gather. No sympathy will prevent to-morrow’s
headache after to-night’s debauch, and nothing
that anybody can do will turn the sleuth-hounds off
the scent. Though they may be slow-footed, they have
sure noses and deep-mouthed fangs. ‘If thou be wise
thou shalt be wise for thyself, and if thou scornest
thou alone shalt bear it.’ So there are burdens which
can, and burdens which cannot, be borne.
II. Jesus Christ is the Burden-bearer for both sorts
of burdens.
‘Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law
of Christ,’ not only as spoken by His lips, but as set
forth in the pattern of His life. We have, then, to turn
to Him, and think of Him as Burden-bearer in even
a deeper sense than the psalmist had discerned, who
magnified God as ‘He who daily beareth our burdens.’
Christ is the Burden-bearer of our sin. ‘The Lord
hath laid’—or made to meet—’upon Him the iniquity
of us all.’ The Baptist pointed his lean, ascetic finger
at the young Jesus, and said, ‘Behold the Lamb of
God which beareth’—and beareth away—’the sin of
the world.’ How heavy the load, how real its pressure,[177]
let Gethsemane witness, when He clung to human companionship
with the unutterably solemn and plaintive
words, ‘My soul is exceeding sorrowful even unto death.
Tarry ye here and watch with Me.’ He bore the burden
of the world’s sin.
Jesus Christ is the bearer of the burden of the consequences
of sin, not only inasmuch as, in His sinless
humanity, He knew by sympathy the weight of the
world’s sin, but because in that same humanity, by
identification of Himself with us, deeper and more
wonderful than our plummets have any line long
enough to sound the abysses of, He took the cup of
bitterness which our sins have mixed, and drank it all
when He said, ‘My God! My God! Why hast Thou
forsaken Me?’ Consequences still remain: thank God
that they do! ‘Thou wast a God that forgavest them,
and Thou didst inflict retribution on their inventions.’
So the outward, the present, the temporal consequences
of transgression are left standing in all their power, in
order that transgressors may thereby be scourged from
their evil, and led to forsake the thing that has wrought
them such havoc. But the ultimate consequence, the
deepest of all, separation from God, has been borne by
Christ, and need never be borne by us.
I suppose I need not dwell on the other aspects of
this burden-bearing of our Lord, how that He, in a very
deep and real sense, takes upon Himself the sorrows
which we bear in union with, and faith on, Him. For
then the griefs that still come to us, when so borne,
are transmitted into ‘light affliction which is but for
a moment.’ ‘In all their afflictions He was afflicted.’
Oh, brethren! you with sad hearts, you with lonely
lives, you with carking cares, you with pressing, heavy
duties, cast your burden on the Christ, and He ‘will[178]
sustain you,’ and sorrows borne in union with Him will
change their character, and the very cross shall be
wreathed in flowers.
Jesus bears the burden of that solemn solitude which
our personal being lays upon us all. The rest of us
stand round, and, as I said, hoist signals of sympathy,
and sometimes can stretch a brotherly hand out and
grasp the sufferer’s hand. But their help comes from
without; Christ comes in, and dwells in our hearts, and
makes us no longer alone in the depths of our being,
which He fills with the effulgence and peace of His
companionship. And so for sin, for guilt, for responsibility,
for sorrow, for holiness, Christ bears
our burdens.
Yes! And when He takes ours on His shoulders, He
puts His on ours. ‘My yoke is easy, and My burden is
light.’ As the old mystics used to say, Christ’s burden
carries him that carries it. It may add a little weight,
but it gives power to soar, and it gives power to progress.
It is like the wings of a bird, it is like the sails
of a ship.
III. Lastly, Christ’s carrying our burdens binds us to
carry our brother’s!
‘So fulfil the law of Christ.’ There is a very biting
sarcasm, and, as I said about another matter, a grave
irony in Paul’s use of that word ‘law’ here. For the
whole of this Epistle has been directed against the
Judaising teachers who were desirous of cramming
Jewish law down Galatian throats, and is addressed to
their victims in the Galatian churches who had fallen
into the trap. Paul turns round on them here, and
says, ‘You want law, do you? Well, if you will have
it, here it is—the law of Christ.’ Christ’s life is our law.
Practical Christianity is doing what Christ did. The[179]
Cross is not only the ground of our hope, but the
pattern of our conduct.
And, says Paul in effect, the example of Jesus Christ,
in all its sweep, and in all the depth of it, is the only
motive by which this injunction that I am giving you
will ever be fulfilled. ‘Bear ye one another’s burdens.’
You will never do that unless you have Christ as the
ground of your hope, and His great sacrifice as the
example for your conduct. For the hindrance that
prevents sympathy is self-absorption; and that natural
selfishness which is in us all will never be exorcised
and banished from us thoroughly, so as that we shall
be awake to all the obligations to bear our brother’s
burdens, unless Christ has dethroned self, and is the
Lord of our inmost spirits.
I rejoice as much as any man in the largely increased
sense of mutual responsibility and obligation of mutual
aid, which is sweetening society by degrees amongst us
to-day, but I believe that no Socialistic or other schemes
for the regeneration of society which are not based on
the Incarnation and Sacrifice of Jesus Christ will live
and grow. There is but one power that will cast out
natural selfishness, and that is love to Christ, apprehending
His Cross as the great example to which our
lives are to be conformed. I believe that the growing
sense of brotherhood amongst us, even where it is not
consciously connected with any faith in Christianity,
is, to a very large extent, the result of the diffusion
through society of the spirit of Christianity, even
where its body is rejected. Thank God, the river
of the water of life can percolate through many a mile
of soil, and reach the roots of trees far away, in the
pastures of the wilderness, that know not whence the
refreshing moisture has come. But on the wide scale[180]
be sure of this: it is the law of Christ that will fight
and conquer the natural selfishness which makes bearing
our brother’s burdens an impossibility for men.
Only, Christian people! let us take care that we are not
robbed of our prerogative of being foremost in all such
things, by men whose zeal has a less heavenly source
than ours ought to have. Depend upon it, heresy has
less power to arrest the progress of the Church than
the selfish lives of Christian professors.
So, dear friends, let us see to it that we first of all
cast our own burdens on the Christ who is able to bear
them all, whatever they are. And then let us, with
lightened hearts and shoulders, make our own the
heavy burdens of sin, of sorrow, of care, of guilt,
of consequences, of responsibility, which are crushing
down many that are weary and heavy laden. For be
sure of this, if we do not bear our brother’s burdens,
the load that we thought we had cast on Christ will
roll back upon ourselves. He is able to bear both us
and our burdens, if we will let Him, and if we will fulfil
that law of Christ which was illustrated in all His life,
‘Who, though He was rich, yet for our sakes became
poor,’ and was written large in letters of blood upon
that Cross where there was ‘laid on Him the iniquity
of us all.’
DOING GOOD TO ALL
‘As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto
all. . . .’—Gal. vi. 10.
‘As we have therefore’—that points a finger backwards
to what has gone before. The Apostle has been
exhorting to unwearied well-doing, on the ground of[181]
the certain coming of the harvest season. Now, there
is a double link of connection between the preceding
words and our text; for ‘do good’ looks back to ‘well-doing,’
and the word rendered ‘opportunity’ is the
same as that rendered ‘season.’ So, then, two thoughts
arise—’well-doing’ includes doing good to others, and
is not complete unless it does. The future, on the
whole, is the season of reaping; the present life on
the whole is the season of sowing; and while life as
a whole is the seed-time, in detail it is full of opportunities,
openings which make certain good deeds
possible, and which therefore impose upon us the obligation
to do them. If we were in the habit of looking
on life mainly as a series of opportunities for well-doing,
how different it would be; and how different we
should be!
Now, this injunction is seen to be reasonable by
every man, whether he obeys it or not. It is a
commonplace of morality, which finds assent in all
consciences, however little it may mould lives. But I
wish to give it a particular application, and to try to
enforce its bearing upon Christian missionary work.
And the thought that I would suggest is just this, that
no Christian man discharges that elementary obligation
of plain morality, if he is indifferent to this great
enterprise. ‘As we have an opportunity, let us do good
to all.’ That is the broad principle, and one application
is the duty of Christian men to diffuse the Gospel
throughout the world.
I. Let me ask you to look at the obligation that is
thus suggested.
As I have said, well-doing is the wider, and doing
good to others the narrower, expression. The one
covers the whole ground of virtue, the other declares[182]
that virtue which is self-regarding, the culture which
is mainly occupied with self, is lame and imperfect,
and there is a great gap in it, as if some cantle had
been cut out of the silver disc of the moon. It is only
full-orbed when in well-doing, and as a very large constituent
element of it, there is included the doing good
to others. That is too plain to need to be stated. We
hear a great deal to-day about altruism. Well, Christianity
preaches that more emphatically than any other
system of thought, morals, or religion does. And
Christianity brings the mightiest motives for it, and
imparts the power by which obedience to that great
law that every man’s conscience responds to is made
possible.
But whilst thus we recognise as a dictate of elementary
morality that well-doing must necessarily include
doing good to others, and feel, as I suppose we all do
feel, when we are true to our deepest convictions, that
possessions of all sorts, material, mental, and all others,
are given to us in stewardship, and not in absolute
ownership, in order that God’s grace in its various
forms may fructify through us to all, my present point
is that, if that is recognised as being what it is, an
elementary dictate of morality enforced by men’s
relationships to one another, and sealed by their own
consciences, there is no getting away from the obligation
upon all Christian men which it draws after it, of
each taking his share in the great work of imparting
the gospel to the whole world.
For that gospel is our highest good, the best thing
that we can carry to anybody. We many of us
recognise the obligation that is devolved upon us by
the possession of wealth, to use it for others as well as
for ourselves. We recognise, many of us, the obliga[183]tion
that is devolved upon us by the possession of
knowledge, to impart it to others as well as ourselves.
We are willing to give of our substance, of our time,
of our effort, to impart much that we have. But some
of us seem to draw a line at the highest good that we
have, and whilst responding to all sorts of charitable
and beneficent appeals made to us, and using our
faculties often for the good of other people, we take
no share and no interest in communicating the highest
of all goods, the good which comes to the man in
whose heart Christ rests. It is our highest good,
because it deals with our deepest needs, and lifts us to
the loftiest position. The gospel brings our highest
good, because it brings eternal good, whilst all other
benefits fade and pass, and are left behind with life
and the dead flesh. It is our highest good, because if
that great message of salvation is received into a
heart, or moulds the life of a nation, it will bring after
it, as its ministers and results, all manner of material
and lesser benefit. And so, giving Christ we give our
best, and giving Christ we give the highest gift that a
weary world can receive.
Remember, too, that the impartation of this highest
good is one of the main reasons why we ourselves
possess it. Jesus Christ can redeem the world alone,
but it cannot become a redeemed world without the
help of His servants. He needs us in order to carry
into all humanity the energies that He brought into
the midst of mankind by His Incarnation and Sacrifice;
and the cradle of Bethlehem and the Cross of Cavalry
are not sufficient for the accomplishment of the purpose
for which they respectively came to pass, without
the intervention and ministry of Christian people. It
was for this end amongst others, that each of us who[184]
have received that great gift into our hearts have been
enriched by it. The river is fed from the fountains of
the hills, in order that it may carry verdure and life
whithersoever it goes. And you and I have been
brought to the Cross of Christ, and made His disciples,
not only in order that we ourselves might be blessed
and quickened by the gift unspeakable, but in order
that through us it may be communicated, just as each
particle when leavened in the mass of the dough communicates
its energy to its adjacent particle until the
whole is leavened.
I am afraid that indifference to the communication
of the highest good, which marks sadly too many
Christian professors in all ages, and in this age, is a
suspicious indication of a very slight realisation of the
good for themselves. Luther said that justification
was the article of a standing or a falling church. That
may be true in the region of theology, but in the region
of practical life I do not know that you will find a test
more reliable and more easy of application than this,
Does a man care for spreading amongst his fellows the
gospel that he himself has received? If he does not,
let him ask himself whether, in any real sense, he has
it. ‘Well-doing’ includes doing good to others, and
the possession of Christ will make it certain that we
shall impart Him.
II. Notice the bearing of this elementary injunction
upon the scope of the obligation.
‘Let us do good to all men.’ It was Christianity that
invented the word ‘humanity’; either in its meaning
of the aggregate of men or its meaning of a gracious
attitude towards them. And it invented the word
because it revealed the thing on which it rests.
‘Brotherhood’ is the sequel of ‘Fatherhood,’ and the[185]
conception of mankind, beneath all diversities of race
and culture and the like, as being an organic whole,
knit together by a thousand mystical bands, and each
atom of which has connection with, and obligations to,
every other—that is a product of Christianity, however
it may have been in subsequent ages divorced
from a recognition of its source. So, then, the gospel
rises above all the narrow distinctions which call themselves
patriotism and are parochial, and it says that
there is ‘neither circumcision nor uncircumcision, Jew
nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free,’ but all
are one. Get high enough up upon the hill, and the
hedges between the fields are barely perceptible. Live
on the elevation to which the Gospel of Jesus Christ
lifts men, and you look down upon a great prairie,
without a fence or a ditch or a division. So my text
comes with profound significance, ‘Let us do good to
all,’ because all are included in the sweep of that great
purpose of love, and in the redeeming possibilities of
that great death on the Cross. Christ has swept the
compass, if I may say so, of His love and work all
round humanity; and are we to extend our sympathies
or our efforts less widely? The circle includes the
world; our sympathies should be as wide as the circle
that Christ has drawn.
Let me remind you, too, that only such a world-wide
communication of the highest good that has blessed
ourselves will correspond to the proved power of that
Gospel which treats as of no moment diversities that
are superficial, and can grapple with and overcome,
and bind to itself as a crown of glory, every variety of
character, of culture, of circumstance, claiming for its
own all races, and proving itself able to lift them all.
‘The Bread of God which came down from heaven’ is[186]
an exotic everywhere, because it came down from
heaven, but it can grow in all soils, and it can bring
forth fruit unto eternal life everywhere amongst mankind.
So ‘let us do good to all.’
And then we are met by the old objection, ‘The eyes
of a fool are in the ends of the earth. Keep your
work for home, that wants it.’ Well! I am perfectly
ready to admit that in Christian work, as in all others
there must be division of labour, and that one man’s
tastes and inclinations will lead him to one sphere and
one form of it; and another man’s to another; and I
am quite ready, not to admit, but strongly to insist,
that, whatever happens, home is not to be neglected.
‘All men’ includes the slums in England as well as the
savages in Africa, and it is no excuse for neglecting
either of these departments that we are trying to do
something in the other. But it is not uncharitable to
say that the objection to which I am referring is most
often made by one or other of two classes, either by
people who do not care about the Gospel, nor recognise
the ‘good’ of it at all, or by people who are ingenious
in finding excuses for not doing the duty to which they
are at the moment summoned. The people that do
the one are the people that do the other. Where do
you get your money from for home work? Mainly
from the Christian Churches. Who is it that keeps
up missionary work abroad? Mainly the Christian
Churches. There is a vast deal of unreality in that
objection. Just think of the disproportion between
the embarrassment of riches in our Christian appliances
here in England and the destitution in these
distant lands. Here the ships are crammed into a
dock, close up against one another, rubbing their yards
upon each other; and away out yonder on the waters[187]
there are leagues of loneliness, where never a sail is
seen. Here, at home, we are drenched with Christian
teaching, and the Churches are competing with each
other, often like rival tradespeople for their customers;
and away out yonder a man to half a million is considered
a fair allowance. ‘Let us do good to all.’
III. Lastly, note the bearing of this elementary precept
on the occasions that rise for the discharge of the
duty.
‘As we have opportunity.’ As I have already said,
the Christian way to look at our circumstances is to
regard them as openings for the exercise of Christian
virtue, and therefore summonses to its discharge. And
if we regarded our own position individually, so we
should find that there were many, many doors that
had long been opened, into which we had been too
blind or too lazy, or too selfishly absorbed in our own
concerns, to enter. The neglected opportunities, the
beckoning doors whose thresholds we have never
crossed, the good that we might have done and have
not done—these are as weighty to sink us as the
positive sins, the opportunities for which have appealed
to our worse selves.
But I desire to say a word, not only about the opportunities
offered to us individually, but about those
offered to England for this great enterprise. The prophet
of old represented the proud Assyrian conqueror
as boasting, ‘My hand hath gathered as a nest the
riches of the peoples . . . and there was none that
moved the wing, or opened the mouth, or peeped.’ It
might be the motto of England to-day. It is not for
nothing that we and our brethren across the Atlantic,
the inheritors of the same faith and morals and
literature, and speaking the same tongue, have had[188]
given to us the wide dominion that we possess, I
know that England has not climbed to her place without
many a crime, and that in her ‘skirts is found the
blood of poor innocents,’ but yet we have that connection,
for good or for evil, with subject races all
over the earth. And I ask whether or not that is an
opportunity that the Christian Church is bound to
make use of. What have we been intrusted with it
for? Commerce, dominion, the impartation of Western
knowledge, literature, laws? Yes! Is that all? Are
you to send shirting and not the Gospel? Are you to
send muskets that will burst, and gin that is poison,
and not Christianity? Are you to send Shakespeare,
and Milton, and modern science, and Herbert Spencer,
and not Evangelists and the Gospels? Are you to
send the code of English law and not Christ’s law of
love? Are you to send godless Englishmen, ‘through
whom the name of God is blasphemed amongst the
Gentiles,’ and are you not to send missionaries of the
Cross? A Brahmin once said to a missionary, ‘Look
here! Your Book is a good Book. If you were as
good as your Book you would make India Christian in
ten years.’
Brethren! the European world to-day is fighting and
scrambling over what it calls the unclaimed corners of
the world; looking upon all lands that are uncivilised
by Western civilisation either as markets, or as parts
of their empire. Is there no other way of looking at
the heathen world than that? How did Christ look at
it? He was moved when He saw the multitudes as
‘sheep having no shepherd.’ Oh! if Christian men, as
members of this nation, would rise to the height of
Christ’s place of vision, and would look at the world
with His eyes, what a difference it would make! I[189]
appeal to you, Christian men and women, as members
of this nation, and therefore responsible, though it
may be infinitesimally, for what this nation is doing
in the distant corners of the world, and urge on you
that you are bound, so far as your influence goes, to
protest against the way of looking at these heathen
lands as existing to be exploited for the material
benefit of these Western Powers. You are bound to
lend your voice, however weak it may be, to the
protests against the savage treatment of native races—against
the drenching of China with narcotics, and
Africa with rum; to try to look at the world as Christ
looked at it, to rise to the height of that great vision
which regards all men as having been in His heart
when He died on the Cross, and refuses to recognise
in this great work ‘Barbarian, Scythian, bond or free.’
We have awful responsibilities; the world is open to
us. We have the highest good. How shall we obey
this elementary principle of our text, unless we help as
we can in spreading Christ’s reign? Blessed shall we
be if, and only if, we fill the seed-time with delightful
work, and remember that well-doing is imperfect unless
it includes doing good to others, and that the best
good we can do is to impart the Unspeakable Gift to
the men that need it.
THE OWNER’S BRAND
‘I bear in my body the marks of the Lord Jesus.’—Gal. vi. 17.
The reference in these words is probably to the cruel
custom of branding slaves as we do cattle, with initials
or signs, to show their ownership. It is true that in[190]
old times criminals, and certain classes of Temple servants,
and sometimes soldiers, were also so marked,
but it is most in accordance with the Apostle’s way of
thinking that he here has reference to the first class,
and would represent himself as the slave of Jesus
Christ, designated as His by the scars and weaknesses
which were the consequences of his apostolic zeal.
Imprisonment, beating by the Jewish rod, shipwrecks,
fastings, weariness, perils, persecutions, all these he
sums up in another place as being the tokens by which
he was approved as an apostle of Jesus Christ. And
here he, no doubt, has the same thought in his mind,
that his bodily weakness, which was the direct issue
of his apostolic work, showed that he was Christ’s.
The painful infirmity under which, as we learn, he
was more especially suffering, about the time of writing
this letter, may also have been in his mind.
All through this Epistle he has been thundering and
lightning against the disputers of this apostolic
authority. And now at last he softens, and as it
were, bares his thin arm, his scarred bosom, and bids
these contumacious Galatians look upon them, and
learn that he has a right to speak as the representative
and messenger of the Lord Jesus.
So we have here two or three points, I think, worth
considering. First, think for a moment of the slave of
Christ; then of the brands which mark the ownership;
then of the glory in the servitude and the sign; and
then of the immunity from human disturbances which
that service gives. ‘From henceforth let no man
trouble me. I bear in my body the marks of the Lord
Jesus.’
I. First, then, a word or two about that conception
of the slave of Christ.[191]
It is a pity that our Bible has not rendered the
title which Paul ever gives himself at the beginning
of his letters, by that simple word ‘slave,’ instead of
the feebler one, ‘servant.’ For what he means when
he calls himself the ‘servant of Jesus Christ’ is not
that he bore to Christ the kind of relation which servants
among us bear to those who have hired and paid
them, and to whom they have come under obligations
of their own will which they can terminate at any
moment by their own caprice; but that he was in the
roughest and simplest sense of the word, Christ’s slave.
What lies in that metaphor? Well, it is the most
uncompromising assertion of the most absolute
authority on the one hand, and claim of unconditional
submission and subjection on the other.
The slave belonged to his master; the master could
do exactly as he liked with him. If he killed him
nobody had anything to say. He could set him to
any task; he could do what he liked with any little
possession or property that the slave seemed to have.
He could break all his relationships, and separate him
from wife and kindred.
All that is atrocious and blasphemous when it is
applied to the relations between man and man, but it
is a blessed and magnificent truth when it is applied to
the relations between a man and Christ. For this
Lord has absolute authority over us, and He can do
what He likes with everything that belongs to us; and
we, and our duties, and our circumstances, and our
relationships, are all in His hands, and the one thing
that we have to render to Him is utter, absolute,
unquestioning, unhesitating, unintermittent and unreserved
obedience and submission. That which is
abject degradation when it is rendered to a man, that[192]
which is blasphemous presumption when it is required
by a man, that which is impossible, in its deepest
reality, as between man and man, is possible, is blessed,
is joyful and strong when it is required by, and
rendered to, Jesus Christ. We are His slaves if we
have any living relationship to Him at all. Where,
then, in the Christian life, is there a place for self-will;
where a place for self-indulgence; where for murmuring
or reluctance; where for the assertion of any rights
of my own as against that Master? We owe absolute
obedience and submission to Jesus Christ.
And what does the metaphor carry as to the basis
on which this authority rests? How did men acquire
slaves? Chiefly by purchase. The abominations of
the slave market are a blessed metaphor for the deep
realities of the Christian life. Christ has bought you
for His own. The only thing that gives a human soul
the right to have any true authority over another
human soul is that it shall have yielded itself to the
soul whom it would control. We must first of all give
ourselves away before we have the right to possess,
and the measure in which we give ourselves to another
is the measure in which we possess another. And so
Christ our Lord, according to the deep words of one of
Paul’s letters, ‘gives Himself for us, that He might
purchase unto Himself a people for His possession.’
‘Ye are not your own; ye are bought with a
price.’
Therefore the absolute authority, and unconditional
surrender and submission which are the very essence
of the Christian life, at bottom are but the corresponding
and twofold effects of one thing, and that is
love. For there is no possession of man by man except
that which is based on love. And there is no[193]
submission of man to man worth calling so except that
which is also based therein.
| ‘Thou hearts alone wouldst move; |
| Thou only hearts dost love.’ |
and on the side of the captive bondsman, is the direct
result and manifestation of that love which knits
them together.
Therefore the Christian slavery, with its abject submission,
with its utter surrender and suppression of
mine own will, with its complete yielding up of self to
the control of Jesus, who died for me; because it is
based upon His surrender of Himself to me, and in its
inmost essence it is the operation of love, is therefore
co-existent with the noblest freedom.
This great Epistle to the Galatians is the trumpet
call and clarion proclamation of Christian liberty. The
breath of freedom blows inspiringly through it all.
The very spirit of the letter is gathered up in one of
its verses, ‘I have been called unto liberty,’ and in its
great exhortation, ‘Stand fast therefore in the liberty
wherewith Christ hath made you free.’ It is then
sufficiently remarkable and profoundly significant that
in this very letter, which thus is the protest of the
free Christian consciousness against all limitations
and outward restrictions, there should be this most
emphatic declaration that the liberty of the Christian
is slavery and the slavery of the Christian is freedom.
He is free whose will coincides with his outward law.
He is free who delights to do what he must do. He is
free whose rule is love, and whose Master is Incarnate
Love. ‘If the Son make you free, ye shall be free
indeed.’ ‘O Lord, truly I am Thy servant, Thou hast[194]
loosed my bands.’ ‘I bear in my body’ the charter of
my liberty, for I bear in my body the ‘brand of the
Lord Jesus.’
II. And so now a word in the next place about these
marks of ownership.
As I have said, the Apostle evidently means thereby
distinctly the bodily weaknesses, and possibly diseases,
which were the direct consequences of his own apostolic
faithfulness and zeal. He considered that he
proved himself to be a minister of God by his stripes,
imprisonments, fastings, by all the pains and sufferings
and their permanent consequences in an enfeebled
constitution, which he bore because he had preached
the Cross of Christ. He knew that these things were
the result of his faithful ministry. He believed that
they had been sent by no blundering, blind fate; by
no mere secondary causes; but by his Master Himself,
whose hand had held the iron that branded into the
hissing flesh the marks of His ownership. He felt
that by means of these he had been drawn nearer to
his Master, and the ownership had been made more
perfect. And so in a rapture of contempt of pain, this
heroic soul looks upon even bodily weakness and
suffering as being the signs that he belonged to Christ,
and the means of that possession being made more
perfect.
Now, what is all that to us Christian people who
have no persecutions to endure, and none of whom I
am afraid have ever worked hard enough for Christ to
have damaged our health by it? Is there anything in
this text that may be of general application to us all?
Yes! I think so. Every Christian man or woman
ought to bear, in his or her body, in a plain, literal
sense, the tokens that he or she belongs to Jesus[195]
Christ. You ask me how? ‘If thy foot or thine hand
offend thee, cut it off, and cast it from thee.’
There are things in your physical nature that you
have to suppress; that you have always to regulate
and coerce; that you have sometimes entirely to cast
away and to do without, if you mean to be Jesus
Christ’s at all. The old law of self-denial, of subduing
the animal nature, its passions, appetites, desires, is as
true and as needful to-day as it ever was; and for us
all it is essential to the loftiness and purity of our
Christian life that our animal nature and our fleshly
constitution should be well kept down under heel and
subdued. As Paul himself said in another place, ‘I
bring under my body, and I keep it in subjection, lest
by any means I should myself, having proclaimed to
others the laws of the contest, be rejected from the
prize.’ Oh, you Christian men and women! if you are
not living a life of self-denial, if you are not crucifying
the flesh, with its affections and lusts, if you are not
bearing ‘about in the body the dying of the Lord
Jesus, that the life also of Christ may be manifested
in your mortal body,’ what tokens are there that you
are Christ’s slaves at all?
Then, besides this, we may expand the thought even
further, and say that, in a very real sense, all the pains
and sorrows and disappointments and afflictions that
mainly touch our mortal part should be taken by us
as, and made by us to be, the tokens that we belong
to the Master.
But it is not only in limitations and restrictions and
self-denials and pains that Christ’s ownership of us
ought to be manifested in our daily lives, and so by
means of our mortal bodies, but if there be in our
hearts a deep indwelling possession of the grace and[196]
sweetness of Christ, it will make itself visible, ay! even
in our faces, and ‘beauty born of’ our communion
with Him ‘shall pass into’ and glorify even rugged
and care-lined countenances. There may be, and there
ought to be, in all Christian people, manifestly visible
the tokens of the indwelling serenity of the indwelling
Christ. And it should not be left to some moment of
rapture at the end of life, for men to look upon us, to
behold our faces, ‘as it had been the face of an angel,’
but by our daily walk, by our countenances full of a
removed tranquillity, and a joy that rises from within,
men ought to take knowledge of us that we have been
with Jesus, and it should be the truth—I bear in my
body the tokens of His possession.
III. Now, once more notice the glorying in the
slavery and its signs.
‘I bear,’ says Paul; and he uses, as many of you may
know, a somewhat remarkable word, which does not
express mere bearing in the sense of toleration and
patient endurance, although that is much; nor mere
bearing in the sense of carrying, but implies bearing
with a certain triumph as men would do who, coming
back victorious from conflict, and being received into
the city, were proud to show their scars, the honourable
signs of their courage and constancy. So, with a
triumph that is legitimate, the Apostle solemnly and
proudly bears before men the marks of the Lord
Jesus. Just as he says in another place:—’Thanks be
unto God, which always leadeth us about in triumph
in Jesus Christ,’ He was proud of being dragged at
the conqueror’s chariot wheels, chained to them by the
cords of love; and so he was proud of being the slave
of Christ.
It is a degradation to a man to yield abject submis[197]sion,
unconditional service to another man. It is the
highest honour of our natures so to bow before that
dear Lord. To prostrate ourselves to Him is to lift
ourselves high in the scale of being. The King’s servant
is every other person’s master. And he that feels
that he is Christ’s, may well be, not proud but conscious,
of the dignity of belonging to such a Lord.
The monarch’s livery is a sign of honour. In our old
Saxon kingdom the king’s menials were the first
nobles. So it is with us. The aristocracy of humanity
are the slaves of Jesus Christ.
And let us be proud of the marks of the branding
iron, whether they come in the shape of sorrows and
pains, or otherwise. It is well that we should have to
carry these. It is blessed, and a special mark of the
Master’s favour that He should think it worth His
while to mark us as His own, by any sorrow or by
any pain. Howsoever hot may be the iron, and howsoever
deeply it may be pressed by His firm, steady,
gentle hand upon the quivering flesh and the shrinking
heart, let us be thankful if He, even by it, impresses on
us the manifest tokens of ownership. Oh, brethren!
if we could come to look upon sorrows and losses with
this clear recognition of their source, meaning and
purpose, they change their nature, the paradox is
fulfilled that we do ‘gather grapes of thorns and figs
of thistles.’ ‘I bear in my body,’ with a solemn triumph
and patient hope, ‘the marks of the Lord Jesus.’
IV. And now, lastly, the immunity from any disturbance
which men can bring, which these marks, and
the servitude they express, secure.
‘From henceforth let no man trouble me.’ Paul
claims that his apostolic authority, having been established
by the fact of his sufferings for Christ, should[198]
give him a sacredness in their eyes; that henceforth
there should be no rebellion against his teaching and
his word. We may expand the thought to apply more
to ourselves, and say that, in the measure in which we
belong to Christ, and hear the marks of His possession
of us, in that measure are we free from the disturbance
of earthly influences and of human voices; and from
all the other sources of care and trouble, of perturbation
and annoyance, which harass and vex other men’s
spirits. ‘Ye are bought with a price,’ says Paul elsewhere.
‘Be not the servants of men.’ Christ is your
Master; do not let men trouble you. Take your
orders from Him; let men rave as they like. Be
content to be approved by Him; let men think of you
as they please. The Master’s smile is life, the Master’s
frown is death to the slave; what matters it what
other people may say? ‘He that judgeth me is the
Lord.’ So keep yourselves above the cackle of ‘public
opinion’; do not let your creed be crammed down
your throats even by a consensus of however venerable
and grave human teachers. Take your directions
from your Master, and pay no heed to other voices if
they would command. Live to please Him, and do
not care what other people think. You are Christ’s
servant; ‘let no man trouble’ you.
And so it should be about all the distractions and
petty annoyances that disturb human life and harass
our hearts. A very little breath of wind will ruffle all
the surface of a shallow pond, though it would sweep
across the deep sea and produce no effect. Deepen
your natures by close union with Christ, and absolute
submission to Him, and there will be a great calm in
them, and cares and sorrows, and all the external
sources of anxiety, far away, down there beneath your[199]
feet, will ‘show scarce so gross as beetles,’ whilst you
stand upon the high cliff and look down upon them
all. ‘From henceforth no man shall trouble me.’ ‘I
bear in my body the marks of the Lord Jesus.’
My brother! Whose marks do you bear? There are
only two masters. If an eye that could see things as
they are, were to go through this congregation, whose
initials would it discern in your faces? There are
some of us, I have no doubt, who in a very horrid
sense bear in our bodies the marks of the idol that we
worship. Men who have ruined their health by
dissipation and animal sensualism—are there any of
them here this morning? Are there none of us whose
faces, whose trembling hands, whose diseased frames,
are the tokens that they belong to the flesh and the
world and the devil? Whose do you bear?
Oh! when one looks at all the faces that pass one
upon the street—this all drawn with avarice and
earthly-mindedness; that all bloated with self-indulgence
and loose living—when one sees the mean faces,
the passionate faces, the cruel faces, the vindictive
faces, the lustful faces, the worldly faces, one sees how
many of us bear in our bodies the marks of another
lord. They have no rest day nor night who worship
the beast; and whosoever receiveth the mark of his
name.
I pray you, yield yourselves to your true Lord, so on
earth you may bear the beginnings of the likeness
that stamps you His, and hereafter, as one of His
happy slaves, shall do priestly service at His throne
and see His face, and His name shall be in your
foreheads.[200]
PHILIPPIANS
LOVING GREETINGS
‘Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus, to all the saints in Christ Jesus
which are at Philippi, with the bishops and deacons: 2. Grace to you and
peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 3. I thank my God upon
all my remembrance of you, 4. Always in every supplication of mine on behalf of
you all making my supplication with joy, 5. For your fellowship in furtherance
of the gospel from the first day until now; 6. Being confident of this very thing
that He which began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Jesus
Christ: 7. Even as it is right for me to be thus minded on behalf of you all,
because I have you in my heart, inasmuch as, both in my bonds and in the defence
and confirmation of the gospel, ye all are partakers with me of grace. 8. For God
is my witness, how I long after you all in the tender mercies of Christ Jesus.’—Phil.
i. 1-8 (R.V.).
The bond between Paul and the church at Philippi
was peculiarly close. It had been founded by himself,
as is narrated at unusual length in the book of Acts.
It was the first church established in Europe. Ten
years had elapsed since then, possibly more. Paul is
now a prisoner in Rome, not suffering the extremest
rigour of imprisonment, but still a prisoner in his own
hired house, accessible to his friends and able to do
work for God, but still in the custody of soldiers,
chained and waiting till the tardy steps of Roman law
should come up to him, or perhaps till the caprice of
Nero should deign to hear his cause. In that imprisonment
we have his letters to the Philippians, Ephesians,
Colossians, and Philemon, which latter three are closely
connected in time, the two former in subject, and the
two latter in destination. This letter stands apart
from those to the great Asiatic churches.[201]
Its tone and general cast are unlike those of most of
his letters. It contains no doctrinal discussions and
no rebukes of evil, but is an outpouring of happy love
and confidence. Like all Paul’s epistles it begins with
salutations, and like most of them with prayer, but
from the very beginning is a long gush of love. These
early verses seem to me very beautiful if we regard
them either as a revelation of the personal character
of the Apostle, or as a picture of the relation between
teacher and taught in its most blessed and undisturbed
form, or as a lovely ideal of friendship and love in any
relation, hallowed and solemnised by Christian feeling.
Verses one and two contain the apostolic greeting.
In it we note the senders. Timothy is associated with
Paul, according to his custom in all his letters even
when he goes on immediately to speak in the singular.
He ever sought to hide his own supremacy and to bring
his friends into prominence. He was a great, lowly soul,
who had no pride in the dignity of his position but felt
the weight of its responsibility and would fain have
had it shared. He calls Timothy and himself the slaves
of Christ. He regarded it as his highest honour to be
Christ’s born servant, bound to absolute submission to
the all-worthy Lord who had died to win him. It is to
be noted that there is no reference here to apostolic
authority, and the contrast is very remarkable in this
respect with the Epistle to the Galatians, where with
scornful emphasis he asserts it as bestowed ‘not from
men, neither through man, but through Jesus Christ
and God the Father.’ In this designation of himself, we
have already the first trace of the intimate and loving
relationship in which Paul stood to the Philippians.
There was no need for him to assert what was not
denied, and he did not wish to deal with them officially,[202]
but rather personally. There is a similar omission in
Philemon and a pathetic substitution there of the
‘prisoner of Jesus Christ’ for the ‘slave of Christ Jesus.’
The persons addressed are ‘all the saints in Christ
Jesus.’ As he had not called himself an apostle, so he
does not call them a church. He will not lose in
an abstraction the personal bond which unites them.
They are saints, which is not primarily a designation of
moral purity, but of consecration to God, from whom
indeed purity flows. The primitive meaning of the
word is separation; the secondary meaning is holiness,
and the connection between these two meanings contains
a whole ethical philosophy. They are saints in
Christ Jesus; union with Him is the condition both of
consecration and of purity.
The Philippian community had an organisation
primitive but sufficient. We do not enter on the discussion
of its two offices further than to note that the
bishops are evidently identical with the elders, in the
account in Acts xx. of Paul’s parting with the Ephesian
Christians, where the same persons are designated by
both titles, as is also the case in Titus i. 5 and 7; the
one name (elder) coming from the Hebrew and designating
the office on the side of dignity, the other (bishop)
being of Greek origin and representing it in terms of
function. We note that there were several elders then
in the Philippian church, and that their place in the salutation
negatives the idea of hierarchical supremacy.
The benediction or prayer for grace and peace is
couched in the form which it assumes in all Paul’s
letters. It blends Eastern and Western forms of greeting.
‘Grace’ being the Greek and ‘Peace’ the Hebrew
form of salutation. So Christ fuses and fulfils the
world’s desires. The grace which He gives is the self-[203]imparting
love of God, the peace which He gives is its
consequence, and the salutation is an unmistakable
evidence of Paul’s belief in Christ’s divinity.
This salutation is followed by a great burst of
thankful love, for the full apprehension of which we
must look briefly at the details of these verses. We
have first Paul’s thankfulness in all his remembrance
of the Philippians, then he further defines the times of
his thankfulness as ‘always in every supplication of
mind on behalf of you all making my supplication with
joy.’ His gratitude for them is expressed in all his
prayers which are all thank-offerings. He never thinks
of them nor prays for them without thanking God for
them. Then comes the reason for his gratitude—their
fellowship in furtherance of the gospel, from the first
day when Lydia constrained him to come into her
house, until this moment when now at the last their care
of him had flourished again. The Revised Version’s
rendering ‘fellowship in furtherance of’ instead of
‘fellowship in’ conveys the great lesson which the
other rendering obscures—that the true fellowship is
not in enjoyment but in service, and refers not so
much to a common participation in the blessedness as
in the toils and trials of Christian work. This is
apparent in an immediately following verse where the
Philippians’ fellowship with Christ is again spoken of
as consisting in sharing both in His bonds and in the
double work of defending the gospel from gainsayers
and in positively proclaiming it. Very beautifully in
this connection does he designate that work and toil
as ‘my grace.’
The fellowship which thus is the basis of his thanksgiving
leads on to a confidence which he cherishes for
them and which helps to make his prayers joyful[204]
thanksgivings. And such confidence becomes him
because he has them in his heart, and ‘love hopeth all
things’ and delights to believe in and anticipate all
good concerning its object. He has them in his heart
because they faithfully share with him his honourable,
blessed burdens. But that is not all, it is ‘in the
tender mercies’ of Christ that he loved them. His love
is the love of Christ in him; his being is so united to
Jesus that his heart beats with the same emotion as
throbs in Christ’s, and all that is merely natural and
of self in his love is changed into a solemn participation
in the great love which Christ has to them. This,
then, being the general exposition of the words, let us
now dwell for a little while on the broad principles
suggested by them.
I. Participation in the work of Christ is the noblest
basis for love and friendship.
Paul had tremendous courage and yet hungered for
sympathy. He had no outlets for his love but his
fellow Christians. There had, no doubt, been a wrenching
of the ties of kindred when he became a Christian,
and his love, dammed back and restrained, had to pour
itself on his brethren.
The Church is a workshop, not a dormitory, and
every Christian man and woman is bound to help in
the common cause. These Philippians help Paul by
sympathy and gifts, indeed, but by their own direct work
as well, and things are not right with us unless leaders
can say, ‘Ye all are partakers of my grace.’ There are
other real and sweet bonds of love and friendship, but
the most real and sweetest is to be found in our
common relation to Jesus Christ and in our co-operation
in the work which is ours because it is His and
we are His.[205]
II. Thankful, glad prayer flows from such co-operation.
The prisoner in his bonds in the alien city had the
remembrance of his friends coming into his chamber
like fresh, cool air, or fragrance from far-off gardens. A
thrill of gladness was in his soul as often as he thought
on them. It is blessed if in our experience teacher
and taught are knit together thus; without some such
bond of union no good will be done. The relation of
pastor and people is so delicate and spiritual, the
purpose of it so different from that of mere teaching,
the laws of it so informal and elastic, the whole power
of it, therefore, so dependent on sympathy and mutual
kindliness that, unless there be something like the bond
which united Paul and the Philippians, there will be
no prosperity or blessing. The thinnest film of cloud
prevents deposition of dew. If all men in pulpits could
say what Paul said of the Philippians, and all men in
pews could deserve to have it said of them, the world
would feel the power of a quickened Church.
III. Confidence is born of love and common service.
Paul delights to think that God will go on because
God has already begun a good work in them, and Paul
delights to think of their perfection because he loves
them. ‘God is not a man that He should lie, or the
son of man that He should repent.’ His past is the
guarantee for His future; what He begins He finishes.
IV. Our love is hallowed and greatened in the love
of Christ.
Paul lived, yet not he, but Christ lived in him. It is
but one illustration of the principle of his being that
Christ who was the life of his life, is the heart of his
love. He longed after his Philippian friends in the
tender mercies of Christ Jesus. This and this only is[206]
the true consecration of love when we live and love in
the Lord; when we will as Christ does, think as He
does, love as He does, when the mind that was in Christ
Jesus was in us. It is needful to guard against the
intrusion of mere human affection and regard into our
sacred relations in the Church; it is needful to guard
against it in our own personal love and friendship.
Let us see that we ourselves know and believe the love
wherewith Christ hath loved us, and then let us see
that that love dwells in us informing and hallowing
our hearts, making them tender with His great tenderness,
and turning all the water of our earthly affections
into the new wine of His kingdom. Let the law for
our hearts, as well as for our minds and wills, be ‘I live,
yet not I but Christ liveth in me.’
A COMPREHENSIVE PRAYER
‘And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge
and all discernment; 10. So that ye may approve the things that are excellent;
that ye may be sincere and void of offence unto the day of Christ; 11. Being
filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are through Jesus Christ, unto the
glory and praise of God.’—Phil. i. 9-11 (R.V.).
What a blessed friendship is that of which the natural
language is prayer! We have many ways, thank God,
of showing our love and of helping one another, but
the best way is by praying for one another. All that
is selfish and low is purged out of our hearts in the act,
suspicions and doubts fade away when we pray for
those whom we love. Many an alienation would have
melted like morning mists if it had been prayed about,
added tenderness and delicacy come to our friendships
so like the bloom on ripening grapes. We may test
our loves by this simple criterion—Can we pray about[207]
them? If not, should we have them? Are they
blessings to us or to others?
This prayer, like all those in Paul’s epistles, is wonderfully
full. His deep affection for, and joy in, the
Philippian church breathes in every word of it. Even
his jealous watchfulness saw nothing in them to
desire but progress in what they possessed. Such a
desire is the highest that love can frame. We can wish
nothing better for one another than growth in the love
of God. Paul’s estimate of the highest good of those
who were dearest to him was that they should be more
and more completely filled with the love of God and
with its fruits of holiness and purity, and what was his
supreme desire for the Philippians is the highest purpose
of the gospel for us all, and should be the aim of
our effort and longing, dominating all others as some
sovereign mountain peak towers above the valleys.
Looking then at this prayer as containing an outline
of true progress in the Christian life, we may note:
I. The growth in keenness of conscience founded on
growth in love.
Paul does not merely desire that their love may
abound, but that it may become more and more ‘rich
in knowledge and all discernment.’ The former is perhaps
accurate knowledge, and the latter the application
of it. ‘Discernment’ literally means ‘sense,’ and here,
of course, when employed about spiritual and moral
things it means the power of apprehending good and
bad as such. It is, I suppose, substantially equivalent
to conscience, the moral tact or touch of the soul by
which, in a manner analogous to bodily sense, it ascertains
the moral character of things. This growth of
love in the power of spiritual and moral discernment
is desired in order to its exercise in ‘proving things[208]
that differ.’ It is a process of discrimination and testing
that is meant, which is, I think, fairly represented
by the more modern expression which I have used—keenness
of conscience.
I need spend little time in remarking on the absolute
need of such a process of discrimination. We are surrounded
by temptations to evil, and live in a world
where maxims and principles not in accordance with
the gospel abound. Our own natures are but partially
sanctified. The shows of things must be tested.
Apparent good must be proved. The Christian life is
not merely to unfold itself in peace and order, but
through conflict. We are not merely to follow impulses,
or to live as angels do, who are above sin, or as animals
do who are beneath it. When false coin is current it
is folly to accept any without a test. All around us
there is glamour, and so within us there is need for
careful watchfulness and quick discrimination.
This keenness of conscience follows on the growth of
love. Nothing makes a man more sensitive to evil
than a hearty love to God. Such a heart is keener to
discern what is contrary to its love than any ethical
maxims can make it. A man who lives in love will be
delivered from the blinding influence of his own evil
tastes, and a heart steadfast in love will not be swayed
by lower temptations. Communion with God will,
from its very familiarity with Him, instinctively discern
the evil of evil, as a man coming out of pure air
is conscious of vitiated atmosphere which those who
dwell in it do not perceive. It used to be said that
Venice glass would shiver into fragments if poison were
poured into the cup. As evil spirits were supposed to
be cast out by the presence of an innocent child or a
pure virgin, so the ugly shapes that sometimes tempt[209]
us by assuming fair disguises will be shown in their
native hideousness when confronted with a heart filled
with the love of God.
Such keenness of judgment is capable of indefinite
increase. Our consciences should become more and
more sensitive: we should always be advancing in our
discovery of our own evils, and be more conscious of
our sins, the fewer we have of them. Twilight in a
chamber may reveal some foul things, and the growing
light will disclose more. ‘Secret faults’ will cease to
be secret when our love abounds more and more in
knowledge, and in all discernment.
II. The purity and completeness of character flowing
from this keenness of conscience.
The Apostle desires that the knowledge which he
asks for his Philippian friends may pass over into
character, and he describes the sort of men which he
desires them to be in two clauses, ‘sincere and void of
offence’ being the one, ‘filled with the fruits of righteousness’
being the other. The former is perhaps predominantly
negative, the latter positive. That which
is sincere is so because when held up to the light it
shows no flaws, and that which is without offence is so
because the stones in the path have been cleared away
by the power of discrimination, so that there is no
stumbling. The life which discerns keenly will bring
forth the fruit which consists of righteousness, and
that fruit is to fill the whole nature so that no part
shall be without it.
Nothing lower than this is the lofty standard towards
which each Christian life is to aim, and to which it can
indefinitely approximate. It is not enough to aim at
the negative virtue of sincerity so that the most
searching scrutiny of the web of our lives shall detect[210]
no flaws in the weaving, and no threads dropped or
broken. There must also be the actual presence of
positive righteousness filling life in all its parts. That
lofty standard is pressed upon us by a solemn motive,
‘unto the day of Christ.’ We are ever to keep before
us the thought that in that coming day all our works
will be made manifest, and that all of them should be
done, so that when we have to give account of them
we shall not be ashamed.
The Apostle takes it for granted here that if the
Philippian Christians know what is right and what is
wrong, they will immediately choose and do the right.
Is he forgetting the great gulf between knowledge and
practice? Not so, but he is strong in the faith that love
needs only to know in order to do. The love which
abounds more and more in knowledge and in all discernment
will be the soul of obedience, and will delight
in fulfilling the law which it has delighted in beholding.
Other knowledge has no tendency to lead to practice,
but this knowledge which is the fruit of love has for its
fruit righteousness.
III. The great Name in which this completeness is
secured.
The Apostle’s prayer dwells not only on the way by
which a Christian life may increase itself, but in its
close reaches the yet deeper thought that all that
growth comes ‘through Jesus Christ.’ He is the Giver
of it all, so that we are not so much called to a painful
toil as to a glad reception. Our love fills us with the
fruits of righteousness, because it takes all these from
His hands. It is from His gift that conscience derives
its sensitiveness. It is by His inspiration that conscience
becomes strong enough to determine action,
and that even our dull hearts are quickened into a glow[211]
of desiring to have in our lives, the law of the spirit of
life, that was in Christ Jesus, and to make our own all
that we see in Him of ‘things that are lovely and of
good report.’
The prayer closes with a reference to the highest
end of all our perfecting—the glory and praise of God;
the former referring rather to the transcendent
majesty of God in itself, and the latter to the exaltation
of it by men. The highest glory of God comes
from the gradual increase in redeemed men’s likeness
to Him. They are ‘the secretaries of His praise,’ and
some portion of that great honour and responsibility
lies on each of us. If all Christian men were what
they all might be and should be, swift and sure in their
condemnation of evil and loyal fidelity to conscience,
and if their lives were richly hung with ripened clusters
of the fruits of righteousness, the glory of God would
be more resplendent in the world, and new tongues
would break into praise of Him who had made men so
like Himself.
A PRISONER’S TRIUMPH
‘Now I would have you know, brethren, that the things which happened unto
me have fallen out rather unto the progress of the gospel; 13. So that my
bonds became manifest in Christ throughout the whole prætorian guard, and to
all the rest; 14. And that most of the brethren in the Lord, being confident through
my bonds, are more abundantly bold to speak the word of God without fear.
15. Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also of good
will: 16. The one do it of love, knowing that I am set for the defence of the
gospel: 17. But the other proclaim Christ of faction, not sincerely, thinking to
raise up affliction for me in my bonds. 18. What then? only that in every way,
whether in pretence or in truth, Christ is proclaimed; and therein I rejoice, yea,
and will rejoice. 19. For I know that this shall turn to my salvation, through
your supplication and the supply of the Spirit of Jesus Christ. 20. According to
my earnest expectation and hope, that in nothing shall I be put to shame, but that
with all boldness, as always, so now also Christ shall be magnified in my body,
whether by life or by death.’—Phil. i. 12-20 (R.V.)
Paul’s writings are full of autobiography, that is
partly owing to temperament, partly to the profound[212]
interpenetration of his whole nature with his religion.
His theology was but the generalisation of his experience.
He has felt and verified all that he has to say.
But the personal experiences of this sunny letter to his
favourite church have a character all their own. In
that atmosphere of untroubled love and sympathy a
shyer heart than Paul’s would have opened: his does so
in tenderness, gladness, and trust. We have here the
unveiling of his inmost self in response to what he
knew would be an eager desire for news of his welfare.
This whole section appears to me to be a wonderful
revelation of his prison thoughts, an example of what
we may call the ennobling power of a passionate
enthusiasm for Christ. Remember that he is a
prisoner, shut out from his life’s work, waiting to be
tried before Nero, whose reign had probably, by this
time, passed from its delusive morning of dewy promise
to its lurid noon. The present and the future were
dark for him, and yet in spite of them all comes forth
this burst of undaunted courage and noble gladness.
We simply follow the course of the words as they lie,
and we find in them,
I. An absorbing purpose which bends all circumstances
to its service and values them only as
instruments.
The things which happened unto me; that is Paul’s
minimising euphemism for the grim realities of imprisonment,
or perhaps for some recent ominous turns in
his circumstances. To him they are not worth dwelling
on further, nor is their personal incidence worth
taking into account; the only thing which is important
is to say how these things have affected his life’s work.
It is enough for him, and he believes that it will be
enough even for his loving friends at Philippi to know[213]
that, instead of their being as they might have feared,
and as he sometimes when he was faithless expected,
hindrances to his work, they have turned out rather to
‘the furtherance of the gospel.’ Whether he has been
comfortable or not is a matter of very small importance,
the main thing is that Christ’s work has been
helped, and then he goes on to tell two ways in which
his imprisonment had conduced to this end.
‘My bonds became manifest in Christ.’ It has
been clearly shown why I was a prisoner; all the
Prætorian guard had learned what Paul was there for.
We know from Acts that he was ‘suffered to abide by
himself with the soldier that kept him.’ He has no
word to say of the torture of compulsory association,
night and day, with the rude legionaries, or of the
horrors of such a presence in his sweetest, sacredest
moments of communion with his Lord. These are all
swallowed up in the thought as they were in the fact,
that each new guard as he came to sit there beside
Paul was a new hearer, and that by this time he must
have told the story of Christ and His love to nearly the
whole corps. That is a grand and wonderful picture of
passionate earnestness and absorbed concentration in
one pursuit. Something of the same sort is in all
pursuits, the condition of success and the sure result of
real interest. We have all to be specialists if we would
succeed in any calling. The river that spreads wide
flows slow, and if it is to have a scour in its current it
must be kept between high banks. We have to bring
ourselves to a point and to see that the point is red-hot
if we mean to bore with it. If our limitations
are simply enforced by circumstances, they may be
maiming, but if they come of clear insight and free
choice of worthy ends, they are noble. The artist, the[214]
scholar, the craftsman, all need to take for their motto
‘This one thing I do.’ I suppose that a man would not
be able to make a good button unless he confined himself
to button-making. We see round us abundant
examples of men who, for material aims and almost
instinctively, use all circumstances for one end and
appraise them according to their relations to that, and
they are quoted as successful, and held up to young
souls as patterns to be imitated. Yes! But what
about the man who does the same in regard to Christ
and His work? Is he thought of as an example to be
imitated or as a warning to be avoided? Is not the
very same concentration when applied to Christian
work and living thought to be fanatical, which is
welcomed with universal applause when it is directed
to lower pursuits? The contrast of our eager absorption
in worldly things and of the ease with which any
fluttering butterfly can draw us away from the path
which leads us to God, ought to bring a blush to all
cheeks and penitence to all hearts. There was no more
obligation on Paul to look at the circumstances of his
life thus than there is on every Christian to do so. We
do not desire that all should be apostles, but the
Apostle’s temper and way of looking at ‘the things
which happened unto’ him should be our way of looking
at the things which happen unto us. We shall
estimate them rightly, and as God estimates them, only
when we estimate them according to their power to
serve our souls and to further Christ’s kingdom.
II. The magnetism or contagion of enthusiasm.
The second way by which Paul’s circumstances
furthered the gospel was ‘that most of the brethren,
being confident through my bonds, are more abundantly
bold to speak the word of God.’ His constancy and[215]
courage stirred them up. Moved by good-will and love,
they were heartened to preach because they saw in
him one ‘appointed by God for the defence of the
gospel.’ A soul all on flame has power to kindle
others. There is an old story of a Scottish martyr
whose constancy at the stake touched so many hearts
that ‘a merry gentleman’ said to Cardinal Beaton, ‘If
ye burn any more you should burn them in low cellars,
for the reek (smoke) of Mr. Patrick Hamilton has
infected as many as it blew upon.’
It is not only in the case of martyrs that enthusiasm
is contagious. However highly we may estimate the
impersonal forces that operate for ‘the furtherance of
the gospel’ we cannot but see that in all ages, from the
time of Paul down to to-day, the main agents for the
spread of the gospel have been individual souls all
aflame with the love of God in Christ Jesus and filled
with the life of His Spirit. The history of the Church
has largely consisted in the biographies of its saints,
and every great revival of religion has been the flame
kindled round a flaming heart. Paul was impelled by
his own love; the brethren in Rome were in a lower
state as only reflecting his, and it ought to be the
prerogative of every Christian to be a centre and source
of kindling influence rather than a mere recipient of it.
It is a question which may well be asked by each of
us about ourselves—would anybody find quickening
impulses to divine life and Christian service coming
from us, or do we simply serve to keep others’ coldness
in countenance? It was said of old of Jesus Christ,
‘He shall baptize you in the Holy Ghost and in fire,’ and
that promise remains effective to-day, however little
one looking on the characters of the mass of so-called
Christians would believe it. They seem rather to have[216]
been plunged into ice-cold water than into fire, and
their coldness is as contagious as Paul’s radiant enthusiasm
was. Let us try, for our parts, to radiate out
the warmth of the love of God, that it may kindle in
others the flame which it has lighted in ourselves, and
not be like icebergs floating southwards and bringing
down the temperature of even the very temperate seas
in which we find ourselves.
III. The wide tolerance of such enthusiasm.
It is stigmatised as ‘narrow,’ which to-day is the sin
of sins, but it is broad with the true breadth. Such
enthusiasm lifts a man high enough to see over many
hedges and to be tolerant even of intolerance, and of
the indifference which tolerates everything but earnestness.
Paul here deals with a class amongst the Roman
Christians who were ‘preaching of envy and strife,’ with
the malicious calculation that so they would annoy
him and ‘add affliction’ to his bonds. It is generally
supposed that these were Judaising Christians against
whom Paul fulminates in all his letters, but I confess
that, notwithstanding the arguments of authoritative
commentators, I cannot believe that they are the same
set of men preaching the same doctrines which in
other places he treats as destructive of the whole
gospel. The change of tone is so great as to require
the supposition of a change of subjects, and the
Judaisers with whom the Apostle waged a neverending
warfare, never did evangelistic work amongst
the heathen as these men seem to have done, but
confined themselves to trying to pervert converts
already made. It was not their message but their
spirit that was faulty. With whatever purpose of
annoyance they were animated, they did ‘preach
Christ,’ and Paul superbly brushes aside all that was[217]
antagonistic to him personally, in his triumphant
recognition that the one thing needful was spoken,
even from unworthy motives and with a malicious
purpose. The situation here revealed, strange though
it appears with our ignorance of the facts, is but too
like much of what meets us still. Do we not know
denominational rivalries which infuse a bitter taint of
envy and strife into much evangelistic earnestness, and
is the spectacle of a man preaching Christ with a taint
of sidelong personal motives quite unknown to this
day? We may press the question still more closely
home and ask ourselves if we are entirely free from
the influence of such a spirit. No man who knows
himself and has learned how subtly lower motives
blend themselves with the highest will be in haste to
answer these questions with an unconditional ‘No,’ and
no man who looks on the sad spectacle of competing
Christian communities and knows anything of the
methods of competition that are in force, will venture
to deny that there are still those who preach Christ of
envy and strife.
It comes, then, to be a testing question for each of us,
have we learned from Paul this lesson of tolerance,
which is not the result of cold indifference, but the
outcome of fiery enthusiasm and of a clear recognition
of the one thing needful? Granted that there is
preaching from unworthy motives and modes of work
which offend our tastes and prejudices, and that there
are types of evangelistic earnestness which have errors
mixed up with them, are we inclined to say ‘Nevertheless
Christ is proclaimed, and therein I rejoice, Yea,
and will rejoice’? Much chaff may be blended with the
seeds sown; the chaff will lie inert and the seed will
grow. Such tolerance is the very opposite of the[218]
carelessness which comes from languid indifference.
The one does not mind what a man preaches because it
has no belief in any of the things preached, and to it
one thing is as good as another, and none are of any
real consequence. The other proceeds from a passionate
belief that the one thing which sinful men need to hear
is the great message that Christ has lived and died for
them, and therefore, it puts all else on one side and
cares nothing for jangling notes that may come in, if
only above them the music of His name sounds out
clear and full.
IV. The calm fronting of life and death as equally
magnifying Christ.
The Apostle is sure that all the experiences of his
prison will turn to his ultimate salvation, because he is
sure that his dear friends in Philippi will pray for him,
and that through their prayers he will receive a ‘supply
of the Spirit of Jesus Christ,’ which shall be enough
to secure his steadfastness. His expectation is not
that he will escape from prison or from martyrdom,
both of which stand only too clearly before him, but
that whatever may be waiting for him in the future,
‘all boldness’ will be granted him, so that whether he
lives he will live to the Lord, or whether he dies, he
will die to the Lord. He had so completely accepted it
as his life’s purpose to magnify Jesus, that the extremest
possible changes of condition came to be insignificant
to him. He had what we may have, the true anæsthetic
which will give us a ‘solemn scorn of ills’ and
make even the last and greatest change from life to
death of little account. If we magnify Christ in our
lives with the same passionate earnestness and concentrated
absorption as Paul had, our lives like some
train on well-laid rails will enter upon the bridge[219]
across the valley with scarce a jolt. With whatever
differences—and the differences are to us tremendous—the
same purpose will be pursued in life and in death,
and they who, living, live to the praise of Christ, dying
will magnify Him as their last act in the body which
they leave. What was it that made possible such a
passion of enthusiasm for a man whom Paul had never
seen in the flesh? What changed the gloomy fuliginous
fanaticism of the Pharisee, at whose feet were laid the
clothes of the men who stoned Stephen, into this radiant
light, all aflame with a divine splendour? The only
answer is in Paul’s own words, ‘He loved me and gave
Himself for me.’ That answer is as true for each of us
as it was for him. Does it produce in us anything like
the effects which it produced in him?
A STRAIT BETWIXT TWO
‘To me to live is Christ, and to die is gain. 22. But if I live in the flesh, this is
the fruit of my labour: yet what I shall choose I wot not. 23. For I am in a strait
betwixt two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ; which is far better:
24. Nevertheless to abide in the flesh is more needful for you. 25. And having this
confidence, I know that I shall abide and continue with you all for your furtherance
and joy of faith.’—Phil. i. 21-25.
A preacher may well shrink from such a text. Its
elevation of feeling and music of expression make all
sermons on it sound feeble and harsh, like some poor
shepherd’s pipe after an organ. But, though this be
true, it may not be useless to attempt, at least, to point
out the course of thought in these grand words. They
flow like a great river, which springs at first with a
strong jet from some deep cave, then is torn and chafed
among dividing rocks, and after a troubled middle
course, moves at last with stately and equable current
to the sea. The Apostle’s thoughts and feelings have
here, as it were, a threefold bent in their flow. First,[220]
we have the clear, unhesitating statement of the comparative
advantages of life and death to a Christian
man, when thought of as affecting himself alone. The
one is Christ, the other gain. But we neither live nor
die to ourselves; and no man has a right to think of
life or death only from the point of view of his own
advantage. So the problem is not so simple as it looked.
Life here is the condition of fruitful labour here. There
are his brethren and his work to think of. These bring
him to a stand, and check the rising wish. He knows
not which state to prefer. The stream is dammed back
between rocks, and it chafes and foams and seems to
lose its way among them. Then comes a third bend
in the flow of thought and feeling, and he gladly
apprehends it as his present duty to remain at his
work. If his own joy is thereby less, his brethren’s
will be more. If he is not to depart and be with
Christ, he will remain and be with Christ’s friends,
which is, in some sort, being with Him too. If he may
not have the gain of death, he will have the fruit of
work in life.
Let us try to fill up, somewhat, this meagre outline of
the warm stream that pours through these great words.
I. The simplicity of the comparison between life and
death to a Christian thinking of himself alone.
‘To me’ is plainly emphatic. It means more than
‘in my judgment’ or even ‘in my case.’ It is equal to
‘To me personally, if I stood alone, and had no one to
consider but myself.’ ‘To live’ refers mainly here to
outward practical life of service, and ‘to die’ should,
perhaps, rather be ‘to be dead,’ referring, not to the
act of dissolution, but to the state after; not to the
entrance chamber, but to the palace to which it admits.
So we have here grandly set forth the simplicity and[221]
unity of the Christian life. While the words probably
refer mainly to outward life, they presuppose an inward,
of which that outward is the expression. In
every possible phase of the word ‘life,’ Christ is the
life of the Christian. To live is Christ, for He is the
mystical source from whom all ours flows. ‘With
Thee is the fountain of life,’ and all life, both of body
and spirit, is from Him, by Him, and in Him. ‘To live
is Christ,’ for He is the aim and object, as well as the
Lord, of it all, and no other is worth calling life, but
that which is for Him by willing consecration, as well
as from Him by constant derivation. ‘To live is Christ,’
for He is the model of all our life, and the one all-sufficient
law for us is to follow Him.
Life is to be as Christ, for Christ, by, in, and from
Christ. So shall there be strength, peace, and freedom
in our days. The unity brought into life thereby will
issue in calm blessedness, contrasted wondrously with
the divided hearts and aims which fritter our days into
fragments, and make our lives heaps of broken links
instead of chains.
Surely this is the charm which brings rest into the
most troubled history, and nobleness into the lowliest
duties. There is nothing so grand as the unity breathed
into our else distracted days by the all-pervading
reference to and presence of Christ. Without that,
we are like the mariners of the old world, who crept
timidly from headland to headland, making each their
aim for a while, and leaving each inevitably behind,
never losing sight of shore, nor ever knowing the
wonders of the deep and all the majesty of mid-ocean,
nor ever touching the happy shores beyond, which they
reach who carry in their hearts a compass that ever
points to the unseen pole.[222]
Then comes the other great thought, that where life
is simply Christ, death will be simply gain.
Paul, no doubt, shrank from the act of death, as we
all do. It was not the narrow passage which attracted
him, but the broad land beyond. Every other aspect
of that was swallowed up in one great thought, which
will occupy us more at length presently. But that
word ‘gain’ suggests that to Paul’s confident faith
death was but an increase and progression in all that
was good here. To him it was no loss to lose flesh and
sense and all the fleeting joys with which they link us.
To him death was no destruction of his being, and not
even an interruption of its continuity. Everything that
was of any real advantage to him was to be his after
as before. The change was clear gain. Everything
good was to be just as it had been, only better. Nothing
was to be dropped but what it was progress to lose, and
whatever was kept was to be heightened.
How strongly does that view express the two thoughts
of the continuity and intensifying of the Christian life
beyond the grave! And what a contrast does that
simple, sublime confidence present to many another
thought of death! To how many men its blackness
seems to be the sudden swallowing up of the light
of their very being! To how many more does it seem
to put an end to all their occupations, and to shear
their lives in twain, as remorselessly as the fall of the
guillotine severs the head from the body. How are
the light butterfly wings of the trivialities in which
many men and women spend their days to carry them
across the awful gulf? What are the people to do on
the other side whose lives have all been given to purposes
and tasks that stop on this side? Are there shops
and mills, or warehouses and drawing-rooms, or studies[223]
and lecture-halls, over there? Will the lives which
have not struck their roots down through all the
surface soil to the rock, bear transplanting? Alas!
for the thousands landed in that new country, as unfit
for it by the tenor of their past occupations, as some
pale artisan, with delicate fingers and feeble muscles,
set down as a colonist to clear the forest!
This Paul had a work here which he could carry
on hereafter. There would be no reversal of view, no
change in the fundamental character of his occupations.
True, the special forms of work which he had pursued
here would be left behind, but the principle underlying
them would continue. It matters very little to the
servant whether he is out in the cold and wet ‘ploughing
and tending cattle,’ or whether he is waiting on
his master at table. It is service all the same, only it
is warmer and lighter in the house than in the field,
and it is promotion to be made an indoor servant.
So the direction of the life, and the source of the
life, and the fundamentals of the life continue unchanged.
Everything is as it was, only in the superlative
degree. To other men the narrow plain on
which their low-lying lives are placed is rimmed by
the jagged, forbidding white peaks. It is cold and
dreary on these icy summits where no creature can
live. Perhaps there is land on the other side; who
knows? The pale barrier separates all here from all
there; we know not what may be on the other side.
Only we feel that the journey is long and chill, that
the ice and the barren stone appal, and that we never
can carry our household goods, our tools, or our wealth
with us up to the black jaws of the pass.
But for this man the Alps were tunnelled. There
was no interruption in his progress. He would go, he[224]
believed, without ‘break of gauge,’ and would pass
through the darkness, scarcely knowing when it came,
and certainly unchecked for even a moment, right on
to the other side where he would come out, as travellers
to Italy do, to fairer plains and bluer skies, to richer
harvests and a warmer sun. No jolt, no pause, no
momentary suspension of consciousness, no reversal,
nor even interruption in his activity, did Paul expect
death to bring him, but only continuance and increase
of all that was essential to his life.
He has calmness in his confidence. There is nothing
hysterical or overwrought or morbid in these brief
words, so peaceful in their trust, so moderate and
restrained in their rapture. Are our anticipations of
the future moulded on such a pattern? Do we think
of it as quietly as this man did? Are we as tranquilly
sure about it? Is there as little mist of uncertainty
about the clearly defined image to our eye as there
was to his? Is our confidence so profound that these
brief monosyllables are enough to state it? Above all,
do we know that to die will be gain, because we can
honestly say that to live is Christ? If so, our hope is
valid, and will not yield when we lean heavily upon it
for support in the ford over the black stream. If our
hope is built on anything besides, it will snap then like
a rotten pole, and leave us to stumble helpless among
the slippery stones and the icy torrent.
II. The second movement of thought here, which
troubles and complicates this simple decision, as to
what is the best for Paul himself, is the hesitation
springing from the wish to help his brethren.
As we said, no man has a right to forget others in
settling the question whether he would live or die.
We see the Apostle here brought to a stand by two[225]
conflicting currents of feelings. For himself he would
gladly go, for his friends’ sake he is drawn to the
opposite choice. He has ‘fallen into a place where
two seas meet,’ and for a minute or two his will is
buffeted from side to side by the ‘violence of the
waves.’ The obscurity of his language, arising from
its broken construction, corresponds to the struggle
of his feelings. As the Revised Version has it, ‘If to
live in the flesh—if this is the fruit of my work, then
what I shall choose, I wot not.’ By which fragmentary
sentence, rightly representing as it does the roughness
of the Greek, we understand him to mean that if living
on in this life is the condition of his gaining fruit from
his toil, then he has to check the rising wish, and is
hindered from decisive preference either way. Both
motives act upon him, one drawing him deathward,
the other holding him firmly here. He is in a dilemma,
pinned in, as it were, between the two opposing pressures.
On the one hand he has the desire (not ‘a desire,’
as the English Bible has it, as if it were but one among
many) turned towards departing to be with Christ;
but on the other, he knows that his remaining here is
for the present all but indispensable for the immature
faith of the churches which he has founded. So he
stands in doubt for a moment, and the picture of his
hesitation may well be studied by us.
Such a reason for wishing to die in conflict with such
a reason for wishing to live, is as noble as it is rare,
and, thank God, as imitable as it is noble.
Notice the aspect which death wore to his faith. He
speaks of it as ‘departing,’ a metaphor which does not,
like many of the flattering appellations which men
give that last enemy, reveal a quaking dread which
cannot bear to look him in his ashen, pale face. Paul[226]
calls him gentle names, because he fears him not at all.
To him all the dreadfulness, the mystery, the pain and
the solitude have melted away, and death has become
a mere change of place. The word literally means to
unloose, and is employed to express pulling up the tent-pegs
of a shifting encampment, or drawing up the
anchor of a ship. In either case the image is simply
that of removal. It is but striking the earthly house
of this tent; it is but one more day’s march, of which
we have had many already, though this is over Jordan.
It is but the last day’s journey, and to-morrow there
will be no packing up in the morning and resuming
our weary tramp, but we shall be at home, and go no
more out. So has the awful thing at the end dwindled,
and the brighter and greater the land behind it shines,
the smaller does it appear.
The Apostle thinks little of dying because he thinks
so much of what comes after. Who is afraid of a brief
journey if a meeting with dear friends long lost is at
the end of it? The narrow avenue seems short, and
its roughness and darkness are nothing, because Jesus
Christ stands with outstretched arms at the other
end, beckoning us to Himself, as mothers teach their
children to walk. Whosoever is sure that he will be
with Christ can afford to smile at death, and call it but
a shifting of place. And whosoever feels the desire to
be with Christ will not shrink from the means by which
that desire is fulfilled, with the agony of revulsion
that it excites in many an imagination. It will always
be solemn, and its physical accompaniments of pain
and struggle will always be more or less of a terror,
and the parting, even for a time, from our dear ones,
will always be loss, but nevertheless if we see Christ
across the gulf, and know that one struggle more and[227]
we shall clasp Him with ‘inseparable hands with joy
and bliss in over measure for ever,’ we shall not dread
the leap.
One thought about the future should fill our minds,
as it did Paul’s, that it is to be with Christ. How
different that nobly simple expectation, resolving all
bliss into the one element, is from the morbid curiosity
as to details, which vulgarises and weakens so much
of even devout anticipation of the future. To us as to
him Heaven should be Christ, and Christ should be
Heaven. All the rest is but accident. Golden harps
and crowns, and hidden manna and white robes and
thrones, and all the other representations, are but
symbols of the blessedness of union with Him, or consequences
of it. Immortal life and growth in perfection,
both of mind and heart, and the cessation of all that
disturbs, and our investiture with glory and honour,
flung around our poor natures like a royal robe over
a naked body, are all but the many-sided brightnesses
that pour out from Him, and bathe in their rainbowed
light those who are with Him.
To be with Christ is all we need. For the loving
heart to be near Him is enough.
| ‘I shall clasp thee again, O soul of my soul, |
| And with God be the rest.’ |
on the subordinate and non-essential accompaniments,
but concentrate all their energy on the one central
thought. Let us not lose this gracious image in a
maze of symbols, that, though precious, are secondary.
Let us not inquire, with curiosity that will find no
answer, about the unrevealed wonders and staggering
mysteries of that transcendent thought, life everlast[228]ing.
Let us not acquire the habit of thinking of the
future as the perfecting of our humanity, without
connecting all our speculations with Him, whose
presence will be all of heaven to us all. But let us
keep His serene figure ever clear before our imaginations
in all the blaze of the light, and try to feed our
hopes and stay our hearts on this aspect of heavenly
blessedness as the all-embracing one, that all, each for
himself, shall be for ever conscious of Christ’s loving
presence, and of the closest union with Him, a union
in comparison with which the dearest and sacredest
blendings of heart with heart and life with life are
cold and distant. For the clearness of our hope the
fewer the details the better: for the willingness with
which we turn from life and face the inevitable end,
it is very important that we should have that one
thought disengaged from all others. The one full
moon, which dims all the stars, draws the tides after
it. These lesser lights may gem the darkness, and
dart down white shafts of brilliance in quivering
reflections on the waves, but they have no power to
move their mass. It is Christ and Christ only who
draws us across the gulf to be with Him, and reduces
death to a mere shifting of our encampment.
This is a noble and worthy reason for wishing to
die; not because Paul is disappointed and sick of life,
not because he is weighed down with sorrow, or pain,
or loss, or toil, but because he would like to be with
his Master. He is no morbid sentimentalist, he is
cherishing no unwholesome longing, he is not weary
of work, he indulges in no hysterical raptures of
desire. What an eloquent simplicity is in that quiet
‘very far better!’ It goes straight to one’s heart, and
says more than paragraphs of falsetto yearnings.[229]
There is nothing in such a wish to die, based on such
a reason, that the most manly and wholesome piety
need be ashamed of. It is a pattern for us all.
The attraction of life contends with the attraction
of heaven in these verses. That is a conflict which
many good men know something of, but which does
not take the shape with many of us which it assumed
with Paul. Drawn, as he is, by the supreme desire of
close union with his Master, for the sake of which he
is ready to depart, he is tugged back even more strongly
by the thought that, if he stays here, he can go on
working and gaining results from his labour. It does
not follow that he did not expect service if he were
with Christ. We may be very sure that Paul’s heaven
was no idle heaven, but one of happy activity and
larger service. But he will not be able to help these
dear friends at Philippi and elsewhere who need him,
as he knows. So love to them drags at his skirts, and
ties him here.
One can scarcely miss the remarkable contrast between
Paul’s ‘To abide in the flesh is more needful for you,’
and the saying of Paul’s Master to people who assuredly
needed His presence more than Philippi needed Paul’s,
‘It is expedient for you that I go away.’ This is not
the place to work out the profound significance of
the contrast, and the questions which it raises as to
whether Christ expected His work to be finished and
His helpfulness ended by His death, as Paul did by his.
It must suffice to have suggested the comparison.
Returning to our text, such a reason for wishing to
die, held in check and overcome by such a reason for
wishing to live, is great and noble. There are few of
us who would not own to the mightier attraction of
life; but how few of us who feel that, for ourselves[230]
personally, if we were free to think only of ourselves,
we should be glad to go, because we should be closer
to Christ, but that we hesitate for the sake of others
whom we think we can help! Many of us cling to life
with a desperate clutch, like some poor wretch pushed
over a precipice and trying to dig his nails into the
rock as he falls. Some of us cling to it because we
dread what is beyond, and our longing to live is the
measure of our dread to die. But Paul did not look
forward to a thick darkness of judgment, or to nothingness.
He saw in the darkness a great light, the light
in the windows of his Father’s house, and yet he
turned willingly away to his toil in the field, and was
more than content to drudge on as long as he could
do anything by his work. Blessed are they who share
his desire to depart, and his victorious willingness to
stay here and labour! They shall find that such a life
in the flesh, too, is being with Christ.
III. Thus the stream of thought passes the rapids
and flows on smoothly to its final phase of peaceful
acquiescence.
That is expressed very beautifully in the closing
verse, ‘Having this confidence, I know that I shall
abide and continue with you all, for your furtherance
and joy in faith.’ Self is so entirely overcome that he
puts away his own desire to enter into their joy, and
rejoices with them. He cannot yet have for himself
the blessedness which his spirit seeks. Well, be it so;
he will stop here and find a blessedness in seeing them
growing in confidence and knowledge of Christ and in
the gladness that comes from it. He gives up the hope
of that higher companionship with Jesus which drew
him so mightily. Well, be it so; he will have companionship
with his brethren, and ‘abiding with you[231]
all’ may haply find, even before the day of final
account, that to ‘visit’ Christ’s little ones is to visit
Christ. Therefore he fuses his opposing wishes into
one. He is no more in a strait betwixt two, or unwitting
what he shall choose. He chooses nothing, but accepts
the appointment of a higher wisdom. There is rest
for him, as for us, in ceasing from our own wishes, and
laying our wills silent and passive at His feet.
The true attitude for us in which to face the unknown
future, with its dim possibilities, and especially the
supreme alternative of life or death, is neither desire
nor reluctance, nor a hesitation compounded of both,
but trustful acquiescence. Such a temper is far from
indifference, and as far from agitation. In all things,
and most of all in regard to these matters, it is best
to hold desire in equilibrium till God shall speak.
Torture not yourself with hopes or fears. They make
us their slaves. Put your hand in God’s hand, and
let Him guide you as He will. Wishes are bad steersmen.
We are only at peace when desires and dreads
are, if not extinct, at all events held tightly in. Rest,
and wisdom, and strength come with acquiescence.
Let us say with Richard Baxter, in his simple, noble
words:
| ‘Lord, it belongs not to my care |
| Whether I die or live; |
| To love and serve Thee is my share, |
| And that Thy grace must give.’ |
We may learn, too, that we may be quite sure that
we shall be left here as long as we are needed. Paul
knew that his stay was needful, so he could say, ‘I
know that I shall abide with you.’ We do not, but
we may be sure that if our stay is needful we shall[232]
abide. We are always tempted to think ourselves
indispensable, but, thank God, nobody is necessary.
There are no irreparable losses, hard as it is to believe
it. We look at our work, at our families, our business,
our congregations, our subjects of study, and we say to
ourselves, ‘What will become of them when I am gone?
Everything would fall to pieces if I were withdrawn.’
Do not be afraid. Depend on it, you will be left here
as long as you are wanted. There are no incomplete
lives and no premature removals. To the eye of faith
the broken column in our cemeteries is a sentimental
falsehood. No Christian life is broken short off so, but
rises in a symmetrical shaft, and its capital is garlanded
with amaranthine flowers in heaven. In one sense all
our lives are incomplete, for they and their issues are
above, out of our sight here. In another none are, for
we are ‘immortal till our work is done.’
The true attitude, then, for us is patient service till
He withdraws us from the field. We do not count him
a diligent servant who is always wearying for the hour
of leaving off to strike. Be it ours to labour where He
puts us, patiently waiting till ‘death’s mild curfew’ sets
us free from the long day’s work, and sends us home.
Brethren! there are but two theories of life; two
corresponding aspects of death. The one says, ‘To me
to live is Christ, and to die gain’; the other, ‘To me to
live is self, and to die is loss and despair.’ One or other
must be your choice. Which?[233]
CITIZENS OF HEAVEN
‘Only let your conversation be as it becometh the gospel of Christ: that
whether I come and see you, or else be absent, I may hear of your affairs, that ye
stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the
gospel; 28. And in nothing terrified by your adversaries.’—Phil. i. 27, 28.
We read in the Acts of the Apostles that Philippi was
the chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a ‘colony.’
Now, the connection between a Roman colony and
Rome was a great deal closer than that between an
English colony and England. It was, in fact, a bit of
Rome on foreign soil.
The colonists and their children were Roman citizens.
Their names were enrolled on the lists of Roman
tribes. They were governed not by the provincial
authorities, but by their own magistrates, and the law
to which they owed obedience was not that of the
locality, but the law of Rome.
No doubt some of the Philippian Christians possessed
these privileges. They knew what it was to live in a
community to which they were less closely bound than
to the great city beyond the sea. They were members
of a mighty polity, though they had never seen its
temples nor trod its streets. They lived in Philippi,
but they belonged to Rome. Hence there is a peculiar
significance in the first words of our text. The rendering,
‘conversation,’ was inadequate even when it was
made. It has become more so now. The word then
meant ‘conduct.’ It now means little more than words.
But though the phrase may express loosely the
Apostle’s general idea, it loses entirely the striking
metaphor under which it is couched. The Revised
Version gives the literal rendering in its margin—’Behave
as citizens’—though it adopts in its text a[234]
rendering which disregards the figure in the word, and
contents itself with the less picturesque and vivid
phrase—’let your manner of life be worthy.’ But there
seems no reason for leaving out the metaphor; it
entirely fits in with the purpose of the Apostle and
with the context.
The meaning is, Play the citizen in a manner worthy
of the Gospel. Paul does not, of course, mean, Discharge
your civic duties as Christian men, though
some Christian Englishmen need that reminder; but
the city of which these Philippians were citizens was
the heavenly Jerusalem, the metropolis, the mother
city of us all. He would kindle in them the consciousness
of belonging to another order of things than that
around them. He would stimulate their loyalty to
obedience to the city’s laws. As the outlying colonies
of Rome had sometimes entrusted to them the task of
keeping the frontiers and extending the power of the
imperial city, so he stirs them up to aggressive warfare;
and as in all their conflicts the little colony felt
that the Empire was at its back, and therefore looked
undaunted on shoals of barbarian foes, so he would
have his friends at Philippi animated by lofty courage,
and ever confident of final victory.
Such seems to be a general outline of these eager
exhortations to the citizens of heaven in this outlying
colony of earth. Let us think of them briefly in order
now.
I. Keep fresh the sense of belonging to the mother city.
Paul was not only writing to Philippi, but from
Rome, where he might see how, even in degenerate
days, the consciousness of being a Roman gave dignity
to a man, and how the idea became almost a religion.
He would kindle a similar feeling in Christians.[235]
We do belong to another polity or order of things
than that with which we are connected by the bonds of
flesh and sense. Our true affinities are with the mother
city. True, we are here on earth, but far beyond the
blue waters is another community, of which we are
really members, and sometimes in calm weather we can
see, if we climb to a height above the smoke of the
valley where we dwell, the faint outline of the mountains
of that other land, lying bathed in sunlight and
dreamlike on the opal waves.
Therefore it is a great part of Christian discipline to
keep a vivid consciousness that there is such an unseen
order of things at present in existence. We speak
popularly of ‘the future life,’ and are apt to forget that
it is also the present life to an innumerable company.
In fact, this film of an earthly life floats in that greater
sphere which is all around it, above, beneath, touching
it at every point.
It is, as Peter says, ‘ready to be unveiled.’ Yes,
behind the thin curtain, through which stray beams of
the brightness sometimes shoot, that other order
stands, close to us, parted from us by a most slender
division, only a woven veil, no great gulf or iron
barrier. And before long His hand will draw it back,
rattling with its rings as it is put aside, and there will
blaze out what has always been, though we saw it not.
It is so close, so real, so bright, so solemn, that it is
worth while to try to feel its nearness; and we are so
purblind, and such foolish slaves of mere sense, shaping
our lives on the legal maxim that things which are non-apparent
must be treated as non-existent, that it needs
a constant effort not to lose the feeling altogether.
There is a present connection between all Christian
men and that heavenly City. It not merely exists, but[236]
we belong to it in the measure in which we are
Christians. All these figurative expressions about our
citizenship being in heaven and the like, rest on the
simple fact that the life of Christian men on earth and
in heaven is fundamentally the same. The principles
which guide, the motives which sway, the tastes and
desires, affections and impulses, the objects and aims,
are substantially one. A Christian man’s true affinities
are with the things not seen, and with the persons
there, however his surface relationship knit him to the
earth. In the degree in which he is a Christian, he is
a stranger here and a native of the heavens. That
great City is, like some of the capitals of Europe, built
on a broad river, with the mass of the metropolis on
the one bank, but a wide-spreading suburb on the
other. As the Trastevere is to Rome, as Southwark to
London, so is earth to heaven, the bit of the city on
the other side the bridge. As Philippi was to Rome,
so is earth to heaven, the colony on the outskirts of
the empire, ringed round by barbarians, and separated
by sounding seas, but keeping open its communications,
and one in citizenship.
Be it our care, then, to keep the sense of that city
beyond the river vivid and constant. Amid the shows
and shams of earth look ever onward to the realities
‘the things which are,’ while all else only seems to be.
The things which are seen are but smoke wreaths,
floating for a moment across space, and melting into
nothingness while we look. We do not belong to them
or to the order of things to which they belong. There
is no kindred between us and them. Our true relationships
are elsewhere. In this present visible world all
other creatures find their sufficient and homelike
abode. ‘Foxes have holes, and birds their roosting-[237]places’;
but man alone has not where to lay his head,
nor can he find in all the width of the created universe
a place in which and with which he can be satisfied.
Our true habitat is elsewhere. So let us set our
thoughts and affections on things above. The descendants
of the original settlers in our colonies talk still of
coming to England as going ‘home,’ though they were
born in Australia, and have lived there all their lives.
In like manner we Christian people should keep
vigorous in our minds the thought that our true home
is there where we have never been, and that here we
are foreigners and wanderers.
Nor need that feeling of detachment from the present
sadden our spirits, or weaken our interest in the
things around us. To recognise our separation from
the order of things in which we ‘move,’ because we
belong to that majestic unseen order in which we really
‘have our being,’ makes life great and not small. It
clothes the present with dignity beyond what is possible
to it if it be not looked at in the light of its connection
with ‘the regions beyond.’ From that connection life
derives all its meaning. Surely nothing can be conceived
more unmeaning, more wearisome in its
monotony, more tragic in its joy, more purposeless in
its efforts, than man’s life, if the life of sense and time
be all. Truly it is ‘like a tale told by an idiot, full
of sound and fury, signifying nothing.’ ‘The white
radiance of eternity,’ streaming through it from above,
gives all its beauty to the ‘dome of many-coloured
glass’ which men call life. They who feel most their
connection with the city which hath foundations should
be best able to wring the last drop of pure sweetness
out of all earthly joys, to understand the meaning of
all events, and to be interested most keenly, because[238]
most intelligently and most nobly, in the homeliest and
smallest of the tasks and concerns of the present.
So, in all things, act as citizens of the great Mother
of heroes and saints beyond the sea. Ever feel that
you belong to another order, and let the thought,
‘Here we have no continuing city,’ be to you not merely
the bitter lesson taught by the transiency of earthly
joys and treasures and loves, but the happy result of
‘seeking for the city which hath the foundations.’
II. Another exhortation which our text gives is, Live
by the laws of the city.
The Philippian colonists were governed by the code
of Rome. Whatever might be the law of the province
of Macedonia, they owed no obedience to it. So
Christian men are not to be governed by the maxims
and rules of conduct which prevail in the province,
but to be governed from the capital. We ought to get
from on-lookers the same character that was given to
the Jews, that we are ‘a people whose laws are
different from all people that be on earth,’ and we
ought to reckon such a character our highest praise.
Paul would have these Philippian Christians act
‘worthy of the gospel.’ That is our law.
The great good news of God manifest in the flesh,
and of our salvation through Christ Jesus, is not
merely to be believed, but to be obeyed. The gospel is
not merely a message of deliverance, it is also a rule
of conduct. It is not merely theology, it is also
ethics. Like some of the ancient municipal charters,
the grant of privileges and proclamation of freedom
is also the sovereign code which imposes duties and
shapes life. A gospel of laziness and mere exemption
from hell was not Paul’s gospel. A gospel of doctrines,
to be investigated, spun into a system of theology, and[239]
accepted by the understanding, and there an end, was
not Paul’s gospel. He believed that the great facts
which he proclaimed concerning the self-revelation of
God in Christ would unfold into a sovereign law of life
for every true believer, and so his one all-sufficient precept
and standard of conduct are in these simple words,
‘worthy of the gospel.’
That law is all-sufficient. In the truths which constituted
Paul’s gospel, that is to say, in the truths of
the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ, lies all
that men need for conduct and character. In Him we
have the ‘realised ideal,’ the flawless example, and
instead of a thousand precepts, for us all duty is
resolved into one—be like Christ. In Him we have the
mighty motive, powerful enough to overcome all forces
that would draw us away, and like some strong spring
to keep us in closest contact with right and goodness.
Instead of a confusing variety of appeals to manifold
motives of interest and conscience, and one knows not
what beside, we have the one all-powerful appeal, ‘If ye
love Me, keep My commandments,’ and that draws all
the agitations and fluctuations of the soul after it, as the
rounded fulness of the moon does the heaped waters
in the tidal wave that girdles the world. In Him we
have all the helps that weakness needs, for He Himself
will come and dwell with us and in us, and be our
righteousness and our strength.
Live ‘worthy of the gospel,’ then. How grand the
unity and simplicity thus breathed into our duties and
through our lives! All duties are capable of reduction
to this one, and though we shall still need detailed
instruction and specific precepts, we shall be set free
from the pedantry of a small scrupulous casuistry,
which fetters men’s limbs with microscopic bands, and[240]
shall joyfully learn how much mightier and happier is
the life which is shaped by one fruitful principle, than
that which is hampered by a thousand regulations.
Nor is such an all-comprehensive precept a mere
toothless generality. Let a man try honestly to shape
his life by it; and he will find soon enough how close
it grips him, and how wide it stretches, and how deep
it goes. The greatest principles of the gospel are to
be fitted to the smallest duties. Indeed that combination—great
principles and small duties—is the secret
of all noble and calm life, and nowhere should it be so
beautifully exemplified as in the life of a Christian
man. The tiny round of the dew-drop is shaped by the
same laws that mould the giant sphere of the largest
planet. You cannot make a map of the poorest grass-field
without celestial observations. The star is not
too high nor too brilliant to move before us and guide
simple men’s feet along their pilgrimage. ‘Worthy of
the gospel’ is a most practical and stringent law.
And it is an exclusive commandment too, shutting
out obedience to other codes, however common and
fashionable they may be. We are governed from
home, and we give no submission to provincial
authorities. Never mind what people say about you,
nor what may be the maxims and ways of men around
you. These are no guides for you. Public opinion
(which only means for most of us the hasty judgments
of the half-dozen people who happen to be
nearest us), use and wont, the customs of our set, the
notions of the world about duty, with all these we
have nothing to do. The censures or the praise of
men need not move us. We report to headquarters,
and subordinates’ estimate need be nothing to us.
Let us then say, ‘With me it is a very small matter[241]
that I should be judged of men’s judgment. He that
judgeth me is the Lord.’ When we may be misunderstood
or harshly dealt with, let us lift our eyes
to the lofty seat where the Emperor sits, and remove
ourselves from men’s sentences by our ‘appeal unto
Cæsar’; and, in all varieties of circumstances and duty,
let us take the Gospel which is the record of Christ’s
life, death, and character, for our only law, and labour
that, whatever others may think of us, we ‘may be
well pleasing to Him.’
III. Further, our text bids the colonists fight for
the advance of the dominions of the City.
Like the armed colonists whom Russia and other
empires had on their frontier, who received their bits
of land on condition of holding the border against the
enemy, and pushing it forward a league or two when
possible, Christian men are set down in their places to
be ‘wardens of the marches,’ citizen soldiers who hold
their homesteads on a military tenure, and are to ‘strive
together for the faith of the gospel.’
There is no space here and now to go into details of
the exposition of this part of our text. Enough to
say in brief that we are here exhorted to ‘stand fast’;
that is, as it were, the defensive side of our warfare,
maintaining our ground and repelling all assaults; that
this successful resistance is to be ‘in one spirit,’ inasmuch
as all resistance depends on our poor feeble
spirits being ingrafted and rooted in God’s Spirit, in
vital union with whom we may be knit together into a
unity which shall oppose a granite breakwater to the
onrushing tide of opposition; that in addition to the
unmoved resistance which will not yield an inch of the
sacred soil to the enemy, we are to carry the war
onwards, and, not content with holding our own, are[242]
with one mind to strive together for the faith of the
gospel. There is to be discipline, then, and compact
organisation, like that of the legions whom Paul, from
his prison among the Prætorian guards, had often seen
shining in steel, moving like a machine, grim, irresistible.
The cause for which we are to fight is the
faith of the gospel, an expression which almost seems
to justify the opinion that ‘the faith’ here means, as
it does in later usage, the sum and substance of that
which is believed. But even here the word may have
its usual meaning of the subjective act of trust in the
gospel, and the thought may be that we are unitedly
to fight for its growing power in our own hearts and in
the hearts of others. In any case, the idea is plainly
here that Christian men are set down in the world,
like the frontier guard, to push the conquests of the
empire, and to win more ground for their King.
Such work is ever needed, never more needed than
now. In this day when a wave of unbelief seems
passing over society, when material comfort and
worldly prosperity are so dazzlingly attractive to so
many, the solemn duty is laid upon us with even more
than usual emphasis, and we are called upon to feel
more than ever the oneness of all true Christians, and
to close up our ranks for the fight. All this can only
be done after we have obeyed the other injunctions of
this text. The degree in which we feel that we belong
to another order of things than this around us, and the
degree in which we live by the Imperial laws, will
determine the degree in which we can fight with vigour
for the growth of the dominion of the City. Be it
ours to cherish the vivid consciousness that we are here
dwelling not in the cities of the Canaanites, but, like
the father of the faithful, in tents pitched at their[243]
gates, nomads in the midst of a civic life to which we
do not belong, in order that we may breathe a hallowing
influence through it, and win hearts to the love of
Him whom to imitate is perfection, whom to serve is
freedom.
IV. The last exhortation to the colonists is, Be sure
of victory.
‘In nothing terrified by your adversaries,’ says Paul.
He uses a very vivid, and some people might think,
a very vulgar metaphor here. The word rendered
terrified properly refers to a horse shying or plunging
at some object. It is generally things half seen and
mistaken for something more dreadful than themselves
that make horses shy; and it is usually a half-look at
adversaries, and a mistaken estimate of their strength,
that make Christians afraid. Go up to your fears and
speak to them, and as ghosts are said to do, they will
generally fade away. So we may go into the battle,
as the rash French minister said he did into the Franco-German
war, ‘with a light heart,’ and that for good
reasons. We have no reason to fear for ourselves.
We have no reason to fear for the ark of God. We
have no reason to fear for the growth of Christianity
in the world. Many good men in this time seem to be
getting half-ashamed of the gospel, and some preachers
are preaching it in words which sound like an apology
rather than a creed. Do not let us allow the enemy to
overpower our imaginations in that fashion. Do not
let us fight as if we expected to be beaten, always
casting our eyes over our shoulders, even while we are
advancing, to make sure of our retreat, but let us trust
our gospel, and trust our King, and let us take to heart
the old admonition, ‘Lift up thy voice with strength;
lift it up, be not afraid.’[244]
Such courage is a prophecy of victory. Such courage
is based upon a sure hope. ‘Our citizenship is in
heaven, from whence also we look for the Lord Jesus
as Saviour.’ The little outlying colony in this far-off
edge of the empire is ringed about by wide-stretching
hosts of dusky barbarians. Far as the eye can reach
their myriads cover the land, and the watchers from
the ramparts might well be dismayed if they had
only their own resources to depend on. But they
know that the Emperor in his progress will come to
this sorely beset outpost, and their eyes are fixed on
the pass in the hills where they expect to see the
waving banners and the gleaming spears. Soon, like
our countrymen in Lucknow, they will hear the
music and the shouts that tell that He is at hand.
Then when He comes, He will raise the siege and
scatter all the enemies as the chaff of the threshing-floor,
and the colonists who held the post will go with
Him to the land which they have never seen, but which
is their home, and will, with the Victor, sweep in
triumph ‘through the gates into the city.’
A PLEA FOR UNITY
‘If there is therefore any comfort in Christ, if any consolation of love, if any
fellowship of the Spirit, if any tender mercies and compassions, 2. Fulfil ye my
joy, that ye be of the same mind, having the same love, being of one accord,
of one mind; 3. Doing nothing through faction or through vainglory, but in lowliness
of mind each counting other better than himself; 4. Not looking each of you
to his own things, but each of you also to the things of others.’—Phil. ii. 1-4 (R.V.).
There was much in the state of the Philippian church
which filled Paul’s heart with thankfulness, and nothing
which drew forth his censures, but these verses, with
their extraordinary energy of pleading, seem to hint[245]
that there was some defect in the unity of heart and
mind of members of the community. It did not
amount to discord, but the concord was not as full as
it might have been. There is another hint pointing
in the same direction in the appeal to Paul’s true yoke-fellow,
in chapter iv., to help two good women who,
though they had laboured much in the gospel, had not
managed to keep ‘of the same mind in the Lord,’ and
there is perhaps a still further indication that Paul’s
sensitive heart was conscious of the beginnings of
strife in the air, in the remarkable emphasis with
which, at the very outset of the letter, he over and
over again pours out his confidence and affection on
them ‘all,’ as if aware of some incipient rifts in their
brotherhood. There are always forces at work which
tend to part the most closely knit unities even when
these are consecrated by Christian faith. Where there
are no dogmatical grounds of discord, nor any open
alienation, there may still be the beginnings of separation,
and a chill breeze may be felt even when the sun
is shining with summer warmth. Wasps are attracted
by the ripest fruit.
The words of our text present no special difficulty,
and bring before us a well-worn subject, but it has at
least this element of interest, that it grips very tightly
the deepest things in Christian life, and that none of
us can truly say that we do not need to listen to Paul’s
pleading voice. We may notice the general division
of his thoughts in these words, in that he puts first the
heart-touching motives for listening to his appeal,
next describes with the exuberance of earnestness the
fair ideal of unity to which he exhorts, and finally
touches on the hindrances to its realisation, and the
victorious powers which will overcome these.[246]
I. The motives and bonds of Christian unity.
It is not a pedantic dissection (and vivisection) of
the Apostle’s earnest words, if we point out that they
fall into four clauses, of which the first and third
(‘any comfort in Christ, any fellowship of the Spirit’)
urge the objective facts of Christian revelation, and
the second and fourth (‘any consolation of love, any
tender mercies and compassions’) put emphasis on the
subjective emotions of Christian experience. We may
lay the warmth of all of these on our own hearts, and
shall find that these hearts will be drawn into the
blessedness of Christian unity in the precise measure
in which they are affected by them.
As to the first of them, it may be suggested that
here, as elsewhere in the New Testament, the true idea
of the word rendered ‘comfort’ is rather ‘exhortation.’
The Apostle is probably not so much pointing to the
consolations for trouble which come from Jesus, as to
the stimulus to unity which flows from Him. It would
rather weaken the force of Paul’s appeal, if the two
former grounds of it were so nearly identical as they
are, if the one is based upon ‘comfort’ and the other on
‘consolation.’ The Apostle is true to his dominant
belief, that in Jesus Christ there lies, and from Him
flows, the sovereign exhortation that rouses men to
‘whatsoever things are lovely and of good report.’
In Him we shall find in the measure in which we are
in Him, the most persuasive of all exhortations to
unity, and the most omnipotent of all powers to enforce
it. Shall we not be glad to be in the flock of the
Good Shepherd, and to preserve the oneness which He
gave His life to establish? Can we live in Him, and
not share His love for His sheep? Surely those who
have felt the benediction of His breath on their fore[247]heads
when He prayed ‘that they may all be one;
even as Thou, Father, art in Me and I in Thee,’ cannot
but do what is in them to fulfil that prayer, and to
bring a little nearer the realisation of their Lord’s
purpose in it, ‘that the world may believe that Thou
didst send Me.’ Surely if we lay to heart, and enter
into sympathy with, the whole life and death of Jesus
Christ, we shall not fail to feel the dynamic power
fusing us together, nor fail to catch the exhortation to
unity which comes from the lips that said, ‘I am the
vine, ye are the branches.’
The Apostle next bases his appeal for unity on the
experiences of the Philippian Christians, and on their
memories of the comfort which they have tasted in the
exercise of mutual love. Our hearts find it hard to
answer the question whether they are more blessed
when their love passes out from them in a warm
stream to others, or when the love of others pours
into them. To love and to be loved equally elevate
courage, and brace the weakest for calm endurance
and high deeds. The man who loves and knows that he
is loved will be a hero. It must always seem strange
and inexplicable that a heart which has known the
enlargement and joy of love given and received,
should ever fall so far beneath itself as to be narrowed
and troubled by nourishing feelings of separation and
alienation from those whom it might have gathered
into its embrace, and thereby communicated, and in
communicating acquired, courage and strength. We
have all known the comfort of love; should it not impel
us to live in ‘the unity of the spirit and the bond of
peace’? Men around us are meant to be our helpers,
and to be helped by us, and the one way to secure both
is to walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us.[248]
But Paul has still further heart-melting motives to
urge. He turns the Philippians’ thoughts to their fellowship
in the Spirit. All believers have been made
to drink into one spirit, and in that common participation
in the same supernatural life they partake of
a oneness, which renders any clefts or divisions unnatural,
and contradictory of the deepest truths of
their experience. The branch can no more shiver
itself off from the tree, or keep the life sap enclosed
within itself, than one possessor of the common gift
of the Spirit can separate himself from the others
who share it. We are one in Him; let us be one in
heart and mind. The final appeal is connected with
the preceding, inasmuch as it lays emphasis on the
emotions which flow from the one life common to all
believers. That participation in the Spirit naturally
leads in each participant to ‘tender mercies and compassions’
directed to all sharers in it. The very
mark of truly possessing the Spirit’s life is a nature
full of tenderness and swift to pity, and they who
have experienced the heaven on earth of such emotions
should need no other motive than the memory of its
blessedness, to send them out among their brethren,
and even into a hostile world, as the apostles of love,
the bearers of tender mercies, and the messengers
of pity.
II. The fair ideal which would complete the Apostle’s
joy.
We may gather from the rich abundance of motives
which the Apostle suggests before he comes to present
his exhortation, that he suspected the existence of
some tendencies in the opposite direction in Philippi,
and possibly the same conclusion may be drawn from[249]
the exuberance of the exhortation itself, and from its
preceding the dehortation which follows. He does
not scold, he scarcely even rebukes, but he begins by
trying to melt away any light frost that had crept
over the warmth of the Philippians’ love; and having
made that preparation, he sets before them with a
fulness which would be tautological but for the
earnestness that throbs in it, the ideal of unity, and
presses it upon them still more meltingly, by telling
them that their realisation of it will be the completion
of his joy. The main injunction is ‘that ye be of the
same mind,’ and that is followed by three clauses which
are all but exactly synonymous with it, ‘having the
same love, being of one accord, of one mind.’ The
resemblance of the latter clause to the main exhortation
is still more complete, if we read with Revised
Version (margin) ‘of the same mind,’ but in any case
the exhortations are all practically the same. The
unity which Paul would fain see, is far deeper and
more vital than mere unanimity of opinion, or identity
of polity, or co-operation in practice. The clauses
which expand it guard us against the mistake of
thinking that intellectual or practical oneness is all
that is meant by Christian unity. They are ‘of the
same mind,’ who have the same wishes, aims, outlooks,
the same hopes and fears, and who are one in the
depths of their being. They have ‘the same love,’ all
similarly loving and being loved, the same emotion filling
each heart. They are united in soul, or ‘with accordant
souls’ having, and knowing that they have them,
akin, allied to one another, moving to a common end,
and aware of their oneness. The unity which Christian
people have hitherto reached is at its best but a small[250]
are of the great circle which the Apostle drew, and
none of us can read these fervid words without shame.
His joy is not yet fulfilled.
That exhortation to be ‘of the same mind,’ not only
points to a deep and vital unity, but suggests that the
ground of the unity is to be found without us, in the
common direction of our ‘minds,’ which means far
more than popular phraseology means by it, to an
external object. It is having our hearts directed to
Christ that makes us one. He is the bond and centre
of unity. We have just said that the object is external,
but that has to be taken with a modification, for the
true basis of unity is the common possession of ‘Christ
in us.’ It is when we have this mind in us ‘which was
also in Christ Jesus,’ that we have ‘the same mind’
one with another.
The very keynote of the letter is joy, as may be seen
by a glance over it. He joys and rejoices with them
all, but his cup is not quite full. One more precious
drop is needed to make it run over. Probably the
coldness which he had heard of between Euodias and
Syntyche had troubled him, and if he could be sure of
the Philippians’ mutual love he would rejoice in his
prison. We cannot tell whether that loving and careful
heart is still aware of the fortunes of the Church,
but we know of a more loving and careful heart
which is, and we cannot but believe that the alienations
and discords of His professed followers bring
some shadow over the joy of Christ. Do we not hear
His voice again asking, ‘what was it that you disputed
among yourselves by the way?’ and must we not, like
the disciples, ‘hold our peace’ when that question is
asked? May we not hear a voice sweeter in its
cadence, and more melting in its tenderness than[251]
Paul’s, saying to us ‘Fulfil ye My joy that ye be of the
same mind.’
III. The hindrances and helps to being of the same
mind.
The original has no verb in front of ‘nothing’ in
verse 3, and it seems better to supply the one which
has been so frequently used in the preceding exhortation
than ‘doing,’ which carries us too abruptly into
the outer region of action. Paul indicates two main
hindrances to being of the same mind, namely, faction
and vainglory on the one hand, and self-absorption
on the other, and opposed to each the tone of mind
which is its best conqueror. Faction and vainglory
are best defeated by humility and unselfishness. As
to the former, the love of making or heading little
cliques in religion or politics or society, has oftenest its
roots in nothing loftier than vanity or pride. Many a
man who poses as guided by staunch adherence to
conviction is really impelled only by a wish to make
himself notorious as a leader, and loves to talk of
‘those with whom I act.’ There is a strong admixture
of a too lofty estimate of self in most of the disagreements
of Christian people. They expect more deference
than they get, or their judgment is not taken as law,
or their place is not so high as they think is their due,
or in a hundred different ways self-love is wounded,
and self-esteem is inflamed. All this is true in reference
to the smaller communities of congregations, and with
the necessary modifications it is quite as true in
reference to the larger aggregations which we call
churches or denominations. If all in their work that
is directly due to faction and vainglory were struck
out there would be great gaps in their activities, and
many a flourishing scheme would fall dead.[252]
The cure for all these evils is lowliness of mind. That
is a Christian word. Used by Greek thinkers, it meant
abjectness; and it is one conspicuous instance of the
change effected in morals by Christian teaching that it
has become the name of a virtue. We are to dwell
not on our gifts but on our imperfections, and if we
judge ourselves with constant reference to the standard
in Christ’s life, we shall need little more to bring us to
our knees in true lowliness of mind. The man who
has been forgiven so many talents will not be in a
hurry to take his brother by the throat and leave the
marks of his fingers for tenpence.
Christian unity is further broken by selfishness. To
be absorbed in self is of course to have the heart shut
to others. Our own interests, inclinations, possessions,
when they assert themselves in our lives, build up
impassable barriers between us and our fellows. To
live to self is the real root of every sin as it is of all
loveless life. The Apostle uses careful language: he
admits the necessity for attention to our ‘own things,’
and only requires that we should look ‘also’ on the
things of others. His cure for the hindrances to Christian
unity is very complete, very practical, and very
simple. Each counting other better than himself, and
each ‘looking also to the things of others’ seem very
homely and pedestrian virtues, but homely as they are
we shall find that they grip us tight, if we honestly try
to practise them in our daily lives, and we shall find
also that the ladder which has its foot on earth has its
top in the heavens, and that the practice of humility
and unselfishness leads straight to having ‘the mind
which was also in Christ Jesus.’[253]
THE DESCENT OF THE WORD
‘Have this mind in you which was also in Christ Jesus: 6. Who, being in the
form of God, counted it not a prize to be on an equality with God, 7. But emptied
Himself, taking the form of a servant, being made in the likeness of men; 8. And
being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, becoming obedient even
unto death, yea, the death of the cross.’—Phil. ii. 5-8 (R.V.).
The purpose of the Apostle in this great passage must
ever be kept clearly in view. Our Lord’s example
is set forth as the pattern of that unselfish disregard
of one’s own things, and devotion to the things of
others, which has just been urged on the Philippians,
and the mind which was in Him is presented as the
model on which they are to fashion their minds. This
purpose in some measure explains some of the peculiarities
of the language here, and may help to guide us
through some of the intricacies and doubtful points in
the interpretation of the words. It explains why Christ’s
death is looked at in them only in its bearing upon
Himself, as an act of obedience and of condescension,
and why even that death in which Jesus stands most
inimitable and unique is presented as capable of being
imitated by us. The general drift of these verses is
clear, but there are few Scripture passages which have
evoked more difference of opinion as to the precise
meaning of nearly every phrase. To enter on the
subtle discussions involved in the adequate exposition
of the words would far exceed our limits, and we must
perforce content ourselves with a slight treatment of
them, and aim chiefly at bringing out their practical
side.
The broad truth which stands sun-clear amid all
diverse interpretations is—that the Incarnation, Life,
and Death are the great examples of living humility[254]
and self-sacrifice. To be born was His supreme act of
condescension. It was love which made Him assume
the vesture of human flesh. To die was the climax of
His voluntary obedience, and of His devotion to us.
I. The height from which Jesus descended.
The whole strange conception of birth as being the
voluntary act of the Person born, and as being the
most stupendous instance of condescension in the
world’s history, necessarily reposes on the clear conviction
that He had a prior existence so lofty that it
was an all but infinite descent to become man. Hence
Paul begins with the most emphatic assertion that he
who bore the name of Jesus lived a divine life before
He was born. He uses a very strong word which is
given in the margin of the Revised Version, and might
well have been in its text. ‘Being originally’ as the
word accurately means, carries our thoughts back not
only to a state which preceded Bethlehem and the
cradle, but to that same timeless eternity from which
the prologue of the Gospel of John partially draws
the veil when it says, ‘In the beginning was the
Word,’ and to which Jesus Himself more obscurely
pointed when He said, ‘Before Abraham was I am.’
Equally emphatic in another direction is Paul’s next
expression, ‘In the form of God,’ for ‘form’ means
much more than ‘shape.’ I would point out the
careful selection in this passage of three words to
express three ideas which are often by hasty thought
regarded as identical. We read of ‘the form of God’
(verse 6), ‘the likeness of men’ (verse 7), and ‘in fashion
as a man.’ Careful investigation of these two words
‘form’ and ‘fashion’ has established a broad distinction
between them, the former being more fixed, the latter
referring to that which is accidental and outward,[255]
which may be fleeting and unsubstantial. The possession
of the form involves participation in the essence
also. Here it implies no corporeal idea as if God had
a material form, but it implies also much more than a
mere apparent resemblance. He who is in the form
of God possesses the essential divine attributes. Only
God can be ‘in the form of God’: man is made in the
likeness of God, but man is not ‘in the form of God.’
Light is thrown on this lofty phrase by its antithesis
with the succeeding expression in the next verse,
‘the form of a servant,’ and as that is immediately
explained to refer to Christ’s assumption of human
nature, there is no room for candid doubt that ‘being
originally in the form of God’ is a deliberately asserted
claim of the divinity of Christ in His pre-existent
state.
As we have already pointed out, Paul soars here to
the same lofty height to which the prologue of John’s
Gospel rises, and he echoes our Lord’s own words
about ‘the glory which I had with Thee before the
foundation of the world.’ Our thoughts are carried
back before creatures were, and we become dimly
aware of an eternal distinction in the divine nature
which only perfects its eternal oneness. Such an
eternal participation in the divine nature before all
creation and before time is the necessary pre-supposition
of the worth of Christ’s life as the pattern of
humility and self-sacrifice. That pre-supposition gives
all its meaning, its pathos, and its power, to His gentleness,
and love, and death. The facts are different in
their significance, and different in their power to bless
and gladden, to purge and sway the soul, according as
we contemplate them with or without the background
of His pre-existent divinity. The view which regards[256]
Him as simply a man, like all the rest of us, beginning
to be when He was born, takes away from His example
its mightiest constraining force. Only when we with
all our hearts believe ‘that the Word became flesh,’ do
we discern the overwhelming depths of condescension
manifested in the Birth. If it was not the incarnation
of God, it has no claim on the hearts of men.
II. The wondrous act of descent.
The stages in that long descent are marked out with
a precision and definiteness which would be intolerable
presumption, if Paul were speaking only his own
thoughts, or telling what he had seen with his own eyes.
They begin with what was in the mind of the eternal
Word before He began His descent, and whilst yet He
is ‘in the form of God.’ He stands on the lofty level
before the descent begins, and in spirit makes the surrender,
which, stage by stage, is afterwards to be
wrought out in act. Before any of these acts there
must have been the disposition of mind and will which
Paul describes as ‘counting it not a thing to be grasped
to be on an equality with God.’ He did not regard the
being equal to God as a prey or treasure to be clutched
and retained at all hazards. That sweeps our thoughts
into the dim regions far beyond Calvary or Bethlehem,
and is a more overwhelming manifestation of love than
are the acts of lowly gentleness and patient endurance
which followed in time. It included and transcended
them all.
It was the supreme example of not ‘looking on one’s
own things.’ And what made Him so count? What
but infinite love. To rescue men, and win them to Himself
and goodness, and finally to lift them to the place
from which He came down for them, seemed to Him to
be worth the temporary surrender of that glory and[257]
majesty. We can but bow and adore the perfect love.
We look more deeply into the depths of Deity than
unaided eyes could ever penetrate, and what we see is
the movement in that abyss of Godhead of purest
surrender which, by beholding, we are to assimilate.
Then comes the wonder of wonders, ‘He emptied
Himself.’ We cannot enter here on the questions which
gather round that phrase, and which give it a factitious
importance in regard to present controversies. All
that we would point out now is that while the Apostle
distinctly treats the Incarnation as being a laying
aside of what made the Word to be equal with God,
he says nothing, on which an exact determination can
be based, of the degree or particulars in which the
divine nature of our Lord was limited by His
humanity. The fact he asserts, and that is all. The
scene in the Upper Chamber was but a feeble picture
of what had already been done behind the veil. Unless
He had laid aside His garments of divine glory
and majesty, He would have had no human flesh from
which to strip the robes. Unless He had willed to
take the ‘form of a servant,’ He would not have had a
body to gird with the slave’s towel. The Incarnation,
which made all His acts of lowly love possible, was a
greater act of lowly love than those which flowed
from it. Looking at it from earth, men say, ‘Jesus
was born.’ Looking at it from heaven, Angels say,
‘He emptied Himself.’
But how did He empty Himself? By taking the
form of a slave, that is to God. And how did He take
the form of a slave? By ‘becoming in the likeness of
men.’ Here we are specially to note the remarkable
language implying that what is true of none other in
all the generations of men is true of Him. That just[258]
as ’emptying Himself’ was His own act, also the
taking the form of a slave by His being born was His
own act, and was more truly described as a ‘becoming.’
We note, too, the strong contrast between that most
remarkable word and the ‘being originally’ which is
used to express the mystery of divine pre-existence.
Whilst His becoming in the likeness of men stands
in strong contrast with ‘being originally’ and energetically
expresses the voluntariness of our Lord’s birth,
the ‘likeness of men’ does not cast any doubt on the
reality of His manhood, but points to the fact that
‘though certainly perfect man, He was by reason of
the divine nature present in Him not simply and
merely man.’
Here then the beginning of Christ’s manhood is
spoken of in terms which are only explicable, if it was
a second form of being, preceded by a pre-existent
form, and was assumed by His own act. The language,
too, demands that that humanity should have been
true essential manhood. It was in ‘the form’ of man
and possessed of all essential attributes. It was in
‘the likeness’ of man possessed of all external characteristics,
and yet was something more. It summed up
human nature, and was its representative.
III. The obedience which attended the descent.
It was not merely an act of humiliation and condescension
to become man, but all His life was one
long act of lowliness. Just as He ’emptied Himself’ in
the act of becoming in the ‘likeness of men,’ so He
‘humbled Himself,’ and all along the course of His
earthly life He chose constant lowliness and to be
‘despised and rejected of men.’ It was the result
moment by moment of His own will that to the eyes
of men He presented ‘no form nor comeliness,’ and that[259]
will was moment by moment steadied in its unmoved
humility, because He perpetually looked ‘not on His
own things, but on the things of others.’ The guise
He presented to the eyes of men was ‘the fashion of a
man.’ That word corresponds exactly to Paul’s carefully
selected term, and makes emphatic both its superficial
and its transitory character.
The lifelong humbling of Himself was further manifested
in His becoming ‘obedient.’ That obedience
was, of course, to God. And here we cannot but pause
to ask the question, How comes it that to the man
Jesus obedience to God was an act of humiliation?
Surely there is but one explanation of such a statement.
For all men but this one to be God’s slaves is
their highest honour, and to speak of obedience as
humiliation is a sheer absurdity.
Not only was the life of Jesus so perfect an example
of unbroken obedience that He could safely front His
adversaries with the question, ‘Which of you convinceth
Me of sin?’ and with the claim to ‘do always
the things that pleased Him,’ but the obedience to the
Father was perfected in His death. Consider the extraordinary
fact that a man’s death is the crowning instance
of his humility, and ask yourselves the question,
Who then is this who chose to be born, and stooped in
the act of dying? His death was obedience to God,
because by it He carried out the Father’s will for the
salvation of the world, His death is the greatest instance
of unselfish self-sacrifice, and the loftiest
example of looking on the ‘things of others’ that the
world has ever seen. It dwindles in significance, in
pathos, and in power to move us to imitation unless
we clearly see the divine glory of the eternal Lord as
the background of the gentle lowliness of the Man of[260]
Sorrows, and the Cross. No theory of Christ’s life
and death but that He was born for us, and died for
us, either explains the facts and the apostolic language
concerning them, or leaves them invested with their
full power to melt our hearts and mould our lives.
There is a possibility of imitating Him in the most
transcendent of His acts. The mind may be in us
which was in Christ Jesus. That it may, His death
must first be the ground of our hope, and then we
must make it the pattern of our lives, and draw from
it the power to shape them after His blessed Example.
THE ASCENT OF JESUS
‘Wherefore also God highly exalted Him and gave unto Him the name which
is above every name; 10. That in the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of
things in heaven, and things on earth, and things under the earth; 11. And that
every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the
Father.’—Phil. ii. 9-11 (R.V.).
‘He that humbleth himself shall be exalted,’ said Jesus.
He is Himself the great example of that law. The
Apostle here goes on to complete his picture of the
Lord Jesus as our pattern. In previous verses we had
the solemn steps of His descent, and the lifelong
humility and obedience of the incarnate Son, the man
Christ Jesus. Here we have the wondrous ascent
which reverses all the former process. Our text describes
the reflex motion by which Jesus is borne back
to the same level as that from which the descent
began.
We have
I. The act of exaltation which forms the contrast and
the parallel to the descent.
‘God highly exalted Him.’ The Apostle coins an[261]
emphatic word which doubly expresses elevation, and
in its grammatical form shows that it indicates a
historical fact. That elevation was a thing once
accomplished on this green earth; that is to say it
came to pass in the fact of our Lord’s ascension when
from some fold of the Mount of Olives He was borne
upwards and, with blessing hands, was received into
the Shechinah cloud, the glory of which hid Him from
the upward-gazing eyes.
It is plain that the ‘Him’ of whom this tremendous
assertion is made, must be the same as the ‘He’ of
whom the previous verses spoke, that is, the Incarnate
Jesus. It is the manhood which is exalted. His
humiliation consisted in His becoming man, but His
exaltation does not consist in His laying aside His
humanity. It is not a transient but an eternal union
into which in the Incarnation it entered with divinity.
Henceforward we have to think of Him in all the
glory of His heavenly state as man, and as truly and
completely in the ‘likeness of men’ as when He walked
with bleeding feet on the flinty road of earthly life.
He now bears for ever the ‘form of God’ and ‘the
fashion of a man.’
Here I would pause for a moment to point out that
the calm tone of this reference to the ascension indicates
that it was part of the recognised Christian
beliefs, and implies that it had been familiar long
before the date of this Epistle, which itself dates from
not more than at the most thirty years from the death
of Christ. Surely that lapse of time is far too narrow
to allow of such a belief having sprung up, and been
universally accepted about a dead man, who all the
while was lying in a nameless grave.
The descent is presented as His act, but decorum and[262]
truth required that the exaltation should be God’s act.
‘He humbled Himself,’ but ‘God exalted Him.’ True,
He sometimes represented Himself as the Agent of
His own Resurrection and Ascension, and established a
complete parallel between His descent and His ascent,
as when He said, ‘I came out from the Father, and am
come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go
unto the Father.’ He was no less obedient to the
Father’s will when He ascended up on high, than He
was when He came down to earth, and whilst, from
one point of view, His Resurrection and Ascension were
as truly His own acts as were His birth and His death,
from another, He had to pray, ‘And now, O Father,
glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory
which I had with Thee before the world was.’ The
Titans presumptuously scaled the heavens, according
to the old legend, but the Incarnate Lord returned to
‘His own calm home, His habitation from eternity,’
was exalted thither by God, in token to the universe
that the Father approved the Son’s descent, and that
the work which the Son had done was indeed, as He
declared it to be, ‘finished.’ By exalting Him, the
Father not merely reinstated the divine Word in its
eternal union with God, but received into the cloud of
glory the manhood which the Word had assumed.
II. The glory of the name of Jesus.
What is the name ‘which is above every name’? It is
the name Jesus. It is to be noted that Paul scarcely
ever uses that simple appellative. There are, roughly
speaking, about two hundred instances in which he
names our Lord in his Epistles, and there are only four
places, besides this, in which he uses this as his own, and
two in which he, as it were, puts it into the mouth of
an enemy. Probably then, some special reason led to[263]
its occurrence here, and it is not difficult, I think, to
see what that reason is. The simple personal name
was given indeed with reference to His work, but had
been borne by many a Jewish child before Mary called
her child Jesus, and the fact that it is this common
name which is exalted above every name, brings out
still more strongly the thought already dwelt upon,
that what is thus exalted is the manhood of our Lord.
The name which expressed His true humanity, which
showed His full identification with us, which was
written over His Cross, which perhaps shaped the
taunt ‘He saved others, Himself He cannot save,’—that
name God has lifted high above all names of council
and valour, of wisdom and might, of authority and
rule. It is shrined in the hearts of millions who
render to it perfect trust, unconditional obedience, absolute
loyalty. Its growing power, and the warmth
of personal love which it evokes, in centuries and
lands so far removed from the theatre of His life,
is a unique thing in the world’s history. It reigns in
heaven.
But Paul is not content with simply asserting the
sovereign glory of the name of Jesus. He goes on to
set it forth as being what no other name borne by man
can be, the ground and object of worship, when he
declares, that ‘in the name of Jesus every knee shall
bow.’ The words are quoted from the second Isaiah,
and occur in one of the most solemn and majestic
utterances of the monotheism of the Old Testament.
And Paul takes these words, undeterred by the declaration
which precede them, ‘I Am am God and there is
none else,’ applies them to Jesus, to the manhood of
our Lord. Bowing the knee is of course prayer, and in
these great words the issue of the work of Jesus is[264]
unmistakably set forth, as not only being that He has
declared God to men, who through Him are drawn to
worship the Father, but that their emotions of love,
reverence, worship, are turned to Him, though as the
Apostle is careful immediately to note, they are not
thereby intercepted from, but directed to, the glory of
God the Father. In the eternities before His descent,
there was equality with God, and when He returns, it
is to the Father, who in Him has become the object of
adoration, and round whose throne gather with bended
knees all those who in Jesus see the Father.
The Apostle still further dwells on the glory of the
name as that of the acknowledged Lord. And here we
have with significant variation in strong contrast to
the previous name of Jesus, the full title ‘Jesus Christ
Lord.’ That is almost as unusual in its completeness
as the other in its simplicity, and it comes in here with
tremendous energy, reminding us of the great act to
which we owe our redemption, and of all the prophecies
and hopes which, from of old, had gathered round the
persistent hope of the coming Messiah, while the name
of Lord proclaims His absolute dominion. The knee is
bowed in reverence, the tongue is vocal in confession.
That confession is incomplete if either of these three
names is falteringly uttered, and still more so, if
either of them is wanting. The Jesus whom Christians
confess is not merely the man who was born in
Bethlehem and known among men as ‘Jesus the
carpenter.’ In these modern days, His manhood has
been so emphasised as to obscure His Messiahship and
to obliterate His dominion, and alas! there are many
who exalt Him by the name that Mary gave Him, who
turn away from the name of Jesus as ‘Hebrew old
clothes,’ and from the name of Lord as antiquated[265]
superstition. But in all the lowliness and gentleness of
Jesus there were not wanting lofty claims to be the
Christ of whom prophets and righteous men of old
spake, and whose coming many a generation desired
to see and died without the sight, and still loftier and
more absolute claims to be invested with ‘all power in
heaven and earth,’ and to sit down with the Father on
His throne. It is dangerous work to venture to toss
aside two of these three names, and to hope that if we
pronounce the third of them, Jesus, with appreciation,
it will not matter if we do not name Him either Christ
or Lord.
If it is true that the manhood of Jesus is thus
exalted, how wondrous must be the kindred between
the human and the divine, that it should be capable of
this, that it should dwell in the everlasting burnings of
the Divine Glory and not be consumed! How blessed
for us the belief that our Brother wields all the forces
of the universe, that the human love which Jesus
had when He bent over the sick and comforted the
sorrowful, is at the centre. Jesus is Lord, the Lord
is Jesus!
The Psalmist was moved to a rapture of thanksgiving
when he thought of man as ‘made a little lower
than the angels, and crowned with glory and honour,’
but when we think of the Man Jesus ‘sitting at the
right hand of God,’ the Psalmist’s words seem pale and
poor, and we can repeat them with a deeper meaning
and a fuller emphasis, ‘Thou madest Him to have
dominion over the works of Thy hands, Thou hast put
all things under His feet.’
III. The universal glory of the name.
By the three classes into which the Apostle divides
creation, ‘things in heaven, and things on earth, and[266]
things under the earth,’ he simply intends to declare,
that Jesus is the object of all worship, and the words
are not to be pressed as containing dogmatic assertions
as to the different classes mentioned. But guided by
other words of Scripture, we may permissibly think
that the ‘things in heaven’ tell us that the angels who
do not need His mediation learn more of God by His
work and bow before His throne. We cannot be
wrong in believing that the glory of His work stretches
far beyond the limits of humanity, and that His kingdom
numbers other subjects than those who draw
human breath. Other lips than ours say with a great
voice, ‘Worthy is the Lamb that hath been slain to
receive power and riches and wisdom and might and
honour and glory and blessing.’
The things on earth are of course men, and the
words encourage us to dim hopes about which we cannot
dogmatise of a time when all the wayward self-seeking
and self-tormenting children of men shall have
learned to know and love their best friend, and ‘there
shall be one flock and one shepherd.’
‘Things under the earth’ seems to point to the old
thought of ‘Sheol’ or ‘Hades’ or a separate state of
the dead. The words certainly suggest that those who
have gone from us are not unconscious nor cut off
from the true life, but are capable of adoration and
confession. We cannot but remember the old belief
that Jesus in His death ‘descended into Hell,’ and
some of us will not forget Fra Angelico’s picture of the
open doorway with a demon crushed beneath the fallen
portal, and the crowd of eager faces and outstretched
hands swarming up the dark passage, to welcome the
entering Christ. Whatever we may think of that
ancient representation, we may at least be sure that,[267]
wherever they are, the dead in Christ praise and
reverence and love.
IV. The glory of the Father in the glory of the name
of Jesus.
Knees bent and tongues confessing the absolute
dominion of Jesus Christ could only be offence and
sin if He were not one with the Father. But the
experience of all the thousands since Paul wrote, whose
hearts have been drawn in reverent and worshipping
trust to the Son, has verified the assertion, that to
confess that Jesus Christ is Lord diverts no worship
from God, but swells and deepens the ocean of praise
that breaks round the throne. If it is true, and only
if it is true, that in the life and death of Jesus all
previous revelations of the Father’s heart are surpassed,
if it is true and only if it is true, as He Himself
said, that ‘I and the Father are one,’ can Paul’s words
here be anything but an incredible paradox. But
unless these great words close and crown the Apostle’s
glowing vision, it is maimed and imperfect, and Jesus
interposes between loving hearts and God. One could
almost venture to believe that at the back of Paul’s
mind, when he wrote these words, was some remembrance
of the great prayer, ‘I glorified Thee on the
earth, having accomplished the work which Thou
gavest Me to do.’ When the Son is glorified we
glorify the Father, and the words of our text may well
be remembered and laid to heart by any who will not
recognise the deity of the Son, because it seems to
them to dishonour the Father. Their honour is inseparable
and their glory one.
There is a sense in which Jesus is our example even
in His ascent and exaltation, just as He was in His
descent and humiliation. The mind which was in Him[268]
is for us the pattern for earthly life, though the deeds
in which that mind was expressed, and especially His
‘obedience to the death of the Cross,’ are so far beyond
any self-sacrifice of ours, and are inimitable, unique,
and needing no repetition while the world lasts. And
as we can imitate His unexampled sacrifice, so we may
share His divine glory, and, resting on His own faithful
word, may follow the calm motion of His Ascension,
assured that where He is there we shall be also, and
that the manhood which is exalted in Him is the
prophecy that all who love Him will share His glory.
The question for us all is, have we in us ‘the mind that
was in Christ’? and the other question is, what is that
name to us? Can we say, ‘Thy mighty name salvation
is’? If in our deepest hearts we grasp that name, and
with unfaltering lips can say that ‘there is none other
name under heaven given amongst men whereby we
must be saved but the name of Jesus,’ then we shall
know that
| ‘To us with Thy dear name are given, |
| Pardon, and holiness, and heaven.’ |
WORK OUT YOUR OWN SALVATION
‘Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, 13. For it is God which
worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.’—Phil. ii. 12, 13.
‘What God hath joined together, let no man put
asunder!’ Here are, joined together, in the compass
of one practical exhortation, the truths which, put
asunder, have been the war-cries and shibboleths of
contending sects ever since. Faith in a finished salvation,
and yet work; God working all in me, and yet[269]
I able and bound to work likewise; God upholding and
sustaining His child to the very end; ‘perfecting that
which concerns him,’ making his salvation certain and
sure, and yet the Christian working ‘with fear and
trembling,’ lest he should be a castaway and come
short of the grace of God;—who does not recognise in
these phrases the mottoes that have been written on
the opposing banners in many a fierce theological
battle, waged with much harm to both sides, and
ending in no clear victory for either? Yet here they
are blended in the words of one who was no less
profound a thinker than any that have come after, and
who had the gift of a divine inspiration to boot.
Not less remarkable than the fusion here of
apparent antagonisms, the harmonising of apparent
opposites, is the intensely practical character of the
purpose for which they are adduced at all. Paul has
no idea of giving his disciples a lesson in abstract
theology, or laying for them a foundation of a
philosophy of free will and divine sovereignty; he is
not merely communicating to these Philippians truths
for their creed, but precepts for their deeds. The
Bible knows nothing of an unpractical theology, but,
on the other hand, the Bible knows still less of an
untheological morality. It digs deep, bottoming the
simplest right action upon right thinking, and going
down to the mountain bases on which the very pillars
of the universe rest, in order to lay there, firm and
immovable, the courses of the temple of a holy life.
Just as little as Scripture gives countenance to the
error that makes religion theology rather than life,
just so little does it give countenance to the far more
contemptible and shallower error common in our day,
which says, Religion is not theology, but life; and[270]
means, ‘Therefore, it does not matter what theology
you have, you can work a good life out with any
creed!’ The Bible never teaches unpractical speculations,
and the Bible never gives precepts which do not
rest on the profoundest truths. Would God, brethren,
that we all had souls as wide as would take in the
whole of the many-sided scriptural representation of
the truths of the Gospel, and so avoid the narrowness
of petty, partial views of God’s infinite counsel; and
that we had as close, direct, and as free communication
between head, and heart, and hand, as the Scripture
has between precept and practice!
But in reference more especially to my text. Keeping
in view these two points I have already suggested,
namely,—that it is the reconciling of apparent opposites,
and that it is intensely practical, I find in it these
three thoughts;—First, a Christian has his whole
salvation accomplished for him, and yet he is to work
it out. Secondly, a Christian has everything done in
him by God, and yet he is to work. Lastly, a Christian
has his salvation certainly secured, and yet he is to
fear and tremble.
I. In the first place, A Christian man has his whole
salvation already accomplished for him in Christ, and
yet he is to work it out.
There are two points absolutely necessary to be kept
in view in order to a right understanding of the words
before us, for the want of noticing which it has become
the occasion of terrible mistakes. These are—the persons
to whom it is addressed, and the force of the
scriptural expression ‘salvation.’ As to the first, this
exhortation has been misapplied by being addressed to
those who have no claim to be Christians, and by having
such teaching deduced from it as, You do your part, and[271]
God will do His; You work, and God will certainly
help you; You co-operate in the great work of
your salvation, and you will get grace and pardon
through Jesus Christ. Now let us remember the very
simple thing, but very important to the right understanding
of these words, that none but Christian
people have anything to do with them. To all others,
to all who are not already resting on the finished
salvation of Jesus Christ, this injunction is utterly
inapplicable. It is addressed to the ‘beloved, who
have always obeyed’; to the ‘saints in Christ Jesus,
which are at Philippi.’ The whole Epistle is addressed,
and this injunction with the rest, to Christian men.
That is the first thing to be remembered. If there be
any of you, who have thought that these words of
Paul’s to those who had believed on Christ contained a
rule of action for you, though you have not rested
your souls on Him, and exhorted you to try to win
salvation by your own doings, let me remind you of
what Christ said when the Jews came to Him in a
similar spirit and asked Him, ‘What shall we do that
we may work the works of God?’ His answer to
them was, and His answer to you, my brother, is, ‘This
is the work of God, that ye should believe in Him whom
He hath sent.’ That is the first lesson: Not work, but
faith; unless there be faith, no work. Unless you are
a Christian, the passage has nothing to do with you.
But now, if this injunction be addressed to those
who are looking for their salvation only to the perfect
work of Christ, how can they be exhorted to work it
out themselves? Is not the oft-recurring burden of
Paul’s teaching ‘not by works of righteousness, which
we have done, but by His mercy He saved us’? How
does this text harmonise with these constantly re[272]peated
assertions that Christ has done all for us, and
that we have nothing to do, and can do nothing? To
answer this question, we have to remember that that
scriptural expression, ‘salvation,’ is used with considerable
width and complexity of signification. It sometimes
means the whole of the process, from the beginning
to the end, by which we are delivered from
sin in all its aspects, and are set safe and stable at
the right hand of God. It sometimes means one or
other of three different parts of that process—either
deliverance from the guilt, punishment, condemnation
of sin; or secondly, the gradual process of deliverance
from its power in our own hearts; or thirdly, the
completion of that process by the final and perfect
deliverance from sin and sorrow, from death and the
body, from earth and all its weariness and troubles,
which is achieved when we are landed on the other
side of the river. Salvation, in one aspect, is a thing
past to the Christian; in another, it is a thing present;
in a third, it is a thing future. But all these three are
one; all are elements of the one deliverance—the one
mighty and perfect act which includes them all.
These three all come equally from Christ Himself.
These three all depend equally on His work and His
power. These three are all given to a Christian man
in the first act of faith. But the attitude in which he
stands in reference to that accomplished salvation
which means deliverance from sin as a penalty and a
curse, and that in which he stands to the continuing
and progressive salvation which means deliverance
from the power of evil in his own heart, are somewhat
different. In regard to the one, he has only to take
the finished blessing. He has to exercise faith and
faith alone. He has nothing to do, nothing to add,[273]
in order to fit himself for it, but simply to receive the
gift of God, and to believe on Him whom He hath
sent. But then, though that reception involves what
shall come after it, and though every one who has
and holds the first thing, the pardon of his transgression,
has and holds thereby and therein his growing
sanctifying and his final glory, yet the salvation
which means our being delivered from the evil that is
in our hearts, and having our souls made like unto
Christ, is one which—free gift though it be—is not
ours on the sole condition of an initial act of faith,
but is ours on the condition of continuous faithful
reception and daily effort, not in our own strength,
but in God’s strength, to become like Him, and to
make our own that which God has given us, and which
Christ is continually bestowing upon us.
The two things, then, are not inconsistent—an
accomplished salvation, a full, free, perfect redemption,
with which a man has nothing to do at all, but
to take it;—and, on the other hand, the injunction to
them who have received this divine gift: ‘Work out
your own salvation.’ Work, as well as believe, and in
the daily practice of faithful obedience, in the daily
subjugation of your own spirits to His divine power,
in the daily crucifixion of your flesh with its affections
and lusts, in the daily straining after loftier heights of
godliness and purer atmospheres of devotion and love—make
more thoroughly your own that which you
possess. Work into the substance of your souls that
which you have. Apprehend that for which you are
apprehended of Christ. ‘Give all diligence to make
your calling and election sure’; and remember that
not a past act of faith, but a present and continuous
life of loving, faithful work in Christ, which is His[274]
and yet yours, is the ‘holding fast the beginning of
your confidence firm unto the end.’
II. In the second place, God works all in us, and yet
we have to work.
There can be no mistake about the good faith
and firm emphasis—as of a man who knows his own
mind, and knows that his word is true—with which
the Apostle holds up here the two sides of what I
venture to call the one truth; ‘Work out your own
salvation—for God works in you.’ Command implies
power. Command and power involve duty. The
freedom of the Christian’s action, the responsibility of
the believer for his Christian growth in grace, the
committal to the Christian man’s own hands of the
means of sanctifying, lie in that injunction, ‘Work
out your own salvation.’ Is there any faltering, any
paring down or cautious guarding of the words, in
order that they may not seem to clash with the other
side of the truth? No: Paul does not say, ‘Work it
out; yet it is God that worketh in you’; not ‘Work it
out although it is God that worketh in you’; not ‘Work
it out, but then it must always be remembered and
taken as a caution that it is God that worketh in
you!’ He blends the two things together in an
altogether different connection, and sees—strangely to
some people, no contradiction, nor limitation, nor
puzzle, but a ground of encouragement to cheerful
obedience. Do you work, ‘for it is God that worketh
in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.’
And does the Apostle limit the divine operation?
Notice how his words seem picked out on purpose to
express most emphatically its all-pervading energy.
Look how his words seem picked out on purpose to
express with the utmost possible emphasis that all[275]
which a good man is, and does, is its fruit. It is God
that worketh in you. That expresses more than bringing
outward means to bear upon heart and will. It
speaks of an inward, real, and efficacious operation of
the Indwelling Spirit of all energy on the spirit in
which He dwells. ‘Worketh in you to will‘; this
expresses more than the presentation of motives from
without, it points to a direct action on the will, by
which impulses are originated within. God puts in
you the first faint motions of a better will. ‘Worketh
in you, doing as well as willing’; this points to all
practical obedience, to all external acts as flowing
from His grace in us, no less than all inward good
thoughts and holy desires.
It is not that God gives men the power, and then
leaves them to make the use of it. It is not that the
desire and purpose come forth from Him, and that
then we are left to ourselves to be faithful or unfaithful
stewards in carrying it out. The whole process,
from the first sowing of the seed until its last blossoming
and fruiting, in the shape of an accomplished act,
of which God shall bless the springing—it is all God’s
together! There is a thorough-going, absolute attribution
of every power, every action, all the thoughts
words, and deeds of a Christian soul, to God. No words
could be selected which would more thoroughly cut
away the ground from every half-and-half system
which attempts to deal them out in two portions, part
God’s and part mine. With all emphasis Paul attributes
all to God.
And none the less strongly does he teach, by the
implication contained in his earnest injunction, that
human responsibility, that human control over the
human will, and that reality of human agency which[276]
are often thought to be annihilated by these broad
views of God as originating all good in the soul and life.
The Apostle thought that this doctrine did not absorb
all our individuality in one great divine Cause which
made men mere tools and puppets. He did not believe
that the inference from it was, ‘Therefore do you sit
still, and feel yourselves the cyphers that you are.’
His practical conclusion is the very opposite. It is—God
does all, therefore do you work. His belief in
the power of God’s grace was the foundation of the
most intense conviction of the reality and indispensableness
of his own power, and was the motive which
stimulated him to vigorous action. Work, for God
works in you.
Each of these truths rests firmly on its own appropriate
evidence. My own consciousness tells me that
I am free, that I have power, that I am therefore
responsible and exposed to punishment for neglect of
duty. I know what I mean when I speak of the will
of God, because I myself am conscious of a will. The
power of God is an object of intelligent thought to
me, because I myself am conscious of power. And on
the other hand, that belief in a God which is one of
the deep and universal beliefs of men contains in it,
when it comes to be thought about, the belief in Him
as the source of all power, as the great cause of all.
If I believe in a God at all, I must believe that He
whom I so call, worketh all things after the counsel of
His own will. These two convictions are both given
to us in the primitive beliefs which belong to us all.
The one rests on consciousness, and underlies all our
moral judgments. The other rests on an original
belief, which belongs to man as such. These two
mighty pillars on which all morality and all religion[277]
repose have their foundations down deep in our nature,
and tower up beyond our sight. They seem to stand
opposite to each other, but it is only as the strong
piers of some tall arch are opposed. Beneath they
repose on one foundation, above they join together
in the completing keystone and bear the whole steady
structure.
Wise and good men have toiled to harmonise them,
in vain. The task transcends the limits of human
faculties, as exercised here, at all events. Perhaps the
time may come when we shall be lifted high enough
to see the binding arch, but here on earth we can only
behold the shafts on either side. The history of controversy
on the matter surely proves abundantly what
a hopeless task they undertake who attempt to reconcile
these truths. The attempt has usually consisted
in speaking the one loudly and the other in a whisper,
and then the opposite side has thundered what had
been whispered, and has whispered very softly what
had been shouted very loudly. One party lays hold of
the one pole of the ark, and the other lays hold of
that on the other side. The fancied reconciliation
consists in paring down one half of the full-orbed
truth to nothing, or in admitting it in words while
every principle of the reconciler’s system demands its
denial. Each antagonist is strong in his assertions,
and weak in his denials, victorious when he establishes
his half of the whole, easily defeated when he tries to
overthrow his opponent’s.
This apparent incompatibility is no reason for rejecting
truths each commended to our acceptance on
its own proper grounds. It may be a reason for not
attempting to dogmatise about them. It may be a
warning to us that we are on ground where our[278]
limited understandings have no firm footing, but it is
no ground for suspecting the evidence which certifies
the truths. The Bible admits and enforces them both.
It never tones down the emphasis of its statement of
the one for fear of clashing against the other, but
points to us the true path for thought, in a firm
grasp of both, in the abandonment of all attempts to
reconcile them, and for practical conduct, in the peaceful
trust in God who hath wrought all our works in
us, and in strenuous working out of our own salvation.
Let us, as we look back on that battlefield where
much wiser men than we have fought in vain, doing
little but raising up ‘a little dust that is lightly laid
again,’ and building trophies that are soon struck
down, learn the lesson it teaches, and be contented to
say, The short cord of my plummet does not quite go
down to the bottom of the bottomless, and I do not
profess either to understand God or to understand
man, both of which I should want to do before I understood
the mystery of their conjoint action. Enough
for me to believe that,
| ‘If any force we have, it is to ill, |
| And all the power is God’s, to do and eke to will.’ |
laid upon me, a life’s task to be done, my deliverance
from mine own evil to work out, and that I shall only
accomplish that work when I can say with the Apostle,
‘I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me.’
God is all, but thou canst work! My brother, take
this belief, that God worketh all in you, for the
ground of your confidence, and feel that unless He do
all, you can do nothing. Take this conviction, that
thou canst work, for the spur and stimulus of thy[279]
life, and think, These desires in my soul come from a
far deeper source than the little cistern of my own
individual life. They are God’s gift. Let me cherish
them with the awful carefulness which their origin
requires, lest I should seem to have received the grace
of God in vain. These two streams of truth are like
the rain-shower that falls upon the watershed of a
country. The one half flows down the one side of the
everlasting hills, and the other down the other.
Falling into rivers that water different continents,
they at length find the sea, separated by the distance
of half the globe. But the sea into which they fall
is one, in every creek and channel. And so, the truth
into which these two apparent opposites converge, is
‘the depth of the wisdom and the knowledge of God,’
whose ways are past finding out—the Author of all
goodness, who, if we have any holy thought, has
given it us; if we have any true desire, has implanted
it; has given us the strength to do the right and to
live in His fear; and who yet, doing all the willing and
the doing, says to us, ‘Because I do everything, therefore
let not thy will be paralysed, or thy hand palsied;
but because I do everything, therefore will thou
according to My will, and do thou according to My
commandments!’
III. Lastly: The Christian has his salvation secured,
and yet he is to fear and tremble.
‘Fear and trembling.’ ‘But,’ you may say, ‘perfect
love casts out fear.’ So it does. The fear which has
torment it casts out. But there is another fear
in which there is no torment, brethren; a fear and
trembling which is but another shape of confidence
and calm hope! Scripture does tell us that the believing
man’s salvation is certain. Scripture tells[280]
us it is certain since he believes. And your faith
can be worth nothing unless it have, bedded deep
in it, that trembling distrust of your own power
which is the pre-requisite and the companion of all
thankful and faithful reception of God’s infinite
mercy. Your horizon ought to be full of fear, if your
gaze be limited to yourself; but oh! above our earthly
horizon with its fogs, God’s infinite blue stretches
untroubled by the mist and cloud which are earth-born.
I, as working, have need to tremble and to
fear, but I, as wrought upon, have a right to confidence
and hope, a hope that is full of immortality, and an
assurance which is the pledge of its own fulfilment.
The worker is nothing, the Worker in him is all.
Fear and trembling, when the thoughts turn to mine
own sins and weaknesses, hope and confidence when
they turn to the happier vision of God! ‘Not I’—there
is the tremulous self-distrust; ‘the grace of God
in me’—there is the calm assurance of victory. Forasmuch,
then, as God worketh all things, be you
diligent, faithful, prayerful, confident. Forasmuch as
Christ has perfected the work for you, do you ‘go on
unto perfection.’ Let all fear and trembling be yours,
as a man; let all confidence and calm trust be yours
as a child of God. Turn your confidence and your
fears alike into prayer. ‘Perfect, O Lord, that which
concerneth me; forsake not the work of Thine own
hands!’—and the prayer will evoke the merciful
answer, ‘I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee
God is faithful, who hath called you unto the Gospel
of His Son; and will keep you unto His everlasting
kingdom of glory.’[281]
COPIES OF JESUS
‘Do all things without murmurings and disputings; 15. That ye may be blameless
and harmless, children of God without blemish in the midst of a crooked and
perverse generation, among whom ye are seen as lights in the world, 16. Holding
forth the word of life.’—Phil. ii. 14-16 (R.V.).
We are told by some superfine modern moralists, that
to regard one’s own salvation as the great work of our
lives is a kind of selfishness, and no doubt there may
be a colour of truth in the charge. At least the
meaning of the injunction to work out our own salvation
may have been sometimes so misunderstood, and
there have been types of Christian character, such as
the ascetic and monastic, which have made the representation
plausible. I do not think that there is much
danger of anybody so misunderstanding the precept
now. But it is worthy of notice that there stand here
side by side two paragraphs, in the former of which
the effort to work out one’s own salvation is urged in
the strongest terms, and in the other of which the
regard for others is predominant. We shall see that
the connection between these two is not accidental, but
that one great reason for working out our salvation is
here set forth as being the good we may thereby do to
others.
I. We note the one great duty of cheerful yielding
to God’s will.
It is clear, I think, that the precept to do ‘all things
without murmurings and disputings’ stands in the
closest connection with what goes before. It is, in
fact, the explanation of how salvation is to be wrought
out. It presents the human side which corresponds to
the divine activity, which has just been so earnestly
insisted on. God works in us ‘willing and doing,’ let[282]
us on our parts do with ready submission all the things
which He so inspires to will and to do.
The ‘murmurings’ are not against men but against
God. The ‘disputings’ are not wrangling with others
but the division of mind in one’s self-questionings,
hesitations, and the like. So the one are more moral,
the other more intellectual, and together they represent
the ways in which Christian men may resist the action
on their spirits of God’s Spirit, ‘willing,’ or the action
of God’s providence on their circumstances, ‘doing.’
Have we never known what it was to have some course
manifestly prescribed to us as right, from which we
have shrunk with reluctance of will? If some course
has all at once struck us as wrong which we had
been long accustomed to do without hesitation, has
there been no ‘murmuring’ before we yielded? A
voice has said to us, ‘Give up such and such a habit,’ or
‘such and such a pursuit is becoming too engrossing’:
do we not all know what it is not only to feel obedience
an effort, but even to cherish reluctance, and to let it
stifle the voice?
There are often ‘disputings’ which do not get the
length of ‘murmurings.’ The old word which tried to
weaken the plain imperative of the first command by
the subtle suggestion, ‘Yea, hath God said?’ still is
whispered into our ears. We know what it is to answer
God’s commands with a ‘But, Lord.’ A reluctant will is
clever to drape itself with more or less honest excuses,
and the only safety is in cheerful obedience and glad
submission. The will of God ought not only to receive
obedience, but prompt obedience, and such instantaneous
and whole-souled submission is indispensable if
we are to ‘work out our own salvation,’ and to present
an attitude of true, receptive correspondence to that of[283]
God, who ‘works in us both to will and to do of His
own good pleasure.’ Our surrender of ourselves into
the hands of God, in respect both to inward and outward
things, should be complete. As has been profoundly
said, that surrender consists ‘in a continual
forsaking and losing all self in the will of God, willing
only what God from eternity has willed, forgetting
what is past, giving up the time present to God, and
leaving to His providence that which is to come,
making ourselves content in the actual moment seeing
it brings along with it the eternal order of God concerning
us’ (Madame Guyon).
II. The conscious aim in all our activity.
What God works in us for is that for which we too
are to yield ourselves to His working, ‘without murmurings
and disputings,’ and to co-operate with glad submission
and cheerful obedience. We are to have as
our distinct aim the building up of a character ‘blameless
and harmless, children of God without rebuke.’
The blamelessness is probably in reference to men’s
judgment rather than to God’s, and the difficulty of
coming untarnished from contact with the actions and
criticisms of a crooked and perverse generation is
emphasised by the very fact that such blamelessness is
the first requirement for Christian conduct. It was a
feather in Daniel’s cap that the president and princes
were foiled in their attempt to pick holes in his conduct,
and had to confess that they would not ‘find any
occasion against him, except we find it concerning the
laws of his God.’ God is working in us in order that
our lives should be such that malice is dumb in their
presence. Are we co-operating with Him? We are
bound to satisfy the world’s requirements of Christian
character. They are sharp critics and sometimes un[284]reasonable,
but on the whole it would not be a bad rule
for Christian people, ‘Do what irreligious men expect
you to do.’ The worst man knows more than the best
man practises, and his conscience is quick to decide the
course for other people. Our weaknesses and compromises,
and love of the world, might receive a salutary
rebuke if we would try to meet the expectations which
‘the man in the street’ forms of us.
‘Harmless’ is more correctly pure, all of a piece,
homogeneous and entire. It expresses what the
Christian life should be in itself, whilst the former
designation describes it more as it appears. The piece
of cloth is to be so evenly and carefully woven that if
held up against the light it will show no flaws nor
knots. Many a professing Christian life has a veneer of
godliness nailed thinly over a solid bulk of selfishness.
There are many goods in the market finely dressed so
as to hide that the warp is cotton and only the weft
silk. No Christian man who has memory and self-knowledge
can for a moment claim to have reached
the height of his ideal; the best of us, at the best, are
like Nebuchadnezzar’s image, whose feet were iron and
clay, but we ought to strain after it and to remember
that a stain shows most on the whitest robe. What
made David’s sin glaring and memorable was its contradiction
of his habitual nobler self. One spot more
matters little on a robe already covered with many.
The world is fully warranted in pointing gleefully or
contemptuously at Christians’ inconsistencies, and we
have no right to find fault with their most pointed
sarcasms, or their severest judgments. It is those
‘that bear the vessels of the Lord’ whose burden
imposes on them the duty ‘be ye clean,’ and makes any
uncleanness more foul in them than in any other.[285]
The Apostle sets forth the place and function of
Christians in the world, by bringing together in the
sharpest contrast the ‘children of God’ and a ‘crooked
and perverse generation.’ He is thinking of the old
description in Deuteronomy, where the ancient Israel
is charged with forgetting ‘Thy Father that hath
bought thee,’ and as showing by their corruption that
they are a ‘perverse and crooked generation.’ The
ancient Israel had been the Son of God, and yet had
corrupted itself; the Christian Israel are ‘sons of God’
set among a world all deformed, twisted, perverted.
‘Perverse’ is a stronger word than ‘crooked,’ which
latter may be a metaphor for moral obliquity, like our
own right and wrong, or perhaps points to personal
deformity. Be that as it may, the position which the
Apostle takes is plain enough. He regards the two
classes as broadly separated in antagonism in the
very roots of their being. Because the ‘sons of God’
are set in the midst of that ‘crooked and perverse
generation’ constant watchfulness is needed lest they
should conform, constant resort to their Father lest
they should lose the sense of sonship, and constant
effort that they may witness of Him.
III. The solemn reason for this aim.
That is drawn from a consideration of the office and
function of Christian men. Their position in the midst
of a ‘crooked and perverse generation’ devolves on
them a duty in relation to that generation. They are
to ‘appear as lights in the world.’ The relation between
them and it is not merely one of contrast, but on their
parts one of witness and example. The metaphor of
light needs no explanation. We need only note that
the word, ‘are seen’ or ‘appear,’ is indicative, a statement
of fact, not imperative, a command. As the stars[286]
lighten the darkness with their myriad lucid points, so
in the divine ideal Christian men are to be as twinkling
lights in the abyss of darkness. Their light rays forth
without effort, being an involuntary efflux. Possibly
the old paradox of the Psalmist was in the Apostle’s
mind, which speaks of the eloquent silence, in which
‘there is no speech nor language, and their voice is not
heard,’ but yet ‘their line has gone out through all the
earth, and their words unto the end of the world.’
Christian men appear as lights by ‘holding forth the
word of life.’ In themselves they have no brightness
but that which comes from raying out the light that is
in them. The word of life must live, giving life in us,
if we are ever to be seen as ‘lights in the world.’ As
surely as the electric light dies out of a lamp when the
current is switched off, so surely shall we be light only
when we are ‘in the Lord.’ There are many so-called
Christians in this day who stand tragically unaware
that their ‘lamps are gone out.’ When the sun rises
and smites the mountain tops they burn, when its light
falls on Memnon’s stony lips they breathe out music,
‘Arise, shine, for thy light has come.’
Undoubtedly one way of ‘holding forth the word
of life’ must be to speak the word, but silent living
‘blameless and harmless’ and leaving the secret of the
life very much to tell itself is perhaps the best way for
most Christian people to bear witness. Such a witness
is constant, diffused wherever the witness-bearer is
seen, and free from the difficulties that beset speech,
and especially from the assumption of superiority
which often gives offence. It was the sight of ‘your
good deeds’ to which Jesus pointed as the strongest
reason for men’s ‘glorifying your Father.’ If we lived
such lives there would be less need for preachers. ‘If[287]
any will not hear the word they may without the word
be won.’ And reasonably so, for Christianity is a life
and cannot be all told in words, and the Gospel is the
proclamation of freedom from sin, and is best preached
and proved by showing that we are free. The Gospel
was lived as well as spoken. Christ’s life was Christ’s
mightiest preaching.
| ‘The word was flesh and wrought |
| With human hands the creed of creeds.’ |
our faces shine like Moses’ as he came down from the
mountain, or like Stephen’s in the council chamber,
men will ‘take knowledge of us that we have been
with Jesus.’
A WILLING SACRIFICE
‘That I may have whereof to glory in the day of Christ, that I did not run in
vain neither labour in vain. 17. Yea, and if I am offered upon the sacrifice and
service of your faith, I joy, and rejoice with you all. 18. And in the same manner
do ye also joy, and rejoice with me.’—Phil. ii. 16-18 (R.V.).
We come here to another of the passages in which the
Apostle pours out all his heart to his beloved Church.
Perhaps there never was a Christian teacher (always
excepting Christ) who spoke more about himself than
Paul. His own experience was always at hand for
illustration. His preaching was but the generalisation
of his life. He had felt it all first, before he threw it
into the form of doctrine. It is very hard to keep such
a style from becoming egotism.
This paragraph is remarkable, especially if we consider
that this is introduced as a motive to their faithfulness,
that thereby they will contribute to his joy at
the last great testing. There must have been a very[288]
deep love between Paul and the Philippians to make
such words as these true and appropriate. They open
the very depths of his heart in a way from which a less
noble and fervid nature would have shrunk, and express
his absolute consecration in his work, and his eager
desire for their spiritual good, with such force as would
have been exaggeration in most men.
We have here a wonderful picture of the relation
between him and the church at Philippi which may well
stand as a pattern for us all. I do not mean to parallel
our relations with that between him and them, but it
is sufficiently analogous to make these words very
weighty and solemn for us.
I. The Philippians’ faithfulness Paul’s glory in the
day of Christ.
The Apostle strikes a solemn note, which was always
sounding through his life, when he points to that great
Day of Christ as the time when his work was to be
tested. The thought of that gave earnestness to all
his service, and in conjunction with the joyful thought
that, however his work might be marred by failures
and flaws, he himself was ‘accepted in the beloved,’
was the impulse which carried him on through a life
than which none of Christ’s servants have dared, and
done, and suffered more for Him. Paul believed that,
according to the results of that test, his position would
in some sort be determined. Of course he does not
here contradict the foundation principle of his whole
Gospel, that salvation is not the result of our own
works, or virtues, but is the free unmerited gift of
Christ’s grace. But while that is true, it is none the
less true, that the degree in which believers receive
that gift depends on their Christian character, both in
their life on earth and in the day of Christ. One[289]
element in that character is faithful work for Jesus.
Faithful work indeed is not necessarily successful work,
and many who are welcomed by Jesus, the judge, will
have the memory of many disappointments and few
harvested grains. It was not a reaper, ‘bringing his
sheaves with him,’ who stayed himself against the
experience of failure, by the assurance, ‘Though Israel
be not gathered yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of
the Lord.’ If our want of success, and others’ lapse, and
apostasy or coldness has not been occasioned by any
fault of ours, there will be no diminution of our reward.
But we can so seldom be sure of that, and even then
there will be an absence of what might have added to
gladness.
We need not do more than note that the text plainly
implies, that at that testing time men’s knowledge
of all that they did, and the results of it, will be
complete. Marvellous as it seems to us, with our
fragmentary memories, and the great tracts of our
lives through which we have passed mechanically, and
which seem to have left no trace on the mirror of our
consciousness, we still, all of us, have experiences which
make that all-recovering memory credible. Some passing
association, a look, a touch, an odour, a sun-set
sky, a chord of music will bring before us some trivial
long-forgotten incident or emotion, as the chance
thrust of a boat-hook will draw to the surface by its
hair, a long-drowned corpse. If we are, as assuredly
we are, writing with invisible ink our whole life’s
history on the pages of our own minds, and if we
shall have to read them all over again one day, is it not
tragic that most of us scribble the pages so hastily and
carelessly, and forget that, ‘what I have written I
have written,’ and what I have written I must read.[290]
But there is another way of looking at Paul’s words
as being an indication of his warm love for the
Philippians. Even among the glories, he would feel
his heart filled with new gladness when he found them
there. The hunger for the good of others which
cannot bear to think even of heaven without their
presence has been a master note of all true Christian
teachers, and without it there will be little of the toil,
of which Paul speaks in the context, ‘running and
labouring.’ He that would win men’s hearts for any
great cause must give his heart to them.
That Paul should have felt warranted in using such
a motive with the Philippians tells how surely he
reckoned on their true and deep love. He believes
that they care enough for him to feel the power as a
motive with them, that their faithfulness will make
Paul more blessed amidst the blessings of heaven. Oh!
if such love knit together all Christian teachers and
their hearers in this time, and if the ‘Day of Christ’
burned before them, as it did before him, and if the
vision stirred to such running and labouring as his,
teachers and taught would oftener have to say, ‘We
are your rejoicing, even as ye are also ours in the Day
of our Lord Jesus.’ The voice of the man who is in the
true ‘Apostolic Succession’ will dare to make the
appeal, knowing that it will call forth an abundant
answer, ‘Look to yourselves that we lose not the
things which we have wrought, but that we receive a
full reward.’
II. Paul’s death an aid to the Philippians’ faith.
The general meaning of the Apostle’s words is, ‘If I
have not only to run and labour, but to die in the
discharge of my Apostolic Mission, I joy and rejoice,
and I bid you rejoice with me.’ We need only note[291]
that the Apostle here casts his language into the forms
consecrated for sacrifice. He will not speak of death
by its own ugly and threadbare name, but thinks of
himself as a devoted victim, and of his death as making
the sacrifice complete. In the figure there is a solemn
scorn of death, and at the same time a joyful recognition
that it is the means of bringing him more nearly
to God, with whom he would fain be. It is interesting,
as showing the persistence of these thoughts in the
Apostle’s mind, that the word rendered in our text
‘offered,’ which fully means ‘poured out as a drink
offering,’ occurs again in the same connection in the
great words of the swan song in ii. Timothy, ‘I am
already being offered, and the time of my departure is
come.’ Death looked to him, when he looked it in the
eyes, and the block was close by him, as it had done
when he spoke of it to his Philippian friends.
It is to be noted, in order to bring out more vividly
the force of the figure, that Paul here speaks of
the libation being poured ‘on‘ the sacrifice, as was the
practice in heathen ritual. The sacrifice is the victim,
‘service’ is the technical word for priestly ministration,
and the general meaning is, ‘If my blood is
poured out as a drink offering on the sacrifice ministered
by you, which is your faith, I joy with you all.’
This man had no fear of death, and no shrinking from
‘leaving the warm precincts of the cheerful day.’ He
was equally ready to live or to die as might best serve
the name of Jesus, for to him ‘to live was Christ,’ and
therefore to him it could be nothing but ‘gain’ to die.
Here he seems to be treating his death as a possibility,
but as a possibility only, for almost immediately afterwards
he says, that he ‘trusts in the Lord that I
myself will come shortly.’ It is interesting to notice[292]
the contrast between his mood of mind here and that
in the previous chapter (i. 25) where the ‘desire to
depart and to be with Christ’ is deliberately suppressed,
because his continuous life is regarded as essential for
the Philippians’ ‘progress and joy in faith.’ Here he
discerns that perhaps his death would do more for their
faith than would his life, and being ready for either alternative
he welcomes the possibility. May we not see
in the calm heart, which is at leisure to think of death
in such a fashion, a pattern for us all? Remember how
near and real his danger was. Nero was not in the
habit of letting a man, whose head had been in the
mouth of the lion, take it out unhurt. Paul is no
eloquent writer or poet playing with the idea of death,
and trying to say pretty things about it, but a man
who did not know when the blow would come, but did
know that it would come before long.
We may point here to the two great thoughts in
Paul’s words, and notice the priesthood and sacrifice
of life, and the sacrifice and libation of death. The
Philippians offered as their sacrifice their faith, and all
the works which flow therefrom. Is that our idea of
life? Is it our idea of faith? We have no gifts to
bring, we come empty-handed unless we carry in our
hands the offering of our faith, which includes the
surrender of our will, and the giving away of our
hearts, and is essentially laying hold of Christ’s sacrifice.
When we come empty, needy, sinful, but cleaving
wholly to that perfect sacrifice of the Great Priest, we
too become priests and our poor gift is accepted.
But another possibility than that of a life of running
and labour presented itself to Paul, and it is a revelation
of the tranquillity of his heart in the midst of impending
danger, all the more pathetic because it is entirely[293]
unconscious, that he should be free to cast his anticipations
into that calm metaphor of being, ‘offered
upon the sacrifice and service of your faith.’ His heart
beats no faster, nor does the faintest shadow of reluctance
cross his will, when he thinks of his death. All
the repulsive accompaniments of a Roman execution
fade away from his imagination. These are but
negligible accidents; the substantial reality which
obscures them all is that his blood will be poured out
as a libation, and that by it his brethren’s faith will be
strengthened. To this man death had finally and
completely ceased to be a terror, and had become what
it should be to all Christians, a voluntary surrender
to God, an offering to Him, an act of worship, of trust,
and of thankful praise. Seneca, in his death, poured
out a libation to Jupiter the Liberator, and if we could
only know beforehand what death delivers us from,
and admits us to, we should not be so prone to call it
‘the last enemy.’ What Paul’s death was for himself
in the process of his perfecting called forth, and
warranted, the ‘joy’ with which he anticipated it. It
did no more for him than it will do for each of us, and
if our vision were as clear, and our faith as firm as his,
we should be more ready than, alas! we too often are,
to catch up the exulting note with which he hails the
possibility of its coming.
But it is not the personal bearing only of his death
that gives him joy. He thinks of it mainly as contributing
to the furtherance of the faith of others. For
that end he was spending the effort and toil of an
effortful and toilsome life, and was equally ready to
meet a violent and shameful death. He knew that ‘the
blood of the martyrs is the seed of the Church,’ and
rejoiced, and called upon his brethren also to ‘joy and[294]
rejoice’ with him in his shedding of his martyr’s
blood.
The Philippians might well have thought, as we all
are tempted to think, that the withdrawal of those
round whom our hearts desperately cling, and who
seem to us to bring love and trust nearer to us, can
only be loss, but surely the example in our text may
well speak to our hearts of the way in which we should
look at death for ourselves, and for our dearest. Their
very withdrawal may send us nearer to Christ. The
holy memories which linger in the sky, like the radiance
of a sunken sun, may clothe familiar truths with unfamiliar
power and loveliness. The thought of where
the departed have gone may lift our thoughts wistfully
thither with a new feeling of home. The path that
they have trodden may become less strange to us, and
the victory that they have won may prophesy that we
too shall be ‘more than conquerors through Him that
loveth us.’ So the mirror broken may turn us to the
sun, and the passing of the dearest that can die may
draw us to the Dearer who lives.
Paul, living, rejoiced in the prospect of death. We
may be sure that he rejoiced in it no less dead than
living. And we may permissibly think of this text as
suggesting how
| ‘The saints on earth and all the dead |
| But one communion make,’ |
own sakes, but their joy is not self-absorbed, and so
putting them farther away from us. They look back
upon earth, the runnings and labourings of the unforgotten
life here; and are glad to bear in their hearts
the indubitable token that they have ‘not run in vain[295]
neither laboured in vain.’ But surely the depth of
their own repose will not make them indifferent to
those who are still in the midst of struggle and toil,
nor the fulness of their own felicity make them forget
those whom they loved of old, and love now with the
perfect love of Heaven. It is hard for us to rise to
complete sympathy with these serenely blessed spirits,
but yet we too should rejoice. Not indeed to the exclusion
of sorrow, nor to the neglect of the great
purpose to be effected in us by the withdrawal, as by
the presence of dear ones, the furtherance of our faith,
but having made sure that that purpose has been
effected in us, we should then give solemn thanksgivings
if it has. It is sad and strange to think of how
opposite are the feelings about their departure, of those
who have gone and of those who are left. Would it
not be better that we should try to share theirs and
so bring about a true union? We may be sure that
their deepest desire is that we should. If some lips
that we shall never hear any more, till we come where
they are, could speak, would not they bring to us as
their message from Heaven, Do ‘ye also joy and rejoice
with me’?
PAUL AND TIMOTHY
‘But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy shortly unto you, that I also may
be of good comfort, when I know your state. 20. For I have no man like-minded,
who will care truly for your state. 21. For they all seek their own, not the things
of Jesus Christ. 22. But ye know the proof of him, that, as a child serveth a
father, so he served with me in furtherance of the gospel. 23. Him therefore I
hope to send forthwith, so soon as I shall see how it will go with me: 24. But I
trust in the Lord that I myself also shall come shortly.’—Phil. ii. 19-24 (R.V.).
Like all great men Paul had a wonderful power of
attaching followers to himself. The mass of the[296]
planet draws in small aerolites which catch fire as
they pass through its atmosphere. There is no more
beautiful page in the history of the early Church than
the story of Paul and his companions. They gathered
round him with such devotion, and followed him with
such love. They were not small men. Luke and
Aquila were among them, and they would have been
prominent in most companies, but gladly took a place
second to Paul. He impressed his own personality and
his type of teaching on his followers as Luther did on
his, and as many another great teacher has done.
Among all these Timothy seems to have held a
special place. Paul first found him on his second
journey either at Derbe or Lystra. His mother, Eunice,
was already a believer, his father a Greek. Timothy
seems to have been converted on Paul’s first visit, for
on his second he was already a disciple well reported
of, and Paul more than once calls him his ‘son in the
faith.’ He seems to have come in to take John Mark’s
place as the Apostle’s ‘minister,’ and from that time to
have been usually Paul’s trusted attendant. We hear
of him as with the Apostle on his first visit to Philippi,
and to have gone with him to Thessalonica and Berœa,
but then to have been parted until Corinth. Thence
Paul went quickly up to Jerusalem and back to
Antioch, from which he set out again to visit the
churches, and made a special stay in Ephesus. While
there he planned a visit to Macedonia and Achaia, in
preparation for one to Jerusalem, and finally to Rome.
So he sent Timothy and Erastus on ahead to Macedonia,
which would of course include Philippi. After that
visit to Macedonia and Greece Paul returned to
Philippi, from which he sailed with Timothy in his
company. He was probably with him all the way to[297]
Rome, and we find him mentioned as sharer in the
imprisonment both here and in Colossians.
The references made to him point to a very sweet,
good, pure and gracious character without much
strength, needing to be stayed and stiffened by the
stronger character, but full of sympathy, unselfish
disregard of self, and consecrated love to Christ. He
had been surrounded with a hallowed atmosphere from
his youth, and ‘from a child had known the holy
Scriptures,’ and ‘prophecies’ like fluttering doves had
gone before on him. He had ‘often infirmities’ and
‘tears.’ He needed to be roused to ‘stir up the gift
that was in him,’ and braced up ‘not to be ashamed,’
but to fight against the disabling ‘spirit of fear,’ and
to be ‘strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.’
The bond between these two was evidently very
close, and the Apostle felt something of a paternal
interest in the very weakness of character which was
in such contrast to his own strength, and which obviously
dreaded the discouragement which was likely to
be produced by his own martyrdom. This favourite
companion he will now send to his favourite church.
The verses of our text express that intention, and give
us a glimpse into the Apostle’s thoughts and feelings
in his imprisonment.
I. The prisoner’s longing and hope.
The first point which strikes us in this self-revelation
of Paul’s is his conscious uncertainty as to his future.
In the previous chapter (ver. 25) he is confident that
he will live. In the verses immediately preceding our
text he faces the possibility of death. Here he recognises
the uncertainty but still ‘trusts’ that he will be
liberated, but yet he does not know ‘how it may go
with’ him. We think of him in his lodging sometimes[298]
hoping and sometimes doubting. He had a tyrant’s
caprice to depend on, and knew how a moment’s whim
might end all. Surely his way of bearing that suspense
was very noteworthy and noble. It is difficult to keep
a calm heart, and still more difficult to keep on steadily
at work, when any moment might bring the victor’s
axe. Suspense almost enforces idleness, but Paul
crowded these moments of his prison time with letters,
and Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, and Philemon
are the fruits for which we are indebted to a period
which would have been to many men a reason for
throwing aside all work.
How calmly too he speaks of the uncertain issue!
Surely never was the possibility of death more quietly
spoken of than in ‘so soon as I shall see how it will go
with me.’ That means—’as soon as my fate is decided,
be it what it may, I will send Timothy to tell you.’
What a calm pulse he must have had! There is no
attitudinising here, all is perfectly simple and natural.
Can we look, do we habitually look, into the uncertain
future with such a temper—accepting all that may be
in its grey mists, and feeling that our task is to fill the
present with strenuous loving service, leaving tomorrow
with all its alternatives, even that tremendous
one of life and death, to Him who will shape it to a
perfect end?
We note, further, the purpose of Paul’s love. It is
beautiful to see how he yearns over these Philippians
and feels that his joy will be increased when he hears
from them. He is sure, as he believes, to hear good,
and news which will be a comfort. Among the souls
whom he bore on his heart were many in the Macedonian
city, and a word from them would be like ‘cold
water to a thirsty soul.’[299]
What a noble suppression of self; how deep and
strong the tie that bound him to them must have been!
Is there not a lesson here for all Christian workers, for
all teachers, preachers, parents, that no good is to be
done without loving sympathy? Unless our hearts go
out to people we shall never reach their hearts. We may
talk to them for ever, but unless we have this loving
sympathy we might as well be silent. It is possible to
pelt people with the Gospel, and to produce the effect
of flinging stones at them. Much Christian work comes
to nothing mainly for that reason.
And how deep a love does he show in his depriving
himself of Timothy for their sakes, and in his reason
for sending him! Those reasons would have been for
most of us the strongest reason for keeping him. It is
not everybody who will denude himself of the help of
one who serves him ‘as a child serveth a father,’ and
will part with the only like-minded friend he has,
because his loving eye will clearly see the state of
others.
Paul’s expression of his purpose to send Timothy is
very much more than a piece of emotional piety. He
‘hopes in the Lord’ to accomplish his design, and that
hope so rooted and conditioned is but one instance of
the all-comprehending law of his life, that, to him, to
‘live is Christ.’ His whole being was so interpenetrated
with Christ’s that all his thoughts and feelings were
‘in the Lord Jesus.’ So should our purposes be. Our
hopes should be derived from union with Him. They
should not be the play of our own fancy or imagination.
They should be held in submission to him, and ever with
the limitation, ‘Not as I will, but as Thou wilt.’ We
should be trusting to Him to fulfil them. If thus we
hope, our hopes may lead us nearer to Jesus instead of[300]
tempting us away from Him by delusive brightnesses.
There is a religious use of hope not only when it is
directed to heavenly certainties, and ‘enters within the
veil,’ but even when occupied about earthly things.
Spenser twice paints for us the figure of Hope, one has
always something of dread in her blue eyes, the other,
and the other only, leans on the anchor, and ‘maketh
not ashamed’; and her name is ‘Hope in the Lord.’
II. The prisoner solitary among self-seeking men.
With wonderful self-surrender the Apostle thinks of
his lack of like-minded companions as being a reason
for depriving himself of the only like-minded one who
was left with him. He felt that Timothy’s sympathetic
soul would truly care for the Philippians’ condition,
and would minister to it lovingly. He could rely that
Timothy would have no selfish by-ends to serve, but
would seek the things of Jesus Christ. We know too
little of the circumstances of Paul’s imprisonment to
know how he came to be thus lonely. In the other
Epistles of the Captivity we have mention of a considerable
group of friends, many of whom would
certainly have been included in a list of the ‘like-minded.’
We hear, for example, of Tychicus, Onesimus,
Aristarchus, John Mark, Epaphras, and Luke. What
had become of them all we do not know. They were
evidently away on Christian service, somewhere or
other, or some of them perhaps had not yet arrived.
At all events for some reason Paul was for the time
left alone but for Timothy. Not that there were no
Christian men in Rome, but of those who could have
been sent on such an errand there were none in whom
love to Christ and care for His cause and flock were
strong enough to mark them as fit for it.
So then we have to take account of Paul’s loneliness[301]
in addition to his other sorrows, and we may well mark
how calmly and uncomplainingly he bears it. We are
perpetually hearing complaints of isolation and the
difficulty of finding sympathy, or ‘people who understand
me.’ That is often the complaint of a morbid
nature, or of one which has never given itself the
trouble of trying to ‘understand’ others, or of showing
the sympathy for which it says that it thirsts. And
many of these complaining spirits might take a lesson
from the lonely Apostle. There never was a man,
except Paul’s Master and ours, who cared more for
human sympathy, had his own heart fuller of it, and
received less of it from others than Paul. But he had
discovered what it would be blessedness for us all to
lay to heart, that a man who has Christ for his companion
can do without others, and that a heart in
which there whispers, ‘Lo, I am with you always,’ can
never be utterly solitary.
May we not take the further lesson that the sympathy
which we should chiefly desire is sympathy and fellow-service
in Christian work? Paul did not want like-minded
people in order that he might have the luxury
of enjoying their sympathy, but what he wanted was
allies in his work for Christ. It was sympathy in his
care for the Philippians that he sought for in his
messenger. And that is the noblest form of like-mindedness
that we can desire—some one to hold the
ropes for us.
Note, too, that Paul does not weakly complain because
he had no helpers. Good and earnest men are very
apt to say much about the half-hearted way in which
their brethren take up some cause in which they are
eagerly interested, and sometimes to abandon it altogether
for that reason. May not such faint hearts[302]
learn a lesson from him who had ‘no man like-minded,’
and yet never dreamt of whimpering because of it, or
of flinging down his tools because of the indolence of
his fellow-workers?
There is another point to be observed in the Apostle’s
words here. He felt that their attitude to Christ determined
his affinities with men. He could have no deep
and true fellowship with others, whatever their name
to live, who were daily ‘seeking their own,’ and at the
same time leaving unsought ‘the things of Jesus Christ.’
They who are not alike in their deepest aims can have
no real kindred. Must we not say that hosts of so-called
Christian people do not seem to feel, if one can
judge by the company they affect, that the deepest
bond uniting men is that which binds them to Jesus
Christ? I would press the question, Do we feel that
nothing draws us so close to men as common love to
Jesus, and that if we are not alike on that cardinal
point there is a deep gulf of separation beneath a
deceptive surface of union, an unfathomable gorge
marked by a quaking film of earth?
It is a solemn estimate of some professing Christians
which the Apostle gives here, if he is including the
members of the Roman Church in his judgment that
they are not ‘like-minded’ with him, and are ‘seeking
their own, not the things of Jesus Christ.’ We may
rather hope that he is speaking of others around him,
and that for some reason unknown to us he was at the
time secluded from the Roman Christians. He brings
out with unflinching precision the choice which determines
a life. There is always that terrible ‘either—or.’
To live for Christ is the antagonist, and only antagonist
of life for self. To live for self is death. To live
for Jesus is the only life. There are two centres,[303]
heliocentric and geocentric as the scientists say. We
can choose round which we shall draw our orbit, and
everything depends on the choice which we make. To
seek ‘the things of Jesus Christ’ is sure to lead to, and
is the only basis of, care for men. Religion is the parent
of compassion, and if we are looking for a man who
will care truly for the state of others, we must do as
Paul did, look for him among those who ‘seek the
things of Jesus Christ.’
III. The prisoner’s joy in loving co-operation.
The Apostle’s eulogium on Timothy points to his
long and intimate association with Paul and to the
Philippians’ knowledge of him as well as to the
Apostle’s clinging to him. There is a piece of delicate
beauty in the words which we may pause for a moment
to point out. Paul writes as ‘a child serveth a father,’
and the natural sequence would have been ‘so he served
me,’ but he remembers that the service was not to him,
Paul, but to another, and so he changes the words and
says he ‘served with me in furtherance of the Gospel.’
We are both servants alike—Christ’s servants for the
Gospel.
Paul’s joy in Timothy’s loving co-operation was so
deep because Paul’s whole heart was set on ‘the furtherance
of the Gospel.’ Help towards that end was help
indeed. We may measure the ardour and intensity of
Paul’s devotion to his apostolic work by the warmth
of gratitude which he shows to his helper. They who
contribute to our reaching our chief desire win our
warmest love, and the catalogue of our helpers follows
the order of the list of our aims. Timothy brought to
Paul no assistance to procure any of the common
objects of human desires. Wealth, reputation, success
in any of the pursuits which attract most men might[304]
have been held out to the Apostle and not been thought
worth stooping to take, nor would the offerer have
been thanked, but any proffered service that had the
smallest bearing on that great work to which Paul’s
life was given, and which his conscience told him there
would be a curse on himself if he did not fulfil, was
welcomed as a priceless gift. Do we arrange the lists
of our helpers on the same fashion, and count that they
serve us best who help us to serve Christ? It should be
as much the purpose of every Christian life as it was
that of Paul to spread the salvation and glory of the
‘name that is above every name.’ If we lived as continually
under the influence of that truth as he did,
we should construe the circumstances of our lives,
whether helpful or hindering, very differently, and we
could shake the world.
Christian unity is very good and infinitely to be
desired, but the true field on which it should display
itself is that of united work for the common Lord.
The men who have marched side by side through a
campaign are knit together as nothing else would bind
them. Even two horses drawing one carriage will
have ways and feelings and a common understanding,
which they would never have attained in any other
way. There is nothing like common work for clearing
away mists. Much so-called Christian sympathy and
like-mindedness are something like the penal cranks
that used to be in jails, which generated immense
power on this side of the wall but ground out nothing
on the other.
Let us not forget that in the field of Christian service
there is room for all manner of workers, and that they
are associated, however different their work. Paul
often calls Timothy his ‘fellow-labourer,’ and once[305]
gives him the eulogium, ‘he worketh the work of the
Lord as I also do.’ Think of the difference between the
two men in age, endowment, and sphere! Apparently
Timothy at first had very subordinate work taking
John Mark’s place, and is described as being one of
those who ‘ministered’ to Paul. It is the cup of cold
water over again. All work done for the same Lord,
and with the same motive is the same; ‘he that receiveth
a prophet in the name of a prophet shall receive
a prophet’s reward.’ When Paul associates Timothy
with himself he is copying from afar off his Lord, who
lets us think of even our poor deeds as done by those
whom He does not disdain to call His fellow-workers.
It would be worth living for if, at the last, He should
acknowledge us, and say even of us, ‘he hath served
with Me in the Gospel.’
PAUL AND EPAPHRODITUS
‘But I counted it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother and fellow-worker
and fellow-soldier, and your messenger and minister to my need. 26.
Since he longed after you all, and was sore troubled, because ye had heard that he
was sick. 27. For indeed he was sick nigh unto death: but God had mercy on
him; and not on him only, but on me also, that I might not have sorrow upon
sorrow. 28. I have sent him therefore the more diligently, that, when ye see him
again, ye may rejoice, and that I may be the less sorrowful. 29. Receive him
therefore in the Lord with all joy; and hold such in honour: 30. Because for the
work of Christ he came nigh unto death, hazarding his life to supply that which
was lacking in your service toward me.’—Phil. ii. 25-30 (R.V.).
Epaphroditus is one of the less known of Paul’s
friends. All our information about him is contained
in this context, and in a brief reference in Chapter iv.
His was a singular fate—to cross Paul’s path, and for
one short period of his life to be known to all the
world, and for all the rest before and after to be
utterly unknown. The ship sails across the track of[306]
the moonlight, and then vanishes ghost-like into
darkness. Of all the inhabitants of Philippi at that
time we know the names of but three, Euodias,
Syntiche, and Epaphroditus, and we owe them all to
Paul. The context gives us an interesting miniature
of the last, and pathetic glimpses into the private life
of the Apostle in his imprisonment, and it is worth our
while to try to bring our historic imagination to bear
on Epaphroditus, and to make him a living man.
The first fact about him is, that he was one of the
Philippian Christians, and sent by them to Rome,
with some pecuniary or material help, such as comforts
for Paul’s prison-house, food, clothing, or money.
There was no reliable way of getting these to Paul
but to take them, and so Epaphroditus faced the long
journey across Greece to Brindisi and Rome, and when
arrived there threw himself with ardour into serving
Paul. The Apostle’s heartfelt eulogium upon him
shows two phases of his work. He was in the first
place Paul’s helper in the Gospel, and his faithfulness
there is set forth in a glowing climax, ‘My brother
and fellow-worker and fellow-soldier.’ He was in the
second place the minister to Paul’s needs. There would
be many ways of serving the captive, looking after his
comfort, doing his errands, procuring daily necessaries,
managing affairs, perhaps writing his letters, easing
his chain, chafing his aching wrists, and ministering in
a thousand ways which we cannot and need not
specify. At all events he gladly undertook even
servile work for love of Paul.
He had an illness which was probably the consequence
of his toil. Perhaps over-exertion in travel, or
perhaps his Macedonian constitution could not bear
the enervating air of Rome, or perhaps Paul’s prison[307]
was unhealthy. At any rate he worked till he made
himself ill. The news reached Philippi in some round-about
way, and, as it appears, the news of his illness
only, not of his recovery. The difficulty of communication
would sufficiently account for the partial
intelligence. Then the report found its way back to
Rome, and Epaphroditus got home-sick and was restless,
uneasy, ‘sore troubled,’ as the Apostle says,
because they had heard he had been sick. In his low,
nervous state, barely convalescent, the thought of
home and of his brethren’s anxiety about him was too
much for him. It is a pathetic little picture of the
Macedonian stranger in the great city—pallid looks,
recent illness, and pining for home and a breath of
pure mountain air, and for the friends he had left. So
Paul with rare abnegation sent him away at once,
though Timothy was to follow shortly, and accompanied
him with this outpouring of love and praise in
his long homeward journey. Let us hope he got safe
back to his friends, and as Paul bade them, they
received him in the Lord with all joy, the echoes of
which we almost hear as he passes out of our
knowledge.
In the remainder of this sermon we shall simply deal
with the two figures which the text sets before us,
and we may look first at the glimpses of Paul’s character
which we get here.
We may note the generous heartiness of his praise
in his associating Epaphroditus with himself as on full
terms of equality, as worker and soldier, and the warm
generosity of the recognition of all that he had done
for the Apostle’s comfort. Paul’s first burst of gratitude
and praise does not exhaust all that he has to say
about Epaphroditus. He comes back to the theme in[308]
the last words of the context, where he says that the
Philippian messenger had ‘hazarded’ his life, or, as we
might put it with equal accuracy and more force, had
‘gambled’ his life, or ‘staked it on the die’ for Paul’s
sake. No wonder that men were eager to risk their
lives for a leader who lavished such praise and such
love upon them. A man who never opens his lips
but to censure or criticise, who fastens on faults as
wasps do on blemished fruit, will never be surrounded
by loyal love. Faithful service is most surely bought
by hearty praise. A caressing hand on a horse’s neck
is better than a whip.
We may further note the intensity of Paul’s sympathy.
He speaks of Epaphroditus’ recovery as a
mercy to himself ‘lest he should have the sorrow of
imprisonment increased by the sorrow of his friend’s
death.’ That attitude of mind stands in striking contrast
to the heroism which said, ‘To me, to live is Christ
and to die is gain,’ but the two are perfectly consistent,
and it was a great soul which had room for
them both.
We must not leave unnoticed the beautiful self-abnegation
which sends off Epaphroditus as soon as
he was well enough to travel, as a gift of the Apostle’s
love, in order to repay them for what they had done
for him. He says nothing of his own loss or of how
much more lonely he would be when the brother whom
he had praised so warmly had left him alone. But he
suns himself in the thought of the Philippians’ joy,
and in the hope that some reflection of it will travel
across the seas to him, and make him, if not wholly
glad, at any rate ‘the less sorrowful.’
We have also to notice Paul’s delicate recognition of
all friendly help. He says that Epaphroditus risked[309]
his life to ‘supply that which was lacking in your
service toward me.’ That implies that all which the
Philippians’ ministration lacked was their personal
presence, and that Epaphroditus, in supplying that,
made his work in a real sense theirs. All the loving
thoughts, and all the material expressions of them
which Epaphroditus brought to Paul were fragrant
with the perfume of the Philippians’ love, ‘an odour of
a sweet smell, acceptable’ to Paul as to Paul’s Lord.
We briefly note some general lessons which may be
suggested by the picture of Epaphroditus as he stands
by the side of Paul.
The first one suggested is the very familiar one of
the great uniting principle which a common faith in
Christ brought into action. Think of the profound clefts
of separation between the Macedonian and the Jew,
the antipathies of race, the differences of language,
the dissimilarities of manner, and then think of what
an unheard-of new thing it must have been that a
Macedonian should ‘serve’ a Jew! We but feebly
echo Paul’s rapture when he thought that there was
‘neither Barbarian or Scythian, bond or free, but all
were one in Christ Jesus,’ and for all our talk about
the unity of humanity and the like, we permit the old
gulfs of separation to gape as deeply as ever. Dreadnoughts
are a peculiar expression of the brotherhood
of men after nineteen centuries of so-called
Christianity.
The terms in which the work of Epaphroditus is
spoken of by Paul are very significant. He has no
hesitation in describing the work done for himself as
‘the work of Christ,’ nor in using, as the name for it,
the word (‘service’), which properly refers to the
service rendered by priestly hands. Work done for[310]
Paul was done for Jesus, and that, not because of any
special apostolic closeness of relation of Paul to Jesus,
but because, like all other Christians, he was one with
his Lord. ‘The cup of cold water’ given ‘in the name
of a disciple’ is grateful to the lips of the Master. We
have no reason to suppose that Epaphroditus took part
with Paul in his more properly apostolic work, and
the fact that the purely material help, and pecuniary
service which most probably comprised all his ‘ministering,’
is honoured by Paul with these lofty designations,
carries with it large lessons as to the sanctity of
common life. All deeds done from the same motive
are the same, however different they may be in regard
to the material on which they are wrought. If our
hearts are set to ‘hallow all we find,’ the most secular
duties will be acts of worship. It is possible for us in
the ordering of our own lives to fulfil the great
prophecy with which Zechariah crowned his vision of
the Future, ‘In that day shall there be on the bells of
the horses Holiness unto the Lord’; and the ‘pots in
the Lord’s house shall be like the bowls before the
altar.’
May we not further draw from Paul’s words here a
lesson as to the honour due to Christian workers? It
was his brethren who were exhorted to receive their
own messenger back again ‘in the Lord with all joy,
and to hold him in honour.’ Possibly there were in
Philippi some sharp tongues and envious spirits, who
needed the exhortation. Whether there were so or no,
the exhortation itself traces lightly but surely the
lines on which Christians should render, and their
fellow-Christians can rightly receive, even praise from
men. If Epaphroditus were ‘received in the Lord,’
there would be no foolish and hurtful adulation of[311]
him, nor prostration before him, but he would be
recognised as but the instrument through which the
true Helper worked, and not he, but the Grace of
Christ in him would finally receive the praise. There
are very many Christian workers who never get their
due of recognition and welcome from their brethren,
and there are many who get far more of both than
belongs to them, and both they and the crowds who
bring them adulation would be freed from dangers,
which can scarcely be over-stated, if the spirit of Paul’s
warm-hearted praise of Epaphroditus were kept in
view.
Epaphroditus but passes across the illuminated disc
of the lantern for a moment, and we have scarcely
time to catch a glimpse of his face before it is lost to
us. He and all his brethren are gone, but his name
lives for ever, and Paul’s praise of him and of his work
outshines all else remembered of the city, where conquerors
once reigned, and outside whose walls was
fought a battle that decided for a time the fate of the
world.
PREPARING TO END
‘Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you, to
me indeed is not irksome, but for you it is safe. 2. Beware of the dogs, beware
of the evil workers, beware of the concision: 3. For we are the circumcision,
who worship by the Spirit of God, and glory in Christ Jesus, and have no confidence
in the flesh.’—Phil. iii. 1-3 (R.V.).
The first words of the text show that Paul was beginning
to think of winding up his letter, and the
preceding context also suggests that. The personal
references to Timothy and Epaphroditus would
be in their appropriate place near the close,
and the exhortation with which our text begins is[312]
also most fitting there, for it is really the key-note of
the letter. How then does he come to desert his
purpose? The answer is to be found in his next
advice, the warning against the Judaising teachers
who were his great antagonists all his life. A reference
to them always roused him, and here the
vehement exhortation to mark them well and avoid
them opens the flood-gates. Forgetting all about his
purpose to come to an end, he pours out his soul in the
long and precious passage which follows. Not till the
next chapter does he get back to his theme in the
reiterated exhortation (iv. 4), ‘Rejoice in the Lord
alway; again I will say, rejoice.’ This outburst is very
remarkable, for its vehemence is so unlike the tone of
the rest of the letter. That is calm, joyous, bright, but
this is stormy and impassioned, full of flashing and
scathing words, the sudden thunder-storm breaks in
on a mellow, autumn day, but it hurtles past and the
sun shines out again, and the air is clearer.
Another question suggested is the reference of the
second half of verse 1. What are ‘the same things’
to write which is ‘safe’ for the Philippians? Are
they the injunctions preceding to ‘rejoice in the
Lord,’ or that following, the warning against the
Judaisers? The former explanation may be recommended
by the fact that ‘Rejoice’ is in a sense the
key-note of the Epistle, but on the other hand, the
things where repetition would be ‘safe’ would most
probably be warnings against some evil that
threatened the Philippians’ Christian standing.
There is no attempt at unity in the words before us,
and I shall not try to force them into apparent oneness,
but follow the Apostle’s thoughts as they lie.
We note[313]—
I. The crowning injunction as to the duty of Christian
gladness.
A very slight glance over the Epistle will show how
continually the note of gladness is struck in it. Whatever
in Paul’s circumstances was ‘at enmity with joy’
could not darken his sunny outlook. This bird could
sing in a darkened cage. If we brought together the
expressions of his joy in this letter, they would yield
us some precious lessons as to what were the sources
of his, and what may be the sources of ours. There
runs through all the instances in the Epistle the
implication which comes out most emphatically in his
earnest exhortation, ‘Rejoice in the Lord always, and
again I say rejoice.’ The true source of true joy lies
in our union with Jesus. To be in Him is the condition
of every good, and, just as in the former verses
‘trust in the Lord‘ is set forth, so the joy which comes
from trust is traced to the same source. The joy that
is worthy, real, permanent, and the ally of lofty
endeavour and noble thoughts has its root in union
with Jesus, is realised in communion with Him, has
Him for its reason or motive, and Him for its safeguard
or measure. As the passages in question in this
Epistle show, such joy does not shut out but hallows
other sources of satisfaction. In our weakness
creatural love and kindness but too often draw us
away from our joy in Him. But with Paul the
sources which we too often find antagonistic were
harmoniously blended, and flowed side by side in the
same channel, so that he could express them both in
the one utterance, ‘I rejoiced in the Lord greatly that
now at the last your care of me hath flourished
again.’
We do not sufficiently realise the Christian duty of[314]
Christian joy, some of us even take mortified countenances
and voices in a minor key as marks of grace,
and there is but little in any of us of ‘the joy in the
Lord’ which a saint of the Old Testament had learned
was our ‘strength.’ There is plenty of gladness amongst
professing Christians, but a good many of them would
resent the question, is your gladness ‘in the Lord’?
No doubt any deep experience in the Christian life
makes us aware of much in ourselves that saddens,
and may depress, and our joy in Him must always be
shaded by penitent sorrow for ourselves. But that
necessary element of sadness in the Christian life
is not the cause why so many Christian lives have
little of the buoyancy and hope and spontaneity
which should mark them. The reason rather lies in
the lack of true union with Christ, and habitual
keeping of ourselves ‘in the love of God.’
II. Paul’s apology for reiteration.
He is going to give once more old and well-worn precepts
which are often very tedious to the hearer, and
not much less so to the speaker. He can only say that
to him the repetition of familiar injunctions is not
‘irksome,’ and that to them it is ‘safe.’ The diseased
craving for ‘originality’ in the present day tempts us
all, hearers and speakers alike, and we ever need to
be reminded that the staple of Christian teaching
must be old truths reiterated, and that it is not time
to stop proclaiming them until all men have begun
to practise them. But a speaker must try to make
the thousandth repetition of a truth fresh to himself,
and not a wearisome form, or a dead commonplace,
by freshening it to his own mind and by living on it
in his own practice, and the hearers must remember
that it is only the completeness of their obedience[315]
that antiquates the commandment. The most threadbare
commonplace becomes a novelty when occasions
for its application arise in our own lives, just as a
prescription may lie long unnoticed in a drawer, but
when a fever attacks its possessor it will be quickly
drawn out and worth its weight in gold.
III. Paul’s warning against teachers of a ceremonial
religion.
It scarcely seems congruous with the tone of the
rest of this letter that the preachers whom Paul so
scathingly points out here had obtained any firm
footing in the Philippian Church, but no doubt there,
as everywhere, they had dogged Paul’s footsteps, and
had tried as they always did to mar his work. They
had not missionary fervour or Christian energy
enough to initiate efforts amongst the Gentiles so as
to make them proselytes, but when Paul and his companions
had made them Christians, they did their
best, or their worst, to insist that they could not be
truly Christians, unless they submitted to the outward
sign of being Jews. Paul points a scathing
finger at them when he bids the Philippians ‘beware,’
and he permits himself a bitter retort when he lays
hold of the Jewish contemptuous word for Gentiles
which stigmatised them as ‘dogs,’ that is profane and
unclean, and hurls it back at the givers. But he is
not indulging in mere bitter retorts when he brings
against these teachers the definite charge that they
are ‘evil workers.’ People who believed that an outward
observance was the condition of salvation would
naturally be less careful to insist upon holy living.
A religion of ceremonies is not a religion of morality.
Then the Apostle lets himself go in a contemptuous
play of words, and refuses to recognise that these[316]
sticklers for circumcision had themselves been circumcised.
‘I will not call them the circumcision,
they have not been circumcised, they have only been
gashed and mutilated, it has been a mere fleshly
maiming.’ His reason for denying the name to them
is his profound belief that it belonged to true
Christians. His contemptuous reference puts in a
word, the principle which he definitely states in
another place, ‘He is not a Jew who is one outwardly;
neither is that circumcision which is outward
in the flesh.’
The Apostle here is not only telling us who are
the truly circumcised, but at the same time he is
telling us what makes a Christian, and he states three
points in which, as I take it, he begins at the end and
works backwards to the beginning. ‘We are the
circumcision who worship in the Spirit of God’—that
is the final result—’and glory in Christ Jesus’—’and
have no confidence in the flesh’—that is the starting-point.
The beginning of all true Christianity is distrust
of self. What does Paul mean by ‘flesh’?
Body? Certainly not. Animal nature, or the passions
rooted in it? Not only these, as may be seen by noting
the catalogue which follows of the things in the flesh,
in which he might have trusted. What are these?
‘Circumcised the eighth day, of the tribe of Israel,
of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of the Hebrews’—these
belong to ritual and race; ‘as touching the
law a Pharisee’—that belongs to ecclesiastical
standing; ‘concerning zeal persecuting the church’—that
has nothing to do with the animal nature: ‘touching
the righteousness which is in the law blameless’—that
concerns the moral nature. All these come
under the category of the ‘flesh,’ which, therefore,[317]
plainly includes all that belongs to humanity apart
from God. Paul’s old-fashioned language translated
into modern English just comes to this—it is vain to
trust in external connection with the sacred community
of the Church, or in participation in any of its
ordinances and rites. To Paul, Christian rites and
Jewish rites were equally rites and equally insufficient
as bases of confidence. Do not let us fancy that
dependence on these is peculiar to certain forms of
Christian belief. It is a very subtle all-pervasive
tendency, and there is no need to lift up Nonconformist
hands in holy horror at the corruptions of
Romanism and the like. Their origin is not solely
priestly ambition, but also the desires of the so-called
laity. Demand creates a supply, and if there were
not people to think, ‘Now it shall be well with me
because I have a Levite for my priest,’ there would be
no Levites to meet their wishes.
Notice that Paul includes amongst the things belonging
to the flesh this ‘touching the righteousness
which is in the law blameless.’ Many of us can say
the same. We do our duties so far as we know them,
and are respectable law-abiding people, but if we are
trusting to that, we are of the ‘flesh.’ Have we estimated
what God is, and what the real worth of our
conduct is? Have we looked not at our actions but at
our motives, and seen them as they are seen from
above or from the inside? How many ‘blameless’
lives are like the scenes in a theatre, effective and
picturesque, when seen with the artificial glory of the
footlights? But go behind the scenes and what do we
find? Dirty canvas and cobwebs. If we know ourselves
we know that a life may have a fair outside,
and yet not be a thing to trust to.[318]
The beginning of our Christianity is the consciousness
that we are ‘naked and poor, and blind, and in
need of all things.’ Men come to Jesus Christ by many
ways, thank God, and I care little by what road they
come so long as they get there, nor do I insist upon
any stereotyped order of religious experience. But
of this I am very sure: that unless we abandon confidence
in ourselves, because we have seen ourselves in
the light of God’s law, we have not learned all that
we need nor laid hold of all that Christ gives. Let
us measure ourselves in the light of God, and we shall
learn that we have to take our places beside Job,
when the vision of God silenced his protestations of
innocence. ‘I have heard of Thee by the hearing of
the ear, but now mine eye seeth Thee; wherefore I
abhor myself and repent in dust and ashes.’
That self-distrust should pass into glorying in Christ
Jesus. If a man has learned his emptiness he will
look about for something to fill it. Unless I know
myself to be under condemnation because of my sin,
and fevered, disturbed, and made wretched, by
its inward consequences which forbid repose, the
sweetest words of Gospel invitation will pass by me
like wind whistling through an archway. But if once
I have been driven from self-confidence, then like
music from heaven will come the word, ‘Trust in
Jesus.’ The seed dropped into the ground puts out a
downward-going shoot, which is the root, and an
upward-growing one, which is the stalk. The downward-going
shoot is ‘no confidence in the flesh,’ the
upward-going is ‘glorying in Christ Jesus.’
But that word suggests the blessed experience of
triumph in the possession of the Person known and
felt to be all, and to give all that life needs. A[319]
true Christian should ever be triumphant in a felt
experience, in a Name proved to be sufficient, in a
power which infuses strength into his weakness, and
enables him to do the will of God. It is for want of
utter self-distrust and absolute faith in Christ that
‘glorying’ in Him is so far beyond the ordinary mood
of the average Christian. You say, ‘I hope, sometimes
I doubt, sometimes I fear, sometimes I tremblingly
trust.’ Is that the kind of experience that these
words shadow? Why do we continue amidst the mist
when we might rise into the clear blue above the
obscuring pall? Only because we are still in some
measure clinging to self, and still in some measure
distrusting our Lord. If our faith were firm and full
our ‘glorying’ would be constant. Do not be contented
with the prevailing sombre type of Christian
life which is always endeavouring, and always foiled,
which is often doubting and often indifferent, but
seek to live in the sunshine, and expatiate in the
light, and ‘rejoice in the Lord always.’
‘Glorying’ not only describes an attitude of mind,
but an activity of life. Many things to-day tempt
Christian people to speak of their religion and of
their Lord in an apologetic tone, in the face of strong
and educated unbelief; but if we have within us, as we
all may have, and ought to have, the triumphant
assurance of His sufficiency, nearness, and power, it
will not be with bated breath that we shall speak of
our Master, or apologise for our Christianity, but we
shall obey the commandment, ‘Lift up thy voice with
strength; lift it up, be not afraid.’ Ring out the
name and be proud that you can ring it out, as the
Name of your Lord, and your Saviour, and your all-sufficient
Friend. Whatever other people say, you[320]
have the experience, if you are a Christian, which more
than answers all that they can say.
We have said that the final result set forth here
by Paul is, ‘We worship by the Spirit of God.’ The
expression translated worship is the technical word for
rendering priestly service. Just as Paul has asserted
that uncircumcised Christians, not circumcised Jews,
are the true circumcision, so he asserts that they are the
true priests, and that these officials in the outward
temple at Jerusalem have forfeited the title, and that
it has passed over to the despised followers of the
despised Nazarene. If we have ‘no confidence in
the flesh,’ and are ‘glorying in Christ Jesus,’ we are
all priests of the most high God. ‘Worship in the
Spirit’ is our function and privilege. The externals
of ceremonial worship dwindle into insignificance.
They may be means of helping, or they may be means
of hindering, the ‘worship in the Spirit,’ which I
venture to think all experience shows is the more
likely to be pure and real, the less it invokes the aid of
flesh and sense. To make the senses the ladder for
the soul by which to climb to God is quite as likely to
end in the soul’s going down the ladder as up it.
Aesthetic aids to worship are crutches which keep a
lame soul lame all its days.
Such worship is the obligation as well as the prerogative
of the Christian. We have no right to say
that we have truly forsaken confidence in ourselves,
and are truly ‘glorying’ in Christ Jesus, unless our
daily life is communion with God, and all your work
‘worshipping by the Spirit of God.’ Such communion
and worship are possible for those, and for those only,
who have ‘no confidence in the flesh’ and who ‘glory
in Christ Jesus.’[321]
THE LOSS OF ALL
‘Though I myself might have confidence even in the flesh: if any other man
thinketh to have confidence in the flesh, I yet more: circumcised the eighth day
of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of Hebrews; as touching
the law, a Pharisee; as touching zeal, persecuting the church; as touching the
righteousness which is in the law, found blameless. Howbeit what things were
gain to me, these have I counted loss for Christ. Yea verily, and I count all
things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for
whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung.’—Phil.
iii. 4-8 (R.V.).
We have already noted that in the previous verses the
Apostle is beginning to prepare for closing his letter,
but is carried away into the long digression of which
our text forms the beginning. The last words of the
former verse open a thought of which his mind is
always full. It is as when an excavator strikes his
pickaxe unwittingly into a hidden reservoir and the
blow is followed by a rush of water, which carries
away workmen and tools. Paul has struck into the
very deepest thoughts which he has of the Gospel and
out they pour. That one antithesis, ‘the loss of all, the
gain of Christ,’ carried in it to him the whole truth of
the Christian message. We may well ask ourselves
what are the subjects which lie so near our hearts,
and so fill our thoughts, that a chance word sets us off
on them, and we cannot help talking of them when
once we begin.
The text exemplifies another characteristic of Paul’s,
his constant habit of quoting his own experience as
illustrating the truth. His theology is the generalisation
of his own experience, and yet that continual
autobiographical reference is not egotism, for the light
in which he delights to present himself is as the
recipient of the great grace of God in pardoning
sinners. It is a result of the complete saturation of[322]
himself with the Gospel. It was to him no mere body of
principles or thoughts, it was the very food and life
of his life. And so this characteristic reveals not only
his natural fervour of character, but the profound and
penetrating hold which the Gospel had on his whole
being.
In our text he presents his own experience as the
type to which ours must on the whole be conformed.
He had gone through an earthquake which had
shattered the very foundations of his life. He had
come to despise all that he had counted most precious,
and to clasp as the only true treasures all that he had
despised. With him the revolution had turned his
whole life upside down. Though the change cannot be
so subversive and violent with us, the forsaking of
self-confidence must be as real, and the clinging to
Jesus must be as close, if our Christianity is to be
fervid and dominant in our lives.
I. The treasures that were discovered to be worthless.
We have already had occasion in the previous sermon
to refer to Paul’s catalogue of ‘things that were gain’
to him, but we must consider it a little more closely
here. We may repeat that it is important for understanding
Paul’s point of view to note that by ‘flesh’
he means the whole self considered as independent of
God. The antithesis to it is ‘spirit,’ that is humanity
regenerated and vitalised by Divine influence. ‘Flesh,’
then, is humanity not so vitalised. That is to say, it is
‘self,’ including both body and emotions, affections,
thoughts, and will.
As to the points enumerated, they are those which
made the ideal to a Jew, including purity of race,
punctilious orthodoxy, flaming zeal, pugnacious an[323]tagonism,
and blameless morality. With reference
to race, the Jewish pride was in ‘circumcision on the
eighth day,’ which was the exclusive privilege of one
of pure blood. Proselytes might be circumcised in
later life, but one of the ‘stock of Israel’ only on
the ‘eighth day.’ Saul of Tarsus had in earlier
days been proud of his tribal genealogy, which had
apparently been carefully preserved in the Gentile
home, and had shared ancestral pride in belonging to
the once royal tribe, and perhaps in thinking that the
blood of the king after whom he was named flowed in
his veins. He was a ‘Hebrew of the Hebrews,’ which
does not mean, as it is usually taken to do, intensely,
superlatively Hebrew, but simply is equivalent to ‘myself
a Hebrew, and come from pure Hebrew ancestors
on both sides.’ Possibly also the phrase may have
reference to purity of language and customs as well
as blood. These four items make the first group.
Paul still remembers the time when, in the blindness
which he shared with his race, he believed that these
wholly irrelevant points had to do with a man’s
acceptance before God. He had once agreed with
the Judaisers that ‘circumcision’ admitted Gentiles
into the Jewish community, and so gave them a right
to participate in the blessings of the Covenant.
Then follow the items of his more properly religious
character, which seem in their three clauses to make a
climax. ‘As touching the law a Pharisee,’ he was of
the ‘straitest sect,’ the champions and representatives
of the law. ‘As touching zeal persecuting the Church,’
it was not only in Judaism that the mark of zeal for
a cause has been harassing its opponents. We can
almost hear a tone of sad irony as Paul recalls that
past, remembering how eagerly he had taken charge[324]
of the clothes trusted to his care by the witnesses who
stoned Stephen, and how he had ‘breathed threatening
and slaughter’ against the disciples. ‘As touching the
righteousness which is in the law found blameless,’ he
is evidently speaking of the obedience of outward
actions and of blamelessness in the judgment of men.
So we get a living picture of Paul and of his confidence
before he was a Christian. All these grounds
for pride and self-satisfaction were like triple armour
round the heart of the young Pharisee, who rode out
of Jerusalem on the road to Damascus. How little he
thought that they would all have been pierced and
have dropped from him before he got there! The
grounds of his confidence are antiquated in form, but
in substance are modern. At bottom the things in
which Paul’s ‘flesh’ trusted are exactly the same as
those in which many of us trust. Even his pride of
race continues to influence some of us. We have got
the length of separating between our nationality and
our acceptance with God, but we have still a kind of
feeling that ‘God’s Englishmen,’ as Milton called them,
have a place of their own, which is, if not a ground of
confidence before God, at any rate a ground for carrying
ourselves with very considerable complacency
before men. It is not unheard of that people should
rely, if not on ‘circumcision on the eighth day,’ on
an outward rite which seems to connect them with a
visible Church. Strict orthodoxy takes the place
among us which Pharisaism held in Paul’s mind before
he was a Christian, and it is easier to prove our zeal
by pugnacity against heretics, than by fervour of
devotion. The modern analogue of Paul’s, ‘touching
the righteousness which is in the law blameless,’ is ‘I
have done my best, I have lived a decent life. My[325]
religion is to do good to other people.’ All such talk,
which used to be a vague sentiment or excuse, is now
put forward in definite theoretical substitution for
the Christian Truth, and finds numerous teachers and
acceptors. But how short a way all such grounds of
confidence go to satisfy a soul that has once seen the
vision that blazed in on Paul’s mind on the road to
Damascus!
II. The discovery of their worthlessness.
‘These have I counted loss for Christ.’ There is a
possibility of exaggeration in interpreting Paul’s
words. The things that were ‘gain’ to him were in
themselves better than their opposites. It is better to
to be ‘blameless’ than to have a life all stained with
foulness and reeking with sins. But these ‘gains’
were ‘losses,’ disadvantages, in so far as they led him
to build upon them, and trust in them as solid wealth.
The earthquake that shattered his life had two shocks:
the first turned upside down his estimate of the value
of his gains, the second robbed him of them. He first
saw them to be worthless, and then, so far as others’
judgment went, he was stripped of them. Actively he
‘counted them loss,’ passively he ‘suffered the loss of
all things.’ His estimate came, and was followed by
the practical outcome of his brethren’s excommunication.
What changed his estimate? In our text he answers
the question in two forms: first he gives the simple,
all-sufficient monosyllabic reason for his whole life—’for
Christ,’ and then he enlarges that motive into
‘the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my
Lord.’ The former carries us back straight to the
vision which revolutionised Paul’s life, and made him
abjure all which he had trusted, and adore what he[326]
had abhorred. The latter dwells a little more upon
the subjective process which followed on the vision,
but the two are substantially the same, and we need
only note the solemn fulness of the name of ‘Jesus
Christ,’ and the intense motion of submission and of
personal appropriation contained in the designation,
‘my Lord.’ It was not when he found his way blinded
into Damascus that he had learned that knowledge,
or could apprehend its ‘excellency.’ The words are
enriched and enlarged by later experiences. The
sacrifice of his earlier ‘gains’ had been made before
the ‘excellency of the knowledge’ had been discerned.
It was no mere intellectual perception which could be
imparted in words, or by eyesight, but here as always
Paul by ‘knowledge’ means experience which comes
from possession and acquaintance, and which therefore
gleams ever before us as we move, and is capable of
endless increase, in the measure in which we are true
to the estimate of ‘gains’ and ‘losses’ to which our
initial vision of Him has led us. At first we may not
know that that knowledge excels all others, but as we
grow in acquaintance with Jesus, and in experience of
Him, we shall be sure that it transcends all others,
because He does and we possess Him.
The revolutionising motive may be conceived of in
two ways. We have to abandon the lower ‘gains’ in
order to gain Christ, or to abandon these because we
have gained Him. Both are true. The discernment
of Christ as the one ground of confidence is ever
followed by the casting away of all others. Self-distrust
is a part of faith. When we feel our feet upon
the rock, the crumbling sands on which we stood are
left to be broken up by the sea. They who have seen
the Apollo Belvedere will set little store by plaster[327]
of Paris casts. In all our lives there come times
when the glimpse of some loftier ideal shows up our
ordinary as hollow and poor and low. And when
once Christ is seen, as Scripture shows Him, our former
self appears poor and crumbles away.
We are not to suppose that the act of renunciation
must be completed before a second act of possession
is begun. That is the error of many ascetic books.
The two go together, and abandonment in order to
win merges into abandonment because we have won.
The strongest power to make renunciation possible is
‘the expulsive power of a new affection.’ When the
heart is filled with love to Christ there is no sense of
‘loss,’ but only of ‘exceeding gain,’ in casting away all
things for Him.
III. The continuous repetition of the discovery.
Paul compares his present self with his former
Christian self, and with a vehement ‘Yea, verily,’
affirms his former judgment, and reiterates it in still
more emphatic terms. It is often easy to depreciate
the treasures which we possess. They sometimes grow
in value as they slip from our hands. It is not usual
for a man who has ‘suffered the loss of all things’ to
follow their disappearance by counting them ‘but
dung.’ The constant repetition through the whole
Christian course of the depreciatory estimate of
grounds of confidence is plainly necessary. There are
subtle temptations to the opposite course. It is hard
to keep perfectly clear of all building on our own
blamelessness or on our connection with the Christian
Church, and we have need ever to renew the estimate
which was once so epoch-making, and which ‘cast
down all our imaginations and high things.’ If we do
not carefully watch ourselves, the whispering tempter[328]
that was silenced will recover his breath again, and be
once more ready to drop into our ears his poisonous
suggestions. We have to take pains and ‘give earnest
heed’ to the initial, revolutionary estimate, and to see
that it is worked out habitually in our daily lives. It
is a good exchange when we count ‘all but loss for
the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our
Lord.’
THE GAIN OF CHRIST
‘That I may gain Christ, and be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my
own, even that which is of the law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the
righteousness which is of God by faith.’—Phil. iii. 8, 9 (R.V.).
It is not everybody who can say what is his aim in life.
Many of us have never thought enough about it to
have one beyond keeping alive. We lose life in seeking
for the means of living. Many of us have such a multitude
of aims, each in its turn drawing us, that no one
of them is predominant and rules the crowd. There is
no strong hand at the tiller, and so the ship washes
about in the trough of the waves.
It is not everybody who dares to say what is his aim
in life. We are ashamed to acknowledge even to ourselves
what we are not at all ashamed to do. Paul
knew his aim, and was not afraid to speak it. It was
high and noble, and was passionately and persistently
pursued. He tells us it here, and we can see his soul
kindling as he speaks. We may note how there is here
the same double reference as we found in the previous
verses, gaining Christ corresponding to the previous
loss for Christ, and the later words of our text being
an expansion of the ‘excellency of the knowledge of
Christ Jesus.’ No man will ever succeed in any life’s[329]
purpose, unless like Paul he is enthusiastic about it.
If his aim does not rouse his fervour when he speaks
of it, he will never accomplish it. We may just remark
that Paul does not suppose his aim to be wholly unattained,
even although he does not count himself to
‘have apprehended.’ He knows that he has gained
Christ, and is ‘found in Him,’ but he knows also that
there stretch before him the possibilities of infinite
increase.
I. His life’s aim was to have the closest possession of,
and incorporation in, Christ.
His two expressions, ‘that I may gain Christ and be
found in Him,’ are substantially identical in meaning,
though they put the same truth from different sides,
and with some variety of metaphor. We may deal
with them separately.
The ‘gain’ is of course the opposite of the ‘loss.’ His
balance-sheet has on one side ‘all things lost,’ on the
other ‘Christ gained,’ and that is profitable trading.
But we have to go deeper than such a metaphor, and
to give full scope to the Scriptural truth, that Christ
really imparts Himself to the believing soul. There is
a real communication of His own life to us, and thereby
we live, as He Himself declared, ‘He that hath the Son
hath life.’ The true deep sense in which we possess
Christ is not to be weakened down, as it, alas! so often
is in our shallow Christianity, which is but the echo of
a shallow experience, and a feeble hold of that possession
of the Son to which Jesus called us, as the condition
of our possession of life. Christ is thus Himself
possessed by all our faculties, each after its kind; head
and heart, passions and desires, hopes and longings,
may each have Him abiding in them, guiding them
with His strong and gentle hand, animating them into[330]
nobler life, restraining and controlling, gradually transforming
and ultimately conforming them to His own
likeness. Till that Divine Indweller enters in, the
shrine is empty, and unclean things lurk in its hidden
corners. To be a man full summed in all his powers,
each of us must ‘gain Christ.’
The other expression in the text, ‘be found in Him,’
presents the same truth from the completing point of
view. We gain Christ in us when we are ‘found in Him.’
We are to be incorporated as members are in the body,
or imbedded as a stone in the foundation, or to go
back to the sweetest words, which are the source of all
these representations, included as ‘a branch in the
vine.’ We are to be in Him for safety and shelter, as
fugitives take refuge in a strong tower when an enemy
swarms over the land.
| ‘And lo! from sin and grief and shame, |
| I hide me, Jesus, in Thy name.’ |
through us. We are to be in Him that the Divine
Love may fall on us, and that in Jesus we may receive
our portion of all which is His heritage.
This mutual possession and indwelling is possible if
Jesus be the Son of God, but the language is absurd in
any other interpretation of His person. It is clearly in
its very nature capable of indefinite increase, and as
containing in itself the supply of all which we need for
life and blessedness, is fitted to be what nothing else
can pretend to be, without wrecking the lives that are
unwise enough to pursue it—the sovereign aim of a
human life. In following it, and only in following it,
the highest wisdom says Amen to the aspiration of the
lowliest faith. ‘This one thing I do.’[331]
II. Paul’s life’s aim was righteousness to be received.
He goes on to present some of the consequences
which follow on his gaining Christ and being ‘found in
Him,’ and before all others he names as his aim the
possession of ‘righteousness.’ We must remember that
Paul believed that righteousness in the sense of ‘justification’
had been his from the moment when Ananias
came to where he was sitting in darkness, and bid him
be baptized and wash away his sins. The word here
must be taken in its full sense of moral perfectness;
even if we included only this in our thoughts of his
life’s aim, how high above most men would he tower!
But his statement carries him still higher above, and
farther away from, the common ideas of moral perfection,
and what he means by righteousness is widely separated
from the world’s conception, not only in regard
to its elements, but still more in regard to its source.
It is possible to lose oneself in a dreamy mysticism
which has had much to say of ‘gaining Christ and being
found in Him,’ and has had too little to say about
‘having righteousness,’ and so has turned out to be an
ally of indifference and sometimes of unrighteousness.
Buddhism and some forms of mystical Christianity
have fallen into a pit of immorality from which Paul’s
sane combination here would have saved them. There
is no danger in the most mystical interpretation of the
former statement of his aim, when it is as closely
connected as it is here with the second form in which
he states it. I have just said that Paul differed from
men who were seeking for righteousness, not only
because his conceptions of what constituted it were not
the same as theirs, though he in this very letter
endorses the Greek ideals of ‘virtue and praise,’ but
also and more emphatically because he looked for it as[332]
a gift, and not as the result of his own efforts. To him
the only righteousness which availed was one which
was not ‘my own,’ but had its source in, and was
imparted by, God. The world thought of righteousness
as the general designation under which were summed
up a man’s specific acts of conformity to law, the sum
total reached by the addition of many specific instances
of conformity to a standard of duty. Paul had learned
to think of it as preceding and producing the specific
acts. The world therefore said, and says, Do the deeds
and win the character; Paul says, Receive the character
and do the deeds. The result of the one conception of
righteousness is in the average man spasmodic efforts
after isolated achievements, with long periods between
in which effort subsides into torpor. The result in
Paul’s case was what we know: a continuous effort to
keep his mind and heart open for the influx of the
power which, entering into him, would make him able
to do the specific acts which constitute righteousness.
The one road is a weary path, hard to tread, and, as a
matter of fact, not often trodden. To pile up a righteousness
by the accumulation of individual righteous acts
is an endeavour less hopeful than that of the coral
polypes slowly building up their reef out of the depths
of the Pacific, till it rises above the waves. He who
assumes to be righteous on the strength of a succession
of righteous acts, not only needs a profounder idea of
what makes his acts righteous, but should also make a
catalogue of his unrighteous ones and call himself
wicked. The other course is the final deliverance of a
man from dependence upon his own struggles, and substitutes
for the dreary alternations of effort and torpor,
and for the imperfect harvest of imperfectly righteous
acts, the attitude of receiving, which supersedes painful[333]
strife and weary endeavour. To seek after a righteousness
which is ‘my own,’ is to seek what we shall never
find, and what, if found, would crumble beneath us.
To seek the righteousness which is from God, is to seek
what He is waiting to bestow, and what the blessed
receivers blessedly know is more than they dreamed of.
But Paul looked for this great gift as a gift in Christ.
It was when he was ‘found in Him’ that it became his,
and he was found ‘blameless.’ That gift of an imparted
life, which has a bias towards all goodness, and the
natural operation of which is to incline all our faculties
towards conformity with the will of God, is bestowed
when we ‘win Christ.’ Possessing Him, we possess it.
It is not only ‘imputed,’ as our fathers delighted to say,
but it is ‘imparted.’ And because it is the gift of God
in Christ, it was in Paul’s view received by faith. He
expresses that conviction in a double form in our text.
It is ‘through faith’ as the channel by which it passes
into our happy hands. It is ‘by faith,’ or, more
accurately, ‘upon faith,’ as the foundation on which
it rests, or the condition on which it depends. Our
trust in Christ does bring His life to us to sanctify us,
and the plain English of all this blessed teaching is—if
we wish to be better let us trust Christ and get Him
into the depths of our lives, and righteousness will be
ours. That transforming Presence laid up in ‘the hidden
man of the heart,’ will be like some pungent scent in
a wardrobe which keeps away moths, and gives out a
fragrance that perfumes all that hangs near it.
But all which we have been saying is not to be understood
as if there was no effort to be made, in order
to receive, and to live manifesting, the ‘righteousness
which is of God.’ There must be the constant
abandonment of self, and the constant utilising of the[334]
grace given. The righteousness is bestowed whenever
faith is exercised. The hand is never stretched out
and the gift not lodged in it. But it is a life’s aim to
possess the ‘righteousness which is of God by faith,’
because that gift is capable of indefinite increase, and
will reward the most strenuous efforts of a believing
soul as long as life continues.
III. Paul’s life’s aim stretches beyond this life.
Shall we be chargeable with crowding too much
meaning into his words, if we fix on his remarkable
expression, ‘be found in Him,’ as containing a clear
reference to that great day of final judgment? We
recall other instances of the use of the same expression
in connections which unmistakably point to that time.
Such as ‘being clothed we shall not be found naked,’ or
‘the proof of your faith . . . might be found unto
praise and glory and honour at the revelation of Jesus
Christ,’ or ‘found of Him in peace without spot, blameless.’
In the light of these and similar passages, it
does not seem unreasonable to suppose that this ‘being
found’ does include a reference to the Apostle’s place
after death, though it is not confined to that. He
thinks of the searching eye of the Judge taking keen
account, piercing through all disguises, and wistfully
as well as penetratingly scrutinising characters,
till it finds that for which it seeks. They who are
‘found in Him’ in that day, are there and thus for
ever. There is no further fear of falling out of union
with Him, or of being, by either gradual and unconscious
stages, or by sudden and overmastering assaults,
carried out of the sacred enclosure of the City of
Refuge in which they dwell henceforth for ever. A
dangerous presumptuousness has sometimes led to the
over-confident assertion, ‘Once in Christ always in[335]
Christ.’ But Paul teaches us that that security of
permanent dwelling in Him is to be for ever in this
life the aim of our efforts, rather than an accomplished
fact. So long as we are here, the possibility of falling
away cannot be shut out, and there must always rise
before us the question, Am I in Christ? Hence there
is need for continual watchfulness, self-control, and
self-distrust, and the life’s aim has to be perpetual, not
only because it is capable of indefinite expansion, but
because our weakness is capable of deserting it. It is
only when at the last we are found by Him, in Him,
that we are there for ever, with all dangers of departure
from Him at an end. In that City of Refuge,
and there only, ‘the gates shall not be shut at all,’ not
solely because no enemies shall attempt to come in,
but also because no citizens shall desire to go out.
We should ever have before us that hour, and our
life’s aim should ever definitely include the final
scrutiny in which many a hidden thing will come to
light, many a long-lost thing be found, and each man’s
ultimate place in relation to Jesus Christ will be freed
from uncertainties, ambiguities, hypocrisies, and disguises,
and made plain to all beholders. In that great
day of ‘finding,’ some of us will have to ask with sinking
hearts, ‘Hast thou found me, O mine enemy?’ and
others will break forth into the glad acclaim, ‘I have
found Him,’ or rather ‘been found of Him.’
So we have before us the one reasonable aim for a
man to have Christ, to be found in Him, to have His
righteousness. It is reasonable, it is great enough to
absorb all our energies, and to reward them. It will
last a lifetime, and run on undisturbed beyond life.
Following it, all other aims will fall into their places.
Is this my aim?[336]
SAVING KNOWLEDGE
‘That I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship
of His sufferings, becoming conformed unto His death; if by any means I may
attain unto the resurrection from the dead.’—Phil. iii. 10-11 (R.V.).
We have seen how the Apostle was prepared to close
his letter at the beginning of this chapter, and how
that intention was swept away by the rush of new
thoughts. His fervid faith caught fire when he turned
to think of what he had lost, and how infinitely more
he had gained in Christ. His wealth is so great that
it cannot be crowded into the narrow space of one
brief sentence, and after all the glowing words which
precede our text, he feels that he has not yet adequately
set forth either his present possessions or his
ultimate aims. So here he continues the theme which
might have seemed most fully dealt with in the great
thoughts that occupied us in the former sermon, but
which still wait to be completed here. They are most
closely connected with the former, and the unity of the
sentence is but a parallel to the oneness of the idea.
The elements of our present text constitute a part of
the Apostle’s aim in life, and may be dealt with as
such.
I. Paul’s life’s aim was the knowledge of Christ.
That sounds an anti-climax after ‘Gain’ and ‘Be in
Him.’ These phrases seem to express a much more
intimate relation than this, but we must note that it
is no mere theoretical or intellectual knowledge which
is intended. Such knowledge would need no surrender
or suffering ‘the loss of all things.’ We can only buy
the knowledge of Christ at such a rate, but we can buy
knowledge about Him very much cheaper. Such[337]
knowledge would not be worth the price; it lies on the
surface of the soul, and does nothing. Many a man
amongst us has it, and it is of no use to him. If Paul
had undergone all that he had undergone and sacrificed
all that he had given up, and for his reward had
only gained accurate knowledge about Christ, he had
certainly wasted his life and made a bad bargain.
But as always, so here, to know means knowledge
based upon experience. Did Christ mean that a correct
creed was eternal life when He said, ‘This is life
eternal to know Thee, the only true God and Jesus
Christ whom Thou has sent?’ Did Paul mean the dry
light of the understanding when he prayed that the
Ephesians might know the love of Christ which passeth
knowledge, in order to be filled with all the fulness of
God? Clearly we have to go much deeper down than
that superficial interpretation in order to reach the
reality of the New Testament conception of knowledge.
It is co-extensive with life, and is built upon inward
experience. In a word, it is one aspect of winning
Jesus. It is consciousness contemplating its riches,
counting its gains. As a man knows the bliss of
parental or wedded love only by having it, or as he
knows the taste of wine only by drinking it, or the
glory of music only by hearing it, and the brightness
of the day only by seeing it, so we know Christ only by
winning Him. There must first be the perception and
possession by sense or emotion, and then the reflection
on the possession by understanding. This applies to
all religious truth. It must be possessed ere it be
fully known. Like the new name written upon the
Apocalyptic stone, ‘No one knoweth but he that
receiveth it.’
The knowledge which was Paul’s life’s aim was[338]
knowledge of a Person: the object determines the
nature of the knowledge. The mental act of knowing
a proposition or a science or even of knowing about a
person by hearing of him is different from that of
knowing people when we have lived beside them. We
need not be afraid of attaching too familiar a meaning
to this word of our text, if we say that it implies personal
acquaintance with the Christ whom we know.
Of course we come to know Him in the first instance
through the medium of statements about Him, and we
cannot too strongly insist, in these days of destructive
criticism, on the absolute necessity of accepting the
Gospel statements as to the life of Jesus as the only
possible method of knowing Him. But then, beyond
that acceptance of the record must come the application
and appropriation of it, and the transmutation of
a historical fact into a personal experience. We may
take an illustration from any of the Scriptural truths
about Jesus:—For instance, Scripture declares Him to
be our Redeemer. One man believes Him to be so,
welcomes Him into his life as such, and finds Him to
be such. Another man believes Him to be so, but never
puts His redeeming power to the proof. Is the knowledge
of these two rightly called by the same name?
That which comes after experience is surely not
rightly designated by the same title as that which has
no vivification nor verification of such a sort to build
on, and is the mere product of the understanding.
There is nothing which the great mass of so-called
Christians need more than to have forced into their
thoughts the difference between these two kinds of
knowledge of Christ. There are thousands of them
who, if asked, are ready to profess that they know
Jesus, but to whom He has never been anything more[339]
than a partially understood article of an uncared for
creed, and has never been in living contact with their
needs, nor known for their strength in weakness, their
comforter in sorrow, ‘their life in death,’ their all in all.
To deepen that experimental knowledge of Jesus is a
worthy aim for the whole life, and is a process that
may go on indefinitely through it all. To know Him
more and more is to have more of heaven in us. To be
penetrating ever deeper into His fulness, and finding
every day new depths to penetrate is to have a fountain
of freshness in our dusty days that will never fail
or run dry. There is only one inexhaustible person,
and that is Jesus Christ. We have all fulness in our
Lord: we have already received all when we received
Him. Are we advancing in the experience that is the
parent of knowing Him? Do new discoveries meet us
every day as if we were explorers in a virgin land?
To have this for our aim is enough for satisfaction, for
blessedness, and for growth. To know Him is a liberal
education.
II. That knowledge involves knowing the power of
His Resurrection.
The power of His Resurrection is an expression which
covers a wide ground. There are several distinct and
well-marked powers ascribed to it in Paul’s writings.
It has a demonstrative force in reference to our Lord’s
person and work. For He is by it ‘declared to be the
Son of God with power.’ That rising again from the
dead, taken in conjunction with the fact that He dieth
no more, but is ascended up on high, and in conjunction
with His own words concerning Himself and His
Resurrection, sets Him forth before the world as the
Son of God, and is the solemn divine approval and
acceptance of His work.[340]
It has a revealing power in regard to the condition
of humanity in death. It is the one fact which
establishes immortality, and which not only establishes
it, but casts some light on the manner of it. The
possibility of personal life after, and therefore, in
death, the unbroken continuity of being, the possibility
of a resurrection, and a glorifying of this corporeal
frame, with all the far-reaching consequences of these
truths in the triumph they give over death, in the support
and substance they afford to the else-shadowy
idea of immortality, in the lofty place which they assign
to the bodily frame, and the conception which they
give of man’s perfection as consisting of body, soul,
and spirit—these thoughts have flashed light into all
the darkness of the grave, have narrowed to a mere
strip of coast-line the boundaries of the kingdom of
death, have proclaimed love as the victor in her contest
with that shrouded horror. The basis of them all
is Christ’s Resurrection; its power in this respect is the
power to illuminate, to console, to certify, to wrench
the sceptre from the hands of death, and to put it in
the pierced hands of the Living One that was dead,
and is Lord both of the dead and the living.
Further, the Resurrection is treated by Paul as having
a power for our justification, in so far as the risen Lord
bestows upon us by His risen life the blessings of His
righteousness. Paul also represents the Resurrection
of Christ as having the power of quickening our
Spiritual life. I need not spend time in quoting the
many passages where His rising from the dead, and
His life after the Resurrection, are treated as the type
and pattern of our lives: and are not only regarded
as pattern, but are also regarded as the power by
which that new life of ours is brought about. It has[341]
the power of raising us from the death of sin, and
bringing us into a new life of the Spirit. And finally,
the Resurrection of Christ is regarded as having the
power of raising His servants from the grave to the
full possession of His own glorious life, and so it is the
power of our final victory over death.
Now I do not know that we are entitled to exclude
any of these powers from view. The broad words of
the text include them all, but perhaps the two last are
mainly meant, and of these chiefly the former.
The risen life of Christ quickens and raises us, and
that not merely as a pattern, but as a power. It is
only if we are in Him that there is so real a unity of
life between Him and us that there enters into us some
breath of His own life.
That risen life of the Saviour which we share if we
have Him, enters into our nature as leaven into the
three measures of meal; transforming and quickening
it, gives new directions, tastes, motives, impulses, and
power. It bids and inclines us to seek the things that
are above, and its great exhortation to the hearts in
which it dwells, to fix themselves there, and to forsake
the things that are on the earth, is based upon the fact
that they have died, and ‘their life is hid with Christ
in God.’ Without that leaven the life that we live is a
death, because it is lived in the ‘lusts of the flesh,’
doing the desires of the flesh and of the mind. There
is no real union with Jesus Christ, of which the direct
issue is not a living experience of the power of His
Resurrection in bringing us to the likeness of itself in
regard to our freedom from the bondage to sin, and to
our presenting ourselves unto God as alive from the
dead, and our members as instruments of righteousness
unto God. It is a solemn thought which we all[342]
need to press upon our consciences, that the only infallible
sign that we have been in any measure
quickened together with Christ and raised up with
Him is that we have ceased to live in the lusts of our
flesh, doing the desires of the flesh and of the mind.
The risen life of Jesus may indefinitely increase, and
will do so in the measure in which we honestly make
it our life’s aim to know Him and the power of His
Resurrection.
III. The experience of the power of Christ’s Resurrection
is inseparable from the fellowship of His
sufferings.
We must not suppose that Paul’s solemn and awful
words here trench in the smallest degree on the solitary
unapproachableness of Christ’s death. He would
have answered, as in fact he does answer, the appeal
of the prophetic sufferer, ‘Behold and see if there be
any sorrow like unto my sorrow’ with the strongest
negative. No other human lips have ever tasted, or
can ever taste, a cup of such bitterness as He drained
for us all, and no other human lips have ever been so
exquisitely sensitive to the bitterness which they have
drunk. The identification of Himself with a sinful
world, the depth and closeness of His community of
feeling with all sorrow, the consciousness of the glory
which He had left, and the perpetual sense of the
hostility into which He had come, set Christ’s sufferings
by themselves as surely as the effects that flow
from them declare that they need no repetition, and
cannot be degraded by any parallel whilst the world
lasts.
But yet His Death, like His Resurrection, is set forth
in Scripture as being a type and power of ours. We
have to die to the world by the power of the Cross. If[343]
we truly trust in His sacrifice there will operate upon
us motives which separate and detach us from our old
selves and the old world. A fundamental, ethical, and
spiritual change is effected on us through faith. We
were dead in sin, we are dead to sin. We have to
blend the two thoughts of the Christian life as being a
daily dying and a continual resurrection in order to get
the whole truth of the double aspect of it.
It may be a question whether the Apostle is here referring
to outward or inward and ethical sorrows, but
perhaps we should not do justice to the thought unless
we extend it to cover both of these. Certainly if his
theology was but the generalising of his experience, he
had ample material in his daily life for knowing the
fellowship of Christ’s sufferings. One of his most
frequently recurring and most cherished thoughts is,
that to suffer for Christ is to suffer with Christ, and
in it he found and teaches us to find strength to
endure, and patience to outlast any sorrows that may
swoop upon us like birds of prey because we are
Christians. Happy shall we be if Christ’s sufferings
are ours, because it is our union with Him and our
likeness to Him, not to ourselves, our sins, or our worldliness,
that is their occasion. There is an old legend
that Peter was crucified head downwards, because he
felt himself unworthy to be as his Master. We may
well feel that nothing which we can ever bear for
Him is worthy to be compared with what He has
borne for us, and be the more overwhelmed with the
greatness of the condescension, and the humility of
the love which reckon our light affliction, which is but
for a moment, along with the heavy weight which He
bore, and the blessed issue of which outlasts time and
enriches eternity.[344]
But there is another sense in which it is a worthy
aim of our lives that our sufferings may be felt to be
fellowship with His. That is a blessed sorrow which
brings us closer to our Lord. That is a wholesome
sorrow of which the issue is an intenser faith in Him,
a fuller experience of His sufficiency. The storm blows
us well when it blows us to His breast, and sorrow
enriches us, whatever it may take away, which gives us
fuller and more assured possession of Jesus.
But when we are living in fellowship with Jesus, that
union works in two directions, and while on the one
hand we may then humbly venture to feel that our
sufferings for Him are sufferings with Him, we may
thankfully feel, too, that in all our affliction He is
afflicted. If His sufferings are ours we may be sure
that ours are His. And how different they all become
when we are certain of His sympathy! It is possible
that we may have a kind of common consciousness
with our Lord, if our whole hearts and wills are kept
in close touch with Him, so that in our experience there
may be a repetition in a higher form of that strange
experience alleged to be familiar in hypnotism, where
the bitter in one mouth is tasted in another.
So, what we ought to make our aim is that in our
lives our growing knowledge of Christ should lead to
the two results, so inexorably intertwined, of daily
death and daily resurrection, and that we may be kept
faithful to Him so that our outward sufferings may be
caused by our union with Him, and not by our own
faithlessness, and may be discerned by us to be fellowship
with His. Then we shall also feel that He bears
ours with us, and sorrow itself will be calmed and
beautified into a silent bliss, as the chill peaks when the
morning strikes them glow with tender pink, and seem[345]
soft and warm, though they are grim rock and ice-cold
snow. Then some faint echo of His history
‘who was acquainted with grief’ may be audible in our
outward lives and we, too, may have our Gethsemane
and our Calvary. It may not be presumption in us to
say ‘We are able’ when He asks ‘Can ye drink of the
cup that I drink of’? nor terror to hear Him prophesy
‘Ye shall indeed drink of the cup that I drink of,’ for
we shall remember ‘joint-heirs in Christ, if so be that
we suffer with Him, that we may be also glorified
together.’
IV. The end attained.
The Christian life as here manifested is even in its
highest forms manifestly incomplete. It is a reflected
light, and like the reflected light in the heavens,
advances by imperceptible degrees to fill the whole
silver round. It may be ‘e’en in its imperfections
beautiful,’ but it assuredly has ‘a ragged edge.’ The
hypothetical form of the last words of our text does
not so much imply a doubt of the possibility of attaining
the result as the recognition of the indispensable
condition of effort on the part of him who attains it.
That effort forthcoming, the attainment is certain.
The Revised Version makes a slight correction which
involves a great matter, in reading ‘the resurrection
from the dead.’ It is necessary to insist on this change
in rendering, not because it implies that only saints
are raised, but because Paul is thinking of that first
resurrection of which the New Testament habitually
speaks. ‘The dead in Christ shall rise first’ as he
himself declared in his earliest epistle, and the seer in
the Apocalypse shed a benediction on ‘him that hath
part in the first resurrection.’ Our knowledge of that
solemn future is so fragmentary that we cannot ven[346]ture
to draw dogmatic inferences from the little that
has been declared to us, but we cannot forget the
distinct words of Jesus in which He not only plainly
declares a universal resurrection, but as plainly proclaims
that it falls into two parts, one a ‘resurrection
of life,’ and one a ‘resurrection of judgment.’ The
former may well be the final aim of a Christian life:
the latter is a fate which one would think no sane man
would deliberately provoke. Each carries in its name
its dominant characteristic, the one full of attractiveness,
the other partially unveiling depths of shame
and punitive retributions which might appal the
stoutest heart.
This resurrection of life is the last result of the
power of Christ’s Resurrection received into and working
on the human spirit. It is plain enough that if the
Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead
dwell in us there is no term to its operations until our
mortal bodies also are quickened by His Spirit that
dwelleth in us. The ethical and spiritual resurrection
in the present life finds its completion in the bodily
resurrection in the future. It cannot be that the
transformation wrought in a human life shall be
complete until it has flowed outwards into and permeated
the whole of manhood, body, soul, and spirit.
The three measures of meal have each to be influenced
before ‘the whole is leavened.’ If we duly consider
the elements necessary to a perfect realisation of the
divine ideal of humanity, we shall discern that redemption
must have a gospel to bring to the body as
well as to the spirit. Whatever has been devastated
by sin must be healed by Jesus. It is not necessary to
suppose that the body which dies is the body which
rises again, rather the Apostle’s far-reaching series of[347]
antitheses between that which is sown and that which
is raised leads us to think that the natural body, which
has passed through corruption, and the particles of
which have been gathered into many different combinations,
does not become the spiritual body. The person
who dies is the person who lives through death, and
who assumes the body of the resurrection, and it is the
person, not the elements which make up the personality,
who is spoken of as risen from the dead. The vesture
may be different, but the wearer is the same.
So that resurrection from the dead is the end of a
supernatural life begun here and destined to culminate
hereafter. It is the last step in the manifestation of
our being in Christ, and so is being prepared for here
by every step in advance in gaining Jesus. It should
ever be before every Christian soul that participation
in Christ hereafter is conditioned by its progress in
likeness to Him here. The Resurrection from the dead
is not a gift which can be bestowed apart from a man’s
moral state. If he dies having had no knowledge by
experience of the power of Christ’s Resurrection, there
is nothing in the fact of death to give him that knowledge,
and it is impossible to bring ‘any means’ to bear
on him by which he will attain unto the ‘resurrection
from the dead.’ If God could give that gift irrespective
of a man’s relations to Jesus, He would give it to
all. Let us ask ourselves, then, is it not worth making
the dominant aim of our lives the same as that of
Paul’s? How stands our account then? Are we not
wise traders presenting a good balance-sheet when we
show entered on the one side the loss of all things, and
on the other the gaining of Christ, and the attaining
the resurrection from the dead, the perfect transformation
of body, soul, and spirit, into the perfect likeness[348]
of the perfect Lord? Does the other balance-sheet
show the man as equally solvent who enters on one
side the gain of a world, and on the other a Christless
life, to be followed by a resurrection in which is no
joy, no advance, no life, but which is a resurrection of
judgment? May we all be found in Him, and attain to
the resurrection from the dead!
LAID HOLD OF AND LAYING HOLD
‘I follow after if that I may apprehend that for which also I was apprehended
of Christ Jesus.’—Phil. iii. 12.
‘I was laid hold of by Jesus Christ.’ That is how Paul
thinks of what we call his conversion. He would
never have ‘turned’ unless a hand had been laid upon
him. A strong loving grasp had gripped him in the
midst of his career of persecution, and all that he
had done was to yield to the grip, and not to
wriggle out of it. The strong expression suggests,
as it seems to me, the suddenness of the incident.
Possibly impressions may have been working underground,
ever since the martyrdom of Stephen, which
were undermining his convictions, and the very insanity
of his zeal may have been due to an uneasy
consciousness that the ground was yielding beneath
his feet. That may have been so, but, whether it were
so or not, the crisis came like a bolt out of the blue,
and he was checked in full career, as if a voice had
spoken to the sea in its wildest storm, and frozen its
waves into immobility.
There is suggested in the word, too, distinctly, our
Lord’s personal action in the matter. No doubt, the[349]
fact of His supernatural appearance gives emphasis
to the phrase here. But every Christian man and
woman has been, as truly as ever Paul was, laid hold
of by the personal action of Jesus Christ. He is
present in His Word, and, by multitudes of inward
impulses and outward providences, He is putting out a
gentle and a firm hand, and laying it upon the
shoulders of all of us. Have we yielded? Have we
resisted, when we were laid hold of? Did we try to
get away? Did we plant our feet and say, ‘I will not
be drawn,’ or did we simply neglect the pressure? If
we have yielded, my text tells us what we have to do
next. For that hand is laid upon a man for a purpose,
and that purpose is not secured by the hand being laid
upon him, unless he, in his turn, will put out a hand
and grasp. Our activity is needed; that activity will
not be put forth without very distinct effort, and that
effort has to be life-long, because our grasp at the best
is incomplete. So then, we have here, first of all, to
consider—
I. What Christ has laid His grip on us for.
Now, the immediate result of that grasp, when it is
yielded to, is the sense of the removal of guilt, forgiveness
of sins, acceptance with God. But these, the
immediate results, are by no means the whole results,
although a great many of us live as if we thought that
the only thing that Christianity is meant to do to us
is that it bars the gates of some future hell, and brings
to us the message of forgiveness. We cannot think
too nobly or too loftily of that gift of forgiveness, the
initial gift that is laid in every Christian man’s hands,
but we may think too exclusively of it, and a great
many of us do think of it as if it were all that was
to be given. A painter has to clear away the old paint[350]
off a door, or a wall, before he lays on the new. The
initial gift that comes from being laid hold of by Jesus
Christ is the burning off of the old coat of paint. But
that is only the preliminary to the laying on of the
new. A man away in the backwoods will spend a
couple of years after he has got his bit of land in felling
and burning the trees, and rooting out and destroying
the weeds. But is that what he got the clearing
for? That is only a preliminary to sowing the seed.
My friend! If Jesus Christ has laid hold of you, and
you have let Him keep hold of you, it is not only that
you may be forgiven, not only that you may sun yourself
in the light of God’s countenance, and feel that a
new blessed relation is set up between you and Him,
but there are great purposes lying at the back of that,
of which all that is only the preliminary and the
preparation.
Conversion. Yes; but what is the good of turning
a man round unless he goes in the direction in which
his face is turned? And so here the Apostle having
for years lived in the light of that great thought, that
God was reconciled in Jesus Christ, and that he was
God’s friend, discerns far beyond that, in dim perspective,
towering high above the land in the front,
the snowy sunlit summits of a great range to which
he has yet to climb, and says, ‘I press on to lay hold
of that for which I was laid hold of by Jesus
Christ.’
And what was that? On the road to Damascus
Paul was only told one thing, that Christ had grasped
him and drawn him to Himself in order that He
might make him a chosen vessel to bear the Word far
hence amongst the Gentiles. The bearing of His conversion
upon Paul himself was never mentioned. The[351]
bearing of His conversion on the world was the only
subject that Jesus spoke of at first. But here Paul
has nothing to say about his world-wide mission. He
does not think of himself as being called to be an
Apostle, but as being summoned to be a Christian.
And so, forgetting for the time all the glorious and
yet burdensome obligations which were laid upon him,
and the discharge of which was the very life of his
life, he thinks only of what affects his own character,
the perfecting of which he regards as being the one
thing for which he was ‘laid hold of by Christ Jesus.’
The purpose is twofold. No Christian man is made a
Christian only in order that he may secure his own
salvation; there is the world to think of. No Christian
man is made a Christian only in order that he
may be Christ’s instrument for carrying the Word to
other people; there is himself to think of. And these
two phases of the purpose for which Jesus Christ lays
hold upon us are very hard to unite in practice, giving
to each its due place and prominence, and they are
often separated, to the detriment of both the one that
is attended to, and the one that is neglected. The
monastic life has not produced the noblest Christians;
and there are pitfalls lying in the path of every man
who, like me, has for his profession to preach the
Gospel, which, if they are fallen into, the inward life is
utterly wrecked.
The two sides of Christ’s purpose have, in our
practice, to be held together, but for the present I only
wish to say a word or two about that which, as I have
indicated, is but one hemisphere of the completed orb,
and that is our personal culture and growth in the
divine life. What did Christ lay hold of me for?
Paul answers the question very strikingly and beauti[352]fully
in a previous verse. Here is his conception of the
purpose, ‘that I may know Him, and the power of His
resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being
made conformable unto His death, if by any means I
might attain unto the resurrection of the dead.’ That
is what you were forgiven for; that is what you have
‘passed from death unto life’ for; that is what you
have come into the sweet fellowship of God, and can
think of Him as your Friend and Helper for.
Let us take the clauses seriatim, and say a word
about each of them. ‘That I may know Him.’ Ah!
there is a great deal more in Jesus Christ than a man
sees when he first sees Him through his tears and his
fears, and apprehends Him as the Saviour of his soul,
and the sacrifice on whom the burden and the guilt of
his sins were laid. We must begin there, as I believe.
But woe to us if we stop there. There is far more in
Christ than that; although all that is in Him is included
in that, yet you have to dig deep before you
find all that is included in it. You have to live with
Him day by day, and year by year, and to learn to
know Him as we learn to know husbands and wives,
by continual intercourse, by continual experience of a
sweet and unfailing love, by many a sacred hour of
interchange of affection and reception of gifts and
counsels. It is only thus that we learn to know what
Jesus Christ is. When He lays hold of us, He comes
like the angel that came to Peter in the prison in the
dark and awoke him out of his sleep and said ‘Rise!
and follow me.’ It is only when we get out into the
street, and have been with Him for awhile, and the
daylight begins to stream in, that we see clearly the
face of our Deliverer, and know Him for all that He
is. This knowledge is not the sort of knowledge that[353]
you can get by thinking, or out of a book. It is the
knowledge of experience. It is the knowledge of love,
it is the knowledge of union, and it is in order that
we may know Christ that He lays his hand upon us.
‘The power of His Resurrection.’ Now, by that I
understand a similar knowledge, by experience, of the
risen life of Jesus Christ flowing into us, and filling
our hearts and minds with its own power. The risen
life of Jesus is the nourishment and strengthening
and blessing and life of a Christian. Our daily experience
ought to be that there comes, wavelet by
wavelet, that silent, gentle, and yet omnipotent influx
into our empty hearts, the very life of Christ Himself.
I know that this generation says that that is mysticism.
I do not know whether it is mysticism or not.
I am sure it is truth; and I do not understand Christianity
at all, unless there is that kind of mysticism,
perfectly wholesome and good, in it. You will never
know Jesus Christ until you know Him as pouring into
your hearts the power of an endless life, His own life.
Christ for us by all means,—Christ’s death the basis of
our hope, but Christ in us, and Christ’s life as the true
gift to His Church. Have you got that? Do you
know the power of His Resurrection?
‘The fellowship of His sufferings.’ Has Paul made
a mistake, and deserted the chronological order?
Why does he put the ‘fellowship of the sufferings’
after the ‘power of the Resurrection’? For this plain
reason, that if we get Christ’s life into our hearts, in
the measure in which we get it we shall bear a similar
relation to the world which He bore to it, and in our
measure will ‘fill up that which is behind in the sufferings
of Christ,’ and will understand how true it is[354]
that ‘if they hate Me they will hate you also.’
Brethren, the test of us who have the life of Christ in
our hearts is that we shall, in some measure, suffer
with Him, because ‘as He is, so are we, in this world,’
and because we must in that case look upon the world,
its sins and its sorrows, with something of the sad
gaze with which He looked across the valley to the
Temple sparkling in the morning light, and wept over
it. So if we know the power of His Resurrection we
shall know the fellowship of His sufferings.
And then Paul goes on, in his definition of the purpose
for which Christ lays hold upon men, apparently
to say the same thing over again, only in the opposite
order, ‘that I may be conformable to His death, if by
any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the
dead.’ Both of these clauses, I think, refer to the
future, to the actual dying of the body, and the actual
future resurrection of the same. And the thought is
this, that if here, through our earthly lives, we have
been recipients of the risen life of Jesus Christ, and
so have stood to the world in our degree as He stood
to it, then when the moment of death comes to us,
we shall, in so far, have our departure shaped after
His as that we shall be able to say, ‘Into Thy hands I
commit my spirit,’ and die willingly, and at last shall
be partakers of that blessed Resurrection unto life
eternal which closes the vista of our earthly history.
Stephen’s death was conformed to Christ’s in outward
fashion, in so far as it echoed the Master’s prayer,
‘Father forgive them, for they know not what they
do,’ and in so far as it echoed the Master’s last words,
with the significant alteration that, whilst Jesus commended
His spirit to the Father, the first martyr
commended his to Jesus Christ.[355]
These, then, are the purposes for which Christ laid
His hand upon us, that we might know Him, the
power of His Resurrection, the fellowship of His
sufferings, being made conformable to His death yet
by attaining the resurrection of the dead.
II. Notice, again, our laying hold because we have
been laid hold of.
Christ’s laying hold of me, blessed and powerful as
it is, does not of itself secure that I shall reach the
end which He had in view in His arresting of me.
What more is wanted? My effort. ‘I follow after if
I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended.’
Now, notice, in the one case, the Apostle
speaks of himself, not as passive, but certainly not as
active. ‘I was laid hold of.’ What did he do? As I
have said, he simply yielded to the grasp. But ‘I may
lay hold of’ conveys the idea of personal effort; and
so these two expressions, ‘I was apprehended,’ and ‘I
apprehend,’ suggest this consideration, that, for the
initial blessings of the Christian life, forgiveness,
acceptance, the sense of God’s favour, and of reconciliation
with him, nothing is needed but the simple
faith that yields itself altogether to the grasp of
Christ’s hand, but that for my possessing what Christ
means that I should possess when He lays His hand on
me, there is needed not only faith but effort. I have to
put out my hand and tighten my fingers round the
thing, if I would make it my own, and keep it.
So—faith, to begin with, and work based on faith,
to go on with. It is because a man is sure that Jesus
Christ has laid His hand upon him, and meant something
when He did it, that he fights on with all his
might to realise Christ’s purpose, and to get and keep
the thing which Christ meant him to have. There is[356]
stimulus in the thought, I was laid hold of by Him
for a purpose. There is all the difference between
striving, however eagerly, however nobly, however
strenuously, however constantly, after self-improvement,
by one’s own effort only, and striving after it
because one knows that he is therein fulfilling the
purpose for which Jesus Christ drew him to Himself.
And if that be so, then the nature of the thing to
be laid hold of determines what we are to do to lay
hold of it. And since to know Christ, and the power
of His Resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings,
is the aim and end of our conversion, the way to
secure it must be keeping in continual touch with
Jesus by meditating upon Him, by holding many a
moment of still, sacred, sweet communion with Him,
by carefully avoiding whatever might come between
us and our knowledge of Him, and the influx of His
life into us, and by yielding ourselves, day by day, to
the continual influence of His divine grace upon us
and by the discipline which shall make our inward
natures more and more capable of receiving more and
more of that dear Lord. These being the things to
do, in regard to the inward life, there must be effort
too, in regard to the outward; for we must, if we are
to lay hold of that for which we are laid hold of by
Jesus Christ, bring all the outward life under the
dominion of this inward impulse, and when the flood
pours into our hearts we must, by many a sluice and
trench, guide it into every corner of the field, that all
may be irrigated. The first thing they do when they
are going to sow rice in an Eastern field is to flood it,
and then they cast in the seed, and it germinates.
Flood your lives with Christ, and then sow the seed
and you will get a crop.[357]
III. Lastly, the text suggests the incompleteness of
our grasp.
‘I follow that,’ says Paul, ‘if that I may apprehend.’
This letter was written far on in his career, in the
time of his imprisonment in Rome, which all but
ended his ministerial activity; and was many years
after that day on the road to Damascus. And yet,
matured Christian and exercised Apostle as he was,
with all that past behind him, he says, ‘I follow after,
that I may apprehend.’ Ah, brother, our experience
must be incomplete, for we have an infinite aim set
before us, and there is no end to the possibilities of
plunging deeper and deeper and deeper into the
knowledge of Christ, and having larger and larger
and larger draughts of the fulness of His life. We
have only been like goldseekers, who have contented
themselves as yet with washing the precious grains out
of the gravel of the river. There are great reefs filled
with the ore that we have not touched. Thank God
for the necessary incompleteness of our ‘apprehending.’
It is the very salt of life. To have realised our
aims, to have fulfilled our ideals, to have sucked dry
the cluster of the grapes is the death of aspiration,
of hope, of blessedness; and to have the distance beckoning,
and all experience ‘an arch, wherethro’ gleams
the untravelled world to which we move,’ is the secret
of perpetual youth and energy.
Because incomplete, our experience should be progressive;
and that is a truth that needs hammering
into Christian people to-day. About how many of us
can it be said that our light ‘shineth more and more
unto the noonday.’ Alas! about an enormous number
of us it must be said, ‘When for the time ye ought to
be teachers, ye have need that one teach you.’ All our[358]
churches have many grown babies, and cases of
arrested development—people that ought to be living
on strong meat, and are unable to masticate or digest
it, and by their own fault have still need of the milk
of infancy. There is an old fable about a strange
animal that fastened itself to the keel of sailing ships,
and by some uncanny power was able to arrest them
in mid-ocean, though the winds were filling all their
sails. There is a remora, as they called it, of that sort
adhering to a great many Christian people, and keeping
them fixed on one spot, instead of ‘following after,
if that they may apprehend.’
Dear friends—and especially you younger Christians—Christ
has laid hold of you. Well and good! that is
the beginning. He has laid hold of you for an end.
That end will not be reached without your effort, and
that effort must be perpetual. It is a life-long task.
Ay! and even up yonder the apprehending will be
incomplete. Like those mathematical lines that ever
approximate to a point which they never reach, we
shall through Eternity be, as it were, rising, in ascending
and ever-closer drawing spirals, to that great
Throne, and to Him that sits upon it. So that, striking
out the humble ‘may’ from our text, the rest of it
describes the progressive blessedness of the endless
life in the heavens, as truly as it does the progressive
duty of the Christian life here, and the glorified flock
that follows the Lamb in the heavenly pastures may
each say: I follow after in order to apprehend that
‘for which,’ long ago and down amidst the dim
shadows of earth, ‘I was apprehended of Christ
Jesus.’[359]
THE RACE AND THE GOAL
‘This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching
forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize.’—Phil. iii. 13, 14.
This buoyant energy and onward looking are marvellous
in ‘Paul the aged, and now also a prisoner of
Jesus Christ.’ Forgetfulness of the past and eager
anticipation for the future are, we sometimes think,
the child’s prerogatives. They may be ignoble and
puerile, or they may be worthy and great. All depends
on the future to which we look. If it be the creation
of our fancies, we are babies for trusting it. If it be,
as Paul’s was, the revelation of God’s purposes, we
cannot do a wiser thing than look.
The Apostle here is letting us see the secret of his
own life, and telling us what made him the sort of
Christian that he was. He counsels wise obliviousness,
wise anticipation, strenuous concentration, and these
are the things that contribute to success in any field of
life. Christianity is the perfection of common sense.
Men become mature Christians by no other means than
those by which they become good artisans, ripe scholars,
or the like. But the misery is that, though people
know well enough that they cannot be good carpenters,
or doctors, or fiddlers without certain habits and
practices, they seem to fancy that they can be good
Christians without them.
So the words of my text may suggest appropriate
thoughts on this first Sunday of a new year. Let us
listen, then, to Paul telling us how he came to be the
sort of Christian man he was.
I. First, then, I would say, make God’s aim your aim.
Paul distinguishes here between the ‘mark’ and the[360]
‘prize.’ He aims at the one for the sake of the other.
The one is the object of effort; the other is the sure
result of successful effort. If I may so say, the crown
hangs on the winning post; and he who touches the
goal clutches the garland.
Then, mark that he regards the aim towards which
he strains as being the aim which Christ had in view in
his conversion. For he says in the preceding context,
‘I labour if that I may lay hold of that for which also
I have been laid hold of by Jesus Christ.’ In the words
that follow the text he speaks of the prize as being the
result and purpose of the high calling of God ‘in Christ
Jesus.’ So then he took God’s purpose in calling, and
Christ’s purpose in redeeming him, as being his great
object in life. God’s aims and Paul’s were identical.
What, then, is the aim of God in all that He has done
for us? The production in us of God-like and God-pleasing
character. For this suns rise and set; for this
seasons and times come and go; for this sorrows and
joys are experienced; for this hopes and fears and
loves are kindled. For this all the discipline of life is
set in motion. For this we were created; for this we
have been redeemed. For this Jesus Christ lived and
suffered and died. For this God’s Spirit is poured out
upon the world. All else is scaffolding; this is the
building which it contemplates, and when the building
is reared the scaffolding may be cleared away. God
means to make us like Himself, and so pleasing to
Himself, and has no other end in all the varieties of
His gifts and bestowments but only this, the production
of character.
Such is the aim that we should set before us. The
acceptance of that aim as ours will give nobleness and
blessedness to our lives as nothing else will. How[361]
different all our estimates of the meaning and true
nature of events would be, if we kept clearly before us
that their intention was not merely to make us blessed
and glad, or to make us sorrowful, but that, through
the blessedness, through the sorrow, through the gift,
through the withdrawal, through all the variety of
dealings, the intention was one and the same, to mould
us to the likeness of our Lord and Saviour! There
would be fewer mysteries in our lives, we should
seldomer have to stand in astonishment, in vain regret,
in miserable and weakening looking back upon vanished
gifts, and saying to ourselves, ‘Why has this darkness
stooped upon my path?’ if we looked beyond the darkness
and the light to that for which both were sent.
Some plants require frost to bring out their savour,
and men need sorrow to test and to produce their
highest qualities. There would be fewer knots in the
thread of our lives, and fewer mysteries in our experience,
if we made God’s aim ours, and strove through
all variations of condition to realise it.
How different all our estimate of nearer objects and
aims would be, if once we clearly recognised what we
are here for! The prostitution of powers to obviously
unworthy aims and ends is the saddest thing in
humanity. It is like elephants being set to pick up
pins; it is like the lightning being harnessed to carry
all the gossip and filth of one capital of the world to
the prurient readers in another. Men take these great
powers which God has given them, and use them to
make money, to cultivate their intellects, to secure
the gratification of earthly desires, to make a home
for themselves here amidst the illusions of time; and
all the while the great aim which ought to stand out
clear and supreme is forgotten by them.[362]
There is nothing that needs more careful examination
by us than our accepted schemes of life for ourselves;
the roots of our errors mostly lie in these
things that we take to be axioms, and that we never
examine into. Let us begin this new year by an honest
dealing with ourselves, asking ourselves this question,
‘What am I living for?’ And if the answer, first of
all, be, as, of course, it will be, the accomplishment of
the nearer and necessary aims, such as the conduct of
our business, the cultivating of our understandings,
the love and peace of our homes, then let us press the
investigation a little further, and say, What then?
Suppose I make a fortune, what then? Suppose I get
the position I am striving for, what then? Suppose I
cultivate my understanding and win the knowledge
that I am nobly striving after, what then? Let us not
cease to ask the question until we can say, ‘Thy aim, O
Lord, is my aim, and I press toward the mark,’ the only
mark which will make life noble, elastic, stable, and
blessed, that I ‘may be found in Christ, not having
mine own righteousness, but that which is of God by
faith.’ For this we have all been made, guided, redeemed.
If we carry this treasure out of life we
shall carry all that is worth carrying. If we fail
in this we fail altogether, whatever be our so-called
success. There is one mark, one only, and every
arrow that does not hit that target is wasted and
spent in vain.
II. Secondly, let me say, concentrate all effort on
this one aim.
‘This one thing I do,’ says the Apostle, ‘I press
toward the mark.’ That aim is the one which God has
in view in all circumstances and arrangements. Therefore,
obviously, it is one which may be pursued in all[363]
of these, and may be sought whatsoever we are doing.
All occupations of life except only sin are consistent
with this highest aim. It needs not that we should
seek any remote or cloistered form of life, nor sheer off
any legitimate and common interests and occupations,
but in them all we may be seeking for the one thing,
the moulding of our characters into the shapes that are
pleasing to Him. ‘One thing have I desired of the
Lord, that will I seek after, that I may dwell in the
house of the Lord all the days of my life’; wheresoever
the outward days of my life may be passed. Whatsoever
we are doing in business, in shop, at a study
table, in the kitchen, in the nursery, by the road, in the
house, we may still have the supreme aim in view,
that from all occupations there may come growth in
character and in likeness to Jesus Christ.
Only, to keep this supreme aim clear there will
require far more frequent and resolute effort of what
the old mystics used to call ‘recollection’ than we are
accustomed to put forth. It is hard, amidst the din of
business, and whilst yielding to other lower, legitimate
impulses and motives, to set this supreme one high
above them all. But it is possible if only we will do
two things: keep ourselves close to God, and be prepared
to surrender much, laying our own wills, our own
fancies, purposes, eager hopes and plans in His hands,
and asking Him to help us, that we may never lose
sight of the harbour light because of any tossing waves
that rise between us and it, nor may ever be so
swallowed up in ends, which are only means after all,
as to lose sight of the only end which is an end in itself.
But for the attainment of this aim in any measure, the
concentration of all our powers upon it is absolutely
needful. If you want to bore a hole you take a sharp[364]
point; you can do nothing with a blunt one. Every
flight of wild ducks in the sky will tell you the form
that is most likely to secure the maximum of motion
with the minimum of effort. The wedge is that which
pierces through all the loosely-compacted textures
against which it is pressed. The Roman strategy
forced the way of the legion through the loose-ordered
ranks of barbarian foes by arraying it in that wedge-like
form. So we, if we are to advance, must gather
ourselves together and put a point upon our lives by
compaction and concentration of effort and energy on
the one purpose. The conquering word is, ‘This one
thing I do.’ The difference between the amateur and
the artist is that the one pursues an art at intervals by
spurts, as a parergon—a thing that is done in the
intervals of other occupations—and that the other
makes it his life’s business. There are a great many
amateur Christians amongst us, who pursue the Christian
life by spurts and starts. If you want to be a
Christian after God’s pattern—and unless you are you
are scarcely a Christian at all—you have to make it your
business, to give the same attention, the same concentration,
the same unwavering energy to it which
you do to your trade. The man of one book, the man
of one idea, the man of one aim is the formidable and
the successful man. People will call you a fanatic;
never mind. Better be a fanatic and get what you aim
at, which is the highest thing, than be so broad that,
like a stream spreading itself out over miles of mud,
there is no scour in it anywhere, no current, and therefore
stagnation and death. Gather yourselves together,
and amidst all the side issues and nearer aims keep
this in view as the aim to which all are to be subservient—that,
‘whether I eat or drink, or whatsoever[365]
I do, I may do all to the glory of God.’ Let sorrow and
joy, and trade and profession, and study and business,
and house and wife and children, and all home joys, be
the means by which you may become like the Master
who has died for this end, that we may become
partakers of His holiness.
III. Pursue this end with a wise forgetfulness.
‘Forgetting the things that are behind.’ The art of
forgetting has much to do with the blessedness and
power of every life. Of course, when the Apostle says
‘Forgetting the things that are behind,’ he is thinking
of the runner, who has no time to cast his eye over his
shoulder to mark the steps already trod. He does not
mean, of course, either, to tell us that we are so to
cultivate obliviousness as to let God’s mercies to us
‘lie forgotten in unthankfulness, or without praises
die.’ Nor does he mean to tell us that we are to deny
ourselves the solace of remembering the mercies which
may, perhaps, have gone from us. Memory may be
like the calm radiance that fills the western sky from
a sun that has set, sad and yet sweet, melancholy and
lovely. But he means that we should so forget as, by
the oblivion, to strengthen our concentration.
So I would say, let us remember, and yet forget, our
past failures and faults. Let us remember them in
order that the remembrance may cultivate in us a wise
chastening of our self-confidence. Let us remember
where we were foiled, in order that we may be the
more careful of that place hereafter. If we know that
upon any road we fell into ambushes, ‘not once nor
twice,’ like the old king of Israel, we should guard ourselves
against passing by that road again. He who
has not learned, by the memory of his past failures,
humility and wise government of his life, and wise[366]
avoidance of places where he is weak, is an incurable
fool.
But let us forget our failures in so far as these might
paralyse our hopes, or make us fancy that future
success is impossible where past failures frown.
Ebenezer was a field of defeat before it rang with the
hymns of victory. And there is no place in your past
life where you have been shamefully baffled and beaten,
but there, and in that, you may yet be victorious.
Never let the past limit your hopes of the possibilities
and your confidence in the certainties and victories of
the future. And if ever you are tempted to say to
yourselves, ‘I have tried it so often, and so often failed,
that it is no use trying it any more. I am beaten and
I throw up the sponge,’ remember Paul’s wise exhortation,
and ‘forgetting the things that are behind . . . press
toward the mark.’
In like manner I would say, remember and yet forget
past successes and achievements. Remember them for
thankfulness, remember them for hope, remember
them for counsel and instruction, but forget them
when they tend, as all that we accomplish does tend,
to make us fancy that little more remains to be done;
and forget them when they tend, as all that we
accomplish ever does tend, to make us think that such
and such things are our line, and of other virtues and
graces and achievements of culture and of character,
that these are not our line, and not to be won by us.
‘Our line!’ Astronomers take a thin thread from a
spider’s web and stretch it across their object glasses
to measure stellar magnitudes. Just as is the spider’s
line in comparison with the whole shining surface of
the sun across which it is stretched, so is what we have
already attained to the boundless might and glory of[367]
that to which we may come. Nothing short of the full
measure of the likeness of Jesus Christ is the measure
of our possibilities.
There is a mannerism in Christian life, as there is in
everything else, which is to be avoided if we would
grow into perfection. There was a great artist in the
last century who never could paint a picture without
sticking a brown tree in the foreground. We have all
got our ‘brown trees,’ which we think we can do well,
and these limit our ambition to secure other gifts
which God is ready to bestow upon us. So ‘forget the
things that are behind.’ Cultivate a wise obliviousness
of past sorrows, past joys, past failures, past gifts, past
achievements, in so far as these might limit the audacity
of our hopes and the energy of our efforts.
IV. So, lastly, pursue the aim with a wise, eager
reaching forward.
The Apostle employs a very graphic word here, which
is only very partially expressed by that ‘reaching forth.’
It contains a condensed picture which it is scarcely
possible to put into any one expression. ‘Reaching
out over’ is the full though clumsy rendering of the
word, and it gives us the picture of the runner with
his whole body thrown forward, his hand extended,
and his eye reaching even further than his hand, in
eager anticipation of the mark and the prize. So we
are to live, with continual reaching out of confidence,
clear recognition, and eager desire to make our own
the unattained.
What is that which gives an element of nobleness to
the lives of great idealists, whether they be poets,
artists, students, thinkers, or what not? Only this,
that they see the unattained burning ever so clearly
before them that all the attained seems as nothing in[368]
their eyes. And so life is saved from commonplace,
is happily stung into fresh effort, is redeemed from
flagging, monotony, and weariness.
The measure of our attainments may be fairly estimated
by the extent to which the unattained is clear
in our sight. A man down in the valley sees the nearer
shoulder of the hill, and he thinks it the top. The man
up on the shoulder sees all the heights that lie beyond
rising above him. Endeavour is better than success.
It is more to see the Alpine heights unscaled than it is
to have risen so far as we have done. They who thus
have a boundless future before them have an endless
source of inspiration, of energy, of buoyancy granted
to them.
No man has such an absolutely boundless vision of
the future which may be his as we have, if we are
Christian people, as we ought to be. We only can thus
look forward. For all others a blank wall stretches at
the end of life, against which hopes, when they strike,
fall back stunned and dead. But for us the wall may
be overleaped, and, living by the energy of a boundless
hope, we, and only we, can lay ourselves down to die,
and say then, ‘Reaching forth unto the things that
are before.’
So, dear friends, make God’s aim your aim; concentrate
your life’s efforts upon it; pursue it with a wise
forgetfulness; pursue it with an eager confidence of
anticipation that shall not be put to shame. Remember
that God reaches His aim for you by giving to you
Jesus Christ, and that you can only reach it by accepting
the Christ who is given and being found in Him.
Then the years will take away nothing from us which
it is not gain to lose. They will neither weaken our
energy nor flatten our hopes, nor dim our confidence,[369]
and, at the last we shall reach the mark, and, as we
touch it, we shall find dropping on our surprised and
humble heads the crown of life which they receive who
have so run, not as uncertainly, but doing this one
thing, pressing towards the mark for the prize.
THE SOUL’S PERFECTION
‘Let us therefore, as many as be perfect, be thus minded: and if in anything ye
be otherwise minded, God shall reveal even this unto you.’—Phil. iii. 15.
‘As many as be perfect’; and how many may they be?
Surely a very short bede-roll would contain their names;
or would there be any other but the Name which is
above every name upon it? Part of the answer to
such a question may be found in observing that the
New Testament very frequently uses the word to
express not so much the idea of moral completeness
as that of physical maturity. For instance, when Paul
says that he would have his converts to be ‘men in
understanding,’ and when the Epistle to the Hebrews
speaks of ‘them that are of full age,’ the same word is
used as this ‘perfect’ in our text. Clearly in such cases
it means ‘full grown,’ as in contrast with ‘babes,’ and
expresses not absolute completeness, but what we
may term a relative perfection, a certain maturity of
character and advanced stage of Christian attainment,
far removed from the infantile epoch of the
Christian life.
Another contribution to the answer may be found
in observing that in this very context these ‘perfect’
people are exhorted to cultivate the sense of not having
‘already attained,’ and to be constantly reaching forth[370]
to unattained heights, so that a sense of imperfection
and a continual effort after higher life are parts of
Paul’s ‘perfect man.’ And it is to be still further
noticed that on the same testimony ‘perfect’ people
may probably be ‘otherwise minded’; by which we
understand not divergently minded from one another,
but ‘otherwise’ than the true norm or law of life
would prescribe, and so may stand in need of the hope
that God will by degrees bring them into conformity
with His will, and show them ‘this,’ namely, their
divergence from His Pattern for them.
It is worth our while to look at these large thoughts
thus involved in the words before us.
I. Then there are people whom without exaggeration
the judgment of truth calls perfect.
The language of the New Testament has no scruple
in calling men ‘saints’ who had many sins, and none in
calling men perfect who had many imperfections; and
it does so, not because it has any fantastic theory about
religious emotions being the measure of moral purity,
but partly for the reasons already referred to, and
partly because it wisely considers the main thing about
a character to be not the degree to which it has attained
completeness in its ideal, but what that ideal is. The
distance a man has got on his journey is of less consequence
than the direction in which his face is turned.
The arrow may fall short, but to what mark was it
shot? In all regions of life a wise classification of men
arranges them according to their aims rather than
their achievements. The visionary who attempts something
high and accomplishes scarcely anything of it,
is often a far nobler man, and his poor, broken, foiled,
resultless life far more perfect than his who aims at
marks on the low levels and hits them full. Such lives[371]
as these, full of yearning and aspiration, though it be
for the most part vain, are
| ‘Like the young moon with a ragged edge |
| E’en in its imperfection beautiful.’ |
If then it be wise to rank men and their pursuits
according to their aims rather than their accomplishments,
is there one class of aims so absolutely corresponding
to man’s nature and relations that to take
them for one’s own, and to reach some measure of
approximation to them, may fairly be called the perfection
of human nature? Is there one way of living
concerning which we may say that whosoever adopts
it has, in so far as he does adopt it, discerned and
attained the purpose of his being? The literal force
of the word in our text gives pertinence to that
question, for it distinctly means ‘having reached the
end.’ And if that be taken as the meaning, there need
be no doubt about the answer. Grand old words have
taught us long ago ‘Man’s chief end is to glorify God
and to enjoy Him for ever.’ Yes, he who lives for God
has taken that for his aim which all his nature and all
his relations prescribe, he is doing what he was made
and meant to do; and however incomplete may be its
attainments, the lowest form of a God-fearing, God-obeying
life is higher and more nearly ‘perfect’ than
the fairest career or character against which, as a
blight on all its beauty, the damning accusation may
be brought, ‘The God in whose hand thy breath is, and
whose are all thy ways, thou hast not glorified.’
People sneer at ‘saints’ and point at their failings.
They remind us of the foul stains in David’s career, for
instance, and mock as they ask, ‘Is this your man after
God’s own heart?’ Yes, he is; not because religion has[372]
a morality of its own different from that of the world
(except as being higher), nor because ‘saints’ make up
for adultery and murder by making or singing psalms,
but because the main set and current of the life was
evidently towards God and goodness, and these hideous
sins were glaring contradictions, eddies and backwaters,
as it were, wept over with bitter self-abasement and
conquered by strenuous effort. Better a life of Godward
aspiration and straining after purity, even if
broken by such a fall, so recovered, than one of habitual
earthward grubbing, undisturbed by gross sin.
And another reason warrants the application of the
word to men whose present is full of incompleteness,
namely, the fact that such men have in them the
germ of a life which has no natural end but absolute
completeness. The small seed may grow very slowly
in the climate and soil which it finds here, and be only
a poor little bit of ragged green, very shabby and inconspicuous
by the side of the native flowers of earth
flaunting around it, but it has a divine germinant virtue
within, and waits but being carried to its own clime
and ‘planted in the house of the Lord’ above, to
‘flourish in the courts of our God,’ when these others
with their glorious beauty have faded away and are
flung out to rot.
II. We have set forth here very distinctly two of the
characteristics of this perfection.
The Apostle in our text exhorts the perfect to be ‘thus
minded.’ How is that? Evidently the word points
back to the previous clauses, in which he has been
describing his own temper and feeling in the Christian
race. He sets that before the Philippians as their
pattern, or rather invites them to fellowship with him
in the estimate of themselves and in their efforts after[373]
higher attainments. ‘Be thus minded’ means, Think
as I do of yourselves, and do as I do in your daily life.
How did he think of himself? He tells us in the
sentence before, ‘Not as though I were already perfect.
I count not myself to have apprehended.’ So then a
leading characteristic of this true Christian perfection
is a constant consciousness of imperfection. In all fields
of effort, whether intellectual, moral, or mechanical, as
faculty grows, consciousness of insufficiency grows with
it. The farther we get up the hill, the more we see how
far it is to the horizon. The more we know, the more
we know our ignorance. The better we can do, the
more we discern how much we cannot do. Only people
who never have done and never will do anything, or
else raw apprentices with the mercifully granted self-confidence
of youth, which gets beaten out of most of
us soon enough, think that they can do everything.
In morals and in Christian life the same thing is true.
The measure of our perfection will be the consciousness
of our imperfection—a paradox, but a great truth. It
is plain enough that it will be so. Conscience becomes
more sensitive as we get nearer right. The worse a man
is the less it speaks to him, and the less he hears it.
When it ought to thunder it whispers; when we need it
most it is least active. The thick skin of a savage will
not be disturbed by lying on sharp stones, while a
crumpled rose-leaf robs the Sybarite of his sleep. So
the practice of evil hardens the cuticle of conscience, and
the practice of goodness restores tenderness and sensibility;
and many a man laden with crime knows less of
its tingling than some fair soul that looks almost spotless
to all eyes but its own. One little stain of rust will be
conspicuous on a brightly polished blade, but if it be all
dirty and dull, a dozen more or fewer will make little[374]
difference. As men grow better they become like that
glycerine barometer recently introduced, on which a fall
or a rise that would have been invisible with mercury to
record it takes up inches, and is glaringly conspicuous.
Good people sometimes wonder, and sometimes are
made doubtful and sad about themselves, by this abiding
and even increased consciousness of sin. There is
no need to be so. The higher the temperature the more
chilling would it be to pass into an ice-house, and the
more our lives are brought into fellowship with the
perfect life, the more shall we feel our own shortcomings.
Let us be thankful if our consciences speak
to us more loudly than they used to do. It is a sign of
growing holiness, as the tingling in a frost-bitten limb
is of returning life. Let us seek to cultivate and increase
the sense of our own imperfection, and be sure
that the diminution of a consciousness of sin means
not diminished power of sin, but lessened horror of it,
lessened perception of right, lessened love of goodness,
and is an omen of death, not a symptom of life. Painter,
scholar, craftsman all know that the condition of advance
is the recognition of an ideal not attained.
Whoever has not before him a standard to which he
has not reached will grow no more. If we see no
faults in our work we shall never do any better. The
condition of all Christian, as of all other progress, is
to be drawn by that fair vision before us, and to be
stung into renewed effort to reach it, by the consciousness
of present imperfection.
Another characteristic to which these perfect men
are exhorted is a constant striving after a further
advance. How vigorously, almost vehemently, that
temper is put in the context—’I follow after’; ‘I press
toward the mark’; and that picturesque ‘reaching[375]
forth,’ or, as the Revised Version gives it, ‘stretching
forward.’ The full force of the latter word cannot be
given in any one English equivalent, but may be clumsily
hinted by some such phrase as ‘stretching oneself out
over,’ as a runner might do with body thrown forward
and arms extended in front, and eagerness in every
strained muscle, and eye outrunning foot, and hope
clutching the goal already. So yearning forward, and
setting all the current of his being, both faculty and
desire, to the yet unreached mark, the Christian man
is to live. His glances are not to be bent backwards,
but forwards. He is not to be a ‘praiser of the past,’
but a herald and expectant of a nobler future. He is
the child of the day and of the morning, forgetting the
things which are behind, and ever yearning towards
the things which are before, and drawing them to himself.
To look back is to be stiffened into a living death;
only with faces set forward are we safe and well.
This buoyant energy of hope and effort is to be the
result of the consciousness of imperfection of which we
have spoken. Strange to many of us, in some moods,
that a thing so bright should spring up from a thing so
dark, and that the more we feel our own shortcomings,
the more hopeful should we be of a future unlike the
past, and the more earnest in our effort to make that
future the present! There is a type of Christian experience
not uncommon among devout people, in which
the consciousness of imperfection paralyses effort instead
of quickening it; men lament their evil, their
slow progress and so on, and remain the same year
after year. They are stirred to no effort. There is no
straining onwards. They almost seem to lose the faith
that they can ever be any better. How different this
from the grand, wholesome completeness of Paul’s[376]
view here, which embraces both elements, and even
draws the undying brightness of his forward-looking
confidence from the very darkness of his sense of
present imperfection!
So should it be with us, ‘as many as be perfect.’
Before us stretch indefinite possibilities of approximating
to the unattainable fulness of the divine life.
We may grow in knowledge and in holiness through
endless ages and grades of advance. In a most blessed
sense we may have that for our highest joy which in
another meaning is a punishment of unfaithfulness
and indocility, that we shall be ‘ever learning, and
never coming to the full knowledge of the truth.’ No
limit can be put to what we may receive of God, nor to
the closeness, the fulness of our communion with Him,
nor to the beauty of holiness which may pass from
Him into our poor characters, and irradiate our homely
faces. Then, brethren, let us cherish a noble discontent
with all that we at present are. Let our
spirits stretch out all their powers to the better things
beyond, as the plants grown in darkness will send out
pale shoots that feel blindly towards the light, or the
seed sown on the top of a rock will grope down the
bare stone for the earth by which it must be fed. Let
the sense of our own weakness ever lead to a buoyant
confidence in what we, even we, may become if we will
only take the grace we have. To this touchstone let
us bring all claims to higher holiness—they who are
perfect are most conscious of imperfection, and most
eager in their efforts after a further progress in the
knowledge, love, and likeness of God in Christ.
III. We have here also distinctly brought out the co-existence
with these characteristics of their opposites.
‘If in anything ye are otherwise minded,’ says Paul.[377]
I have already suggested that this expression evidently
refers not to difference of opinion among themselves,
but to a divergence of character from the pattern of
feeling and life which he has been proposing to them.
If in any respects ye are unconscious of your imperfections,
if there be any ‘witch’s mark’ of insensibility
in some spot of your conscience to some plain transgressions
of law, if in any of you there be some complacent
illusion of your own stainlessness, if to any
of you the bright vision before you seem faint and
unsubstantial, God will show you what you do not
see. Plainly then he considers that there will be found
among these perfect men states of feeling and estimates
of themselves opposed to those which he has been
exhorting them to cherish. Plainly he supposes that
a good man may pass for a time under the dominion
of impulses and theories which are of another kind
from those that rule his life.
He does not expect the complete and uninterrupted
dominion of these higher powers. He recognises the
plain facts that the true self, the central life of the
soul, the higher nature, ‘the new man,’ abides in a self
which is but gradually renewed, and that there is
a long distance, so to speak, from the centre to the
circumference. That higher life is planted, but its
germination is a work of time. The leaven does not
leaven the whole mass in a moment, but creeps on
from particle to particle. ‘Make the tree good’ and in
due time its fruit will be good. But the conditions of
our human life are conflict, and these peaceful images
of growth and unimpeded natural development, ‘first
the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in
the ear,’ are not meant to tell all the truth. Interruptions
from external circumstances, struggles of[378]
flesh with spirit, and of imagination and heart and
will against the better life implanted in the spirit, are
the lot of all, even the most advanced here, and however
a man may be perfect, there will always be the
possibility that in something he may be ‘otherwise
minded.’
Such an admission does not make such interruptions
less blameworthy when they occur. The doctrine of
averages does not do away with the voluntary character
of each single act. The same number of letters are
yearly posted without addresses. Does anybody dream
of not scolding the errand boy who posted them, or the
servant who did not address them, because he knows
that? We are quite sure that we could have resisted
each time that we fell. That piece of sharp practice in
business, or that burst of bad temper in the household
which we were last guilty of—could we have helped it
or not? Conscience must answer that question, which
does not depend at all on the law of averages. Guilt
is not taken away by asserting that sin cleaves to men,
‘perfect men.’
But the feelings with which we should regard sin
and contradictions of men’s truest selves in ourselves
and others should be so far altered by such thoughts
that we should be very slow to pronounce that a man
cannot be a Christian because he has done so and so.
Are there any sins which are clearly incompatible with
a Christian character? All sins are inconsistent with
it, but that is a very different matter. The uniform
direction of a man’s life being godless, selfish, devoted
to the objects and pursuits of time and sense, is incompatible
with his being a Christian—but, thank God, no
single act, however dark, is so, if it be in contradiction
to the main tendency impressed upon the character[379]
and conduct. It is not for us to say that any single
deed shows a man cannot be Christ’s, nor to fling ourselves
down in despair saying, ‘If I were a Christian,
I could not have done that.’ Let us remember that
‘all unrighteousness is sin,’ and the least sin is in
flagrant opposition to our Christian profession; but
let us also remember, and that not to blunt our consciences
or weaken our efforts, that Paul thought it
possible for perfect men to be ‘otherwise minded’ from
their deepest selves and their highest pattern.
IV. The crowning hope that lies in these words is
the certainty of a gradual but complete attainment of
all the Christian aspirations after God and goodness.
The ground of that confidence lies in no natural
tendencies in us, in no effort of ours, but solely in that
great name which is the anchor of all our confidence,
the name of God. Why is Paul certain that ‘God will
reveal even this unto you’? Because He is God. The
Apostle has learned the infinite depth of meaning that
lies in that name. He has learned that God is not in
the way of leaving off His work before He has done
His work, and that none can say of Him, that ‘He
began to build, and was not able to finish.’ The assurances
of an unchangeable purpose in redemption,
and of inexhaustible resources to effect it; of a love
that can never fade, and of a grace that can never be
exhausted—are all treasured for us in that mighty
name. And such confidence is confirmed by the manifest
tendency of the principles and motives brought
to bear on us in Christianity to lead on to a condition
of absolute perfection, as well as by the experience
which we may have, if we will, of the sanctifying and
renewing power of His Spirit in our Spirit.
By the discipline of daily life, by the ministry of sorrow[380]
and joy, by merciful chastisements dogging our steps
when we stray, by duties and cares, by the teaching
of His word coming even closer to our hearts and
quickening our consciences to discern evil where we
had seen none, as well as kindling in us desires after
higher and rarer goodness, by the reward of enlarged
perceptions of duty and greater love towards it, with
which He recompenses lowly obedience to the duty as
yet seen, by the secret influences of His Spirit of Power
and of Love and of a sound Mind breathed into our
waiting spirits, by the touch of His own sustaining
hand and glance of His own guiding eye, He will reveal
to the lowly soul all that is yet wanting in its knowledge,
and communicate all that is lacking in character.
So for us, the true temper is confidence in His power
and will, an earnest waiting on Him, a brave forward
yearning hope blended with a lowly consciousness of
imperfection, which is a spur not a clog, and vigorous
increasing efforts to bring into life and character the
fulness and beauty of God. Presumption should be as
far from us as despair—the one because we have not
already attained, the other because ‘God will reveal
even this unto us.’ Only let us keep in mind the caution
which the Apostle, knowing the possible abuses which
might gather round His teaching, has here attached
to it, ‘Nevertheless’—though all which I have been
saying is true, it is only on this understanding—’Whereto
we have already attained, by the same let
us walk.’ God will perfect that which concerneth you
if—and only if—you go on as you have begun, if you
make your creed a life, if you show what you are. If
so, then all the rest is a question of time. A has been
said, and Z will come in its proper place. Begin with
humble trust in Christ, and a process is commenced[381]
which has no natural end short of that great hope
with which this chapter closes, that the change which
begins in the deepest recesses of our being, and struggles
slowly and with many interruptions, into partial
visibility in our character, shall one day triumphantly
irradiate our whole nature out to the very finger-tips,
and ‘even the body of our humiliation shall be fashioned
like unto the body of Christ’s glory, according to the
working whereby He is able even to subdue all things
to Himself.’
THE RULE OF THE ROAD
‘Nevertheless, whereto we have already attained, let us walk by the same
rule.’—Phil. iii. 16.
Paul has just been laying down a great principle—viz.
that if the main direction of a life be right, God
will reveal to a man the points in which he is wrong.
But that principle is untrue and dangerous, unless
carefully guarded. It may lead to a lazy tolerance of
evil, and to drawing such inferences as, ‘Well! it does
not much matter about strenuous effort, if we are
right at bottom it will all come right by-and-by,’ and
so it may become a pillow for indolence and a clog on
effort. This possible abuse of a great truth seems to
strike the Apostle, and so he enters here, with this
‘Nevertheless,’ a caveat against that twist of his meaning.
It is as if he said, ‘Now mind! while all that is
perfectly true, it is true on conditions; and if they be
not attended to, it is not true.’ God will reveal to a
man the things in which he is wrong if, and only if, he
steadfastly continues in the course which he knows
and sees to be right. Present attainments, then, are[382]
in some sense a standard of duty, and if we honestly
and conscientiously observe that standard we shall
get light as we journey. In this exhortation of the
Apostle’s there are many exhortations wrapped up;
and in trying to draw them out I venture to adhere to
the form of exhortation for the sake of impressiveness
and point.
I. First, then, I would say the Apostle means, ‘Live
up to your faith and your convictions.’
It may be a question whether ‘that to which we
have already attained’ means the amount of knowledge
which we have won or the amount of practical
righteousness which we have made our own. But I
think that, instead of sharply dividing between these
two, we shall follow more in the course of the Apostle’s
thought if we unite them together, and remember that
the Bible does not make the distinct separation which
we sometimes incline to make between knowledge on
the one side and practice on the other, but regards the
man as a living unity. And thus, both aspects of our
attainments come into consideration here.
So, then, there are two main thoughts—first, live out
your creed, and second, live up to your convictions.
Live out your creed. Men are meant to live, not by
impulse, by accident, by inclination, but by principle.
We are not intended to live by rule, but we are intended
to live by law. And unless we know why we do
as well as what we do, and give a rational account of
our conduct, we fall beneath the height on which God
intends us to walk. Impulse is all very well, but
impulse is blind and needs a guide. The imitation of
those around us, or the acceptance of the apparent
necessities of circumstances, are, to some extent, inevitable
and right. But to be driven merely by the[383]
force of externals is to surrender the highest prerogative
of manhood. The highest part of human nature
is the reason guided by conscience, and a man’s conscience
is only then rightly illuminated when it is
illuminated by his creed, which is founded on the acceptance
of the revelation that God has made of Himself.
And whilst we are clearly meant to be guided by the
intelligent appropriation of God’s truth, that truth is
evidently all meant for guidance. We are not told
anything in the Bible in order that we may know as
an ultimate object, but we are told it all in order that,
knowing, we may be, and, being, we may do, according
to His will.
Just think of the intensely practical tendency of all
the greatest truths of Christianity. The Cross is the
law of life. The revelation that was made there was
made, not merely that we might cling to it as a refuge
from our sins, but that we might accept it as the rule
of our conduct. All our duties to mankind are summed
up in the word ‘Love one another as I have loved you.’
We say that we believe in the divinity of Christ; we
say that we believe in the great incarnation and sacrificial
death and eternal priesthood of the loving Son of
God. We say that we believe in a judgment to come
and a future life. Well, then, do these truths produce
any effect upon my life? have they shaped me in any
measure into conformity with their great principles?
Does there issue from them constraining power which
grasps me and moulds me as a sculptor would a bit of
clay in his hands? Am I subject to the Gospel’s
authority, and is the word in which God has revealed
Himself to me the word which dominates and impels
all my life? ‘Whereunto we have already attained,
by the same let us walk.’[384]
But we shall not do that without a distinct effort.
For it is a great deal easier to live from hand to mouth
than to live by principle. It is a great deal easier to
accept what seems forced upon us by circumstances
than to exercise control over the circumstances, and
make them bend to God’s holy will. It is a great deal
easier to take counsel of inclination, and to put the
reins in the hands of impulses, passions, desires, tastes,
or even habits, than it is, at each fresh moment, to
seek for fresh impulses from a fresh illumination from
the ancient and yet ever fresh truth. The old kings
of France used to be kept with all royal state in the
palace, but they were not allowed to do anything.
And there was a rough, unworshipped man that stood
by their side, and who was the real ruler of the realm.
That is what a great many professing Christians do
with their creeds. They instal them in some inner
chamber that they very seldom visit, and leave them
there, in dignified idleness, and the real working ruler
of their lives is found elsewhere. Let us see to it,
brethren, that all our thoughts are incarnated in our
deeds, and that all our deeds are brought into immediate
connection with the great principles of God’s
word. Live by that law, and we live at liberty.
And, then, remember that this translating of creed
into conduct is the only condition of growing illumination.
When we act upon a belief, the belief grows.
That is the source of a great deal of stupid obstinacy in
this world, because men have been so long accustomed
to go upon certain principles that it seems incredible
to them but that these principles should be true. But
that, too, is at the bottom of a great deal of intelligent
and noble firmness of adherence to the true. A
man who has tested a principle because he has[385]
lived upon it has confidence in it that nobody else
can have.
Projectors may have beautiful specifications with
attractive pictures of their new inventions; they look
very well upon paper, but we must see them working
before we are sure of their worth. And so, here is this
great body of Divine truth, which assumes to be sufficient
for guidance, for conduct, for comfort, for life.
Live upon it, and thereby your grasp of it and your
confidence in it will be immensely increased. And no
man has a right to say ‘I have rejected Christianity
as untrue,’ unless he has put it to the test by living
upon it; and if he has, he will never say it. A Swiss
traveller goes into a shop and buys a brand-new alpenstock.
Does he lean upon it with as much confidence
as another man does, who has one with the names of
all the mountains that it has helped him up branded
on it from top to bottom? Take this staff and lean on
it. Live your creed, and you will believe your creed as
you never will until you do. Obedience takes a man
up to an elevation from which he sees further into the
deep harmonies of truth. In all regions of life the
principle holds good: ‘To him that hath shall be
given.’ And it holds eminently in reference to our
grasp of Christian principles. Use them and they
grow; neglect them and they perish. Sometimes a
man dies in a workhouse who has a store of guineas
and notes wrapped up in rags somewhere about him;
and so they have been of no use to him. If you want
your capital to increase, trade with it. As the Lord
said when He gave the servants their talents: ‘Trade
with them till I come.’ The creed that is utilised is the
creed that grows. And that is why so many of you
Christian people have so little real intellectual grasp[386]
of the principles of Christianity, because you have not
lived upon them, nor tried to do it.
And, in like manner, another side of this thought is,
be true to your convictions. There is no such barrier
to a larger and wholesomer view of our duty as the
neglect of anything that plainly is our duty. It stands
there, an impassable cliff between us and all progress.
Let us live and be what we know we ought to be, and
we shall know better what we ought to be at the next
moment.
II. Secondly, let me put the Apostle’s meaning in
another exhortation, Go on as you have begun.
‘Whereunto we have already attained, by the same
let us walk.’ The various points to which the men
have reached are all points in one straight line; and
the injunction of my text is ‘Keep the road.’ There
are a great many temptations to stray from it. There
are nice smooth grassy bits by the side of it where it
is a great deal easier walking. There are attractive
things just a footstep or two out of the path—such a
little deviation that it can easily be recovered. And
so, like children gathering daisies in the field, we stray
away from the path; and, like men on a moor, we
then look round for it, and it is gone. The angle of
divergence may be the acutest possible; the deviation
when we begin may be scarcely visible, but if you draw
a line at the sharpest angle and the least deviation
from a straight line, and carry it out far enough, there
will be space between it and the line from which it
started ample to hold a universe. Then, let us take
care of small deviations from the plain straight path,
and give no heed to the seductions that lie on either
side, but ‘whereunto we have already attained, by the
same let us walk.’[387]
There are temptations, too, to slacken our speed.
The river runs far more slowly in its latter course than
when it came babbling and leaping down the hillside.
And sometimes a Christian life seems as if it crept
rather than ran, like those sluggish streams in the Fen
country, which move so slowly that you cannot tell
which way the water is flowing. Are not there all
round us, are there not amongst ourselves instances
of checked growth, of arrested development? There
are people listening to me now, calling themselves—and
I do not say that they have not a right to do
so—Christians, who have not grown a bit for years,
but stand at the very same point of attainment, both
in knowledge and in purity and Christlikeness, as they
were many, many days ago. I beseech you, listen to
this exhortation of my text, ‘Whereunto we have
already attained, by the same let us walk,’ and continue
patient and persistent in the course that is set
before us.
III. The Apostle’s injunction may be cast into this
form, Be yourselves.
The representation which underlies my text, and
precedes it in the context, is that of the Christian community
as a great body of travellers all upon one road,
all with their faces turned in one direction, but at very
different points on the path. The difference of position
necessarily involves a difference in outlook. They see
their duties, and they see the Word of God, in some
respects diversely. And the Apostle’s exhortation is:
‘Let each man follow his own insight, and whereunto
he has attained, by that, and not by his brother’s
attainment, by that let him walk.’ From the very
fact of the diversity of advancement there follows the
plain duty for each of us to use our own eyesight, and[388]
of independent faithfulness to our own measure of
light, as the guide which we are bound to follow.
There is a dreadful want, in the ordinary Christian
life, of any appearance of first-hand communication
with Jesus Christ, and daring to be myself, and to act
on the insight into His will which Christ has given me.
Conventional Godliness, Christian people cut after
one pattern, a little narrow round of certain statutory
duties and obligations, a parrot-like repetition of certain
words, a mechanical copying of certain methods
of life, an oppressive sameness, mark so much of
modern religion. What a freshening up there would
come into all Christian communities if every man
lived by his own perception of truth and duty! If a
musician in an orchestra is listening to his neighbour’s
note and time, he will lose many an indication from
the conductor that would have kept him far more
right, if he had attended to it. And if, instead of
taking our beliefs and our conduct from one another,
or from the average of Christian men round us, we
went straight to Jesus Christ and said to Him, ‘What
wouldst Thou have me to do?’ there would be a
different aspect over Christendom from what there is
to-day. The fact of individual responsibility, according
to the measure of our individual light, and faithful
following of that, wheresoever it may lead us, are the
grand and stirring principles that come from these
words. ‘Whereunto we have already attained,’ by that—and
by no other man’s attainment or rule—let us walk.
But do not let us forget that that same faithful
independence and independent faithfulness because
Christ speaks to us, and we will not let any other
voice blend with His, are quite consistent with, and,
indeed, demand, the frank recognition of our brother’s[389]
equal right. If we more often thought of all the great
body of Christian people as an army, united in its
diversity, its line of march stretching for leagues, and
some in the van, and some in the main body, and some
in the rear, but all one, we should be more tolerant of
divergences, more charitable in our judgment of the
laggards, more patient in waiting for them to come up
with us, and more wise and considerate in moderating
our pace sometimes to meet theirs. All who love Jesus
Christ are on the same road and bound for the same
home. Let us be contented that they shall be at
different stages on the path, seeing that we know that
they will all reach the Temple above.
IV. Lastly, cherish the consciousness of imperfection
and the confidence of success.
‘Whereunto we have attained’ implies that that is
only a partial possession of a far greater whole. The
road is not finished at the stage where we stand. And,
on the other hand, ‘by the same let us walk,’ implies
that beyond the present point the road runs on equally
patent and pervious to our feet. These two convictions,
of my own imperfection and of the certainty of
my reaching the great perfectness beyond, are indispensable
to all Christian progress. As soon as a man
begins to think that he has realised his ideal, Good-bye!
to all advance. The artist, the student, the man
of business, all must have gleaming before them an
unattained object, if they are ever to be stirred to
energy and to run with patience the race that is set
before them.
The more distinctly that a man is conscious of his
own imperfection in the Christian life, the more he
will be stung and stirred into earnestness and energy
of effort, if only, side by side with the consciousness of[390]
imperfection, there springs triumphant the confidence
of success. That will give strength to the feeble
knees; that will lift a man buoyant over difficulties;
that will fire desire; that will stimulate and solidify
effort; that will make the long, monotonous stretches
of the road easy, the rough places plain, the crooked
things straight. Over all reluctant, repellent duties it
will bear us, in all weariness it will re-invigorate us.
We are saved by hope, and the more brightly there
burns before us, not as a tremulous hope, but as a
future certainty, the thought, ‘I shall be like Him, for
I shall see Him as He is,’ the more shall I set my face
to the loved goal and my feet to the dusty road, and
‘press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling
of God.’ Christian progress comes out of the clash and
collision of these two things, like that of flint and steel—the
consciousness of imperfection and the confidence
of success. And they who thus are driven by the one
and drawn by the other, in all their consciousness of
failure are yet blessed, and are crowned at last with
that which they believed before it came.
‘Blessed are they that dwell in Thy house’—the
prize won is heaven. But ‘blessed are they in whose
hearts are the ways’—the prize desired and strained
after is heaven upon earth. We may all live a life of
continual advancement, each step leading upwards, for
the road always climbs, to purer air, grander scenery,
and a wider view. And yonder, progress will still be
the law, for they who here have followed the Lamb, and
sought to make Him their pattern and Commander,
will there ‘follow Him whithersoever He goeth.’ If
here we walk according to that ‘whereunto we have
attained,’ there He shall say, ‘They will walk with Me
in white, for they are worthy.’[391]
WARNINGS AND HOPES
‘Brethren, be ye imitators together of me, and mark them which so walk even as
ye have us for an ensample. For many walk, of whom I told you often, and now
tell you even weeping, that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ: whose
end is perdition, whose God is the belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who
mind earthly things. For our citizenship is in heaven; from whence also we
wait for a Saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ: who shall fashion anew the body of
our humiliation, that it may be conformed to the body of His glory, according to
the working whereby he is able even to subject all things unto Himself.’—Phil.
iii. 17-21 (R.V.).
There is a remarkable contrast in tone between the
sad warnings which begin this section and the glowing
hopes with which it closes, and that contrast is made
the more striking when we notice that the Apostle
binds the gloom of the one and the radiance of the
other by ‘For,’ which makes the latter the cause of the
former.
The exhortation in which the Apostle begins by proposing
himself as an example sounds strange on any
lips, and, most of all, on his, but we have to note that
the points in which he sets himself up as a pattern are
obviously those on which he touched in the preceding
outpouring of his heart, and which he has already
commended to the Philippians in pleading with them
to be ‘thus minded.’ What he desires them to copy is
his self-distrust, his willingness to sacrifice all things
to win Christ, his clear sense of his own shortcomings,
and his eager straining towards as yet unreached perfection.
His humility is not disproved by such words,
but what is remarkable in them is the clear consciousness
of the main direction and set of his life. We may
well hesitate to take them for ours, but every Christian
man and woman ought to be able to say this much.
If we cannot in some degree declare that we are so
walking, we have need to look to our foundations.
Such words are really in sharp contrast to those in[392]
which Jesus is held forth as an example. Notice, too,
how quickly he passes to associate others with him,
and to merge the ‘Me’ into ‘Us.’ We need not ask
who his companions were, since Timothy is associated
with him at the beginning of the letter.
The exhortation is enforced by pointing to others
who had gone far astray, and of whom he had warned
the Philippians often, possibly by letter. Who these
unworthy disciples were remains obscure. They
were clearly not the Judaisers branded in verse 2,
who were teachers seeking to draw away the Philippians,
while these others seem to have been ‘enemies
of the Cross of Christ,’ not by open hostility nor by
theoretical errors, but by practical worldliness, and
that in these ways; they make sense their God, they
are proud of what is really their disgrace, namely, they
are shaking off the restraints of morality; and, most
black though it may seem least so, they ‘mind earthly
things’ on which thought, feeling, and interest are concentrated.
Let us lay to heart the lesson that such
direction of the current of a life to the things of earth
makes men ‘enemies of the Cross of Christ,’ whatever
their professions, and will surely make their end perdition,
whatever their apparent prosperity. Paul’s life
seemed loss and was gain; these men’s lives seemed
gain and was loss.
From this dark picture charged with gloom, and in
one corner showing white waves breaking far out
against an inky sky, and a vessel with torn sails
driving on the rocks, the Apostle turns with relief to
the brighter words in which he sets forth the true
affinities and hopes of a Christian. They all stand or
fall with the belief in the Resurrection of Christ and
His present life in His glorified corporeal manhood.[393]
I. Our true metropolis.
The Revised Version puts in the margin as an alternative
rendering for ‘citizenship’ commonwealth, and
there appears to be a renewed allusion here to the fact
already noted that Philippi was a ‘colony,’ and that its
inhabitants were Roman citizens. Paul uses a very
emphatic word for ‘is’ here which it is difficult to
reproduce in English, but which suggests essential
reality.
The reason why that heavenly citizenship is ours in
no mere play of the imagination but in most solid substance,
is because He is there for whom we look.
Where Christ is, is our Mother-country, our Fatherland,
according to His own promise, ‘I go to prepare
a place for you.’ His being there draws our thoughts
and sets our affections on Heaven.
II. The colonists looking for the King.
The Emperors sometimes made a tour of the provinces.
Paul here thinks of Christians as waiting for
their Emperor to come across the seas to this outlying
corner of His dominions. The whole grand name is
given here, all the royal titles to express solemnity
and dignity, and the character in which we look
for Him is that of Saviour. We still need salvation,
and though in one sense it is past, in another it will
not be ours until He comes the second time without sin
unto salvation. The eagerness of the waiting which
should characterise the expectant citizens is wonderfully
described by the Apostle’s expression for it, which
literally means to look away out—with emphasis on
both prepositions—like a sentry on the walls of a
besieged city whose eyes are ever fixed on the pass
amongst the hills through which the relieving forces
are to come.[394]
It may be said that Paul is here expressing an
expectation which was disappointed. No doubt the
early Church looked for the speedy return of our Lord
and were mistaken. We are distinctly told that in
that point there was no revelation of the future, and
no doubt they, like the prophets of old, ‘searched what
manner of time the spirit of Christ which was in them
did signify.’ In this very letter Paul speaks of death
as very probable for himself, so that he had precisely
the same double attitude which has been the Church’s
ever since, in that he looked for Christ’s coming as
possible in his own time, and yet anticipated the other
alternative. It is difficult, no doubt, to cherish the
vivid anticipation of any future event, and not to have
any certainty as to its date. But if we are sure that
a given event will come sometime and do not know
when it may come, surely the wise man is he who
thinks to himself it may come any time, and not he
who treats it as if it would come at no time. The two
possible alternatives which Paul had before him have
in common the same certainty as to the fact and uncertainty
as to the date, and Paul had them both
before his mind with the same vivid anticipation.
The practical effect of this hope of the returning
Lord on our ‘walk’ will be all to bring it nearer Paul’s.
It will not suffer us to make sense our God, nor to fix
our affections on things above; it will stimulate all
energies in pressing towards the goal, and will turn
away our eyes from the trivialities and transiencies
that press upon us, away out toward the distance where
‘far off His coming shone.’
III. The Christian sharing in Christ’s glory.
The same precise distinction between ‘fashion’ and
‘form,’ which we have had occasion to notice in[395]
Chapter ii., recurs here. The ‘fashion’ of the body of
our humiliation is external and transient; the ‘form’
of the body of His glory to which we are to be assimilated
consists of essential characteristics or properties,
and may be regarded as being almost synonymous with
‘Nature.’ Observing the distinction which the Apostle
draws by the use of these two words, and remembering
their force in the former instance of their occurrence,
we shall not fail to give force to the representation that
in the Resurrection the fleeting fashion of the bodily
frame will be altered, and the glorified bodies of the
saints made participant of the essential qualities of His.
We further note that there is no trace of false
asceticism or of gnostic contempt for the body in its
designation as ‘of our humiliation.’ Its weaknesses,
its limitations, its necessities, its corruption and its
death, sufficiently manifest our lowliness, while, on the
other hand, the body in which Christ’s glory is manifested,
and which is the instrument for His glory, is
presented in fullest contrast to it.
The great truth of Christ’s continual glorified manhood
is the first which we draw from these words.
The story of our Lord’s Resurrection suggests indeed
that He brought the same body from the tomb as
loving hands had laid there. The invitation to Thomas
to thrust his hands into the prints of the nails, the
similar invitation to the assembled disciples, and His
partaking of food in their presence, seemed to forbid
the idea of His rising changed. Nor can we suppose
that the body of His glory would be congruous with
His presence on earth. But we have to think of His
ascension as gradual, and of Himself as ‘changed by
still degrees’ as He ascended, and so as returned to
where the ‘glory which He had with the Father before[396]
the world was,’ as the Shechinah cloud received Him
out of the sight of the gazers below. If this be the
true reading of His last moments on earth, He united
in His own experience both the ways of leaving it
which His followers experience—the way of sleep
which is death, and the way of ‘being changed.’
But at whatever point the change came, He now
wears, and for ever will wear, the body of a man. That
is the dominant fact on which is built the Christian
belief in a future life, and which gives to that belief
all its solidity and force, and separates it from vague
dreams of immortality which are but a wish
tremblingly turned into a hope, or a dread shudderingly
turned into an expectation. The man Christ
Jesus is the pattern and realised ideal of human life
on earth, the revelation of the divine life through
a human life, and in His glorified humanity is no less
the pattern and realised ideal of what human nature
may become. The present state of the departed is incomplete
in that they have not a body by which they
can act on, and be acted on by, an external universe.
We cannot indeed suppose them lapped in age-long
unconsciousness, and it may be that the ‘dead in
Christ’ are through Him brought into some knowledge
of externals, but for the full-summed perfection
of their being, the souls under the altar have to wait
for the resurrection of the body. If resurrection is
needful for completion of manhood, then completed
manhood must necessarily be set in a locality, and
the glorified manhood of Jesus must also now be in a
place. To think thus of it and of Him is not to
vulgarise the Christian conception of Heaven, but to
give it a definiteness and force which it sorely lacks in
popular thinking. Nor is the continual manhood of[397]
our Lord less precious in its influence in helping our
familiar approach to Him. It tells us that He is still
and for ever the same as when on earth, glad to
welcome all who came and to help and heal all who
need Him. It is one of ourselves who ‘sitteth at the
right hand of God.’ His manhood brings Him memories
which bind Him to us sorrowing and struggling, and
His glory clothes Him with power to meet all our
needs, to stanch all our wounds, to satisfy all our
desires.
Our text leads us to think of the wondrous transformation
into Christ’s likeness. We know not what are
the differences between the body of our humiliation
and the body of His glory, but we must not be led
away by the word Resurrection to fall into the mistake
of supposing that in death we ‘sow that body which
shall be.’ Paul’s great chapter in I. Corinthians should
have destroyed that error for ever, and it is a
singular instance of the persistency of the most unsupported
mistakes that there are still thousands of
people who in spite of all that they know of what befalls
our mortal bodies, and of how their parts pass
into other forms, still hold by that crude idea. We
have no material by which to construct any, even the
vaguest, outline of that body that shall be. We can
only run out the contrasts as suggested by Paul in
1st Corinthians, and let the dazzling greatness of the
positive thought which he gives in the text lift our
expectations. Weakness will become power, corruption
incorruption, liability to death immortality, dishonour
glory, and the frame which belonged and corresponded
to ‘that which was natural,’ shall be transformed
into a body which is the organ of that which
is spiritual. These things tell us little, but they may be[398]
all fused into the great light of likeness to the body of
His glory; and though that tells us even less, it feeds
hope more and satisfies our hearts even whilst it does
not feed our curiosity. We may well be contented to
acknowledge that ‘it doth not yet appear what we
shall be,’ when we can go on to say, ‘We know that
when He shall appear we shall be like Him.’ It is
enough for the disciple that he be as his Master.
But we must not forget that the Apostle regards
even this overwhelming change as but part of a
mightier process, even the universal subjection of all
things unto Christ Himself. The Emperor reduces the
whole world to subjection, and the glorifying of the
body as the climax of the universal subjugation represents
it as the end of the process of assimilation begun
in this mortal life. There is no possibility of a resurrection
unto life unless that life has been begun before
death. That ultimate glorious body is needed to bring
men into correspondence with the external universe.
As is the locality so is the body. Flesh and blood
cannot inherit the Kingdom of God. This whole series
of thoughts makes our glorious resurrection the result
not of death, but of Christ’s living power on His people.
It is only in the measure in which He lives in us and
we in Him, and are partaking by daily participation in
the power of His Resurrection, that we shall be made
subjects of the working whereby He is able even to
subject all things unto Himself, and finally be conformed
to the body of His glory.
EXPOSITIONS OF
HOLY SCRIPTURE
ALEXANDER MACLAREN, D. D., Litt. D.
PHILIPPIANS, COLOSSIANS, FIRST
AND SECOND THESSALONIANS
AND FIRST TIMOTHY
CONTENTS
| PHILIPPIANS | |
| A Tender Exhortation (Phil. iv. 1) | 1 |
| Names in the Book of Life (Phil. iv. 3) | 11 |
| Rejoice Evermore (Phil. iv. 4) | 21 |
| How to Obey an Impossible Injunction (Phil. iv. 6) | 31 |
| The Warrior Peace (Phil. iv. 7) | 39 |
| Think on these Things (Phil. iv. 8) | 48 |
| How to say ‘Thank You’ (Phil. iv. 10-14, R.V.) | 58 |
| Gifts Given, Seed Sown (Phil. iv. 15-19, R.V.) | 66 |
| Farewell Words (Phil. iv. 20-23, R.V.) | 74 |
| COLOSSIANS | |
| Saints, Believers, Brethren (Col. i. 2) | 82 |
| [vi]The Gospel-Hope (Col. i. 5) | 92 |
| ‘All Power’ (Col. i. 11, R.V.) | 99 |
| Thankful for Inheritance (Col. i. 12, R.V.) | 106 |
| Christian Endeavour (Col. i. 29) | 114 |
| Christian Progress (Col. ii. 6, 7, R.V.) | 124 |
| Risen with Christ (Col. iii. 1-15) | 127 |
| Risen with Christ (Col. iii. 1, 2) | 134 |
| Without and Within (Col. iv. 5) | 143 |
| I. THESSALONIANS | |
| Faith, Love, Hope, and their Fruits (1 Thess. i. 3) | 155 |
| God’s Trumpet (1 Thess. i. 8) | 164 |
| Walking Worthily (1 Thess. ii. 12) | 170 |
| Small Duties and the Great Hope (1 Thess. iv. 9-18; v. 1, 2) | 183 |
| Sleeping through Jesus (1 Thess. iv. 14) | 190 |
| [vii]The Work and Armour of the Children of the Day (1 Thess. v. 8) | 198 |
| Waking and Sleeping (1 Thess. v. 10) | 210 |
| Edification (1 Thess. v. 11) | 220 |
| Continual Prayer and Its Effects (1 Thess. v. 16-18) | 229 |
| Paul’s Earliest Teaching (1 Thess. v. 27) | 237 |
| II. THESSALONIANS | |
| Christ Glorified in Glorified Men (2 Thess. i. 10) | 248 |
| Worthy of Your Calling (2 Thess. i. 11, 12) | 256 |
| Everlasting Consolation and Good Hope (2 Thess. ii. 16, 17) | 267 |
| The Heart’s Home and Guide (2 Thess. iii. 5) | 277 |
| The Lord of Peace and the Peace of the Lord (2 Thess. iii. 16) | 288 |
| I. TIMOTHY | |
| The End of the Commandment (1 Tim. i. 5) | 298 |
| [viii]‘The Gospel of the Glory of the Happy God‘ (1 Tim. i. 11) | 308 |
| The Gospel in Small (1 Tim. i. 15) | 316 |
| The Chief of Sinners (1 Tim. i. 15) | 326 |
| A Test Case (1 Tim. i. 16) | 335 |
| The Glory of the King (1 Tim. i. 17) | 344 |
| Where and How To Pray (1 Tim. ii. 8) | 353 |
| Spiritual Athletics (1 Tim. iv. 7) | 361 |
| The One Witness, the Many Confessors (1 Tim. vi. 12-14) | 370 |
| The Conduct that Secures the Real Life (1 Tim. vi. 19) | 379 |
A TENDER EXHORTATION
‘Therefore, my brethren, dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so
stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved.’—Phil. iv. 1.
The words I have chosen set forth very simply and
beautifully the bond which knit Paul and these
Philippian Christians together, and the chief desire
which his Apostolic love had for them. I venture to
apply them to ourselves, and I speak now especially to
the members of my own church and congregation.
I. Let us note, then, first, the personal bond which
gives force to the teacher’s words.
That Church at Philippi was, if Paul had any
favourites amongst his children, his favourite child.
The circumstances of its formation may have had
something to do with that. It was planted by himself;
it was the first Church in Europe; perhaps the
Philippian gaoler and Lydia were amongst the ‘beloved’
and ‘longed for’ ones who were ‘his joy and crown.’
But be that as it may, all through the letter we can
feel the throbbing of a very loving heart, and the
tenderness of a strong man, which is the most tender
of all things.
Note how he addresses them. There is no assumption
of Apostolic authority, but he puts himself on
their level, and speaks to them as brethren. Then
he lets his heart out, and tells them how they
lived in his love, and how, of course, when he was
parted from them, he had desired to be with them.[2]
And then he touches a deeper and a sacreder chord
when he contemplates the results of the relation
between them, if he on his side, and they on theirs,
were faithful to it. It says much for the teacher, and
for the taught, if he can truly say ‘My joy,’—’I have
no greater joy than to know that my children walk
in the truth.’ And not only were they his joy, but they
who, by their faithfulness, have become his joy, will
on that one day in the far future, be his ‘crown.’ That
metaphor carries on the thoughts to the great Judgment
Day, and introduces a solemn element, which is
as truly present, dear friends, in our relation to one
another, little of an Apostle as I am, as it was in the
relation between Paul and the Philippians. They who
‘turn many to righteousness shine as the brightness of
the firmament,’ because those whom they have turned,
‘shine as lights in the world.’ And at that last august
and awful tribunal, where you will have to give an
account for your listening, as I for my speaking, the
crown of victory laid on the locks of a faithful teacher
is the characters of those whom he has taught. ‘Who
is my joy and hope, and crown of rejoicing?’ Are not
even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his
coming?
Now, notice, further, how such mutual affection is
needed to give force to the teacher’s exhortation.
Preaching from unloved lips never does any good. It
irritates, or leaves untouched. Affection melts and
opens the heart to the entrance of the word. And
preaching from unloving lips does very little good
either. So speaking, I condemn myself. There are men
who handle God’s great, throbbing message of love so
coldly as that they ice even the Gospel. There are men
who have a strange gift of taking all the sap and the[3]
fervour out of the word that they proclaim, making
the very grapes of Eshcol into dried raisins. And I
feel for myself that my ministry may well have failed
in this respect. For who is there that can modulate
his voice so as to reproduce the music of that great
message, or who can soften and open his heart so as
that it shall be a worthy vehicle of the infinite love of
God?
But, dear brethren, though conscious of many
failures in this respect, I yet thank God that here, at
the end of nearly forty years of a ministry, I can look
you in the face and believe that your look responds to
mine, and that I can take these words as the feathers
for my arrow, as that which will make words otherwise
weak go further, and may help to write the precepts
upon hearts, and to bring them to bear in practice—’My
beloved and longed for’; ‘my joy and my crown.’
Such feelings do not need to be always spoken.
There is very little chance of us Northerners erring on
the side of letting our hearts speak too fully and
frequently. Perhaps we should be all the better if we
were a little less reticent, but at any rate you and I can
surely trust each other after so many years, and now
and then, as to-day, let our hearts speak.
II. Secondly, notice the all-sufficient precept which
such love gives. ‘So stand fast in the Lord.’
That is a very favourite figure of Paul’s, as those of
you who have any reasonable degree of familiarity
with his letters will know. Here it carries with it, as
it generally does, the idea of resistance against antagonistic
force. But the main thought of it is that of
continuous steadfastness in our union with Jesus
Christ. It applies, of course, to the intellect, but not
mainly, and certainly not exclusively to intellectual[4]
adherence to the truths spoken in the Gospel. It
covers the whole ground of the whole man; will,
conscience, heart, practical effort, as well as understanding.
And it is really Paul’s version, with a
characteristic dash of pugnacity in it, of our Lord’s yet
deeper and calmer words, ‘Abide in Me and I in you.’
It is the same exhortation as Barnabas gave to the
infantile church at Antioch, when, to these men just
rescued from heathenism and profoundly ignorant of
much which we suppose it absolutely necessary that
Christians should know, he had only one thing to say,
exhorting them all, that ‘with purpose of heart they
should cleave to the Lord.’
Steadfast continuance of personal union with Jesus
Christ, extending through all the faculties of our
nature, and into every corner of our lives, is the
kernel of this great exhortation. And he who fulfils
it has little left unfulfilled. Of course, as I said, there
is a very strong suggestion that such ‘standing’ is by
no means an easy thing, or accomplished without much
antagonism; and it may help us if, just for a moment,
we run over the various forms of resistance which they
have to overcome who stand fast. Nothing stands
where it is without effort. That is true in the moral
world, although in the physical world the law of
motion is that nothing moves without force being
applied to it.
What are the things that would shake our steadfastness,
and sweep us away? Well, there are, first, the
tiny, continuously acting, and therefore all but omnipotent
forces of daily life—duties, occupations, distractions
of various kinds—which tend to move us imperceptibly
away, as by the slow sliding of a glacier, from
the hope of the Gospel. There is nothing so strong as a[5]
gentle pressure, equably and unintermittently applied.
It is far mightier than thrusts and hammerings and
sudden assaults. I stood some time ago looking at the
Sphinx. The hard stone—so hard that it turns the
edge of a sculptor’s chisel—has been worn away, and
the solemn features all but obliterated. What by?
The continual attrition of multitudinous grains of sand
from the desert. The little things that are always at
work upon us are the things that have most power to
sweep us away from our steadfastness in Jesus Christ.
Then there are, besides, the sudden assaults of strong
temptations, of sense and flesh, or of a more subtle and
refined character. If a man is standing loosely, in some
careless dégagé attitude, and a sudden impact comes upon
him, over he goes. The boat upon a mountain-locked
lake encounters a sudden gust when opposite the opening
of a glen, and unless there be a very strong hand and
a watchful eye at the helm, is sure to be upset. Upon
us there come, in addition to that silent continuity of
imperceptible but most real pressure, sudden gusts of
temptation which are sure to throw us over, unless we
are well and always on our guard against them.
In addition to all these, there are ups and downs of
our own nature, the fluctuations which are sure to
occur in any human heart, when faith seems to ebb
and falter, and love to die down almost into cold ashes.
But, dear brethren, whilst we shall always be liable to
these fluctuations of feeling, it is possible for us to
have, deep down below these, a central core of our
personality, in which unchanging continuity may
abide. The depths of the ocean know nothing of the
tides on the surface that are due to the mutable moon.
We can have in our inmost hearts steadfastness, immovableness,
even though the surface may be ruffled.[6]
Make your spirits like one of those great cathedrals
whose thick walls keep out the noises of the world,
and in whose still equability there is neither excessive
heat nor excessive cold, but an approximately uniform
temperature, at midsummer and at midwinter. ‘Stand
fast in the Lord.’
Now, my text not only gives an exhortation, but, in
the very act of giving it, suggests how it is to be fulfilled.
For that phrase ‘in the Lord’ not only indicates
where we are to stand, but also how. That is to say—it
is only in proportion as we keep ourselves in union
with Christ, in heart and mind, and will, and work,
that we shall stand steadfast. The lightest substances
may be made stable, if they are glued on to something
stable. You can mortice a bit of thin stone into the
living rock, and then it will stand ‘four-square to every
wind that blows.’ So it is only on condition of our
keeping ourselves in Jesus Christ, that we are able
to keep ourselves steadfast, and to present a front of
resistance that does not yield one foot, either to imperceptible
continuous pressure, to sudden assaults, or to
the fluctuations of our own changeful dispositions and
tempers. The ground on which a man stands has a
great deal to do with the firmness of his footing. You
cannot stand fast upon a bed of slime, or upon a sand-bank
which is being undermined by the tides. And
if we, changeful creatures, are to be steadfast in any
region, our surest way of being so is to knit ourselves
to Him ‘who is the same yesterday, and to-day, and
for ever,’ and from whose immortality will flow some
copy and reflection of itself into our else changeful
natures.
Still further, in regard to this commandment, I
would pray you to notice that very eloquent little[7]
word which stands at the beginning of it. ‘So stand
fast in the Lord.’ ‘So.’ How? That throws us back
to what the Apostle has been saying in the previous
context. And what has he been saying there? The
keynote of the previous chapter is progress—’I follow
after; I press toward the mark, forgetting the things
that are behind, and reaching forth to the things that
are before.’ To these exhortations to progress he
appends this remarkable exhortation: ‘So’—that is, by
progress—’stand fast in the Lord,’ which being turned
into other words is just this—if you stand still, you will
not stand fast. There can be no steadfastness without
advancement. If a man is not going forward, he is
going backward. The only way to ensure stability is
‘pressing toward the mark.’ Why, a child’s top only
stands straight up as long as it is revolving. If a man
on a bicycle stops, he tumbles. And so, in the depths
of a Christian life, as in all science, and all walks of
human activity, the condition of steadfastness is
advance. Therefore, dear brethren, let no man deceive
himself with the notion that he can keep at the same
point of religious experience and of Christian character.
You are either more of a Christian, or less of one, than
you were at a past time. ‘So, stand fast,’ and remember
that to stand still is not to stand fast.
Now, whilst all these things that I have been trying
to say have reference to Christian people at all stages
of their spiritual history, they have a very especial
reference to those in the earlier part of Christian
life.
And I want to say to those who have only just
begun to run the Christian life, very lovingly and very
earnestly, that this is a text for them. For, alas! there
is nothing more frequent than that, after the first[8]
dawnings of a Christian life in a heart, there should come
a period of overclouding; or that, as John Bunyan
has taught us, when Christian has gone through the
wicket-gate, he should fall very soon into the Slough
of Despond. One looks round, and sees how many
professing Christians there are who, perhaps, were
nearer Jesus Christ on the day of their conversion
than they have ever been since, and how many cases
of arrested development there are amongst professing
and real Christians; so that when for the ‘time they
ought to be teachers, they have need’ to be taught
again; and when, after the number of years that have
passed, they ought to be full-grown men, they are but
babes yet. And so I say to you, dear young friends,
stand fast. Do not let the world attract you again.
Keep near to Jesus. ‘Hold fast that thou hast; let no
man take thy crown.’
III. Lastly, we have here a great motive which
encourages obedience to this command.
People generally pass over that ‘Therefore’ which
begins my text, but it is full of significance and of
importance. It links the precept which we have been
considering with the immediately preceding hope
which the Apostle has so triumphantly proclaimed,
when he says that ‘we look for the Saviour from
heaven, the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall change the
body of our humiliation that it may be fashioned like
unto the body of His glory, according to the working
whereby He is able even to subdue all things to
Himself.’
So there rises before us that twofold great hope;
that the Master Himself is coming to the succour of
His servants, and that when He comes, He will perfect
the incomplete work which has been begun in them by[9]
their faith and steadfastness, and will change their
whole humanity so that it shall become participant of,
and conformed to, the glory of His own triumphant
manhood.
That hope is presented by the Apostle as having its
natural sequel in the ‘steadfastness’ of my text, and
that ‘steadfastness’ is regarded by the Apostle as
drawing its most animating motives from the contemplation
of that great hope. Blessed be God! The
effort of the Christian life is not one which is extorted
by fear, or by the cold sense of duty. There are no
taskmasters with whips to stand over the heart that
responds to Christ and to His love. But hope and joy,
as well as love, are the animating motives which make
sacrifices easy, soften the yoke that is laid upon our
shoulders, and turn labour into joy and delight.
So, dear brethren, we have to set before us this great
hope, that Jesus Christ is coming, and that, therefore,
our labour on ourselves is sure not to be in vain.
Work that is done hopelessly is not done long, and
there is no heart in it whilst it is being done. But if
we know that Christ will appear, ‘and that when He
who is our life shall appear, we also shall appear with
Him in glory,’ then we may go to work in keeping
ourselves steadfast in Him, with cheery hearts, and
with full assurance that what we have been doing will
have a great result.
You have read, no doubt, about some little force in
North-West India, hemmed in by enemies. They may
well hold out resolutely and hopefully when they
know that three relieving armies are converging upon
their stronghold. And we, too, know that our Emperor
is coming to raise the siege. We may well stand fast
with such a prospect. We may well work at our own[10]
sanctifying when we know that our Lord Himself—like
some master-sculptor who comes to his pupil’s
imperfectly blocked-out work, and takes his chisel in
his hand, and with a touch or two completes it—will
come and finish what we, by His grace, imperfectly
began. ‘So stand fast in the Lord,’ because you have
hope that the Lord is about to come, and that when
He comes you will be like Him.
One last word. That steadfastness is the condition
without which we have no right to entertain that
hope.
If we keep ourselves near Christ, and if by keeping
ourselves near Him, we are becoming day by day liker
Him, then we may have calm confidence that He will
perfect that which concerns us. But I, for my part,
can find nothing, either in Scripture or in the analogy
of God’s moral dealings with us in the world, to
warrant the holding out of the expectation to a man
that, if he has kept himself apart from Jesus Christ
and his quickening and cleansing power all his life
long, Jesus Christ will take him in hand after he dies,
and change him into His likeness. Don’t you risk it!
Begin by ‘standing fast in the Lord.’ He will do the
rest then, not else. The cloth must be dipped into the
dyer’s vat, and lie there, if it is to be tinged with the
colour. The sensitive plate must be patiently kept in
position for many hours, if invisible stars are to photograph
themselves upon it. The vase must be held
with a steady hand beneath the fountain, if it is to be
filled. Keep yourselves in Jesus Christ. Then here
you will begin to be changed into the same image, and
when He comes He will come as your Saviour, and
complete your uncompleted work, and make you altogether
like Himself.[11]
‘Therefore, my brethren, dearly beloved and longed
for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, dearly
beloved.’
NAMES IN THE BOOK OF LIFE
‘Other my fellow-labourers whose names are in the book of life.’—Phil. iv. 3.
Paul was as gentle as he was strong. Winsome
courtesy and delicate considerateness lay in his character,
in beautiful union with fiery impetuosity and
undaunted tenacity of conviction. We have here a
remarkable instance of his quick apprehension of the
possible effects of his words, and of his nervous anxiety
not to wound even unreasonable susceptibilities.
He had had occasion to mention three of his fellow-workers,
and he wishes to associate with them others
whom he does not purpose to name. Lest any of these
should be offended by the omission, he soothes them
with this graceful, half-apologetic reminder that their
names are inscribed on a better page than his. It is as
if he had said, ‘Do not mind though I do not mention
you individually. You can well afford to be anonymous
in my letter since your names are inscribed in the Book
of Life.’
There is a consolation for obscure good people, who
need not expect to live except in two or three loving
hearts; and whose names will only be preserved on
mouldering tombstones that will convey no idea to the
reader. We may well dispense with other commemoration
if we have this.
Now, this figure of the Book of Life appears in Scripture
at intervals, almost from the beginning to the
very end. The first instance of its occurrence is in that[12]
self-sacrificing, intercessory prayer of Moses, when he
expressed his willingness to be ‘blotted out of Thy
book’ as an atonement for the sin of Israel. Its last
appearance is when the Apocalyptic Seer is told that
none enter into the City of God come down from
Heaven ‘save those whose names are written in the
Lamb’s Book of Life.’ Of course in plain English the
expression is just equivalent to being a real disciple of
Jesus Christ. But then it presents that general notion
under a metaphor which, in its various aspects, has a
very distinct and stringent bearing upon our duties as
well as upon our blessings and our hopes. I, therefore,
wish to work out, as well as I can, the various thoughts
suggested by this emblem.
I. The first of them is Citizenship.
The figure is, of course, originally drawn from the
registers of the tribes of Israel. In that use, though
not without a glance at some higher meaning, it
appears in the Old Testament, where we read of ‘those
who are written among them living in Jerusalem’; or
‘are written in the writing of the house of Israel.’
The suggestion of being inscribed on the burgess-rolls
of a city is the first idea connected with the word. In
the New Testament, for instance, we find in the great
passage in the Epistle to the Hebrews the two notions
of the city and the census brought into immediate connection,
where the writer says, ‘Ye are come unto the
city of the living God . . . and to the church of the
first-born whose names are written in heaven.’ In this
very letter we have, only a verse or two before my
text, the same idea of citizenship cropping up. ‘Our
citizenship is in Heaven, from whence also we look for
the Saviour.’ That, no doubt, helped to suggest to the
Apostle the words of my text. And there is another[13]
verse in the same letter where the same idea comes
out. ‘Only act the citizen as becometh the Gospel of
Christ.’ Now, you will remember, possibly, that
Philippi was, as the Acts of the Apostles tells us, a
Roman colony. And the reference is exquisitely close-fitting
to the circumstances of the people of that city.
For a Roman colony was a bit of Rome in another
land, and the citizens of Philippi had their names
inscribed on the registers of the tribes of Rome. The
writer himself was another illustration of the same
thing, of living in a community to which he did not
belong and of belonging to a community in which he
did not live. For Paul was a native of Tarsus; and
Paul, the native of the Asiatic Tarsus, was a Roman.
So, then, the first thought that comes out of this
great metaphor is that all of us, if we are Christian
people, belong to another polity, another order of
things than that in which our outward lives are spent.
And the plain, practical conclusion that comes from it
is, cultivate the sense of belonging to another order.
Just as it swelled the heart of a Macedonian Philippian
with pride, when he thought that he did not belong to
the semi-barbarous people round about him, but that
his name was written in the books that lay in the
Capitol of Rome, so should we cultivate that sense of
belonging to another order. It will make our work
here none the worse, but it will fill our lives with the
sense of nobler affinities, and point our efforts to
grander work than any that belongs to ‘the things
that are seen and temporal.’ Just as the little groups
of Englishmen in treaty-ports own no allegiance to the
laws of the country in which they live, but are
governed by English statutes, so we have to take our
orders from headquarters to which we have to report.[14]
Men in our colonies get their instructions from Downing
Street. The officials there, appointed by the Home
Government, think more of what they will say about
them at Westminster than of what they say about
them at Melbourne. So we are citizens of another
country, and have to obey the laws of our own kingdom,
and not those of the soil on which we dwell.
Never mind about the opinions of men, the babblements
of the people in the land you live in. To us, the main
thing is that we be acceptable, well-pleasing unto Him.
Are you solitary? Cultivate the sense of, in your
solitude, being a member of a great community that
stretches through all the ages, and binds into one the
inhabitants of eternity and of time.
Remember that this citizenship in the heavens is the
highest honour that can be conferred upon a man. The
patricians of Venice used to have their names inscribed
upon what was called the ‘golden book’ that was kept
in the Doge’s Palace. If our names are written in the
book of gold in the heavens, then we have higher
dignities than any that belong to the fleeting chronicles
of this passing, vain world. So we can accept with
equanimity evil report or good report, and can
acquiesce in a wholesome obscurity, and be careless
though our names appear on no human records, and
fill no trumpet of fame blown by earthly cheeks.
Intellectual power, wealth, gratified ambition, and all
the other things that men set before them, are small
indeed compared with the honour, with the blessedness,
with the repose and satisfaction that attend the conscious
possession of citizenship in the heavens. Let us
lay to heart the great words of the Master which put a
cooling hand on all the feverish ambitions of earth.
‘In this rejoice, not that the spirits are subject unto[15]
you, but rather rejoice that your names are written in
heaven.’
II. Then the second idea suggested by these words is
the possession of the life which is life indeed.
The ‘Book of Life,’ it is called in the New Testament.
Its designation in the Old might as well be translated
‘the book of living’ as ‘the book of life.’ It is a register
of the men who are truly alive.
Now, that is but an imaginative way of putting the
commonplace of the New Testament, that anything
which is worth calling life comes to us, not by creation
or physical generation, but by being born again through
faith in Jesus Christ, and by receiving into our else
dead spirits the life which He bestows upon all them
that trust Him.
In the New Testament ‘life’ is far more than
‘being’; far more than physical existence; removed by
a whole world from these lower conceptions, and finding
its complete explanation only in the fact that the
soul which is knit to God by conscious surrender, love,
aspiration, and obedience, is the only soul that really
lives. All else is death—death! He ‘that liveth in
pleasure is dead while he liveth.’ The ghastly imagination
of one of our poets, of the dead man standing on
the deck pulling at the ropes by the side of the living,
is true in a very deep sense. In spite of all the feverish
activities, the manifold vitalities of practical and
intellectual life in the world, the deepest, truest, life of
every man who is parted from God by alienation of
will, by indifference, and neglect of love, lies sheeted
and sepulchred in the depths of his own heart.
Brethren, there is no life worth calling life, none to
which that august name can without degradation be
applied, except the complete life of body, soul, and[16]
spirit, in lowly obedience to God in Christ. The
deepest meaning of the work of the Saviour is that He
comes into a dead world, and breathes into the bones—very
many and very dry—the breath of His own life.
Christ has died for us; Christ will live in us if we will;
and, unless He does, we are twice dead.
Do not put away that thought as if it were a mere
pulpit metaphor. It is a metaphor, but yet in the
metaphor there lies this deepest truth, which concerns
us all, that only he is truly himself, and lives the
highest, best, and noblest life that is possible for him,
who is united to Jesus Christ, and drawing from Christ
his own life. ‘He that hath the Son hath life; he that
hath not the Son hath not life.’ Either my name and
yours are written in the Book of Life, or they are
written in the register of a cemetery. We have to make
our choice which.
III. Another idea suggested by this emblem is
experience of divine individualising knowledge and
care.
In the Old Testament the book is called ‘Thy book,’
in the New it is called ‘the Lamb’s book.’ That is of a
piece with the whole relation of the New to the Old,
and of Jesus Christ, the Incarnate Word and Manifestor
of God, to the Jehovah revealed in former ages.
For, unconditionally, and without thought of irreverence
or idolatry, the New Testament lifts over and
confers upon Jesus Christ the attributes which the
Old jealously preserved as belonging only to Jehovah.
And thus Christ the Manifestor of God, and the
Mediator to us of all divine powers and blessings,
takes the Book and makes the entries in it. Each man
of us, as in your ledgers, has a page to himself. His
account is opened, and is not confused with other[17]
entries. There is individualising love and care, and as
the basis of both, individualising knowledge. My
name, the expression of my individual being, stands
there. Christ does not deal with me as one of a crowd,
nor fling out blessings broadcast, that I may grasp
them in the midst of a multitude, if I choose to put out
a hand, but He deals with each of us singly, as if there
were not any beings in the world but He and I, our two
selves, all alone.
It is hard to realise the essentially individualising
and isolating character of our relation to Jesus Christ.
But we shall never come to the heart of the blessedness
and the power of His Gospel unless we translate all
‘us’-es and ‘every ones’ and ‘worlds’ in Scripture into
‘I’ and ‘me,’ and can say not only He gives Himself to
be ‘the propitiation for the sins of the whole world,’
but ‘He loved me and gave Himself for me.’ The same
individualising love which is manifested in that mighty
universal Atonement, if we rightly understand it, is
manifested in all His dealings with us. One by one we
come under His notice; the Shepherd tells His sheep
singly as they pass out through the gate or into the
fold. He knows them all by name. ‘I have called thee
by thy name; thou art Mine.’
Lift up your eyes and behold who made all these; the
countless host of the nightly stars. What are nebulæ
to our eyes are blazing suns to His. ‘He telleth the
number of the stars; He calleth them all by name
by the greatness of His power, for that He is strong
in might not one faileth.’ So we may nestle in the
protection of His hand, sure of a separate place in His
knowledge and His heart.
Deliverance and security are the results of that
individualising care. In one of the Old Testament[18]
instances of the use of this metaphor, we read that in
the great day of calamity and sorrow ‘Thy people shall
be delivered, even every one that is written in Thy
Book.’ So we need not dread anything if our names
are there. The sleepless King will read the Book, and
will never forget, nor forget to help and succour His
poor servants.
But there are two other variations of this thought in
the Old Testament even more tenderly suggestive of
that individualising care and strong sufficient love
than the emblem of my text. We read that when, in
the exercise of his official functions, the high priest
passed into the Tabernacle he wore, upon his breast,
near the seat of personality, and the home of love—the
names of the tribes graven, and that the same names
were written on his shoulders, as if guiding the
exercise of his power. So we may think of ourselves
as lying near the beatings of His heart, and as
individually the objects of the work of His almighty
arm. Nor is this all. For there is yet another, and
still tenderer, application of the figure, when we read
of the Divine voice as saying to Israel, ‘I have graven
thee on the palms of My hands.’ The name of each
who loves and trusts and serves is written there;
printed deep in the flesh of the Sovereign Christ. We
bear in our bodies the marks, the stigmata that tell
whose slaves we are—’the marks of the Lord Jesus.’
And He bears in His body the marks that tell who His
servants are.
IV. Lastly, there is suggested by this text the idea of
future entrance into the land of the living.
The metaphor occurs three times in the final book of
Scripture, the book which deals with the future and
with the last things. And it occurs in all these[19]
instances in very remarkable connection. First we
read, in the highly imaginative picture of the final
judgment, that when the thrones are set two books
are opened, one the Book of Life, the other the book in
which are written the deeds of men, and that by these
two books men are judged. There is a judgment by
conduct. There is also a judgment by the Book of
Life. That is to say, the question at last comes to be,
‘Is this man’s name written in that book?’ Is he a
citizen of the kingdom, and therefore capable of
entering into it? Has he the life from Christ in his
heart? Or, in other words, the question is, first, has
the man who stands at the bar faith in Jesus Christ;
and, second, has he proved that his faith is genuine
and real by the course of his earthly conduct?
These are the books from which the judgment is made.
Further, we read, in that blessed vision which stands
at the far-off end of all the knowledge of the future
which is given to humanity, the vision of the City of
God ‘that came down from heaven as a bride adorned
for her husband,’ that only they enter in there who are
‘written in the Lamb’s Book of Life.’ Only citizens
are capable of entrance into the city. Aliens are
necessarily shut out. The Lord, when He writeth up
His people, shall count that this man was born there,
though he never trod its streets while on earth, and,
therefore, can enter into his native home.
Further, in one of the letters to the seven churches
our Lord gives as a promise to him that overcometh,
‘I will not blot his name out of the Book of Life, but I
will confess his name.’
What need we care what other people may think
about us, or whether the ‘hollow wraith of dying
fame’ that comes like a nimbus round some men may[20]
fade wholly or no, so long as we may be sure of
acknowledgment and praise from Him from whom
acknowledgment and praise are precious indeed.
I have but one or two more words to add. Remember
that Paul had no hesitation in taking upon himself to
declare that the names of these anonymous saints in
Philippi were written in the Book of Life. What
business had he to do that? Had he looked over the
pages, and marked the entries? He had simply the
right of estimating their state by their conduct. He
saw their works; he knew that these works were the
fruit of their faith; and he knew that, therefore, their
faith had united them to Jesus Christ. So, Christian
men and women, two things: show your faith by your
works, and make it impossible for anybody that looks
at you to doubt what King you serve, and to what city
you belong. Again, do not ask, ‘Is my name there?’
Ask, ‘Have I faith, and does my faith work the works
that belong to the Kingdom of Heaven?’
Remember that names can be blotted out of the
book. The metaphor has often been pressed into the
service of a doctrine of unconditional and irreversible
predestination. But rightly looked at, it points in
the opposite direction. Remember Moses’s agonised cry,
‘Blot me out of Thy book’; and the Divine answer,
‘Him that sinneth against Me, his name will I blot out
of My book.’ And remember that it is only to ‘him that
overcometh’ that the promise is made, ‘I will not blot
him out.’ We are made partakers of Christ if we ‘hold
fast the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end.’
Remember that it depends upon ourselves whether
our names are there or not. John Bunyan describes
the armed man who came up to the table, where the man
with the book and the inkhorn was seated, and said:[21]
‘Set down my name.’ And you and I may do that. If
we cast ourselves on Jesus Christ and yield our wills to
be guided by Him, and give our lives for His service,
then He will write our names in His book. If we trust
Him we shall be citizens of the City of God; shall be
filled with the life of Christ; shall be objects of an
individualising love and care; shall be accepted in that
Day; and shall enter in through the gates into the
city. ‘They that forsake me shall be written on the
earth’; and there wiped out as are the children’s
scribbles on the sand when the ocean come up. They
that trust in Jesus Christ shall have their names
written in the Book of Life; graven on the High
Priest’s breastplate, and inscribed on His mighty hand
and His faithful heart.
REJOICE EVERMORE
‘Rejoice in the Lord alway; and again I say, rejoice!’—Phil. iv. 4.
It has been well said that this whole epistle may be
summed up in two short sentences: ‘I rejoice’; ‘Rejoice
ye!’ The word and the thing crop up in every
chapter, like some hidden brook, ever and anon sparkling
out into the sunshine from beneath the shadows.
This continual refrain of gladness is all the more
remarkable if we remember the Apostle’s circumstances.
The letter shows him to us as a prisoner,
dependent on Christian charity for a living, having no
man like-minded to cheer his solitude; uncertain as to
‘how it shall be with me,’ and obliged to contemplate
the possibility of being ‘offered,’ or poured out as a
libation, ‘on the sacrifice and service of your faith.’
Yet out of all the darkness his clear notes ring jubi[22]lant;
and this sunny epistle comes from the pen of a
prisoner who did not know but that to-morrow he
might be a martyr.
The exhortation of my text, with its urgent reiteration,
picks up again a dropped thread which the
Apostle had first introduced in the commencement of
the previous chapter. He had there evidently been
intending to close his letter, for he says: ‘Finally, my
brethren, rejoice in the Lord’; but he is drawn away
into that precious personal digression which we could
so ill spare, in which he speaks of his continual aspiration
and effort towards things not yet attained. And
now he comes back again, picks up the thread once
more, and addresses himself to his parting counsels.
The reiteration in the text becomes the more impressive
if we remember that it is a repetition of a former
injunction. ‘Rejoice in the Lord alway’; and then he
seems to hear one of his Philippian readers saying:
‘Why! you told us that once before!’ ‘Yes,’ he says,
‘and you shall hear it once again; so important is my
commandment that it shall be repeated a third time. So
I again say, “rejoice!”‘ Christian gladness is an important
element in Christian duty; and the difficulty
and necessity of it are indicated by the urgent repetition
of the injunction.
I. So, then, the first thought that suggests itself to
me from these words is this, that close union with
Jesus Christ is the foundation of real gladness.
Pray note that ‘the Lord’ here, as is usually the
case in Paul’s Epistles, means, not the Divine Father,
but Jesus Christ. And then observe, again, that the
phrase ‘Rejoice in the Lord’ has a deeper meaning
than we sometimes attach to it. We are accustomed
to speak of rejoicing in a thing or a person, which, or[23]
who, is thereby represented as being the occasion or
the object of our gladness. And though that is true,
in reference to our Lord, it is not the whole sweep and
depth of the Apostle’s meaning here. He is employing
that phrase, ‘in the Lord,’ in the profound and comprehensive
sense in which it generally appears in his
letters, and especially in those almost contemporaneous
with this Epistle to the Philippians. I need only refer
you, in passing, without quoting passages, to the continual
use of that phrase in the nearly contemporaneous
letter to the Ephesians, in which you will find that ‘in
Christ Jesus’ is the signature stamped upon all the
gifts of God, and upon all the possible blessings of the
Christian life. ‘In Him’ we have the inheritance; in
Him we obtain redemption through His blood, even the
forgiveness of sins; in Him we are ‘blessed with all
spiritual blessings.’ And the deepest description of the
essential characteristic of a Christian life is, to Paul,
that it is a life in Christ.
It is this close union which the Apostle here indicates
as being the foundation and the source of all that gladness
which he desires to see spreading its light over the
Christian life. ‘Rejoice in the Lord’—being in Him be
glad.
Now that great thought has two aspects, one deep
and mysterious, one very plain and practical. As to
the former, I need not spend much time upon it. We
believe, I suppose, in the superhuman character and
nature of Jesus Christ. We believe in His divinity.
We can therefore believe reasonably in the possibility
of a union between Him and us, transcending all the
forms of human association, and being really like that
which the creature holds to its Creator in regard to its
physical being. ‘In him we live, and move, and have[24]
our being’ is the very foundation truth in regard to
the constitution of the universe. ‘In Him we live, and
move, and have our being’ is the very foundation
truth in regard to the relation of the Christian soul to
Jesus Christ. All earthly unions are but poor adumbrations
from afar of that deep, transcendent, mysterious,
but most real union, by which the Christian soul is in
Christ, as the branch is in the vine, the member in the
body, the planet in its atmosphere, and by which Christ
is in the Christian soul as the life sap is in every twig,
as the mysterious vital power is in every member.
Thus abiding in Him, in a manner which admits of no
parallel nor of any doubt, we may, and we shall, be glad.
But then, passing from the mysterious, we come to
the plain. To be ‘in Christ’ which is commended to us
here as the basis of all true blessedness, means that
the whole of our nature shall be occupied with, and
fastened upon, Him; thought turning to Him, the
tendrils of the heart clinging and creeping around
Him, the will submitting itself in glad obedience to
His beloved and supreme commandments, the aspirations,
and desires feeling out after Him as the sufficient
and eternal good, and all the current of our being
setting towards Him in earnestness of desire, and
resting in Him in tranquillity of possession. Thus ‘in
Christ’ we may all be.
And, says Paul, in the great words of my text, such
a union, reciprocal and close, is the secret of all blessedness.
If thus we are wedded to that Lord, and His
life is in us and ours enclosed in Him, then there is
such correspondence between our necessities and our
supplies as that there is no room for aching emptiness;
no gnawing of unsatisfied longings, but the blessedness
that comes from having found that which we seek, and[25]
in the finding being stimulated to a still closer, happier,
and not restless search after fuller possession. The
man that knows where to get anything and everything
that he needs, and to whom desires are but the
prophets of instantaneous fruition; surely that man
has in his possession the talismanic secret of perpetual
gladness. They who thus dwell in Christ by faith, love,
obedience, imitation, aspiration, and enjoyment, are
like men housed in some strong fortress, who can look
out over all the fields alive with enemies, and feel that
they are safe. They who thus dwell in Christ gain
command over themselves; and because they can
bridle passions, and subdue hot and impossible desires,
and keep themselves well in hand, have stanched one
chief source of unrest and sadness, and have opened
one pure and sparkling fountain of unfailing gladness.
To rule myself because Christ rules me is no small part
of the secret of blessedness. And they who thus dwell
in Christ have the purest joy, the joy of self-forgetfulness.
He that is absorbed in a great cause; he whose
pitiful, personal individuality has passed out of his
sight; he who is swallowed up by devotion to another,
by aspiration after ‘something afar from the sphere of
our sorrow,’ has found the secret of gladness. And the
man who thus can say, ‘I live: yet not I, but Christ
liveth in me,’ this is the man who will ever rejoice.
The world may not call such a temper gladness. It is
as unlike the sputtering, flaring, foul-smelling joys
which it prizes—like those filthy but bright ‘Lucigens’
that they do night work by in great factories—it is as
unlike the joy of the world as these are to the calm,
pure moonlight which they insult. The one is of
heaven, and the other is the foul product of earth, and
smokes to extinction swiftly.[26]
II. So, secondly, notice that this joy is capable of
being continuous.
‘Rejoice in the Lord always,’ says Paul. That is a
hard nut to crack. I can fancy a man saying, ‘What
is the use of giving me such exhortations as this? My
gladness is largely a matter of temperament, and I
cannot rule my moods. My gladness is largely a matter
of circumstances, and I do not determine these. How
vain it is to tell me, when my heart is bleeding, or
beating like a sledge-hammer, to be glad!’ Yes!
Temperament has a great deal to do with joy; and
circumstances have a great deal to do with it; but is
not the mission of the Gospel to make us masters of
temperament, and independent of circumstances? Is
not the possibility of living a life that has no dependence
upon externals, and that may persist permanently
through all varieties of mood, the very gift that Christ
Himself has come to bestow upon us—bringing us into
communion with Himself, and so making us lords of
our own inward nature and of externals: so that
‘though the fig-tree shall not blossom, and there be no
fruit in the vine,’ yet we may ‘rejoice in the Lord, and
be glad in the God of our salvation.’ If a ship has
plenty of water in its casks or tanks in its hold, it does
not matter whether it is sailing through fresh water
or salt. And if you and I have that union with Jesus
Christ of which my text speaks, then we shall be, not
wholly, but with indefinite increase of approximation
towards the ideal, independent of circumstances and
masters of our temperaments. And so it is possible, if
not absolutely to reach this fair achievement of an
unbroken continuity of gladness, at least to bring the
lucent points so close to one another as that the
intervals of darkness between shall be scarcely visible,[27]
and the whole will seem to form one continuous ring
of light.
Brother, if you and I can keep near Jesus Christ
always—and I suppose we can do that in sorrow as in
joy—He will take care that our keeping near Him will
not want its reward in that blessed continuity of felt
repose which is very near the sunniness of gladness.
For, if we in the Lord sorrow, we may, then, simultaneously,
in the Lord rejoice. The two things may go
together, if in the one mood and the other we are in
union with Him. The bitterness of the bitterest calamity
is taken away from it when it does not separate
us from Jesus Christ. And just as the mother is
specially tender with her sick child, and just as we
have often found that the sympathy of friends comes
to us, when need and grief are upon us, in a fashion
that would have been incredible beforehand, so it is
surely true that Jesus Christ can, and does, soften His
tone, and select the tokens of His presence with especial
tenderness for a wounded heart; so as that sorrow
in the Lord passes into joy in the Lord. And if
that be so, then the pillar which was cloud in the
sunshine brightens into fire as night falls on the
desert.
But it is not only that this divine gladness is consistent
with the sorrow that is often necessary for us,
but also that the continuity of such gladness is secured,
because in Christ there are open for us sources of
blessedness in what is else a dry and thirsty land. If
you would take this epistle at your leisure, and run
over it in order to note the various occasions of joy
which the Apostle expresses for himself, and commends
to his brethren, you would see how beautifully
they reveal to us the power of communion with Jesus[28]
Christ, to find honey in the rock, good in everything,
and a reason for thankful gladness in all events.
I have not time, at this stage of my sermon, to do
more than just glance at these. We find, for instance,
that a very large portion of the joy which he declares
fills his own heart, and which he commends to these
Philippians, arises from the recognition of good in
others. He speaks to them of being his ‘joy and
crown.’ He tells them that in his sorrows and imprisonment,
their ‘fellowship in the Gospel, from the
first day until now,’ had brought a whiff of gladness
into the close air of the prison cell. He begs them to
be Christlike in order that they may ‘fulfil his joy’;
and he may lose himself in others’ blessings, and therein
find gladness. A large portion of his joy came from
very common things. A large portion of the joy that
he commends to them he contemplates as coming to
them from small matters. They were to be glad
because Timothy came with a message from the
Apostle. He is glad because he hears of their well-being,
and receives a little contribution from them for
his daily necessities. A large portion of his gladness
came from the spread of Christ’s kingdom. ‘Christ is
preached,’ says he, with a flash of triumph, ‘and I
therein do rejoice; yea, and will rejoice.’ And, most
beautiful of all, no small portion of his gladness came
from the prospect of martyrdom. ‘If I be offered
upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy, and
rejoice with you all; and do ye joy and rejoice with
me.’
Now, put all these things together and they just
come to this, that a heart in union with Jesus Christ
can find streams in the desert, joys blossoming as the
rose, in places that to the un-Christlike eye are wilder[29]ness
and solitary, and out of common things it can
bring the purest gladness and draw a tribute and
revenue of blessedness even from the prospect of God-sent
sorrows. Dear brethren, if you and I have not
learned the secret of modest and unselfish delights, we
shall vainly seek for joy in the vulgar excitements and
coarse titillations of appetites and desires which the
world offers. ‘Calm pleasures there abide’ in Christ.
The northern lights are weird and bright, but they
belong to midwinter, and they come from electric
disturbances, and portend rough weather afterwards.
Sunshine is silent, steadfast, pure. Better to walk in
that light than to be led astray by fantastic and perishable
splendours. ‘Rejoice in the Lord always.’
III. Lastly, such gladness is an important part of
Christian duty.
As I have said, the urgency of the command indicates
both its importance and its difficulty. It is important
that professing Christians should be glad Christians
(with the joy that is drawn from Jesus Christ, of
course, I mean), because they thereby become walking
advertisements and living witnesses for Him. A gloomy,
melancholy, professing Christian is a poor recommendation
of his faith. If you want to ‘adorn the doctrine
of Christ’ you will do it a great deal more by a bright
face, that speaks of a calm heart, calm because filled
with Christ, than by many more ambitious efforts. This
gladness is important because, without it, there will be
little good work done, and little progress made. It is
important, surely, for ourselves, for it can be no small
matter that we should be able to have travelling with
us all through the desert that mystical rock which
follows with its streams of water, and ever provides
for us the joys that we need. In every aspect, whether[30]
as regards men who take their notions of Christ and
of Christianity, a great deal more from the concrete
examples of both in human lives than from books and
sermons, or from the Bible itself—or as regards the
work which we have to do, or as regards our own
inward life, it is all-important that we should have
that close union with Jesus Christ which cannot but
result in pure and holy gladness.
But the difficulty, as well as the importance, of the
obligation, are expressed by the stringent repetition of
the commandment, ‘And again I say, Rejoice.’ When
objections arise, when difficulties present themselves, I
repeat the commandment again, in the teeth of them
all; and I know what I mean when I am saying it.
Thus, thought Paul, we need to make a definite effort
to keep ourselves in touch with Jesus Christ, or else
gladness, and a great deal besides, will fade away from
our grasp.
And there are two things that you have to do if you
would obey the commandment. The one is the direct
effort at fostering and making continuous your fellowship
with Jesus Christ, through your life; and the
other is looking out for the bright bits in your life,
and making sure that you do not sullenly and foolishly,
perhaps with vain regrets after vanished blessings, or
perhaps with vain murmurings about unattained good,
obscure to your sight the mercies that you have, and so
cheat yourselves of the occasions for thankfulness and
joy. There are people who, if there be ever such a
little bit of a fleecy film of cloud low down on their
horizon, can see nothing of the sparkling blue arch
above them for looking at that, and who behave as if
the whole sky was one roof of doleful grey. Do not
you do that! There is always enough to be thankful[31]
for. Lay hold of Christ, and be sure that you open
your eyes to His gifts.
Surely, dear friends, if there be offered to us, as there
is, a gladness which is perfect in the two points in
which all other gladness fails, it is wise for us to take
it. The commonplace which all men believe, and most
men neglect, is that nothing short of an infinite Person
can fill a finite soul. And if we look for our joys anywhere
but to Jesus Christ, there will always be some
bit of our nature which, like the sulky elder brother in
the parable, will scowl at the music and dancing, and
refuse to come in. All earthly joys are transient as
well as partial. Is it not better that we should have
gladness that will last as long as we do, that we can
hold in our dying hands, like a flower clasped in some
cold palm laid in the coffin, that we shall find again
when we have crossed the bar, that will grow and
brighten and broaden for evermore? My joy shall
remain . . . full.
HOW TO OBEY AN IMPOSSIBLE INJUNCTION
‘Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication, with
thanksgiving, let your requests be made known unto God.’—Phil. iv. 6.
It is easy for prosperous people, who have nothing to
trouble them, to give good advices to suffering hearts;
and these are generally as futile as they are easy.
But who was he who here said to the Church at
Philippi, ‘Be careful for nothing?’ A prisoner in a
Roman prison; and when Rome fixed its claws it did
not usually let go without drawing blood. He was
expecting his trial, which might, so far as he knew,
very probably end in death. Everything in the future
was entirely dark and uncertain. It was this man,[32]
with all the pressure of personal sorrows weighing
upon him, who, in the very crisis of his life, turned to
his brethren in Philippi, who had far fewer causes of
anxiety than he had, and cheerfully bade them ‘be
careful for nothing, but in everything by prayer and
supplication, with thanksgiving, make their requests
known unto God.’ Had not that bird learned to sing
when his cage was darkened? And do you not think
that advice of that sort, coming not from some one
perched up on a safe hillock to the strugglers in the
field below, but from a man in the thick of the fight,
would be like a trumpet-call to them who heard it?
Now, here are two things. There is an apparently
perfectly impossible advice, and there is the only
course that will make it possible.
I. An apparently impossible advice.
‘Be careful for nothing.’ I do not need to remind
you—for I suppose that we all know it—that that
word ‘careful,’ in a great many places in the New
Testament, does not mean what, by the slow progress
of change in the significance of words, it has come to
mean to-day; but it means what it should still mean,
‘full of care,’ and ‘care’ meant, not prudent provision,
forethought, the occupation of a man’s common-sense
with his duty and his work and his circumstances,
but it meant the thing which of all others
unfits a man most for such prudent provision, and that
is, the nervous irritation of a gnawing anxiety which,
as the word in the original means, tears the heart
apart and makes a man quite incapable of doing the
wise thing, or seeing the wise thing to do, in the
circumstances. We all know that; so that I do not
need to dwell upon it. ‘Careful’ here means neither
more nor less than ‘anxious.’[33]
But I may just remind you how harm has been
done, and good has been lost and missed, by people
reading that modern meaning into the word. It is
the same word which Christ employed in the exhortation
‘Take no thought for to-morrow.’ It is a great
pity that Christian people sometimes get it into their
heads that Christ prohibited what common-sense
demands, and what everybody practises. ‘Taking
thought for the morrow’ is not only our duty, but it
is one of the distinctions which make us ‘much better
than’ the fowls of the air, that have no barns in which
to store against a day of need. But when our Lord
said, ‘Take no thought for the morrow,’ he did not
mean ‘Do not lay yourselves out to provide for common
necessities and duties,’ but ‘Do not fling yourselves into
a fever of anxiety, nor be too anxious to anticipate the
“fashion of uncertain evils.”‘
But even with that explanation, is it not like an
unreachable ideal that Paul puts forward here? ‘Be
anxious about nothing’—how can a man who has to
face the possibilities that we all have to face, and who
knows himself to be as weak to deal with them as we
all are: how can he help being anxious? There is
no more complete waste of breath than those sage
and reverend advices which people give us, not to do
the things, nor to feel the emotions, which our position
make absolutely inevitable and almost involuntary.
Here, for instance, is a man surrounded by all manner
of calamity and misfortune; and some well-meaning
but foolish friend comes to him, and, without giving
him a single reason for the advice, says, ‘Cheer up!
my friend.’ Why should he cheer up? What is there
in his circumstances to induce him to fall into any
other mood? Or some unquestionable peril is staring[34]
him full in the face, coming nearer and nearer to him,
and some well-meaning, loose-tongued friend, says to
him, ‘Do not be afraid!’—but he ought to be afraid.
That is about all that worldly wisdom and morality
have to say to us, when we are in trouble and anxiety.
‘Shut your eyes very hard, and make believe very
much, and you will not fear.’ An impossible exhortation!
Just as well bid a ship in the Bay of Biscay not
to rise and fall upon the wave, but to keep an even
keel. Just as well tell the willows in the river-bed
that they are not to bend when the wind blows, as
come to me, and say to me, ‘Be careful about nothing.’
Unless you have a great deal more than that to say,
I must be, and I ought to be, anxious, about a great
many things. Instead of anxiety being folly, it will
be wisdom; and the folly will consist in not opening
our eyes to facts, and in not feeling emotions that
are appropriate to the facts which force themselves
against our eyeballs. Threadbare maxims, stale, musty
old commonplaces of unavailing consolation and impotent
encouragement say to us, ‘Do not be anxious.’
We try to stiffen our nerves and muscles in order to
bear the blow; or some of us, more basely still, get
into a habit of feather-headed levity, making no
forecasts, nor seeing even what is plainest before our
eyes. But all that is of no use when once the hot
pincers of real trouble, impending or arrived, lay hold
of our hearts. Then of all idle expenditures of breath
in the world there is none to the wrung heart more
idle and more painful than the one that says, Be
anxious about nothing.
II. So we turn to the only course that makes the
apparent impossibility possible.
Paul goes on to direct to the mode of feeling and[35]
action which will give exemption from the else inevitable
gnawing of anxious forethought. He introduces
his positive counsel with an eloquent ‘But,’ which
implies that what follows is the sure preservative
against the temper which he deprecates; ‘But in
everything by prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving,
let your requests be made known unto God.’
There are, then, these alternatives. If you do not
like to take the one, you are sure to have to take the
other. There is only one way out of the wood, and it
is this which Paul expands in these last words of my
text. If a man does not pray about everything, he
will be worried about most things. If he does pray
about everything, he will not be troubled beyond what
is good for him, about anything. So there are these
alternatives; and we have to make up our minds
which of the two we are going to take. The heart is
never empty. If not full of God, it will be full of the
world, and of worldly care. Luther says somewhere
that a man’s heart is like a couple of millstones; if you
don’t put something between them to grind, they will
grind each other. It is because God is not in our hearts
that the two stones rub the surface off one another. So
the victorious antagonist of anxiety is trust, and the only
way to turn gnawing care out of my heart and life is to
usher God into it, and to keep him resolutely in it.
‘In everything.’ If a thing is great enough to
threaten to make me anxious, it is great enough for
me to talk to God about. If He and I are on a friendly
footing, the instinct of friendship will make me speak.
If so, how irrelevant and superficial seem to be discussions
whether we ought to pray about worldly
things, or confine our prayers entirely to spiritual and
religious matters. Why! if God and I are on terms of[36]
friendship and intimacy of communication, there will
be no question as to what I am to talk about to Him;
I shall not be able to keep silent as to anything that
interests me. And we are not right with God unless
we have come to the point that entire openness of
speech marks our communications with Him, and that,
as naturally as men, when they come home from
business, like to tell their wives and children what has
happened to them since they left home in the morning,
so naturally we talk to our Friend about everything
that concerns us. ‘In everything let your requests be
made known unto God.’ That is the wise course,
because a multitude of little pimples may be quite as
painful and dangerous as a large ulcer. A cloud of
gnats may put as much poison into a man with their
many stings as will a snake with its one bite. And if
we are not to get help from God by telling Him about
little things, there will be very little of our lives that
we shall tell Him about at all. For life is a mountain
made up of minute flakes. The years are only a
collection of seconds. Every man’s life is an aggregate
of trifles. ‘In everything make your requests known.’
‘By prayer’—that does not mean, as a superficial
experience of religion is apt to suppose it to mean,
actual petition that follows. For a great many of us,
the only notion that we have of prayer is asking God
to give us something that we want. But there is a far
higher region of communion than that, in which the
soul seeks and finds, and sits and gazes, and aspiring
possesses, and possessing aspires. Where there is no
spoken petition for anything affecting outward life,
there may be the prayer of contemplation such as the
burning seraphs before the Throne do ever glow with.
The prayer of silent submission, in which the will[37]
bows itself before God; the prayer of quiet trust, in
which we do not so much seek as cleave; the prayer
of still fruition—these, in Paul’s conception of the true
order, precede ‘supplication.’ And if we have such
union with God, by realising His presence, by aspiration
after Himself, by trusting Him and submission to
Him, then we have the victorious antagonist of all
our anxieties, and the ‘cares that infest the day shall
fold their tents’ and ‘silently steal away.’ For if a
man has that union with God which is effected by such
prayer as I have been speaking about, it gives him a
fixed point on which to rest amidst all perturbations.
It is like bringing a light into a chamber when thunder
is growling outside, which prevents the flashing of the
lightning from being seen.
Years ago an ingenious inventor tried to build a
vessel in such a fashion as that the saloon for
passengers should remain upon one level, howsoever
the hull might be tossed by waves. It was a failure,
if I remember rightly. But if we are thus joined to
God, He will do for our inmost hearts what the inventor
tried to do with the chamber within his ship.
The hull may be buffeted, but the inmost chamber
where the true self sits will be kept level and
unmoved. Brethren! prayer in the highest sense, by
which I mean the exercise of aspiration, trust, submission—prayer
will fight against and overcome all
anxieties.
‘By prayer and supplication.’ Actual petition for
the supply of present wants is meant by ‘supplication.’
To ask for that supply will very often be to get it.
To tell God what I think I need goes a long way
always to bringing me the gift that I do need. If I
have an anxiety which I am ashamed to speak to Him,[38]
that silence is a sign that I ought not to have it; and
if I have a desire that I do not feel I can put into a
prayer, that feeling is a warning to me not to cherish
such a desire.
There are many vague and oppressive anxieties that
come and cast a shadow over our hearts, that if we
could once define, and put into plain words, we should
find that we vaguely fancied them a great deal larger
than they were, and that the shadow they flung was
immensely longer than the thing that flung it. Put
your anxieties into definite speech. It will reduce their
proportions to your own apprehension very often.
Speaking them, even to a man who may be able to do
little to help, eases them wonderfully. Put them into
definite speech to God; and there are very few of them
that will survive.
‘By prayer and supplication with thanksgiving.’
That thanksgiving is always in place. If one only
considers what he has from God, and realises that
whatever he has he has received from the hands of
divine love, thanksgiving is appropriate in any circumstances.
Do you remember when Paul was in
gaol at the very city to which this letter went, with
his back bloody with the rod, and his feet fast in the
stocks, how then he and Silas ‘prayed and sang praises
to God.’ Therefore the obedient earthquake came and
set them loose. Perhaps it was some reminiscence of
that night which moved him to say to the Church that
knew the story—of which perhaps the gaoler was still
a member—’By prayer and supplication with thanksgiving
make your requests known unto God.’
One aching nerve can monopolise our attention and
make us unconscious of the health of all the rest of
the body. So, a single sorrow or loss obscures many[39]
mercies. We are like men who live in a narrow alley
in some city, with great buildings on either side,
towering high above their heads, and only a strip of
sky visible. If we see up in that strip a cloud, we
complain and behave as if the whole heavens, right
away round the three hundred and sixty degrees of
the horizon, were black with tempest. But we see
only a little strip, and there is a great deal of blue in
the sky; however, there may be a cloud in the patch
that we see above our heads, from the alley where we
live. Everything, rightly understood, that God sends
to men is a cause of thanksgiving; therefore, ‘in
everything by prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving,
let your requests be made known unto God.’
‘Casting all your anxieties upon him,’ says Peter,
‘for He’—not is anxious; that dark cloud does not
rise much above the earth—but, ‘He careth for you.’
And that loving guardianship and tender care is the
one shield, armed with which we can smile at the
poisoned darts of anxiety which would else fester in
our hearts and, perhaps, kill. ‘Be careful for nothing’—an
impossibility unless ‘in everything’ we make
‘our requests known unto God.’
THE WARRIOR PEACE
‘The peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and
minds through Christ Jesus.’—Phil. iv. 7.
The great Mosque of Constantinople was once a
Christian church, dedicated to the Holy Wisdom. Over
its western portal may still be read, graven on a brazen
plate, the words, ‘Come unto Me, all ye that labour
and are heavy-laden, and I will give you rest.’ For[40]
four hundred years noisy crowds have fought, and
sorrowed, and fretted, beneath the dim inscription in
an unknown tongue; and no eye has looked at it, nor
any heart responded. It is but too sad a symbol of
the reception which Christ’s offers meet amongst
men, and—blessed be His name!—its prominence there,
though unread and unbelieved, is a symbol of the
patient forbearance with which rejected blessings are
once and again pressed upon us, and He stretches out
His hand though no man regards, and calls though
none do hear. My text is Christ’s offer of peace. The
world offers excitement, Christ promises repose.
I. Mark, then, first, this peace of God.
What is it? What are its elements? Whence does
it come? It is of God, as being its Source, or Origin,
or Author, or Giver, but it belongs to Him in a yet
deeper sense, for Himself is Peace. And in some
humble but yet real fashion our restless and anxious
hearts may partake in the divine tranquillity, and
with a calm repose, kindred with that rest from which
it is derived, may enter into His rest.
If that be too high a flight, at all events the peace
that may be ours was Christ’s, in the perfect and unbroken
tranquillity of His perfect Manhood. What,
then, are its elements? The peace of God must,
first of all, be peace with God. Conscious friendship
with Him is indispensable to all true tranquillity.
Where that is absent there may be the ignoring
of the disturbed relationship; but there will be no
peace of heart. The indispensable requisite is ‘a
conscience like a sea at rest.’ Unless we have made
sure work of our relationship with God, and know that
He and we are friends, there is no real repose possible
for us. In the whirl of excitement we may forget,[41]
and for a time turn away from, the realities of our
relation to Him, and so get such gladness as is possible
to a life not rooted in conscious friendship with Him.
But such lives will be like some of those sunny islands
in the Eastern Pacific, extinct volcanoes, where nature
smiles and all things are prodigal and life is easy and
luxuriant; but some day the clouds gather, and the
earth shakes, and fire pours forth, and the sea boils,
and every living thing dies, and darkness and desolation
come. You are living, brother, upon a volcano’s
side, unless the roots of your being are fixed in a God
who is your friend.
Again, the peace of God is peace within ourselves.
The unrest of human life comes largely from our being
torn asunder by contending impulses. Conscience pulls
this way, passion that. Desire says, ‘Do this’; reason,
judgment, prudence say, ‘It is at your peril if you
do!’ One desire fights against another, and so the man
is rent asunder. There must be the harmonising of
all the Being if there is to be real rest of spirit. No
longer must it be like the chaos ere the creative word
was spoken, where, in gloom, contending elements
strove.
Again, men have not peace, because in most of them
everything is topmost that ought to be undermost,
and everything undermost that ought to be uppermost.
‘Beggars are on horseback’ (and we know where they
ride), ‘and princes walking.’ The more regal part of
the man’s nature is suppressed, and trodden under
foot; and the servile parts, which ought to be under firm
restraint, and guided by a wise hand, are too often
supreme, and wild work comes of that. When you put
the captain and the officers, and everybody on board
that knows anything about navigation, into irons, and[42]
fasten down the hatches on them, and let the crew and
the cabin boys take the helm and direct the ship, it is
not likely that the voyage will end anywhere but on
the rocks. Multitudes are living lives of unrestfulness,
simply because they have set the lowest parts of their
nature upon the throne, and subordinated the highest
to these.
Our unrest comes from yet another source. We
have not peace, because we have not found and grasped
the true objects for any of our faculties. God is the
only possession that brings quiet. The heart hungers
until it feeds upon Him. The mind is satisfied with
no truth until behind truth it finds a Person who is
true. The will is enslaved and wretched until in God
it recognises legitimate and absolute authority, which
it is blessing to obey. Love puts out its yearnings,
like the filaments that gossamer spiders send out into
the air, seeking in vain for something to fasten upon,
until it touches God, and clings there. There is no
rest for a man until he rests in God. The reason why
this world is so full of excitement is because it is so
empty of peace, and the reason why it is so empty of
peace is because it is so void of God. The peace of
God brings peace with Him, and peace within. It
unites our hearts to fear His name, and draws all the
else turbulent and confusedly flowing impulses of the
great deep of the spirit after itself, in a tidal wave,
as the moon draws the waters of the gathered ocean.
The peace of God is peace with Him, and peace within.
I need not, I suppose, do more than say one word
about that descriptive clause in my text, It ‘passeth
understanding.’ The understanding is not the faculty
by which men lay hold of the peace of God any more
than you can see a picture with your ears or hear[43]
music with your eyes. To everything its own organ;
you cannot weigh truth in a tradesman’s scales or
measure thought with a yard-stick. Love is not the
instrument for apprehending Euclid, nor the brain the
instrument for grasping these divine and spiritual gifts.
The peace of God transcends the understanding, as
well as belongs to another order of things than that
about which the understanding is concerned. You
must experience it to know it; you must have it in
order that you may feel its sweetness. It eludes the
grasp of the wisest, though it yields itself to the
patient and loving heart.
II. So notice, in the next place, what the peace of
God does.
It ‘shall keep your hearts and minds.’ The Apostle
here blends together, in a very remarkable manner,
the conceptions of peace and of war, for he employs
a purely military word to express the office of this
Divine peace. That word, ‘shall keep,’ is the same as
is translated in another of his letters kept with a
garrison—and, though, perhaps, it might be going too
far to insist that the military idea is prominent in his
mind, it will certainly not be unsafe to recognise its
presence.
So, then, this Divine peace takes upon itself warlike
functions, and garrisons the heart and mind. What
does he mean by ‘the heart and mind’? Not, as the
English reader might suppose, two different faculties,
the emotional and the intellectual—which is what we
usually roughly mean by our distinction between
heart and mind—but, as is always the case in the
Bible, the ‘heart’ means the whole inner man, whether
considered as thinking, willing, purposing, or doing
any other inward act; and the word rendered ‘mind’[44]
does not mean another part of human nature, but the
whole products of the operations of the heart. The
Revised Version renders it by ‘thoughts,’ and that is
correct if it be given a wide enough application, so as
to include emotions, affections, purposes, as well as
‘thoughts’ in the narrower sense. The whole inner
man, in all the extent of its manifold operations,
that indwelling peace of God will garrison and guard.
So note, however profound and real that Divine
peace is, it is to be enjoyed in the midst of warfare.
Quiet is not quiescence. God’s peace is not torpor.
The man that has it has still to wage continual
conflict, and day by day to brace himself anew for the
fight. The highest energy of action is the result of
the deepest calm of heart; just as the motion of this
solid, and, as we feel it to be, immovable world, is far
more rapid through the abysses of space, and on its
own axis, than any of the motions of the things on its
surface. So the quiet heart, ‘which moveth altogether
if it move at all,’ rests whilst it moves, and moves the
more swiftly because of its unbroken repose. That
peace of God, which is peace militant, is unbroken
amidst all conflicts. The wise old Greeks chose for
the protectress of Athens the goddess of Wisdom, and
whilst they consecrated to her the olive branch, which
is the symbol of peace, they set her image on the
Parthenon, helmed and spear-bearing, to defend the
peace, which she brought to earth. So this heavenly
Virgin, whom the Apostle personifies here, is the
‘winged sentry, all skilful in the wars,’ who enters
into our hearts and fights for us to keep us in unbroken
peace.
It is possible day by day to go out to toil and care
and anxiety and change and suffering and conflict, and[45]
yet to bear within our hearts the unalterable rest of
God. Deep in the bosom of the ocean, beneath the
region where winds howl and billows break, there
is calm, but the calm is not stagnation. Each drop
from these fathomless abysses may be raised to the
surface by the power of the sunbeams, expanded
there by their heat, and sent on some beneficent
message across the world. So, deep in our hearts,
beneath the storm, beneath the raving winds and the
curling waves, there may be a central repose, as unlike
stagnation as it is unlike tumult; and the peace of
God may, as a warrior, keep our hearts and minds in
Christ Jesus.
What is the plain English of that metaphor? Just
this, that a man who has that peace as his conscious
possession is lifted above the temptations that otherwise
would drag him away. The full cup, filled
with precious wine, has no room in it for the poison
that otherwise might be poured in. As Jesus Christ
has taught us, there is such a thing as cleansing a
heart in some measure, and yet because it is ’empty,’
though it is ‘swept and garnished,’ the demons come
back again. The best way to be made strong to resist
temptation, is to be lifted above feeling it to be a
temptation, by reason of the sweetness of the peace
possessed. Oh! if our hearts were filled, as they might
be filled, with that divine repose, do you think that
the vulgar, coarse-tasting baits which make our
mouths water now would have any power over us?
Will a man who bears in his hands jewels of priceless
value, and knows them to be such, find much temptation
when some imitation stone, made of coloured
glass and a tinfoil backing, is presented to him? Will
the world draw us away if we are rooted and grounded[46]
in the peace of God? Geologists tell us that climates are
changed and creatures are killed by the slow variation
of level in the earth. If you and I can only heave our
lives up high enough, the foul things that live down
below will find the air too pure and keen for them, and
will die and disappear; and all the vermin that stung
and nestled down in the flats will be gone when we get
up to the heights. The peace of God will keep our
hearts and thoughts.
III. Now, lastly, notice how we get the peace of God.
My text is an exuberant promise, but it is knit on to
something before, by that ‘and’ at the beginning of
the verse. It is a promise, as all God’s promises are, on
conditions. And here are the conditions. ‘Be careful
for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication,
with thanksgiving, let your requests be made
known unto God.’ That defines the conditions in part;
and the last words of the text itself complete the
definition. ‘In Christ Jesus’ describes, not so much
where we are to be kept, as a condition under which
we shall be kept. How, then, can I get this peace into
my turbulent, changeful life?
I answer, first, trust is peace. It is always so; even
when it is misplaced we are at rest. The condition of
repose for the human heart is that we shall be ‘in
Christ,’ who has said, ‘In the world ye shall have
tribulation, but in Me ye shall have peace.’ And how
may I be ‘in Him’? Simply by trusting myself to Him.
That brings peace with God.
The sinless Son of God has died on the Cross, a
sacrifice for the sins of the whole world, for yours and
for mine. Let us trust to that, and we shall have peace
with God, through our Lord Jesus Christ. And ‘in
Him’ we have, by trust, inward peace, for He, through[47]
our faith, controls our whole natures, and Faith leads
the lion in a silken leash, like Spenser’s Una. Trust
in Christ brings peace amid outward sorrows and
conflicts. When the pilot comes on board the captain
does not leave the bridge, but stands by the pilot’s
side. His responsibility is past, but his duties are not
over. And when Christ comes into my heart, my
effort, my judgment, are not made unnecessary, or put
on one side. Let Him take the command, and stand
beside Him, and carry out His orders, and you will find
rest to your souls.
Again, submission is peace. What makes our
troubles is not outward circumstances, howsoever
afflictive they may be, but the resistance of our spirits
to the circumstances. And where a man’s will bends
and says, ‘Not mine but Thine be done,’ there is calm.
Submission is like the lotion that is applied to
mosquito bites—it takes away the irritation, though
the puncture be left. Submission is peace, both as
resignation and as obedience.
Communion is peace. You will get no quiet until
you live with God. Until He is at your side you will
always be moved.
So, dear friend, fix this in your minds: a life without
Christ is a life without peace. Without Him you may
have excitement, pleasure, gratified passions, success,
accomplished hopes, but peace never! You never have
had it, have you? If you live without Him, you may
forget that you have not Him, and you can plunge
into the world, and so lose the consciousness of the
aching void, but it is there all the same. You never will
have peace until you go to Him. There is only one
way to get it. The Christless heart is like the troubled
sea that cannot rest. There is no peace for it. But[48]
in Him you can get it for the asking. ‘The chastisement
of our peace was laid upon Him.’ For our
sakes He died on the Cross, so making peace. Trust
Him as your only hope, Saviour and friend, and the
God of peace will ‘fill you with all joy and peace in
believing.’ Then bow your wills to Him in acceptance
of His providence, and in obedience to His commands,
and so, ‘your peace shall be as a river, and your
righteousness as the waves of the sea.’ Then keep
your hearts in union and communion with Him, and
so His presence will keep you in perfect peace whilst
conflicts last, and, with Him at your side, you will pass
through the valley of the shadow of death undisturbed,
and come to the true Salem, the city of peace, where
they beat their swords into ploughshares, and learn
and fear war no more.
THINK ON THESE THINGS
‘ . . . Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever
things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are
lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there
be any praise, think on these things.’—Phil. iv. 8.
I am half afraid that some of you may think, as I
have at times thought, that I am too old to preach to
the young. You would probably listen with more attention
to one less remote from you in years, and may be
disposed to discount my advices as quite natural for
an old man to give, and quite unnatural for a young
man to take. But, dear friends, the message which
I have to bring to you is meant for all ages, and for all
sorts of people. And, if I may venture a personal
word, I proved it, when I stood where you stand, and
it is fresher and mightier to me to-day than it ever
was.[49]
You are in the plastic period of your lives, with the
world before you, and the mightier world within to
mould as you will; and you can be almost anything
you like, I do not mean in regard to externals, or
intellectual capacities, for these are only partially in
our control, but in regard to the far more important
and real things—viz. elevation and purity of heart
and mind. You are in the period of life to which fair
dreams of the future are natural. It is, as the prophet
tells us, for ‘the young man’ to ‘see visions,’ and to
ennoble his life thereafter by turning them into
realities. Generous and noble ideas ought to belong
to youth. But you are also in the period when there
is a keen joy in mere living, and when some desires,
which get weaker as years go on, are very strong, and
may mar youthful purity. So, taking all these into
account, I have thought that I could not do better
than press home upon you the counsels of this magnificent
text, however inadequately my time may permit
of my dealing with them; for there are dozens of
sermons in it, if one could expand it worthily.
But my purpose is distinctly practical, and so I wish
just to cast what I have to say to you into the answer
to three questions, the three questions that may be
asked about everything. What? Why? How?
I. What, then, is the counsel here?
‘Think on these things.’ To begin with, that advice
implies that we can, and, therefore, that we should,
exercise a very rigid control over that part of our lives
which a great many of us never think of controlling
at all. There are hosts of people whose thoughts
are just hooked on to one another by the slightest
links of accidental connection, and who scarcely ever
have put a strong hand upon them, or coerced them[50]
into order, or decided what they are going to let come
into their minds, and what to keep out. Circumstances,
the necessities of our daily occupations, the
duties that we owe to one another, all these make
certain streams of thought very necessary, and to
some of us very absorbing. And for the rest—well!
‘He that hath no rule over his own spirit is like a city
broken down, without walls’; anybody can go in, and
anybody can come out. I am sure that amongst young
men and women there are multitudes who have never
realised how responsible they are for the flow of the
waves of that great river that is always coming from
the depths of their being, and have never asked
whether the current is bringing down sand or gold.
Exercise control, as becomes you, over the run and
drift of your thoughts. I said that many of us had
minds like cities broken down. Put a guard at the
gate, as they do in some Continental countries, and let
in no vagrant that cannot show his passport, and
a clear bill of health. Now, that is a lesson that some
of you very much want.
But, further, notice that company of fair guests that
you may welcome into the hospitalities of your heart
and mind. ‘Think on these things’—and what are
they? It would be absurd of me to try to exhaust the
great catalogue which the Apostle gives here, but let
me say a word or two about it.
‘Whatsoever things are true . . . think on these
things.’ Let your minds be exercised, breathed,
braced, lifted, filled by bringing them into contact
with truth, especially with the highest of all truths,
the truths affecting God and your relations to Him.
Why should you, like so many of us, be living amidst
the small things of daily life, the trifles that are here,[51]
and never coming into vital contact with the greatest
things of all, the truths about God and Christ, and
what you have to do with them, and what they have
to do with you? ‘Whatsoever things are true . . . think
on these things.’
‘Whatsoever things are honest,’ or, as the word more
properly and nobly means, ‘Whatsoever things are
reverent, or venerable‘—let grave, serious, solemn
thought be familiar to your minds, not frivolities, not
mean things. There is an old story in Roman history
about the barbarians breaking into the Capitol, and
their fury being awed into silence, and struck into
immobility, as they saw, round and round in the hall,
the august Senators, each in his seat. Let your minds
be like that, with reverent thoughts clustering on
every side; and when wild passions, and animal
desires, and low, mean contemplations dare to cross
the threshold, they will be awed into silence and stillness.
‘Whatsoever things are august . . . think on
these things.’
‘Whatsoever things are just’—let the great, solemn
thought of duty, obligation, what I ought to be and
do, be very familiar to your consideration and meditation.
‘Whatsoever things are just . . . think on these
things.’
‘Whatsoever things are pure’—let white-robed
angels haunt the place. Let there be in you a shuddering
recoil from all the opposite; and entertain
angels not unawares. ‘Whatsoever things are pure . . . think
on these things.’
Now, these characteristics of thoughts which I have
already touched upon all belong to a lofty region, but
the Apostle is not contented with speaking austere
things. He goes now into a region tinged with[52]
emotion, and he says, ‘whatsoever things are lovely’; for
goodness is beautiful, and, in effect, is the only beautiful.
‘Whatsoever things are lovely . . . think on these
things.’ And ‘whatsoever things are of good report’—all
the things that men speak well of, and speak good in the
very naming of, let thoughts of them be in your minds.
And then he gathers all up into two words. ‘If
there be any virtue’—which covers the ground of the
first four, that he has already spoken about—viz. true,
venerable, just, pure; and ‘if there be any praise’—which
resumes and sums up the two last: ‘lovely and
of good report,’ ‘think on these things.’
Now, if my purpose allowed it, one would like to
point out here how the Apostle accepts the non-Christian
notions of the people in whose tongue he
was speaking; and here, for the only time in his
letters, uses the great Pagan word ‘virtue,’ which was
a spell amongst the Greeks, and says, ‘I accept the
world’s notion of what is virtuous and praiseworthy,
and I bid you take it to your hearts.’
Dear brethren, Christianity covers all the ground that
the noblest morality has ever attempted to mark out
and possess, and it covers a great deal more. ‘If there
be any virtue, as you Greeks are fond of talking about,
and if there be any praise, if there is anything in men
which commends noble actions, think on these things.’
Now, you will not obey this commandment unless
you obey also the negative side of it. That is to say,
you will not think on these fair forms, and bring them
into your hearts, unless you turn away, by resolute
effort, from their opposites. There are some, and
I am afraid that in a congregation as large as this
there must be some representatives of the class, who
seem to turn this apostolic precept right round about,[53]
and whatsoever things are illusory and vain, whatsoever
things are mean, and frivolous, and contemptible,
whatsoever things are unjust, and whatsoever things
are impure, and whatsoever things are ugly, and whatsoever
things are branded with a stigma by all men
they think on these things. Like the flies that are attracted
to a piece of putrid meat, there are young men
who are drawn by all the lustful, the lewd, the impure
thoughts; and there are young women who are too
idle and uncultivated to have any pleasure in anything
higher than gossip and trivial fiction. ‘Whatsoever
things are noble and lovely, think on these things,’
and get rid of all the others.
There are plenty of occasions round about you to
force the opposite upon your notice; and, unless you
shut your door fast, and double-lock it, they will be
sure to come in:—Popular literature, the scrappy
trivialities that are put into some periodicals, what
they call ‘realistic fiction’; modern Art, which has
come to be largely the servant of sense; the Stage,
which has come—and more is the pity! for there are
enormous possibilities of good in it—to be largely
a minister of corruption, or if not of corruption at
least of frivolity—all these things are appealing to
you. And some of you young men, away from the
restraints of home, and in a city, where you think
nobody could see you sowing your wild oats, have got
entangled with them. I beseech you, cast out all this
filth, and all this meanness and pettiness from your
habitual thinkings, and let the august and the lovely
and the pure and the true come in instead. You have
the cup in your hand, you can either press into it
clusters of ripe grapes, and make mellow wine, or you
can squeeze into it wormwood and gall and hemlock and[54]
poison-berries; and, as you brew, you have to drink.
You have the canvas, and you are to cover it with the
figures that you like best. You can either do as Fra
Angelico did, who painted the white walls of every
cell in his quiet convent with Madonnas and angels
and risen Christs, or you can do like some of those
low-toned Dutch painters, who never can get above
a brass pan and a carrot, and ugly boors and women,
and fill the canvas with vulgarities and deformities.
Choose which you will have to keep you company.
II. Now, let me ask you to think for a moment why
this counsel is pressed upon you.
Let me put the reasons very briefly. They are, first,
because thought moulds action. ‘As a man thinketh
in his heart so is he.’ One looks round the world, and
all these solid-seeming realities of institutions, buildings,
governments, inventions and machines, steamships
and electric telegrams, laws and governments,
palaces and fortresses, they are all but embodied
thoughts. There was a thought at the back of each of
them which took shape. So, in another sense than the
one in which the saying was originally meant, but yet
an august and solemn sense, ‘the word is made flesh,’
and our thoughts became visible, and stand round us,
a ghastly company. Sooner or later what has been
the drift and trend of a man’s life comes out, flashes
out sometimes, and dribbles out at other times, into
visibility in his actions; and, just as the thunder follows
on the swift passage of the lightning, so my acts
are neither more nor less than the reverberation and
after-clap of my thoughts.
So if you are entertaining in your hearts and minds
this august company of which my text speaks, your
lives will be fair and beautiful. For what does[55]
the Apostle immediately go on to add to our text?
‘These things do’—as you certainly will if you think
about them, and as you certainly will not unless you do.
Again, thought and work make character. We come
into the world with certain dispositions and bias. But
that is not character, it is only the raw material of
character. It is all plastic, like the lava when it comes
out of the volcano. But it hardens, and whatever else
my thought may do, and whatever effects may follow
upon any of my actions, the recoil of them on myself
is the most important effect to me. And there is not a
thought that comes into, and is entertained by a man,
or rolled as a sweet morsel under his tongue, but contributes
its own little but appreciable something to
the making of the man’s character. I wonder if there
is anybody in this chapel now who has been so long
accustomed to entertain these angels of whom my
text speaks as that to entertain their opposites would
be an impossibility. I hope there is. I wonder if there
is anybody in this chapel to-night who has been so
long accustomed to live amidst the thoughts that are
small and trivial and frivolous, if not amongst those
that are impure and abominable, as that to entertain
their opposites seems almost an impossibility. I am
afraid there are some. I remember hearing about a
Maori woman who had come to live in one of the cities
in New Zealand, in a respectable station, and after a
year or two of it she left husband and children, and
civilisation, and hurried back to her tribe, flung off the
European garb, and donned the blanket, and was
happy crouching over the embers on the clay hearth.
Some of you have become so accustomed to the low,
the wicked, the lustful, the impure, the frivolous, the
contemptible, that you cannot, or, at any rate, have lost[56]
all disposition to rise to the lofty, the pure, and the
true.
Once more; as thought makes deeds, and thought
and deeds make character, so character makes destiny,
here and hereafter. If you have these blessed thoughts
in your hearts and minds, as your continual companions
and your habitual guests, then, my friend, you
will have a light within that will burn all independent
of externals; and whether the world smiles or frowns
on you, you will have the true wealth in yourselves; ‘a
better and enduring substance.’ You will have peace,
you will be lords of the world, and having nothing yet
may have all. No harm can come to the man who has
laid up in his youth, as the best treasure of old age,
this possession of these thoughts enjoined in my text.
And character makes destiny hereafter. What is a
man whose whole life has been one long thought about
money-making, or about other objects of earthly ambition,
or about the lusts of the flesh, and the lusts of
the eye, and the pride of life, to do in heaven? What
would one of those fishes in the sunless caverns of
America, which, by long living in the dark, have lost
their eyes, do, if it were brought out into the sunshine?
A man will go to his own place, the place for which he
is fitted, the place for which he has fitted himself by
his daily life, and especially by the trend and the
direction of his thoughts.
So do not be led away by talk about ‘seeing both
sides,’ about ‘seeing life,’ about ‘knowing what is going
on.’ ‘I would have you simple concerning evil, and
wise concerning good.’ Do not be led away by talk
about having your fling, and sowing your wild oats. You
may make an indelible stain on your conscience, which
even forgiveness will not wipe out; and you may sow[57]
your wild oats, but what will the harvest be? ‘Whatsoever
a man soweth that’—that—’shall he also reap.’
Would you like all your low thoughts, all your foul
thoughts, to return and sit down beside you, and say,
‘We have come to keep you company for ever’? ‘If
there be any virtue . . . think on these things.’
III. Now, lastly, how is this precept best obeyed?
I have been speaking to some extent about that, and
saying that there must be real, honest, continuous
effort to keep out the opposite, as well as to bring in
the ‘things that are lovely and of good report.’ But
there is one more word that I must say in answer to
the question how this precept can be observed, and it
is just this. All these things, true, venerable, just, pure,
lovely, and of good report, are not things only; they
are embodied in a Person. For whatever things are fair
meet in Jesus Christ, and He, in His living self, is the
sum of all virtue and of all praise. So that if we link
ourselves to Him by faith and love, and take Him into
our hearts and minds, and abide in Him, we have them
all gathered together into that One. Thinking on
these things is not merely a meditating upon abstractions,
but it is clutching and living in and with and by
the living, loving Lord and Saviour of us all. If Christ
is in my thoughts, all good things are there.
If you trust Him, and make him your Companion, He
will help you, He will give you His own life, and in it
will give you tastes and desires which will make all
these fair thoughts congenial to you, and will deliver
you from the else hopeless bondage of subjection to
their very opposites.
Brethren, our souls cleave to the dust, and all our
efforts will be foiled, partially or entirely, to obey this
precept, unless we remember that it was spoken to[58]
people who had previously obeyed a previous commandment,
and had taken Christ for their Saviour.
We gravitate earthwards, alas! after all our efforts,
but if we will put ourselves in His hands, then
He will be as a Magnet drawing us upwards, or
rather He will give us wings of love and contemplation
by which we can soar above that dim spot that men
call Earth, and walk in the heavenly places. The
way by which this commandment can be obeyed is by
obeying the other precept of the same Apostle, ‘Set
your minds on things which are above, where Christ
is, sitting at the right hand of God.’
I beseech you, take Christ and enthrone Him in the
very sanctuary of your minds. Then you will have all
these venerable, pure, blessed thoughts as the very
atmosphere in which you move. ‘Think on these
things . . . these things do! . . . and the God of Peace
shall be with you.’
HOW TO SAY ‘THANK YOU’
‘But I rejoice in the Lord greatly, that now at length ye have revived your
thought for me; wherein ye did indeed take thought, but ye lacked opportunity.
Not that I speak in respect of want: for I have learned, in whatsoever state I am,
therein to be content. I know how to be abased, and I know also how to abound:
in everything and in all things have I learned the secret both to be filled and to
be hungry, both to abound and to be in want. I can do all things in Him that
strengtheneth me. Howbeit ye did well, that ye had fellowship with my affliction.’—Phil.
iv. 10-14 (R.V.).
It is very difficult to give money without hurting the
recipient. It is as difficult to receive it without embarrassment
and sense of inferiority. Paul here shows
us how he could handle a delicate subject with a
feminine fineness of instinct and a noble self-respect
joined with warmest gratitude. He carries the weight
of obligation, is profuse in his thanks, and yet never
crosses the thin line which separates the expression[59]
of gratitude from self-abasing exaggeration, nor that
other which distinguishes self-respect in the receiver
of benefits from proud unwillingness to be obliged to
anybody. Few words are more difficult to say rightly
than ‘Thank you.’ Some people speak them reluctantly
and some too fluently: some givers are too exacting
in the acknowledgments they expect, and do not so
much give as barter so much help for so much recognition
of superiority.
The Philippians had sent to Paul some money help
by Epaphroditus as we heard before in Chapter ii., and
this gift he now acknowledges in a paragraph full of
autobiographical interest which may be taken as a
very model of the money relations between teachers
and taught in the church. It is besides an exquisite
illustration of the fineness and delicacy of Paul’s
nature, and it includes large spiritual lessons.
The stream of the Apostle’s thoughts takes three
turns here. There is first the exuberant and delicate
expression of his thanks, then, as fearing that they
might misunderstand his joy in their affection as if it
were only selfish gladness that his wants had been
met, he gives utterance to his triumphant and yet
humble consciousness of his Christ-given independence
in, and of, all circumstances, and then feeling in a
moment that such words, if they stood alone, might
sound ungrateful, he again returns to thanks, but not
for their gift so much as for the sympathy expressed
in it. We may follow these movements of feeling now.
I. The exuberant expression of thanks, ‘I rejoice in
the Lord greatly.’
There is an instance of his following his own twice-given
precept, ‘Rejoice in the Lord always.’ The
Philippians’ care of him was the source of the joy, and[60]
yet it was joy in the Lord. So we learn the perfect
consistency of that joy in Christ with the full enjoyment
of all other sources of joy, and especially of the
joy that arises from Christian love and friendship.
Union with Christ heightens and purifies all earthly
relations. Nobody should be so tender and so sweet
in these as a Christian. His faith should be like the
sunshine blazing out over the meadows making them
greener. It should, and does in the measure of its
power, destroy selfishness and guard us against the
evils which sap love and the anxieties which torment
it, against the dread that it may end, and our hopeless
desolation when it does. There is a false ascetic idea of
Christian devotion as if it were a regard to Christ
which made our hearts cold to others, which is clean
against Paul’s experience here. His joy went out in
fuller stream towards the Philippians because it was
‘joy in the Lord.’
We may just note in passing the tender metaphor by
which the Philippians’ renewed thought of him is
likened to a tree’s putting forth its buds in a gracious
springtide, and may link with it the pretty fancy of
an old commentator whom some people call prosaic
and puritanical (Bengel), that the stormy winter had
hindered communication, and that Epaphroditus and
the gifts came with the opening spring.
Paul’s inborn delicacy and quick considerateness
comes beautifully forward in his addition, to remove
any suspicion of his thinking that his friends in Philippi
had been negligent or cold. Therefore he adds that he
knew that they had always had the will. What had
hindered them we do not know. Perhaps they had no
one to send. Perhaps they had not heard that such
help would be welcome, but whatever frost had kept[61]
the tree from budding, he knew that the sap was in it
all the same.
We may note that trait of true friendship, confidence
in a love that did not express itself. Many
of us are too exacting in always wanting manifestations
of our friend’s affection. What cries out for
these is not love so much as self-importance which has
not had the attention which it thinks its due. How
often there have been breaches of intimacy which have
no better reason than ‘He didn’t come to see me often
enough’; ‘He hasn’t written to me for ever so long’;
‘He does not pay me the attention I expect.’ It is a
poor love which is always needing to be assured of
another’s. It is better to err in believing that there is
a store of goodwill in our friends’ hearts to us which
only needs occasion to be unfolded. One often hears
people say that they were quite surprised at the proofs
of affection which came to them when they were in
trouble. They would have been happier and more
nearly right if they had believed in them when there
was no need to show them.
II. Consciousness of Christ-given independence and
of ‘content’ is scarcely Paul’s whole idea here, though
that, no doubt, is included. We have no word which
exactly expresses the meaning. ‘Self-sufficient’ is a
translation, but then it has acquired a bad meaning
as connoting a false estimate of one’s own worth and
wisdom. What Paul means is that whatever be his
condition he has in himself enough to meet it. He does
not depend on circumstances, and he does not depend
on other people for strength to face them. Many words
are not needed to insist that only the man of whom
these things are true is worth calling a man at all.
It is a miserable thing to be hanging on externals and[62]
so to be always exposed to the possibility of having
to say, ‘They have taken away my Gods.’ It is as
wretched to be hanging on people. ‘The good man
shall be satisfied for himself.’ The fortress that has
a deep well in the yard and plenty of provisions
within, is the only one that can hold out.
This independence teaches the true use of all changing
circumstances. The consequence of ‘learning’
therewith to be content is further stated by the Apostle
in terms which perhaps bear some reference to the
mysteries of Greek religion, since the word rendered
‘I have learned the secret’ means I have been initiated.
He can bear either of the two extremes of human experience,
and can keep a calm and untroubled mind
whichever of them he has to front. He has the same
equable spirit when abased and when abounding. He
is like a compensation pendulum which corrects expansions
and contractions and keeps time anywhere.
I remember hearing of a captain in an Arctic expedition
who had been recalled from the Tropics and
sent straight away to the North Pole. Sometimes God
gives His children a similar experience.
It is possible for us not only to bear with equal minds
both extremes, but to get the good out of both. It is
a hard lesson and takes much conning, to learn to bear
sorrow or suffering or want. They have great lessons
to teach us all, and a character that has not been
schooled by one of these dwellers in the dark is
imperfect as celery is not in season till frost has
touched it. But it is not less difficult to learn how to
bear prosperity and abundance, though we think it a
pleasanter lesson. To carry a full cup without spilling
is proverbially difficult, and one sees instances enough
of men who were far better men when they were poor[63]
than they have ever been since they were rich, to give
a terrible significance to the assertion that it is still
more difficult to live a Christian life in prosperity
than in sorrow. But while both threaten, both may
minister to our growth. Sorrow will drive, and joy
will draw, us nearer to God. If we are not tempted
by abundance to plunge our desires into it, nor tempted
by sorrow to think ourselves hopelessly harmed by it,
both will knit us more closely to our true and changeless
good. The centrifugal and centripetal forces both
keep the earth in its orbit.
It is only when we are independent of circumstances
that we are able to get the full good of them. When
there is a strong hand at the helm, the wind, though it
be almost blowing directly against us, helps us forward,
but otherwise the ship drifts and washes about in the
trough. We all need the exhortation to be their
master, for we can do without them and they serve us.
Paul here lets us catch a glimpse of the inmost secret of
his power without which all exhortations to independence
are but waste words. He is conscious of a living
power flowing through him and making him fit for
anything, and he is not afraid that any one who studies
him will accuse him of exaggeration even when he
makes the tremendous claim ‘I can do all things in
Him that strengtheneth me.’ That great word is even
more emphatic in the original, not only because, as the
Revised Version shows, it literally is in and not through,
and so suggests again his familiar thought of a vital
union with Jesus, but also because he uses a compound
word which literally means ‘strengthening within,’ so
then the power communicated is breathed into the
man, and in the most literal sense he is ‘strong in the
Lord and in the power of His might.’ This inward[64]
impartation of strength is the true and only condition
of that self-sufficingness which Paul has just been
claiming. Stoicism breaks down because it tries to
make men apart from God sufficient for themselves,
which no man is. To stand alone without Him is to be
weak. Circumstances will always be too strong for
me, and sins will be too strong. A Godless life has a
weakness at the heart of its loneliness, but Christ and
I are always in the majority, and in the face of all
foes, be they ever so many and strong, we can confidently
say, ‘They that be with us are more than they
that be with them.’ The old experience will prove true
in our lives, and though ‘they compass us about like
bees,’ the worst that they can do is only to buzz angrily
round our heads, and their end is in the name of the
Lord to be destroyed. In ourselves we are weak, but
if we are ‘rooted, grounded, built’ on Jesus, we partake
of the security of the rock of ages to which we are
united, and cannot be swept away by the storm, so
long as it stands unmoved. I have seen a thin hair-stemmed
flower growing on the edge of a cataract and
resisting the force of its plunge, and of the wind that
always lives in its depths, because its roots are in a
cleft of the cliff. The secret of strength for all men
is to hold fast by the ‘strong Son of God,’ and they
only are sufficient in whatsoever state they are, to
whom this loving and quickening voice has spoken
the charter ‘My grace is sufficient for thee.’
III. The renewed thanks for the loving sympathy
expressed in the gift.
We have here again an eager anxiety not to be misunderstood
as undervaluing the Philippians’ gift. How
beautifully the sublimity of the previous words lies
side by side with the lowliness and gentleness of these.[65]
We note here the combination of that grand independence
with loving thankfulness for brotherly help.
The self-sufficingness of Stoicism is essentially inhuman
and isolating. It is contrary to God’s plan and
to the fellowship which is meant to knit men together.
So we have always to take heed to blend with it a
loving welcome to sympathy, and not to fancy that
human help and human kindness is useless. We should
be able to do without it, but that need not make it the
less sweet when it comes. We may be carrying water
for the march, but shall not the less prize a brook by the
way. Our firm souls should be like the rocking stones in
Cornwall, poised so truly that tempests cannot shake
them, and yet vibrating at the touch of a little child’s
soft hand. That lofty independence needs to be humanised
by grateful acceptance of the refreshment of
human sympathy even though we can do without it.
Paul shows us here what is the true thing in a
brother’s help for which to be thankful. The reason
why he was glad of their help was because it spoke to
his heart and told him that they were making themselves
sharers with him in his troubles. As he tells
us in the beginning of the letter, their fellowship in
his labours had been from the beginning a joy to
him. It was not so much their material help as their
true sympathy that he valued. The high level to which
he lifts what was possibly a very modest contribution,
if measured by money standards, carries with it a great
lesson for all receivers and for all givers of such gifts,
teaching the one that they are purely selfish if they
are glad of what they get, and bidding the other remember
that they may give so as to hurt by a gift
more than by a blow, that they may give infinitely
more by loving sympathy than by much gold, and that[66]
a £5 note does not discharge all their obligations. We
have to give after His pattern who does not toss us
our alms from a height, but Himself comes to bestow
them, and whose gift, though it be the unspeakable
gift of eternal life, is less than the love it speaks, in that
He Himself has in wondrous manner become partaker
of our weakness. The pattern of all sympathy, the
giver of all our possessions, is God. Let us hold to Him
in faith and love, and all earthly love will be sweeter
and sympathy more precious. Our own hearts will be
refined and purified to a delicacy of consideration and
a tenderness beyond their own. Our souls will be
made lords of all circumstances and strengthened
according to our need. He will say to us ‘My grace is
sufficient for thee,’ and we, as we feel His strength
being made perfect in our weakness, shall be able to
say with humble confidence, ‘I can do all things in
Christ who strengtheneth me within.’
GIFTS GIVEN, SEED SOWN
‘And ye yourselves also know, ye Philippians, that in the beginning of the
Gospel, when I departed from Macedonia, no church had fellowship with me in
the matter of giving and receiving, but ye only; for even in Thessalonica ye
sent once and again unto my need. Not that I seek for the gift; but I seek for
the fruit that increaseth to your account. But I have all things, and abound:
I am filled, having received from Epaphroditus the things that came from you,
an odour of a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable, well-pleasing to God. And my
God shall fulfil every need of yours according to His riches in glory in Christ
Jesus.’—Phil. iv. 15-19 (R.V.).
Paul loved the Philippians too well and was too sure
of their love to be conscious of any embarrassment in
expressing his thanks for money help. His thanks are
profuse and long drawn out. Our present text still
strikes the note of grateful acknowledgment. It
gives us a little glimpse into earlier instances of their[67]
liberality, and beautifully suggests that as they had
done to him so God would do to them, and that their
liberality was in a fashion a prophecy, because it was
in some measure an imitation, of God’s liberality. He
had just said ‘I am full, having received the things
which were sent from you,’ and now he says, ‘My God
shall fill full all your needs.’ The use of the same
word in these two connections is a piece of what one
would call the very ingenuity of graceful courtesy, if it
were not something far deeper, even the utterance of
a loving and self-forgetting heart.
I. We may note here Paul’s money relations with
the churches.
We know that he habitually lived by his own
labour. He could call to witness the assembled elders
at Ephesus, when he declared that ‘these hands
ministered unto my necessities,’ and could propose
himself as an illustration of the words of the Lord
Jesus, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’ He
firmly holds the right of Christian teachers to be
supported by the churches, and vehemently insists
upon it in the First Epistle to the Corinthians. But he
waives the right in his own case, and passionately
insists that it were better for him rather to die than
that any man should make his glorying void. He will
not use to the full his right in the Gospel ‘that he may
make a Gospel without charge,’ but when needed he
gladly accepted money gifts, as he did from the
Philippians. In our text he points back to an earlier
instance of this. The history of that instance we may
briefly recall. After his indignities and imprisonment
in Philippi he went straight to Thessalonica, stayed
there a short time till a riot drove him to take refuge
in Berea, whence again he had to flee, and guided by[68]
brethren reached Athens. There he was left alone, and
his guides went back to Macedonia to send on Silas and
Timothy. From Athens he went to Corinth, and there
was rejoined by them. According to our text, ‘in the
beginning of the Gospel,’ that is, of course, its beginning
in Philippi, they relieved him twice in Thessalonica,
and if the words in our text which date the
Philippians’ gift may be read ‘when I had departed
from Macedonia,’ we should have here another reference
to the same incident mentioned in 2 Corinthians,
chap. xi. 8-9, where he speaks of being in want there,
and having ‘the measure of my want’ supplied by the
brethren who came from Macedonia. The coincidence
of these two incidental references hid away, as it were,
confirms the historical truthfulness of both Epistles.
And if we take into view the circumstances in which
he was placed in Thessalonica and at the beginning of
his stay in Corinth, his needing and receiving such aid
is amply accounted for. Once again, after a long
interval, when he was a prisoner in Rome, and probably
unable to work for his maintenance, their care
of him flourished again.
In the present circumstances of our churches, it
seems necessary that the right which Paul so strongly
asserted should, for the most part, not be waived, but
the only true way of giving and receiving as between
minister and people is when it is a matter not of payment
but a gift. When it is an expression of sympathy
and affection on both sides, the relationship is pleasant
and may be blessed. When it comes to be a business
transaction, and is to be measured by the rules applicable
to such, it goes far to destroy some of the sweetest
bonds, and to endanger a preacher’s best influence.
II. The lofty view here taken of such service.[69]
It is ‘the fruit that increaseth to your account.’
Fruit, which as it were is put to their credit in the
account-book of heaven, but it is called by Paul by a
sacreder name as being an odour of a sweet smell, a
sacrifice acceptable, well pleasing to God, in which
metaphor all the sacred ideas of yielding up precious
things to God and of the sacred fire that consumed the
offering or brought to bear on the prosaic material
gift.
The principle which the Apostle here lays down in
reference to a money gift has, of course, a much wider
application, and is as true about all Christian acts.
We need not be staggered at the emphasis with which
Paul states the truths of their acceptableness and
rewardableness, but in order fully to understand the
ground of his assurance we must remember that in
his view the root of all such fruit increasing to our
account, and of everything which can claim to be an
odour of a sweet smell well pleasing to God, is love to
Christ, and the renewal of our nature by the spirit of
God dwelling in us. In us there dwells no good thing.
It is only as we abide in Him and His words abide in
us that we bear much fruit. Separate from Him we
can do nothing. If our works are ever to smell sweet
to God, they must be done for Christ, and in a very
profound and real sense, done by Him.
The essential character of all work which has the
right to be called good, and which is acceptable to God,
is sacrifice. The one exhortation which takes the
place and more than fills the place of all other commandments,
and is enforced by the motive which takes
the place, and more than takes the place of all other
motives, is, ‘I beseech you by the mercies of God to
present your bodies a living sacrifice.’ It is works[70]
which in the intention of the doer are offered to Him,
and in which therefore there is a surrender of our own
wills, or tastes, or inclinations, or passions, or possessions,
that yield to Him an odour of a sweet smell.
The old condition which touched the chivalrous heart
of David has to be repeated by us in regard to any
work which we can ever hope to make well pleasing to
God; ‘I will not offer burnt offerings unto the Lord
my God which cost me nothing.’
There is a spurious humility which treats all the
works of good men as filthy rags, but such a false
depreciation is contradicted by Christ’s ‘Well done,
good and faithful servant.’ It is true that all our
deeds are stained and imperfect, but if they are offered
on the altar which He provides, it will sanctify the
giver and the gift. He is the great Aaron who makes
atonement for the iniquity of our holy things. And
whilst we are stricken silent with thankfulness for the
wonderful mercy of His gracious allowance, we may
humbly hope that His ‘Well done’ will be spoken of
us, and may labour, not without a foretaste that we do
not labour in vain, that ‘whether present or absent we
may be well pleasing to Him.’
The fruit is here supposed to be growing, that is, of
course, in another life. We need not insist that the
service and sacrifice and work of earth, if the motive
be right, tell in a man’s condition after death. It is
not all the same how Christian men live; some gain
ten talents, some five, and some two, and the difference
between them is not always as the parable represents
it, a difference in the original endowment. An entrance
may be given into the eternal kingdom, and yet it may
not be an abundant entrance.
III. The gift that supplies the givers.[71]
Paul has nothing to bestow, but he serves a great
God who will see to it that no man is the poorer by
helping His servants. The king’s honour is concerned
in not letting a poor man suffer by lodging and feeding
his retainers. The words here suggest to us the
source from which our need may be filled full, as an
empty vessel might be charged to the brim with some
precious liquid, the measure or limit of the fulness, and
the channel by which we receive it.
Paul was so sure that the Philippians’ needs would
all be satisfied, because he knew that his own had
been; he is generalising from his own case, and that, I
think, is at all events part of the reason why he says
with much emphasis, ‘My God. As He has done to me
He will do to you,’ but even without the ‘my,’ the
great name contains in itself a promise and its seal.
‘God will supply just because He is God’; that is
what His name means—infinite fulness and infinite
self-communicativeness and delight in giving. But is
not so absolutely unlimited a promise as this convicted
of complete unreality when contrasted with the facts
of any life, even of the most truly Christian or the
most outwardly happy? Its contradiction of the
grim facts of experience is not to be slurred over by
restricting it to religious needs only. The promise
needs the eye of Faith to interpret the facts of experience,
and to let nothing darken the clear vision that if
any seeming need is left by God unfilled, it is not an
indispensable need. If we do not get what we want
we may be quite sure that we do not need it. The
axiom of Christian faith is that whatever we do not
obtain we do not require. Very desirable things may
still not be necessary. Let us limit our notions of
necessity by the facts of God’s giving, and then we,[72]
too, shall have learned, in whatsoever state we are,
therein to be content. When the Apostle says that
God shall fill all our need full up to the brim, was he
contemplating only such necessities as God could supply
through outward gifts? Surely not. God Himself is
the filler and the only filler of a human heart, and it is
by this impartation of Himself and by nothing else
that He bestows upon us the supply of our needs.
Unless we have been initiated into this deepest and
yet simplest secret of life, it will be full of gnawing
pain and unfulfilled longings. Unless we have learned
that our needs are like the cracks in the parched
ground, cups to hold the rain from heaven, doors by
which God Himself can come to us, we shall dwell for
ever in a dry and thirsty land. God Himself is the only
satisfier of the soul. ‘Whom have I in heaven but
Thee, and there is none upon earth that’—if I am not
a fool—’I desire side by side with Thee?’
But Paul here sets forth in very bold words the
measure or limits of the divine supply of our need. It
is ‘according to His riches in glory.’ Then, all of God
belongs to me, and the whole wealth of His aggregated
perfections is available for stopping the crannies of
my heart and filling its emptiness. My emptiness corresponds
with His fulness as some concavity does with
the convexity that fits into it, and the whole that He
is waits to fill and to satisfy me. There is no limit
really to what a man may have of God except the
limitless limit of the infinite divine nature, but on the
other hand this great promise is not fulfilled all at
once, and whilst the actual limit is the boundlessness
of God, there is a working limit, so to speak, a variable
one, but a very real one. The whole riches of God’s
glory are available for us, but only so much of the[73]
boundless store as we desire and are at present capable
of taking in will belong to us now. What is the use of
owning half a continent if the owner lives on an acre
of it and grows what he wants there, and has never
seen the broad lands that yet belong to him? Nothing
hinders a man from indefinitely increased possession
of a growing measure of God, except his own arbitrarily
narrowed measure of desire and capacity.
Therefore it becomes a solemn question for each of
us, Am I day by day becoming more and more fit to
possess more of God, and enjoy more of the God whom
I possess? In Him we have each ‘a potentiality of
wealth beyond the dreams of avarice.’ Do we growingly
realise that boundless possibility?
The channel by which that boundless supply is to
reach us is distinctly set forth here. All these riches
are stored up ‘in Christ Jesus.’ A deep lake may be
hidden away in the bosom of the hills that would pour
blessing and fertility over a barren land if it could
find a channel down into the plains, but unless there
be a river flowing out of it, its land-locked waters
might as well be dried up. When Paul says ‘riches in
glory,’ he puts them up high above our reach, but
when he adds ‘in Christ Jesus,’ he brings them all
down amongst us. In Him is ‘infinite riches in a
narrow room.’ If we are in Him then we are beside
our treasure, and have only to put out our hands and
take the wealth that is lying there. All that we need
is ‘in Christ,’ and if we are in Christ it is all close at
our sides.
Then the question comes to be, ‘Am I thus near my
wealth, and can I get at it whenever I want it, as I
want it, and as much as I want of it?’ We can if we
will. The path is easy to define, though our slothful[74]ness
find it hard to tread. That man is in Christ who
dwells with Him by faith, whose heart is by love
plunged in His love, who daily seeks to hold communion
with Him amid the distractions of life, and
who in practical submission obeys His will. If thus we
trust, if thus we love, if thus we hold fast to Him, and
if thus we link Him with all our activities in the
world, need will cease to grow, and will only be an
occasion for God’s gift. ‘Delight thyself in the Lord,’
and then the heart’s desires being set upon Him, ‘He
will give thee the desire of thy heart.’
Paul says to us ‘My God shall supply all your need.’
Let us answer, ‘The Lord is my Shepherd, I shall not
want.’
FAREWELL WORDS
‘Now unto our God and Father be the glory for ever and ever, Amen. Salute
every saint in Christ Jesus. The brethren which are with me salute you. All the
saints salute you, especially they that are of Cæsar’s household. The grace of
the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit.’—Phil. iv. 20-23 (R.V.).
These closing words fall into three unconnected parts,
a doxology, greetings, and a benediction. As in all his
letters, the Apostle follows the natural instinct of
making his last words loving words. Even when he
had to administer a bitter draught, the last drops in
the cup were sweetened, and to the Philippians whom
he loved so well, and in whose loyal love he confided so
utterly, his parting was tender as an embrace. Taking
together the three elements of this farewell, they present
to us a soul filled with desire for the glory of God
and with loving yearning for all His brethren. We shall
best deal with them by simply taking them in order.
I. The Doxology.
It is possibly evoked by the immediately pre[75]ceding
thought of God’s infinite supply of all human
need ‘according to his riches in glory‘; but the glory
which is so richly stored in Christ, and is the full
storehouse from which our emptiness is to be filled,
is not the same as the glory here ascribed to Him.
The former is the sum of His divine perfections, the
light of His own infinite being: the latter is the praise
rendered to Him when we know Him for what He is,
and exalt Him in our thankful thoughts and adoration.
As this doxology is the last word of this whole letter,
we may say that it gathers into one all that precedes
it. Our ascription of glory to God is the highest object
of all His self-manifestation, and should be the end of
all our contemplations of Him and of His acts. The
faith that God does ‘all for His glory’ may be and often
has been so interpreted as to make his character
repellent and hideous, but in reality it is another way
of saying that God is love. He desires that all men
should be gladdened and elevated by knowing Him as
He is. His glory is to give. That to which He has
committed the charge of interpreting Him to our dim
eyes and disordered natures is not the attributes of
sovereign power, or creative wisdom, or administrative
providence, or any other elements which men lay hold
of in their conceptions of deity. When men make
gods they make them in their own image: when God
reveals God, the emphasis is put on an altogether
different aspect of His nature. It is His self-communicating
and paternal love revealed to the heart of a son
which will kindle the highest aspiration of praise, and
that fatherhood is not found in the fact that God has
made us, but in the higher fact that He has redeemed
us and has sent the spirit of His Son into our hearts.
The doxology of our text is a distinctively Christian[76]
doxology which Paul conceives can only be uttered by
lips which have learned to say ‘Abba, Father,’ ‘and have
received the adoption of sons’ through the eternal
Son.
Mark, too, that this glad ascription of glory to God is
conceived of as sounded forth for ever and ever, or
literally through ‘ages and ages, as long as successive
epochs shall unfold.’ It is not as if the revelation
of the divine character were in the past, and the light of
it continued to touch stony lips to music, but it fills in
continuous forthcoming every age, and in every age
men receive the fulness of God, and in every age
redeemed hearts bring back their tribute of praise and
love to Him.
II. The Greetings.
The Apostle’s habit of closing all his letters with
kindly messages is, of course, more than a habit.
It is the natural instinct to which all true hearts
have a hundred times yielded. It is remarkable
that in this letter there are no individual greetings,
but that instead of such there is the emphatic greeting
to every saint in Christ Jesus. He will not single out
any where all are so near His heart, and He will have no
jealousies to be fed by His selection of more favoured
persons. It may be too, that the omission of individual
messages is partly occasioned by some incipient
tendencies to alienation and faction of which we see
some traces in His earnest exhortations to stand fast in
one spirit, and to be of the same mind, having the same
love, and being of one accord, as well as in his exhortation
to two Philippian women to be of the same mind
in the Lord. The all-embracing word at parting
singularly links the end of the letter with its beginning,
where we find a remarkable sequence of similar[77]
allusions to ‘all’ the Philippian Christians. He has
them all in His heart; they are all partakers with
Him of grace; He longs after them all.
The designation by which Paul describes the
recipients of his greeting carries in it a summons as
well as a promise. They are saints, and they are so as
being ‘in Christ.’ That name is often used as a clumsy
sarcasm, but it goes to the very root of Christian
character. The central idea contained in it is that
of consecration to God, and that which is often taken
to be its whole meaning is but a secondary one, a
result of that consecration. The true basis of all real
purity of conduct lies in devotion of heart and life to
God, and for want of discerning the connection of these
two elements the world’s ethics fail in theory and in
practice. A ‘saint’ is not a faultless monster, and the
persistence of failures and inconsistencies, whilst affording
only too sad an occasion for penitence and
struggle, afford no occasion for a man’s shrinking
from taking to himself the humble claim to be a saint.
Both the elements of consecration to God and of real
and progressive, though never complete perfection of
personal character, are realised only in Christ; in and
only in fellowship with Him whose life was unbroken
fellowship with the Father, and whose will was completely
accordant with the Father’s, do we rise to the
height of belonging to God. And only in Him who
could challenge a world to convict Him of sin shall
we make even a beginning of personal righteousness.
If we are in Christ we should be saints to-day however
imperfect our holiness, and shall be ‘as the angels of
God’ in the day that is coming—nay, rather as the
Lord of the Angels, ‘not having spot or blemish or
any such thing.’[78]
The New Testament has other names for believers,
each of which expresses some great truth in regard to
them; for example, the earliest name by which they
knew themselves was the simple one of ‘brethren,’
which spoke of their common relation to a Father and
pledged them to the sweetness and blessedness of a
family. The sarcastic wits of Antioch called them
Christians as seeing nothing in them other than what
they had many a time seen in the adherents of some
founder of a school or a party. They called themselves
disciples or believers, revealing by both names their
humble attitude and their Lord’s authority, and by
the latter disclosing to seeing eyes the central bond
which bound them to Him. But the name of Saint
declares something more than these in that it speaks of
their relation to God, the fulfilment of the Old Testament
ideal, and carries in it a prophecy of personal
character.
The sharers in Paul’s salutation call for some
notice. We do not know who ‘the brethren that are
with me’ were. We might have supposed from Paul’s
pathetic words that he had no man like-minded with
him, that the faithful band whom we find named in
the other epistles of the captivity were dispersed. But
though there were none ‘like-minded who will care
truly for your state,’ there were some recognised as
brethren who were closely associated with him, and
who, though they had no such warm interest in the
Philippians as he had, still had a real affection for them,
drawn no doubt from him. Distinct from these was
the whole body of the Roman Christians, from the
mention of whom we may gather that his imprisonment
did not prevent his intercourse with them.
Again, distinct from these, though a part of them, were[79]
the saints of Cæsar’s household. He had apparently
special opportunities for intercourse with them, and
probably his imprisonment brought him through the
prætorian guards into association with them, as
Cæsar’s household included all the servants and retainers
of Nero.
May we not see in this union of members of the
most alien races a striking illustration of the new
bond which the Gospel had woven among men? There
was a Jew standing in the midst between Macedonian
Greeks and proud Roman citizens, including members
of that usually most heartless and arrogant of all
classes, the lackeys of a profligate court, and they are
all clasping one another’s hands in true brotherly love.
Society was falling to pieces. We know the tragic spectacle
that the empire presented then. Amidst universal
decay of all that held men together, here was a new
uniting principle; everywhere else dissolution was at
work; here was again crystallising. A flower was
opening its petals though it grew on a dunghill.
What was it that drew slaves and patricians, the
Pharisee of Tarsus, rude Lycaonians, the ‘barbarous’
people of Melita, the Areopagite of Athens, the citizens
of Rome into one loving family? How came Lydia
and her slave girl, Onesimus and his master, the prætorian
guard and his prisoner, the courtier in Nero’s
golden house and the jailer at Philippi into one great
fellowship of love? They were all one in Christ Jesus.
And what lessons the saints in Cæsar’s household
may teach us! Think of the abyss of lust and murder
there, of the Emperor by turns a buffoon, a sensualist,
and a murderer. A strange place to find saints in that
sty of filth! Let no man say that it is impossible for
a pure life to be lived in any circumstances, or try to[80]
bribe his conscience by insisting on the difficulties of
his environment. It may be our duty to stand at our
post however foul may be our surroundings and however
uncongenial our company, and if we are sure that
He has set us there, we may be sure that He is with us
there, and that there we can live the life and witness
to His name.
III. The Parting Benediction.
The form of the benediction seems to be more correctly
given in the Revised Version, which reads ‘with
your spirit’ instead of ‘with you all.’ That form reappears
in Galatians and in Philemon. What Paul
especially desires of his favourite church is that they
may possess ‘the grace.’ Grace is love exercising itself
to inferiors, and to those who deserve something
sadder and darker. The gifts of that one grace are
manifold. They comprise all blessings that man can
need or receive. This angel comes with her hands and
her lap full of good. Her name is shorthand for all
that God can bestow or man can ask or think.
And it needs all the names by which Christ is known
among men to describe the encyclopædiacal Person
who can bestow the encyclopædiacal gift. Here we
have them all gathered, as it were, into one great
diadem, set on His head where once the crown of thorns
was twined. He is Lord, the name which implies at
least absolute authority, and is most probably the New
Testament translation of the Old Testament name of
Jehovah. He is our Lord as supreme over us, and
wonderful as it is, as belonging to us. He holds the
keys of the storehouse of grace. The river of the water
of life flows where He turns it on. He is Jesus—the
personal name which He bore in the days of His flesh,
and by which men who knew Him only as one of[81]
themselves called Him. It is the token of His brotherhood
and the guarantee of the sympathy which will
ever bestow ‘grace for grace.’ He is the Christ, the
Messiah, the name which points back to the Old Testament
ideas and declares His office, realising all the
rapturous anticipations of prophets, and the longings
of psalmists, and more than fulfilling them all by
giving Himself to men.
That great gift is to be the companion of every spirit
which looks to that Jesus in the reality of His humanity,
in the greatness of His office, in the loftiness of
His divinity, and finds in each of His names an anchor
for its faith and an authoritative claim for its obedience.
Such a wish as this benediction is the truest expression
of human friendship; it is the highest desire any
of us can form for ourselves or for those dearest to us.
Do we keep it clear before us in our intercourse with
them so that the end of that intercourse will naturally
be such a prayer?
Our human love has its limitations. We can but
wish for others the grace which Christ can give, but
neither our wishes nor His giving can make the grace
ours unless for ourselves we take the great gift that
is freely given to us of God. It is no accident that all
his letters close thus. This benediction is the last
word of God’s revelation to man, the brightness in the
clear west, the last strain of the great oratorio. The
last word or last book of Scripture is ‘the grace of our
Lord Jesus Christ be with you all.’ Let us take up the
solemn Amen in our lips and in our hearts.[82]
COLOSSIANS
SAINTS, BELIEVERS, BRETHREN
‘ . . . The saints and faithful brethren in Christ.’—Col. i. 2.
‘The disciples were called Christians first in Antioch,’
says the Acts of the Apostles. It was a name given by
outsiders, and like most of the instances where a sect,
or school, or party is labelled with the name of its
founder, it was given in scorn. It hit and yet missed
its mark. The early believers were Christians, that is,
Christ’s men, but they were not merely a group of
followers of a man, like many other groups of whom
the Empire at that time was full. So they never
used that name themselves. It occurs twice only in
Scripture, once when King Agrippa was immensely
amused at the audacity of Paul in thinking that he
would easily make ‘a Christian’ of him; and once
when Peter speaks of ‘suffering as a Christian,’ where
he is evidently quoting, as it were, the indictment on
which the early believers were tried and punished.
What did they call themselves then?
I have chosen this text not for the purpose of speaking
about it only, but because it gathers together in
brief compass the three principal designations by
which the early believers knew themselves. ‘Saints’—that
tells their relation to God, as well as their
character, for it means ‘consecrated,’ set apart for
Him, and therefore pure; ‘faithful’—that means ‘full
of faith’ and is substantially equivalent to the usual
‘believers,’ which defines their relation to Jesus Christ
as the Revealer of God; ‘brethren’—that defines their[83]
relation and sentiment towards their fellows. These
terms go a great deal deeper than the nickname which
the wits of Antioch invented. The members of the
Church were not content with the vague ‘Christian,’ but
they called themselves ‘saints,’ ‘believers,’ ‘brethren.’
One designation does not appear here, which we must
take into account for completeness: the earliest of all—disciples.
Now, I purpose to bring together these
four names, by which the early believers thought and
spoke of themselves, in order to point the lessons as to
our position and our duty, which are wrapped up in
them. And I may just say that, perhaps, it is no sign
of advance that the Church, as years rolled on, accepted
the world’s name for itself, and that people found it
easier to call themselves ‘Christians’—which did not
mean very much—than to call themselves ‘saints’ or
‘believers.’
Now then, to begin with,
I. They were ‘Disciples’ first of all.
The facts as to the use of that name are very plain,
and as instructive as they are plain. It is a standing
designation in the Gospels, both in the mouths of
friends and of outsiders; it is sometimes, though very
sparingly, employed by Jesus Christ Himself. It persists
on through the book of the Acts of the Apostles,
and then it stops dead, and we never hear it again.
Now its existence at first, and its entire abandonment
afterwards, both seem to me to carry very valuable
lessons. Let me try to work them out. Of course,
‘disciple’ or ‘scholar’ has for its correlative—as the
logicians call it—’teacher.’ And so we find that as the
original adherents of Jesus called themselves ‘disciples,’
they addressed Him as ‘Master,’ which is the
equivalent of ‘Rabbi.’ That at once suggests the[84]
thought that to themselves, and to the people who saw
the origination of the little Christian community, the
Lord and His handful of followers seemed just to be
like John and his disciples, the Pharisees and their
disciples, and many another Rabbi and his knot of
admiring adherents. Therefore whilst the name was
in one view fitting, it was conspicuously inadequate,
and as time went on, and the Church became more conscious
of the uniqueness of the bond that knit it to Jesus
Christ, it instinctively dropped the name ‘disciple,’ and
substituted others more intimate and worthy.
But yet it remains permanently true, that Christ’s
followers are Christ’s scholars, and that He is their
Rabbi and Teacher. Only the peculiarity, the absolute
uniqueness, of His attitude and action as a Teacher
lies in two things: one, that His main subject was
Himself, as He said, ‘I am the Truth,’ and consequently
His characteristic demand from His scholars was not,
as with other teachers, ‘Accept this, that, or the other
doctrine which I propound,’ but ‘Believe in Me’; and
the other, that He seldom if ever argues, or draws
conclusions from previous premises, that He never
speaks as if He Himself had learnt and fought His
way to what He is saying, or betrays uncertainty,
limitation, or growth in His opinions, and that for all
confirmation of His declarations, He appeals only to
the light within and to His own authority: ‘Verily,
verily, I say unto you.’ No wonder that the common
people were astonished at His teaching, and felt that
here was an authority in which the wearisome citations
of what Rabbi So-and-So had said, altogether lacked.
That teaching abides still, and, as I believe, opens
out into, and is our source of, all that we know—in
distinction and contrast from, ‘imagine,’ ‘hope,’[85]
‘fear’—of God, and of ourselves, and of the future.
It casts the clearest light on morals for the individual
and on politics for the community. Whatever men
may say about Christianity being effete, it will not
be effete till the world has learnt and absorbed the
teaching of Jesus Christ; and we are a good long way
from that yet!
If He is thus the Teacher, the perpetual Teacher, and
the only Teacher, of mankind in regard to all these
high things about God and man and the relation between
them, about life and death and the world, and
about the practice and conduct of the individual and
of the community, then we, if we are His disciples,
build houses on the rock, in the degree in which we
not only hear but do the things that He commands.
For this Teacher is no theoretical handler of abstract
propositions, but the authoritative imposer of the law
of life, and all His words have a direct bearing upon
conduct. Therefore it is vain for us to say: ‘Lord,
Lord, Thou hast taught in our streets and we have
accepted Thy teaching.’ He looks down upon us from
the Throne, as He looked upon the disciples in that
upper room, and He says to each of us: ‘If ye know
these things, happy are ye if ye do them.’
But the complete disappearance of the name as the
development of the Church advanced, brings with it
another lesson, and that is, that precious and great as
are the gifts which Jesus Christ bestows as a Teacher,
and unique as His act and attitude in that respect are,
the name either of teacher or of disciple fails altogether
to penetrate to the essence of the relation which knits
us together. It is not enough for our needs that we
shall be taught. The worst man in the world knows a
far nobler morality than the best man practises. And[86]
if it were true, as some people superficially say is the
case, that evil-doing is the result of ignorance, there
would be far less evil-doing in the world than, alas!
there is. It is not for the want of knowing, that we
go wrong, as our consciences tell us; but it is for want
of something that can conquer the evil tendencies
within, and lift off the burden of a sinful past which
weighs on us. As in the carboniferous strata what
was pliant vegetation has become heavy mineral, our
evil deeds lie heavy on our souls. What we need is
not to be told what we ought to be, but to be enabled
to be it. Electricity can light the road, and it can drive
the car along it; and that is what we want, a dynamic
as well as an illuminant, something that will make us
able to do and to be what conscience has told us we
ought to be and do.
Teacher? Yes. But if only teacher, then He is
nothing more than one of a multitude who in all
generations have vainly witnessed to sinful men of the
better path. There is no reformation for the individual,
and little hope for humanity, in a Christ whom
you degrade to the level of a Rabbi, or in a Church which
has not pressed nearer to Him than to feel itself His
disciples.
There was a man who came to Jesus by night, and
was in the dark about the Jesus to whom he came,
and he said, ‘We know that Thou art a Teacher come
from God.’ But Jesus did not accept the witness,
though a young teacher fighting for recognition might
have been glad to get it from an authoritative member
of the Sanhedrim. But He answered, ‘Except a man
be born again, he cannot see the Kingdom of God.’ If
we need to be born again before we see it, it is not
teachers of it that will serve our turn, but One who[87]
takes us by the hand, and translates us out of the
tyranny of the darkness into the Kingdom of the Son
of God’s love. So much, then, for the first of these
names and lessons.
Now turn to the second—
II. The Disciples must be Believers.
That name begins to appear almost immediately
after Pentecost, and continues throughout. It comes
in two forms, one which is in my text, ‘the faithful,’
meaning thereby not the reliable, but the people that
are full of faith; the other, meaning the same thing,
they who believe, the ‘believers.’ The Church found
that ‘disciple’ was not enough. It went deeper; and,
with a true instinct, laid hold of the unique bond
which knits men to their Lord and Saviour. That
name indicates that Jesus Christ appears to the man
who has faith in a new character. He is not any
longer the Teacher who is to be listened to, but He is
the Object of trust. And that implies the recognition,
first, of His Divinity, which alone is strong enough
to bear up the weight of millions of souls leaning hard
upon it; and, second, of what He has done and not
merely of what He has said. We accept the Teacher’s
word; we trust the Saviour’s Cross. And in the
measure in which men learned that the centre of the
work of the Rabbi Jesus was the death of the Incarnate
Son of God, their docility was sublimed into faith.
That faith is the real bond that knits men to Jesus
Christ. We are united to Him, and become recipient
of the gifts that He has to bestow, by no sacraments,
by no externals, by no reverential admiration of His
supreme wisdom and perfect beauty of character, not
by assuming the attitude of the disciple, but by flinging
our whole selves upon Him, because He is our Saviour.[88]
That unites us to Jesus Christ; nothing else does.
Faith is the opening of the heart, by which all His
power can be poured into us. It is the grasping of His
hand, by which, even though the cold waters be above
our knees and be rising to our hearts, we are lifted
above them and they are made a solid pavement for
our feet. Faith is the door opened by ourselves,
and through which will come all the Glory that dwelt
between the cherubim, and will fill the secret place in
our hearts. To be the disciple of a Rabbi is something;
to be the ‘faithful’ dependent on the Saviour is to be
His indeed.
And then there is to be remembered, further, that
this bond, which is the only vital link between a man
and Christ, is therefore the basis of all virtue, of all
nobility, of all beauty of conduct, and that ‘whatsoever
things are lovely and of good report’ are its
natural efflorescence and fruit. And so that leads us
to the third point—
III. The believing Disciple is a ‘Saint.’
That name does not appear in the Gospels, but it
begins to show in the Acts of the Apostles, and it
becomes extremely common throughout the Epistles
of Paul. He had no hesitation in calling the very
imperfect disciples in Corinth by this great name. He
was going to rebuke them for some very great offences,
not only against Christian elevation of conduct, but
against common pagan morality; but he began by
calling them ‘saints.’
What is a saint? First and foremost, a man who
has given himself to God, and is consecrated thereby.
Whoever has cast himself on Christ, and has taken
Christ for his, therein and in the same degree as he is
exercising faith, has thus yielded himself to God. If[89]
your faith has not led you to such a consecration of
will and heart and self, you had better look out and
see whether it is faith at all. But then, because faith
involves the consecration of a man to God, and consecration
necessarily implies purity, since nothing can
be laid on God’s altar which is not sanctified thereby,
the name of saint comes to imply purity of character.
Sanctity is the Christian word which means the very
flower and fragrant aroma of what the world calls
virtue.
But sanctity is not emotion, A man may luxuriate
in devout feeling, and sing and praise and pray, and
be very far from being a saint; and there is a great
deal of the emotional Christianity of this day which
has a strange affinity for the opposite of saintship.
Sanctity is not aloofness. ‘There were saints in
Cæsar’s household’—a very unlikely place; they were
flowers on a dunghill, and perhaps their blossoms were
all the brighter because of what they grew on, and
which they could transmute from corruption into
beauty. So sanctity is no blue ribbon of the Christian
profession, to be given to a few select (and mostly
ascetic) specimens of consecration, but it is the designation
of each of us, if we are disciples who are more
than disciples, that is, ‘believers.’ And thus, brethren,
we have to see to it that, in our own cases, our faith
leads to surrender, and our self-surrender to purity of
life and conduct. Faith, if real, brings sanctity;
sanctity, if real, is progressive. Sanctity, though imperfect,
may be real.
IV. The believing Saints are ‘Brethren.’
That is the name that predominates over all others
in the latter portions of the New Testament, and it is
very natural that it should do so. It reposes upon and[90]
implies the three preceding. Its rapid adoption and
universal use express touchingly the wonder of the
early Church at its own unity. The then world was
rent asunder by deep clefts of misunderstanding,
alienation, animosity, racial divisions of Jew and
Greek, Parthian, Scythian; by sexual divisions which
flung men and women, who ought to have been linked
hand in hand, and united heart to heart, to opposite
sides of a great gulf; by divisions of culture which
made wise men look down on the unlearned, and the
unlearned hate the wise men; by clefts of social position,
and mainly that diabolical one of slave and free.
All these divisive and disintegrating forces were in
active operation. The only thing except Christianity,
which produced even a semblance of union, was the
iron ring of the Roman power which compressed them
all into one indeed, but crushed the life out of them in
the process. Into that disintegrating world, full of
mutual repulsion, came One who drew men to Himself
and said, ‘One is your Master, even Christ, and all ye
are brethren.’ And to their own astonishment, male
and female, Greek and Jew, bond and free, philosopher
and fool, found themselves sitting at the same table as
members of one family; and they looked in each
other’s eyes and said, ‘Brother!’ There had never
been anything like it in the world. The name is a
memorial of the unifying power of the Christian faith.
And it is a reminder to us of our own shortcomings.
Of course, in the early days, the little band were driven
together, as sheep that stray over a pasture in the sunshine
will huddle into a corner in a storm, or when the
wolves are threatening. There are many reasons to-day
which make less criminal the alienation from one
another of Christian communities and Christian indi[91]viduals.
I am not going to dwell on the evident signs
in this day, for which God be thanked, that Christian
men are beginning, more than they once did, to realise
their unity in Jesus Christ, and to be content to think
less of the things that separate than of the far greater
things that unite. But I would lay upon your hearts,
as individual parts of that great whole, this, that whatever
may be the differences in culture, outlook, social
position, or the like, between two Christian men, they
each, the rich man and the poor, the educated man and
the unlettered one, the master and the servant, ought
to feel that deep down in their true selves they are
nearer one another than they are to the men who,
differing from them in regard to their faith in Jesus
Christ, are like them in all these superficial respects.
Regulate your conduct by that thought.
That name, too, speaks to us of the source from which
Christian brotherhood has come. We are brethren of
each other because we have one Father, even God, and
the Fatherhood which makes us brethren is not that
which communicates the common life of humanity, but
that which imparts the new life of sonship through
Jesus Christ. So the name points to the only way by
which the world’s dream of a universal brotherhood
can ever be fulfilled. If there is to be fraternity there
must be fatherhood, and the life which, possessed by
each, makes a family of all, is the life which He gives,
who is ‘the first-born among many brethren,’ and
who, to them who believe on Him, gives power to
become the sons of God, and the brethren of all the
other sons and daughters of the Lord God Almighty.
So, dear friends, take these names, ponder their
significance and the duties they impose. Let us make
sure that they are true of us. Do not be content with[92]
the vague, often unmeaning name of Christian, but fill
it with meaning by being a believer on Christ, a saint
devoted to God, and a brother of all who, ‘by like
precious faith,’ have become Sons of God.
THE GOSPEL-HOPE
‘The hope of the Gospel.’—Col. i. 5.
‘God never sends mouths but He sends meat to feed
them,’ says the old proverb. And yet it seems as if
that were scarcely true in regard to that strange
faculty called Hope. It may well be a question
whether on the whole it has given us more pleasure
than pain. How seldom it has been a true prophet!
How perpetually its pictures have been too highly
coloured! It has cast illusions over the future, colouring
the far-off hills with glorious purple which, reached,
are barren rocks and cold snow. It has held out prizes
never won. It has made us toil and struggle and
aspire and fed us on empty husks. Either we have
not got what we expected or have found it to be less
good than it appeared from afar.
If we think of all the lies that hope has told us,
of all the vain expenditure of effort to which it has
tempted us, of the little that any of us have of
what we began by thinking we should surely attain,
hope seems a questionable good, and yet how obstinate
it is, living on after all disappointments and drawing
the oldest amongst us onwards. Surely somewhere
there must be a reason for this great and in some
respects awful faculty, a vindication of its existence
in an adequate object for its grasp.
The New Testament has much to say about hope.[93]
Christianity lays hold of it and professes to supply it
with its true nourishment and support. Let us look
at the characteristics of Christian hope, or, as our text
calls it, the hope of the Gospel, that is, the hope which
the Gospel creates and feeds in our souls.
I. What does it hope for?
The weakness of our earthly hopes is that they are
fixed on things which are contingent and are inadequate
to make us blessed. Even when tinted with the
rainbow hues, which it lends them, they are poor and
small. How much more so when seen in the plain
colourless light of common day. In contrast with
these the objects of the Christian hope are certain and
sufficient for all blessedness. In the most general
terms they may be stated as ‘That blessed hope, even
the appearing of the Great God and our Saviour.’
That is the specific Christian hope, precise and definite,
a real historical event, filling the future with a certain
steadfast light. Much is lost in the daily experience
of all believers by the failure to set that great and
precise hope in its true place of prominence. It is
often discredited by millenarian dreams, but altogether
apart from these it has solidity and substance
enough to bear the whole weight of a world
rested upon it.
That appearance of God brings with it the fulfilment
of our highest hopes in the ‘grace that is to be brought
to us at His appearing.’ All our blessedness of every
kind is to be the result of the manifestation of God
in His unobscured glory. The mirrors that are set
round the fountain of light flash into hitherto
undreamed-of brightness. It is but a variation in
terms when we describe the blessedness which is to
be the result of God’s appearing as being the Hope of[94]
Salvation in its fullest sense, or, in still other words,
as being the Hope of Eternal Life. Nothing short of
the great word of the Apostle John, that when He
shall appear we shall be like Him, exhausts the
greatness of the hope which the humblest and weakest
Christian is not only allowed but commanded to
cherish. And that great future is certainly capable
of, and in Scripture receives, a still more detailed
specification. We hear, for example, of the hope of
Resurrection, and it is most natural that the bodily
redemption which Paul calls the adoption of the body
should first emerge into distinct consciousness as the
principal object of hope in the earliest Christian
experience, and that the mighty working whereby
Jesus is able to subdue all things unto Himself, should
first of all be discerned to operate in changing the
body of our humiliation into the body of His glory.
But equally natural was it that no merely corporeal
transformation should suffice to meet the deep longings
of Christian souls which had learned to entertain
the wondrous thought of likeness to God as the certain
result of the vision of Him, and so believers ‘wait for
the hope of righteousness by faith.’ The moral likeness
to God, the perfecting of our nature into His
image, will not always be the issue of struggle and
restraint, but in its highest form will follow on sight,
even as here and now it is to be won by faith, and is
more surely attained by waiting than by effort.
The highest form which the object of our hope takes
is, the Hope of the Glory of God. This goes furthest;
there is nothing beyond this. The eyes that have been
wearied by looking at many fading gleams and seen
them die away, may look undazzled into the central
brightness, and we may be sure that even we shall[95]
walk there like the men in the furnace, unconsumed,
purging our sight at the fountain of radiance, and
being ourselves glorious with the image of God. This
is the crown of glory which He has promised to them
that love Him. Nothing less than this is what our
hope has to entertain, and that not as a possibility, but
as a certainty. The language of Christian hope is not
perhaps this may be, but verily it shall be. To embrace
its transcendent certainties with a tremulous faith
broken by much unbelief, is sin.
II. The grounds on which the hope of the Gospel
rests.
The grounds of our earthly hopes are for the most
part possibilities, or, at the best, probabilities turned by
our wishes into certainties. We moor our ships to
floating islands which we resolve to think continents.
So our earthly hopes vary indefinitely in firmness and
substance. They are sometimes but wishes turned
confident, and can never rise higher than their source,
or be more certain than it is. At the best they are
building on sand. At the surest there is an element of
risk in them. One singer indeed may take for his
theme ‘The pleasures of Hope,’ but another answers
by singing of ‘The fallacies of Hope.’ Earth-born hopes
carry no anchor and have always a latent dread looking
out of their blue eyes.
But it is possible for us to dig down to and build on
rock, to have a future as certain as our past, to escape
in our anticipations from the region of the Contingent,
and this we assuredly do when we take the hope of
the Gospel for ours, and listen to Paul proclaiming to us
‘Christ which is our Hope,’ or ‘Christ in you the Hope
of glory.’ If our faith grasps Jesus Christ risen from
the dead and for us entered into the heavenly state as[96]
our forerunner, our hope will see in Him the pattern
and the pledge of our manhood, and will begin to
experience even here and now the first real though
faint accomplishments of itself. The Gospel sets forth
the facts concerning Christ which fully warrant and
imperatively require our regarding Him as the perfect
realised ideal of manhood as God meant it to be, and
as bearing in Himself the power to make all men
even as He is. He has entered into the fellowship
of our humiliation and become bone of our bone and
flesh of our flesh that we might become life of His
Life and spirit of His Spirit. As certain as it is that
‘we have borne the image of the earthy,’ so certain
is it that ‘we shall also bear the image of the
heavenly.’
What cruel waste of a divine faculty it is, then, of
which we are all guilty when we allow our hopes to be
frittered away and dissipated on uncertain and transient
goods which they may never secure, and which,
even if secured, would be ludicrously or rather tragically
insufficient to make us blessed, instead of withdrawing
them from all these and fixing them on Him
who alone is able to satisfy our hungry souls in all
their faculties for ever!
The hope of the Gospel is firm enough to rest our all
upon because in it, by ‘two immutable things in which
it is impossible that God should lie,’ His counsel and
His oath, He has given strong encouragement to them
who have fled for refuge to lay hold of the hope set
before them. Well may the hope for which God’s own
eternal character is the guarantee be called ‘sure and
steadfast.’ The hope of the Gospel rests at last on the
Being and Heart of God. It is that which God ‘who
cannot lie hath promised before the world was’ is[97]
working towards whilst the world lasts, and will
accomplish when the world is no more. He has made
known His purpose and has pledged all the energies
and tendernesses of His Being to its realisation. Surely
on this rock-foundation we may rest secure. The
hopes that grow on other soils creep along the surface.
The hope of the Gospel strikes its roots deep into the
heart of God.
III. What the hope of the Gospel is and does for us.
We cannot do better than to lay hold of some of the
New Testament descriptions of it. We recall first that
great designation ‘A good hope through grace.’ This
hope is no illusion; it does not come from fumes of
fancy or the play of imagination. The wish is not
father to the thought. We do not make bricks without
straw nor spin ropes of sand on the shore of the
great waste sea that waits to swallow us up. The cup
of Tantalus has had its leaks stopped; the sieve carries
the treasure unspilled. The rock can be rolled to the
hill-top. All the disappointments, fallacies, and torments
of hope pass away. It never makes ashamed.
We have a solid certainty as solid as memory. The
hope which is through grace is the full assurance of
hope, and that full assurance is just what every other
hope lacks. In that region and in that region only we
can either say I hope or I know.
Another designation is ‘A lively hope.’ It is no poor
pale ghost brightening and fading, fading and brightening,
through which one can see the stars shine, and of
little power in practical life, but strong and vigorous
and not the least active amongst the many forces that
make up the sum of our lives.
It is most significantly designated as ‘The blessed
hope.’ All others quickly pass into sorrows. This alone[98]
gives lasting joys, for this alone is blessed whilst it is
only anticipation, and still more blessed when its
blossoms ripen into full fruition. In all earthly hopes
there is an element of unrest, but the hope of the
Gospel is so remote, so certain, and so satisfying, that it
works stillness, and they who most firmly grasp it
‘do with patience wait for it.’ Earthly hopes have
little moral effect and often loosen the sinews of the
soul, and are distinctly unfavourable to all strenuous
effort. But ‘every man that hath this hope in Jesus
purifieth himself even as He is pure,’ and the Apostle,
whose keen insight most surely discerns the character-building
value of the fundamental facts of Christian
experience, was not wrong when he bid us find in the
hope of the Gospel deeply rooted within us the driving
force of the most strenuous efforts after purity like
His whom it is our deepest desire and humble hope to
become like.
Let us remember the double account which Scripture
gives of the discipline by which the hope of the Gospel
is won for our very own. On the one hand, we have
‘joy and peace in believing, that we may abound in
hope.’ Our faith breeds hope because it grasps the
divine facts concerning Jesus from which hope springs.
And faith further breeds hope because it kindles joy
and peace, which are the foretastes and earnests of the
future blessedness. On the other hand, the very opposite
experiences work to the same end, for ‘tribulation
worketh patience, and patience experience, and experience
hope.’ Sorrow rightly borne tests for us the
power of the Gospel and the reality of our faith, and
so gives us a firmer grip of hope and of Him on whom
in the last result it all depends. Out of this collision
of flint and steel the spark springs. The water churned[99]
into foam and tortured in the cataract has the fair
bow bending above it.
But this discipline will not achieve its result, therefore
comes the exhortation to us all, ‘Gird up the loins
of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end.’ The hope
of the Gospel is the one thing that we need. Without
it all else is futile and frail. God alone is worthy to
have the whole weight and burden of a creature’s hope
fixed on Him, and it is an everlasting truth that they
who are ‘without God in the world’ also ‘have no
hope.’ Saints of old held fast by an assurance, which
they must often have felt left many questions still to
be asked, and because they were sure that they were
continually with Him, were also sure of His guidance
through life and of His afterwards receiving them to
glory. But for us the twilight has broadened into day,
and we shall be wise if, knowing our defencelessness,
and forsaking all the lies and illusions of this vain
present, we flee for refuge to lay hold on the hope set
before us in the Gospel.
‘ALL POWER’
‘Strengthened with all power, according to the might of His glory, unto all
patience and longsuffering with joy.’—Col. i. 11 (R.V.).
There is a wonderful rush and fervour in the prayers
of Paul. No parts of his letters are so lofty, so impassioned,
so full of his soul, as when he rises from speaking
of God to men to speaking to God for men. We
have him here setting forth his loving desires for the
Colossian Christians in a prayer of remarkable fulness
and sweep. Broadly taken, it is for their perfecting in
religious and moral excellence, and it is very instructive[100]
to note the idea of what a good man is which is put
forth here.
The main petition is for wisdom and spiritual understanding
applied chiefly, as is to be carefully noted, to
the knowledge of God’s will. The thought is that what
it most imports us to know is the Will of God, a knowledge
not of merely speculative points in the mysteries
of the divine nature, but of that Will which it concerns
us to know because it is our life to do it. The next
element in Paul’s desires, as set forth in the ideal here,
is a worthy walk, a practical life, or course of conduct
which is worthy of Jesus Christ, and in every respect
pleases Him. The highest purpose of knowledge is a
good life. The surest foundation for a good life is a full
and clear knowledge of the Will of God.
Then follow a series of clauses which seem to expand
the idea of the worthy walk and to be co-ordinate or
perhaps slightly causal, and to express the continuous
condition of the soul which is walking worthily. Let
us endeavour to gather from these words some hints as
to what it is God’s purpose that we should become.
I. The many-sided strength which may be ours.
The form of the word ‘strengthened’ here would be
more fully represented by ‘being strengthened,’ and
suggests an unintermitted process of bestowal and
reception of God’s might rendered necessary by our
continuous human weakness, and by the tear and wear
of life. As in the physical life there must be constant
renewal because there is constant waste, and as every
bodily action involves destruction of tissue so that
living is a continual dying, so is it in the mental and
still more in the spiritual life. Just as there must be a
perpetual oxygenation of blood in the lungs, so there
must be an uninterrupted renewal of spiritual strength[101]
for the highest life. It is demanded by the conditions
of our human weakness. It is no less rendered
necessary by the nature of the divine strength
imparted, which is ever communicating itself, and
like the ocean cannot but pour so much of its fulness
as can be received into every creek and crack on its
shore.
The Apostle not merely emphasises the continuousness
of this communicated strength, but its many-sided
variety, by designating it ‘all power.’ In this whole
context that word ‘all’ seems to have a charm for him.
We read in this prayer of ‘all spiritual wisdom,’ of
‘walking worthily of the Lord unto all pleasing,’ of
‘fruit in every good work,’ and now of ‘all power,’ and
lastly of ‘all patience and longsuffering.’ These are
not instances of being obsessed with a word, but each
of them has its own appropriate force, and here the
comprehensive completeness of the strength available
for our many-sided weakness is marvellously revealed.
There is ‘infinite riches in a narrow room.’ All power
means every kind of power, be it bodily or mental, for
all variety of circumstances, and, Protean, to take the
shape of all exigencies. Most of us are strong only
at points, and weak in others. In all human experience
there is a vulnerable spot on the heel. The most
glorious image, though it has a head of gold, ends in
feet, ‘part of iron and part of clay.’
And if this ideal of many-sided power stands in contrast
with the limitations of human strength, how does
it rebuke and condemn the very partial manifestations
of a very narrow and one-sided power which we who
profess to have received it set forth! We have access
to a source which can fill our whole nature, can
flower into all gracious forms, can cope with all our[102]
exigencies, and make us all-round men, complete in
Jesus Christ, and, having this, what do we make of it,
what do we show for it? Does not God say to us, ‘Ye
are not straitened in me, ye are straitened in yourselves;
I beseech you be ye enlarged.’
The conditions on our part requisite for possessing
‘all might’ are plain enough. The earlier portion of
the prayer plainly points to them. The knowledge of
God’s Will and the ‘walk worthy of the Lord’ are the
means whereby the power which is ever eager to make
its dwelling in us, can reach its end. If we keep the
channel unchoked, no doubt ‘the river of the
water of life which proceedeth from the throne of
God and the Lamb’ will rejoice to fill it to the brim
with its flashing waters. If we do not wrench away
ourselves from contact with Him, He will ‘strengthen
us with all might.’ If we keep near Him we may have
calm confidence that power will be ours that shall equal
our need and outstrip our desires.
II. The measure of the strength.
It is ‘according to the power of His glory.’ The
Authorised Version but poorly represents the fulness of
the Apostle’s thought, which is more adequately and accurately
expressed in the Revised Version. ‘His glory’
is the flashing brightness of the divine self-manifestation,
and in that Light resides the strength which is the
standard or measure of the gift to us. The tremendous
force of the sunbeam which still falls so gently on a
sleeper’s face as not to disturb the closed eyes is but a
parable of the strength which characterises the divine
glory. And wonderful and condemnatory as the thought
is, that power is the unlimited limit of the possibilities
of our possession. His gifts are proportioned to His
resources. While He is rich, can I be poor? The only[103]
real limit to His bestowal is His own fulness. Of course,
at each moment, our capacity of receiving is for the
time being the practical limit of our possession, but that
capacity varies indefinitely, and may be, and should
be, indefinitely and continuously increasing. It is an
elastic boundary, and hence we may go on making our
own as much as we will, and progressively more and
more, of God’s strength. He gives it all, but there is a
tragical difference between the full cup put into our
hands and the few drops carried to our lips. The key
of the treasure-chamber is in our possession, and on each
of us His gracious face smiles the permission which His
gracious lips utter in words, ‘Be it unto thee even as
thou wilt.’ If we are conscious of defect, if our weakness
is beaten by the assaults of temptation, or crushed
by sorrows that ride it down in a fierce attack, the
fault is our own. We have, if we choose to make it our
own and to use it as ours, more than enough to make
us ‘more than conquerors’ over all sins and all sorrows.
But when we contrast what we have by God’s gift
and what we have in our personal experience and
use in our daily life, the contrast may well bring
shame, even though the contrast brings to us hope
to lighten the shame. The average experience of
present-day Christians reminds one of the great tanks
that may be seen in India, that have been suffered to
go to ruin, and so an elaborate system of irrigation
comes to nothing, and the great river that should have
been drawn off into them runs past them, all but
unused. Repair them and keep the sluices open, and
all will blossom again.
III. The great purpose of this strength.
‘Patience and longsuffering with joyfulness’ seems
at first but a poor result of such a force, but it comes[104]
from a heart that was under no illusions as to the
facts of human life, and it finds a response in us all.
It may be difficult to discriminate ‘patience’ from
‘longsuffering,’ but the general notion here is that
one of the highest uses for which divine strength is
given to us, is to make us able to meet the antagonism
of evil without its shaking our souls. He who
patiently endures without despondency or the desire
to ‘recompense evil for evil,’ and to whom by faith
even ‘the night is light about him,’ is far on the way
to perfection. God is always near us, but never nearer
than when our hearts are heavy and our way rough
and dark. Our sorrows make rents through which
His strength flows. We can see more of heaven when
the leaves are off the trees. It is a law of the Divine
dealings that His strength is ‘made perfect in weakness.’
God leads us in to a darkened room to show us
His wonders.
That strength is to be manifested by us in ‘patience
and longsuffering,’ both of which are to have blended
with them a real though apparently antagonistic joy.
True and profound grief is not opposed to such patience,
but the excess of it, the hopeless and hysterical outbursts
certainly are. We are all like the figures in
some old Greek temples which stand upright with
their burdens on their heads. God’s strength is given
that we may bear ours calmly, and upright like these
fair forms that hold up the heavy architecture as if
it were a feather, or like women with water-jars on
their heads, which only make their carriage more
graceful and their step more firm.
How different the patience which God gives by His
own imparted strength, from the sullen submission or
hysterical abandonment to sorrow, or the angry rebel[105]lion
characterising Godless grief! Many of us think
that we can get on very well in prosperity and fine
weather without Him. We had better ask ourselves
what we are going to do when the storm comes, which
comes to all some time or other.
The word here rendered ‘patience’ is more properly
‘perseverance.’ It is not merely a passive but an
active virtue. We do not receive that great gift of
divine strength to bear only, but also to work, and
such work is one of the best ways of bearing and one
of the best helps to doing so. So in our sorrows and
trials let us feel that God’s strength is not all given us
to be expended in our own consolation, but also to be
used in our plain duties. These remain as imperative
though our hearts are beating like hammers, and
there is no more unwise and cowardly surrender to
trouble than to fling away our tools and fold our hands
idly on our laps.
But Paul lays a harder duty on us even in promising
a great gift to us, when he puts before us an ideal of
joy mingling with patience and longsuffering. The
command would be an impossible one if there were
not the assurance that we should be ‘strengthened
with all might.’ We plainly need an infusion of diviner
strength than our own, if that strange marriage of joy
and sorrow should take place, and they should at once
occupy our hearts. Yet if His strength be ours we
shall be strong to submit and acquiesce, strong to look
deep enough to see His will as the foundation of all
and as ever busy for our good, strong to hope, strong
to discern the love at work, strong to trust the Father
even when He chastens. And all this will make it
possible to have the paradox practically realised
in our own experience, ‘As sorrowful yet always[106]
rejoicing.’ One has seen potassium burning underwater.
Our joy may burn under waves of sorrow. Let us
bring our weakness to Jesus Christ and grasp Him as
did the sinking Peter. He will breathe His own grace
into us, and speak to our feeble and perchance sorrowful
hearts, as He had done long before Paul’s words to
the Colossians, ‘My grace is sufficient for thee, and my
strength is made perfect in weakness.’
THANKFUL FOR INHERITANCE
‘Giving thanks unto the Father, who made us meet to be partakers of the
inheritance of the saints in light.’—Col. i. 12 (R.V.)
It is interesting to notice how much the thought of
inheritance seems to have been filling the Apostle’s
mind during his writing of Ephesians and Colossians.
Its recurrence is one of the points of contact between
them. For example, in Ephesians, we read, ‘In whom
also were made a heritage’ (i. 11); ‘An earnest of our
inheritance’ (i. 14); ‘His inheritance in the saints’
(i. 18); ‘Inheritance in the Kingdom of Christ’ (v. 5).
We notice too that in the address to the Elders of
the Church at Ephesus, we read of ‘the inheritance
among all them that are sanctified’ (Acts 20-32).
In the text the climax of the Apostle’s prayer is
presented as thankfulness, the perpetual recognition
of the Divine hand in all that befalls us, the perpetual
confidence that all which befalls us is good, and the
perpetual gushing out towards Him of love and praise.
The highest diligence, the most strenuous fruit-bearing,
and the most submissive patience and longsuffering
would be incomplete without the consecration of a
grateful heart, and the noblest beauty of a Christian[107]
character would lack its rarest lustre. This crown of
Christian perfectness the Apostle regards as being
called into action mainly by the contemplation of that
great act and continuous work of God’s Fatherly love
by which he makes us fit for our portion of the inheritance
which the same love has prepared for us.
That inheritance is the great cause for Christian thankfulness;
the more immediate cause is His preparation
of us for it. So we have three points here to consider;
the inheritance; God’s Fatherly preparation of His
children for it; the continual temper of thankfulness
which these should evoke.
I. The Inheritance.
The frequent recurrence of this idea in the Old
Testament supplies Paul with a thought which he uses
to set forth the most characteristic blessings of the
New. The promised land belonged to Israel, and each
member of each tribe had his own little holding in
the tribal territory. Christians have in common the
higher spiritual blessings which Christ brings, and
Himself is, and each individual has his own portion of,
the general good.
We must begin by dismissing from our minds the
common idea, which a shallow experience tends to
find confirmed by the associations ordinarily attached
to the word ‘inheritance,’ that it is entered upon by
death. No doubt, that great change does effect an
unspeakable change in our fitness for, and consequently
in our possession of, the gifts which we receive from
Christ’s pierced hands, and, as the Apostle has told us,
the highest of these possessed on earth is but the
‘earnest of the inheritance’; but we must ever bear in
mind that the distinction between a Christian life on
earth and one in heaven is by no means so sharply[108]
drawn in Scripture as it generally is by us, and that
death has by no means so great importance as we
faithlessly attribute to it. The life here and hereafter
is like a road which passes the frontiers of two kingdoms
divided by a bridged river, but runs on in the
same direction on both sides of the stream. The flood
had to be forded until Jesus bridged it. The elements
of the future and the present are the same, as the
apostolic metaphor of the ‘earnest of the inheritance’
teaches us. The handful of soil which constitutes
the ‘arles’ is part of the broad acres made over
by it.
We should be saved from many unworthy conceptions
of the future life, if we held more steadfastly to the great
truth that God Himself is the portion of the inheritance.
The human spirit is too great and too exacting
to be satisfied with anything less than Him, and the
possession of Him opens out into every blessedness,
and includes all the minor joys and privileges that
can gladden and enrich the soul. We degrade the
future if we think of it only, or even chiefly, as a state
in which faculties are enlarged, and sorrows and sins
are for ever ended. Neither such negatives as ‘no night
there,’ ‘neither sorrow nor crime,’ ‘no more pain,’ nor
such metaphors as ‘white robes’ and ‘golden crowns’
and ‘seats on thrones’ are enough. We are ‘heirs of
God,’ and only as we possess Him, and know that we
are His, and He is ours, are we ‘rich to all intents of
bliss.’ That inheritance is here set forth as being ‘in
light’ and as belonging to saints. Light is the element
and atmosphere of God. He is in light. He is the
fountain of all light. He is light; perfect in wisdom,
perfect in purity. The sun has its spots, but in Him
is no darkness at all. Moons wax and wane, shadows[109]
of eclipse fall, stars have their time to set, but ‘He
is the Father of lights with whom can be no
variation, neither shadow that is cast by turning.’
All that light is focussed in Jesus the Light of the
world. That Light fills the earth, but here it shineth
in darkness that obstructs its rays. But there must
be a place and a time where the manifestation of
God corresponds with the reality of God, where His
beams pour out and there is nothing hid from
the heat thereof, nothing which they do not bless,
nothing which does not flash them back rejoicing.
There is a land whereof the Lord God is the Light.
In it is the inheritance of the ‘saints,’ and in its light
live the nations of the saved, and have God for their
companion. All darkness of ignorance, of sorrow, and
of sin will fade away as the night flees and ceases to
be, before the rising sun.
The phrase ‘to be partakers’ is accurately rendered
‘for the portion,’ and carries a distinct allusion to the
partition of the promised land to Israel by which each
man had his lot or share in the common inheritance.
So the one word inheritance brings with it blessed
thoughts of a common possession of a happy society in
which no man’s gain is another’s loss, and all envyings,
rivalries, and jealousies have ceased to be, and the other
word, ‘the portion,’ suggests the individual possession
by each of his own vision and experience. Each man’s
‘portion’ is capable of growth; each has as much of
God as he can hold. The measure of his desire is the
measure of his capacity. There are infinite differences
in the ‘portions’ of the saints on earth, and heaven is
robbed of one of its chief charms unless we recognise
that there are infinite differences among the saints
there. For both states the charter by which the portion[110]
is held is ‘Be it unto thee even as thou wilt,’ and in
both the law holds ‘To him that hath shall be given.’
II. The Fatherly preparation for the Inheritance.
It is obvious from all which we have been saying that
without holiness no man shall see the Lord. The
inheritance being what it is, the possession, the enjoyment
of communion with a Holy God, it is absolutely
incapable of being entered upon by any who are unholy.
That is true about both the partial possession of the
earnest of it here and of its fulness hereafter. In the
present life all tolerated sin bars us out from enjoying
God, and in the future nothing can enter that defileth
nor whatsoever worketh or maketh a lie. There are
many people who think that they would like ‘to go to
heaven,’ but who would find it difficult to answer such
questions as these: Do you like to think of God? Do
you find any joy in holy thoughts? What do you feel
about prayer? Does the name of Christ make your
heart leap? Is righteousness your passion? If you
have to answer these questions with a silence which is
the saddest negative, what do you think you would do
in heaven? I remember that the Greenlanders told
the Moravian missionaries who were trying to move
them by conventional pictures of its delights, that the
heaven which these pious souls had painted would not
do for them, for there were no seals there. There
are thousands of us who, if we spoke the truth,
would say the same thing, with the necessary variations
arising from our environment. There is not a spinning-mill
in it all. How would some of us like that? There is
not a ledger, nor a theatre, no novels, no amusements.
Would it not be intolerable ennui to be put down in
such an order of things? You would be like the Israelites,
loathing ‘this light bread’ and hungering for the[111]
strong-smelling and savoury-tasting leeks and garlic,
even if in order to taste them you had to be slaves again.
Heaven would be no heaven to you if you could go
there and be thus minded. But you could not. God
Himself cannot carry men thither but by fitting them
for it. It is not a place so much as a state, and the
mighty hand that works on one side of the thick curtain
preparing the inheritance in light for the saints,
is equally busy on this side making the saints meet
for the inheritance.
I do not wish to enter here on grammatical niceties,
but I must point out that the form of the word which
the Apostle employs to express it points to an act in
the past which still runs on.
The Revised Version’s rendering, ‘made us meet,’ is
preferable to the Authorised Version’s, because of its
omission of the ‘hath’ which relegates the whole process
of preparation to the past. And it is of importance to
recognise that the difference between these two representations
of the divine preparation is not a piece of
pedantry, for that preparation has indeed its beginnings
in the past of every Christian soul, but is continuous
throughout its whole earthly experience. There is the
great act of forgiveness and justifying which is cotemporaneous
with the earliest and most imperfect faith,
and there is the being born again, the implanting of a
new life which is the life of Christ Himself, and has no
spot nor wrinkle nor any such thing. That new life is
infantile, but it is there, the real man, and it will grow
and conquer. Take an extreme case and suppose a man
who has just received forgiveness for his past and the
endowment of a new nature. Though he were to die
at that moment he would still in the basis of his being
and real self be meet for the inheritance. He who truly[112]
trusts in Jesus is passed from death unto life, though
the habits of sins which are forgiven still cling to him,
and his new life has not yet exercised a controlling
power or begun to build up character. So Christians
ought not to think that, because they are conscious of
much unholiness, they are not ready for the inheritance.
The wild brigand through whose glazing eyeballs faith
looked out to his fellow-sufferer on the central cross
was adjudged meet to be with him in Paradise, and if
all his deeds of violence and wild outrages on the laws
of God and man did not make him unmeet, who amongst
us need write bitter things against himself? The preparation
is further effected through all the future
earthly life. The only true way to regard everything
that befalls us here is to see in it the Fatherly discipline
preparing us for a fuller possession of a richer inheritance.
Gains and losses, joys and sorrows, and all the
endless variety of experiences through which we all
have to pass, are an unintelligible mystery unless we
apply to them this solution, ‘He for our profit that we
might be partakers of His holiness.’ It is not a blind
Fate or a still blinder Chance that hurtles sorrows and
changes at us, but a loving Father; and we do not grasp
the meaning of our lives unless we feel, even about
their darkest moments, that the end of them all is to
make us more capable of possessing more of Himself.
III. The thankfulness which these thoughts should
evoke.
Thankfulness ought to be a sweet duty. It is a joy
to cherish gratitude. Generous hearts do not need to
be told to be thankful, and they who are only thankful
to order are not thankful at all. In nothing is the
ordinary experience of the ordinary Christian more
defective, and significant of the deficiencies of their[113]
faith, than in the tepidness and interruptedness of their
gratitude. The blessings bestowed are continuous and
unspeakable. The thanks returned are grudging and
scanty. The river that flows from God is ‘full of
water’ and pours out unceasingly, and all that we
return is a tiny trickle, often choked and sometimes
lost in the sands.
Our thankfulness ought to be constant. The fire on
the altar should never be quenched. The odour of the
sweet-smelling incense should ever ascend. Why is it
that we have so little of this grace which the Apostle
in our text regards as the precious stone that binds all
Christian graces together, the sparkling crest of the
wave of a Christian life? Mainly because we have so
little of the habit of regarding all things as God’s
Fatherly discipline and meditating on that for which
they are making us meet. We need a far more habitual
contemplation of our inheritance, of our experience as
lovingly given by God to fit us for it and of the darkest
hours which would otherwise try our faith and silence
our praise as necessary parts of that preparation. If
this be our habitual attitude of mind, and these be ever
present to us, our song will be always of His mercy and
our whole lives a thank-offering.
The text is a prophecy describing the inheritance in
its perfect form. Earthly life must be ended before it
is fully understood. Down in the valleys we praised
God, but tears and mysteries sometimes saddened our
songs; but now on the summit surveying all behind, and
knowing by a blessed eternity of experience to what it
has led, even an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled
and that fadeth not away, we shall praise Him with a
new song for ever.
Thankfulness is the one element of worship common[114]
to earth and heaven, to angels and to us. Whilst they
sing, ‘Bless the Lord all ye His hosts,’ redeemed men
have still better reason to join in the chorus and
answer, ‘Bless the Lord, O my soul.’
CHRISTIAN ENDEAVOUR
‘I also labour, striving according to His working, which worketh in me
mightily.’—Col. i. 29.
I have chosen this text principally because it brings
together the two subjects which are naturally before
us to-day. All ‘Western Christendom,’ as it is called, is
to-day commemorating the Pentecostal gift. My text
speaks about that power that ‘worketh in us mightily.’
True, the Apostle is speaking in reference to the fiery
energy and persistent toil which characterised him in
proclaiming Christ, that he might present men perfect
before Him. But the same energy which he expended
on his apostolic office he expended on his individual
personality. And he would not have discharged the
one unless he had first laboured on the other. And
although in a letter contemporary with this one from
which my text is taken he speaks of himself as no
longer young, but ‘such an one as Paul the aged, and
likewise, also a prisoner of Jesus Christ,’ the young
spirit was in him, and the continual pressing forward
to unattained heights. And that is the spirit, not only
of a section of the Church divided from the rest by
youth and by special effort, but of the whole Church
if it is worth calling a Church, and unless it is thus
instinct, it is a mere dead organisation.
So I hope that what few things I have to say may
apply to, and be felt to be suitable by all of us, whether
we are nominally Christian Endeavourers or not. If[115]
we are Christian people, we are such. If we are not
endeavouring, shall I venture to say we are not Christians?
At any rate, we are very poor ones.
Now here, then, are two plain things, a great universal
Christian duty and a sufficient universal
Christian endowment. ‘I work striving’; that is the
description of every true Christian. ‘I work striving,
according to His working, who worketh in me
mightily’: there is the great gift which makes the
work and the striving possible. Let me briefly deal,
then, with these two.
I. The solemn universal Christian obligation.
Now the two words which the Apostle employs here
are both of them very emphatic. ‘His words were
half battles,’ was said about Luther. It may be as
truly said about Paul. And that word ‘work’ which he
employs, means, not work with one hand, or with a
delicate forefinger, but it means toil up to the verge of
weariness. The notion of fatigue is almost, I might
say, uppermost in the word as it is used in the New
Testament. Some people like to ‘labour’ so as never to
turn a hair, or bring a sweat-drop on to their foreheads.
That is not Christian Endeavour. Work that does not
‘take it out of you’ is not worth doing. The other
word ‘striving’ brings up the picture of the arena
with the combatants’ strain of muscle, their set teeth,
their quick, short breathing, their deadly struggle.
That is Paul’s notion of Endeavour. Now ‘Endeavour,’
like a great many other words, has a baser and a
nobler side to it. Some people, when they say, ‘I will
endeavour,’ mean that they are going to try in a half-hearted
way, with no prospect of succeeding. That is
not Christian Endeavour. The meaning of the word—for
the expression in my text might just as well be[116]
rendered ‘endeavouring’ as ‘striving’—is that of a
buoyant confident effort of all the concentrated powers,
with the certainty of success. That is the endeavour
that we have to cultivate as Christian men. And there
is only one field of human effort in which that absolute
confidence that it shall not be in vain is anything
but presumptuous arrogance; namely, in the effort
after making ourselves what God means us to be,
what Jesus Christ longs for us to be, what the Spirit
of God is given to us in order that we should be. ‘We
shall not fail,’ ought to be the word of every man and
woman when they set themselves to the great task of
working out, in their own characters and personalities,
the Divine intention which is made a Divine
possibility by the sacrifice of Jesus Christ and the gift
of the Divine Spirit.
So then what we come to is just this, dear brethren,
if we are Christians at all, we have to make a business
of our religion; to go about it as if we meant work. Ah!
what a contrast there is between the languid way in
which Christian men pursue what the Bible designates
their ‘calling’ and that in which men with far paltrier
aims pursue theirs! And what a still sadder contrast
there is between the way in which we Christians go
about our daily business, and the way in which we go
about our Christian life! Why, a man will take more
pains to learn some ornamental art, or some game,
than he will ever take to make himself a better
Christian. The one is work. What is the other? To
a very large extent dawdling and make-believe.
You remember the old story,—it may raise a smile,
but there should be a deep thought below the smile,—of
the little child that said as to his father that ‘he was a
Christian, but he had not been working much at it[117]
lately.’ Do not laugh. It is a great deal too true of—I
will not venture to say what percentage of—the
professing Christians of this day. Work at your religion.
That is the great lesson of my text. Endeavour
with confidence of success. The Book of Proverbs
says: ‘He that is slothful in his work is brother to him
that is a great waster,’ and that is true. A man that
does ‘the work of the Lord negligently’ is scarcely to
be credited with doing it at all. Dear friends, young
or old, if you name the name of Christ, be in earnest,
and make earnest work of your Christian character.
And now may I venture two or three very plain
exhortations? First, I would say—if you mean to
make your Christian life a piece of genuine work and
striving, the first thing that you have to do is to
endeavour in the direction of keeping its aim very
clear before you. There are many ways in which we
may state the goal of the Christian life, but let us put
it now into the all-comprehensive form of likeness to
Jesus Christ, by entire conformity to His Example and
full interpretation of His life. I do not say ‘Heaven’;
I say ‘Christ.’
That is our aim, the loftiest idea of development
that any human spirit can grasp, and rising high above
a great many others which are noble but incomplete.
The Christian ideal is the greatest in the universe.
There is no other system of thought that paints man
as he is, so darkly; there is none that paints man as he
is meant to be, in such radiant colours. The blacks upon
the palette of Christianity are blacker, and the whites
are whiter, and the golden is more radiant, than any
other painter has ever mixed. And so just because the
aim which lies before the least and lowest of us, possessing
the most imperfect and rudimentary Christianity,[118]
is so transcendent and lofty, it is hard to keep it clear
before our eyes, especially when all the shabby little
necessities of daily life come in to clutter up the foreground,
and hide the great distance. Men may live up
at Darjeeling there on the heights for weeks, and
never see the Himalayas towering opposite. The lower
hills are clear; the peaks are wreathed in cloud. So
the little aims, the nearer purposes, stand out distinct
and obtrusive, and force themselves, as it were, upon
our eyeballs, and the solemn white Throne of the
Eternal away across the marshy levels, is often hid,
and it needs an effort for us to keep it clear before us.
One of the main reasons for much that is unsatisfactory
in the spiritual condition of the average
Christian of this day is precisely that he has not
burning ever before him there, the great aim to which
he ought to be tending. So he gets loose and diffused,
and vague and uncertain. That is what Paul tells you
when he proposes himself as an example: ‘So run I,
not as uncertainly,’ The man who knows where he is
running makes a bee-line for the goal. If he is not
sure of his destination, of course he zigzags. ‘So fight
I, not as one that beateth the air’—if I see my
antagonist I can hit him. If I do not see him clearly
I strike like a swordsman in the dark, at random, and
my sword comes back unstained. If you want to make
the harbour, keep the harbour lights always clear
before you, or you will go yawing about, and washing
here and there, in the trough of the wave, and
the tempest will be your master. If you do not know
where you are going you will have to say, like the men
in the old story in the Old Book, ‘Thy servant went
no whither.’ If you are going to endeavour, endeavour
first to keep the goal clear before you.[119]
And endeavour next to keep up communion with
Jesus Christ, which is the secret of all peaceful and of
all noble living. And endeavour next after concentration.
And what does that mean? It means that
you have to detach yourself from hindrances. It
means that you have to prosecute the Christian aim
all through the common things of Christian life. If it
were not possible to be pursuing the great aim of likeness
to Jesus Christ, in the veriest secularities of
the most insignificant and trivial occupations, then it
would be no use talking about that being our aim. If
we are not making ourselves more like Jesus Christ by
the way in which we handle our books, or our pen, or our
loom, or our scalpel, or our kitchen utensils, then there
is little chance of our ever making ourselves like Jesus
Christ. For it is these trifles that make life, and to
concentrate ourselves on the pursuit of the Christian
aim is, in other words, to carry that Christian aim
into every triviality of our daily lives.
There are three Scripture passages which set forth
various aspects of the aim that we have before us, and
from each of these aspects deduce the one same lesson.
The Apostle says ‘giving all diligence, add to your
faith virtue,’ etc., ‘for if ye do these things ye shall
never fail.’ He also exhorts: ‘Give diligence to make
your calling and election sure.’ And finally he says:
‘Be diligent, that ye may be found of Him in peace,
without spot, blameless.’ There are three aspects of the
Christian course, and the Christian aim, the addition
to our faith of all the clustering graces and virtues and
powers that can be hung upon it, like jewels on the
neck of a queen; the making our calling and election
sure, and the being found at last tranquil, spotless,
stainless, and being found so by Him. These great[120]
aims are incumbent on all Christians, they require
diligence, and ennoble the diligence which they
require.
So, brethren, we have all to be Endeavourers if we
are Christians, and that to the very end of our lives.
For our path is the only path on which men tread that
has for its goal an object so far off that it never can
be attained, so near that it can ever be approached.
This infinite goal of the Christian Endeavour means
inspiration for youth, and freshness for old age, and
that man is happy who can say: ‘Not as though I had
already attained’ at the end of a long life, and can say
it, not because he has failed, but because in a measure
he has succeeded. Other courses of life are like the
voyages of the old mariners which were confined within
the narrow limits of the Mediterranean, and steered
from headland to headland. But the Christian passes
through the jaws of the straits, and comes out on a
boundless sunlit ocean where, though he sees no land
ahead, he knows there is a peaceful shore, beyond the
western waves. ‘I work striving.’
Now one word as to the other thought that is here,
and that is
II. The all-sufficient Christian gift.
‘According to His working, which worketh in me
mightily.’ I need not discuss whether ‘His’ in my text
refers to God or to Christ. The thing meant is the
operation upon the Christian spirit, of that Divine
Spirit whose descent the Church to-day commemorates.
At this stage of my sermon I can only remind
you in a word, first of all, that the Apostle here is
arrogating to himself no special or peculiar gift, is not
egotistically setting forth something which he possessed
and other Christian people did not—that power[121]
which, ‘working in him mightily,’ worked in all his
brethren as well. It was his conviction and his teaching—would
that it were more operatively and vitally the
conviction of all professing Christians to-day, and
would that it were more conspicuously, and in due
proportion to the rest of Christian truth, the teaching
of all Christian teachers to-day!—that that Divine
power is in the very act of faith received and implanted
in every believing soul. ‘Know ye not,’ the Apostle
could say to his hearers, ‘that ye have the Spirit of
God, except ye be reprobates.’ I doubt whether the
affirmative response would spring to the lips of all
professing or real Christians to-day as swiftly as it
would have done then. And I cannot help feeling, and
feeling with increasing gravity of pressure as the days
go on, that the thing that our churches, and we as
individuals, perhaps need most to-day, is the replacing
of that great truth—I do not call it a ‘doctrine,’ that
is cold, it is experience—in its proper place. They who
believe on Him do receive a new life, a supernatural
communication of the new Spirit, to be the very power
that rules in their lives.
It is an inward gift. It is not like the help that
men can render us, given from without and apprehended
and incorporated with ourselves through the
medium of the understanding or of the heart. There
is an old story in the history of Israel about a young
king that was bid by the prophet to bend his bow
against the enemies of Israel, as a symbol; and the
old prophet put his withered, skinny brown hand on
the young man’s fleshy one, and then said to him,
‘Shoot.’ But this Divine Spirit comes to strengthen us
in a more intimate and blessed fashion than that, for
it glides into our hearts and dwells in our spirits, and[122]
our work, as my text says, is His working. This
‘working within’ is stated in the original of my text
most emphatically, for it is literally ‘the inworking
which inworketh in me mightily.’
So, dear brethren, the first direct aim of all our
endeavour ought to be to receive and to keep and to
increase our gift of that Divine Spirit. The work and
the striving of which my text speaks would be sheer
slavery unless we had that help. It would be impossible
of accomplishment unless we had it.
| ‘If any power we have, it is to ill, |
| And all the power is Thine, to do and eke to will.’ |
Let us, then, begin our endeavour, not by working,
but by receiving. Is not that the very meaning of the
doctrine that we are always talking about, that men
are saved, not by works but by faith? Does not that
mean that the first step is reception, and the first
requisite is receptiveness, and that then, and after
that, second and not first, come working and striving?
To keep our hearts open by desire, to keep them open
by purity, are the essentials. The dove will not come
into a fouled nest. It is said that they forsake polluted
places. But also we have to use the power which is
inwrought. Use is the way to increase all gifts, from
the muscle in your arm to the Christian life in your
spirit. Use it, and it grows. Neglect it, and it vanishes,
and like the old Jewish heroes, a man may go forth to
exercise himself as of old time, and know not that the
Spirit of God hath departed from him. Dear friends,
do not bind yourselves to the slavery of Endeavour,
until you come into the liberty and wealth of receiving.
He gives first, and then says to you, ‘Now go to work,
and keep that good thing which is committed unto
thee.’[123]
There is but one thought more in this last part of
my text, which I must not leave untouched, and that
is that this sufficient and universal gift is not only the
means by which the great universal duty can be discharged,
but it ought to be the measure in which it is
discharged. ‘I work according to the working in me.’
That is, all the force that came into Paul by that
Divine Spirit, came out of Paul in his Christian
conduct, and the gift was not only the source, but
also the measure, of this man’s Christian Endeavour.
Is that true about us? They say that the steam-engine
is a most wasteful application of power, that a great
deal of the energy which is generated goes without
ever doing any work. They tell us that one of the
great difficulties in the way of economic application of
electricity is the loss which comes through using
accumulators. Is not that like a great many of us?
So much power poured into us; so little coming out
from us and translated into actual work! Such a
‘rushing mighty wind,’ and the air about us so heavy
and stagnant and corrupt! Such a blaze of fire, and
we so cold! Such a cataract of the river of the water
of life, and our lips parched and our crops seared and
worthless! Ah, brethren! when we look at ourselves,
and when we think of the condition of so many of the
churches to which we belong, the old rebuke of the
prophet comes back to us in this generation, ‘Thou
that art named the House of Israel, is the Spirit of the
Lord straitened? Are these His doings?’ We have an
all-sufficient power. May our working and striving be
according to it, and may we work mightily, being
‘strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might!’[124]
CHRISTIAN PROGRESS
‘As therefore ye received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk in Him, rooted and
builded up in Him.’—Col. ii. 6, 7 (R.V.).
It is characteristic of Paul that he should here use
three figures incongruous with each other to express
the same idea, the figures of walking, being rooted, and
built up. They, however, have in common that they
all suggest an initial act by which we are brought into
connection with Christ, and a subsequent process flowing
from and following on it. Receiving Christ, being
rooted in Him, being founded on Him, stand for the
first; walking in Him, growing up from the root in
Him, being built up on Him as foundation, stand for
the second. Fully expressed then, the text would run,
‘As ye have received Christ, so walk in Him; as ye
have been rooted in Him, so grow up in Him; as ye
have been founded on Him, so be builded up.’ These
three clauses present the one idea in slightly different
forms. The first expresses Christian progress as the
manifestation before the world of an inward possession,
the exhibition in the outward life of a treasure
hid in the heart. The second expresses the same progress
as the development by its own vital energy of
the life of Christ in the soul. The third expresses the
progress as the addition, by conscious efforts, of portion
after portion to the character, which is manifestly
incomplete until the headstone crowns the structure.
We may then take the passage before us as exhibiting
the principles of Christian progress.
I. The origin of all, or how Christian progress
begins.
These three figures, receiving, rooted, founded, all[125]
express a great deal more than merely accepting
certain truths about Him. The acceptance of truths
is the means by which we come to what is more than
any belief of truths. We possess Christ when we
believe with a true faith in Him. We are rooted in
Him. His life flows into us. We draw nourishment
from that soil. We are built on Him, and in our
compact union find a real support to a life which is
otherwise baseless and blown about like thistledown
by every breath. The union which all these metaphors
presupposes is a vital connection; the possession
which is the first step in the Christian life is a real
possession.
There is no progress without that initial step. Our
own experience tells us but too plainly and loudly that
we need the impartation of a new life, and to be set on
a new foundation, if we are ever to be anything else
than failures and blots.
There is sure to be progress if the initial step has
been taken. If Christ has been received, the life possessed
will certainly manifest itself. It will go on to
perfection. The union effected will work on through
the whole character and nature. It is the beginning
of all; it is only the beginning.
II. The manner of Christian progress or in what it
consists.
It consists in a more complete possession of Him,
in a more constant approximation to Him, and a more
entire appropriation of Him. Christian progress is
not a growing up from Christ as starting-point,
but into Christ as goal. All is contained in the first
act by which He is first received; the remainder is
but the working out of that. All our growth in
knowledge and wisdom consists in our knowing what[126]
we have when we receive Christ. We grow in proportion
as we learn to see in Him the centre of all
truth, as the Revealer of God, as the Teacher of man,
as the Interpreter of nature, as the meaning and end
of history, as the Lord of life and death. Morals,
politics, and philosophy flow from Him. His lips and
His life and death proclaim all truth, human and
divine.
As in wisdom so in character, all progress consists in
coming closer to Jesus and receiving more and more
of His many-sided grace. He is the pattern of all excellence,
the living ideal of whatsoever things are pure,
whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of
good report, virtue incarnate, praise embodied. He
is the power by which we become gradually and
growingly moulded into His likeness. Every part of
our nature finds its best stimulus in Jesus for individuals
and for societies. Christ and growth into Him
is progress, and the only way by which men can be
presented perfect, is that they shall be presented ‘perfect
in Christ,’ whereunto every man must labour who
would that his labour should not be in vain. That
progress must follow the threefold direction in the
text. There must first be the progressive manifestation
in act and life of the Christ already possessed, ‘As
ye received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk in Him.’
There must also be the completer growth in the soul
of the new life already received. As the leaf grows
green and broad, so a Christlike character must grow
not altogether by effort. And there must be a continual
being builded up in Him by constant additions
to the fabric of graces set on that foundation.
III. The means, or how it is accomplished.
The first words of our text tell us that ‘Ye have[127]
received Christ Jesus as Lord,’ and all depends on
keeping the channels of communication open so that
the reception may be continuous and progressive. We
must live near and ever nearer to the Lord, and seek
that our communion with Him may be strengthened.
On the other hand, it is not only by the spontaneous
development of the implanted life, but by conscious and
continuous efforts which sometimes involve vigorous
repression of the old self that progress is realised. The
two metaphors of our text have to be united in our
experience. Neither the effortless growth of the tree
nor the toilsome work of the builder suffice to represent
the whole truth. The two sides of deep and still
communion, and of strenuous effort based on that
communion, must be found in the experience of every
Christian who has received Christ, and is advancing
through the imperfect manifestations of earth to the
perfect union with, and perfect assimilation to, the
Lord.
To all men who are ready to despair of themselves,
here is the way to realise the grandest hopes. Nothing
is too great to be attained by one who, having received
Christ Jesus as Lord, walks in Him, rooted and builded
up in Him, ‘a holy temple to the Lord.’
RISEN WITH CHRIST
‘If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where
Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. 2. Set your affection on things above, not
on things on the earth. 3. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in
God. 4. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with
Him in glory. 5. Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth;
fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness,
which is idolatry: 6. For which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the
children of disobedience. 7. In the which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived
in them. 8. But now ye also put off all these; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy,
filthy communication out of your mouth. 9. Lie not one to another, seeing that ye
have put off the old man with his deeds; 10. And have put on the new man, which[128]
is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him: 11. Where there
is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian,
bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all. 12. Put on therefore, as the elect of
God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness,
longsuffering; 13. Forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any
man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. 14. And
above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. 15. And
let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one
body; and be ye thankful.’—Col. iii. 1-15.
The resurrection is regarded in Scripture in three
aspects—as a fact establishing our Lord’s Messiahship,
as a prophecy of our rising from the dead, and as a
symbol of the Christian life even now. The last is the
aspect under which Paul deals with it here.
I. Verses 1-4 set forth the wonderful but most real
union of the believer with the risen Christ. We have
said that the Lord’s resurrection is regarded as a
symbol, but that is an incomplete representation of
the truth here taught, for Paul believed that the
Christian is so joined to Jesus as that he has, not in
symbol only, but in truth, risen with him. Mark the
emphasis and depth of the expressions setting forth
the believer’s unity with his Lord: ‘Ye were raised
together with Christ’; ‘Ye died, and your life is hid
with Christ.’ And these wonderful statements do not
go to the bottom of the fact, for Paul goes beyond even
them, and does not scruple to say that Christ ‘is
our life.’
The ground of these great declarations is found in
the fact that faith joins us in most real and close union
to Jesus Christ, so that in His death we die to sin and
the world, and that, even while we live the bodily life
of men here, we have in us another life, derived from
Jesus. Unless our Christianity has grasped that great
truth, it has not risen to the height of New Testament
teaching and Christian privilege. We cannot make
too much of ‘Christ our sacrifice,’ but some of us make[129]
too little of ‘Christ our life,’ and thereby fail to understand
in all its fulness that other truth on which they
fasten so exclusively. Union with Christ in the possession
of His life in us, and the consequent rooting of our
lives in Him, is a truth which much of the evangelical
Christianity of this day needs to see more clearly.
The life is ‘hid,’ as being united with Jesus, and consequently
withdrawn from the world, which neither
comprehends nor sustains it. A Christian man is bound
to manifest to the utmost of his power what is the
motive and aim of his life; but the devout life is,
like the divine life, a mystery, unrevealed after all
revelation.
The practical conclusion from this blessed union with
Jesus is that we are, as Christians, bound to be true in
our conduct to the facts of our spiritual life, and to
turn away from the world, which is now not our home,
and set our mind (not only our ‘affections’) on things
above. Surely the Christ, ‘seated on the right hand of
God,’ will be as a magnet to draw our conscious being
upwards to Himself. Surely union with Him in His
death will lead us to die to the world which is alien to
us, and to live in aspiration, thought, desire, love, and
obedience with Him in His calm abode, whence He
rules and blesses the souls whom, through their faith,
He has made to live the new life of heaven on earth.
II. The first consequence of the risen life is negative,
the death or ‘putting off’ of the old nature, the life
which belongs to and is ruled by earth. Verses 5-9
solemnly lay on the Christian the obligation to put this
to death. The ‘therefore’ in verse 5 teaches a great
lesson, for it implies that the union with Jesus by faith
must precede all self-denial which is true to the spirit
of the Gospel. Asceticism of any sort which is not[130]
built on the evangelical foundation is thereby condemned,
whether it is practised by Buddhist, or monk,
or Protestant. First be partaker of the new life, and
then put off the old man with his deeds. The withered
fronds of last year are pushed off the fern by the new
ones as they uncurl. That doctrine of life in Christ
is set down as mystical; but it is mysticism of the
wholesome sort, which is intensely practical, and comes
down to the level of the lowest duties,—for observe what
homely virtues are enjoined, and how the things prohibited
are no fantastic classifications of vices, but the
things which all the world owns to be ugly and
wrong.
We cannot here enlarge on Paul’s grim catalogue,
but only point out that it is in two parts, the former
(verses 5, 6) being principally sins of impurity and
unregulated passion, to which is added ‘covetousness,’
as the other great vice to which the old nature is
exposed. Lust and greed between them are the
occasions of most of the sins of men. Stop these
fountains, and the streams of evil would shrink to very
small trickles. These twin vices attract the lightning
of God’s wrath, which ‘cometh’ on their perpetrators,
not only in some final future judgment, but here and
now. If we were not blind, we should see that thundercloud
steadily drawing nearer, and ready to launch its
terrors on impure and greedy men. They have set it
in motion, and they are right in the path of the
avalanche which they have loosened.
The possessors of the risen life are exhorted to put
off these things, not only because of the coming wrath,
but because continuance in them is inconsistent with
their present standing and life (v. 7). They do not
now ‘live in them,’ but in the heavenly places with the[131]
risen Lord, therefore to walk in them is a contradiction.
Our conduct should correspond to our real affinities,
and the surface of our lives should be true to their
depths and roots.
The second class of vices are those which mar our
intercourse with our fellows,—the more passionate
anger and wrath and the more cold-blooded and deadly
malice, with the many sins of speech.
III. In verse 9 Paul appends the great reason for all
the preceding injunctions; namely, the fact, already
enlarged on in verses 1-4, of the Christian’s death and
new life by union with Jesus. He need only have
stated the one-half of the fact here, but he never can
touch one member of the antithesis without catching
fire, as it were, and so he goes on to dwell on the new
life in Christ, and thus to prepare for the transition to
the exhortation to ‘put on’ its characteristic excellences.
We note how true to fact, though apparently
illogical, his representation is. He bases the
command to put off the old man on the fact that
Christians have put it off. They are to be what they
are, to work out in daily acts what they did in its full
ideal completeness when by faith they died to self and
were made alive in and to Christ. A strong motive
for a continuous Christian life is the recollection of
the initial Christian act.
But Paul’s fervent spirit blazes up as he thinks of
that new nature which union with Jesus has brought,
and he turns aside from his exhortations to gaze on
that great sight. He condenses volumes into a sentence.
That new man is not only new, but is perpetually
being renewed with a renovation penetrating
more and more deeply, and extending more and more
widely, in the Christian’s nature. It is continually[132]
advancing in knowledge, and tending towards perfect
knowledge of Christ. It is being fashioned, by a better
creation than that of Adam, into a more perfect
likeness of God than our first father bore in his sinless
freshness. The possession of it gathers all Christians
into a unity in which all distinctions of nationality,
religious privilege, culture, or social condition, are
lost. Paul the Pharisee and the Colossian brethren,
Onesimus the slave and Philemon his master, are one
in Jesus. The new life is one in all its recipients, and
makes them one. The phenomena of the lowest forms
of life are almost repeated in the highest, and, just as
in a coral reef the myriads of workers are not individuals
so much as parts of one living whole, ‘so also
is Christ.’ The union is the closest possible without
destruction of our individuality.
IV. The final, positive consequence of the risen life
follows in verses 12-15. Again the Apostle reminds
Christians of what they are, as the great motive for
putting on the new man. The contemplation of
privileges may tend to proud isolation and neglect of
duty to our fellows, but the true effect of knowing
that we are ‘God’s elect, holy and beloved,’ is to soften
our hearts, and to lead us to walk among men as
mirrors and embodiments of God’s mercy to us. The
only virtues touched on here are the various manifestations
of love, such as quick susceptibility to
others’ sorrows; readiness to help by act as well as to
pity in word; lowliness in estimating one’s own claims,
which will lead to bearing evils without resentment
or recompensing the like; and patient forgiveness,
after the pattern and measure of the forgiveness we
have received. All these graces, which would make
earth an Eden, and our hearts temples, and our lives[133]
calm, are outcomes of love, and must never be divorced
from it. Paul uses a striking image to express this
thought of their dependence on it. He likens them to
the various articles of dress, and bids us hold them all
in place with love as a girdle, which keeps together all
the various graces that make up ‘perfectness.’
Thus living in love, we shall be free from the tumult
of spirit which ever attends a selfish life; for nothing
is more certain to stuff a man’s pillow with thorns,
and to wreck his tranquillity, than to live in hate and
suspicion, or self-absorbed. ‘The peace of Christ’ is
ours in the measure in which we live the risen life and
put on the new man, and that peace in our hearts will
rule, that is, will sit there as umpire; for it will instinctively
draw itself into itself, as it were, like the
leaves of a sensitive plant, at the approach of evil, and,
if we will give heed to its warnings, and have nothing
to do with what disturbs it, we shall be saved from
falling into many a sin. That peace gathers all the
possessors of the new life into blessed harmony. It is
peace with God, with ourselves, and with all our
brethren; and the fact that all Christians are, by their
common life, members of the one body, lays on them
all the obligation to keep the unity in the bond of
peace. And for all these great blessings, especially
for that union with Jesus which gives us a share in
his risen life, thankfulness should ever fill our hearts
and make all our days and deeds the sacrifice of praise
unto him continually.[134]
RISEN WITH CHRIST
‘If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where
Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not
on things on the earth.’—Col. iii. 1, 2.
There are three aspects in which the New Testament
treats the Resurrection, and these three seem to have
successively come into the consciousness of the Church.
First, as is natural, it was considered mainly in its
bearing on the person and work of our Lord. We may
point for illustration to the way in which the Resurrection
is treated in the earliest of the apostolic discourses,
as recorded in the Acts of the Apostles. Then it came,
with further reflection and experience, to be discerned
that it had a bearing on the hope of the immortality of
man. And last of all, as the Christian life deepened,
it came to be discerned that the Resurrection was
the pattern of the life of the Christian disciples. It
was regarded first as a witness, then as a prophecy,
then as a symbol. Three fragments of Scripture
express these three phases: for the first, ‘Declared
to be the Son of God with power by the Resurrection
from the dead’; for the second, ‘Now is Christ risen
from the dead, and become the first-fruits of them
that slept’; for the third, ‘God hath raised us up
together with Him, and made us sit together in the
heavenly places.’ I have considered incidentally
the two former aspects in the course of previous
sermons; I wish to turn at present to that final third
one.
One more observation I must make by way of
introduction, and that is, that the way in which the
Apostle here glides from ‘being risen with Christ’
to where ‘Christ is, sitting at the right hand of God,’[135]
confirms what I have pointed out in former discourses,
that the Ascension of Jesus Christ is always considered
in Scripture as being nothing more than the necessary
outcome and issue of the process which began in the
Resurrection. They are not separate facts, but they
are two ends of one process. And so with these
thoughts, that Resurrection develops into Ascension,
and that in both Jesus Christ is the pattern for His
followers, let us turn to the words before us.
Then we have here
I. The Christian life considered as a risen life.
Now, we are all familiar with the great evangelical
point of view from which the death and Resurrection
of Jesus Christ are usually contemplated. To many
of us Christ’s sacrifice is nothing more or less than
the means by which the world is reconciled to God,
and Christ’s Resurrection nothing more than the seal
which was set by Divinity upon that work. ‘Crucified
for our offences, and raised again for our justification,’
as Paul has it—that is the point of view from which
most evangelical or orthodox Christian people are
contented to regard the solemn fact of the Death and
the radiant fact of the Resurrection. You cannot be
too emphatic about these truths, but you may be too
exclusive in your contemplation of them. You do well
when you say that they are the Gospel; you do not
well when you say, as some of you do, that they are
the whole Gospel. For there is another stream of
teaching in the New Testament, of which my text is
an example, and a multitude of other passages that I
cannot refer to now are equally conspicuous instances,
in which that death and that Resurrection are regarded,
not so much in respect to the power which
they exercise in the reconciliation of the world to God,[136]
as in their aspect as the type of all noble and true
Christian life. You remember how, when our Lord
Himself touched upon the fruitful issues of His death,
and said: ‘Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground
and die, it abideth alone; but if it die it bringeth
forth much fruit,’ He at once went on to say that
a man that loved his life would lose it; and that
a man that lost his life would find it, and proceeded
to point, even then, and in that connection, to His
Cross as our pattern, declaring: ‘If any man serve Me,
let him follow Me; and where I am, there shall also
My servant be.’
| ‘Made like Him, like Him we rise; |
| Ours the cross, the grave, the skies.’ |
So, then, a risen life is the type of all noble life, and
before there can be a risen life there must have been
a death. True, we may say that the spiritual facts in
a man’s experience, which are represented by these
two great symbols of a death and a rising, are but
like the segment of a circle which, seen from the one
side is convex and from the other is concave. But
however loosely we may feel that the metaphors represent
the facts, this is plain, that unless a man dies
to flesh, to self-will, to the world, he never will live
a life that is worth calling life. The condition of all
nobleness and all growth upwards is that we shall
die daily, and live a life that has sprung victorious
from the death of self. All lofty ethics teach that;
and Christianity teaches it, with redoubled emphasis,
because it says to us, that the Cross and the Resurrection
are not merely imaginative emblems of the
noble and the Christian life, but are a great deal
more than that. For, brethren, do not forget—if[137]
you do, you will be hopelessly at sea as to large tracts
of blessed Christian truth—that by faith in Jesus
Christ we are brought into such a true deep union
with Him as that, in no mere metaphorical or
analogous sense, but in most blessed reality, there
comes into the believing heart a spark of the life
that is Christ’s own, so that with Him we do live,
and from Him we do live a life cognate with His,
who, having risen from the dead, dieth no more, and
over whom death hath no dominion. So it is not
a metaphor only, but a spiritual truth, when we
speak of being risen with Christ, seeing that our
faith, in the measure of its genuineness, its depth and
its operative power upon our characters, will be the
gate through which there shall pass into our deadness
the life that truly is, the life that has nought to do
with death or sin. And this unity with Jesus, brought
about by faith, brings about that the depths of the
Christian life are hid with Christ in God, and that we,
risen with Him, do even now sit ‘at the right hand in
heavenly places,’ whilst our feet, dusty and sometimes
blood-stained, are journeying along the paths of life.
This is the great teaching of my text, and of a multitude
of other places; and this is the teaching which modern
Christianity, in its exclusive, or all but exclusive, contemplation
of the Cross as the sacrifice for sin, has far
too much forgotten. ‘Ye are risen with Christ.’
Let me remind you that this veritable death and
rising again, which marks the Christian life, is set
forth before us in the initial rite of the Christian
Church. Some of you do not agree with me in my
view, either of what is the mode or of who are the
subjects of that ordinance, but if you know anything
about the question, you know that everybody that has[138]
a right to give a judgment agrees with us Baptists in
saying—although they may not think that it carries
anything obligatory upon the practice of to-day—that
the primitive Church baptized by immersion. Now,
the meaning of baptism is to symbolise these two
inseparable moments, dying to sin, to self, to the
world, to the old past, and rising again to newness of
life. Our sacramentarian friends say that, in my
text, it was in baptism that these Colossian Christians
rose again with Christ. I, for my part, do not believe
that, but that baptism was the speaking sign of
what lies at the gate of a true Christian life I have
no manner of doubt.
So the first thought of our text is not only taught
us in words, but it stands manifest in the ritual of
the Church as it was from the beginning. We die,
and we rise again, through faith and by union through
faith, with Christ ‘that died, yea, rather that is risen
again, who is even at the right hand of God.’
Let me turn, secondly, to
II. The consequent aims of the Christian life.
‘If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things
which are above.’ ‘To seek’ implies the direction of
the external life toward certain objects. It is not
to seek as if perhaps we might not find; it is not even
to seek in the sense of searching for, but it is to seek
in the sense of aiming at. And now do you not think
that if we had burning in our hearts, and conscious
to our experiences, the sense of union with Jesus
Christ the risen Saviour, that would shape the direction
and dictate the aims of our earthly life? As
surely as the elevation of the rocket tube determines
the flight of the projectile that comes from it, so surely
would the inward consciousness, if it were vivid as it[139]
ought to be in all Christian people, of that risen life
throbbing within the heart, shape all the external
conduct. It would give us wings and make us soar.
It would make us buoyant, and lift us above the
creeping aims that constitute the objects of life for so
many men.
But you say, ‘Things above: that is an indefinite
phrase. What do you mean by it?’ I will tell you
what the Bible means by it. It means Jesus Christ.
All the nebulous splendours of that firmament are
gathered together into one blazing sun. It is a vague
direction to tell a man to shoot up, into an empty
heaven. It is not a vague direction to tell him to seek
the ‘things above’; for they are all gathered into
a person. ‘Where Christ is, sitting at the right hand
of God,’—that is the meaning of ‘things above,’ which
are to be the continual aim of the man who is conscious
of a risen life. And of course they will be, for if we
feel, as we ought to feel habitually, though with varying
clearness, that we do carry within us a spark, if
I might use that phrase, of the very life of Jesus
Christ, so surely as fire will spring upwards, so surely
as water will rise to the height of its source, so surely
will our outward lives be directed towards Him, who
is the life of our inward lives, and the goal therefore
of our outward actions?
Jesus Christ is the summing up of ‘the things that
are above’; therefore there stands out clear this one
great truth, that the only aim for a Christian soul,
consistent with the facts of its Christian life, is to be
like Christ, to be with Christ, to please Christ.
Now, how does that aim—’whether present or
absent we labour that we may be well pleasing to
Him’—how does that aim bear upon the multitude[140]
of inferior and nearer aims which men pursue, and
which Christians have to pursue along with other
men? How does it bear upon them?—Why thus—as
the culminating peak of a mountain-chain bears
on the lower hills that for miles and miles buttress
it, and hold it up, and aspire towards it, and find
their perfection in its calm summit that touches the
skies. The more we have in view, as our aim in life,
Christ who is ‘at the right hand of God,’ and assimilation,
communion with Him, approbation from Him,
the more will all immediate aims be ennobled and
delivered from the evils that else cleave to them.
They are more when they are second than when they
are first. ‘Seek ye first the Kingdom of God,’ and all
your other aims—as students, as thinkers, as scientists,
as men of business, as parents, as lovers, or anything
else—will be greatened by being subordinated to the
conscious aim of pleasing Him. That aim should
persist, like a strain of melody, one long, holden-down,
diapason note, through all our lives. Perfume can be
diffused into the air, and dislodge no atom of that
which it makes fragrant. This supreme aim can be
pursued through, and by means of, all nearer ones,
and is inconsistent with nothing but sin. ‘Seek the
things that are above.’
Lastly, we have here—
III. The discipline which is needed to secure the
right direction of the life.
The Apostle does not content himself with pointing
out the aims. He adds practical advice as to how
these aims can be made dominant in our individual
cases, when he says, ‘Set your affections on things
above.’ Now, many of you will know that ‘affections’
is not the full sense of the word that is here employed,[141]
and that the Revised Version gives a more adequate
rendering when it says, ‘Set your minds on the things
that are above.’ A man cannot do with his love
according to his will. He cannot say: ‘Resolved, that
I love So-and-So’; and then set himself to do it. But
though you cannot act on the emotions directly by
the will, you can act directly on your understandings,
on your thoughts, and your thoughts will act on your
affections. If a man wants to love Jesus Christ he
must think about Him. That is plain English. It is
vain for a man to try to coerce his wandering affections
by any other course than by concentrating his
thoughts. Set your minds on the things that are
above, and that will consolidate and direct the emotions;
and the thoughts and the emotions together
will shape the outward efforts. Seeking the things
that are above will come, and will only come, when
mind and heart and inward life are occupied with Him.
There is no other way by which the externals can be
made right than by setting a watch on the door of
our hearts and minds, and this inward discipline must
be put in force before there will be any continuity or
sureness in the outward aim. We want, for that
direction of the life of which I have been speaking,
a clear perception and a concentrated purpose, and we
shall not get either of these unless we fall back, by
thought and meditation, upon the truths which will
provide them both.
Brethren, there is another aspect of the connection
between these two parts of our text, which I can
only touch. Not only is the setting of our thoughts
on the things above, the way by which we can make
these the aim of our lives. They are not only aims
to be reached at some future stage of our progress,[142]
but they are possessions to be enjoyed at the present.
We may have a present Christ and a present Heaven.
The Christian life is not all aspiration; it is fruition
as well. We have to seek, but even whilst we seek,
we should be conscious that we possess what we are
seeking, even whilst we seek it. Do you know anything
of that double experience of having the things
that are above, here and now, as well as reaching
out towards them?
I am afraid that the Christian life of this generation
suffers at a thousand points, because it is more
concerned with the ordering of the outward life, and
the manifold activities which this busy generation
has struck out for itself, than it is with the quiet
setting of the mind, in silent sunken depths of contemplation,
on the things that are above. Oh, if we
would think more about them we should aim more
at them; and if we were sure that we possessed them
to-day we should be more eager for a larger possession
to-morrow.
Dear brethren, we may all have the risen life for
ours, if we will knit ourselves, in humble dependence
and utter self-surrender, to the Christ who died for
us that we might be dead to sin, and rose again that
we might rise to righteousness. And if we have Him,
in any deep and real sense, as the life of our lives,
then we shall be blessed, amid all the divergent and
sometimes conflicting nearer aims, which we have
to pursue, by seeing clear above them that to which
they all may tend, the one aim which corresponds to
a man’s nature, which meets his condition, which
satisfies his needs, which can always be attained if it is
followed, and which, when secured, never disappoints.
God help us all to say, ‘This one thing I do, and all[143]
else I count but dung, that I may know Him, and the
power of His Resurrection, and the fellowship of His
sufferings, being made conformable unto His death,
if by any means I may attain unto the Resurrection
from the dead!’
WITHOUT AND WITHIN
‘Them that are without.’—Col. iv. 5.
That is, of course, an expression for the non-Christian
world; the outsiders who are beyond the pale of the
Church. There was a very broad line of distinction
between it and the surrounding world in the early
Christian days, and the handful of Christians in a
heathen country felt a great gulf between them and
the society in which they lived. That distinction
varies in form, and varies somewhat in apparent
magnitude according as Christianity has been rooted
in a country for a longer or a shorter time, but it
remains, and is as real to-day as it ever was, and
there is neither wisdom nor kindness in ignoring the
distinction.
The phrase of our text may sound harsh, and might
be used, as it was by the Jews, from whom it was
borrowed, in a very narrow and bitter spirit. Close
corporations of any sort are apt to generate, not only
a wholesome esprit de corps, but a hostile contempt for
outsiders, and Christianity has too often been misrepresented
by its professors, who have looked down
upon those that are without with supercilious and unchristian
self-complacency.
There is nothing of that sort in the words themselves;
the very opposite is in them. They sound to
me like the expression of a man conscious of the[144]
security and comfort and blessedness of the home
where he sat, and with his heart yearning for all the
houseless wanderers that were abiding the pelting of
the pitiless storm out in the darkness there. The spirit
and attitude of Christianity to such is one of yearning
pity and urgent entreaty to come in and share in the
blessings. There is deep pathos in the words, as well
as solemn earnestness, and in such a spirit I wish to
dwell upon them now for a short time.
I. I begin with the question: Who are they that are
outside? And what is it of which they are outside?
As I have already remarked, the phrase was
apparently borrowed from Judaism, where it meant,
‘outside the Jewish congregation,’ and its primary
application, as used here, is no doubt to those who are
outside the Christian Church. But do not let us
suppose that that explanation gets to the bottom of
the meaning of the words. It may stand as a partial
answer, but only as partial. The evil tendency which
attends all externalising of truth in the concrete form
of institutions works in full force on the Church, and
ever tempts us to substitute outward connection with
the institution for real possession of the truth of which
the institution is the outgrowth. Therefore I urge
upon you very emphatically—and all the more
earnestly because of the superstitious overestimate
of outward connection with the outward institution of
the Church which is eagerly proclaimed all around us
to-day—that connection with any organised body of
believing men is not ‘being within,’ and that isolation
from all these is not necessarily ‘being without.’ Many
a man who is within the organisation is not ‘in the
truth,’ and, blessed be God, a man may be outside all
churches, and yet be one of God’s hidden ones, and may[145]
dwell safe and instructed in the very innermost shrine
of the secret place of the Most High. We hear from
priestly lips, both Roman Catholic and Anglican, that
there is ‘no safety outside the Church.’ The saying is
true when rightly understood. If by the Church be
meant the whole company of those who are trusting
to Jesus Christ, of course there is no safety outside,
because to trust in Jesus is the one condition of safety,
and unless we belong to those who so trust we shall
not possess the blessing. So understood, the phrase
may pass, and is only objectionable as a round-about
and easily misunderstood way of saying what is much
better expressed by ‘Whosoever shall call on the
name of the Lord shall be saved.’
But that is not the meaning of the phrase in the
mouths of those who use it most frequently. To them
the Church is a visible corporation, and not only so, but
as one of the many organisations into which believers
are moulded, it is distinguished from the others by
certain offices and rites, bishops, priests, and sacraments,
through whom and which certain grace is
supposed to flow, no drop of which can reach a community
otherwise shaped and officered!
Nor is it only Roman Catholics and Anglicans who
are in danger of externalising personal Christianity
into a connection with a church. The tendency has its
roots deep in human nature, and may be found
flourishing quite as rankly in the least sacerdotal of
the ‘sects’ as in the Vatican itself. There is very
special need at present for those who understand that
Christianity is an immensely deeper thing than connection
with any organised body of Christians, to speak
out the truth that is in them, and to protest against
the vulgar and fleshly notion which is forcing itself[146]
into prominence in this day when societies of all sorts
are gaining such undue power, and religion, like much
else, is being smothered under forms, as was the maiden
in the old story, under the weight of her ornaments.
External relationships and rites cannot determine
spiritual conditions. It does not follow because you
have passed through certain forms, and stand in
visible connection with any visible community, that
you are therefore within the pale and safe. Churches
are appointed by Christ. Men who believe and love
naturally draw together. The life of Christ is in them.
Many spiritual blessings are received through believing
association with His people. Illumination and
stimulus, succour and sympathy pass from one to
another, each in turn experiencing the blessedness of
receiving, and the greater blessedness of giving. No
wise man who has learned of Christ will undervalue
the blessings which come through union with the
outward body which is a consequence of union with
the unseen Head. But men may be in the Church
and out of Christ. Not connection with it, but connection
with Him, brings us ‘within.’ ‘Those that are
without’ may be either in or out of the pale of any
church.
We may put the answer to this question in another
form, and going deeper than the idea of being within a
visible church, we may say, ‘those that are without’
are they who are outside the Kingdom of Christ.
The Kingdom of Christ is not a visible external community.
The Kingdom of Christ, or of God, or of
Heaven, is found wherever human wills obey the Law
of Christ, which is the will of God, the decrees of
Heaven; as Christ himself put it, in profound words—profound
in all their simplicity—when He said, ‘Not[147]
every man that saith unto Me Lord! Lord! shall enter
into the Kingdom of Heaven, but he that doeth the
will of My Father, which is in Heaven.’ ‘Them that
are without’ are they whose wills are not bent in
loving obedience to the Lord of their spirit.
But we must go deeper than that. In the Church?
Yes! In the Kingdom? Yes! But I venture to take
another Scripture phrase as being the one satisfactory
fundamental answer to the question: What is it that
these people are outside of? and I say Christ, Christ.
If you will take your New Testament as your guide,
you will find that the one question upon which all is
suspended is the, Am I, or Am I not, in Jesus Christ?
Am I in Him, or Am I outside of Him? And the
answer to that question is the answer to this other:
Who are they that are without?
They that are outside are not the ‘non-Christian
world’ who are not church members; they that are inside
are not the ‘Christian world’ who make an outward
profession of being in the Kingdom. It is not going down
to the foundation to explain the antithesis so; but ‘those
that are within’ are those who have simple trust upon
Jesus Christ as the sole and all-sufficient Saviour of
their sinful spirits and the life of their life, and having
entered into that great love, have plunged themselves,
as it were, into the very heart of Jesus; have found in
Him righteousness and peace, forgiveness and love, joy
and salvation. Are you in Christ because you love
Him and trust your soul to Him? If not, if not, you
are amongst those ‘that are without,’ though you be
ever so much joined to the visible Church of the living
God.
And then there is one more remark that I must drop
in here before I go on, namely, that whilst I thankfully[148]
admit, and joyfully preach, that the most imperfect,
rudimentary faith knits a man to Jesus Christ, even if
in this life it may be found covered over with a great
deal that is contradictory and inconsistent; on the
other hand there are some people who stand like the
angel in the Apocalypse, with one foot on the solid
land and one upon the restless sea, half in and half out,
undecided, halting—that is, ‘limping’—between two
opinions. Some people of that sort are listening to me
now, who have been like that for years. Now I want
them to remember this plain piece of common-sense—half
in is altogether out! So that is my answer to the
first question: Who are they that are outside, and
what is it that they are outside of?
I cannot carry round these principles and lay them
upon the conscience of each hearer, but I pray you
to listen to your own inmost voice speaking, and
I am mistaken if many will not hear it saying:
‘Thou art the man!’ Do not stop your ears to that
voice!
II. Notice next the force of this phrase as implying
the woeful condition of those without.
I have said that it is full of pathos. It is the language
of a man whose heart yearns as, in the midst of his
own security, he thinks of the houseless wanderers in
the dark and the storm. He thinks pityingly of what
they lose, and of that to which they are exposed.
There are two or three ways in which I may illustrate
that condition, but perhaps the most graphic and impressive
may be just to recall for a moment three or four
of the Scripture metaphors that fit into this representation:
‘Those that are without’; and thus to gain some
different pictures of what the inside and the outside
means in these varying figures.[149]
First, then, there is a figure drawn from the Old
Testament which is often applied, and correctly
applied, to this subject—Noah’s Ark.
Think of that safe abode floating across the waters,
whilst all without it was a dreary waste. Without
were death and despair, but those that were within sat
warm and dry and safe and fed and living. The men
that were without, high as they might climb upon
rocks and hills, strong as they might be—when the
dreary rainstorm wept itself dry, ‘they were all dead
corpses.’ To be in was life, to be out was death.
That is the first metaphor. Take another. That
singular institution of the old Mosaic system, in which
the man who inadvertently, and therefore without any
guilt or crime of his own, had been the cause of death
to his brother, had provided for him, half on one side
Jordan and half on the other, and dotted over the land,
so that it should not be too far to run to one of them,
Cities of Refuge. And when the wild vendetta of
those days stirred up the next of kin to pursue at his
heels, if he could get inside the nearest of these he was
secure. They that were within could stand at the city
gates and look out upon the plain, and see the pursuer
with his hate glaring from his eyes, and almost feel
his hot breath on their cheeks, and know that though
but a yard from him, his arm durst not touch them.
To be inside was to be safe, to be outside was certain
bloody death.
That is the second figure; take a third; one which
our Lord Himself has given us. Here is the picture—a
palace, a table abundantly spread, lights and music,
delight and banqueting, gladness and fulness, society
and sustenance. The guests sit close and all partake.
To be within means food, shelter, warmth, festivity,[150]
society; to be without, like Lear on the moor, is to
stand the pelting of the storm, weary, stumbling in the
dark, starving, solitary, and sad. Within is brightness
and good cheer; without is darkness, hunger, death.
That is the third figure. Take a fourth, another
of our Master’s. Picture a little rude, stone-built enclosure
with the rough walls piled high, and a narrow
aperture at one point, big enough for one creature to
pass through at a time. Within, huddled together, are
the innocent sheep; without, the lion and the bear.
Above, the vault of night with all its stars, and watching
all, the shepherd, with unslumbering eye. In the
fold is rest for the weary limbs that have been plodding
through valleys of the shadow of death, and dusty
ways; peace for the panting hearts that are trembling
at every danger, real and imaginary. Inside the fold
is tranquillity, repose for the wearied frame, safety,
and the companionship of the Shepherd; and without,
ravening foes and a dreary wilderness, and flinty paths
and sparse herbage and muddy pools. Inside is life;
without is death. That is the fourth figure.
In the Ark no Deluge can touch; in the City of
Refuge no avenger can smite; in the banqueting-hall
no thirst nor hunger but can be satisfied; in the fold
no enemy can come and no terror can live.
Brethren! are you amongst ‘them that are without,’
or are you within?
III. Lastly—why is anybody outside? Why? It is
no one’s fault but their own. It is not God’s. He can
appeal with clean hands and ask us to judge what
more could have been done for His vineyard that He
has not done for it. The great parable which represents
Him as sending out His summons to the feast
in His palace puts the wonderful words in the mouth[151]
of the master of the house, after his call by his servants
had been refused. ‘Go out into the highways and
hedges,’ beneath which the beggars squat, ‘and compel
them to come in, that my house may be full.’ ‘Nature
abhors a vacuum,’ the old natural philosophers used
to say. So does grace; so does God’s love. It hates to
have His house empty and His provisions unconsumed.
And so He has done all that He could do to bring you
and me inside. He has sent His Son, He beckons us,
He draws us by countless mercies day by day. He
appeals to our hearts, and would have us gathered into
the fold. And if we are outside it is not because He
has neglected to do anything which He can do in order
to bring us in.
But why is it that any of us resist such drawing, and
make the wretched choice of perishing without, rather
than find safety within? The deepest reason is an
alienated heart, a rebellious will. But the reason for
alienation and rebellion lie among the inscrutable
mysteries of our awful being. All sin is irrational.
The fact is plain, the temptations are obvious; excuses
there are in plenty, but reasons there are none. Still we
may touch for a moment on some of the causes which
operate with many hearers of God’s merciful call to
enter in, and keep them without.
Many remain outside because they do not really
believe in the danger. No doubt there was a great deal
of brilliant sarcasm launched at Noah for his folly in
thinking that there was anything coming that needed
an ark. It seemed, no doubt, food for much laughter,
and altogether impossible to think of gravely, that
this flood which he talked about should ever come. So
they had their laughter out as they saw him working
away at his ludicrous task ‘until the day when the[152]
flood came and swept them all away,’ and the laughter
ended in gurgling sobs of despair.
If a manslayer does not believe that the next of kin
is on his track, he will not flee to the City of Refuge.
If the sheep has no fear of wolves, it will choose to
be outside the fold among the succulent herbage. Did
you ever see how, in a Welsh slate-quarry, before a
blast, a horn is blown, and at its sound all along the
face of the quarry the miners run to their shelters,
where they stay until the explosion is over? What
do you suppose would become of one of them who
stood there after the horn had blown, and said:
‘Nonsense! There is nothing coming! I will take my
chance where I am!’ Very likely a bit of slate would
end him before he had finished his speech. At any
rate, do not you, dear friend, trifle with the warning
that says: ‘Flee for refuge to Christ and shelter
yourself in Him.’
There are some people, too, who stop outside because
they do not much care for the entertainment that they
will get within. It does not strike them as being very
desirable. They have no appetite for it. We preachers
seek to draw hearts to Jesus by many motives—and
among others by setting forth the blessings which he
bestows. But if a man does not care about pardon,
does not fear judgment, does not want to be good,
has no taste for righteousness, is not attracted by the
pure and calm pleasures which Christ offers, the invitation
falls flat upon his ear. Wisdom cries aloud
and invites the sons of men to her feast, but the fare
she provides is not coarse and high spiced enough, and
her table is left unfilled, while the crowd runs to the
strong-flavoured meats and foaming drinks which her
rival, Folly, offers. Many of us say, like the Israelites[153]
‘Our souls loathe this light bread,’ this manna, white
and sweet, and Heaven-descended, and angels’ food
though it be, and we hanker after the reeking garlic
and leeks and onions of Egypt.
Some of us again, would like well enough to be
inside, if that would keep us from dangers which we
believe to be real, but we do not like the doorway.
You may see in some remote parts of the country
strange, half-subterranean structures which are supposed
to have been the houses of a vanished race.
They have a long, narrow, low passage, through which
a man has to creep with his face very near the
ground. He has to go low and take to his knees to get
through; and at the end the passage opens out into
ampler, loftier space, where the dwellers could sit safe
from wild weather and wilder beasts and wildest men.
That is like the way into the fortress home which we
have in Jesus Christ. We must stoop very low to enter
there. And some of us do not like that. We do not
like to fall on our knees and say, I am a sinful man, O
Lord. We do not like to bow ourselves in penitence.
And the passage is narrow as well as low. It is broad
enough for you, but not for what some of you would
fain carry in on your back. The pack which you bear,
of earthly vanities and loves, and sinful habits, will be
brushed off your shoulders in that narrow entrance,
like the hay off a cart in a country lane bordered by
high hedges. And some of us do not like that. So,
because the way is narrow, and we have to stoop, our
pride kicks at the idea of having to confess ourselves
sinners, and of having to owe all our hope and salvation
to God’s undeserved mercy, therefore we stay outside.
And because the way is narrow, and we have to put off
some of our treasures, our earthward-looking desires[154]
shrink from laying these aside, and therefore we stop
outside. There was room in the boat for the last man
who stood on the deck, but he could not make up his
mind to leave a bag of gold. There was no room for
that. Therefore he would not leap, and went down
with the ship.
The door is open. The Master calls. The feast is
spread. Dangers threaten. The flood comes. The
avenger of blood makes haste. ‘Why standest thou
without?’ Enter in, before the door is shut. And if
you ask, How shall I pass within?—the answer is
plain: ‘They could not enter in because of unbelief.
We which have believed do enter into rest.’[155]
I. THESSALONIANS
FAITH, LOVE, HOPE, AND THEIR FRUITS
‘Your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience of hope.’—1 Thess. i. 3.
This Epistle, as I suppose we all know, is Paul’s first
letter. He had been hunted out of Thessalonica by
the mob, made the best of his way to Athens, stayed
there for a very short time, then betook himself to
Corinth, and at some point of his somewhat protracted
residence there, this letter was written. So that we
have in it his first attempt, so far as we know, to
preach the Gospel by the pen. It is interesting to
notice how, whatever changes and developments there
may have been in him thereafter, all the substantial
elements of his latest faith beam out in this earliest
letter, and how even in regard to trifles we see the
germs of much that came afterwards. This same
triad, you remember, ‘faith, hope, charity,’ recurs in
the First Epistle to the Corinthians, though with a
very significant difference in the order, which I shall
have to dwell upon presently.
The letter is interesting on another account. Remembering
that it was only a very short time since
these Thessalonians had turned from idols to serve the
living God, there is something very beautiful in the
overflowing generosity of commendation, which never[156]
goes beyond veracity, with which he salutes them.
Their Christian character, like seeds sown in some
favoured tropical land, had sprung up swiftly; yet not
with the dangerous kind of swiftness which presages
decay of the growth. It was only a few days since
they had been grovelling before idols, but now he can
speak of ‘your work of faith, and labour of love, and
patience of hope’ . . . and declare that the Gospel
‘sounded out’ from them—the word which he employs
is that which is technically used for the blast of a
trumpet—’so that we need not to speak anything.’
Rapid growth is possible for us all, and is not always
superficial.
I desire now to consider that pair of triads—the
three foundation-stones, and the three views of the
fair building that is reared upon them.
I. The three foundation-stones.
That is a natural metaphor to use, but it is not
quite correct, for these three—faith, love, hope—are
not to be conceived of as lying side by side. Rather
than three foundations we have three courses of the
building here; the lowest one, faith; the next one,
love; and the top one, hope. The order in 1 Corinthians
is different, ‘faith, hope, charity,’ and the alteration
in the sequence is suggested by the difference of purpose.
The Apostle intended in 1 Corinthians to dwell
at some length thereafter on ‘charity,’ or ‘love.’ So
he puts it last to make the link of connection with
what he is going to say. But here he is dealing with
the order of production, the natural order in which
these three evolve themselves. And his thought is
that they are like the shoots that successive springs
bring upon the bough of a tree, where each year has
its own growth, and the summit of last year’s becomes[157]
the basis of next. Thus we have, first, faith; then,
shooting from that, love; and then, sustained by both,
hope. Now let us look at that order.
It is a well-worn commonplace, which you may think
it not needful for me to dwell upon here, that in the
Christian theory, both of salvation and of morals, the
basis of everything is trust. And that is no arbitrary
theological arrangement, but it is the only means by
which the life that is the basis both of salvation and
of righteousness can be implanted in men. There is
no other way by which Jesus Christ can come into our
hearts than by what the New Testament calls ‘trust,’
which we have turned into the hard, theological concept
which too often glides over people’s minds without
leaving any dint at all—’faith.’ Distrust is united with
trust. There is no trust without, complementary to
it, self-distrust. Just as the sprouting seed sends one
little radicle downwards, and that becomes the root,
and at the same time sends up another one, white till
it reaches the light, and it becomes the stem, so the
underside of faith is self-distrust, and you must empty
yourselves before you can open your hearts to be filled
by Jesus. That being so, this self-distrustful trust is
the beginning of everything. That is the alpha of the
whole alphabet, however glorious and manifold may
be the words into which its letters are afterwards
combined. Faith is the hand that grasps. It is the
means of communication, it is the channel through
which the grace which is the life, or, rather, I should
say, the life which is the grace, comes to us. It is the
open door by which the angel of God comes in with
his gifts. It is like the petals of the flowers, opening
when the sunshine kisses them, and, by opening, laying
bare the depths of their calyxes to be illuminated and[158]
coloured, and made to grow by the sunshine which
itself has opened them, and without the presence of
which, within the cup, there would have been neither
life nor beauty. So faith is the basis of everything;
the first shoot from which all the others ascend.
Brethren, have you that initial grace? I leave the
question with you. If you have not that, you have
nothing else.
Then again, out of faith rises love. No man can
love God unless he believes that God loves him. I, for
my part, am old-fashioned and narrow enough not to
believe that there is any deep, soul-cleansing or soul-satisfying
love of God which is not the answer to the
love that died on the Cross. But you must believe
that, and more than believe it; you must have trusted
and cast yourselves on it, in the utter abandonment of
self-distrust and Christ-confidence, before there will
well up in your heart the answering love to God.
First faith, then love. My love is the reverberation
of the primeval voice, the echo of God’s. The angle
at which the light falls on the mirror is the same as
the angle at which it is reflected from it. And though
my love at its highest is low, at its strongest is weak:
yet, like the echo that is faint and far, feeble though
it be, it is pitched on the same key, and is the prolongation
of the same note as the mother-sound. So my
love answers God’s love, and it will never answer it
unless faith has brought me within the auditorium,
the circle wherein the voice that proclaims ‘I love
thee, my child,’ can be heard.
Now, we do not need to ask ourselves whether Paul
is here speaking of love to God or love to man. He
is speaking of both, because the New Testament deals
with the latter as being a part of the former, and sure[159]
to accompany it. But there is one lesson that I wish
to draw. If it be true that love in us is thus the result
of faith in the love of God, let us learn how we grow
in love. You cannot say, ‘Now I will make an effort
to love.’ The circulation of the blood, the pulsations
of the heart, are not within the power of the will.
But you can say, ‘Now I will make an effort to trust.’
For faith is in the power of the will, and when the
Master said, ‘Ye will not come unto me,’ He taught us
that unbelief is not a mere intellectual deficiency or
perversity, but that it is the result, in the majority of
cases—I might almost say in all-of an alienated will.
Therefore, if you wish to love, do not try to work
yourself into a hysteria of affection, but take into
your hearts and minds the Christian facts, and mainly
the fact of the Cross, which will set free the frozen
and imprisoned fountains of your affections, and cause
them to flow out abundantly in sweet water. First
faith, then love; and get at love through faith. That
is a piece of practical wisdom that it will do us all
good to keep in mind.
Then the third of the three, the topmost shoot, is
hope. Hope is faith directed to the future. So it is
clear enough that, unless I have that trust of which
I have been speaking, I have none of the hope which
the Apostle regards as flowing from it. But love has
to do with hope quite as much, though in a different
way, as faith has to do with it. For in the direct
proportion in which we are taking into our hearts
Christ and His truth, and letting our hearts go out in
love towards Him and communion with Him, will the
glories beyond brighten and consolidate and magnify
themselves in our eyes. The hope of the Christian
man is but the inference from his present faith, and[160]
the joy and sweetness of his present love. For surely
when we rise to the heights which are possible to us
all, and on which I suppose most Christian people have
been sometimes, though for far too brief seasons;
when we rise to the heights of communion with God,
anything seems more possible to us than that death,
or anything that lies in the future, should have power
over a tie so sweet, so strong, so independent of externals,
and so all-sufficing in its sweetness. Thus we
shall be sure that God is our portion for ever, in
the precise degree in which, by faith and love, we
feel that ‘He is the strength of our hearts,’ to-day
and now. So, then, we have the three foundation-stones.
And now a word or two, in the second place, about
II. The fair building which rises on them.
I have already half apologised for using the metaphor
of a foundation and a building. I must repeat the confession
that the symbol is an inadequate one. For the
Apostle does not conceive of the work and labour and
patience which are respectively allocated to these three
graces as being superimposed upon them, as it were, by
effort, so much as he thinks of them as growing out of
them by their inherent nature. The work is ‘the work
of faith,’ that which characterises faith, that which
issues from it, that which is its garment, visible
to the world, and the token of its reality and its
presence. Faith works. It is the foundation of all
true work; even in the lowest sense of the word we
might almost say that. But in the Christian scheme
it is eminently the underlying requisite for all work
which God does not consider as busy idleness. I might
here make a general remark, which, however, I need
not dwell upon, that we have here the broad thought[161]
which Christian people in all generations need to have
drummed into their heads over and over again, and
that is that inward experiences and emotions, and
states of mind and heart, however good and precious,
are so mainly as being the necessary foundations of
conduct. What is the good of praying and feeling
comfortable within, and having ‘a blessed assurance,’
a ‘happy experience,’ ‘sweet communion,’ and so on?
What is the good of it all, if these things do not make
us ‘live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present
world’? What is the good of the sails of a windmill
going whirling round, if the machinery has been
thrown out of gear, and the great stones which it
ought to actuate are not revolving? What is the good
of the screw of a steamer revolving, when she pitches,
clean above the waves? It does nothing then to drive
the vessel onwards, but will only damage the machinery.
And Christian emotions and experiences which do not
drive conduct are of as little use, often as perilous, and
as injurious. If you want to keep your ‘faith, love,
hope,’ sound and beneficial, set them to work. And
do not be too sure that you have them, if they do not
crave for work, whether you set them to it or not.
‘Your work of faith.’ There is the whole of the
thorny subject of the relation of faith and works
packed into a nutshell. It is exactly what James said
and it is exactly what a better than James said. When
the Jews came to Him with their externalism, and
thought that God was to be pleased by a whole rabble
of separate good actions, and so said, ‘What shall we
do that we might work the works of God?’ Jesus said,
‘Never mind about works. This is the work of God,
that ye believe on Him whom He hath sent,’ and out
of that will come all the rest. That is the mother-[162]tincture;
everything will flow from that. So Paul
says, ‘Your work of faith.’
Does your faith work? Perhaps I should ask other
people rather than you. Do men see that your faith
works; that its output is different from the output of
men who are not possessors of a ‘like precious faith’?
Ask yourselves the question, and God help you to
answer it.
Love labours. Labour is more than work, for it
includes the notion of toil, fatigue, difficulty, persistence,
antagonism. Ah! the work of faith will never
be done unless it is the toil of love. You remember
how Milton talks about the immortal garland that is
to be run for, ‘not without dust and sweat.’ The
Christian life is not a leisurely promenade. The limit
of our duty is not ease of work. There must be toil.
And love is the only principle that will carry us
through the fatigues, and the difficulties, and the
oppositions which rise against us from ourselves and
from without. Love delights to have a hard task set
it by the beloved, and the harder the task the more
poignant the satisfaction. Loss is gain when it brings
us nearer the beloved. And whether our love be love
to God, or its consequence, love to man, it is the only
foundation on which toil for either God or man will
ever permanently be rested. Do not believe in philanthropy
which has not a bottom of faith, and do not
believe in work for Christ which does not involve in toil.
And be sure that you will do neither, unless you have
both these things: the faith and the love.
And then comes the last. Faith works, love toils,
hope is patient. Is that all that ‘hope’ is? Not if you
take the word in the narrow meaning which it has in
modern English; but that was not what Paul meant.[163]
He meant something a great deal more than passive
endurance, great as that is. It is something to be able
to say, in the pelting of a pitiless storm, ‘Pour on! I
will endure.’ But it is a great deal more to be able, in
spite of all, not to bate one jot of heart or hope, but
‘still bear up and steer right onward’; and that is
involved in the true meaning of the word inadequately
rendered ‘patience’ in the New Testament. For it is
no passive virtue only, but it is a virtue which, in the
face of the storm, holds its course; brave persistence,
active perseverance, as well as meek endurance and
submission.
‘Hope’ helps us both to bear and to do. They tell us
nowadays that it is selfish for a Christian man to
animate himself, either for endurance or for activity,
by the contemplation of those great glories that lie
yonder. If that is selfishness, God grant we may all
become a great deal more selfish than we are! No
man labours in the Christian life, or submits to Christian
difficulty, for the sake of going to heaven. At least,
if he does, he has got on the wrong tack altogether.
But if the motive for both endurance and activity be
faith and love, then hope has a perfect right to come
in as a subsidiary motive, and to give strength to the
faith and rapture to the love. We cannot afford to
throw away that hope, as so many of us do—not
perhaps, intellectually, though I am afraid there is
a very considerable dimming of the clearness, and a
narrowing of the place in our thoughts, of the hope of
a future blessedness, in the average Christian of this
day—but practically we are all apt to lose sight of the
recompense of the reward. And if we do, the faith and
love, and the work and toil, and the patience will
suffer. Faith will relax its grasp, love will cool down[164]
its fervour; and there will come a film over Hope’s
blue eye, and she will not see the land that is very far
off. So, dear brethren, remember the sequence, ‘faith,
love, hope,’ and remember the issues, ‘work, toil,
patience.’
GOD’S TRUMPET
‘From you sounded out the word of God.’—1 Thess. i. 8.
This is Paul’s first letter. It was written very shortly
after his first preaching of the Gospel in the great commercial
city of Thessalonica. But though the period
since the formation of the Thessalonian Church was
so brief, their conversion had already become a matter
of common notoriety; and the consistency of their
lives, and the marvellous change that had taken place
upon them, made them conspicuous in the midst of the
corrupt heathen community in which they dwelt. And
so says Paul, in the text, by reason of their work of
faith and labour of love and patience of hope, they
had become ensamples to all that believe, and loud
proclaimers and witnesses of the Gospel which had
produced this change.
The Apostle employs a word never used anywhere
else in the New Testament to describe the conspicuous
and widespread nature of this testimony of theirs. He
says, ‘The word of the Lord sounded out‘ from them.
That phrase is one most naturally employed to describe
the blast of a trumpet. So clear and ringing, so loud,
penetrating, melodious, rousing, and full was their
proclamation, by the silent eloquence of their lives, of
the Gospel which impelled and enabled them to lead
such lives. A grand ideal of a community of believers![165]
If our churches to-day were nearer its realisation there
would be less unbelief, and more attraction of wandering
prodigals to the Father’s house. Would that this
saying were true of every body of professing believers!
Would that from each there sounded out one clear
accordant witness to Christ, in the purity and unworldliness
of their Christlike lives!
I. This metaphor suggests the great purpose of the
Church.
It is God’s trumpet, His means of making His voice
heard through all the uproar of the world. As the
captain upon the deck in the gale will use his speaking-trumpet,
so God’s voice needs your voice. The Gospel
needs to be passed through human lips in order that it
may reach deaf ears. The purpose for which we
have been apprehended of Christ is not merely our own
personal salvation, whether we understand that in a
narrow and more outward, or in a broader and more
spiritual sense. No man is an end in himself, but every
man, though he be partially and temporarily an end, is
also a means. And just as, according to the other
metaphor, the Kingdom of Heaven is like leaven, each
particle of the dead dough, as soon as it is leavened and
vitalised, becoming the medium for transmitting the
strange, transforming, and living influence to the
particle beyond, so all of us, if we are Christian people,
have received that grace into our hearts, for our own
sakes indeed, but also that through us might be manifested
to the darkened eyes beyond, and through us
might drop persuasively on the dull, cold ears that are
further away from the Divine Voice, the great message
of God’s mercy. The Church is God’s trumpet, and the
purpose that He has in view in setting it in the world
is to make all men know the fellowship of the mystery,[166]
and that through it there may ring out, as by some
artificial means a poor human voice will be flung to a
greater distance than it would otherwise reach, the
gentle entreaties, and the glorious proclamation, and
the solemn threatenings of the Word, the Incarnate as
well as the written Word, of God.
Of course all this is true, not only about communities,
but it is true of a community, just because it is true of
each individual member of it. The Church is worse than
as ‘sounding brass,’ it is as silent brass and an untinkling
cymbal, unless the individuals that belong to it recognise
God’s meaning in making them His children, and
do their best to fulfil it. ‘Ye are my witnesses,’ saith
the Lord. You are put into the witness-box; see that
you speak out when you are there.
II. Another point that this figure may suggest is,
the sort of sound that should come from the trumpet.
A trumpet note is, first of all, clear. There should be
no hesitation in our witness; nothing uncertain in the
sound that we give. There are plenty of so-called
Christian people whose lives, if they bear any witness
for the Master at all, are like the notes that some
bungling learner will bring out of a musical instrument:
hesitating, uncertain, so that you do not know
exactly what note he wants to produce. How many of
us, calling ourselves Christian people, testify on both
sides; sometimes bearing witness for Christ; and alas!
alas! oftener bearing witness against Him. Will the
trumpet, the instrument of clear, ringing, unmistakable
sounds, be the emblem of your Christian testimony?
Would not some poor scrannel-pipe, ill-blown, be nearer
the mark? The note should be clear.
The note should be penetrating. There is no instrument,
I suppose, that carries further than the ringing[167]
clarion that is often heard on the field of battle, above
all the strife; and this little church at Thessalonica,
a mere handful of people, just converted, in the very
centre of a strong, compact, organised, self-confident,
supercilious heathenism, insisted upon being heard,
and got itself made audible, simply by the purity and
the consistency of the lives of its members. So that
Paul, a few weeks, or at most a few months, after the
formation of the church, could say, ‘From you sounded
out the word of the Lord, not only in Macedonia and
Achaia,’ your own province and the one next door to it,
‘but also in every place your faith to Godward is
spread abroad.’ No man knows how far his influence
will go. No man can tell how far his example may
penetrate. Thessalonica was a great commercial city.
So is Manchester. Hosts of people of all sorts came
into it as they come here. There were many different
circles which would be intersected by the lives of this
Christian church, and wherever its units went they
carried along with them the conviction that they had
turned from idols to serve the living God, and to wait
for His Son from heaven.
And so, dear brethren, if our witness is to be worth
anything it must have this penetrating quality. There
is a difference in sounds as there is a difference in instruments.
Some of them carry further than others. A
clear voice will fling words to a distance that a thick,
mumbling one never can attain. One note will travel
much further than another. Do you see to it that your
notes are of the penetrating sort.
And then, again, the note should be a musical one.
There is nothing to be done for God by harshness; nothing
to be done by discords and gangling; nothing to be
done by scolding and rebuke. The ordered sequence of[168]
melodious sound will travel a great deal further than
unmusical, plain speech. You can hear a song at a
distance at which a saying would be inaudible. Which
thing is an allegory, and this is its lesson,—Music goes
further than discord; and the witness that a Christian
man bears will travel in direct proportion as it is
harmonious, and gracious and gentle and beautiful.
And then, again, the note should be rousing. You do
not play on a trumpet when you want to send people
to sleep; dulcimers and the like are the things for that
purpose. The trumpet means strung-up intensity,
means a call to arms, or to rejoicing; means at any rate,
vigour, and is intended to rouse. Let your witness
have, for its utmost signification, ‘Awake! thou that
sleepest, and arise from the dead; and Christ shall give
thee light.’
III. Then, still further, take another thought that
may be suggested from this metaphor, the silence of
the loudest note.
If you look at the context, you will see that all the
ways in which the word of the Lord is represented as
sounding out from the Thessalonian Church were
deeds, not words. The context supplies a number of
them. Such as the following are specified in it: their
work; their toil, which is more than work; their
patience; their assurance; their reception of the word,
in much affliction with joy in the Holy Ghost; their
faith to Godward; their turning to God from idols, to
serve and to wait.
That is all. So far as the context goes there might
not have been a man amongst them who ever opened
his mouth for Jesus Christ. We know not, of course,
how far they were a congregation of silent witnesses,
but this we know, that what Paul meant when he said,[169]
‘The whole world is ringing with the voice of the word
of God sounding from you,’ was not their going up and
down the world shouting about their Christianity, but
their quiet living like Jesus Christ. That is a louder
voice than any other.
Ah! dear friends! it is with God’s Church as it is
with God’s heavens; the ‘stars in Christ’s right hand’
sparkle in the same fashion as the stars that He has
set in the firmament. Of them we read: ‘There is
neither voice nor language, their speech is not heard’;
and yet, as man stands with bared head and hushed
heart beneath the violet abysses of the heavens, ‘their
line’ (or chord, the metaphor being that of a stringed
instrument) ‘is gone out through all the earth, and
their words to the end of the world.’ Silent as they
shine, they declare the glory of God, and proclaim His
handiwork. And so you may speak of Him without
speaking, and though you have no gift of tongues the
night may be filled with music, and your lives be
eloquent of Christ.
I do not mean to say that Christian men and women
are at liberty to lock their lips from verbal proclamation
of the Saviour they have found, but I do mean to
say that if there was less talk and more living, the
witness of God’s Church would be louder and not
lower; ‘and men would take knowledge of us, that we
had been with Jesus’; and of Jesus, that He had made
us like Himself.
IV. And so, lastly, let me draw one other thought
from this metaphor, which I hope you will not think
fanciful playing with a figure; and that is the breath
that makes the music.
If the Church is the trumpet, who blows it? God!
It is by His Divine Spirit dwelling within us, and[170]
breathing through us, that the harsh discords of our
natural lives become changed into melody of praise
and the music of witness for Him. Keep near Christ,
live in communion with God, let Him breathe through
you, and when His Spirit passes through your spirits
their silence will become harmonious speech; and from
you ‘will sound out the word of the Lord.’
In a tropical country, when the sun goes behind a
cloud, all the insect life that was cheerily chirping is
hushed. In the Christian life, when the Son of Righteousness
is obscured by the clouds born of our own
carelessness and sin, all the music in our spirit ceases,
and no more can we witness for Him. A scentless
substance lying in a drawer, with a bit of musk, will
become perfumed by contact, and will bring the
fragrance wherever it is carried. Live near God, and
let Him speak to you and in you; and then He will
speak through you. And if He be the breath of your
spiritual lives, and the soul of your souls, then, and
only then, will your lives be music, the music witness,
and the witness conviction. And only then will there
be fulfilled what I pray there may be more and more
fulfilled in us as a Christian community, this great word
of our text, ‘from you sounded out,’ clear, rousing,
penetrating, melodious, ‘the word of the Lord,’ so that
we, with our poor preaching, need not to speak anything.
WALKING WORTHILY
‘Walk worthy of God.’—1 Thess. ii. 12.
Here we have the whole law of Christian conduct in
a nutshell. There may be many detailed commandments,
but they can all be deduced from this one.[171]
We are lifted up above the region of petty prescriptions,
and breathe a bracing mountain air. Instead of
regulations, very many and very dry, we have a
principle which needs thought and sympathy in order
to apply it, and is to be carried out by the free action
of our own judgments.
Now it is to be noticed that there are a good many
other passages in the New Testament in which, in
similar fashion, the whole sum of Christian conduct is
reduced to a ‘walking worthy’ of some certain thing
or other, and I have thought that it might aid in
appreciating the many-sidedness and all-sufficiency of
the great principles into which Christianity crystallises
the law of our life, if we just gather these together
and set them before you consecutively.
They are these: we are told in our text to ‘walk
worthy of God.’ Then again, we are enjoined, in other
places, to ‘walk worthy of the Lord,’ who is Christ.
Or again, ‘of the Gospel of Christ.’ Or again, ‘of the
calling wherewith we were called.’ Or again, of the
name of ‘saints.’ And if you put all these together,
you will get many sides of one thought, the rule of
Christian life as gathered into a single expression—correspondence
with, and conformity to, a certain
standard.
I. And first of all, we have this passage of my text,
and the other one to which I have referred, ‘Walking
worthy of the Lord,’ by whom we are to understand
Christ. We may put these together and say that the
whole sum of Christian duty lies in conformity to the
character of a Divine Person with whom we have
loving relations.
The Old Testament says: ‘Be ye holy, for I the Lord
your God am holy.’ The New Testament says: ‘Be ye[172]
imitators of God, and walk in love.’ So then, whatever
of flashing brightness and infinite profundity in
that divine nature is far beyond our apprehension and
grasp, there are in that divine nature elements—and
those the best and divinest in it—which it is perfectly
within the power of every man to copy.
Is there anything in God that is more Godlike than
righteousness and love? And is there any difference
in essence between a man’s righteousness and God’s;—between
a man’s love and God’s? The same gases
make combustion in the sun and on the earth, and the
spectroscope tells you that it is so. The same radiant
brightness that flames burning in the love, and flashes
white in the purity of God, even that may be reproduced
in man.
Love is one thing, all the universe over. Other
elements of the bond that unites us to God are rather
correspondent in us to what we find in Him. Our concavity,
so to speak, answers to His convexity; our
hollowness to His fulness; our emptiness to His all-sufficiency.
So our faith, for instance, lays hold upon
His faithfulness, and our obedience grasps, and bows
before, His commanding will. But the love with
which I lay hold of Him is like the love with which He
lays hold on me; and righteousness and purity, howsoever
different may be their accompaniments in an
Infinite and uncreated Nature from what they have in
our limited and bounded and progressive being, in
essence are one. So, ‘Be ye holy, for I am holy’;
‘Walk in the light as He is in the light,’ is the law
available for all conduct; and the highest divine perfections,
if I may speak of pre-eminence among them,
are the imitable ones, whereby He becomes our
Example and our Pattern.[173]
Let no man say that such an injunction is vague or
hopeless. You must have a perfect ideal if you are to
live at all by an ideal. There cannot be any flaws in
your pattern if the pattern is to be of any use. You
aim at the stars, and if you do not hit them you may
progressively approach them. We need absolute perfection
to strain after, and one day—blessed be His
name—we shall attain it. Try to walk worthy of God
and you will find out how tight that precept grips, and
how close it fits.
The love and the righteousness which are to become
the law of our lives, are revealed to us in Jesus Christ.
Whatever may sound impracticable in the injunction
to imitate God assumes a more homely and possible
shape when it becomes an injunction to follow Jesus.
And just as that form of the precept tends to make
the law of conformity to the divine nature more
blessed and less hopelessly above us, so it makes the
law of conformity to the ideal of goodness less
cold and unsympathetic. It makes all the difference
to our joyfulness and freedom whether we are trying
to obey a law of duty, seen only too clearly to be
binding, but also above our reach, or whether we have
the law in a living Person whom we have learned to
love. In the one case there stands upon a pedestal
above us a cold perfection, white, complete, marble;
in the other case there stands beside us a living law in
pattern, a Brother, bone of our bone and flesh of our
flesh; whose hand we can grasp; whose heart we can
trust, and of whose help we can be sure. To say to
me: ‘Follow the ideal of perfect righteousness,’ is to
relegate me to a dreary, endless struggling; to say to
me, ‘Follow your Brother, and be like your Father,’ is
to bring warmth and hope and liberty into all my[174]
effort. The word that says, ‘Walk worthy of God,’ is
a royal law, the perfect law of perfect freedom.
Again, when we say, ‘Walk worthy of God,’ we
mean two things—one, ‘Do after His example,’ and the
other, ‘Render back to Him what He deserves for
what He has done to you.’ And so this law bids us
measure, by the side of that great love that died on
the Cross for us all, our poor imperfect returns of
gratitude and of service. He has lavished all His
treasure on you; what have you brought him back?
He has given you the whole wealth of His tender pity,
of His forgiving mercy, of His infinite goodness. Do
you adequately repay such lavish love? Has He not
‘sown much and reaped little’ in all our hearts?
Has He not poured out the fulness of His affection,
and have we not answered Him with a few grudging
drops squeezed from our hearts? Oh! brethren!
‘Walk worthy of the Lord,’ and neither dishonour Him
by your conduct as professing children of His, nor
affront Him by the wretched refuse and remnants of
your devotion and service that you bring back to Him
in response to His love to you.
II. Now a word about the next form of this all-embracing
precept. The whole law of our Christian
life may be gathered up in another correspondence,
‘Walk worthy of the Gospel’ (Phil. i. 27), in a manner
conformed to that great message of God’s love to us.
That covers substantially the same ground as we have
already been going over, but it presents the same ideas
in a different light. It presents the Gospel as a rule of
conduct. Now people have always been apt to think
of it more as a message of deliverance than as a
practical guide, as we all need to make an effort to
prevent our natural indolence and selfishness from[175]
making us forget that the Gospel is quite as much
a rule of conduct as a message of pardon.
It is both by the same act. In the very facts on
which our redemption depends lies the law of our
lives.
What was Paul’s Gospel? According to Paul’s own
definition of it, it was this: ‘How that Jesus Christ
died for our sins, according to the Scriptures.’ And
the message that I desire now to bring to all you
professing Christians is this: Do not always be
looking at Christ’s Cross only as your means of acceptance.
Do not only be thinking of Christ’s Passion as
that which has barred for you the gates of punishment,
and has opened for you the gates of the Kingdom
of Heaven. It has done all that; but if you are going
to stop there you have only got hold of a very maimed
and imperfect edition of the Gospel. The Cross is your
pattern, as well as the anchor of your hope and the
ground of your salvation, if it is anything at all to
you. And it is not the ground of your salvation and
the anchor of your hope unless it is your pattern. It
is the one in exactly the same degree in which it is the
other.
So all self-pleasing, all harsh insistence on your
own claims, all neglect of suffering and sorrow and
sin around you, comes under the lash of this condemnation:
‘They are not worthy of the Gospel.’ And all
unforgivingness of spirit and of temper in individuals
and in nations, in public and in private matters, that,
too, is in flagrant contradiction to the principles that are
taught on the Cross to which you say you look for
your salvation. Have you got forgiveness, and are
you going out from the presence-chamber of the King
to take your brother by the throat for the beggarly[176]
coppers that he owes you, and say: ‘Pay me what
thou owest!’ when the Master has forgiven you all
that great mountain of indebtedness which you owe
Him? Oh, my brother! if Christian men and women
would only learn to take away the scales from their
eyes and souls; not looking at Christ’s Cross with less
absolute trustfulness, as that by which all their salvation
comes, but also learning to look at it as closely
and habitually as yielding the pattern to which their
lives should be conformed, and would let the heart-melting
thankfulness which it evokes when gazed at
as the ground of our hope prove itself true by its leading
them to an effort at imitating that great love, and
so walking worthy of the Gospel, how their lives
would be transformed! It is far easier to fetter your
life with yards of red-tape prescriptions—do this, do
not do that—far easier to out-pharisee the Pharisees
in punctilious scrupulosities, than it is honestly, and
for one hour, to take the Cross of Christ as the
pattern of your lives, and to shape yourselves by
that.
One looks round upon a lethargic, a luxurious, a self-indulgent,
a self-seeking, a world-besotted professing
Church, and asks: ‘Are these the people on whose
hearts a cross is stamped?’ Do these men—or rather
let us say, do we live as becometh the Gospel which proclaims
the divinity of self-sacrifice, and that the law
of a perfect human life is perfect self-forgetfulness,
even as the secret of the divine nature is perfect love?
‘Walk worthy of the Gospel of Jesus Christ.’
III. Then again, there is another form of this same
general prescription which suggests to us a kindred
and yet somewhat different standard. We are also
bidden to bring our lives into conformity to, and cor[177]respondence
with, or, as the Bible has it, ‘to walk
worthy of the calling wherewith we are called’
(Eph. iv. 1).
God summons or invites us, and summons us to
what? The words which follow our text answer,
‘Who calleth you into His own kingdom and glory.’ All
you Christian people have been invited, and if you are
Christians you have accepted the invitation; and all
you men and women, whether you are Christians or
not, have been and are being invited and summoned
into a state and a world (for the reference is to the
future life), in which God’s will is supreme, and all
wills are moulded into conformity with that, and into
a state and a world in which all shall—because they
submit to His will—partake of His glory, the fulness
of His uncreated light.
That being the aim of the summons, that being the
destiny that is held out before us all, ought not that
destiny and the prospect of what we may be in the
future, to fling some beams of guiding brightness on
to the present?
Men that are called to high functions prepare themselves
therefor. If you knew that you were going away
to Australia in six months, would you not be beginning
to get your outfit ready? You Christian men profess
to believe that you have been called to a condition in
which you will absolutely obey God’s will, and be the
loyal subjects of His kingdom, and in which you will
partake of God’s glory. Well then, obey His will here,
and let some scattered sparklets of that uncreated
light that is one day going to flood your soul lie upon
your face to-day. Do not go and cut your lives into
two halves, one of them all contradictory to that
which you expect in the other, but bring a harmony[178]
between the present, in all its weakness and sinfulness,
and that great hope and certain destiny that blazes on
the horizon of your hope, as the joyful state to which
you have been invited. ‘Walk worthy of the calling
to which you are called.’
And again, that same thought of the destiny should
feed our hope, and make us live under its continual
inspiration. A walk worthy of such a calling and
such a caller should know no despondency, nor any
weary, heartless lingering, as with tired feet on a hard
road. Brave good cheer, undimmed energy, a noble
contempt of obstacles, a confidence in our final attainment
of that purity and glory which is not depressed
by consciousness of present failure—these are plainly
the characteristics which ought to mark the advance
of the men in whose ears such a summons from such
lips rings as their marching orders.
And a walk worthy of our calling will turn away
from earthly things. If you believe that God has
summoned you to His kingdom and glory, surely,
surely, that should deaden in your heart the love and
the care for the trifles that lie by the wayside. Surely,
surely, if that great voice is inviting, and that merciful
hand is beckoning you into the light, and showing you
what you may possess there, it is not walking according
to that summons if you go with your eyes fixed
upon the trifles at your feet, and your whole heart
absorbed in this present fleeting world. Unworldliness,
in its best and purest fashion—by which I mean
not only a contempt for material wealth and all that
it brings, but the sitting loose by everything that is
beneath the stars—unworldliness is the only walk
that is ‘worthy of the calling wherewith ye are
called.’[179]
And if you hear that voice ringing like a trumpet
call, or a commander’s shout on the battlefield, into
your ears, ever to stimulate you, to rebuke your
lagging indifference; if you are ever conscious in your
inmost hearts of the summons to His kingdom and
glory, then, no doubt, by a walk worthy of it, you will
make your calling sure; and there shall ‘an entrance
be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting
kingdom.’
IV. And the last of the phases of this prescription
which I have to deal with is this. The whole Christian
duty is further crystallised into the one command, to
walk in a manner conformed to, and corresponding
with, the character which is impressed upon us.
In the last chapter of the Epistle to the Romans
(verse 2), we read about a very small matter, that it
is to be done ‘worthily of the saints.’ It is only about
the receiving of a good woman who was travelling
from Corinth to Rome, and extending hospitality to
her in such a manner as became professing Christians;
but the very minuteness of the details to which the
great principle is applied points a lesson. The biggest
principle is not too big to be brought down to the
narrowest details, and that is the beauty of principles
as distinguished from regulations. Regulations try
to be minute, and, however minute you make them,
some case always starts up that is not exactly provided
for in them, and so the regulations come to
nothing. A principle does not try to be minute, but
it casts its net wide and it gathers various cases into
its meshes. Like the fabled tent in the old legend that
could contract so as to have room for but one man, or
expand wide enough to hold an army, so this great
principle of Christian conduct can be brought down to[180]
giving ‘Phœbe our sister, who is a servant of the
church at Cenchrea,’ good food and a comfortable
lodging, and any other little kindnesses, when she
comes to Rome. And the same principle may be
widened out to embrace and direct us in the largest
tasks and most difficult circumstances.
‘Worthily of saints’—the name is an omen, and
carries in it rules of conduct. The root idea of ‘saint’
is ‘one separated to God,’ and the secondary idea
which flows from that is ‘one who is pure.’
All Christians are ‘saints.’ They are consecrated
and set apart for God’s service, and in the degree in
which they are conscious of and live out that consecration,
they are pure.
So their name, or rather the great fact which their
name implies, should be ever before them, a stimulus
and a law. We are bound to remember that we are
consecrated, separated as God’s possession, and that
therefore purity is indispensable. The continual consciousness
of this relation and its resulting obligations
would make us recoil from impurity as instinctively
as the sensitive plant shuts up its little green fingers
when anything touches it; or as the wearer of a white
robe will draw it up high above the mud on a filthy
pavement. Walk ‘worthily of saints’ is another way
of saying, Be true to your own best selves. Work up
to the highest ideal of your character. That is far
more wholesome than to be always looking at our
faults and failures, which depress and tempt us to
think that the actual is the measure of the possible,
and the past or present of the future. There is no fear
of self-conceit or of a mistaken estimate of ourselves.
The more clearly we keep our best and deepest self
before our consciousness, the more shall we learn a[181]
rigid judgment of the miserable contradictions to it in
our daily outward life, and even in our thoughts and
desires. It is a wholesome exhortation, when it
follows these others of which we have been speaking
(and not else), which bids Christians remember that
they are saints and live up to their name.
A Christian’s inward and deepest self is better than
his outward life. We have all convictions in our inmost
hearts which we do not work out, and beliefs that do
not influence us as we know they ought to do, and
sometimes wish that they did. By our own fault our
lives but imperfectly show their real inmost principle.
Friction always wastes power before motion is produced.
So then, we may well gather together all our duties
in this final form of the all-comprehensive law, and
say to ourselves, ‘Walk worthily of saints.’ Be true to
your name, to your best selves, to your deepest selves.
Be true to your separation for God’s service, and to
the purity which comes from it. Be true to the life
which God has implanted in you. That life may be
very feeble and covered by a great deal of rubbish, but
it is divine. Let it work, let it out. Do not disgrace
your name.
These are the phases of the law of Christian conduct.
They reach far, they fit close, they penetrate deeper
than the needle points of minute regulations. If you
will live in a manner corresponding to the character,
and worthy of the love of God, as revealed in Christ,
and in conformity with the principles that are enthroned
upon His Cross, and in obedience to the destiny
held forth in your high calling, and in faithfulness to
the name that He Himself has impressed upon you,
then your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness[182]
of the painful and punctilious pharisaical obedience to
outward commands, and all things lovely and of good
report will spring to life in your hearts and bear fruit
in your lives.
One last word—all these exhortations go on the
understanding that you are a Christian, that you
have taken Christ for your Saviour, and are resting
upon Him, and recognising in Him the revelation of
God, and in His Cross the foundation of your hope; that
you have listened to, and yielded to, the divine summons,
and that you have a right to be called a saint.
Is that presumption true about you, my friend? If it
is not, Christianity thinks that it is of no use wasting
time talking to you about conduct.
It has another word to speak to you first, and after
you have heard and accepted it, there will be time
enough to talk to you about rules for living. The
first message which Christ sends to you by my lips is,
Trust your sinful selves to Him as your only all-sufficient
Saviour. When you have accepted Him, and are
leaning on Him with all your weight of sin and suffering,
and loving Him with your ransomed heart, then,
and not till then, will you be in a position to hear His
law for your life, and to obey it. Then, and not till
then, will you appreciate the divine simplicity and
breadth of the great command to walk worthy of God,
and the divine tenderness and power of the motive
which enforces it, and prints it on yielding and obedient
hearts, even the dying love and Cross of His Son.
Then, and not till then, will you know how the voice
from heaven that calls you to His kingdom stirs the
heart like the sound of a trumpet, and how the name
which you bear is a perpetual spur to heroic service
and priestly purity. Till then, the word which we[183]
would plead with you to listen to and accept is that
great answer of our Lord’s to those who came to Him
for a rule of conduct, instead of for the gift of life:
‘This is the work of God, that ye should believe on
Him whom He hath sent.’
SMALL DUTIES AND THE GREAT HOPE
‘But as touching brotherly love, ye need not that I write unto you; for ye
yourselves are taught of God to love one another. 10. And indeed ye do it
toward all the brethren which are in all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren,
that ye increase more and more; 11. And that ye study to be quiet, and to do your
own business, and to work with your own hands, as we commanded you; 12. That
ye may walk honestly toward them that are without, and that ye may have lack
of nothing. 13. But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning
them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope.
14. For if we believe that Jesus died, and rose again, even so them also which sleep
in Jesus will God bring with Him. 15. For this we say unto you by the word of
the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord, shall
not prevent them which are asleep. 16. For the Lord Himself shall descend from
heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God:
and the dead in Christ shall rise first; 17. Then we which are alive and remain
shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air:
and so shall we ever be with the Lord. 18. Wherefore comfort one another with
these words.’—1 Thess. iv. 9-18.
‘But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto
you. 2. For yourselves know perfectly, that the day of the Lord so cometh as a
thief in the night.’—1 Thess. v. 1-2.
This letter was written immediately on the arrival of
Silas and Timothy in Corinth (1 Thess. iii. 6, ‘even now’),
and is all flushed with the gladness of relieved anxiety,
and throbs with love. It gains in pathetic interest
when we remember that, while writing it, the Apostle
was in the thick of his conflict with the Corinthian
synagogue. The thought of his Thessalonian converts
came to him like a waft of pure, cool air to a heated
brow.
The apparent want of connection in the counsels of
the two last chapters is probably accounted for by
supposing that he takes up, as they occurred to him,
the points reported by the two messengers. But we
may note that the plain, prosaic duties enjoined in[184]
verses 7-12 lead on to the lofty revelations of the rest
of the context without any sense of a gap, just because
to Paul the greatest truths had a bearing on the
smallest duties, and the vision of future glory was
meant to shape the homely details of present work.
I. We need to make an effort to realise the startling
novelty of ‘love of the brethren’ when this letter was
written. The ancient world was honeycombed with
rents and schisms, scarcely masked by political union.
In the midst of a world of selfishness this new faith
started up, and by some magic knit warring nationalities
and hostile classes and wide diversities of culture
and position into a strange whole, transcending all
limits of race and language. The conception of brotherhood
was new, and the realisation of it in Christian
love was still more astonishing. The world wondered;
but to the Christians the new affection was, we might
almost say, instinctive, so naturally and spontaneously
did it fill their hearts.
Paul’s graceful way of enjoining it here is no mere
pretty compliment. The Thessalonians did not need to
be bidden to love the brethren, for such love was a part
of their new life, and breathed into their hearts by God
Himself. They were drawn together by common
relation to Jesus, and driven together by common
alienation from the world. Occasions of divergence
had not yet risen. The world had not yet taken on a
varnish of Christianity. The new bond was still strong
in its newness. So, short as had been the time since
Paul landed at Neapolis, the golden chain of love bound
all the Macedonian Christians together, and all that
Paul had to exhort was the strengthening of its links
and their tightening.
That fair picture faded soon, but it still remains true[185]
that the deeper our love to Jesus, the warmer will be
our love to all His lovers. The morning glow may not
come back to the prosaic noonday, but love to the
brethren remains as an indispensable token of the
Christian life. Let us try ourselves thereby.
II. What have exhortations to steady work to do
with exhortations to increasing love? Not much,
apparently; but may not the link be, ‘Do not suppose
that your Christianity is to show itself only in emotions,
however sweet; the plain humdrum tasks of a
working man’s life are quite as noble a field as the
exalted heights of brotherly love.’ A loving heart is
good, but a pair of diligent hands are as good. The
juxtaposition of these two commands preaches a lesson
which we need quite as much as the Thessalonians did.
Possibly, too, as we see more fully in the second Epistle,
the new truths, which had cut them from their old
anchorage, had set some of them afloat on a sea of unquiet
expectation. So much of their old selves had been
swept away, that it would be hard for some to settle
down to the old routine. That is a common enough
experience in all ‘revivals,’ and at Thessalonica it was
intensified by speculations about Christ’s coming.
The ‘quiet’ which Paul would have us cultivate is not
only external, but the inward tranquillity of a spirit
calm because fixed on God and filled with love. The
secret place of the Most High is ever still, and, if we dwell
there, our hearts will not be disturbed by any tumults
without. To ‘do our own business’ is quite a different
thing from selfish ‘looking on our own things,’ for a
great part of our business is to care for others, and
nothing dries up sympathy and practical help more
surely than a gossiping temper, which is perpetually
buzzing about other people’s concerns, and knows[186]
everybody’s circumstances and duties better than its
own. This restless generation, whose mental food is
so largely the newspaper, with its floods of small-talk
about people, be they politicians, ministers, or murderers,
sorely needs these precepts. We are all so busy
that we have no time for quiet meditation, and so much
occupied with trivialities about others that we are
strangers to ourselves. Therefore religious life is low
in many hearts.
The dignity of manual labour was a new doctrine to
preach to Greeks, but Paul lays stress on it repeatedly
in his letters to Thessalonica. Apparently most of the
converts there were of the labouring class, and some of
them needed the lesson of Paul’s example as well as
his precept. A Christian workman wielding chisel or
trowel for Christ’s sake will impress ‘them that are
without.’ Dignity depends, not on the nature, but on
the motive, of our work. ‘A servant with this clause
makes drudgery divine.’ It is permissible to take the
opinion of those who are not Christians into account,
and to try to show them what good workmen Christ
can turn out. It is right, too, to cultivate a spirit of
independence, and to prefer a little earned to abundance
given as a gift or alms. Perhaps some of the
Thessalonians were trying to turn brotherly love to
profit, and to live on their richer brethren. Such
people infest the Church at all times.
III. With what ease, like a soaring song-bird, the
letter rises to the lofty height of the next verses, and
how the note becomes more musical, and the style
richer, more sonorous and majestic, with the changed
subject! From the workshop to the descending Lord
and the voice of the trumpet and the rising saints,
what a leap, and yet how easily it is made! Happy we[187]
if we keep the future glory and the present duty thus
side by side, and pass without jar from the one to the
other!
The special point which Paul has in view must be
kept well in mind. Some of the Thessalonians seem
to have been troubled, not by questions about the
Resurrection, as the Corinthians afterwards were, but
by a curious difficulty, namely, whether the dead saints
would not be worse off at Christ’s coming than the
living, and to that one point Paul addresses himself.
These verses are not a general revelation of the course
of events at that coming, or of the final condition of
the glorified saints, but an answer to the question,
What is the relation between the two halves of the
Church, the dead and the living, in regard to their
participation in Christ’s glory when He comes again?
The question is answered negatively in verse 15,
positively in verses 16 and 17.
But, before considering them, note some other
precious lessons taught here. That sweet and consoling
designation for the dead, ‘them who sleep in
Jesus,’ is Christ’s gift to sorrowing hearts. No doubt,
the idea is found in pagan thinkers, but always with
the sad addition, ‘an eternal sleep.’ Men called death
by that name in despair. The Christian calls it so
because he knows that sleep implies continuous
existence, repose, consciousness, and awaking. The
sleepers are not dead, they will be roused to refreshed
activity one day.
We note how emphatically verse 14 brings out the
thought that Jesus died, since He suffered all the
bitterness of death, not only in physical torments, but
in that awful sense of separation from God which is
the true death in death, and that, because He did, the[188]
ugly thing wears a softened aspect to believers, and is
but sleep. He died that we might never know what
the worst sting of death is.
We note further that, in order to bring out the truth
of the gracious change which has passed on death
physical for His servants, the remarkable expression is
used, in verse 14, ‘fallen asleep through Jesus’; His
mediatorial work being the reason for their death
becoming sleep. Similarly, it is only in verse 16 that
the bare word ‘dead’ is used about them, and there it
is needed for emphasis and clearness. When we are
thinking of Resurrection we can afford to look death
in the face.
We note that Paul here claims to be giving a new
revelation made to him directly by Christ. ‘By (or,
“in”) the word of the Lord’ cannot mean less than
that. The question arises, in regard to verse 15,
whether Paul expected that the advent would come in
his lifetime. It need not startle any if he were proved
to have cherished such a mistaken expectation; for
Christ Himself taught the disciples that the time of
His second coming was a truth reserved, and not
included in His gifts to them. But two things may be
noted. First, that in the second Epistle, written very
soon after this, Paul sets himself to damp down the
expectation of the nearness of the advent, and points
to a long course of historical development of incipient
tendencies which must precede it; and, second, that
his language here does not compel the conclusion that
he expected to be alive at the second coming. For he
is distinguishing between the two classes of the living
and the dead, and he naturally puts himself in the
class to which, at that time, he and his hearers
belonged, without thereby necessarily deciding, or even[189]
thinking about, the question whether he and they
would or would not belong to that class at the actual
time of the advent.
The revelation here reveals much, and leaves much
unrevealed. It is perfectly clear on the main point.
Negatively, it declares that the sleeping saints lose
nothing, and are not anticipated or hindered in any
blessedness by the living. Positively, it declares that
they precede the living, inasmuch as they ‘rise first’;
that is, before the living saints, who do not sleep, but
are changed (1 Cor. xv. 51), are thus transfigured. Then
the two great companies shall unitedly rise to meet the
descending Lord; and their unity in Him, and, therefore,
their fellowship with one another, shall be
eternal.
That great hope helps us to bridge the dark gorge of
present separation. It leaves unanswered a host of
questions which our lonely hearts would fain have
cleared up; but it is enough for hope to hold by, and
for sorrow to be changed into submission and anticipation.
As to the many obscurities that still cling to the
future, the meaning and the nature of the accompaniments,
the shout, the trumpet, and the like, the way of
harmonising the thought that the departed saints
attend the descending Lord, with whom they dwell
now, with the declaration here that they rise from the
earth to meet Him, the question whether these who
are thus caught up from earth to meet the Lord in the
air come back again with Him to earth,—all these
points of curious speculation we may leave. We know
enough for comfort, for assurance of the perfect
reunion of the saints who sleep in Jesus and of the
living, and of the perfect blessedness of both wings of
the great army. We may be content with what is[190]
clearly revealed, and be sure that, if what is unrevealed
would have been helpful to us, He would have told us.
We are to use the revelation for comfort and for
stimulus, and we are to remember that ‘times and
seasons’ are not told us, nor would the knowledge of
them profit us.
Paul took for granted that the Thessalonians remembered
the Lord’s word, which he had, no doubt, told
them, that He would come ‘as a thief in the night.’ So
he discourages a profitless curiosity, and exhorts to
a continual vigilance. When He comes, it will be
suddenly, and will wake some who live from a sinful
sleep with a shock of terror, and the dead from a sweet
sleep in Him with a rush of gladness, as in body and
spirit they are filled with His life, and raised to share
in His triumph.
SLEEPING THROUGH JESUS
‘ . . . Them also which sleep in Jesus . . .’—1 Thess. iv. 14.
That expression is not unusual, in various forms, in
the Apostle’s writings. It suggests a very tender and
wonderful thought of closeness and union between
our Lord and the living dead, so close as that He is, as
it were, the atmosphere in which they move, or the
house in which they dwell. But, tender and wonderful
as the thought is, it is not exactly the Apostle’s
idea here. For, accurately rendered—and accuracy in
regard to Scripture language is not pedantry—the
words run, ‘Them which sleep through Jesus.’
Now, that is a strange phrase, and, I suppose, its
strangeness is the reason why our translators have
softened it down to the more familiar and obvious ‘in[191]
Jesus.’ We can understand living through Christ, on
being sacred through Christ, but what can sleeping
through Christ mean? I shall hope to answer the
question presently, but, in the meantime, I only wish
to point out what the Apostle does say, and to plead
for letting him say it, strange though it sounds. For
the strange and the difficult phrases of Scripture are
like the hard quartz reefs in which gold is, and if we
slur them over we are likely to loose the treasure.
Let us try if we can find what the gold here may
be.
Now, there are only two thoughts that I wish to
dwell upon as suggested by these words. One is the
softened aspect of death, and of the state of the
Christian dead; and the other is the ground or cause
of that softened aspect.
I. First, then, the softened aspect of death, and of
the state of the Christian dead.
It is to Jesus primarily that the New Testament
writers owe their use of this gracious emblem of sleep.
For, as you remember, the word was twice upon our
Lord’s lips; once when, over the twelve-years-old maid
from whom life had barely ebbed away, He said, ‘She
is not dead, but sleepeth’; and once when in regard of
the man Lazarus, from whom life had removed further,
He said, ‘Our friend sleepeth, but I go that I may awake
him out of sleep.’ But Jesus was not the originator
of the expression. You find it in the Old Testament,
where the prophet Daniel, speaking of the end of the
days and the bodily Resurrection, designates those who
share in it as ‘them that sleep in the dust of the earth.’
And the Old Testament was not the sole origin of the
phrase. For it is too natural, too much in accordance
with the visibilities of death, not to have suggested itself[192]
to many hearts, and been shrined in many languages.
Many an inscription of Greek and Roman date speaks
of death under this figure; but almost always it is
with the added, deepened note of despair, that it is a
sleep which knows no waking, but lasts through eternal
night.
Now, the Christian thought associated with this
emblem is the precise opposite of the pagan one. The
pagan heart shrank from naming the ugly thing because
it was so ugly. So dark and deep a dread coiled
round the man, as he contemplated it, that he sought to
drape the dreadfulness in some kind of thin, transparent
veil, and to put the buffer of a word between him
and its hideousness. But the Christian’s motive
for the use of the word is the precise opposite. He
uses the gentler expression because the thing has
become gentler.
It is profoundly significant that throughout the
whole of the New Testament the plain, naked word
‘death’ is usually applied, not to the physical fact
which we ordinarily designate by the name, but to
the grim thing of which that physical fact is only the
emblem and the parable, viz., the true death which
lies in the separation of the soul from God; whilst
predominately the New Testament usage calls the
physical fact by some other gentler form of expression,
because, as I say, the gentleness has enfolded the
thing to be designated.
For instance, you find one class of representations
which speak of death as being a departing and a being
with Christ; or which call it, as one of the apostles
does, an ‘exodus,’ where it is softened down to be
merely a change of environment, a change of locality.
Then another class of representations speak of it as[193]
‘putting off this my tabernacle,’ or, the dissolution of
the ‘earthly house’—where there is a broad, firm line
of demarcation drawn between the inhabitant and the
habitation, and the thing is softened down to be a mere
change of dwelling. Again, another class of expressions
speak of it as being an ‘offering,’ where the main
idea is that of a voluntary surrender, a sacrifice or
libation of myself, and my life poured out upon the
altar of God. But sweetest, deepest, most appealing
to all our hearts, is that emblem of my text, ‘them
that sleep.’ It is used, if I count rightly, some fourteen
times in the New Testament, and it carries with
it large and plain lessons, on which I touch but
for a moment. What, then, does this metaphor say
to us?
Well, it speaks first of rest. That is not altogether
an attractive conception to some of us. If it be taken
exclusively it is by no means wholesome. I suppose
that the young, and the strong, and the eager, and the
ambitious, and the prosperous rather shrink from the
notion of their activities being stiffened into slumber.
But, dear friends, there are some of us like tired
children in a fair, who would fain have done with the
weariness, who have made experience of the distractions
and bewildering changes, whose backs are
stiffened with toil, whose hearts are heavy with loss.
And to all of us, in some moods, the prospect of
shuffling off this weary coil of responsibilities and
duties and tasks and sorrows, and of passing into
indisturbance and repose, appeals. I believe, for my
part, that, after all, the deepest longing of men—though
they search for it through toil and effort—is
for repose. As the poet has taught us, ‘there is
no joy but calm.’ Every heart is weary enough, and[194]
heavy laden, and labouring enough, to feel the sweetness
of a promise of rest:—
| ‘Sleep, full of rest from head to foot, |
| Lie still, dry dust, secure of change.’ |
Yes! but the rest of which our emblem speaks is,
as I believe, only applicable to the bodily frame. The
word ‘sleep’ is a transcript of what sense enlightened
by faith sees in that still form, with the folded hands
and the quiet face and the closed eyes. But let us
remember that this repose, deep and blessed as it is,
is not, as some would say, the repose of unconsciousness.
I do not believe, and I would have you not
believe, that this emblem refers to the vigorous,
spiritual life, or that the passage from out of the
toil and moil of earth into the calm of the darkness
beyond has any power in limiting or suspending the
vital force of the man.
Why, the very metaphor itself tells us that the
sleeper is not unconscious. He is parted from the
outer world, he is unaware of externals. When
Stephen knelt below the old wall, and was surrounded
by howling fanatics that slew him, one moment he
was gashed with stones and tortured, and the next ‘he
fell on sleep.’ They might howl, and the stones fly as
they would, and he was all unaware of it. Like Jonah
sleeping in the hold, what mattered the roaring of the
storm to him? But separation from externals does
not mean suspense of life or of consciousness, and the
slumberer often dreams, and is aware of himself persistently
throughout his slumber. Nay! some of his
faculties are set at liberty to work more energetically,
because his connection with the outer world is for the
time suspended.
And so I say that what on the hither side is sleep,[195]
on the further side is awaking, and that the complex
whole of the condition of the sainted dead may be
described with equal truth by either metaphor; ‘they
sleep in Jesus’; or, ‘when I awake I shall be satisfied
with Thy likeness.’
Scripture, as it seems to me, distinctly carries this
limitation of the emblem. For what does it mean
when the Apostle says that to depart and to be with
Christ is far better? Surely he who thus spoke conceived
that these two things were contemporaneous,
the departing and the being with Him. And surely
he who thus spoke could not have conceived that a
millennium-long parenthesis of slumberous unconsciousness
was to intervene between the moment of
his decease and the moment of his fellowship with
Jesus. How could a man prefer that dormant state
to the state here, of working for and living with the
Lord? Surely, being with Him must mean that we
know where we are, and who is our companion.
And what does that text mean: ‘Ye are come unto
the spirits of just men made perfect,’ unless it means
that of these two classes of persons who are thus
regarded as brought into living fellowship, each is
aware of the other? Does perfecting of the spirit
mean the smiting of the spirit into unconsciousness?
Surely not, and surely in view of such words as these,
we must recognise the fact that, however limited and
imperfect may be the present connection of the
disembodied dead, who sleep in Christ, with external
things, they know themselves, they know their home
and their companion, and they know the blessedness
in which they are lapped.
But another thought which is suggested by this
emblem is, as I have already said, most certainly the[196]
idea of awaking. The pagans said, as indeed one of
their poets has it, ‘Suns can sink and return, but for
us, when our brief light sinks, there is but one perpetual
night of slumber.’ The Christian idea of death
is, that it is transitory as a sleep in the morning, and
sure to end. As St. Augustine says somewhere, ‘Wherefore
are they called sleepers, but because in the day of
the Lord they will be reawakened?’
And so these are the thoughts, very imperfectly
spoken, I know, which spring like flowers from this
gracious metaphor ‘them that sleep’—rest and awaking;
rest and consciousness.
II. Note the ground of this softened aspect.
They ‘sleep through Him.’ It is by reason of Christ
and His work, and by reason of that alone, that death’s
darkness is made beautiful, and death’s grimness is
softened down to this. Now, in order to grasp the
full meaning of such words as these of the Apostle, we
must draw a broad distinction between the physical
fact of the ending of corporeal life and the mental
condition which is associated with it by us. What we
call death, if I may so say, is a complex thing—a bodily
phenomenon plus conscience, the sense of sin, the
certainty of retribution in the dim beyond. And you
have to take these elements apart. The former remains,
but if the others are removed, the whole has changed
its character and is become another thing, and a very
little thing.
The mere physical fact is a trifle. Look at it as you
see it in the animals; look at it as you see it in men
when they actually come to it. In ninety-nine cases
out of a hundred it is painless and easy, and men sink
into slumber. Strange, is it not, that so small a reality
should have power to cast over human life so immense[197]
and obscuring a shadow! Why? Because, as the
Apostle says, ‘the sting of death is sin,’ and if you can
take the sting out of it, then there is very little to
fear, and it comes down to be an insignificant and
transient element in our experience.
Now, the death of Jesus Christ takes away, if I
may so say, the nimbus of apprehension and dread
arising from conscience and sin, and the forecast of
retribution. There is nothing left for us to face except
the physical fact, and any rough soldier, with a coarse,
red coat upon him, will face that for eighteenpence
a day, and think himself well paid. Jesus Christ
has abolished death, leaving the mere shell, but taking
all the substance out of it. It has become a different
thing to men, because in that death of His He has
exhausted the bitterness, and has made it possible
that we should pass into the shadow, and not fear
either conscience or sin or judgment.
In this connection I cannot but notice with what a
profound meaning the Apostle, in this very verse, uses
the bare, naked word in reference to Him, and the
softened one in reference to us. ‘If we believe that
Jesus Christ died and rose again, even so them also
which sleep.’ Ah! yes! He died indeed, bearing all
that terror with which men’s consciences have invested
death. He died indeed, bearing on Himself the sins of
the world. He died that no man henceforward need
ever die in that same fashion. His death makes our
deaths sleep, and His Resurrection makes our sleep
calmly certain of a waking.
So, dear ‘brethren, I would not have you ignorant
concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not
even as others which have no hope.’ And I would
have you to remember that, whilst Christ by His work[198]
has made it possible that the terror may pass away,
and death may be softened and minimised into slumber,
it will not be so with you—unless you are joined to
Him, and by trust in the power of His death and the
overflowing might of His Resurrection, have made sure
that what He has passed through, you will pass
through, and where He is, and what He is, you will
be also.
Two men die by one railway accident, sitting side by
side upon one seat, smashed in one collision. But
though the outward fact is the same about each, the
reality of their deaths is infinitely different. The one
falls asleep through Jesus, in Jesus; the other dies
indeed, and the death of his body is only a feeble
shadow of the death of his spirit. Do you knit yourself
to the Life, which is Christ, and then ‘he that
believeth on Me shall never die.’
THE WORK AND ARMOUR OF THE CHILDREN OF THE DAY
‘Let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and
love; and for a helmet the hope of salvation.’—1 Thess. v. 8.
This letter to the Thessalonians is the oldest book of
the New Testament. It was probably written within
something like twenty years of the Crucifixion; long,
therefore, before any of the Gospels were in existence.
It is, therefore, exceedingly interesting and instructive
to notice how this whole context is saturated with
allusions to our Lord’s teaching, as it is preserved in
these Gospels; and how it takes for granted that
the Thessalonian Christians were familiar with the
very words.[199]
For instance: ‘Yourselves know perfectly that the
day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night’
(ver. 2). How did these people in Thessalonica know
that? They had been Christians for a year or so only;
they had been taught by Paul for a few weeks only,
or a month or two at the most. How did they know
it? Because they had been told what the Master had
said: ‘If the goodman of the house had known at
what hour the thief would come, he would have
watched, and would not have suffered his house to be
broken up.’
And there are other allusions in the context almost
as obvious: ‘The children of the light.’ Who said
that? Christ, in His words: ‘The children of this
world are wiser than the children of light.’ ‘They
that sleep, sleep in the night, and if they be drunken,
are drunken in the night.’ Where does that metaphor
come from? ‘Take heed lest at any time ye be overcharged
with surfeiting and drunkenness, and the
cares of this life, and so that day come upon you
unawares.’ ‘Watch, lest coming suddenly He find
you sleeping!’
So you see all the context reposes upon, and presupposes
the very words, which you find in our present
existing Gospels, as the words of the Lord Jesus. And
this is all but contemporaneous, and quite independent,
evidence of the existence in the Church, from the
beginning, of a traditional teaching which is now preserved
for us in that fourfold record of His life.
Take that remark for what it is worth; and now
turn to the text itself with which I have to deal in this
sermon. The whole of the context may be said to be
a little dissertation upon the moral and religious uses
of the doctrine of our Lord’s second coming. In my[200]
text these are summed up in one central injunction
which has preceding it a motive that enforces it, and
following it a method that ensures it. ‘Let us be
sober’; that is the centre thought; and it is buttressed
upon either side by a motive and a means. ‘Let us
who are of the day,’ or ‘since we are of the day,—be
sober.’ And let us be it by ‘putting on the breastplate
and helmet of faith, love, and hope.’ These, then, are
the three points which we have to consider.
I. First, this central injunction, into which all the
moral teaching drawn from the second coming of
Christ is gathered—’Let us be sober.’ Now, I do not
suppose we are altogether to omit any reference to the
literal meaning of this word. The context seems to
show that, by its reference to night as the season for
drunken orgies. Temperance is moderation in regard
not only to the evil and swinish sin of drunkenness,
which is so manifestly contrary to all Christian integrity
and nobility of character, but in regard to the far more
subtle temptation of another form of sensual indulgence—gluttony.
The Christian Church needed to be
warned of that, and if these people in Thessalonica
needed the warning I am quite sure that we need it.
There is not a nation on earth which needs it more
than Englishmen. I am no ascetic, I do not want to
glorify any outward observance, but any doctor in
England will tell you that the average Englishman eats
and drinks a great deal more than is good for him.
It is melancholy to think how many professing
Christians have the edge and keenness of their intellectual
and spiritual life blunted by the luxurious
and senseless table-abundance in which they habitually
indulge. I am quite sure that water from the spring
and barley-bread would be a great deal better for[201]
their souls, and for their bodies too, in the case of many
people who call themselves Christians. Suffer a word
of exhortation, and do not let it be neglected because
it is brief and general. Sparta, after all, is the best
place for a man to live in, next to Jerusalem.
But, passing from that, let us turn to the higher
subject with which the Apostle is here evidently
mainly concerned. What is the meaning of the exhortation
‘Be sober’? Well, first let me tell you
what I think is not the meaning of it. It does not
mean an unemotional absence of fervour in your
Christian character.
There is a kind of religious teachers who are always
preaching down enthusiasm, and preaching up what
they call a ‘sober standard of feeling’ in matters of
religion. By which, in nine cases out of ten, they
mean precisely such a tepid condition as is described
in much less polite language, when the voice from
heaven says, ‘Because thou art neither cold nor hot
I will spue thee out of My mouth.’ That is the real
meaning of the ‘sobriety’ that some people are always
desiring you to cultivate. I should have thought that
the last piece of furniture which any Christian Church
in the twentieth century needed was a refrigerator!
A poker and a pair of bellows would be very much
more needful for them. For, dear brethren, the truths
that you and I profess to believe are of such a nature,
so tremendous either in their joyfulness and beauty,
or in their solemnity and awfulness, that one would
think that if they once got into a man’s head and
heart, nothing but the most fervid and continuous
glow of a radiant enthusiasm would correspond to
their majesty and overwhelming importance. I venture
to say that the only consistent Christian is the enthu[202]siastic
Christian; and that the only man who will ever
do anything in this world for God or man worth doing
is the man who is not sober, according to that cold-blooded
definition which I have been speaking about,
but who is all ablaze with an enkindled earnestness
that knows no diminution and no cessation.
Paul, the very man that is exhorting here to sobriety,
was the very type of an enthusiast all his life. So
Festus thought him mad, and even in the Church at
Corinth there were some to whom in his fervour, he
seemed to be ‘beside himself’ (2 Cor. v. 13).
Oh! for more of that insanity! You may make up
your minds to this; that any men or women that are
in thorough earnest, either about Christianity or about
any other great, noble, lofty, self-forgetting purpose,
will have to be content to have the old Pentecostal
charge flung at them:—’These men are full of new
wine!’ Well for the Church, and well for the men who
deserve the taunt; for it means that they have learned
something of the emotion that corresponds to such
magnificent and awful verities as Christian faith
converses with.
I did not intend to say so much about that; I turn
now for a moment to the consideration of what this
exhortation really means. It means, as I take it,
mainly this: the prime Christian duty of self-restraint
in the use and the love of all earthly treasures and
pleasures.
I need not do more than remind you how, in the
very make of a man’s soul, it is clear that unless there
be exercised rigid self-control he will go all to pieces.
The make of human nature, if I may say so, shows
that it is not meant for a democracy but a monarchy.
Here are within us many passions, tastes, desires,[203]
most of them rooted in the flesh, which are as blind
as hunger and thirst are. If a man is hungry, the
bread will satisfy him all the same whether he steals
it or not; and it will not necessarily be distasteful
even if it be poisoned. And there are other blind
impulses and appetites in our nature which ask nothing
except this:—’Give me my appropriate gratification,
though all the laws of God and man be broken in order
to get it!’
And so there has to be something like an eye given
to these blind beasts, and something like a directing
hand laid upon these instinctive impulses. The true
temple of the human spirit must be built in stages, the
broad base laid in these animal instincts; above them,
and controlling them, the directing and restraining
will; above it the understanding which enlightens it
and them; and supreme over all the conscience with
nothing between it and heaven. Where that is not
the order of the inner man you get wild work. You
have set ‘beggars on horseback,’ and we all know
where they go! The man who lets passion and inclination
guide is like a steam-boat with all the furnaces
banked up, with the engines going full speed, and
nobody at the wheel. It will drive on to the rocks, or
wherever the bow happens to point, no matter though
death and destruction lie beyond the next turn of the
screw. That is what you will come to unless you live
in the habitual exercise of rigid self-control.
And that self-control is to be exercised mainly, or
at least as one very important form of it, in regard to
our use and estimate of the pleasures of this present
life. Yes! it is not only from the study of a man’s
make that the necessity for a very rigid self-government
appears, but the observation of the conditions and[204]
circumstances in which he is placed points the same
lesson. All round about him are hands reaching out
to him drugged cups. The world with all its fading
sweet comes tempting him, and the old fable fulfils
itself—Whoever takes that Circe’s cup and puts it to
his lips and quaffs deep, turns into a swine, and sits
there imprisoned at the feet of the sorceress for
evermore!
There is only one thing that will deliver you from
that fate, my brother. ‘Be sober,’ and in regard to the
world and all that it offers to us—all joy, possession,
gratification—’set a knife to thy throat if thou be a
man given to appetite.’ There is no noble life possible
on any other terms—not to say there is no Christian
life possible on any other terms—but suppression and
mortification of the desires of the flesh and of the
spirit. You cannot look upwards and downwards at
the same moment. Your heart is only a tiny room
after all, and if you cram it full of the world, you
relegate your Master to the stable outside. ‘Ye cannot
serve God and Mammon.’ ‘Be sober,’ says Paul, then,
and cultivate the habit of rigid self-control in regard
to this present. Oh! what a melancholy, solemn
thought it is that hundreds of professing Christians in
England, like vultures after a full meal, have so gorged
themselves with the garbage of this present life that
they cannot fly, and have to be content with moving
along the ground, heavy and languid. Christian men
and women, are you keeping yourselves in spiritual
health by a very sparing use of the dainties and delights
of earth? Answer the question to your own souls and
to your Judge.
II. And now let me turn to the other thoughts that
lie here. There is, secondly, a motive which backs up[205]
and buttresses this exhortation. ‘Let us who are of
the day’—or as the Revised Version has it a little more
emphatically and correctly, ‘Let us, since we are of the
day, be sober.’ ‘The day’; what day? The temptation
is to answer the question by saying—’of course the
specific day which was spoken about in the beginning
of the section, “the day of the Lord,” that coming judgment
by the coming Christ.’ But I think that although,
perhaps, there may be some allusion here to that specific
day, still, if you will look at the verses which immediately
precede my text, you will see that in them the
Apostle has passed from the thought of ‘the day of
the Lord’ to that of day in general. That is obvious,
I think, from the contrast he draws between the ‘day’
and the ‘night,’ the darkness and the light. If so,
then, when he says ‘the children of the day’ he does not
so much mean—though that is quite true—that we are,
as it were, akin to that day of judgment, and may
therefore look forward to it without fear, and in
quiet confidence, lifting up our heads because our
redemption draws nigh; but rather he means that
Christians are the children of that which expresses
knowledge, and joy, and activity. Of these things the
day is the emblem, in every language and in every
poetry. The day is the time when men see and hear,
the symbol of gladness and cheer all the world over.
And so, says Paul, you Christian men and women
belong to a joyous realm, a realm of light and knowledge,
a realm of purity and righteousness. You are
children of the light; a glad condition which involves
many glad and noble issues. Children of the light
should be brave, children of the light should not be
afraid of the light, children of the light should be
cheerful, children of the light should be buoyant,[206]
children of the light should be transparent, children of
the light should be hopeful, children of the light should
be pure, and children of the light should walk in this
darkened world, bearing their radiance with them;
and making things, else unseen, visible to many a dim
eye.
But while these emblems of cheerfulness, hope,
purity, and illumination are gathered together in that
grand name—’Ye are the children of the day,’ there is
one direction especially in which the Apostle thinks
that that consideration ought to tell, and that is the
direction of self-restraint. ‘Noblesse oblige!‘—the
aristocracy are bound to do nothing low or dishonourable.
The children of the light are not to stain their
hands with anything foul. Chambering and wantonness,
slumber and drunkenness, the indulgence in the
appetites of the flesh,—all that may be fitting for the
night, it is clean incongruous with the day.
Well, if you want that turned into pedestrian prose—which
is no more clear, but a little less emotional—it
is just this: You Christian men and women belong—if
you are Christians—to another state of things from
that which is lying round about you; and, therefore,
you ought to live in rigid abstinence from these things
that are round about you.
That is plain enough surely, nor do I suppose that I
need to dwell on that thought at any length. We
belong to another order of things, says Paul; we carry
a day with us in the midst of the night. What follows
from that? Do not let us pursue the wandering
lights and treacherous will-o’-the-wisps that lure men
into bottomless bogs where they are lost. If we have
light in our dwellings whilst Egypt lies in darkness,
let it teach us to eat our meat with our loins girded,[207]
and our staves in our hands, not without bitter herbs,
and ready to go forth into the wilderness. You do
not belong to the world in which you live, if you
are Christian men and women; you are only camped
here. Your purposes, thoughts, hopes, aspirations,
treasures, desires, delights, go up higher. And so, if
you are children of the day, be self-restrained in your
dealings with the darkness.
III. And, last of all, my text points out for us a
method by which this great precept may be fulfilled:—’Putting
on the breastplate of faith and love, and for
an helmet the hope of salvation.’
That, of course, is the first rough draft occurring in
Paul’s earliest Epistle, of an image which recurs at
intervals, and in more or less expanded form in other
of his letters, and is so splendidly worked out in detail
in the grand picture of the Christian armour in the
Epistle to the Ephesians.
I need not do more than just remind you of the
difference between that finished picture and this outline
sketch. Here we have only defensive and not
offensive armour, here the Christian graces are somewhat
differently allocated to the different parts of the
armour. Here we have only the great triad of
Christian graces, so familiar on our lips—faith, hope,
charity. Here we have faith and love in the closest
possible juxtaposition, and hope somewhat more
apart. The breastplate, like some of the ancient
hauberks, made of steel and gold, is framed and forged
out of faith and love blended together, and faith and
love are more closely identified in fact than faith and
hope, or than love and hope. For faith and love have
the same object—and are all but contemporaneous.
Wherever a man lays hold of Jesus Christ by faith,[208]
there cannot but spring up in his heart love to Christ;
and there is no love without faith. So that we may
almost say that faith and love are but the two throws
of the shuttle, the one in the one direction and the
other in the other; whereas hope comes somewhat
later in a somewhat remoter connection with faith,
and has a somewhat different object from these other
two. Therefore it is here slightly separated from its
sister graces. Faith, love, hope—these three form the
defensive armour that guard the soul; and these three
make self-control possible. Like a diver in his dress,
who is let down to the bottom of the wild, far-weltering
ocean, a man whose heart is girt by faith and
charity, and whose head is covered with the helmet of
hope, may be dropped down into the wildest sea of
temptation and of worldliness, and yet will walk dry
and unharmed through the midst of its depths, and
breathe air that comes from a world above the restless
surges.
And in like manner the cultivation of faith, charity,
and hope is the best means for securing the exercise
of sober self-control.
It is an easy thing to say to a man, ‘Govern yourself!’
It is a very hard thing with the powers that any
man has at his disposal to do it. As somebody said
about an army joining the rebels, ‘It’s a bad job when
the extinguisher catches fire!’ And that is exactly the
condition of things in regard to our power of self-government.
The powers that should control are
largely gone over to the enemy, and become traitors.
‘Who shall keep the very keepers?’ is the old question,
and here is the answer:—You cannot execute the
gymnastic feat of ‘erecting yourself above yourself’
any more than a man can take himself by his own coat[209]
collar and lift himself up from the ground with his
own arms. But you can cultivate faith, hope, and
charity, and these three, well cultivated and brought
to bear upon your daily life, will do the governing
for you. Faith will bring you into communication
with all the power of God. Love will lead you into a
region where all the temptations round you will be
touched as by an Ithuriel spear, and will show their
foulness. And hope will turn away your eyes from
looking at the tempting splendours around, and fix
them upon the glories that are above.
And so the reins will come into your hands in an
altogether new manner, and you will be able to be king
over your own nature in a fashion that you did not
dream of before, if only you will trust in Christ, and
love Him, and fix your desires on the things above.
Then you will be able to govern yourself when you
let Christ govern you. The glories that are to be done
away, that gleam round you like foul, flaring tallow-candles,
will lose all their fascination and brightness,
by reason of the glory that excelleth, the pure starlike
splendour of the white inextinguishable lights of
heaven.
And when by faith, charity, and hope you have
drunk of the new wine of the kingdom, the drugged
and opiate cup which a sorceress world presents,
jewelled though it be, will lose its charms, and it
will not be hard to turn from it and dash it to the
ground.
God help you, brother, to be ‘sober,’ for unless you
are ‘you cannot see the kingdom of God!’[210]
WAKING AND SLEEPING
‘Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live
together with Him.’—1 Thess. v. 10.
In these words the Apostle concludes a section of this,
his earliest letter, in which he has been dealing with
the aspect of death in reference to the Christian.
There are two very significant usages of language in
the context which serve to elucidate the meaning of
the words of our text, and to which I refer for a moment
by way of introduction.
The one is that throughout this portion of his letter
the Apostle emphatically reserves the word ‘died’ for
Jesus Christ, and applies to Christ’s followers only the
word ‘sleep.’ Christ’s death makes the deaths of those
who trust Him a quiet slumber. The other is that the
antithesis of waking and sleep is employed in two
different directions in this section, being first used to
express, by the one term, simply physical life, and by
the other, physical death; and secondly, to designate
respectively the moral attitude of Christian watchfulness
and that of worldly apathy to things unseen and
drowsy engrossment with the present.
So in the words immediately preceding my text, we
read, ‘let us not sleep, as do others, but let us watch
and be sober.’ The use of the antithesis in our text is
chiefly the former, but there cannot be discharged
from one of the expressions, ‘wake,’ the ideas which
have just been associated with it, especially as the
word which is translated ‘wake’ is the same as that
just translated in the sixth verse, ‘let us watch.’ So
that here there is meant by it, not merely the condition
of life but that of Christian life—sober-minded[211]
vigilance and wide-awakeness to the realities of being.
With this explanation of the meanings of the words
before us, we may now proceed to consider them a little
more minutely.
I. Note the death which is the foundation of life.
Recalling what I have said as to the precision and
carefulness with which the Apostle varies his expressions
in this context; speaking of Christ’s death only
by that grim name, and of the death of His servants
as being merely a slumber, we have for the first
thought suggested in reference to Christ’s death, that
it exhausted all the bitterness of death. Physically,
the sufferings of our Lord were not greater, they
were even less, than that of many a man. His voluntary
acceptance of them was peculiar to Himself. But
His death stands alone in this, that on His head was
concentrated the whole awfulness of the thing. So
far as the mere external facts go, there is nothing
special about it. But I know not how the shrinking
of Jesus Christ from the Cross can be explained without
impugning His character, unless we see in His
death something far more terrible than is the common
lot of men. To me Gethsemane is altogether mysterious,
and that scene beneath the olives shatters to
pieces the perfectness of His character, unless we
recognise that there it was the burden of the world’s
sin, beneath which, though His will never faltered, His
human power tottered. Except we understand that, it
seems to me that many who derived from Jesus Christ
all their courage, bore their martyrdom better than
He did; and that the servant has many a time been
greater than his Lord. But if we take the Scripture
point of view, and say, ‘The Lord has made to meet
upon Him the iniquity of us all,’ then we can under[212]stand
the agony beneath the olives, and the cry from
the Cross, ‘Why hast Thou forsaken Me?’
Further, I would notice that this death is by the
Apostle set forth as being the main factor in man’s
redemption. This is the first of Paul’s letters, dating
long before the others with which we are familiar.
Whatever may have been the spiritual development of
St. Paul in certain directions after his conversion—and
I do not for a moment deny that there was such—it
is very important to notice that the fundamentals
of his Christology and doctrine of salvation were the
same from the beginning to the end, and that in this,
his first utterance, he lays down, as emphatically and
clearly as ever afterwards he did, the great truth that
Jesus Christ, the Son of God, who died on the Cross,
thereby secured man’s redemption. Here he isolates
the death from the rest of the history of Christ, and
concentrates the whole light of his thought upon the
Cross, and says, There! that is the power by which men
have been redeemed. I beseech you to ask yourselves
whether these representations of Christian truth adhere
to the perspective of Scripture, which do not in
like manner set forth in the foreground of the whole
the atoning death of Jesus Christ our Lord.
Then note, further, that this death, the fountain of
life, is a death for us. Now I know, of course, that the
language here does not necessarily involve the idea of
one dying instead of, but only of one dying on behalf
of, another. But then I come to this question, In what
conceivable sense, except the sense of bearing the
world’s sins, and, therefore, mine, is the death of Jesus
Christ of advantage to me? Take the Scripture narratives.
He died by the condemnation of the Jewish
courts as a blasphemer; by the condemnation of the[213]
supercilious Roman court—cowardly in the midst of
its superciliousness—as a possible rebel, though the
sentencer did not believe in the reality of the charges.
I want to know what good that is to me? He died,
say some people, as the victim of a clearer insight and
a more loving heart than the men around Him could
understand. What advantage is that to me?
Oh, brethren! there is no meaning in the words ‘He
died for us’ unless we understand that the benefit of
His death lies in the fact that it was the sacrifice and
satisfaction for the sins of the whole world; and that,
therefore, He died for us.
But then remember, too, that in this expression is
set forth, not only the objective fact of Christ’s death
for us, but much in reference to the subjective emotions
and purposes of Him who died. Paul was
writing to these Thessalonians, of whom none, I
suppose, except possibly a few Jews who might be
amongst them, had ever seen Jesus Christ in the flesh,
or known anything about Him. And yet he says to
them, ‘Away across the ocean there, Jesus Christ died
for you men, not one of whom had ever appealed to His
heart through His eyes.’
The principle involved is capable of the widest
possible expansion. When Christ went to the Cross
there was in His heart, in His purposes, in His desires,
a separate place for every soul of man whom He
embraced, not with the dim vision of some philanthropist,
who looks upon the masses of unborn generations
as possibly beneficially affected by some of his
far-reaching plans, but with the individualising and
separating knowledge of a divine eye, and the love of a
divine heart. Jesus Christ bore the sins of the world
because He bore in His sympathies and His purposes[214]
the sins of each single soul. Yours and mine and all
our fellows’ were there. Guilt and fear and loneliness,
and all the other evils that beset men because
they have departed from the living God, are floated
away
| ‘By the water and the blood |
| From Thy wounded side which flowed’; |
us that He is our Lord, and because He died for every
man that He is every man’s Master and King.
II. Note, secondly, the transformation of our lives
and deaths affected thereby.
You may remember that, in my introductory remarks,
I pointed out the double application of that antithesis
of waking or sleeping in the context as referring in one
case to the fact of physical life or death, and in the
other to the fact of moral engrossment with the
slumbering influences of the present, or of Christian
vigilance. I carry some allusion to both of these ideas
in the remarks that I have to make.
Through Jesus Christ life may be quickened into
watchfulness. It is not enough to take waking as
meaning living, for you may turn the metaphor round
and say about a great many men that living means
dreamy sleeping. Paul speaks in the preceding verses
of ‘others’ than Christians as being asleep, and their
lives as one long debauch and slumber in the night.
Whilst, in contrast with physical death, physical life
may be called ‘waking’; the condition of thousands of
men, in regard to all the higher faculties, activities,
and realities of being, is that of somnambulists—they
are walking indeed, but they are walking in their
sleep. Just as a man fast asleep knows nothing of the
realities round him; just as he is swallowed up in his[215]
own dreams, so many walk in a vain show. Their
highest faculties are dormant; the only real things do
not touch them, and their eyes are closed to these.
They live in a region of illusions which will pass away
at cock-crowing, and leave them desolate. For some
of us here living is only a distempered sleep, troubled
by dreams which, whether they be pleasant or bitter,
equally lack roots in the permanent realities to which
we shall wake some day. But if we hold by Jesus
Christ, who died for us, and let His love constrain us,
His Cross quicken us, and the might of His great
sacrifice touch us, and the blood of sprinkling be
applied to our eyeballs as an eye-salve, that we may
see, we shall wake from our opiate sleep—though it
may be as deep as if the sky rained soporifics upon us—and
be conscious of the things that are, and have
our dormant faculties roused, and be quickened into
intense vigilance against our enemies, and brace ourselves
for our tasks, and be ever looking forward to
that joyful hope, to that coming which shall bring
the fulness of waking and of life. So, you professing
Christians, do you take the lessons of this text? A
sleeping Christian is on the high road to cease to be a
Christian at all. If there be one thing more comprehensively
imperative upon us than another, it is this,
that, belonging, as we do by our very profession, to
the day, and being the children of the light, we shall
neither sleep nor be drunken, but be sober, watching
as they who expect their Lord. You walk amidst
realities that will hide themselves unless you gaze for
them; therefore, watch. You walk amidst enemies
that will steal subtly upon you, like some gliding
serpent through the grass, or some painted savage in
the forest; therefore, watch. You expect a Lord to[216]
come from heaven with a relieving army that is to
raise the siege and free the hard-beset garrison from
its fears and its toilsome work; therefore, watch.
‘They that sleep, sleep in the night.’ They who are
Christ’s should be like the living creatures in the
Revelation, all eyes round about, and every eye gazing
on things unseen and looking for the Master when He
comes.
On the other hand, the death of Christ will soften
our deaths into slumber. The Apostle will not call
what the senses call death, by that dread name, which
was warranted when applied to the facts of Christ’s
death. The physical fact remaining the same, all that
is included under the complex whole called death
which makes its terrors, goes, for a man who keeps
fast hold of Christ who died and lives. For what
makes the sting of death? Two or three things. It is
like some poisonous insect’s sting, it is a complex
weapon. One side of it is the fear of retribution.
Another side of it is the shrinking from loneliness.
Another side of it is the dread of the dim darkness of
an unknown future. And all these are taken clean
away. Is it guilt, dread of retribution? ‘Thou shalt
answer, Lord, for me.’ Is it loneliness? In the valley of
darkness ‘I will be with thee. My rod and My staff will
comfort thee.’ Is it a shrinking from the dim unknown
and all the familiar habitudes and occupations of the
warm corner where we have lived? ‘Jesus Christ has
brought immortality to light by the Gospel.’ We do
not, according to the sad words of one of the victims of
modern advanced thought, pass by the common road
into the great darkness, but by the Christ-made living
Way into the everlasting light. And so it is a misnomer
to apply the same term to the physical fact plus[217]
the accompaniment of dread and shrinking and fear of
retribution and solitude and darkness, and to the
physical fact invested with the direct and bright
opposites of all these.
Sleep is rest; sleep is consciousness; sleep is the
prophecy of waking. We know not what the condition
of those who sleep in Jesus may be, but we know
that the child on its mother’s breast, and conscious
somehow, in its slumber, of the warm place where its
head rests, is full of repose. And they that sleep in
Jesus will be so. Then, whether we wake or sleep does
not seem to matter so very much.
III. The united life of all who live with Christ.
Christ’s gift to men is the gift of life in all senses of
that word, from the lowest to the highest. That life,
as our text tells us, is altogether unaffected by death.
We cannot see round the sharp angle where the valley
turns, but we know that the path runs straight on
through the gorge up to the throat of the pass—and so
on to the ‘shining table-lands whereof our God Himself
is Sun and Moon.’ There are some rivers that run
through stagnant lakes, keeping the tinge of their
waters, and holding together the body of their stream
undiverted from its course, and issuing undiminished
and untarnished from the lower end of the lake. And
so the stream of our lives may run through the Dead
Sea, and come out below none the worse for the black
waters through which it has forced its way. The life
that Christ gives is unaffected by death. Our creed is
a risen Saviour, and the corollary of that creed is, that
death touches the circumference, but never gets
near the man. It is hard to believe, in the face of
the foolish senses; it is hard to believe, in the
face of aching sorrow. It is hard to-day to believe, in[218]
the face of passionate and ingenious denial, but it is
true all the same. Death is sleep, and sleep is life.
And so, further, my text tells us that this life is life
with Christ. We know not details, we need not know
them. Here we have the presence of Jesus Christ, if
we love Him, as really as when He walked the earth.
Ay! more really, for Jesus Christ is nearer to us who,
having not seen Him, love Him, and somewhat know
His divinity and His sacrifice, than He was to the men
who companied with Him all the time that He went in
and out amongst them, whilst they were ignorant of
who dwelt with them, and entertained the Lord of
angels and men unawares. He is with us, and it is the
power and the privilege and the joy of our lives to
realise His presence. That Lord who, whilst He was
on earth, was the Son of Man which is in heaven, now
that He is in heaven in His corporeal humanity is the
Son of God who dwells with us. And as He dwells
with us, if we love Him and trust Him, so, but in
fashion incapable of being revealed to us, now does He
dwell with those of whose condition this is the only
and all-sufficing positive knowledge which we have,
that they are ‘absent from the body; present with the
Lord.’
Further, that united life is a social life. The whole
force of my text is often missed by English readers,
who run into one idea the two words ‘together with.’
But if you would put a comma after ‘together,’ you
would understand better what Paul meant. He refers
to two forms of union. Whether we wake or sleep we
shall live all aggregated together, and all aggregated
‘together’ because each is ‘with Him.’ That is to say,
union with Jesus Christ makes all who partake of that
union, whether they belong to the one side of the river[219]
or the other, into a mighty whole. They are together
because they are with the Lord.
Suppose a great city, and a stream flowing through
its centre. The palace and all pertaining to the court
are on one side of the water; there is an outlying
suburb on the other, of meaner houses, inhabited by
poor and humble people. But yet it is one city. ‘Ye
are come unto the heavenly Jerusalem, the city of the
living God, and to the spirits of just men made perfect.’
We are knit together by one life, one love, one thought;
and the more we fix our hearts on the things which
those above live among and by, the more truly are we
knit to them. As a quaint old English writer says,
‘They are gone but into another pew in the same
church.’
We are one in Him, and so there will be a perfecting
of union in reunion; and the inference so craved for
by our hearts seems to be warranted to our understandings,
that that society above, which is the perfection
of society, shall not be lacking in the elements of
mutual recognition and companionship, without which
we cannot conceive of society at all. ‘And so we shall
ever be with the Lord.’
Dear friends, I beseech you to trust your sinful souls
to that dear Lord who bore you in His heart and mind
when He bore His cross to Calvary and completed the
work of your redemption. If you will accept Him as
your sacrifice and Saviour, when He cried ‘It is
finished,’ united to Him your lives will be quickened
into intense activity and joyful vigilance and expectation,
and death will be smoothed into a quiet falling
asleep. ‘The shadow feared of man,’ that strikes
threateningly across every path, will change as we
approach it, if our hearts are anchored on Him who[220]
died for us, into the Angel of Light to whom God has
given charge concerning us to bear up our feet upon
His hands, and land us in the presence of the Lord and
in the perfect society of those who love Him. And so
shall we live together, and all together, with Him.
EDIFICATION
‘Edify one another.’—1 Thess. v. 11.
I do not intend to preach about that clause only, but I
take it as containing, in the simplest form, one of the
Apostle’s favourite metaphors which runs through all
his letters, and the significance of which, I think, is
very little grasped by ordinary readers.
‘Edify one another.’ All metaphorical words tend
to lose their light and colour, and the figure to get faint,
in popular understanding. We all know that ‘edifice’
means a building; we do not all realise that ‘edify’
means to build up. And it is a great misfortune that
our Authorised Version, in accordance with the somewhat
doubtful principle on which its translators proceeded,
varies the rendering of the one Greek word so
as to hide the frequent recurrence of it in the apostolic
teaching. The metaphor that underlies it is the notion
of building up a structure. The Christian idea of the
structure to be built up is that it is a temple. I wish
in this sermon to try to bring out some of the manifold
lessons and truths that lie in this great figure, as
applied to the Christian life.
Now, glancing over the various uses of the phrase in
the New Testament, I find that the figure of ‘building,’
as the great duty of the Christian life, is set forth
under three aspects; self-edification, united edification,[221]
and divine edification. And I purpose to look at these
in order.
I. First, self-edification.
According to the ideal of the Christian life that runs
through the New Testament, each Christian man is a
dwelling-place of God’s, and his work is to build himself
up into a temple worthy of the divine indwelling.
Now, I suppose that the metaphor is such a natural
and simple one that we do not need to look for any
Scriptural basis of it. But if we did, I should be disposed
to find it in the solemn antithesis with which the
Sermon on the Mount is closed, where there are the two
houses pictured, the one built upon the rock and standing
firm, and the other built upon the sand. But that
is perhaps unnecessary.
We are all builders; building up—what? Character,
ourselves. But what sort of a thing is it that we are
building? Some of us pigsties, in which gross, swinish
lusts wallow in filth; some of us shops; some of us
laboratories, studies, museums; some of us amorphous
structures that cannot be described. But the Christian
man is to be building himself up into a temple of God.
The aim which should ever burn clear before us, and
preside over even our smallest actions, is that which
lies in this misused old word, ‘edify’ yourselves.
The first thing about a structure is the foundation.
And Paul was narrow enough to believe that the one
foundation upon which a human spirit could be built
up into a hallowed character is Jesus Christ. He is the
basis of all our certitude. He is the anchor for all our
hopes. To Him should be referred all our actions; for
Him and by Him our lives should be lived. On Him
should rest, solid and inexpugnable, standing four-square
to all the winds that blow, the fabric of our[222]
characters. Jesus Christ is the pattern, the motive
which impels, and the power which enables, me to rear
myself into a habitation of God through the Spirit.
Whilst I gladly acknowledge that very lovely structures
may be reared upon another foundation than Him, I
would beseech you all to lay this on your hearts and
consciences, that for the loftiest, serenest beauty of
character there is but one basis upon which it can be
rested. ‘Other foundation can no man lay than that
which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.’
Then there is another aspect of this same metaphor,
not in Paul’s writings but in another part of the New
Testament, where we read: ‘Ye, beloved, building up
yourselves on your most holy faith.’ So that, in a subordinate
sense, a man’s faith is the basis upon which
he can build such a structure of character; or, to put it
into other words—in regard to the man himself, the
first requisite to the rearing of such a fabric as God
will dwell in is that he, by his own personal act of
faith, should have allied himself to Jesus Christ, who
is the foundation; and should be in a position to draw
from Him all the power, and to feel raying out from
Him all the impulses, and lovingly to discern in Him
all the characteristics, which make Him a pattern for
all men in their building.
The first course of stone that we lay is Faith; and
that course is, as it were, mortised into the foundation,
the living Rock. He that builds on Christ cannot
build but by faith. The two representations are complementary
to one another, the one, which represents
Jesus Christ as the foundation, stating the ultimate
fact, and the other, which represents faith as the
foundation, stating the condition on which we come
into vital contact with Christ Himself.[223]
Then, further, in this great thought of the Christian
life being substantially a building up of oneself on
Jesus is implied the need for continuous labour. You
cannot build up a house in half an hour. You cannot
do it, as the old fable told us that Orpheus did, by
music, or by wishing. There must be dogged, hard,
continuous, life-long effort if there is to be this building
up. No man becomes a saint per saltum. No man
makes a character at a flash. The stones are actions;
the mortar is that mystical, awful thing, habit; and
deeds cemented together by custom rise into that
stately dwelling-place in which God abides. So, there
is to be a life-long work in character, gradually rearing
it into His likeness.
The metaphor also carries with it the idea of orderly
progression. There are a number of other New Testament
emblems which set forth this notion of the true
Christian ideal as being continual growth. For instance,
‘first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn
in the ear,’ represents it as resembling vegetable
growth, while elsewhere it is likened to the growth of
the human body. Both of these are beautiful images,
in that they suggest that such progressive advancement
is the natural consequence of life; and is in one
aspect effortless and instinctive.
But then you have to supplement that emblem with
others, and there comes in sharp contrast to it the
metaphor which represents the Christian progress as
being warfare. There the element of resistance is emphasised,
and the thought is brought out that progress
is to be made in spite of strong antagonisms, partly to
be found in external circumstances, and partly to be
found in our own treacherous selves. The growth of
the corn or of the body does not cover the whole facts[224]
of the case, but there must be warfare in order to
growth.
There is also the other metaphor by which this
Christian progress, which is indispensable to the
Christian life, and is to be carried on, whatever may
oppose it, is regarded as a race. There the idea of the
great, attractive, but far-off future reward comes into
view, as well as the strained muscles and the screwed-up
energy with which the runner presses towards the
mark. But we have not only to fling the result forward
into the future, and to think of the Christian life
as all tending towards an end, which end is not realised
here; but we have to think of it, in accordance with
this metaphor of my text, as being continuously progressive,
so as that, though unfinished, the building is
there; and much is done, though all is not accomplished,
and the courses rise slowly, surely, partially
realising the divine Architect’s ideal, long before the
headstone is brought out with shoutings and tumult
of acclaim. A continuous progress and approximation
towards the perfect ideal of the temple completed, consecrated,
and inhabited by God, lies in this metaphor.
Is that you, Christian man and woman? Is the
notion of progress a part of your working belief? Are
you growing, fighting, running, building up yourselves
more and more in your holy faith? Alas! I cannot
but believe that the very notion of progress has died
out from a great many professing Christians.
There is one more idea in this metaphor of self-edification,
viz., that our characters should be being
modelled by us on a definite plan, and into a harmonious
whole. I wonder how many of us in this chapel this
morning have ever spent a quiet hour in trying to set
clearly before ourselves what we want to make of our[225]selves,
and how we mean to go about it. Most of us
live by haphazard very largely, even in regard to outward
things, and still more entirely in regard to our
characters. Most of us have not consciously before us,
as you put a pattern-line before a child learning to
write, any ideal of ourselves to which we are really
seeking to approximate. Have you? And could you
put it into words? And are you making any kind of
intelligent and habitual effort to get at it? I am
afraid a great many of us, if we were honest, would
have to say, No! If a man goes to work as his own
architect, and has a very hazy idea of what it is that he
means to build, he will not build anything worth the
trouble. If your way of building up yourselves is, as
Aaron said his way of making the calf was, putting
all into the fire, and letting chance settle what comes
out, nothing will come out better than a calf. Brother!
if you are going to build, have a plan, and let the plan
be the likeness of Jesus Christ. And then, with continuous
work, and the exercise of continuous faith,
which knits you to the foundation, ‘build up yourselves
for an habitation of God.’
II. We have to consider united edification.
There are two streams of representation about this
matter in the Pauline Epistles, the one with which I
have already been dealing, which does not so often
appear, and the other which is the habitual form of
the representation, according to which the Christian
community, as a whole, is a temple, and building up is
a work to be done reciprocally and in common. We
have that representation with special frequency and
detail in the Epistle to the Ephesians, where perhaps
we may not be fanciful in supposing that the great
prominence given to it, and to the idea of the Church[226]
as the temple of God, may have been in some degree
due to the existence, in that city, of one of the seven
wonders of the world, the Temple of Diana of the
Ephesians.
But, be that as it may, what I want to point out is
that united building is inseparable from the individual
building up of which I have been speaking.
Now, it is often very hard for good, conscientious
people to determine how much of their efforts ought
to be given to the perfecting of their own characters
in any department, and how much ought to be given
to trying to benefit and help other people. I wish you
to notice that one of the most powerful ways of building
up myself is to do my very best to build up others.
Some, like men in my position, for instance, and others
whose office requires them to spend a great deal of
time and energy in the service of their fellows, are
tempted to devote themselves too much to building up
character in other people, and to neglect their own.
It is a temptation that we need to fight against, and
which can only be overcome by much solitary meditation.
Some of us, on the other hand, may be tempted,
for the sake of our own perfecting, intellectual cultivation,
or improvement in other ways, to minimise the
extent to which we are responsible for helping and
blessing other people. But let us remember that the
two things cannot be separated; and that there is
nothing that will make a man more like Christ, which
is the end of all our building, than casting himself
into the service of his fellows with self-oblivion.
Peter said, ‘Master! let us make here three tabernacles.’
Ay! But there was a demoniac boy down
below, and the disciples could not cast out the demon.
The Apostle did not know what he said when he[227]
preferred building up himself, by communion with
God and His glorified servants, to hurrying down into
the valley, where there were devils to fight and broken
hearts to heal. Build up yourselves, by all means; if
you do you will have to build up your brethren. ‘The
edifying of the body of Christ’ is a plain duty which
no Christian man can neglect without leaving a tremendous
gap in the structure which he ought to rear.
The building resulting from united edification is
represented in Scripture, not as the agglomeration of a
number of little shrines, the individuals, but as one
great temple. That temple grows in two respects, both
of which carry with them imperative duties to us
Christian people. It grows by the addition of new
stones. And so every Christian is bound to seek to
gather into the fold those that are wandering far
away, and to lay some stone upon that sure foundation.
It grows, also, by the closer approximation of
all the members one to another, and the individual
increase of each in Christlike characteristics. And
we are bound to help one another therein, and to
labour earnestly for the advancement of our brethren,
and for the unity of God’s Church. Apart from such
efforts our individual edifying of ourselves will become
isolated, the results one-sided, and we ourselves shall
lose much of what is essential to the rearing in ourselves
of a holy character. ‘What God hath joined
together let not man put asunder.’ Neither seek to
build up yourselves apart from the community, nor
seek to build up the community apart from yourselves.
III. Lastly, the Apostle, in his writings, sets forth
another aspect of this general thought, viz., divine
edification.[228]
When he spoke to the elders of the church of
Ephesus he said that Christ was able ‘to build them
up.’ When he wrote to the Corinthians he said, ‘Ye
are God’s building.’ To the Ephesians he wrote, ‘Ye
are built for an habitation of God through the Spirit.’
And so high above all our individual and all our united
effort he carries up our thoughts to the divine Master-builder,
by whose work alone a Paul, when he lays the
foundation, and an Apollos, when he builds thereupon,
are of any use at all.
Thus, dear brethren, we have to base all our efforts
on this deeper truth, that it is God who builds us into
a temple meet for Himself, and then comes to dwell in
the temple that He has built.
So let us keep our hearts and minds expectant of,
and open for, that Spirit’s influences. Let us be sure
that we are using all the power that God does give us.
His work does not supersede mine. My work is to
avail myself of His. The two thoughts are not contradictory.
They correspond to, and fill out, each
other, though warring schools of one-eyed theologians
and teachers have set them in antagonism. ‘Work
out . . . for it is God that worketh in.’ That is the
true reconciliation. ‘Ye are God’s building; build up
yourselves in your most holy faith.’
If God is the builder, then boundless, indomitable
hope should be ours. No man can look at his own
character, after all his efforts to mend it, without
being smitten by a sense of despair, if he has only his
own resources to fall back upon. Our experience is
like that of the monkish builders, according to many
an old legend, who found every morning that yesterday’s
work had been pulled down in the darkness by
demon hands. There is no man whose character is[229]
anything more than a torso, an incomplete attempt to
build up the structure that was in his mind—like the
ruins of half-finished palaces and temples which
travellers came across sometimes in lands now desolate,
reared by a forgotten race who were swept away by
some unknown calamity, and have left the stones half-lifted
to their courses, half-hewed in their quarries, and
the building gaunt and incomplete. But men will never
have to say about any of God’s architecture, He ‘began
to build and was not able to finish.’ As the old prophecy
has it, ‘His hands have laid the foundation of the house,
His hands shall also finish it.’ Therefore, we are entitled
to cherish endless hope and quiet confidence that we,
even we, shall be reared up into an habitation of God
through the Spirit.
What are you building? ‘Behold, I lay in Zion for a
foundation a stone.’ Let every man take heed what
and how and that he buildeth thereon.
CONTINUAL PRAYER AND ITS EFFECTS
‘Rejoice evermore. Pray without ceasing. In everything give thanks.’—1 Thess. v. 16-18.
The peculiarity and the stringency of these three
precepts is the unbroken continuity which they require.
To rejoice, to pray, to give thanks, are easy
when circumstances favour, as a taper burns steadily
in a windless night; but to do these things always is
as difficult as for the taper’s flame to keep upright
when all the winds are eddying round it. ‘Evermore’—’without
ceasing’—’in everything’—these qualifying
words give the injunctions of this text their grip
and urgency. The Apostle meets the objections which[230]
he anticipates would spring to the lips of the Thessalonians,
to the effect that he was requiring impossibilities,
by adding that, hard and impracticable as
they might think such a constant attitude of mind
and heart, ‘This is the will of God in Christ Jesus
concerning you.’ So, then, a Christian life may be
lived continuously on the high level; and more than
that, it is our duty to try to live ours thus.
We need not fight with other Christian people
about whether absolute obedience to these precepts
is possible. It will be soon enough for us to discuss
whether a completely unbroken uniformity of Christian
experience is attainable in this life, when we have
come a good deal nearer to the attainable than we
have yet reached. Let us mend our breaches of continuity
a good deal more, and then we may begin to
discuss the question whether an absolute absence of
any cessation of the continuity is consistent with the
conditions of Christian life here.
Now it seems to me that these three exhortations
hold together in a very striking way, and that Paul
knew what he was about when he put in the middle,
like the strong central pole that holds up a tent, that
exhortation, ‘Pray without ceasing.’ For it is the
primary precept, and on its being obeyed the possibility
of the fulfilment of the other two depends. If
we pray without ceasing, we shall rejoice evermore
and in everything give thanks. So, then, the duty of
continual prayer, and the promise, as well as the
precept, that its results are to be continual joy and
continual thanksgiving, are suggested by these words.
I. The duty of continual prayer.
Roman Catholics, with their fatal habit of turning
the spiritual into material, think that they obey that[231]
commandment when they set a priest or a nun on the
steps of the altar to repeat Ave Marias day and night.
That is a way of praying without ceasing which we
can all see to be mechanical and unworthy. But have
we ever realised what this commandment necessarily
reveals to us, as to what real prayer is? For if we
are told to do a thing uninterruptedly, it must be
something that can run unbroken through all the
varieties of our legitimate duties and necessary
occupations and absorptions with the things seen
and temporal. Is that your notion of prayer? Or
do you fancy that it simply means dropping down on
your knees, and asking God to give you some things
that you very much want? Petition is an element in
prayer, and that it shall be crystallised into words is
necessary sometimes; but there are prayers that
never get themselves uttered, and I suppose that the
deepest and truest communion with God is voiceless
and wordless. ‘Things which it was not possible for
a man to utter,’ was Paul’s description of what he saw
and felt, when he was most completely absorbed in,
and saturated with, the divine glory. The more we
understand what prayer is, the less we shall feel
that it depends upon utterance. For the essence of it
is to have heart and mind filled with the consciousness
of God’s presence, and to have the habit of referring
everything to Him, in the moment when we are doing
it, or when it meets us. That, as I take it, is prayer.
The old mystics had a phrase, quaint, and in some
sense unfortunate, but very striking, when they spoke
about ‘the practice of the presence of God.’ God is
here always, you will say; yes, He is, and to open the
shutters, and to let the light always in, into every
corner of my heart, and every detail of my life—that[232]
is what Paul means by ‘Praying without ceasing.’
Petitions? Yes; but something higher than petitions—the
consciousness of being in touch with the Father,
feeling that He is all round us. It was said about one
mystical thinker that he was a ‘God-intoxicated man.’
It is an ugly word, but it expresses a very deep thing;
but let us rather say a God-filled man. He who is such
‘prays always.’
But how may we maintain that state of continual
devotion, even amidst the various and necessary
occupations of our daily lives? As I said, we need
not trouble ourselves about the possibility of complete
attainment of that ideal. We know that we can each
of us pray a great deal more than we do, and if there
are regions in our lives into which we feel that God
will not come, habits that we have dropped into which
we feel to be a film between us and Him, the sooner
we get rid of them the better. But into all our daily
duties, dear friends, however absorbing, however secular,
however small, however irritating they may be, however
monotonous, into all our daily duties it is possible
to bring Him.
| ‘A servant with this clause |
| Makes drudgery divine, |
| Who sweeps a room, as by Thy laws, |
| Makes that and the calling fine.’ |
But if that is our aim, our conscious aim, our honest
aim, we shall recognise that a help to it is words of
prayer. I do not believe in silent adoration, if there
is nothing but silent; and I do not believe in a man
going through life with the conscious presence of God
with him, unless, often, in the midst of the stress of
daily life, he shoots little arrows of two-worded
prayers up into the heavens, ‘Lord! be with me.’[233]
‘Lord! help me.’ ‘Lord! stand by me now’; and the
like. ‘They cried unto God in the battle,’ when some
people would have thought they would have been
better occupied in trying to keep their heads with
their swords. It was not a time for very elaborate
supplications when the foemen’s arrows were whizzing
round them, but ‘they cried unto the Lord, and
He was entreated of them.’ ‘Pray without ceasing.’
Further, if we honestly try to obey this precept we
shall more and more find out, the more earnestly we
do so, that set seasons of prayer are indispensable to
realising it. I said that I do not believe in silent
adoration unless it sometimes finds its tongue, nor do
I believe in a diffused worship that does not flow from
seasons of prayer. There must be, away up amongst
the hills, a dam cast across the valley that the water
may be gathered behind it, if the great city is to be
supplied with the pure fluid. What would become of
Manchester if it were not for the reservoirs at Woodhead
away among the hills? Your pipes would be
empty. And that is what will become of you
Christian professors in regard to your habitual consciousness
of God’s presence, if you do not take care
to have your hours of devotion sacred, never to be
interfered with, be they long or short, as may have
to be determined by family circumstances, domestic
duties, daily avocations, and a thousand other causes.
But, unless we pray at set seasons, there is little likelihood
of our praying without ceasing.
II. The duty of continual rejoicing.
If we begin with the central duty of continual
prayer, then these other two which, as it were, flow
from it on either side, will be possible to us; and of
these two the Apostle sets first, ‘Rejoice evermore.’[234]
This precept was given to the Thessalonians, in Paul’s
first letter, when things were comparatively bright
with him, and he was young and buoyant; and in one
of his later letters, when he was a prisoner, and
things were anything but rosy coloured, he struck the
same note again, and in spite of his ‘bonds in Christ’
bade the Philippians ‘Rejoice in the Lord always, and
again I say, Rejoice.’ Indeed, that whole prison-letter
might be called the Epistle of Joy, so suffused with
sunshine of Christian gladness is it. Now, no doubt, joy
is largely a matter of temperament. Some of us are
constitutionally more buoyant and cheerful than others.
And it is also very largely a matter of circumstances.
I admit all that, and yet I come back to Paul’s
command: ‘Rejoice evermore.’ For if we are Christian
people, and have cultivated what I have called ‘the
practice of the presence of God’ in our lives, then that
will change the look of things, and events that otherwise
would be ‘at enmity with joy’ will cease to have
a hostile influence over it. There are two sources
from which a man’s gladness may come, the one his
circumstances of a pleasant and gladdening character;
the other his communion with God. It is like some
river that is composed of two affluents, one of which
rises away up in the mountains, and is fed by the
eternal snows; the other springs on the plain somewhere,
and is but the drainage of the surface-water,
and when hot weather comes, and drought is over all the
land, the one affluent is dry, and only a chaos of ghastly
white stones litters the bed where the flashing water
used to be. What then? Is the stream gone because
one of its affluents is dried up, and has perished or
been lost in the sands? The gushing fountains away
up among the peaks near the stars are bubbling up all[235]
the same, and the heat that dried the surface stream
has only loosened the treasures of the snows, and
poured them more abundantly into the other’s bed.
So ‘Rejoice in the Lord always’; and if earth grows
dark, lift your eyes to the sky, that is light. To one
walking in the woods at nightfall ‘all the paths are
dim,’ but the strip of heaven above the trees is the
brighter for the green gloom around. The organist’s
one hand may be keeping up one sustained note, while
the other is wandering over the keys; and one part of
a man’s nature may be steadfastly rejoicing in the
Lord, whilst the other is feeling the weight of sorrows
that come from earth. The paradox of the Christian
life may be realised as a blessed experience of every
one of us: a surface troubled, a central calm; an ocean
tossed with storm, and yet the crest of every wave
flashing in the sunshine. ‘Rejoice in the Lord always,
and again I say, Rejoice.’
III. Lastly, the duty of continual thankfulness.
That, too, is possible only on condition of continual
communion with God. As I said in reference to joy, so
I say in reference to thankfulness; the look of things
in this world depends very largely on the colour of
the spectacles through which you behold them.
| ‘There’s nothing either good or bad |
| But thinking makes it so.’ |
And if a man in communion with God looks at the
events of his life as he might put on a pair of coloured
glasses to look at a landscape, it will be tinted with
a glory and a glow as he looks. The obligation to
gratitude, often neglected by us, is singularly, earnestly,
and frequently enjoined in the New Testament. I
am afraid that the average Christian man does not[236]
recognise its importance as an element in his Christian
experience. As directed to the past it means that we
do not forget, but that, as we look back, we see the
meaning of these old days, and their possible blessings,
and the loving purposes which sent them, a great deal
more clearly than we did whilst we were passing
through them. The mountains that, when you are
close to them, are barren rock and cold snow, glow
in the distance with royal purples. And so if we,
from our standing point in God, will look back on our
lives, losses will disclose themselves as gains, sorrows
as harbingers of joy, conflict as a means of peace, the
crooked things will be straight, and the rough places
plain; and we may for every thing in the past give
thanks, if only we ‘pray without ceasing.’ The exhortation
as applied to the present means that we bow
our wills, that we believe that all things are working
together for our good, and that, like Job in his best
moments, we shall say, ‘The Lord gave, the Lord hath
taken away: blessed be the Name of the Lord.’ Ah,
that is hard. It is possible, but it is only possible if
we ‘pray without ceasing,’ and dwell beside God all
the days of our lives, and all the hours of every day.
Then, and only then, shall we be able to thank Him for
all the way by which He hath led us these many years
in the wilderness, that has been brightened by the pillar
of cloud by day, and the fire by night.[237]
PAUL’S EARLIEST TEACHING
‘I charge you, by the Lord, that this epistle be read unto all the holy
brethren,’—1 Thess. v. 27.
If the books of the New Testament were arranged
according to the dates of their composition, this epistle
would stand first. It was written somewhere about
twenty years after the Crucifixion, and long before
any of the existing Gospels. It is, therefore, of
peculiar interest, as being the most venerable extant
Christian document, and as being a witness to Christian
truth quite independent of the Gospel narratives.
The little community at Thessalonica had been
gathered together as the result of a very brief period
of ministration by Paul. He had spoken for three
successive Sabbaths in the synagogue, and had drawn
together a Christian society, mostly consisting of
heathens, though with a sprinkling of Jews amongst
them. Driven from the city by a riot, he had left it
for Athens, with many anxious thoughts, of course, as
to whether the infant community would be able to
stand alone after so few weeks of his presence and instruction.
Therefore he sent back one of his travelling
companions, Timothy by name, to watch over the
young plant for a little while. When Timothy returned
with the intelligence of their steadfastness, it
was good news indeed, and with a sense of relieved
anxiety, he sits down to write this letter,
which, all through, throbs with thankfulness, and
reveals the strain which the news had taken off his
spirit.
There are no such definite doctrinal statements in[238]
it as in the most of Paul’s longer letters; it is simply
an outburst of confidence and love and tenderness,
and a series of practical instructions. It has been
called the least doctrinal of the Pauline Epistles.
And in one sense, and under certain limitations, that
is perfectly true. But the very fact that it is so
makes its indications and hints and allusions the more
significant; and if this letter, not written for the purpose
of enforcing any special doctrinal truth, be so
saturated as it is with the facts and principles of the
Gospel, the stronger is the attestation which it
gives to the importance of these. I have, therefore,
thought it might be worth our while now, and might,
perhaps, set threadbare truth in something of a new
light, if we put this—the most ancient Christian writing
extant, which is quite independent of the four
Gospels—into the witness-box, and see what it has
to say about the great truths and principles which
we call the Gospel of Jesus Christ. This is my simple
design, and I gather the phenomena into three or four
divisions for the sake of accuracy and order.
I. First of all, then, let us hear its witness to the
divine Christ.
Look how the letter begins. ‘Paul, and Silvanus,
and Timotheus, unto the church of the Thessalonians,
which is in God the Father, and in the Lord Jesus
Christ.’ What is the meaning of that collocation,
putting these two names side by side, unless it means
that the Lord Jesus Christ sits on the Father’s throne,
and is divine?
Then there is another fact that I would have you
notice, and that is that more than twenty times in
this short letter that great name is applied to Jesus,
‘the Lord.’ Now mark that that is something more[239]
than a mere title of human authority. It is in reality
the New Testament equivalent of the Old Testament
Jehovah, and is the transference to Him of that incommunicable
name.
And then there is another fact which I would
have you weigh, viz., that in this letter direct prayer
is offered to our Lord Himself. In one place we
read the petition, ‘May our God and Father Himself
and our Lord Jesus direct our way unto you,’ where
the petition is presented to both, and where both are
supposed to be operative in the answer. And more
than that, the word ‘direct,’ following upon this
plural subject, is itself a singular verb. Could language
more completely express than that grammatical
solecism does, the deep truth of the true and proper
divinity of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ?
There is nothing in any part of Scripture more
emphatic and more lofty in its unfaltering proclamation
of that fundamental truth of the Gospel than this
altogether undoctrinal Epistle.
The Apostle does not conceive himself to be telling
these men, though they were such raw and recent
Christians, anything new when he presupposes the
truth that to Him desires and prayers may go. Thus
the very loftiest apex of revealed religion had been
imparted to that handful of heathens in the
few weeks of the Apostle’s stay amongst them.
And nowhere upon the inspired pages of the fourth
Evangelist, nor in that great Epistle to the Colossians,
which is the very citadel and central fort of that
doctrine in Scripture, is there more emphatically stated
this truth than here, in these incidental allusions.
This witness, at any rate, declares, apart altogether
from any other part of Scripture, that so early in the[240]
development of the Church’s history, and to people so
recently dragged from idolatry, and having received
but such necessarily partial instruction in revealed
truth, this had not been omitted, that the Christ in
whom they trusted was the Everlasting Son of the
Father. And it takes it for granted that, so deeply
was that truth embedded in their new consciousness
that an allusion to it was all that was needed for their
understanding and their faith. That is the first part
of the testimony.
II. Now, secondly, let us ask what this witness has
to say about the dying Christ.
There is no doctrinal theology in the Epistle to the
Thessalonians, they tell us. Granted that there is no
articulate argumentative setting forth of great doctrinal
truths. But these are implied and involved in
almost every word of it; and are definitely stated thus
incidentally in more places than one. Let us hear
the witness about the dying Christ.
First, as to the fact, ‘The Jews killed the Lord
Jesus.’ The historical fact is here set forth distinctly.
And then, beyond the fact, there is as distinctly,
though in the same incidental fashion, set forth the
meaning of that fact—’God hath not appointed us to
wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus
Christ who died for us.’
Here are at least two things—one, the allusion, as
to a well-known and received truth, proclaimed before
now to them, that Jesus Christ in His death had
died for them; and the other, that Jesus Christ was the
medium through whom the Father had appointed
that men should obtain all the blessings which are
wrapped up in that sovereign word ‘salvation.’ I
need but mention in this connection another verse,[241]
from another part of the letter, which speaks of Jesus
as ‘He that delivereth us from the wrath to come.’
Remark that there our Authorised Version fails to
give the whole significance of the words, because it
translates delivered, instead of, as the Revised Version
correctly does, delivereth. It is a continuous deliverance,
running all through the life of the Christian
man, and not merely to be realised away yonder at
the far end; because by the mighty providence of
God, and by the automatic working of the consequences
of every transgression and disobedience,
that ‘wrath’ is ever coming, coming, coming towards
men, and lighting on them, and a continual Deliverer,
who delivers us by His death, is what the human
heart needs. This witness is distinct that the death
of Christ is a sacrifice, that the death of Christ is
man’s deliverance from wrath, that the death of Christ
is a present deliverance from the consequences of
transgression.
And was that Paul’s peculiar doctrine? Is it conceivable
that, in a letter in which he refers—once, at
all events—to the churches in Judea as their ‘brethren,’
he was proclaiming any individual or schismatic
reading of the facts of the life of Jesus Christ? I
believe that there has been a great deal too much
made of the supposed divergencies of types of doctrine
in the New Testament. There are such types, within
certain limits. Nobody would mistake a word of
John’s calm, mystical, contemplative spirit for a word
of Paul’s fiery, dialectic spirit. And nobody would
mistake either the one or the other for Peter’s impulsive,
warm-hearted exhortations. But whilst there
are diversities in the way of apprehending, there are
no diversities in the declaration of what is the central[242]
truth to be apprehended. These varyings of the types
of doctrine in the New Testament are one in this, that
all point to the Cross as the world’s salvation, and
declare that the death there was the death for all
mankind.
Paul comes to it with his reasoning; John comes to
it with his adoring contemplation; Peter comes to it
with his mind saturated with Old Testament allusions.
Paul declares that the ‘Christ died for us’; John
declares that He is ‘the Lamb of God’; Peter
declares that ‘Christ bare our sins in His own body
on the tree.’ But all make one unbroken phalanx of
witness in their proclamation, that the Cross, because
it is a cross of sacrifice, is a cross of reconciliation
and peace and hope. And this is the Gospel that
they all proclaim, ‘how that Jesus Christ died for our
sins according to the Scriptures,’ and Paul could
venture to say, ‘Whether it were they or I, so we
preach, and so ye believed.’
That was the Gospel that took these heathens,
wallowing in the mire of sensuous idolatry, and lifted
them up to the elevation and the blessedness of
children of God.
And if you will read this letter, and think that
there had been only a few weeks of acquaintance
with the Gospel on the part of its readers, and
then mark how the early and imperfect glimpse of
it had transformed them, you will see where the
power lies in the proclamation of the Gospel. A short
time before they had been heathens; and now says
Paul, ‘From you sounded out the word of the Lord,
not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every
place your faith to Godward is spread abroad; so that
we need not to speak anything.’ We do not need to[243]
talk to you about ‘love of the brethren,’ for ‘yourselves
are taught of God to love one another, and my
heart is full of thankfulness when I think of your
work of faith and labour of love and patience of hope.’
The men had been transformed. What transformed
them? The message of a divine and dying Christ,
who had offered up Himself without spot unto God,
and who was their peace and their righteousness and
their power.
III. Thirdly, notice what this witness has to say
about the risen and ascended Christ. Here is what
it has to say: ‘Ye turned unto God . . . to
wait for His Son from heaven whom He raised from
the dead.’ And again: ‘The Lord Himself shall
descend from heaven with a shout.’ The risen Christ,
then, is in the heavens, and Paul assumes that these
people, just brought out of heathenism, have received
that truth into their hearts in the love of it, and know
it so thoroughly that he can take for granted their
entire acquiescence in and acceptance of it.
Remember, we have nothing to do with the four
Gospels here. Remember, not a line of them had yet
been written. Remember, that we are dealing here
with an entirely independent witness. And then tell
us what importance is to be attached to this evidence
of the Resurrection of Jesus Christ. Twenty years
after His death here is this man speaking about that
Resurrection as being not only something that he had
to proclaim, and believed, but as being the recognised
and notorious fact which all the churches accepted,
and which underlay all their faith.
I would have you remember that if, twenty years
after this event, this witness was borne, that necessarily
carries us back a great deal nearer to the event than[244]
the hour of its utterance, for there is no mark of its
being new testimony at that instant, but every mark
of its being the habitual and continuous witness that
had been borne from the instant of the alleged
Resurrection to the present time. It at least takes
us back a good many years nearer the empty
sepulchre than the twenty which mark its date.
It at least takes us back to the conversion of the
Apostle Paul; and that necessarily involves, as it
seems to me, that if that man, believing in the
Resurrection, went into the Church, there would
have been an end of his association with them, unless
he had found there the same faith. The fact of the
matter is, there is not a place where you can stick a
pin in, between the Resurrection of Jesus Christ and
the date of this letter, wide enough to admit of the
rise of the faith in a Resurrection. We are necessarily
forced by the very fact of the existence of the Church
to the admission that the belief in the Resurrection
was contemporaneous with the alleged Resurrection
itself.
And so we are shut up—in spite of the wriggling
of people that do not accept that great truth—we are
shut up to the old alternative, as it seems to me, that
either Jesus Christ rose from the dead, or the noblest
lives that the world has ever seen, and the loftiest
system of morality that has ever been proclaimed,
were built upon a lie. And we are called to believe
that at the bidding of a mere unsupported, bare,
dogmatic assertion that miracles are impossible.
Believe it who will, I decline to be coerced into
believing a blank, staring psychological contradiction
and impossibility, in order to be saved the necessity of
admitting the existence of the supernatural. I would[245]
rather believe in the supernatural than the ridiculous.
And to me it is unspeakably ridiculous to suppose
that anything but the fact of the Resurrection
accounts for the existence of the Church, and for the
faith of this witness that we have before us.
And so, dear friends, we come back to this, the
Christianity that flings away the risen Christ is a mere
mass of tatters with nothing in it to cover a man’s
nakedness, an illusion with no vitality in it to quicken,
to comfort, to ennoble, to raise, to teach aspiration or
hope or effort. The human heart needs the ‘Christ
that died, yea, rather, that is risen again, who is even
at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession
for us.’ And this independent witness
confirms the Gospel story: ‘Now is Christ risen from
the dead, and become the first-fruits of them that
slept.’
IV. Lastly, let us hear what this witness has to
say about the returning Christ.
That is the characteristic doctrinal subject of the
letter. We all know that wonderful passage of unsurpassed
tenderness and majesty, which has soothed
so many hearts and been like a gentle hand laid upon
so many aching spirits, about the returning Jesus
‘coming in the clouds,’ with the dear ones that are
asleep along with Him, and the reunion of them that
sleep and them that are alive and remain, in one
indissoluble concord and concourse, when we shall
ever be with the Lord, and ‘clasp inseparable hands
with joy and bliss in over-measure for ever.’ The
coming of the Master does not appear here with
emphasis on its judicial aspect. It is rather intended
to bring hope to the mourners, and the certainty that
bands broken here may be re-knit in holier fashion[246]
hereafter. But the judicial aspect is not, as it could
not be, left out, and the Apostle further tells us
that ‘that day cometh as a thief in the night.’ That
is a quotation of the Master’s own words, which we
find in the Gospels; and so again a confirmation,
so far as it goes, from an independent witness, of
the Gospel story. And then he goes on, in terrible
language, to speak of ‘sudden destruction, as of
travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not
escape.’
These, then, are the points of this witness’s testimony
as to the returning Lord—a personal coming, a
reunion of all believers in Him, in order to eternal
felicity and mutual gladness, and the destruction that
shall fall by His coming upon those who turn away
from Him.
What a revelation that would be to men who had
known what it was to grope in the darkness of heathendom,
and to have new light upon the future!
I remember once walking in the long galleries of the
Vatican, on the one side of which there are Christian
inscriptions from the catacombs, and on the other
heathen inscriptions from the tombs. One side is all
dreamy and hopeless; one long sigh echoing along
the line of white marbles—’Vale! vale! in aeternum
vale!’ (Farewell, farewell, for ever farewell.) On the
other side—’In Christo, in pace, in spe.’ (In Christ, in
peace, in hope.) That is the witness that we have to lay
to our hearts. And so death becomes a passage, and we
let go the dear hands, believing that we shall clasp them
again.
My brother! this witness is to a gospel that is the
gospel for Manchester as well as for Thessalonica.
You and I want just the same as these old heathens[247]
there wanted. We, too, need the divine Christ, the
dying Christ, the risen Christ, the ascended Christ, the
returning Christ. And I beseech you to take Him for
your Christ, in all the fulness of His offices, the manifoldness
of His power, and the sweetness of His love, so
that of you it may be said, as this Apostle says about
these Thessalonians, ‘Ye received it not as the word
of man, but, as it is in truth, as the word of God.’[248]
II. THESSALONIANS
CHRIST GLORIFIED IN GLORIFIED MEN
‘He shall come to be glorified in His saints; and to be admired in all them that
believe.’—2 Thess. i. 10.
The two Epistles to the Thessalonians, which are the
Apostle’s earliest letters, both give very great prominence
to the thought of the second coming of our Lord
to judgment. In the immediate context we have that
coming described, with circumstances of majesty and
of terror. He ‘shall be revealed . . . with the angels
of His power.’ ‘Flaming fire’ shall herald His coming;
vengeance shall be in His hands, punishment shall
follow His sentence; everlasting destruction shall be
the issue of evil confronted with ‘the face of the Lord’—for
so the words in the previous verse rendered ‘the
presence of the Lord’ might more accurately be translated.
And all these facts and images are, as it were, piled
up in one half of the Apostle’s sky, as in thunderous
lurid masses; and on the other side there is the pure
blue and the peaceful sunshine. For all this terror and
destruction, and flashing fire, and punitive vengeance
come to pass in the day when ‘He shall come to be
glorified in His saints, and to be wondered at in all
them that believe.’
There be the two halves—the aspect of that day to
those to whom it is the revelation of a stranger, and[249]
the aspect of that day to those to whom it is the glorifying
of Him who is their life.
I. The remarkable words which I have taken for my
text suggest to us, first of all, some thoughts about that
striking expression that Christ is glorified in the men
who are glorified in Christ.
If you look on a couple of verses you will find that
the Apostle returns to this thought, and expresses in
the clearest fashion the reciprocal character of that
‘glorifying’ of which he has been speaking. ‘The
name of our Lord Jesus Christ,’ says he, ‘may be glorified
in you, and ye in Him.’
So, then, glorifying has a double meaning. There is
a double process involved. It means either ‘to make
glorious’ or ‘to manifest as being glorious.’ And men
are glorified in the former sense in Christ, that Christ
in them may, in the latter sense, be glorified. He
makes them glorious by imparting to them of the
lustrous light and flashing beauty of His own perfect
character, in order that that light, received into their
natures, and streaming out at last conspicuously manifest
from their redeemed perfectness, may redound to
the praise and the honour, before a whole universe, of
Him who has thus endued their weakness with His own
strength, and transmuted their corruptibility into His
own immortality. We are glorified in Christ in some
partial, and, alas! sinfully fragmentary, manner here;
we shall be so perfectly in that day. And when we are
thus glorified in Him, then—wondrous thought!—even
we shall be able to manifest Him as glorious before
some gazing eyes, which without us would have seen
Him as less fair. Dim, and therefore great and blessed
thoughts about what men may become are involved in
such words. The highest end, the great purpose of the[250]
Gospel and of all God’s dealings with us in Christ Jesus
is to make us like our Lord. As we have borne the
image of the earthly we shall also bear the image of
the heavenly. ‘We, beholding the glory, are changed
into the glory.’
And that glorifying of men in Christ, which is the
goal and highest end of Christ’s Cross and passion and
of all God’s dealings, is accomplished only because
Christ dwells in the men whom He glorifies. We read
words applying to His relation to His Father which
need but to be transferred to our relation to Him, in
order to teach us high and blessed things about this
glorifying. The Father dwelt in Christ, therefore
Christ was glorified by the indwelling divinity, in the
sense that His humanity was made partaker of the divine
glory, and thereby He glorified the divinity that dwelt
in Him, in the sense that He conspicuously displayed it
before the world as worthy of all admiration and love.
And, in like manner, as is the Son with the Father,
participant of mutual and reciprocal glorification, so is
the Christian with Christ, glorified in Him and therefore
glorifying Him.
What may be involved therein of perfect moral
purity, of enlarged faculties and powers, of a bodily
frame capable of manifesting all the finest issues of a
perfect spirit, it is not for us to say. These things are
great, being hidden; and are hidden because they
are great. But whatever may be the lofty heights of
Christlikeness to which we shall attain, all shall come
from the indwelling Lord who fills us with His own
Spirit.
And, then, according to the great teaching here, this
glorified humanity, perfected and separated from all
imperfection, and helped into all symmetrical unfolding[251]
of dormant possibilities, shall be the highest glory of
Christ even in that day when He comes in His glory and
sits upon the throne of His glory with His holy angels
with Him. One would have thought that, if the Apostle
wanted to speak of the glorifying of Jesus Christ, he
would have pointed to the great white throne, His
majestic divinity, the solemnities of His judicial office;
but he passes by all these, and says, ‘Nay! the highest
glory of the Christ lies here, in the men whom He has
made to share His own nature.’
The artist is known by his work. You stand in front
of some great picture, or you listen to some great
symphony, or you read some great book, and you
say, ‘This is the glory of Raphael, Beethoven, Shakespeare.’
Christ points to His saints, and He says,
‘Behold My handiwork! Ye are my witnesses. This
is what I can do.’
But the relation between Christ and His saints is far
deeper and more intimate than simply the relation
between the artist and his work, for all the flashing
light of moral beauty, of intellectual perfectness which
Christian men can hope to receive in the future is
but the light of the Christ that dwells in them, ‘and of
whose fulness all they have received.’ Like some poor
vapour, in itself white and colourless, which lies in the
eastern sky there, and as the sun rises is flushed up
into a miracle of rosy beauty, because it has caught the
light amongst its flaming threads and vaporous substance,
so we, in ourselves pale, ghostly, colourless as
the mountains when the Alpine snow passes off them,
being recipient of an indwelling Christ, shall blush and
flame in beauty. ‘Then shall the righteous blaze forth
like the sun in my Father’s kingdom.’ Or, rather
they are not suns shining by their own light, but[252]
moons reflecting the light of Christ, who is their
light.
And perchance some eyes, incapable of beholding the
sun, may be able to look undazzled upon the sunshine
in the cloud, and some eyes that could not discern the
glory of Christ as it shines in His face as the sun
shineth in its strength, may not be too weak to behold
and delight in the light as it is reflected from the face
of His servants. At all events, He shall come to be
glorified in the saints whom He has made glorious.
II. And now, notice again, out of these full and pregnant
words the other thought, that this transformation
of men is the great miracle and marvel of Christ’s
power.
‘He shall come to be admired’—which word is employed
in its old English signification, ‘to be wondered
at’—’in all them that believe.’ So fair and lovely is
He that He needs but to be recognised for what He is
in order to be glorified. So great and stupendous are
His operations in redeeming love that they need but
to be beheld to be the object of wonder. ‘His name
shall be called Wonderful,’ and wonderfully the
energy of His redeeming and sanctifying grace shall
then have wrought itself out to its legitimate end.
There you get the crowning marvel of marvels, and
the highest of miracles. He did wonderful works upon
earth which we rightly call miraculous,—things to be
wondered at—but the highest of all His wonders is the
wonder that takes such material as you and me, and
by such a process, and on such conditions, simply
because we trust Him, evolves such marvellous forms
of beauty and perfectness from us. ‘He is to be wondered
at in all them that believe.’
Such results from such material! Chemists tell us[253]
that the black bit of coal in your grate and the diamond
on your finger are varying forms of the one substance.
What about a power that shall take all the black coals
in the world and transmute them into flashing diamonds,
prismatic with the reflected light that comes from His
face, and made gems on His strong right hand? The
universe will wonder at such results from such
material.
And it will wonder, too, at the process by which
they were accomplished, wondering at the depth of
His pity revealed all the more pathetically now from
the great white throne which casts such a light on
the Cross of Calvary; wondering at the long, weary
path which He who is now declared to be the Judge
humbled Himself to travel in the quest of these poor
sinful souls whom He has redeemed and glorified. The
miracle of miracles is redeeming love; and the high-water
mark of Christ’s wonders is touched in this fact,
that out of men He makes saints; and out of saints He
makes perfect likenesses of Himself.
III. And now a word about what is not expressed,
but is necessarily implied in this verse, viz., the spectators
of this glory.
The Apostle does not tell us what eyes they are
before which Christ is thus to be glorified. He does
not summon the spectators to look upon this wonderful
exhibition of divine judgment and divine glory; but
we may dwell for a moment on the thought that to
whomsoever in the whole universe Christ at that
great day shall be manifested, to them, whoever they
be, will His glory, in His glorified saints, be a revelation
beyond what they have known before. ‘Every eye
shall see Him.’ And whatsoever eyes look upon Him,
then on His throne, they shall behold the attendant[254]
courtiers and the assessors of His judgment, and
see in them the manifestation of His own lustrous
light.
We read that ‘unto the principalities and powers in
heavenly places shall be made known’ in future days,
‘by the Church, the manifold wisdom of God.’ We
hear that, after the burst of praise which comes from
redeemed men standing around the throne, every
creature in the earth and in the heavens, and in the
sea and all that are therein were heard saying, ‘Blessing
and honour and glory and power be unto Him that
sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever
and ever.’
We need not speculate, it is better not to enter into
details, but this, at least, is clear, that that solemn
winding up of the long, mysterious, sad, blood and
tear-stained history of man upon the earth is to be an
object of interest and a higher revelation of God to
other creatures than those that dwell upon the earth;
and we may well believe that for that moment, at all
events, the centre of the universe, which draws the
thoughts of all thinking, and the eyes of all seeing,
creatures to it, shall be that valley of judgment wherein
sits the Man Christ and judges men, and round Him
the flashing reflectors of His glory in the person of His
saints.
IV. And lastly, look at men’s path to this glorifying.
‘He shall come to be glorified in His saints, and to be
wondered at in all them that believed‘; as that word
ought to be rendered. That is to say, they who on
earth were His, consecrated and devoted to Him, and
in some humble measure partaking even here of His
reflected beauty and imparted righteousness—these are
they in whom He shall be glorified. They who ‘believed’;[255]
poor, trembling, struggling, fainting souls, that here on
earth, in the midst of many doubts and temptations,
clasped His hand; and howsoever tremulously, yet
truly put their trust in Him, these are they in whom
He shall ‘be wondered at.’
The simple act of faith knits us to the Lord. If we
trust Him He comes into our hearts here, and begins to
purify us, and to make us like Himself; and, if that be
so, and we keep hold of Him, we shall finally share in
His glory.
What a hope, what an encouragement, what a stimulus
and exhortation to humble and timorous souls
there is in that great word, ‘In all them that believed’!
Howsoever imperfect, still they shall be kept by the
power of God unto that final salvation. And when He
comes in His glory, not one shall be wanting that put
their trust in Him.
It will take them all, each in his several way reflecting
it, to set forth adequately the glory. As many
diamonds round a central light, which from each facet
give off a several ray and a definite colour; so all
that circle round Christ and partaking of His glory,
will each receive it, transmit it, and so manifest it in
a different fashion. And it needs the innumerable
company of the redeemed, each a several perfectness,
to set forth all the fulness of the Christ that
dwells in us.
So, dear brethren, beginning with simple faith in
Him, partially receiving the beauty of His transforming
spirit, seeking here on earth by assimilation to the
Master in some humble measure to adorn the doctrine
and to glorify the Christ, we may hope that each blackness
will be changed into brightness, our limitations
done away with, our weakness lifted into rejoicing[256]
strength; and that we shall be like Him, seeing Him as
He is, and glorified in Him, shall glorify Him before
the universe.
You and I will be there. Choose which of the two
halves of that sky that I was speaking about in my
introductory remarks will be your sky; whether He
shall be revealed, and the light of His face be to you
like a sword whose flashing edge means destruction, or
whether the light of His face shall fall upon your heart
because you love Him and trust Him, like the sunshine
on the Alpine snow, lifting it to a more lustrous whiteness,
and tingeing it with an ethereal hue of more than
earthly beauty, which no other power but an indwelling
Christ can give. He shall come with ‘everlasting
destruction from the face’; and ‘He shall come to be
glorified in His saints, and to be wondered at in all
them that believed.’ Do you choose which of the two
shall be your portion in that day.
WORTHY OF YOUR CALLING
‘We pray always for you, that our God would count you worthy of this calling,
and fulfil all the good pleasure of His goodness, and the work of faith with
power; 12. That the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you, and
ye in Him.’—2 Thess. i. 11, 12.
In the former letter to the Church of Thessalonica,
the Apostle had dwelt, in ever-memorable words—which
sound like a prelude of the trump of God—on
the coming of Christ at the end to judge the world, and
to gather His servants into His rest. That great
thought seems to have excited some of the hotter
heads in Thessalonica, and to have led to a general
feverishness of unwholesome expectancy of the near[257]
approach or actual dawn of the day. This letter is
intended as a supplement to the former Epistle, and to
damp down the fire which had been kindled. It,
therefore, dwells with emphasis on the necessary
preliminaries to the dawning of that day of the Lord,
and throughout seeks to lead the excited spirits to
patience and persistent work, and to calm their
feverish expectations. This purpose colours the whole
letter.
Another striking characteristic of it is the frequent
gushes of short prayer for the Thessalonians with
which the writer turns aside from the main current
of his thoughts. In its brief compass there are four
of these prayers, which, taken together, present many
aspects of the Christian life, and hold out much for
our hopes and much for our efforts. The prayer
which I have read for our text is the first of these.
The others, the consideration of which will follow on
subsequent occasions, are these:—’Our Lord Jesus
Christ Himself, and God, even our Father, which hath
loved us, and hath given us everlasting consolation
and good hope through grace, comfort your hearts
and stablish you in every good word and work.’
And, again, ‘The Lord direct your hearts into the
love of God, and into the patient waiting for Christ.’
And, finally, summing up all, ‘The Lord of peace
Himself give you peace always, by all means.’ So
full, so tender, so directed to the highest blessings,
and to those only, are the wishes of a true Christian
teacher, and of a true Christian friend, for those to
whom He ministers and whom He loves. It is a poor
love that cannot express itself in prayer. It is an
earthly love which desires for its objects anything
less than the highest of blessings.[258]
I. Notice, first, here, the divine test for Christian
lives: ‘We pray for you, that God would count you
worthy of your calling.’
Now, it is to be observed that this ‘counting
worthy’ refers mainly to a future estimate to be
made by God of the completed career and permanent
character brought out of earth into another state by
Christian souls. That is obvious from the whole
strain of the letter, which I have already pointed out
as mainly being concerned with the future coming to
judgment of our Lord Jesus Christ. It is also, I
think, made probable by the fact that the same
expression, ‘counting worthy,’ occurs in an earlier
verse of this chapter, where the reference is exclusively
to the future judgment.
So, then, we are brought face to face with this
thought of an actual, stringent judgment which God
will apply in the future to the lives and characters of
professing Christians. Now, that is a great deal too
much forgotten in our popular Christian teaching and
in our average Christian faith. It is perfectly true
that he who trusts in Jesus Christ will ‘not come
into condemnation, but has passed from death unto
life.’ But it is just as true that ‘judgment shall
begin at the house of God,’ and that, ‘the Lord will
judge His people.’ And therefore, it becomes us to
lay to heart this truth, that we, just because, if we
are Christians, we stand nearest to God, are surest to
be searched through and through by the light that
streams from Him, and to have every flaw and corrupt
speck and black spot brought out into startling
prominence. Let no Christian man fancy that he
shall escape the righteous judgment of God. The
great doctrine of forgiveness does not mean that He[259]
suffers our sin to remain upon us unjudged, ay! or
unavenged. But just as, day by day, there is an
actual estimate in the divine mind, according to
truth, of what we really are, so, at the last,
God’s servants will be gathered before His throne.
‘They that have made a covenant with Him by
sacrifice’ shall be assembled there—as the Psalm has
it—’that the Lord may judge His people.’
Then, if the actual passing of a divine judgment
day by day, and a future solemn act of judgment
after we have done with earth, and our characters are
completed, and our careers rounded into a whole, is to
be looked for by Christians, what is the standard by
which their worthiness is to be judged?
‘Your calling.’ The ‘this’ of my text in the
Authorised Version is a supplement, and a better
supplement is that of the Revised Version, ‘your
calling.’ Now calling does not mean ‘avocation’ or
’employment,’ as I perhaps need scarcely explain,
but the divine fact of our having been summoned by
Him to be His. Consider who calls. God Himself.
Consider how He calls. By the Gospel, by Jesus
Christ, or, as another apostle has it, ‘by His own
glory and virtue’ manifested in the world. That
great voice which is in Jesus Christ, so tender, so
searching, so heart-melting, so vibrating with the invitation
of love and the yearning of a longing heart,
summons or calls us. Consider, also, what this calling
is to. ‘God hath not called us to uncleanness,
but to holiness,’ or, as this letter has it, in another
part, ‘unto salvation through sanctification of the
Spirit and belief of the truth.’ By all the subduing
and animating and restraining and impelling tones in
the sacrifice and life of Jesus Christ we are summoned[260]
to a life of self-crucifixion, of subjection of the flesh,
of aspiration after God, of holy living according to the
pattern that was showed us in Him. We are summoned
here and now to a life of purity and righteousness
and self-sacrifice. But also ‘He hath called us
to His everlasting kingdom and glory.’ That voice
sounds from above now. From the Cross it said to
us, ‘I die that ye may live’; from the throne it says
to us, ‘Live because I live, and come to live where I
live.’ The same invitation, which calls us to a life of
righteousness and self-suppression and purity, also
calls us, with the sweet promise that is firm as the
throne of God, to the everlasting felicities of that
perfect kingdom in which, because the obedience is
entire, the glory shall be untremulous and unstained.
Therefore, considering who summons, by what He
summons, and to what He calls us, do there not lie
in the fact of that divine call to which we Christians
say that we have yielded, the solemnest motives, the
loftiest standard, the most stringent obligations for
life? What sort of a life will that be which is worthy
of that voice? Is yours? Is mine? Are there not
the most flagrant examples of professing Christians,
whose lives are in the most outrageous discordance
with the lofty obligations and mighty motives of
the summons which they profess to have obeyed?
‘Worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called!’
Have I made my own the things which I am invited
to possess? Have I yielded to the obligations which
are enwrapped in that invitation? Does my life
correspond to the divine purpose in calling me to be
His? Can I say, ‘Lord, Thou art mine, and I am
Thine, and here my life witnesses to it, because self
is banished from it, and I am full of God, and the life[261]
which I live in the flesh I live not to myself, but to
Him that died for me?’
An absolute correspondence, a complete worthiness
or perfect desert, is impossible for us all, but a worthiness
which His merciful judgment who makes allowance
for us all may accept, as not too flagrantly
contradictory of what He meant us to be, is possible
even for our poor attainments and our stained lives.
If it were Paul’s supreme prayer, should it not be our
supreme aim, that we may be worthy of Him that hath
called us, and ‘walk worthy of the vocation wherewith
we are called’?
II. Note, here, the divine help to meet the test.
If it were a matter of our own effort alone, who of
us could pretend to reach to the height of conformity
with the great design of the loving Father in summoning
us, or with the mighty powers that are set in
motion by the summons for the purifying of men’s
lives? But here is the great characteristic and blessing
of God’s Gospel, that it not only summons us to
holiness and to heaven, but reaches out a hand to
help us thither. Therein it contrasts with all other
voices—and many of them are noble and pathetic in
their insistence and vehemence—which call men to
lofty lives. Whether it be the voice of conscience, or
of human ethics, or of the great ones, the elect of the
race, who, in every age, have been as voices crying in
the wilderness, ‘Prepare ye the way of the Lord’—all
these call us, but reach no hand out to draw us.
They are all as voices from the heights and are of
God, but they are voices only; they summon us to
noble deeds, and leave us floundering in the mire.
But we have not a God who tells us to be good, and
then watches to see if we will obey, but we have a God[262]
who, with all His summonses, brings to us the help to
keep His commandments. Our God has more than a
voice to enjoin, He has a hand to lift, ‘Give what
Thou commandest, and command what Thou wilt,’
said Augustine. There is the blessing and glory of
the Gospel, that its summons has in it an impelling
power which makes men able to be what it enjoins
them to become. My text, therefore, follows the prayer
‘that God would count you worthy,’ which contemplates
God simply as judging men’s correspondence
with the ideal revealed in their calling, and is the cry
of faith to the giving God, who works in us, if we will
let Him, that which He enjoins on us. There are two
directions of that divine working specified in the text.
Paul asks that God would fulfil ‘every desire of goodness
and every work of faith,’ as the Revised Version
renders the words. Two things, then, we may hope
that God will do for us—He will fulfil every yearning
after righteousness and purity in our hearts, and will
perfect the active energy which faith puts forth in
our lives.
Paul says, in effect, first, that God will fulfil every
desire that longs for goodness. He is scarcely deserving
of being called good who does not desire to be
better. Aspiration must always be ahead of performance
in a growing life, such as every Christian life ought
to be. To long for any righteousness and beauty of
goodness is, in some imperfect and incipient measure,
to possess the good for which we long. This is the very
signature of a Christian life—yearning after unaccomplished
perfection. If you know nothing of that
desire that stings and impels you onwards; if you do
not know what it is to say, ‘Oh! wretched man that
I am, who shall deliver me from the body of this[263]
death?’ if you do not know what it is to follow the
fair ideal realised in Jesus Christ with infinite longing,
what right have you to call yourself a Christian?
The very essence of the Christian life is yearning for
completeness, and restlessness as long as sin has any
power over us. We live not only by admiration, faith,
and love, but we live by hope; and he who does not
hunger and thirst after righteousness has yet to learn
what are the first principles of the Gospel of Christ.
If there be not the desire after goodness, the restlessness
and dissatisfaction with every present good, the
brave ambition that says, ‘Forgetting the things that
are behind, I reach forth unto the things that are
before,’ there is nothing in a man to which God’s grace
can attach itself. God cannot make you better if you
do not wish to be better. There is no point upon which
His hallowing and ennobling grace can lay hold in
your hearts without such desire. ‘Open thy mouth
wide and I will fill it.’ If, as is too often the case
with hosts of professing Christians, you shut your
mouths tight and lock your teeth, how can God put
any food between your lips? There must, first of
all, be the aspiration, and then there will be the
satisfaction.
I look out upon my congregation, or, better still, I
look into my own heart, and I say, If I, if you, dear
brethren, are not worthy of the vocation wherewith
we are called, we have not because we ask not. If
there be no desire after goodness in our hearts, God
cannot make us good. Our wishes are the mould into
which the molten metal from the great furnace of His
love will run. If we bring but a little vessel we cannot
get a large supply. The manna lies round our tents;
it is for us to determine how much we will gather.[264]
And in like manner, says Paul, God will fulfil every
work of faith. Our faith in Jesus Christ will naturally
tend to influence our lives, and to manifest itself
as a driving power which will set all the wheels of
conduct in motion. Paul is quite sure that if we trust
ourselves to God, all the beneficent and holy work
that flows from such confidence will by Him be fully
perfected.
God’s fulfilment is to be done with power. That is
to say, He will fit us to be worthy of our calling, He
will answer our desires, He will give energy to our
faith, and complete in number and in quality its
operations in our lives, by reason of His dwelling with
us and in us by that spirit of power and of love and
of a sound mind which works all righteousness in
believing hearts, and sheds divine beauty and goodness
over character and life.
III. Lastly, note the divine glory of the worthy.
This fulfilment of every desire of goodness and
work of faith is in order ‘that the name of our
Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you and ye
in Him.’
Here, again, as in the first clause of our text, I
take, in accordance with the prevailing tone of this
letter, the reference to be mainly, though perhaps
not exclusively, to a future transcendent glorifying of
the name of Christ in perfected saints, and glorifying
of perfected saints in Jesus Christ.
We have, then, set forth, first, as the result of the
fulfilling of Christian men’s desires after goodness, and
the work of their faith, the glory that accrues to
Christ from perfected saints. They are His workmanship.
You remember the old story of the artist
who went into a fellow-artist’s studio and left upon the[265]
easel one complete circle, swept with one master-whirl
of the brush. Jesus Christ presents perfected men to
an admiring universe as specimens of what He can do.
His highest work is the redeeming of poor creatures
like you and me, and the making of us perfect in
goodness and worthy of our calling. We are His
chefs-d’œuvre, the master work of the great divine
artist.
Think, then, brethren, how, here and now, Christ’s
reputation is in our hands. Men judge of Him by us.
The name of the Lord Jesus is glorified in you if you
live ‘worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called,’
and people will think better of the Master if His
disciples are faithful. Depend upon it, if we of this
church, for instance, and the Christian people within
these walls now, lived the lives that they ought to do,
and manifested the power of the Gospel as they might,
there would be many who would say, ‘They have
been with Jesus, and the Jesus that has made them
what they are must be mighty and great.’ The best
evidence of the power of the Gospel is your consistent
lives.
Think, too, of that strange dignity that in the
future, in manners and in regions all undiscernible
by us, Christians, who have been made out of stones
into children of God, will make known ‘unto
principalities and powers in heavenly places’ the
wisdom and the love and the energy of the redeeming
God. Who knows to what regions the commission of
the perfected saints to make Christ known may carry
them? Light travels far, and we cannot tell into
what remote corners of the universe this may penetrate.
This only we know, that they who shall be counted
worthy to attain that life and the Resurrection from[266]
the dead shall bear the image of the heavenly, and
perhaps to creations yet uncreated, and still to be
evolved through the ages of eternity, it may be their
part to carry the lustre of the light of the glory of
God who redeemed and purified them.
On the other hand, there is glory accruing to
perfected saints in Christ. ‘And ye in Him.’
There will be a union so close as that nothing
closer is possible, personality being preserved, between
Christ and the saints above, who trust Him and
love Him and serve Him there. And that union
will lead to a participation in His glory which
shall exalt their limited, stained, and fragmentary
humanity into ‘the measure of the stature of the
fulness of Christ.’ Astronomers tell us that dead,
cold matter falls from all corners of the system into
the sun, drawn by its magic magnetism from farthest
space, and, plunging into that great reservoir of fire,
the deadest and coldest matter glows with fervid heat
and dazzling light. So you and I, dead, cold, dull,
opaque, heavy fragments, drawn into mysterious oneness
with Christ, the Sun of our souls, shall be
transformed into His own image, and like Him be
light and heat which shall radiate through the
universe.
Brethren, meditate on your calling, the fact, its
method, its aim, its obligations, and its powers.
Cherish hopes and desires after goodness, the only
hopes and desires that are certain to be fulfilled.
Cultivate the life of faith working by love, and let us
all live in the light of that solemn expectation that
the Lord will judge His people. Then we may hope
that the voice which summoned us will welcome us,
and proclaim even of us, stained and undeserving as[267]
we rightly feel ourselves to be: ‘They have not
defiled their garments, therefore they shall walk with
Me in white, for they are worthy.’
EVERLASTING CONSOLATION AND
GOOD HOPE
‘Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself, and God, even our Father, which hath
loved us, and hath given us everlasting consolation, and good hope through grace.
17. Comfort your hearts, and stablish you in every good word and work.’—2
Thess. ii. 16, 17.
This is the second of the four brief prayers which, as I
pointed out in my last sermon, break the current of
Paul’s teaching in this letter, and witness to the depth
of his affection to his Thessalonian converts. We do
not know the special circumstances under which these
then were, but there are many allusions, both in the
first and second epistles, which seem to indicate that
they specially needed the gift of consolation.
They were a young Church, just delivered from
paganism. Like lambs in the midst of wolves, they
stood amongst bitter enemies, their teacher had left
them alone, and their raw convictions needed to be
consolidated and matured in the face of much opposition.
No wonder then that over and over again, in
both letters, we have references to the persecutions and
tribulations which they endured, and to the consolations
which would much more abound.
But whatever may have been their specific circumstances,
the prayer which puts special emphasis on
comfort is as much needed by each of us as it could
ever have been by any of them. For there are no eyes
that have not wept, or will not weep; no breath that
has not been, or will not be, drawn in sighs; and no[268]
hearts that have not bled, or will not bleed. So, dear
friends, the prayer that went up for these long since
comforted brothers, in their forgotten obscure sorrows,
is as needful for each of us—that the God who has
given everlasting consolation may apply the consolations
which He has supplied, and ‘comfort our hearts
and stablish them in every good word and work.’
The prayer naturally falls, as all true prayer will,
into three sections—the contemplation of Him to whom
it is addressed, the grasping of the great act on which
it is based, and the specification of the desires which it
includes. These three thoughts may guide us for a
few moments now.
I. First of all, then, note the divine hearers of the
prayer.
The first striking thing about this prayer is its
emphatic recognition of the divinity of Jesus Christ
as a truth familiar to these Thessalonian converts.
Note the solemn accumulation of His august titles,
‘Our Lord Jesus Christ Himself.’ Note, further, that
extraordinary association of His name with the
Father’s. Note, still further, the most remarkable
order in which these two names occur—Jesus first,
God second. If we were not so familiar with the
words, and with their order, which reappears in Paul’s
well-known and frequently-used Benediction, we
should be startled to find that Jesus Christ was put
before God in such a solemn address. The association
and the order of mention of the names are equally
outrageous, profane, and inexplicable, except upon one
hypothesis, and that is that Jesus Christ is divine.
The reason for the order may be found partly in the
context, which has just been naming Christ, but still
more in the fact that whilst he writes, the Apostle is[269]
realising the mediation of Christ, and that the order
of mention is the order of our approach. The Father
comes to us in the Son; we come to the Father by
the Son; and, therefore, it is no intercepting of our
reverence, nor blasphemously lifting the creature
to undue elevation, when in one act the Apostle
appeals to ‘our Lord Jesus Christ Himself, and God
our Father.’
Note, still further, the distinct address to Christ as
the Hearer of Prayer. And, note, last of all, about
this matter, the singular grammatical irregularity in
my text, which is something much more than a mere
blunder or slip of the pen. The words which follow,
viz., ‘comfort’ and ‘stablish,’ are in the singular,
whilst these two mighty and august names are their
nominatives, and would therefore, by all regularity,
require a plural to follow them. That this peculiarity
is no mere accident, but intentional and deliberate, is
made probable by the two instances in our text, and
is made certain, as it seems to me, by the fact that the
same anomalous and eloquent construction occurs in
the previous epistle to the same church, where we
have in exact parallelism with our text, ‘God Himself,
our Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ,’ with the
singular verb, ‘direct our way unto you.’ The phraseology
is the expression, in grammatical form, of the
great truth, ‘Whatsoever things the Father doeth,
these also doth the Son likewise.’ And from it there
gleam out unmistakably the great principles of the
unity of action and the distinction of person between
Father and Son, in the depths of that infinite and
mysterious Godhead.
Now all this, which seems to me to be irrefragable,
is made the more remarkable and the stronger as a[270]
witness of the truth, from the fact that it occurs in
this perfectly incidental fashion, and without a word
of explanation or apology, as taking for granted that
there was a background of teaching in the Thessalonian
Church which had prepared the way for it, and
rendered it intelligible, as well as a background of
conviction which had previously accepted it.
And, remember, these two letters, thus full-toned in
their declaration, and taking for granted the previous
acceptance of the great doctrine of the divinity of
our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, are the earliest
portions of the New Testament, and are often spoken
about as being singularly undogmatic. So they are,
and therefore all the more eloquent and all the more
conclusive is such a testimony as this to the sort of
teaching which from the beginning the Apostle
addressed to his converts.
Now is that your notion of Jesus Christ? Do you
regard Him as the sharer in the divine attributes and
in the divine throne? It was a living Christ that
Paul was thinking about when he wrote these words,
who could hear him praying in Corinth, and could
reach a helping hand down to these poor men in
Thessalonica. It was a divine Christ that Paul was
thinking about when he dared to say, ‘Our Lord Jesus
Christ, and God our Father.’ And I beseech you to
ask yourself the question whether your faith accepts
that great teaching, and whether to you He is far more
than ‘the Man Christ Jesus’; and just because He is
the man, is therefore the Son of God. Brethren!
either Jesus lies in an unknown grave, ignorant of all
that is going on here, and the notion that He can help
is a delusion and a dream, or else He is the ever-living
because He is the divine Christ, to whom we poor men[271]
can speak with the certainty that He hears us, and
who wields the energies of Deity, and works the same
works as the Father, for the help and blessing of the
souls that trust Him.
II. Secondly, note the great fact on which this prayer
builds itself.
The form of words in the original, ‘loved’ and
‘given,’ all but necessarily requires us to suppose that
their reference is to some one definite historical act in
which the love was manifested, and, as love always
does, found voice in giving. Love is the infinite desire
to bestow, and its language is always a gift. Then,
according to the Apostle’s thought, there is some one
act in which all the fulness of the divine love manifests
itself; some one act in which all the treasures which
God can bestow upon men are conveyed and handed
over to a world.
The statement that there is such renders almost
unnecessary the question what such an act is. For
there can be but one in all the sweep of the magnificent
and beneficent divine deeds, so correspondent to
His love, and so inclusive of all His giving, as that it
shall be the ground of our confidence and the warrant
for our prayers. The gift of Jesus Christ is that in
which everlasting consolation and good hope are
bestowed upon men. When our desires are widened
out to the widest they must be based upon the great
sacrifice of Jesus Christ; and when we would think
most confidently and most desiringly of the benefits
that we seek, for ourselves or for our fellows, we must
turn to the Cross. My prayer is then acceptable and
prevalent when it foots itself on the past divine act,
and looking to the life and death of Jesus Christ, is
widened out to long for, ask for, and in the very[272]
longing and asking for to begin to possess, the fulness
of the gifts which then were brought to men in Him.
‘Everlasting consolation and good hope.’ I suppose
the Apostle’s emphasis is to be placed quite as much on
the adjectives as on the nouns; for there are consolations
enough in the world, only none of them are
permanent; and there are hopes enough that amuse
and draw men, but one of them only is ‘good.’ The
gift of Christ, thinks Paul, is the gift of a comfort
which will never fail amidst all the vicissitudes and
accumulated and repeated and prolonged sorrows to
which flesh is heir, and is likewise the gift of a hope
which, in its basis and in its objects, is equally noble
and good.
Look at these two things briefly. Paul thinks that
in Jesus Christ you and I, and all the world, if it will
have it, has received the gift of an everlasting comfort.
Ah! sorrow is more persistent than consolation. The
bandaged wounds bleed again; the fire damped down
for a moment smoulders, even when damped, and
bursts out again. But there is one source of comfort
which, because it comes from an unchangeable Christ,
and because it communicates unfailing gifts of patience
and insight, and because it leads forward to everlasting
blessedness and recompenses, may well be called
‘eternal consolation.’ Of course, consolation is not
needed when sorrow has ceased; and when the wiping
away of all tears from off all faces, and the plunging
of grief into the nethermost fires, there to be consumed,
have come about, there is no more need for comfort.
Yet that which made the comfort while sorrow lasts,
makes the triumph and the rapture when sorrow is
dead, and is everlasting, though its office of consolation
determines with earth.[273]
‘Good hope through grace.’ This is the weakness of
all the hopes which dance like fireflies in the dark
before men, and are often like will-o’-the-wisps in the
night tempting men into deep mire, where there is
no standing—that they are uncertain in their basis
and inadequate in their range. The prostitution of
the great faculty of hope is one of the saddest
characteristics of our feeble and fallen manhood; for
the bulk of our hopes are doubtful and akin to fears,
and are mean and low, and disproportioned to the
possibilities, and therefore the obligations, of our
spirits. But in that Cross which teaches us the
meaning of sorrows, and in that Christ whose presence
is light in darkness, and the very embodied consolation
of all hearts, there lie at once the foundation and the
object of a hope which, in consideration both of object
and foundation, stands unique in its excellence and
sufficient in its firmness. ‘A good hope’; good because
well founded; and good because grasping worthy
objects; eternal consolation outlasting all sorrows—these
things were given once for all, to the whole
world when Jesus Christ came and lived and died. The
materials for a comfort that shall never fail me, and
for the foundation and the object of a hope that shall
never be ashamed, are supplied in Jesus Christ our
Lord. And so these gifts, already passed under the
great seal of heaven, and confirmed to us all, if we
choose to take them for ours, are the ground upon
which the largest prayers may be rested, and the most
ardent desires may be unblamably cherished, in the
full confidence that no petitions of ours can reach to
the greatness of the divine purpose, and that the
widest and otherwise wildest of our hopes and wishes
are sober under-estimates of what God has already[274]
given to us. For if He has given the material, He will
apply what He has supplied. And if He has thus in
the past bestowed the possibilities of comfort and
hope upon the world, He will not slack His hand, if we
desire the possibility to be in our hearts turned into
the actuality.
God has given, therefore God will give. That in
heaven’s logic, but it does not do for men. It presupposes
inexhaustible resources, unchangeable purposes
of kindness, patience that is not disgusted and
cannot be turned away by our sin. These things being
presupposed it is true; and the prayer of my text, that
God would comfort, can have no firmer foundation
than the confidence of my text, that God has given
‘everlasting consolation and good hope through grace.’
‘Thou hast helped us; leave us not, neither forsake us,
O God of our salvation.’
III. The last thing here is the petitions based upon
the contemplation of the divine hearers of the prayer,
and of the gift already bestowed by God.
May He ‘comfort your hearts, and stablish you in
every good word and work.’ I have already said all
that perhaps is necessary in regard to the connection
between the past gift of everlasting consolation and
the present and future comforting of hearts which is
here desired. It seems to me that the Apostle has in
his mind the distinction between the great work of
Christ, in which are supplied for us the materials for
comfort and hope, and the present and continuous
work of that Divine Spirit, by which God dwelling in
our hearts in Jesus Christ makes real for each of us
the universal gift of consolation and of hope. God
has bestowed the materials for comfort; God will give
the comfort for which He has supplied the materials.[275]
It were a poor thing if all that we could expect from
our loving Father in the heavens were that He should
contribute to us what might make us peaceful and
glad and calm in sorrow, if we chose to use it. Men
comfort from without; God steals into the heart, and
there diffuses the aroma of His presence. Christ
comes into the ship before He says, ‘Peace! be still!’
It is not enough for our poor troubled heart that
there should be calmness and consolation twining
round the Cross if we choose to pluck the fruit. We
need, and therefore we have, an indwelling God who,
by that Spirit which is the Comforter, will make for
each of us the everlasting consolation which He has
bestowed upon the world our individual possession.
God’s husbandry is not merely broadcast sowing of
the seed, but the planting in each individual heart of
the precious germ. And the God who has given everlasting
consolation to a whole world will comfort thy
heart.
Then, again, the comforted heart will be a stable
heart. Our fixedness and stability are not natural
immobility, but communicated steadfastness. There
must be, first, the consolation of Christ before there
can be the calmness of a settled heart. We all know
how vacillating, how driven to and fro by gusts of
passion and winds of doctrine and forces of earth our
resolutions and spirits are. But thistledown glued to
a firm surface will be firm, and any light thing lashed
to a solid one will be solid; and reeds shaken with the
wind may be turned into brazen pillars that cannot be
moved. If we have Christ in our hearts, He will be
our consolation first and our stability next. Why
should it be that we are spasmodic and fluctuating, and
the slaves of ups and downs, like some barometer in[276]
stormy weather; now at ‘set fair,’ and then away
down where ‘much rain’ is written? There is no need
for it. Get Christ into your heart, and your mercury
will always stand at one height. Why should it be
that at one hour the flashing waters fill the harbour,
and that six hours afterwards there is a waste of ooze
and filth? It need not be. Our hearts may be like
some landlocked lake that knows no tide. ‘His heart
is fixed, trusting in the Lord.’
The comforted and stable heart will be a fruitful
heart. ‘In every good word and work.’ Ah! how
fragmentary is our goodness, like the broken torsos of
the statues of fair gods dug up in some classic land.
There is no reason why each of us should not appropriate
and make our own the forms of goodness to
which we are least naturally inclined, and cultivate
and possess a symmetrical, fully-developed, all-round
goodness, in some humble measure after the pattern
of Jesus Christ our Lord. Practical righteousness, ‘in
every good word and work,’ is the outcome of all the
sacred and secret consolations and blessings that
Jesus Christ imparts. There are many Christian
people who are like those swallow-holes, as they call
them, characteristic of limestone countries, where a
great river plunges into a cave and is no more heard
of. You do not get your comforts and your blessing
for that, brother, but in order that all the joy and
peace, all the calmness and the communion, which you
realise in the secret place of the Most High, may be
translated into goodness and manifest righteousness in
the market-place and the street. We get our goodness
where we get our consolation, from Jesus Christ and
His Cross.
And so, dear friends, all your comforts will die, and[277]
your sorrows will live, unless you have Christ for your
own. The former will be like some application that is
put on a poisoned bite, which will soothe it for a
moment, but as soon as the anodyne dries off the skin,
the poison will tingle and burn again, and will be
working in the blood, whilst the remedy only touched
the surface of the flesh. All your hopes will be like a
child’s castles on the sand, which the next tide will
smooth out and obliterate, unless your hope is fixed on
Him. You may have everlasting consolation, you may
have a hope which will enable you to look serenely on
the ills of life, and on the darkness of death, and on
what darkly looms beyond death. You may have a
calmed and steadied heart; you may have an all-round,
stable, comprehensive goodness. But there is
only one way to get these blessings, and that is to
grasp and make our own, by simple faith and constant
clinging, that great gift, given once for all in Jesus
Christ, the gift of comfort that never dies, and of hope
that never deceives, and then to apply that gift day by
day, through God’s good Spirit, to sorrows and trials
and duties as they emerge.
THE HEART’S HOME AND GUIDE
‘The Lord direct your hearts into the love of God, and into the patient waiting
for Christ.’—2 Thess. iii. 5.
A word or two of explanation of terms may preface
our remarks on this, the third of the Apostle’s prayers
for the Thessalonians in this letter. The first point to
be noticed is that by ‘the Lord’ here is meant, as
usually in the New Testament, Jesus Christ. So that
here again we have the distinct recognition of His
divinity, and the direct address of prayer to Him.[278]
The next thing to notice is that by ‘the love of God’
is here meant, not God’s to us, but ours to Him; and
that the petition, therefore, respects the emotions and
sentiments of the Thessalonians towards the Father
in heaven.
And the last point is that the rendering of the
Authorised Version, ‘patient waiting for Christ,’ is
better exchanged for that of the Revised Version,
‘the patience of Christ,’ meaning thereby the same
patience as He exhibited in His earthly life, and
which He is ready to bestow upon us.
It is not usual in the New Testament to find Jesus
Christ set forth as the great Example of patient
endurance; but still there are one or two instances in
which the same expression is applied to Him. For
example, in two contiguous verses in the Epistle to
the Hebrews, we read of His ‘enduring contradiction
of sinners against Himself,’ and ‘enduring the Cross,
despising the shame,’ in both of which cases we have
the verb employed of which the noun is here used.
Then in the Apocalypse we have such expressions as
‘the patience of Christ,’ of which John says that he
and his brethren whom he is addressing are ‘participators,’
and, again, ‘thou hast kept the word of my
patience.’
So, though unusual, the thought of our text as
presented in the amended version is by no means
singular. These things, then, being premised, we may
now look at this petition as a whole.
I. The first thought that it suggests to me is, the
home of the heart.
‘The Lord direct you into the love of God and the
patience of Christ.’ The prayers in this letter with
which we have been occupied for some Sundays[279]
present to us Christian perfection under various
aspects. But this we may, perhaps, say is the most
comprehensive and condensed of them all. The
Apostle gathers up the whole sum of his desires for
his friends, and presents to us the whole aim of our
efforts for ourselves, in these two things, a steadfast
love to God, and a calm endurance of evil and persistence
in duty, unaffected by suffering or by pain.
If we have these two we shall not be far from being
what God wishes to see us.
Now the Apostle’s thought here, of ‘leading us into’
these two seems to suggest the metaphor of a great
home with two chambers in it, of which the inner was
entered from the outer. The first room is ‘the love of
God,’ and the second is ‘the patience of Christ.’ It
comes to the same thing whether we speak of the
heart as dwelling in love, or of love as dwelling in the
heart. The metaphor varies, the substance of the
thought is the same, and that thought is that the
heart should be the sphere and subject of a steadfast,
habitual, all-pleasing love, which issues in unbroken
calmness of endurance and persistence of service, in
the face of evil.
Let us look, then, for a moment at these two points.
I need not dwell upon the bare idea of love to God
as being the characteristic of the Christian attitude
towards Him, or remind you of how strange and unexampled
a thing it is that all religion should be
reduced to this one fruitful germ, love to the Father
in heaven. But it is more to the purpose for me to
point to the constancy, the unbrokenness, the depth,
which the Apostle here desires should be the characteristics
of Christian love to God. We sometimes
cherish such emotion; but, alas, how rare it is for us[280]
to dwell in that calm home all the days of our lives!
We visit that serene sanctuary at intervals, and then
for the rest of our days we are hurried to and fro
between contending affections, and wander homeless
amidst inadequate loves. But what Paul asked, and
what should be the conscious aim of the Christian
life, is, that we should ‘dwell all our days in the house
of the Lord, to behold the beauty of the Lord and to
enquire in His temple.’
Alas, when we think of our own experiences, how
fair and far seems that other, contemplated as a
possibility in my text, that our hearts should ‘abide
in the love of God’!
Let me remind you, too, that steadfastness of
habitual love all round our hearts, as it were, is the
source and germ of all perfectness of life and conduct.
‘Love and do as Thou wilt,’ is a bold saying, but not
too bold. For the very essence of love is the smelting
of the will of the lover into the will of the beloved.
And there is nothing so certain as that, in regard to
all human relations, and in regard to the relations to
God which in many respects follow, and are moulded
after the pattern of, our earthly relations of love, to
have the heart fixed in pure affection is to have the
whole life subordinated in glad obedience. Nothing
is so sweet as to do the beloved’s will. The germ of
all righteousness, as well as the characteristic spirit of
every righteous deed, lies in love to God. This is
the mother tincture which, variously coloured and
with various additions, makes all the different
precious liquids which we can pour as libations on
His altar. The one saving salt of all deeds in reference
to Him is that they are the outcome and expression
of a loving heart. He who loves is righteous, and[281]
doeth righteousness. So, ‘love is the fulfilling of
the law.’
That the heart should be fixed in its abode in love
to God is the secret of all blessedness, as it is the
source of all righteousness. Love is always joy in
itself; it is the one deliverance from self-bondage
to which self is the one curse and misery of man.
The emancipation from care and sorrow and unrest
lies in that going out of ourselves which we call by
the name of love. There be things masquerading
about the world, and profaning the sacred name of
love by taking it to themselves, which are only selfishness
under a disguise. But true love is the annihilation,
and therefore the apotheosis and glorifying, of
self; and in that annihilation lies the secret charm
which brings all blessedness into a life.
But, then, though love in itself be always bliss,
yet, by reason of the imperfections of its objects,
it sometimes leads to sorrow. For limitations and
disappointments and inadequacies of all sorts haunt
our earthly loves whilst they last; and we have all
to see them fade, or to fade away from them. The
thing you love may change, the thing you love
must die; and therefore love, which in itself is
blessedness, hath often, like the little book that the
prophet swallowed, a bitter taste remaining when the
sweetness is gone. But if we set our hearts on God,
we set our hearts on that which knows no variableness,
neither the shadow of turning. There are no inadequate
responses, no changes that we need fear. On
that love the scythe of death, which mows down all
other products of the human heart, hath no power;
and its stem stands untouched by the keen edge
that levels all the rest of the herbage. Love God,[282]
and thou lovest eternity; and therefore the joy of the
love is eternal as its object. So he who loves God is
building upon a rock, and whosoever has this for
his treasure carries his wealth with him whithersoever
he goes. Well may the Apostle gather into one
potent word, and one mighty wish, the whole fulness
of his desires for his friends. And wise shall we be if
we make this the chiefest of our aims, that our hearts
may have their home in the love of God.
Still further, there is another chamber in this house
of the soul. The outer room, where the heart inhabits
that loves God, leads into another compartment, ‘the
patience of Christ.’
Now, I suppose I need not remind many of you that
this great New Testament word ‘patience’ has a far
wider area of meaning than that which is ordinarily
covered by that expression. For patience, as we use
it, is simply a passive virtue. But the thing that is
meant by the New Testament word which is generally
so rendered has an active as well as a passive side. On
the passive side it is the calm, unmurmuring, unreluctant
submission of the will to whatsoever evil may
come upon us, either directly from God’s hand, or
through the ministration and mediation of men who
are His sword. On the active side it is the steadfast
persistence in the path of duty, in spite of all that may
array itself against us. So there are the two halves of
the virtue which is here put before us—unmurmuring
submission and bold continuance in well-doing, whatsoever
storms may hurtle in our faces.
Now, in both of these aspects, the life of Jesus
Christ is the great pattern. As for the passive side,
need I remind you how, ‘as a sheep before her shearers
is dumb, so He opened not His mouth’? ‘When He[283]
was reviled He reviled not again, but committed
Himself unto Him that judgeth uprightly.’ No anger
ever flushed His cheek or contracted His brow. He
never repaid scorn with scorn, nor hate with hate.
All men’s malice fell upon Him, like sparks upon wet
timber, and kindled no conflagration.
As for the active side, I need not remind you how
‘He set His face to go to Jerusalem’—how the great
solemn ‘must‘ which ruled His life bore Him on,
steadfast and without deflection in His course, through
all obstacles. There never was such heroic force as
the quiet force of the meek and gentle Christ, which
wasted no strength in displaying or boasting of itself,
but simply, silently, unconquerably, like the secular
motions of the stars, dominated all opposition, and
carried Him, unhasting and unresting, on His path.
That life, with all its surface of weakness, had an iron
tenacity of purpose beneath, which may well stand for
our example. Like some pure glacier from an Alpine
peak, it comes silently, slowly down into the valley;
and though to the eye it seems not to move, it presses
on with a force sublime in its silence and gigantic in
its gentleness, and buries beneath it the rocks that
stand in its way. The patience of Christ is the very
sublimity of persistence in well-doing. It is our example,
and more than our example—it is His gift
to us.
Such passive and active patience is the direct fruit
of love to God. The one chamber opens into the other.
For they whose hearts dwell in the sweet sanctities
of the love of God will ever be those who say, with
a calm smile, as they put out their hand to the
bitterest draught, ‘the cup which My Father hath
given Me, shall I not drink it?’[284]
Love, and evil dwindles; love, and duty becomes
supreme; and in the submission of the will, which is
the true issue of love, lies the foundation of indomitable
and inexhaustible endurance and perseverance.
Nor need I remind you, I suppose, that in this
resolve to do the will of God, in spite of all antagonism
and opposition, lies a condition at once of moral
perfection and of blessedness. So, dear friends, if we
would have a home for our hearts, let us pass into
that sweet, calm, inexpugnable fortress provided
for us in the love of God and the patience of
Christ.
II. Now notice, secondly, the Guide of the heart to
its home.
‘The Lord direct you.’ I have already explained
that we have here a distinct address to Jesus Christ
as divine, and the hearer of prayer. The Apostle
evidently expects a present, personal influence from
Christ to be exerted upon men’s hearts. And this is
the point to which I desire to draw your attention in
a word or two. We are far too oblivious of the present
influence of Jesus Christ, by His Spirit, upon the
hearts of men that trust Him. We have very imperfectly
apprehended our privileges as Christians if our
faith do not expect, and if our experience have not
realised, the inward guidance of Christ moment by
moment in our daily lives. I believe that much of
the present feebleness of the Christian life amongst its
professors is to be traced to the fact that their
thoughts about Jesus Christ are predominantly
thoughts of what He did nineteen centuries ago,
and that the proportion of faith is not observed in
their perspective of His work, and that they do not
sufficiently realise that to-day, here, in you and me, if[285]
we have faith in Him, He is verily and really putting
forth His power.
Paul’s prayer is but an echo of Christ’s promise.
The Master said, ‘He shall guide you into all truth.’
The servant prays, ‘The Lord direct your hearts into
the love of God.’ And if we rightly know the whole
blessedness that is ours in the gift of Jesus Christ, we
shall recognise His present guidance as a reality in
our lives.
That guidance is given to us mainly by the Divine
Spirit laying upon our hearts the great facts which
evoke our answering love to God. ‘We love Him
because He first loved us’; and the way by which
Jesus directs our hearts into the love of God is mainly
by shedding abroad God’s love to us in our spirits by
the Holy Spirit which is given to us.
But, besides that, all these movements in our hearts
so often neglected, so often resisted, by which we are
impelled to a holier life, to a deeper love, to a more
unworldly consecration—all these, rightly understood,
are Christ’s directions. He leads us, though
often we know not the hand that guides; and every
Christian may be sure of this—and he is sinful if he
does not live up to the height of his privileges—that
the ancient promises are more than fulfilled in his
experience, and that he has a present Christ, an indwelling
Christ, who will be his Shepherd, and lead
him by green pastures and still waters sometimes
and through valleys of darkness and rough defiles
sometimes, but always with the purpose of bringing
him nearer and nearer to the full possession of the
love of God and the patience of Christ.
The vision which shone before the eyes of the
father of the forerunner, was that ‘the dayspring[286]
from on high hath visited us, to guide our feet into
the way of peace.’ It is fulfilled in Jesus who directs
our hearts into love and patience, which are the way
of peace.
We are not to look for impressions and impulses
distinguishable from the operations of our own
inward man. We are not to fall into the error of
supposing that a conviction of duty or a conception of
truth is of divine origin because it is strong. But
the true test of their divine origin is their correspondence
with the written word, the standard of truth
and life. Jesus guides us to a fuller apprehension of
the great facts of the infinite love of God in the Cross.
Shedding abroad a Saviour’s love does kindle ours.
III. Lastly, notice the heart’s yielding to its guide.
If this was Paul’s prayer for his converts, it should
be our aim for ourselves. Christ is ready to direct our
hearts, if we will let Him. All depends on our yielding
to that sweet direction, loving as that of a mother’s
hand on her child’s shoulder.
What is our duty and wisdom in view of these
truths? The answer may be thrown into the shape
of one or two brief counsels.
First, desire it. Do you Christian people want to
be led to love God more? Are you ready to love the
world less, which you will have to do if you love God
more? Do you wish Christ to lay His hand upon you,
and withdraw you from much, that He may draw you
into the sanctities and sublimities of His own experienced
love? I do not think the lives of some of us look
very like as if we should welcome that direction. And
it is a sharp test, and a hard commandment to say to
a Christian professor, ‘Desire to be led into the love
of God.’[287]
Again, expect it. Do not dismiss all that I have
been saying about a present Christ leading men by
their own impulses, which are His monitions, as
fanatical and mystical and far away from daily experience.
Ah! it is not only the boy Samuel whose
infancy was an excuse for his ignorance, who takes
God’s voice to be only white-bearded Eli’s. There are
many of us who, when Christ speaks, think it is only
a human voice. Perhaps His deep and gentle tones
are thrilling through my harsh and feeble voice; and
He is now, even by the poor reed through which He
breathes His breath, saying to some of you, ‘Come
near to Me.’ Expect the guidance.
Still your own wills that you may hear His voice.
How can you be led if you never look at the Guide?
How can you hear that still small voice amidst the
clattering of spindles, and the roar of wagons, and
the noises in your own heart? Be still, and He will
speak.
Follow the guidance, and at once, for delay is fatal.
Like a man walking behind a guide across some
morass, set your feet in the print of the Master’s and
keep close at His heels, and then you will be safe.
And so, dear friends, if we want to have anchorage for
our love, let us set our love on God, who alone is
worthy of it, and who alone of all its objects will
neither fail us nor change. If we would have the
temper which lifts us above the ills of life and enables
us to keep our course unaffected by them all, as the
gentle moon moves with the same silent, equable pace
through piled masses of cloud and clear stretches of
sky, we must attain submission through love, and
gain unreluctant endurance and steadfast wills from
the example and source of both, the gentle and strong[288]
Christ. If we would have our hearts calm, we must
let Him guide them, sway them, curb their vagrancies,
stimulate their desires, and satisfy the desires which
He has stimulated. We must abandon self, and say,
‘Lord, I cannot guide myself. Do Thou direct my
wandering feet.’ The prayer will not be in vain.
He will guide us with His eye, and that directing of
our hearts will issue in experiences of love and
patience, whose ‘very sweetness yieldeth proof that
they were born for immortality.’ The Guide and the
road foreshadow the goal. The only natural end to
which such a path can lead and such guidance point
is a heaven of perfect love, where patience has done
its perfect work, and is called for no more. The
experience of present direction strengthens the hope
of future perfection. So we may take for our own
the triumphant confidence of the Psalmist, and embrace
the nearest and the remotest future in one calm
vision of faith that ‘Thou wilt guide me with Thy
counsel, and afterwards receive me to glory.’
THE LORD OF PEACE AND THE PEACE
OF THE LORD
‘Now the Lord of Peace Himself give you peace always, by all means. The
Lord be with you all.’—2 Thess. iii. 16.
We have reached here the last of the brief outbursts
of prayer which characterise this letter, and bear
witness to the Apostle’s affection for his Thessalonian
converts. It is the deepening of the ordinary Jewish
formula of meeting and parting. We find that, in
most of his letters, the Apostle begins with wishing
‘grace and peace,’ and closes with an echo of the wish.[289]
‘Peace be unto you’ was often a form which meant
nothing. But true religion turns conventional insincerities
into real, heartfelt desires. It was often a
wish destined to remain unfulfilled. But loving wishes
are potent when they are changed into petitions.
The relation between the two clauses of my text
seems to be that the second, ‘The Lord be with you
all,’ is not so much a separate, additional supplication
as rather the fuller statement, in the form of prayer,
of the means by which the former supplication is to
be accomplished. ‘The Lord of Peace’ gives peace by
giving His own presence. This, then, is the supreme
desire of the Apostle, that Christ may be with them
all, and in His presence they may find the secret
of tranquillity.
I. The deepest longing of every human soul is for
peace.
There are many ways in which the supreme good
may be represented, but perhaps none of them is so
lovely, and exercises such universal fascination of
attraction, as that which presents it in the form of
rest. It is an eloquent testimony to the unrest which
tortures every heart that the promise of peace should
to all seem so fair. It may be presented and aimed at
in very ignoble and selfish ways. It may be sought for
in cowardly shirking of duty, in sluggish avoidance of
effort, in selfish absorption, apart from all the miseries
of mankind. It may be sought for in the ignoble paths
of mere pleasure, amidst the sanctities of human love,
amidst the nobilities of intellectual effort and pursuit.
But all men in their workings are aiming at rest of
spirit, and only in such rest does blessedness lie.
‘There is no joy but calm.’ It is better than all the
excitements of conflict, and better than the flush of[290]
victory. Best which is not apathy, rest which is not
indolence, rest which is contemporaneous with, and
the consequence of, the full wholesome activity of the
whole nature in its legitimate directions, that is the
good that we are all longing for. The sea is not
stagnant, though it be calm. There will be the slow
heave of the calm billow, and the wavelets may
sparkle in the sunlight, though they be still from all
the winds that rave. Deep in every human heart, in
yours and mine, brother, is this cry for rest and peace.
Let us see to it that we do not mistranslate the
meaning of the longing, or fancy that it can be found
in the ignoble, the selfish, the worldly ways to which
I have referred. We want, most of all, peace in our
inmost hearts.
II. Then the second thing to be suggested here is
that the Lord of Peace Himself is the only giver of
peace.
I suppose I may take for granted, on the part at
least of the members of my own congregation, some
remembrance of a former discourse upon another of
these petitions, in which I pointed out how, in
phraseology analogous to that of my text, there
were the distinct reference to the divinity of Jesus
Christ, the distinct presentation of prayer to Him,
the implication of His present activity upon Christian
hearts.
And here again we have the august and majestic
‘Himself.’ Here again we have the distinct reference
of the title ‘Lord’ to Jesus. And here again we have
plainly prayer to Him.
But the title by which He is addressed is profoundly
significant, ‘The Lord of Peace.’ Now we find, in
another of Paul’s letters, in immediate conjunction[291]
with His teaching, that casting all our care upon God
is the sure way to bring the peace of God into our
hearts, the title ‘the God of Peace’; and he employs
the same phraseology in another of his letters, when
he prays that the ‘God of Peace’ would fill the Roman
Christians ‘with all joy and peace in believing.’
So, then, here is a title which is all but distinctively
divine. ‘The Lord of Peace’ is brought into parallelism
and equality with ‘the God of Peace’; which
were blasphemy unless the underlying implication was
that Jesus Christ Himself was divine.
He is the ‘Lord of Peace’ because that tranquillity
of heart and spirit, that unruffled calm which we all
see from afar, and long to possess, was verily His, in
His manhood, during all the calamities and changes
and activities of His earthly life. I have said that
‘peace’ is not apathy, that it is not indifference, that
it is not self-absorption. Look at the life of the
‘Lord of Peace.’ In Him there were wholesome
human emotions. He sorrowed, He wept, He wondered,
He was angry, He pitied, He loved. And yet all these
were perfectly consistent with the unruffled calm which
marked His whole career. So peace is not stolid indifference,
nor is it to be found in the avoidance of
difficult duties, or the cowardly shirking of sacrifices
and pains and struggles; but rather it is ‘peace subsisting
at the heart of endless agitation,’ of which the
great example stands in Him who was ‘the Man of
Sorrows and acquainted with grief,’ and who yet, in
it all, was ‘the Lord of Peace.’
Why was Christ’s manhood so perfectly tranquil?
The secret lies here. It was a manhood in unbroken
communion with the Father. And what was the
secret of that unbroken communion with the Father?[292]
It lies here, in the perfect submission of His will.
Resignation is peace. The surrender of self-will is
peace. Obedience is peace. Trust is peace, and
fellowship with the divine is peace. So Christ has
taught us in His life—’The Father hath not left Me
alone, because I do always the things that please Him.’
And therein He has marked out for us the path of
righteousness and communion, which is ever the path
of peace. ‘Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace whose
mind is stayed on Thee, because he trusteth in Thee.’
That is the secret of the tranquillity of the ever-calm
Christ.
Being thus the Lord of Peace, inasmuch as it was
His own constant and unbroken possession, He is the
sole giver of it to others.
Ah! brethren, our hearts want far more, for their
stable restfulness, than we can find in any hand, or in
any heart, except those of Jesus Christ Himself. For
what do we need? We need, in order that we should
know the sweetness of repose, an adequate object for
every part of our nature. If we find something that
is good and sweet and satisfying for some portion of
this complex being of ours, all its other hungry desires
are apt to be left unappeased. So we are shuttle-cocked
from one wish to another, and bandied about
from one partial satisfaction to another, and in them
all it is but segments of our being that are satisfied,
whilst all the rest of the circumference remains disquieted.
We need that, in one attainable and single
object, there shall be at once that which will subjugate
the will, that which will illuminate and appease
the conscience, that which will satisfy the seeking
intellect, and hold forth the promise of endless progress
in insight and knowledge, that which will[293]
meet all the desires of our ravenous clamant nature,
and that which will fill every creek and cranny of our
empty hearts as with the flashing brightness of an
inflowing tide.
And where shall we find all these, but in one dear
heart, and where shall we discern the one object,
whom, possessing, we have enough; and without
whom, possessing all beside, we are mendicants and
starving? Where, but in that dear Lord, who Himself
will supply all our needs, and will minister to us peace,
because for will and conscience and intellect and
affections and desires He supplies the pabulum that
they require, and gives more than enough for their
satisfaction?
We want, if we are to be at rest, that there shall be
some absolute control over our passions, lusts, desires,
which torture us for ever, as long as they are ungoverned.
There is only one hand which will take
the wild beasts of our nature, bind them in the silken
leash of His love, and lead them along, tamed and
obedient.
We want, for our peace, that all our relations with
circumstances and men around us shall be rectified.
And who is there that can bring about such harmony
between us and our surroundings that calamities
shall not press upon us with their heaviest weight,
nor opposing circumstances kindle angry resistance,
but only patient perseverance and thankful persistence
in the path of duty? It is only Christ that can
regulate our relations to the things and the men
around us, and make all things work together to our
consciousness for our good.
Further, if we are to be at rest, and possess any
true, fundamental, and stable tranquillity, we want[294]
that our relations with God shall consciously be
rectified and made blessed. And I, for my part, do
not believe that any man comes into the full sweetness
of an assured friendship with God, unless he comes to
it by the road of faith in that Saviour in whom God
draws near to us with tenderness in His heart, and
blessings dropping from His open Hands. To be at
peace with God is the beginning of all true tranquillity,
and that can be secured only by faith in Jesus Christ.
So, because He brings the reconciliation between
man and God, because He brings the rectification
of our relation to circumstances and men, because He
brings the control of desires and passions and inclinations,
and because He satisfies all the capacities of
our natures, in Him, and in Him only, is there peace
for us.
III. So note, thirdly, that the peace of the Lord of
Peace is perfect.
‘Give you peace always,’ that points to perpetual,
unbroken duration in time, and through all changing
circumstances which might threaten a less stable and
deeply-rooted tranquillity. And then, ‘by all means,’
as our Authorised Version has it, or, better, ‘in all
ways,’ as the Revised Version reads, the reference
being, not so much to the various manners in which
the divine peace is to be bestowed, as to the various
aspects which that peace is capable of assuming.
Christ’s peace, then, is perpetual and multiform,
unbroken, and presenting itself in all the aspects in
which tranquillity is possible for a human spirit.
It is possible, then, thinks Paul, that there shall be
in our hearts a deep tranquillity, over which disasters,
calamities, sorrows, losses, need have no power. There
is no necessity why, when my outward life is troubled,[295]
my inward life should be perturbed. There may be
light in the dwellings of Goshen, while darkness lies
over all the land of Egypt. The peace which Christ
gives is no exemption from warfare, but is realised in
the midst of warfare. It is no immunity from sorrows,
but is then most felt when the storm of sorrow beating
upon us is patiently accepted. The rainbow
steadfastly stands spanning the tortured waters of the
cataract. The fire may burn, like that old Greek fire,
beneath the water. The surface may be agitated,
but the centre may be calm. It is not calamity
that breaks our peace, but it is the resistance of our
wills to calamity which troubles us. When we can
bow and submit and say, ‘Thy will be done,’ ‘it
seemeth good to Thee, do as Thou wilt,’ then nothing
can break the peace of God in our hearts. We seek
in the wrong quarter for peace when we seek it in the
disposition of outward things according to our wills.
We seek in the right way when we seek it in the disposition
of our wills according to the will of the
Father manifest in our circumstances. There may
be peace always, even whilst the storms, efforts, and
calamities of life are in full operation around us and
on us. That peace may be uninterrupted and uniform,
extended on one high level, as it were through all
our lives. It is not so with us, dear brethren; there
are ups and downs which are our own fault. The
peace of God may be permanent, but, in order that it
should be, there must be permanent communion and
permanent obedience.
Further, says the Apostle, Christ’s peace will not
manifest itself in one form only, but in all the shapes
in which peace is possible. There are many enemies
that beset this calmness of spirit; for them all there[296]
is the appropriate armour and defence in the peace of
God, I have already enumerated in part some of the
requirements for true and permanent tranquillity of
soul. All these are met in the peace of Christ.
Whatever it is that disturbs men, He has His anodyne
that will soothe. If circumstances threaten, if men
array themselves against us, if our own evil hearts rise
up in rebellion, if our passions disturb us, if our consciences
accuse: for all these Christ brings tranquillity
and calm. In every way in which men can
be disturbed, and in every way, therefore, in which
peace can be manifest, Christ’s gift avails. ‘Come
unto Me all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and
I will give you rest.’
IV. Lastly, ‘the Lord of Peace’ gives it by giving
His own presence.
The Thessalonians, as they listened to Paul’s first
prayer, might think to themselves, ‘Always, by all
means.’ That is a large petition! Can it be fufilled?
And so the Apostle adds, ‘The Lord be with you all.’
You cannot separate Christ’s gifts from Christ. The
only way to get anything that He gives is to get Him.
It is His presence that does everything. If He is with
me, the world’s annoyances will seem very small. If
I hold His hand I shall not be much troubled. If I can
only nestle close to His side, and come under His cloak,
He will shield me from the cold blast, from whatever
side it blows. If my heart is twined around Him it
will partake of the stability and calm of the great
heart on which it rests.
The secret of tranquillity is the presence of Christ.
When He is in the vessel the waves calm themselves.
So, Christian men and women, if you and I are
conscious of breaches of our restfulness, interruptions[297]
of our tranquillity by reason of surging, impatient
passions, and hot desires within ourselves, or by
reason of the pressure of outward circumstances, or by
reason of our having fallen beneath our consciences,
and done wrong things, let us understand that the
breaches of our peace are not owing to Him, but only
to our having let go His hand. It is our own faults
if we are ever troubled; if we kept close to Him we
should not be. It is our own faults if the world ever
agitates us beyond the measure that is compatible
with central calm. Sorrow should not have the power
to touch the citadel of our lives. Effort should not
have the power to withdraw us from our trustful
repose in Him. And nothing here would have the
power, if we did not let our hand slip out of His, and
break our communion with Him.
So, dear brethren, ‘in the world ye shall have
tribulation, in Me ye shall have peace.’ Keep inside
the fortress and nothing will disturb. ‘He that
dwelleth in the secret place of the Most High shall
abide under the shadow of the Almighty.’ The only
place where that hungry, passion-ridden heart of
yours, conscious of alienation from God, can find rest,
is close by Jesus Christ. ‘The Lord be with us all,’
and then the peace of that Lord shall clothe and fill
our hearts in Christ Jesus.[298]
I. TIMOTHY
THE END OF THE COMMANDMENT
‘Now, the end of the commandment is love, out of a pure heart, and of a good
conscience, and of faith unfeigned.’—1 Tim. 1. 6.
The Apostle has just said that he left Timothy in
Ephesus, in order to check some tendencies there
which were giving anxiety. Certain teachers had
appeared, the effect of whose activity was to create
parties, to foster useless speculations, and to turn the
minds of the Ephesian Christians away from the
practical and moral side of Christianity. In opposition
to these, the Apostle here lays down the broad principle
that God has spoken, not in order to make acute
theologians, or to provide materials for controversy,
but in order to help us to love. The whole of these
latest letters of the Apostle breathe the mellow wisdom
of old age, which has learned to rate brilliant intellectualism,
agility, incontroversial fence and the like,
far lower than homely goodness. And so, says Paul,
‘the end of the commandment is love.’
Now he here states, not only the purpose of the
divine revelation, but gives us a summary, but yet
sufficient, outline of the method by which God works
towards that purpose. The commandment is the
beginning, love is the end or aim. And between these
two there are inserted three things, a ‘pure heart,’ a
‘good conscience,’ ‘faith unfeigned.’ Now of these[299]
three the two former are closely connected, and the
third is the cause, or condition, of both of them. It is,
therefore, properly named last as being first in order,
and therefore last reached in analysis. When you
track a stream from its mouth to its source, the
fountain-head is the last thing that you come to. And
here we have, as in these great lakes in Central Africa—out
of which finally the Nile issues—the stages of the
flow. There are the twin lakes, a ‘good conscience’
and a ‘pure heart.’ These come from ‘unfeigned faith,’
which lies higher up in the hills of God; and they run
down into the love which is the ‘end of the commandment.’
The faith lays hold on the commandment, and
so the process is complete. Or, if you begin at the top,
instead of at the bottom, God gives the word; faith
grasps the word, and thereby nourishes a ‘pure heart’
and a ‘good conscience,’ and thereby produces a
universal love. So, then, we have three steps to look
at here.
I. First of all, what God speaks to us for.
‘The end of the commandment is love.’
Now, I take it that the word ‘commandment’ here
means, not this or that specific precept, but the whole
body of Christian revelation, considered as containing
laws for life. And to begin with, and only to mention,
it is something to get that point of view, that all which
God says, be it promise, be it self-manifestation, be it
threatening, or be it anything else, has a preceptive
bearing, and is meant to influence life and conduct. I
shall have a word or two more to say about that
presently, but note, just as we go on, how remarkable
it is, and how full of lessons, if we will ponder it, that
one name for the Gospel on the lips of the man who
had most to say about the contrast between Gospel and[300]
Law is ‘commandment.’ Try to feel the stringency of
that aspect of evangelical truth and of Christian
revelation.
Then I need not remind you how here the indefinite
expression ‘love’ must be taken, as I think is generally
the case in the New Testament, when the object on
which the love rests is not defined, as including both of
the twin commandments, of which the second, our
Master says, is like unto the first, love to God and love
to man. In the Christian idea these two are one. They
are shoots from the one root. The only difference is
that the one climbs and the other grows along the
levels of earth. There is no gulf set in the New Testament
teaching, and there ought to be none in the
practice and life of a Christian man, between the love
of God and the love of man. They are two aspects of
one thing.
Then, if so, mark how, according to the Apostle’s
teaching here, in this one thought of a dual-sided love,
one turned upwards, one turned earthwards, there lies
the whole perfection of a human soul. You want
nothing more if you are ‘rooted and grounded in love.’
That will secure all goodness, all morality, all religion,
everything that is beautiful, and everything that is
noble. And all this is meant to be the result of God’s
speech to us.
So, then, two very plain practical principles may be
deduced and enforced from this first thought. First,
the purpose of all revelation and the test of all religion
is—character and conduct.
It is all very well to know about God, to have our
minds filled with true thoughts about Him, His nature,
and dealings with us. Orthodoxy is good, but orthodoxy
is a means to an end. There should be nothing in[301]
a man’s creed which does not act upon his life. Or, if
I may put it into technical words, all a man’s credenda
should be his agenda; and whatsoever he believes
should come straight into his life to influence it, and to
shape character. Here, then, is the warning against
a mere notional orthodoxy, and against regarding
Christian truth as being intended mainly to illuminate
the understanding, or to be a subject of speculation and
discussion. There are people in all generations, and
there are plenty of them to-day, who seem to think
that the great verities of the Gospel are mainly meant
to provide material for controversy—
| ‘As if religion were intended |
| For nothing else but to be mended’; |
they have tried to apprehend the true bearing of this
revelation, and to contend against misinterpretations.
This is the curse of religious controversy, that it blinds
men to the practical importance of the truths for which
they are fighting. It is as if one were to take some
fertile wheat-land, and sand it all over, and roll it
down, and make it smooth for a gymnasium, where
nothing would grow. So the temper which finds in
Christian truth simply a ‘ministration of questions,’
as my text says, mars its purpose, and robs itself
of all the power and nourishment that it might find
there.
No less to be guarded against is the other misconception
which the clear grasp of our text would
dismiss at once, that the great purpose for which God
speaks to us men, in the revelation of Jesus Christ, is
that we may, as we say, be ‘forgiven,’ and escape any
of the temporal or eternal consequences of our wrongdoing.
That is a purpose, no doubt, and men will never[302]
rise to the apprehension of the loftiest purposes, nor
penetrate to a sympathetic perception of the inmost
sweetness of the Gospel, unless they begin with its
redemptive aspect, even in the narrowest sense of that
word. But there are a miserable number of so-called
and of real Christians in this world, and in our
churches to-day, who have little conception that God
has spoken to them for anything else than to deliver
them from the fear of death, and from the incidence on
them of future condemnation. He has spoken for this
purpose, but the ultimate end of all is that we may be
helped to love Him, and so to be like Him. The aim of
the commandment is love, and if you ever are tempted
to rest in intellectual apprehensions, or to pervert the
truth of God into a mere arena on which you can display
your skill of fence and your intellectual agility, or
if ever you are tempted to think that all is done when
the sweet message of forgiveness is sealed upon a
man’s heart, remember the solemn and plain words of
my text—the final purpose of all is that we may love
God and man.
But then, on the other side, note that no less
distinctly is the sole foundation of this love laid in
God’s speech. My text, in its elevation of sentiment
and character and conduct above doctrine, falls in with
the prevailing tendencies of this day; but it provides
the safeguards which these tendencies neglect. Notice
that this favourite saying of the most advanced school
of broad thinkers, who are always talking about the
decay of dogma, and the unimportance of doctrine as
compared with love, is here uttered by a man who was
no sentimentalist, but to whom the Christian system
was a most distinct and definite thing, bristling all
over with the obnoxious doctrines which are by some[303]
of us so summarily dismissed as of no importance. My
very text protests against the modern attempt to
wrench away the sentiments and emotions produced in
men, by the reception of Christian truth, from the
truth which it recognises as the only basis on which
they can be produced. It declares that the ‘commandment’
must come first, before love can follow; and the
rest of the letter, although, as I say, it decisively
places the end of revelation as being the moral and
religious perfecting of men into assimilation with the
divine love, no less decisively demands that for such
a perfecting there shall be laid the foundation of the
truth as it is revealed in Jesus Christ.
And that is what we want to-day in order to make
breadth wholesome, and if only we will carry with us
the two thoughts, the commandment and love, we shall
not go far wrong. But what would you think of a man
that said, ‘I do not want any foundations. I want a
house to live in’? And pray how are you going to get
your house without the foundations? Or would he be
a wise man who said, ‘Oh, never mind about putting
grapes into the vine vat, and producing fermentation;
give me the wine!’ Yes! But you must have the
fermentation first. The process is not the result, of
course, but there is no result without the process. And
according to New Testament teaching, which, I am bold
to say, is verified by experience, there is no deep, all-swaying,
sovereign, heart-uniting love to God which is
not drawn from the acceptance of the truth as it is in
Jesus Christ.
II. And so I come, secondly, to note the purifying
which is needed prior to such love.
Our text, as I said, divides the process into stages;
or, if I may go back to a former illustration, into[304]
levels. And on the level immediately above the love,
down into which the waters of the twin lakes glide, are
a pure heart and a good conscience. These are the
requisites for all real and operative love. Now they
are closely connected, as it seems to me, more closely
so than with either the stage which precedes or that
which follows. They are, in fact, two twin thoughts,
very closely identified, though not quite identical.
A pure heart is one that has been defecated and
cleansed from the impurities which naturally attach to
human affections. A ‘good conscience’ is one which is
void of offence towards God and man, and registers the
emotions of a pure heart. It is like a sheet of sensitive
paper that, with a broken line, indicates how many
hours of sunshine in the day there have been. We
need not discuss the question as to which of these two
great gifts and blessings which sweeten a whole life
come first. In the initial stages of the Christian life I
suppose the good conscience precedes the pure heart.
For forgiveness which calms the conscience and purges
it of the perilous stuff which has been injected into it
by our corruptions—forgiveness comes before cleansing,
and the conscience is calm before the heart is
purified. But in the later stages of the Christian life
the order seems to be reversed, and there cannot be in
a man a conscience that is good unless there is a heart
that is pure.
But however that may be—and it does not affect the
general question before us—mark how distinctly Paul
lays down here the principle that you will get no real
love of God or man out of men whose hearts are foul,
and whose consciences are either torpid or stinging
them. I need not dwell upon that, for it is plain to
anybody that will think for a moment that all sin[305]
separates between a man and God; and that from a
heart all seething and bubbling, like the crater of a
volcano, with foul liquids, and giving forth foul odours,
there can come no love worth calling so to God, nor
any benevolence worth calling so to man. Wherever
there is sin, unrecognised, unconfessed, unpardoned,
there there is a black barrier built up between a
man’s heart and the yearning heart of God on the
other side. And until that barrier is swept away, until
the whole nature receives a new set, until it is
delivered from the love of evil, and from its self-centred
absorption, and until conscience has taken into
grateful hands, if I might so say, the greatest of all
gifts, the assurance of the divine forgiveness, I, for
one, do not believe that deep, vital, and life-transforming
love to God is possible. I know that it is very
unfashionable, I know it is exceedingly narrow teaching,
but it seems to me that it is Scriptural teaching;
and it seems to me that if we will strip it of the
exaggerations with which it has often been surrounded,
and recognise that there may be a kind of instinctive
and occasional recognition of a divine love, there may
be a yearning after a clear light, and fuller knowledge
of it, and yet all the while no real love to God, rooted
in and lording over and moulding the life, we shall not
find much in the history of the world, or in the
experience of ourselves or of others, to contradict the
affirmation that you need the cleansing of forgiveness,
and the recognition of God’s love in Jesus Christ,
before you can get love worth calling so in return to
Him in men’s hearts.
Brethren, there is much to-day to shame Christian
men in the singular fact which is becoming more
obvious daily, of a divorce between human benevolence[306]
and godliness. It is a scandal that there should be so
many men in the world who make no pretensions to
any sympathy with your Christianity, and who set you
an example of benevolence, self-sacrifice, enthusiasm
for humanity, as it is called. I believe that the one
basis upon which there can be solidly built benevolence
to men is devotion to God, because of God’s great love
to us in Jesus Christ. But I want to stir, if I might
not say sting, you and myself into a recognition of our
obligations to mankind, more stringent and compelling
than we have ever felt it, by this phenomenon of
modern life, that a divorce has been proclaimed
between philanthropy and religion. The end of the
commandment is love, out of a pure heart, and of a
good conscience.
III. Lastly, notice the condition of such purifying.
To recur to my former illustration, we have to go up
country to a still higher level. What feeds the two
reservoirs that feed the love? What makes the heart
pure and the conscience good? Paul answers, ‘faith
unfeigned’; not mere intellectual apprehension, not
mere superficial or professed, but deep, genuine, and
complete faith which has in it the element of reliance
as well as the element of credence. Belief is not all
that goes to make faith. Trust is not all that goes to
make faith. Belief and trust are indissolubly wedded
in the conception of it. Such a faith, which knows
what it lays hold of—for it lays hold upon definite
truth, and lays hold on what it knows, for it trusts in
Him whom the truth reveals—such a faith makes the
heart pure and the conscience good.
And how does it do so? By nothing in itself. There
is no power in my faith to make me one bit better than
I am. There is no power in it to still one accusation of[307]
conscience. It is only the condition on which the one
power that purges and that calms enters into my heart
and works there. The power of faith is the power of
that which faith admits to operate in my life. If we
open our hearts the fire will come in, and it will thaw
the ice, and melt out the foulness from my heart. It is
important for practice that we should clearly understand
that the great things which the Bible says of
faith it says of it only because it is the channel, the
medium, the condition, by and on which the real power,
which is Jesus Christ Himself, acts upon us. It is not
the window, but the sunshine, that floods this building
with light. It is not the opened hand, but the gift laid
in it, that enriches the pauper. It is not the poor
leaden pipe, but the water that flows through it, that
fills the cistern, and cleanses it, whilst it fills. It is not
your faith, but the Christ whom your faith brings into
your heart and conscience, that purges the one, and
makes the other void of offence towards God and man.
So, brethren, let us learn the secret of all nobility, of
all power, of all righteousness of character and conduct.
Put your foot on the lowest round of the ladder, and
then aspire and climb, and you will reach the summit.
Take the first step, and be true to it after you have
taken it, and the last will surely come. He that can
say, ‘We have known and believed the love that God
hath to us,’ will also be able to say, ‘We love Him
because He first loved us.’ ‘And this commandment
have we of God, that he who loves God loves his brother
also.’[308]
‘THE GOSPEL OF THE GLORY OF
THE HAPPY GOD’
‘The glorious gospel of the blessed God.’—1 Tim. i. 11.
Two remarks of an expository character will prepare
the way for our consideration of this text. The first
is, that the proper rendering is that which is given in
the Revised Version—’the gospel of the glory,’ not the
‘glorious gospel.’ The Apostle is not telling us what
kind of thing the Gospel is, but what it is about. He
is dealing not with its quality, but with its contents.
It is a Gospel which reveals, has to do with, is the
manifestation of, the glory of God.
Then the other remark is with reference to the
meaning of the word ‘blessed.’ There are two Greek
words which are both translated ‘blessed’ in the New
Testament. One of them, the more common, literally
means ‘well spoken of,’ and points to the action of
praise or benediction; describes what a man is when
men speak well of him, or what God is when men
praise and magnify His name. But the other word,
which is used here, and is only applied to God once
more in Scripture, has no reference to the human
attribution of blessing and praise to Him, but
describes Him altogether apart from what men say
of Him, as what He is in Himself, the ‘blessed,’ or, as
we might almost say, the ‘happy’ God. If the word
happy seems too trivial, suggesting ideas of levity, of
turbulence, of possible change, then I do not know
that we can find any better word than that which is
already employed in my text, if only we remember that
it means the solemn, calm, restful, perpetual gladness
that fills the heart of God.[309]
So much, then, being premised, there are three
points that seem to me to come out of this remarkable
expression of my text. First, the revelation of God in
Christ, of which the Gospel is the record, is the glory
of God. Second, that revelation is, in a very profound
sense, an element in the blessedness of God. And, lastly,
that revelation is the good news for men. Let us look
at these three points, then, in succession.
I. Take, first, that striking thought that the revelation
of God in Jesus Christ is the glory of God.
The theme, or contents, or purpose of the whole
Gospel, is to set forth and make manifest to men the
glory of God.
Now what do we mean by ‘the glory’? I think, perhaps,
that question may be most simply answered by
remembering the definite meaning of the word in the
Old Testament. There it designates, usually, that
supernatural and lustrous light which dwelt between
the Cherubim, the symbol of the presence and of the
self-manifestation of God. So that we may say, in
brief, that the glory of God is the sum-total of the
light that streams from His self-revelation, considered
as being the object of adoration and praise by a world
that gazes upon Him.
And if this be the notion of the glory of God, is it
not a startling contrast which is suggested between
the apparent contents and the real substance of that
Gospel? Suppose a man, for instance, who had no
previous knowledge of Christianity, being told that
in it he would find the highest revelation of the glory
of God. He comes to the book, and finds that the
very heart of it is not about God, but about a man;
that this revelation of the glory of God is the biography
of a man; and more than that, that the larger[310]
portion of that biography is the story of the humiliations,
and the sufferings, and the death of the man.
Would it not strike him as a strange paradox that
the history of a man’s life was the shining apex of all
revelations of the glory of God? And yet so it is, and
the Apostle, just because to him the Gospel was the
story of the Christ who lived and died, declares that
in this story of a human life, patient, meek, limited,
despised, rejected, and at last crucified, lies, brighter
than all other flashings of the divine light, the very
heart of the lustre and palpitating centre and fontal
source of all the radiance with which God has flooded
the world. The history of Jesus Christ is the glory of
God. And that involves two or three considerations
on which I dwell briefly.
One of them is this: Christ, then, is the self-revelation
of God. If, when we deal with the story of His
life and death, we are dealing simply with the biography
of a man, however pure, lofty, inspired he may
be, then I ask what sort of connection there is between
that biography which the four Gospels gives us, and
what my text says is the substance of the Gospel?
What force of logic is there in the Apostle’s words:
‘God commendeth His love toward us in that whilst
we were yet sinners Christ died for us,’ unless there
is some altogether different connection between the
God who commends His love and the Christ who dies
to commend it, than exists between a mere man and
God? Brethren! to deliver my text, and a hundred
other passages of Scripture, from the charge of being
extravagant nonsense, and clear, illogical non sequiturs,
you must believe that in that man Christ Jesus ‘we
behold His glory—the glory of the only begotten of
the Father’; and that when we look—haply not[311]
without some touch of tenderness and awed admiration
in our hearts—upon His gentleness, we have to
say, ‘the patient God’; when we look upon His tears
we have to say, ‘the pitying God’; when we look upon
His Cross we have to say, ‘the redeeming God’; and
gazing upon the Man, to see in Him the manifest divinity.
Oh! listen to that voice, ‘He that hath seen Me hath
seen the Father,’ and bow before the story of the human
life as being the revelation of the indwelling God.
And then, still further, my text suggests that this
self-revelation of God in Jesus Christ is the very climax
and highest point of all God’s revelations to men. I
believe that the loftiest exhibition and conception of
the divine character which is possible to us must be
made to us in the form of a man. I believe that the
law of humanity, for ever, in heaven as on earth, is
this, that the Son is the revealer of God; and that no
loftier—yea, at bottom, no other—communication of
the divine nature can be made to man than is made
in Jesus Christ.
But be that as it may, let me urge upon you this
thought, that in that wondrous story of the life and
death of our Lord Jesus Christ the very high-water
mark of divine self-communication has been touched
and reached. All the energies of the divine nature are
embodied there. The ‘riches, both of the wisdom and
of the knowledge of God,’ are in the Cross and Passion
of our Saviour. ‘To declare at this time His righteousness‘
Jesus Christ came to die. The Cross is ‘the power
of God unto salvation.’ Or, to put it into other words,
and avail oneself of an illustration, we know the old
story of the queen who, for the love of an unworthy
human heart, dissolved pearls in the cup and gave
them to him to drink. We may say that God comes to[312]
us, and for the love of us, reprobate and unworthy,
has melted all the jewels of His nature into that cup
of blessing which He offers to us, saying: ‘Drink ye
all of it.’ The whole Godhead, so to speak, is smelted
down to make that rushing river of molten love which
flows from the Cross of Christ into the hearts of men.
Here is the highest point of God’s revelation of
Himself.
And my text implies, still further, that the true
living, flashing centre of the glory of God is the love
of God. Christendom is more than half heathen yet,
and it betrays its heathenism not least in its vulgar
conceptions of the divine nature and its glory. The
majestic attributes which separate God from man, and
make Him unlike His creatures, are the ones which
people too often fancy belong to the glorious side of
His character. They draw distinctions between ‘grace’
and ‘glory,’ and think that the latter applies mainly
to what I might call the physical and the metaphysical,
and less to the moral, attributes of the divine nature.
We adore power, and when it is expanded to infinity
we think that it is the glory of God. But my text
delivers us from all such misconceptions. If we rightly
understand it, then we learn this, that the true heart
of the glory is tenderness and love. Of power that
weak man hanging on the Cross is a strange embodiment;
but if we learn that there is something more
godlike in God than power, then we can say, as we look
upon Jesus Christ: ‘Lo! this is our God. We have
waited for Him, and He will save us.’ Not in the
wisdom that knows no growth, not in the knowledge
which has no border-land of ignorance ringing it round
about, not in the unwearied might of His arm, not in
the exhaustless energy of His being, not in the un[313]slumbering
watchfulness of His all-seeing eye, not in
that awful presence wheresoever creatures are; not in
any or in all of these lies the glory of God, but in His
love. These are the fringes of the brightness; this is
the central blaze. The Gospel is the Gospel of the
glory of God, because it is all summed up in the one
word—’God so loved the world that He gave His only
begotten Son.’
II. Now, in the next place, the revelation of God in
Christ is an element in the blessedness of God.
We are come here into places where we see but very
dimly, and it becomes us to speak very cautiously.
Only as we are led by the divine teaching may we
affirm at all. But it cannot be unwise to accept in
simple literality utterances of Scripture, however they
may seem to strike us as strange. And so I would say—the
philosopher’s God may be all-sufficient and unemotional,
the Bible’s God ‘delighteth in mercy,’
rejoiceth in His gifts, and is glad when men accept
them. It is something, surely, amid all the griefs and
sorrows of this sorrow-haunted and devil-hunted world,
to rise to this lofty region and to feel that there is a
living personal joy at the heart of the universe. If
we went no further, to me there is infinite beauty and
mighty consolation and strength in that one thought—the
happy God. He is not, as some ways of representing
Him figure Him to be, what the older astronomers
thought the sun was, a great cold orb, black and frigid
at the heart, though the source and centre of light and
warmth to the system. But He Himself is joy, or if
we dare not venture on that word, which brings with
it earthly associations, and suggests the possibility of
alteration—He is the blessed God. And the Psalmist
saw deeply into the divine nature, who, not contented[314]
with hymning His praise as the possessor of the
fountain of life, and the light whereby we see light,
exclaimed in an ecstasy of anticipation, ‘Thou makest
us to drink of the rivers of Thy pleasures.’
But there is a great deal more than that here, if not
in the word itself, at least in its connection, which
connection seems to suggest that, howsoever the divine
nature must be supposed to be blessed in its own
absolute and boundless perfectness, an element in the
blessedness of God Himself arises from His self-communication
through the Gospel to the world. All love
delights in imparting. Why should not God’s? On
the lower level of human affection we know that it is
so, and on the highest level we may with all reverence
venture to say, The quality of that mercy . . . ‘is
twice blest,’ and that divine love ‘blesseth Him that
gives and them that take.’
He created a universe because He delights in His
works, and in having creatures on whom He can lavish
Himself. He ‘rests in His love, and rejoices over us
with singing’ when we open our hearts to the reception
of His light, and learn to know Him as He has
declared Himself in His Christ. The blessed God is
blessed because He is God. But He is blessed too
because He is the loving and, therefore, the giving God.
What a rock-firmness such a thought as this gives to
the mercy and the love that He pours out upon us! If
they were evoked by our worthiness we might well
tremble, but when we know, according to the grand
words familiar to many of us, that it is His nature
and property to be merciful, and that He is far gladder
in giving than we can be in receiving, then we may be
sure that His mercy endureth for ever, and that it is
the very necessity of His being—and He cannot turn[315]
His back upon Himself—to love, to pity, to succour,
and to bless.
III. And so, lastly, the revelation of God in Christ is
good news for us all.
‘The Gospel of the glory of the blessed God.’ How
that word ‘Gospel’ has got tarnished and enfeebled by
constant use and unreflective use, so that it slips glibly
off my tongue and falls without producing any effect
upon your hearts! It needs to be freshened up by considering
what really it means. It means this: here are
we like men shut up in a beleaguered city, hopeless, helpless,
with no power to break out or to raise the siege;
provisions failing, death certain. Some of you older
men and women remember how that was the case in
that awful siege of Paris, in the Franco-German War,
and what expedients were adopted in order to get
some communication from without. And here to us,
prisoned, comes, as it did to them, a despatch borne
under a dove’s wing, and the message is this:—God is
love; and that you may know that He is, He has sent
you His Son who died on the Cross, the sacrifice for
a world’s sin. Believe it, and trust it, and all your
transgressions will pass away.
My brother, is not that good news? Is it not the
good news that you need—the news of a Father, of
pardon, of hope, of love, of strength, of purity, of
heaven? Does it not meet our fears, our forebodings,
our wants at every point? It comes to you. What do
you do with it? Do you welcome it eagerly, do you
clutch it to your hearts, do you say, ‘This is my Gospel’?
Oh! let me beseech you, welcome the message; do not
turn away from the word from heaven, which will
bring life and blessedness to all your hearts! Some of
you have turned away long enough, some of you,[316]
perhaps, are fighting with the temptation to do so
again even now. Let me press that ancient Gospel
upon your acceptance, that Christ the Son of God has
died for you, and lives to bless and help you. Take it
and live! So shall you find that, ‘as cold water to a
thirsty soul,’ so is this best of all news from the far
country.
THE GOSPEL IN SMALL
‘This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came
into the world to save sinners.’—1 Tim. i. 15.
Condensation is a difficult art. There are few things
drier and more unsatisfactory than small books on
great subjects, abbreviated statements of large systems.
Error lurks in summaries, and yet here the whole
fulness of God’s communication to men is gathered into
a sentence; tiny as a diamond, and flashing like it.
My text is the one precious drop of essence, distilled
from gardens full of fragrant flowers. There is an
old legend of a magic tent, which could be expanded
to shelter an army, and contracted to cover a single
man. That great Gospel which fills the Bible and
overflows on the shelves of crowded libraries is here,
without harm to its power, folded up into one saying,
which the simplest can understand sufficiently to
partake of the salvation which it offers.
There are five of these ‘faithful sayings’ in the
letters of Paul, usually called ‘the pastoral epistles.’
It seems to have been a manner with him, at that
time of his life, to underscore anything which he felt
to be especially important by attaching to it this label.
They are all, with one exception, references to the
largest truths of the Gospel. I turn to this one,[317]
the first of them now, for the sake of gathering some
lessons from it.
I. Note, then, first, here the Gospel in a nutshell.
‘Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners.’
Now, every word there is weighty, and might be, not
beaten out, but opened out into volumes. Mark who
it is that comes—the solemn double name of that
great Lord, ‘Christ Jesus.’ The former tells of His
divine appointment and preparation, inasmuch as the
Spirit of the Lord God is upon Him, anointing Him
to proclaim good tidings to the poor, and to open the
prison doors to all the captives, and asserts that it is
He to whom prophets and ritual witnessed, and for
whose coming prophets and kings looked wearily
through the ages, and died rejoicing even to see afar
off the glimmer of His day. The name of Jesus tells
of the child born in Bethlehem, who knows the experience
of our lives by His own, and not only bends
over our griefs with the pity and omniscience of a
God, but with the experience and sympathy of a man.
‘Christ Jesus came.’ Then He was before He came.
His own will impelled His feet, and brought Him to
earth.
‘Christ Jesus came to save.’ Then there is disease,
for saving is healing; and there is danger, for saving
is making secure.
‘Christ Jesus came to save sinners’—the universal
condition, co-extensive with the ‘world’ into which,
and for which, He came. And so the essence of the
Gospel, as it lay in Paul’s mind, and had been verified
in his experience, was this—that a divine person had
left a life of glory, and in wonderful fashion had taken
upon Himself manhood in order to deliver men from
the universal danger and disease. That is the Gospel[318]
which Paul believed, and which he commends to us as
‘a faithful saying.’
Well, then, if that be so, there are two or three
things very important for us to lay to heart. The
first is the universality of sin. That is the thing
in which we are all alike, dear friends. That is the
one thing about which any man is safe in his estimate
of another. We differ profoundly. The members of
this congregation, gathered accidentally together, and
perhaps never to be all together again, may be at the
antipodes of culture, of condition, of circumstances, of
modes of life; but, just as really below all the diversities
there lies the common possession of the one human
heart, so really and universally below all diversities
there lies the black drop in the heart, and ‘we all have
sinned and come short of the glory of God.’ It is that
truth which I want to lay on your hearts as the first
condition to understanding anything about the power,
the meaning, the blessedness of the Gospel which we
say we believe.
And what does Paul mean by this universal indictment?
If you take the vivid autobiographical sketch
in the midst of which it is embedded, you will understand.
He goes on to say, ‘of whom I am chief.’ It
was the same man that said, without supposing that
he was contradicting this utterance at all, ‘touching
the righteousness which is in the law’ I was ‘blameless.’
And yet, ‘I am chief.’ So all true men who
have ever shown us their heart, in telling their Christian
faith, have repeated Paul’s statement; from
Augustine in his wonderful Confessions, to John
Bunyan in his Grace Abounding to the Chief of
Sinners. And then prosaic men have said, ‘What
profligates they must have been, or what exaggerators[319]
they are now!’ No. Sewer gas of the worst sort has
no smell; and the most poisonous exhalations are only
perceptible by their effects. What made Paul think
himself the chief of sinners was not that he had broken
the commandments, for he might have said, and in
effect did say, ‘All these have I kept from my youth
up,’ but that, through all the respectability and morality
of his early life there ran this streak—an alienation
of heart, in the pride of self-confidence, from God, and
an ignorance of his own wretchedness and need. Ah!
brethren, I do not need to exaggerate, nor to talk
about ‘splendid vices,’ in the untrue language of one
of the old saints, but this I seek to press on you: that
the deep, universal sin does not lie in the indulgence
of passions, or the breach of moralities, but it lies
here—’thou hast left Me, the fountain of living water.’
That is what I charge on myself, and on every one of
you, and I beseech you to recognise the existence of
this sinfulness beneath all the surface of reputable
and pure lives. Beautiful they may be; God forbid
that I should deny it: beautiful with many a strenuous
effort after goodness, and charming in many respects,
but yet vitiated by this, ‘The God in whose hand thy
breath is, and whose are all thy ways, thou hast not
glorified.’ That is enough to make a man brush away
all the respectabilities and proprieties and graces, and
look at the black reality beneath, and wail out ‘of
whom I am chief.’
But, further, Paul’s condensed summary of the
Gospel implies the fatal character of this universal
sin. ‘He comes to save,’ says he. Now what
answers to ‘save’ is either disease or danger. The
word is employed in the original in antithesis to both
conditions. To save is to heal and to make safe.[320]
And I need not remind you, I suppose, of how truly
the alienation from God, and the substitution for Him
of self or of creature, is the sickness of the whole man.
But the end of sickness uncured is death. We ‘have
no healing medicine,’ and the ‘wound is incurable’
by the skill of any earthly chirurgeon. The notion
of sickness passes, therefore, at once into that of
danger: for unhealed sickness can only end in death.
Oh! that my words could have the waking power
that would startle some of my complacent hearers
into the recognition of the bare facts of their lives
and character, and of the position in which they
stand on a slippery inclined plane that goes straight
down into darkness!
You do not hear much about the danger of sin
from some modern pulpits. God forbid that it should
be the staple of any; but God forbid that it should
be excluded from any! Whilst fear is a low motive,
self-preservation is not a low one; and it is to that
that I now appeal. Brethren, the danger of every sin
is, first, its rapid growth; second, its power of separating
from God; third, the certainty of a future—ay!
and present—retribution.
To me, the proof of the fatal effect of sin is what
God had to do in order to stop it. Do you think that
it would be a small, superficial cut which could be
stanched by nothing else but the pierced hand of
Jesus Christ? Measure the intensity of danger by
the cost of deliverance, and judge how grave are the
wounds for the healing of which stripes had to be laid
on Him. Ah! if you and I had not been in danger
of death, Jesus Christ would not have died. And if it
be true that the Son of God laid aside His glory, and
came into the world and died on the Cross for men,[321]
out of the very greatness of the gift, and the marvellousness
of the mercy, there comes solemn teaching as
to the intensity of the misery and the reality and
awfulness of the retribution from which we were
delivered by such a death. Sin, the universal condition,
brings with it no slight disease and no small danger.
Further, we may gather from this condensed summary
where the true heart and essence of the Christian
revelation is. You will never understand it until
you are contented to take the point of view which the
New Testament takes, and give all weight and gravity
to the fact of man’s transgression and the consequences
thereof. We shall never know what the power and
the glory of the revelation of God in Jesus Christ is
until we recognise that, first and foremost, it is the
mighty means by which man’s ruin is repaired, man’s
downrush is stopped, sin is forgiven and capable of
being cleansed. Only when we think of the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as being, first and foremost, the
redemption of the world by the great act of incarnation
and sacrifice, do we come to be in a position
in any measure to estimate its superlative worth.
And, for my part, I believe that almost all the mistakes
and errors and evaporations of Christianity into a
mere dead nothing which have characterised the various
ages of the Church come mainly from this, that men
fail to see how deep and how fatal are the wounds
of sin, and so fail to apprehend the Gospel as being
mainly and primarily a system of redemption. There
are many other most beautiful aspects about it, much
else in it, that is lovely and of good report, and fitted
to draw men’s hearts and admiration; but all is rooted
in this, the life and death of Jesus Christ, the sacrifice
by whom we are forgiven, and in whom we are healed.[322]
And if you strike that out, you have a dead nothing
left—an eviscerated Gospel.
I believe that we all need to be reminded of that
to-day, as we always do, but mainly to-day, when we
hear from so many lips estimates, favourable or
unfavourable to Christianity and its mission in the
world, which leave out of sight, or minimise into
undue insignificance, or shove into a backward place,
its essential characteristic, that it is the power of God
through Christ, His Son Incarnate, dying and rising
again for the salvation of individual souls from the
penalty, the guilt, the habit, and the love of their sins,
and only secondarily is it a morality, a philosophy, a
social lever. I take for mine the quaint saying of one
of the old Puritans, ‘When so many brethren are
preaching to the times, it may be allowed one poor
brother to preach for eternity.’
‘This is a faithful saying, that Christ Jesus came
into the world to save sinners.’
II. Now, secondly, note the reliableness of this
condensed Gospel.
When a man in the middle of some slight plank,
thrown across a stream, tests it with a stamp of his
foot, and calls to his comrades, ‘It is quite firm,’
there is reason for their venturing upon it too. That
is exactly what Paul is doing here. How does he
know that it is ‘a faithful saying’? Because he has
proved it in his own experience, and found that in
his case the salvation which Jesus Christ was said to
effect has been effected. Now there are many other
grounds of certitude besides this, but, after all, it is
worth men’s while to consider how many millions
there have been from the beginning who would be
ready to join chorus with the Apostle here, and to[323]
say, ‘One thing I know, that whereas I was blind,
now I see.’ My experience cannot be your certitude;
but if you and I are suffering from precisely the same
disease, and I have tested a cure, my experiences
should have some weight with you. And so, brethren,
I point you to all the thousands who are ready to
say, ‘This poor man cried, and the Lord heard him,
and saved him.’ Are there any who give counter-evidence;
that say, ‘We have tried it. It is all a sham
and imagination. We have asked this Christ of yours
to forgive us, and He has not. We have asked Him
to cleanse us, and He has not. We have tried Him, and
He is an impostor, and we will have no more to do
with Him.’ There are people, alas! who have gone back
to their wallowing in the mire, but it was not because
Christ had failed in His promises, but because they
did not care to have them fulfilled any more. Jesus
Christ does not promise that His salvation shall
work against the will of men who submit themselves
to it.
But it is not only because of that consentient chorus
of many voices—the testimony of which wise men will
not reject—that the word is ‘a faithful saying.’ This
is no place or time to enter upon anything like a condensation
of the Christian evidence; but, in lieu of
everything else, I point to one proof. There is no fact
in the history of the world better attested, and the
unbelief of which is more unreasonable, than the
Resurrection of Jesus Christ. And if Christ rose from
the dead—and you cannot understand the history of
the world unless He did, nor the existence of the
Church either—if Jesus Christ rose from the dead, it
seems to me that almost all the rest follows of
necessity: the influx of the supernatural, the unique[324]
character of His career, the correspondence of the end
with the beginning, the broad seal of the divine confirmation
stamped upon His claims to be the Son of
God and the Redeemer of the world. All these things
seem to me to come necessarily from that fact. And
I say, given the consentient witness of nineteen
centuries, given the existence of the Church, given
the effects of Christianity in the world, given that
upon which they repose—the Resurrection of Jesus
Christ from the dead—the conclusion is sound, ‘This
is a faithful saying . . . that He came into the world
to save sinners.’
Men talk, nowadays, very often as if the progress
of science and new views as to the evolution of
creatures or of mankind had effected the certitude of
the Gospel. It does not seem to me that they have
in the smallest degree. ‘The foundation of God
standeth sure,’ whatever may become of some of the
superstructures which men have built upon it. They
may very probably be blown away. So much the
better if we get the rock to build upon once more. A
great deal is going, but not the Gospel. Do not let us
be afraid, or suppose that it will suffer. Do not let us
dread every new speculation as if it was going to
finish Christianity, but recognise this—that the fact
of man’s sin and, blessed be God! the fact of man’s
redemption stands untouched by them all; and to-day,
as of old, Jesus Christ is, and is firmly manifested to
be, the world’s Saviour. Whatsoever refuge may be
swept away by any storms, ‘Behold, I lay in Zion for a
foundation, a stone, a tried corner-stone, a sure foundation:
He that believeth shall not be confounded.’
III. Lastly, notice the consequent wisdom and duty
of acceptance.[325]
‘Worthy of all acceptation,’ says Paul. Yes, of
course, if it is reliable. That word of the Lord which
is ‘sure, making wise the simple,’ deserves to be
received. Now this phrase, ‘all acceptation,’ may
mean either of two things: it may either mean worthy
of being welcomed by all men, or by the whole of
each man.
This Gospel deserves to be welcomed by every man,
for it is fitted for every man, since it deals with
the primary human characteristic of transgression.
Brethren! we need different kinds of intellectual
nutriment, according to education and culture.
We need different kinds of treatment, according
to condition and circumstance. The morality of
one age is not the morality of another. Much,
even of right and wrong, is local and temporary;
but black man and white, savage and civilised,
philosopher and fool, king and clown, all need the
same air to breathe, the same water to drink, the same
sun for light and warmth, and all need the same
Christ for redemption from the same sin, for safety
from the same danger, for snatching from the same
death. This Gospel is a Gospel for the world, and for
every man in it. Have you taken it for yours? If it
is ‘worthy of all acceptation,’ it is worthy of your
acceptation. If you have not, you are treating Him
and it with indignity, as if it was a worthless letter
left in the post-office for you, which you knew was
there, but which you did not think valuable enough
to take the trouble to go for. The gift lies at your
side. It is less than truth to say that it is ‘worthy of
being accepted.’ Oh! it is infinitely more than that.
It is, also, ‘worthy of all acceptation’ in the sense
of worthy of being accepted into all a man’s nature,[326]
because it will fit it all and bless it all. Some of us
give it a half welcome. We take it into our heads,
and then we put a partition between them and our
hearts, and keep our religion on the other side, so that
it does not influence us at all. It is worthy of being
received by the understanding, to which it will bring
truth absolute; of being received by the will, to which
it will bring the freedom of submission; of being
received by the conscience, to which it will bring
quickening; of being received by the affections, to
which it will bring pure and perfect love. For hope,
it will bring a certainty to gaze upon; for passions, a
curb; for effort, a spur and a power; for desires, satisfaction;
for the whole man, healing and light.
Brother! take it. And, if you do, begin where it
begins, with your sins; and be contented to be saved as
a sinner in danger and sickness, who can neither defend
nor heal yourself. And thus coming, you will test the
rope and find it hold; you will take the medicine and
know that it cures; and, by your own experience,
you will be able to say, ‘This is a faithful saying,
Jesus Christ came into the world to save sinners.’
THE CHIEF OF SINNERS
‘Of whom I am chief.’—1 Tim. i. 15.
The less teachers of religion talk about themselves the
better; and yet there is a kind of personal reference,
far removed from egotism and offensiveness. Few
such men have ever spoken more of themselves than
Paul did, and yet none have been truer to his motto:
‘We preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus.’ For the[327]
scope of almost all his personal references is the
depreciation of self, and the magnifying of the wonderful
mercy which drew him to Jesus Christ. Whenever
he speaks of his conversion it is with deep emotion and
with burning cheeks. Here, for instance, he adduces
himself as the typical example of God’s long-suffering.
If he were saved none need despair.
I take it that this saying of the Apostle’s, ‘Of whom
I am chief,’ paradoxical and exaggerated as it seems to
many men, is in spirit that which all who know themselves
ought to re-echo; and without which there is
little strength in Christian life.
I. And so I ask you to note, first, what this man
thinks of himself.
‘Of whom I am chief.’ Now, if we set what we know
of the character of Saul of Tarsus before he was a
Christian by the side of that of many who have won a
bad supremacy in wickedness, the words seem entirely
strange and exaggerated. But, as I have often had
to say, the principle of the Apostle’s estimate is to
be found in his belief that, not the outward manifestation
of evil in specific acts of immorality, or flagrant
breaches of commandment, but the inward principle
from which the deeds flowed, is the measure of a man’s
criminality, and that, according to the uniform teaching
of Scripture, the very root of sin, and that which
is common to all the things that the world’s conscience
and ordinary morality designate as wrong, is to be
found here, that self has become the centre, the aim,
and the law instead of God. ‘This is the condemnation,’
said Paul’s Master—not that men have done so-and-so
and so-and-so, but—’that light is come into the world,
and men love darkness.’ That is the root of evil.
‘When the Comforter is come,’ said Paul’s Master, ‘He[328]
will convince the world of sin.’ Because they have
broken the commandments? Because they have been
lustful, ambitious, passionate, murderous, profligate,
and so on? No! ‘Because they believe not in Me.’
The common root of all sin is alienation of heart
and will from God. And it is by the root, and not by
the black clusters of poisonous berries that have come
from it, that men are to be judged. Here is the
mother-tincture. You may colour it in different ways,
and you may flavour it with different essences, and
you will get a whole pharmacopœia of poisons out of it.
But the mother-poison of them all is this, that men turn
away from the light, which is God; and for you and
me is God in Christ.
So this man, looking back from the to-day of his
present devotion and love to the yesterdays of his
hostility, avails himself indeed of the palliation, ‘I did
it ignorantly, in unbelief,’ but yet is smitten with the
consciousness that whilst as touching the righteousness
that is of the law he was blameless, his attitude to that
incarnate love was such as now, he thinks, stamps him
as the worst of men.
Brethren, there is the standard by which we have to
try ourselves. If we get down below the mere surface
of acts, and think, not of what we do, but of what we
are, we shall then, at any rate, have in our hands the
means by which we can truly estimate ourselves.
But what have we to say about that word ‘chief’?
Is not that exaggeration? Well, yes and no. For
every man ought to know the weak and evil places of
his own heart better than he does those of any besides.
And if he does so know them, he will understand that
the ordinary classification of sin, according to the
apparent blackness of the deed, is very superficial and[329]
misleading. Obviously, the worst of acts need not be
done by the worst of men, and it does not at all follow
that the man who does the awful deed stands out
from his fellows in the same bad pre-eminence in
which his deed stands out from theirs.
Take a concrete case. Go into the slums of Manchester,
and take some of the people there, battered
almost out of the semblance of humanity, and all
crusted over and leprous with foul-smelling evils that
you and I never come within a thousand miles of
thinking it possible that we should do. Did you ever
think that it is quite possible that the worst harlot,
thief, drunkard, profligate in your back streets may be
more innocent in their profligacy than you are in your
respectability; and that we may even come to this
paradox, that the worse the act, as a rule, the less
guilty the doer? It is not such a paradox as it looks,
because, on the one hand, the presence of temptation,
and, on the other hand, the absence of light, make all
the difference. And these people, who could not have
been anything else, are innocent in degradation as
compared with you, with all your education and culture,
and opportunities of going straight, and knowledge
of Christ and His love. The little transgressions
that you do are far greater than the gross ones that
they do. ‘But for the grace of God, there goes John
Bradford,’ said the old preacher, when he saw a man
going to the scaffold. And you and I, if we know
ourselves, will not think that we have an instance of
exaggeration, but only of the object nearest seeming
the largest, when Paul said ‘Of whom I am chief.’
Only go and look for your sin in the way they look
for Guy Fawkes at the House of Commons before the
session. Take a dark lantern, and go down into the[330]
cellars. And If you do not find something there
that will take all the conceit out of you, it must be
because you are very short-sighted, or phenomenally
self-complacent.
What does it matter though there be vineyards on
the slopes of Vesuvius, and bright houses nestling at
its base, and beauty lying all around like the dream of
a god, if, when a man cranes his neck over the top of
the crater, he sees that that cone, so graceful on the
outside, is seething with fire and sulphur? Let us
look down into the crater of our own hearts, and what
we see there may well make us feel as Paul did when
he said, ‘Of whom I am chief.’
Now, such an estimate is perfectly consistent with
a clear recognition of any good that may be in the
character and manifest in life. For the same Paul
who says, ‘Of whom I am chief,’ says, in the almost
contemporaneous letter sent to the same person, ‘I
have fought a good fight; I have finished my course;
I have kept the faith’; and he is the same man who
asserted, ‘In nothing am I behind the very chiefest
apostles, though I be nothing.’ The true Christian
estimate of one’s own evil and sin does not in the least
interfere with the recognition of what God strengthens
one to do, or of the progress which, by God’s grace,
may have been made in holiness and righteousness.
The two things may lie side by side with perfect
harmony, and ought to do so, in every Christian
heart.
But notice one more point. The Apostle does not
say ‘I was,’ but ‘I am chief.’ What! A man who
could say, in another connection, ‘If any man be in
Christ Jesus, he is a new creature; old things are
passed away’—the man who could say, in another[331]
connection, ‘I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me:
and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by
the faith of the Son of God’—does he also say, ‘I am
chief’? Is he speaking about his present? Are old
sins bound round a man’s neck for evermore? If they
be, what is the meaning of the Gospel that Jesus
Christ redeems us from our sins? Well, he means
this. No lapse of time, nor any gift of divine pardon,
nor any subsequent advancement in holiness and
righteousness, can alter the fact that I, the very same
I that am now rejoicing in God’s salvation, am the
man that did all these things; and, in a very profound
sense, they remain mine through all eternity. I may
be a forgiven sinner, and a cleansed sinner, and a
sanctified sinner, but I am a sinner—not I was. The
imperishable connection between a man and his past,
which may be so tragical, and, thank God, may be so
blessed, even in the case of remembered and confessed
sin, is solemnly hinted at in the words before us. We
carry with us ever the fact of past transgression, and
no forgiveness, nor any future ‘perfecting of holiness
in the fear’ and by the grace ‘of the Lord’ can alter
that fact. Therefore, let us beware lest we bring upon
our souls any more of the stains which, though they
be in a blessed and sufficient sense blotted out, do yet
leave the marks where they have fallen for ever.
II. Note how this man comes to such an estimate
of himself.
He did not think so deeply and penitently of his
past at the beginning of his career, true and deep as
his repentance, and valid and genuine as his conversion
were. But as he advanced in the love of Jesus
Christ, his former active hostility became more monstrous
to him, and the higher he rose, the clearer was[332]
his vision of the depth from which he had struggled;
for growth in Christian holiness deepens the conviction
of prior imperfection.
If God has forgiven my sin the more need for me
to remember it. ‘Thou shalt be ashamed and confounded,
and never open thy mouth any more because
of thy transgressions, when I am pacified towards thee
for all that thou hast done.’ If you, my brother, have
any real and genuine hold of God’s pardoning mercy,
it will bow you down the more completely on your
knees in the recognition of your own sin. The man
who, as soon as the pressure of guilt and danger which
is laid upon him seems to him to be lifted off, springs
up like some elastic figure of indiarubber, and goes on
his way in jaunty forgetfulness of his past evil, needs
to ask himself whether he has ever passed from death
unto life. Not to remember the old sin is to be blind.
The surest sign that we are pardoned is the depth of
our habitual penitence. Try yourselves, you Christian
people who are so sure of your forgiveness, try yourselves
by that test, and if you find that you are
thinking less of your past evil, be doubtful whether
you have ever entered into the genuine possession of
the forgiving mercy of your God.
And then, still further, this penitent retrospect is
the direct result of advancement in Christian characteristics.
We are drawn to begin some study or
enterprise by the illusion that there is but a little way
to go. ‘Alps upon alps arise’ when once we have
climbed a short distance up the hill, and it has become
as difficult to go back as to go forward.
So it is in the Christian life—the sign of growing
perfection is the growing consciousness of imperfection.
A spot upon a clean palm is more conspicuous[333]
than a diffuse griminess over all the hand. One stain
upon a white robe spoils it which would not be noticed
upon one less lustrously clean. And so the more
we grow towards God in Christ, and the more we
appropriate and make our own His righteousness,
the more we shall be conscious of our deficiencies,
and the less we shall be prepared to assert virtues
for ourselves.
Thus it comes to pass that conscience is least
sensitive when it is most needed, and most swift to
act when it has least to do. So it comes to pass, too,
that no man’s acquittal of himself can be accepted as
sufficient; and that he is a fool in self-knowledge who
says, ‘I am not conscious of guilt, therefore I am
innocent.’ ‘I know nothing against myself, yet am I
not hereby justified: but He that judgeth me is the
Lord.’ The more you become like Christ the more
you will find out your unlikeness to Him.
III. Lastly, note what this judgment of himself did
for this man.
I said in the beginning of my remarks that it
seemed to me that without the reproduction of this
estimate of ourselves there would be little strong
Christian life in us. It seems to me that that continual
remembrance which Paul carried with him of
what he had been, and of Christ’s marvellous love in
drawing him to Himself, was the very spring of all
that was noble and conspicuously Christian in his
career. And I venture to say, in two or three words,
what I think you and I will never have unless we
have this lowly self-estimate.
Without it there will be no intensity of cleaving to
Jesus Christ. If you do not know that you are ill,
you will not take the medicine. If you do not[334]
believe that the house is on fire, you will not mind
the escape. The life-buoy lies unnoticed on the shelf
above the berth as long as the sea is calm and everything
goes well. Unless you have been down into the
depths of your own heart, and seen the evil that is
there, you will not care for the redeeming Christ, nor
will you grasp Him as a man does who knows that
there is nothing between him and ruin except that
strong hand. We must be driven to the Saviour as
well as drawn to Him if there is to be any reality or
tightness in the clutch with which we hold Him.
And if you do not hold Him with a firm clutch you
do not hold Him at all.
Further, without this lowly estimate there will be
no fervour of grateful love. That is the reason
why so much both of orthodox and heterodox religion
amongst us to-day is such a tepid thing as it is.
It is because men have never felt either that they
need a Redeemer, or that Jesus Christ has redeemed
them. I believe that there is only one power that
will strike the rock of a human heart, and make the
water of grateful devotion flow out, and that is the
belief in Jesus Christ as the Redeemer of mankind,
and as my Saviour. Unless that be your faith, which
it will not be except you have this conviction of my
text in its spirit and essence, there will not be in
your hearts the love which will glow there, an all-transforming
power.
And is there anything in the world more obnoxious,
more insipid, than lukewarm religion? If, with marks
of quotation, I might use the coarse, strong expression
of John Milton—’It gives a vomit to God Himself.’
‘Because thou art neither cold nor hot, I will spue
thee out of my mouth.’[335]
And without it there will be little pity of, and love
for, our fellows. Unless we feel the common evil, and
estimate by the intensity of its working in ourselves
how sad are its ravages in others, our charity to men
will be as tepid as our love to God. Did you ever
notice that, historically, the widest benevolence to
men goes along with what some people call the
‘narrowest’ theology? People tell us, for instance,
to mark the contrast between the theology which is
usually called evangelical and the wide benevolence
usually accompanying it, and ask how the two things
agree. The ‘wide’ benevolence comes directly from
the ‘narrow’ theology. He that knows the plague
of his own heart, and how Christ has redeemed him,
will go, with the pity of Christ in his heart, to help to
redeem others.
So, dear friends, ‘If we say that we have no sin,
we deceive ourselves.’ ‘If we confess our sins, He is
faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and cleanse us
from all unrighteousness.’
A TEST CASE
‘Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy, that in me first Jesus Christ might
show forth all long-suffering, for a pattern to them which should hereafter
believe.’—1 Tim. i. 16.
The smallest of God’s creatures, if it were only a gnat
dancing in a sunbeam, has a right to have its well-being
considered as an end of God’s dealings. But no
creature is so isolated or great as that it has a right
to have its well-being regarded as the sole end of God’s
dealings. That is true about all His blessings and
gifts; it is eminently true about His gift of salvation.
He saves men because He loves them individually, and[336]
desires to make them blessed; but He also saves them
because He desires that through them others shall be
brought into the living knowledge of His love. It is
most especially true about great religious teachers and
guides.
Paul’s humility is as manifest as his self-consciousness
when he says in my text, ‘This is what I was
saved for. Not merely, not even principally, for the
blessings that thereby accrue to myself, but that in
me, as a crucial instance, there should be manifested
the whole fulness of the divine love and saving
power.’ So he puts his own experience as giving no
kind of honour or glory to himself, but as simply
showing the grace and infinite love of Jesus Christ.
Paul disappears as but a passive recipient; and Christ
strides into the front as the actor in his conversion and
apostleship.
So we may take this point of view of my text, and
look at the story of what befell the great Apostle as
being in many different ways an exhibition of the
great verities of the Gospel. I desire to signalise,
especially, three points here. We see in it the demonstration
of the life of Christ; an exhibition of the love
of the living Christ; and a marvellous proof of the
power of that loving and living Lord.
I. First, then, take the experience of this Apostle
as a demonstration of the exalted life, and continuous
energy in the world, of Jesus Christ.
What was it that turned the brilliant young disciple
of Gamaliel, the rising hope of the Pharisaic
party, the hammer of the heretics, into one of themselves?
The appearance of Jesus Christ. Paul rode
out of Jerusalem believing Him to be dead, and His
Resurrection a lie. He staggered into Damascus,[337]
blind but seeing, and knowing that Jesus Christ lived
and reigned. Now if you will let the man tell you
himself what he saw, or thought he saw, you will
come to this, that it was a visible, audible manifestation
of a corporeal Christ. For it is extremely noteworthy
that the Apostle ranks the appearance to himself,
on the road to Damascus, as in the same class
with the appearances to the other apostles which he
enumerates in the great chapter in the Epistle to the
Corinthians. He draws no distinction, as far as evidential
force goes, between the appearance to Simon
and to the five hundred brethren and to the others,
and that which flashed upon him and made a Christian
of him. Other men that were with him saw the light.
He saw the Christ within the blaze. Other men heard
a noise; he heard audible and intelligible words in his
own speech. This is his account of the phenomenon.
What do you think of his account?
There are but three possible answers! It was imposture;
it was delusion; it was truth. The theory
of imposture is out of court. ‘Do men gather
grapes of thorns or figs of thistles?’ Such a life
as followed is altogether incongruous with the notion
that the man who lived it was a deceiver. A fanatic
he may have been; self-deceived he may have been;
but transparently sincere he undeniably was. It is
not given to impostors to move the world, as Paul
did and does.
Was it delusion? Well it is a strange kind of
hallucination which has such physical accompaniments
and consequences as those in the story—not wanting
confirmation from witnesses—which has come to us.
‘At midday, O king’—in no darkness; in no shut-up
[338]chamber, ‘at midday, O king—I heard . . .
I saw . . .’ ‘The men that were with me’ partly
shared in the vision. There was a lengthened conversation;
two senses at least were appealed to, vision and
hearing, and in both vision and hearing there were partial
participators. Physical consequences that lasted
for three days accompanied the hallucination; and the
man ‘was blind, not seeing the sun, and neither did
eat nor drink.’ There must be some soil beforehand
in which delusions of such a sort can root themselves.
But, if we take the story in the Acts of the Apostles,
there is not the smallest foothold for the fashionable
notion, which is entirely due to men’s dislike of the
supernatural, that there was any kind of misgiving in
the young Pharisee, springing from the influence of
Stephen’s martyrdom, as he went forth breathing out
threatenings and slaughter. The plain fact is that, at
one moment he hated Jesus Christ as a bad man, and
believed that the story of the Resurrection was a gross
falsehood; and that at the next moment he knew
Him to be living and reigning, and the Lord of his
life and of the world. Hallucinations do not come
thus, like a thunderclap on unprepared minds. Nor
is there anything in the subsequent history of the
man that seems to confirm, but everything that contradicts,
the idea that such a revolutionary change
as upset all his mental furniture, and changed the
whole current of his life, and slammed in his face the
door that was wide open to advancement and reputation,
came from a delusion.
I think the hallucination theory is out of court, too,
and there is nothing left but the old-fashioned one,
that what he said he saw, he saw, and did not fancy;
and that which he said he heard, he heard; and that
it was not a buzzing of a diseased nerve in his own[339]
ears, but the actual speech of the glorified Christ.
Very well, then; if that be true, what then? The old-fashioned
belief—Jesus who died on the Cross is
living, Jesus who died on the Cross is glorified, Jesus
who died on the Cross is exalted to the throne of the
universe, puts His hand into the affairs of the world
as a power amongst them. Paul’s Christology is but
the rationale of the vision that led to Paul’s conversion.
It was in part because he ‘saw that Just
One, and heard the words of His mouth,’ that he
declares, ‘God hath highly exalted Him, and given Him
a name that is above every name, that at the name of
Jesus every knee should bow.’ I do not say that the
vision to Paul is a demonstration of the reality of the
Resurrection, but I do say that it is a very strong confirmatory
evidence, which the opponents of that truth
will have much difficulty in legitimately putting aside.
II. Secondly, let me ask you to consider how this
man’s experience is an exhibition of the love of the
living Lord.
That is the main point on which the Apostle dwells
in my text, in which he says that in him Jesus Christ
‘shows forth all long-suffering.’ The whole fulness
of His patient, pitying grace was lavished upon him.
He says this because he puts side by side his hostility
and Christ’s love, what he had believed of Jesus, and
how Jesus had borne with him and loved him through
all, and had drawn him to Himself and received him.
So he established by his own experience this great
truth, that the love of Jesus Christ is never darkened
by one single speck of anger, that He ‘suffereth long,
and is kind’; that He meets hostility with patient
love, hatred with a larger outpouring of His affection,
and that His only answer to men’s departures from[340]
Him in heart and feeling is more mightily to seek to
draw them to Himself. ‘Long-suffering’ means, in
its true and proper sense, the patient acceptance,
without the smallest movement of indignation, of unworthy
treatment. And just as Christ on earth ‘gave
His back to the smiter, and His cheeks to them that
pulled off the hair’; and let the lips of Judas touch
His, nor withdrew His face from ‘shame and spitting’;
and was never stirred to one impatient or angry word
by any opposition, so now, and to us all, with equal
boundlessness of endurance, He lets men hate Him,
and revile Him, and forget Him, and turn their backs
upon Him; and for only answer has, ‘Come unto Me
all ye that labour, and are heavy laden, and I will give
you rest.’
Oh, dear brethren, we can weary out all loves except
one. By carelessness, rebelliousness, the opposition of
indifference, we can chill the affection of those to whom
we are dearest. ‘Can a mother forget? Yea, she may
forget,’ but you cannot provoke Jesus Christ to cease
His love. Some of you have been trying it all your
days, but you have not done it yet. There does come a
time when ‘the wrath of the Lamb’—which is a very
terrible paradox—is kindled, and will fall, I fear, on
some men and women who are listening now. But
not yet. You cannot make Christ angry. ‘For this
cause I obtained mercy, that in me Jesus Christ might
show forth all long-suffering, for a pattern‘—for the
same long-suffering is extended to us all.
And then, in like manner, I may remind you that out
of Paul’s experience, as a cardinal instance and standing
example of Christ’s heart and dealings, comes the
thought that that long-suffering is always wooing men
to itself, and making efforts to draw them away from[341]
their own evil. In Paul’s case there was a miracle.
That difference is of small consequence. As truly as
ever Christ spoke to Paul from the heavens, so truly,
and so tenderly, does He speak to every one of us. He
is drawing us all—you that yield and you that do not
yield to His attractions, by the kindliest gifts of His
love, by the revelations of His grace, by the movements
of His Spirit, by the providences of our days, by even
my poor lips addressing you now—for, if I be speaking
His truth, it is not I that speak, but He that speaks in
me. I beseech you, dear friends, recognise in this old
story of the persecutor turned apostle nothing exceptional,
though there be something miraculous, but
only an exceptional form of manifestation of the
normal activity of the love of Christ towards every
soul. He loves, He draws, He welcomes all that come
to Him. His servant, who stood over the blind,
penitent persecutor, and said to him, ‘Brother Saul!’
was only faintly echoing the glad reception which the
elder Brother of the family gives to this and to every
prodigal who comes back; because He Himself has
drawn Him.
If we will only recognise the undying truth for all
of us that lies beneath the individual experience of
this apostle, we, too, may share in the attraction of
His love, in the constraining and blessed influences
of that love received, and in the welcome with which
He hails us when we turn. If this man were thus
dealt with, no man need despair.
III. Lastly, we may notice how this experience is
a manifestation of the power of the living, loving Lord.
The first and plainest thing that it teaches us about
that power is that Jesus Christ is able in one moment
to revolutionise a life. There is nothing more striking[342]
than the suddenness and completeness of the change
which passed. ‘One day is with the Lord as a
thousand years’; and there come moments in every
life into which there is crammed and condensed a
whole world of experience, so as that a man looks
back from this instant to that before, and feels that a
gulf, deep as infinity, separates him from his old self.
Now, it is very unfashionable in these days to talk
about conversion at all. It is even more unfashionable
to talk about sudden conversions. I venture to
say that there are types of character and experience
which will never be turned to good, unless they are
turned suddenly; while there are others, no doubt, to
whom the course is a gradual one, and you cannot tell
where the dawn broadens into perfect day. But, in
the case of men who have grown up to some degree of
maturity of life, either in sensuous sin or crusted over
with selfish worldliness, or in any other way, by reason
of intellectual pursuits, or others have become forgetful
of God and careless of religion—unless such men
are in a moment arrested and wheeled round at once,
there is very little chance of their ever being so at all.
I am sure I am speaking to some now who, unless
the truth of Christ comes into their minds with
arresting flash, and unless they are in one moment,
into which an eternity is condensed, changed in their
purposes, will never be changed.
Do not, my friend, listen to the talk that sudden
conversion is impossible or unlikely. It is the only
kind of conversion that some of you are capable of.
I remember a man, one of the best Christian men in
a humble station in life that I ever knew—he did not
live in Manchester—he had been a drunkard up to
his fortieth or fiftieth year. One day he was walking[343]
across an open field, and a voice, as he thought, spoke
to him and said, naming him, ‘If you don’t sign the
pledge to-day you will be damned!’ He turned on
his heel, and walked straight down the street to the
house of a temperance friend, and said, ‘I have come
to sign the pledge.’ He signed it, and from that day
to the day of his death ‘adorned the doctrine of Jesus
Christ’ his Saviour. If that man had not been suddenly
converted he would never have been converted.
So I say that this story of the text is a crucial instance
of Christ’s power to lay hold upon a man, and wheel
him right round all in a moment, and send him on a
new path. He wants to do that with all of you to
whom He has not already done it. I beseech you, do
not stick your heels into the ground in resistance, nor
when He puts His hand on your shoulder stiffen your
back that He may not do what He desires with you.
May we not see here, too, a demonstration of
Christ’s power to make a life nobly and blessedly new,
different from all its past, and adorned with strange
and unexpected fruits of beauty and wisdom and holiness?
This man’s account of his future, from the
moment of that incident on the Damascus road to the
headman’s block outside the walls of Rome, is this:
‘If any man be in Christ he is a new creature’; ‘I
live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me.’ Christ will do
that for us all; for long-suffering was shown on the
Apostle for a pattern to them who should hereafter
believe.
So, you Christian people, it is as much your business
as it was Paul’s, to be visible rhetoric, manifest demonstrations
in your lives of the truth of the Gospel. Men
ought to say about us, ‘There must be something in
the religion that has done that for these people.’ We[344]
ought to be such that our characters shall induce the
thought that the Christ who has made men like us
cannot be a figment. Do you show, Christian men,
that you are grafted upon the true Vine by the abundance
of the fruit that you bring forth? Can you venture
to say, as Paul said, If you want to know what
Jesus Christ’s love and power are, look at me? Do not
venture adducing yourself as a specimen of His power
unless you have a life like Paul’s to look back upon.
For us all the fountain to which Paul had recourse
is open. Why do we draw so little from it? The fire
which burned, refining and illuminating, in him may
be kindled in all our hearts. Why are we so icy? His
convictions are of some value, as subsidiary evidence
to Gospel facts; his experience is of still more value
as an attestation and an instance of Gospel blessings.
Believe like Paul and you will be saved like Paul.
Jesus Christ will show to you all long-suffering. For
though Paul received it all he did not exhaust it, and
the same long-suffering which was lavished on him is
available for each of us. Only you too must say like
him, ‘I was not disobedient to the heavenly vision.’
THE GLORY OF THE KING
‘Now, unto the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only wise God, be honour
and glory for ever and ever. Amen.’—1 Tim. i. 17.
With this burst of irrepressible praise the Apostle
ends his reference to his own conversion as a transcendent,
standing instance of the infinite love and
transforming power of God. Similar doxologies accompany
almost all his references to the same fact.
This one comes from the lips of ‘Paul the aged,’ looking[345]
back from almost the close of a life which owed
many sorrows and troubles to that day on the road
to Damascus. His heart fills with thankfulness that
overflows into the great words of my text. He had
little to be thankful for, judged according to the rules
of sense; but, though weighed down with care, having
made but a poor thing of the world because of that
vision which he saw that day, and now near martyrdom,
he turns with a full heart to God, and breaks into this
song of thanksgiving. There are lives which bear to
be looked back upon. Are ours of that kind?
But my object is mainly to draw your attention to
what seems to me a remarkable feature in this burst
of thanksgiving. And perhaps I shall best impress the
thought which it has given to me if I ask you to look,
first, at the character of the God who is glorified by
Paul’s salvation; second, at the facts which glorify
such a God; and, last, at the praise which should fill
the lives of those who know the facts.
I. First, then, notice the God who is glorified by
Paul’s salvation.
Now what strikes me as singular about this great
doxology is the characteristics, or, to use a technical
word, the attributes, of the divine nature which the
Apostle selects. They are all those which separate
God from man; all those which present Him as arrayed
in majesty, apart from human weaknesses, unapproachable
by human sense, and filling a solitary
throne. These are the characteristics which the
Apostle thinks receive added lustre, and are lifted to
a loftier height of ‘honour and glory,’ by the small
fact that he, Paul, was saved from sins as he journeyed
to Damascus.
It would be easy to roll out oratorical platitudes[346]
about these specific characteristics of the divine nature,
but that would be as unprofitable as it would be easy.
All that I want to do now is just to note the force of
the epithets; and, if I can, to deepen the impression
of the remarkableness of their selection.
With regard, then, to the first of them, we at once
feel that the designation of ‘the King’ is unfamiliar to
the New Testament. It brings with it lofty ideas, no
doubt; but it is not a name which the writers of the
New Testament, who had been taught in the school of
love, and led by a Son to the knowledge of God, are
most fond of using. ‘The King’ has melted into ‘the
Father.’ But here Paul selects that more remote and
less tender name for a specific purpose. He is ‘the
King’—not ‘eternal,’ as our Bible renders it, but more
correctly ‘the King of the Ages.’ The idea intended is
not so much that of unending existence as that He
moulds the epochs of the world’s history, and directs
the evolution of its progress. It is the thought of an
overruling Providence, with the additional thought
that all the moments are a linked chain, through
which He flashes the electric force of His will. He is
‘King of the Ages.’
The other epithets are more appropriately to be
connected with the word ‘God’ which follows than
with the word ‘King’ which precedes. The Apostle’s
meaning is this: ‘The King of the ages, even the God
who is,’ etc. And the epithets thus selected all tend
in the same direction. ‘Incorruptible.’ That at once
parts that mystic and majestic Being from all of which
the law is decay. There may be in it some hint of
moral purity, but more probably it is simply what I
may call a physical attribute, that that immortal
nature not only does not, but cannot, pass into any less[347]
noble forms. Corruption has no share in His immortal
being.
As to ‘invisible,’ no word need be said to illustrate
that. It too points solely to the separation of God
from all approach by human sense.
And then the last of the epithets, which, according
to the more accurate reading of the text, should be,
not as our Bible has it, ‘the only wise God,’ but ‘the
only God,’ lifts Him still further above all comparison
and contact with other beings.
So the whole set forth the remote attributes which
make a man feel, ‘The gulf between Him and me is so
great that thought cannot pass across it, and I doubt
whether love can live half-way across that flight, or
will not rather, like some poor land bird with tiny
wings, drop exhausted, and be drowned in the abyss
before it reaches the other side.’ We expect to find
a hymn to the infinite love. Instead of that we get
praise, which might be upon the lips of many a thinker
of Paul’s day and of ours, who would laugh the idea of
revelation, and especially of a revelation such as Paul
believed in, to absolute scorn. And yet he knew what
he was saying when he did not lift up his praise to the
God of tenderness, of pity, of forgiveness, of pardoning
love, but to ‘the King of the ages; the incorruptible,
invisible, only God’; the God whose honour and glory
were magnified by the revelation of Himself in Jesus
Christ.
II. And so that brings me, in the second place, to ask
you to look at the facts which glorify even such a God.
Paul was primarily thinking of his own individual
experience; of what passed when the voice spoke to
him, ‘Why persecutest thou Me?’ and of the transforming
power which had changed him, the wolf, with[348]
teeth red with the blood of the saints, into a lamb.
But, as he is careful to point out, the personal allusion
is lost in his contemplation of his own history, as being
a specimen and test-case for the blessing and encouragement
of all who ‘should hereafter believe upon
Him unto life everlasting.’ So what we come to is this—that
the work of Jesus Christ is that which paints
the lily and gilds the refined gold of the divine loftinesses
and magnificence, and which brings honour and
glory even to that remote and inaccessible majesty.
For, in that revelation of God in Jesus Christ, there is
added to all these magnificent and all but inconceivable
attributes and excellences, something that is far
diviner and nobler than themselves.
There be two great conceptions smelted together in
the revelation of God in Jesus Christ, of which neither
attains its supremest beauty except by the juxtaposition
of the other. Power is harsh, and scarcely worthy
to be called divine, unless it be linked with love. Love
is not glorious unless it be braced and energised by
power. And, says Paul, these two are brought together
in Jesus; and therefore each is heightened by
the other. It is the love of God that lifts His power to
its highest height; it is the revelation of Him as stooping
that teaches us His loftiness. It is because He has
come within the grasp of our humanity in Jesus Christ
that we can hymn our highest and noblest praises to
‘the King eternal, the invisible God.’
The sunshine falls upon the snow-clad peaks of the
great mountains and flushes them with a tender pink
that makes them nobler and fairer by far than when
they were veiled in clouds. And so all the divine
majesty towers higher when we believe in the divine
condescension, and there is no god that men have ever[349]
dreamed of so great as the God who stoops to sinners
and is manifest in the flesh and Cross of the Man of
Sorrows.
Take these characteristics of the divine nature as
get forth in the text one by one, and consider how the
Revelation in Jesus Christ, and its power on sinful
men, raises our conceptions of them. ‘The King of
the ages’—and do we ever penetrate so deeply into
the purpose which has guided His hand, as it moulded
and moved the ages, as when we can say with Paul
that His ‘good pleasure’ is that, ‘in the dispensation
of the fulness of times, He might gather together in
one all things in Christ.’ The intention of the epochs
as they emerge, the purpose of all their linked intricacies
and apparently diverse movements, is this one
thing, that God in Christ may be manifest to men,
a nd that humanity may be gathered, like sheep round
the Shepherd, into the one fold of the one Lord. For
that the world stands; for that the ages roll, and He
who is the King of the epochs hath put into the hands
of the Lamb that was slain the Book that contains all
their events; and only His hand, pierced upon Calvary,
is able to open the seals, to read the Book. The King
of the ages is the Father of Christ.
And in like manner, that incorruptible God, far away
from us because He is so, and to whom we look up
here doubtingly and despairingly and often complainingly
and ask, ‘Why hast Thou made us thus, to be
weighed upon with the decay of all things and of ourselves?’
comes near to us all in the Christ who knows
the mystery of death, and thereby makes us partakers
of an inheritance incorruptible. Brethren, we shall
never adore, or even dimly understand, the blessedness
of believing in a God who cannot decay nor change,[350]
unless from the midst of graves and griefs we lift our
hearts to Him as revealed in the face of the dying
Christ. He, though He died, did not see corruption,
and we through Him shall pass into the same blessed
immunity.
‘The King . . . the God invisible.’ No man hath
seen God ‘at any time, nor can see Him.’ Who will
honour and glorify that attribute which parts Him
wholly from our sense, and so largely from our apprehension,
as will he who can go on to say, ‘the only
begotten Son which is in the bosom of the Father, He
hath declared Him.’ We look up into a waste Heaven;
thought and fear, and sometimes desire, travel into its
tenantless spaces. We say the blue is an illusion;
there is nothing there but blackness. But ‘he that
hath seen Me hath seen the Father.’ And we can lift
thankful praise to Him, the King invisible, when we
hear Jesus saying, ‘thou hast both seen Him, and it is
He that talketh with thee.’
‘The only God.’ How that repels men from His
throne! And yet, if we apprehend the meaning of
Christ’s Cross and work, we understand that the
solitary God welcomes my solitary soul into such
mysteries and sacred sweetnesses of fellowship with
Himself that, the humanity remaining undisturbed,
and the divinity remaining unintruded upon, we yet
are one in Him, and partakers of a divine nature.
Unless we come to God through Jesus Christ, the
awful attributes in the text spurn a man from His
throne, and make all true fellowship impossible.
So let me remind you that the religion which does
not blend together in indissoluble union these two, the
majesty and the lowliness, the power and the love, the
God inaccessible and the God who has tabernacled[351]
with us in Jesus Christ, is sure to be almost an impotent
religion. Deism in all its forms, the religion
which admits a God and denies a revelation; the
religion which, in some vague sense, admits a revelation
and denies an incarnation; the religion which
admits an incarnation and denies a sacrifice; all these
have little to say to man as a sinner; little to say to
man as a mourner; little power to move his heart,
little power to infuse strength into his weakness. If
once you strike out the thought of a redeeming Christ
from your religion, the temperature will go down
alarmingly, and all will soon be frost bound.
Brethren, there is no real adoration of the loftiness
of the King of the ages, no true apprehension of the
majesty of the God incorruptible, invisible, eternal,
until we see Him in the face and in the Cross of Jesus
Christ. The truths of this gospel of our salvation do
not in the smallest degree impinge upon or weaken, but
rather heighten, the glory of God. The brightest glory
streams from the Cross. It was when He was standing
within a few hours of it, and had it full in view, that
Jesus Christ broke out into that strange strain of
triumph, ‘Now is God glorified.’ ‘The King of the
ages, incorruptible, invisible, the only God,’ is more
honoured and glorified in the forgiveness that comes
through Jesus Christ, and in the transforming power
which He puts forth in the Gospel, than in all besides.
III. Lastly, let me draw your attention to the praise
which should fill the lives of those who know these
facts.
I said that this Apostle seems always, when he refers
to his own individual conversion, to have been melted
into fresh outpourings of thankfulness and of praise.
And that is what ought to be the life of all of you who[352]
call yourselves Christians; a continual warmth of
thankfulness welling up in the heart, and not seldom
finding utterance in the words, but always filling the
life.
Not seldom, I say, finding utterance in the words. It
is a delicate thing for a man to speak about himself,
and his own religious experience. Our English reticence,
our social habits, and many other even less
worthy hindrances rise in the way; and I should be
the last man to urge Christian people to cast their
pearls before swine, or too fully to
‘Open wide the bridal chamber of the heart,’
to let in the day. There is a wholesome fear of men
who are always talking about their own religious
experiences. But there are times and people to whom
it is treason to the Master for us not to be frank in the
confession of what we have found in Him. And I
think there would be less complaining of the want of
power in the public preaching of the Word if more
professing Christians more frequently and more simply
said to those to whom their words are weighty, ‘Come
and hear and I will tell you what God hath done for
my soul.’ ‘Ye are my witnesses,’ saith the Lord. It is
a strange way that Christian people in this generation
have of discharging their obligations that they should
go, as so many of them do, from the cradle of their
Christian lives to their graves, never having opened
their lips for the Master who has done all for them.
Only remember, if you venture to speak you will
have to live your preaching. ‘There is no speech nor
language, their voice is not heard, their sound is gone
out through all the earth.’ The silent witness of life
must always accompany the audible proclamation, and[353]
in many cases is far more eloquent than it. Your
consistent thankfulness manifested in your daily
obedience, and in the transformation of your character,
will do far more than all my preaching, or the preaching
of thousands like me, to commend the Gospel of
Jesus Christ.
One last word, brethren. This revelation is made to
us all. What is God to you, friend? Is He a remote,
majestic, unsympathising, terrible Deity? Is He dim,
shadowy, unwelcome; or is He God whose love softens
His power; Whose power magnifies his love? Oh! I
beseech you, open your eyes and your hearts to see that
that remote Deity is of no use to you, will do nothing
for you, cannot help you, may probably judge you, but
will never heal you. And open your hearts to see that
‘the only God’ whom men can love is God in Christ. If
here we lift up grateful praise ‘unto Him that loveth
us and hath loosed us from our sins in His blood,’ we,
too, shall one day join in that great chorus which at
last will be heard saying, ‘Blessing and honour and
glory and power be unto Him that sitteth upon the
throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.’
WHERE AND HOW TO PRAY
‘I will therefore that men pray every where, lifting up holy hands without
wrath and doubting.’—1 Tim. ii. 8.
The context shows that this is part of the Apostle’s
directory for public worship, and that, therefore, the
terms of the first clause are to be taken somewhat
restrictedly. They teach the duty of the male members
of the Church to take public, audible part in its
worship.[354]
Everywhere, therefore, must here properly be taken
in the restricted signification of ‘every place of
Christian assembly.’ And from the whole passage
there comes a picture of what sort of thing a meeting
of the primitive Church for worship was, very different
from anything that we see nowadays. ‘Every one of
you hath a psalm, hath a doctrine, hath an exhortation.’
I fancy that some of the eminently respectable
and utterly dead congregations which call themselves
Christian Churches would be very much astonished if
they could see what used to be the manner of Christian
worship nineteen hundred years ago, and would get a
new notion of what was meant by ‘decently, and in
order.’
But we may fairly, I suppose, if once we confess that
this is so, widen somewhat the scope of these words,
and take them rather as expressive of the Apostle’s
desire and injunction, for the word that he used here,
‘I will,’ is a very strong one, to all Christian people,
be they men or women, that they pray ‘everywhere,’
in the widest sense of that expression, ‘lifting up holy
hands without wrath or doubting.’
I do not attempt anything more than just to go, step
by step, through the Apostle’s words and gather up
the duties which each enjoins.
‘I will that men pray everywhere.’ That is the
same in spirit as the Apostle’s other command: ‘Pray
without ceasing; in everything give thanks.’ A very
high ideal, but a very reasonable one, for unless we
can find some place where God is not, and where the
telegraph between heaven and earth is beyond our
reach, there is no place where we should not pray.
And unless we can find a place where we do not want
God, nor need Him, there is no place where we should[355]
not pray. Because, then, ‘everywhere’ is equally near
Him, and the straight road to His throne is of the
same length from every hole and corner of the world;
therefore, wherever men are, they ought to be clinging
to His skirts, and reaching out their open hands for
His benefits; and because, wherever a man is, there he
utterly depends upon God, and needs the actual intervention
of His love, and the energising of His power
for everything, even for his physical life, so that he
cannot wink his eyelashes without God’s help, therefore,
‘In every place I will that men pray.’
And how is that to be done? First of all, by keeping
out of all places where it is impossible that we should
pray; for although He is everywhere, and we want
Him everywhere, there are places—and some of us
know the roads to them but too well, and are but too
often in them—where prayer would be a strange incongruity.
A man will not pray over the counter of
a public-house. A man will not pray over a sharp
bargain. A man will not pray that God may bless his
outbursts of anger, or sensuality and the like. A man
will not pray when he feels that he is deep down in
some pit of self-caused alienation from God. The
possibility of praying in given circumstances is a sharp
test, although a very rough and ready one, whether
we ought to be in these circumstances or not. Do not
let us go where we cannot take God with us; and if
we feel that it would be something like blasphemy to
call to Him from such a place, do not let us trust
ourselves there. Jonah could pray out of the belly of
the fish, and there was no incongruity in that; but
many a professing Christian man gets swallowed up by
monsters of the deep, and durst not for very shame send
up a prayer to God. Get out of all such false positions.[356]
But if the Apostle wills ‘that men pray alway,’ it
must be possible while going about business, study,
daily work, work at home amongst the children,
work in the factory amongst spindles, work in the
counting-house amongst ledgers, work in the study
amongst lexicons, not only to pray whilst we are
working, but to make work prayer, which is even
better. The old saying that is often quoted with
admiration, ‘work is worship,’ is only half true. There
is a great deal of work that is anything but worship.
But it is true that if, in all that I do, I try to realise
my dependence on God for power; to look to Him for
direction, and to trust to Him for issue, then, whether
I eat, or drink, or pray, or study, or buy and sell, or
marry or am given in marriage, all will be worship
of God. ‘I will that men pray everywhere.’ What
a noble ideal, and not an impossible or absurd one!
This was not the false ideal of a man that had withdrawn
himself from duty in order to cultivate his
own soul, but the true ideal of one of the hardest
workers that ever lived. Paul could say ‘I am pressed
above measure, insomuch that I despair of life, and
that which cometh upon me daily is the care of all
the churches,’ and yet driven, harassed beyond his
strength with business and cares as he was, he did
himself what he bids us do. His life was prayer,
therefore his life was Christ, therefore he was equal
to all demands. None of us are as hard-worked, as
heavily pressed, as much hunted by imperative and
baying dogs of duties as Paul was. It is possible for
us to obey this commandment and to pray everywhere.
A servant girl down on her knees doing the
doorsteps may do that task from such a motive, and
with such accompaniments, as she dips her cloth into[357]
the hot-water bucket, as to make even it prayer to
God. We each can lift all the littlenesses of our lives
into a lofty region, if only we will link them on to the
throne of God by prayer.
There is another way by which this ideal can be
attained, and that is to cultivate the habit, which I
think many Christian people do not cultivate, of little
short swallow-flights of prayer in the midst of our
daily work. ‘They cried unto God in the battle, and
He was entreated of them.’ If a Philistine sword was
hanging over the man’s head, do you think he would
have much time to drop down upon his knees, to make
a petition, divided into all the parts which divines tell
us go to make up the complete idea of prayer? I
should think not; but he could say, ‘Save me, O
Lord!’ ‘They cried to God in the battle—little, sharp,
short shrieks of prayer—and He was entreated of
them.’ If you would cast swift electric flashes of that
kind more frequently up to heaven, you would bring
down the blessings that very often do not come after
the most elaborate and proper and formal petitions.
‘Lord, save or I perish!’ It did not take long to say
that, but it made the difference between drowning and
deliverance.
Still further, notice the conditions of true prayer
that are here required. I will that men pray everywhere
‘lifting up holy hands.’ That is a piece of symbolism,
of course. Apparently the Jewish attitude of
prayer was unlike ours. They seem to have stood
during devotion and to have elevated their hands with
open, empty, upturned palms to heaven. We clasp
ours in entreaty, or fold them as a symbol of resignation
and submission. They lifted them, with the
double idea, I suppose, of offering themselves to God[358]
thereby, and of asking Him to put something into the
empty hand, just as a beggar says nothing, but holds
out a battered hat, in order to get a copper from a
passer-by. The psalmist desired that the lifting up of
his hands might be as the ‘evening sacrifice.’
If a man stands with his open, empty palm held up
to God, it is as much as to say ‘I need, I desire, I expect.’
And these elements are what we must have in our
prayers; the sense of want, the longing for supply,
the anticipation of an answer. What do you hold out
your hand for? Because you expect me to drop something
into it, because you want to get something.
How do you hold out your hand? Empty. And if I
am clasping my five fingers round some earthly good
it is of no use to hold up that hand to God. Nothing
will come into it. How can it? He must first take
the imitation diamonds out of it or we must turn it
round and shake them out before He can fill it with
real jewels. As for him who continues to clutch
worldly goods, ‘let not that man think that he shall
receive anything of the Lord.’ Empty the palm before
you lift it.
Still further, says Paul, ‘lifting up holy hands.’
That, of course, needs no explanation. One of the
psalms, you may remember, says ‘I will wash mine
hands in innocency, so will I compass Thine altar.’
The psalmist felt that unless there was a previous
lustration and cleansing, it was vain for him to go
round the altar. And you may remember how sternly
and eloquently the prophet Isaiah rebukes the hypocritical
worshippers in Jerusalem when he says to
them, ‘Your hands are full of blood. Wash you, make
you clean, put away the evil of your doings,’ and then
come and pray. A foul hand gets nothing from God.[359]
How can it? God’s best gift is of such a sort as
cannot be laid upon a dirty palm. A little sin dams
back the whole of God’s grace, and there are too many
men that pray, pray, pray, and never get any of the
things that we pray for, because there is something
stopping the pipe, and they do not know what it is,
and perhaps would be very sorry to clear it out if
they did. But all the same, the channel of communication
is blocked and stopped, and it is impossible that
any blessing should come. Geographers tell us that a
microscopic vegetable grows rapidly in one of the
upper affluents of the Nile, and makes a great dam
across the river which keeps back the water, and so
makes one of the lakes which have recently been explored;
and then, when the dam breaks, the rising of
the Nile fertilises Egypt. Some of us have growing,
unchecked, and unnoticed, in the innermost channels
of our hearts, little sins that mat themselves together
and keep increasing until the grace of God is utterly
kept from permeating the parched recesses of our
spirits. ‘I will that men pray, lifting up holy hands,’
and unless we do, alas! for us.
If these are the requirements, you will say, ‘How
can I pray at all?’ Well, do you remember what the
Psalmist says? ‘If I regard iniquity in my heart, the
Lord will not hear me,’ but then he goes on, ‘Blessed
be God, who hath not turned away my prayer nor His
mercy from me.’ It is always true that if we regard
iniquity in our hearts, if in our inmost nature we love
the sin, that stops the prayer from being answered.
But, blessed be God, it is not true that our having
done the sin prevents our petitions being granted.
For the sin that is not regarded in the heart, but is
turned away from with loathing hath no intercepting[360]
power. So, though the uplifted hands art stained, He
will cleanse them if, as we lift them to Him, we say,
‘Lord, they are foul, if thou wilt Thou canst make them
clean.’
But the final requirement is: ‘Without wrath or
doubting.’ I do not think that Christian people
generally recognise with sufficient clearness the close
and inseparable connection which subsists between
their right feelings towards their fellow-men and the
acceptance of their prayers with God. It is very
instructive that here, alongside of requirements which
apply to our relations to God, the Apostle should put
so emphatically and plainly one which refers to our
relations to our fellows. An angry man is a very unfit
man to pray, and a man who cherishes in his heart any
feelings of that nature towards anybody may be quite
sure that he is thereby shutting himself out from
blessings which otherwise might be his. We do not
sufficiently realise, or act on the importance, in regard
to our relations with God, of our living in charity
with all men. ‘First, go and be reconciled to thy
brother,’ is as needful to-day as when the word was
spoken.
‘Without . . . doubting.’ Have I the right to be
perfectly sure that my prayer will be answered? Yes
and no. If my prayer is, as all true prayer ought to
be, the submission of my will to God’s and not the
forcing of my will upon God, then I have the right to be
perfectly sure. But if I am only asking in self-will, for
things that my own heart craves, that is not prayer;
that is dictation. That is sending instructions to
heaven; that is telling God what He ought to do.
That is not the kind of prayer that may be offered
‘without doubting.’ It might, indeed, be offered, if[361]
offered at all, with the certainty that it will not be
answered. For this is the assurance on which we are
to rest—and some of us may think it is a very poor
one—’we know that, if we ask anything according to
His will, He heareth us.’ To get what we want would
often be our ruin. God loves His children a great
deal too well to give them serpents when they ask for
them, thinking they are fish, or to give them stones
when they beseech Him for them, believing them to
be bread. He will never hand you a scorpion when
you ask Him to give it you, because, with its legs and
its sting tucked under its body, it is like an egg.
We make mistakes in our naming of things and in
our desires after things, and it is only when we have
learned to say ‘Not my will but Thine be done,’ that
we have the right to pray, ‘without doubting.’ If we
do so pray, certainly we receive. But a tremulous
faith brings little blessing, and small answer. An
unsteady hand cannot hold the cup still for Him to
pour in the wine of His grace, but as the hand shakes,
the cup moves, and the precious gift is spilled. The
still, submissive soul will be filled, and the answer to
its prayer will be, ‘Whatsoever things ye desire
believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have
them.’
SPIRITUAL ATHLETICS
‘Exercise thyself unto Godliness.’—1 Tim. iv. 7.
Timothy seems to have been not a very strong character:
sensitive, easily discouraged, and perhaps with
a constitutional tendency to indolence. At all events,
it is very touching to notice how the old Apostle—a
prisoner, soon to be a martyr—forgot all about his[362]
own anxieties and burdens, and, through both of his
letters to his young helper, gives himself to the task
of bracing him up. Thus he says to him, in my text,
amongst other trumpet-tongued exhortations, ‘Exercise
thyself unto godliness.’
If I were preaching to ministers, I should have
a good deal to say about the necessity of this precept
for them, and to remind them that it was first spoken,
not to a private member of the Church, as an injunction
for the Christian life in general, but as having
a special bearing on the temptations and necessities
of those who stand in official positions in the Church.
For there is nothing that is more likely to sap a man’s
devotion, and to eat out the earnestness and sincerity
of a Christian life, than that he should be—as I, for
instance, and every man in my position has to be—constantly
occupied with presenting God’s Word to
other people. We are apt to look upon it as, in some
sense, our stock-in-trade, and to forget to apply it to
ourselves. So it was with a very special bearing on
the particular occupation and temptation of his correspondent
that Paul said ‘Exercise thyself unto godliness’
before you begin to talk to other people.
But that would not be appropriate to my present
audience. And I take this injunction as one of universal
application.
I. Notice, then, here expressed the ever-present and
universal aim of the Christian life.
Paul does not say ‘be godly’; but ‘exercise thyself
unto’—with a view towards—’godliness.’ In other
words, to him godliness is the great aim which every
Christian man should set before him as the one
supreme purpose of his life.
Now I am not going to spend any time on mere[363]
verbal criticism, but I must point to the somewhat
unusual word which the Apostle here employs for
‘godliness.’ It is all but exclusively confined to these
last letters of the Apostle. It was evidently a word
that had unfolded the depth and fulness and comprehensiveness
of its meaning to him in the last stage of
his religious experience. For it is only once employed
in the Acts of the Apostles, and some two or three
times in the doubtful second Epistle of St. Peter. And
all the other instances of its use lie in these three
letters—the one to Titus and two to Timothy; and eight
of them are in this first one. The old Apostle keeps
perpetually recurring to this one idea of ‘godliness.’
What does he mean by it? The etymological meaning
of the word is ‘well-directed reverence,’ but it is to be
noticed that the context specifically points to one form
of well-directed reverence, viz. as shown in conduct.
‘Active godliness’ is the meaning of the word; religion
embodied in deeds, emotions, and sentiments,
and creeds, put into fact.
This noble and pregnant word teaches us, first of all,
that all true religion finds its ultimate sphere and best
manifestation in the conduct of daily life. That
sounds like a platitude. I wish it were. If we believed
that, and worked it out, we should be very
different people from what the most of us are; and our
chapels would be very different places, and the professing
Church would have a new breath of life over it.
Religion must have its foundation laid deep in the
truths revealed by God for our acceptance. And does
God tell us anything simply that we may believe it,
and there an end? What is the purpose of all the
principles and facts which make up the body of the
Christian revelation? To enlighten us? Yes! To[364]
enlighten us only? A hundred times no! The destination
of a principle, of a truth, is to pass out from the
understanding into the whole nature of man.
And if, as I said, the foundation of religion is laid in
truths, principles, facts, the second story of the building
is certain emotions, sentiments, feelings, desires,
and affections, and ‘experiences’—as people call them—which
follow from the acceptance of these truths
and principles. And is that all? A thousand times
no! What do we get the emotions for? What does
God give you a Revelation of Himself for, that kindles
your love if you believe it? That you may love? Yes!
Only that you may love? Certainly not. And so the
top story is conduct, based upon the beliefs, and
inspired by the emotions.
In former centuries, the period between the Reformation
and our fathers’ time, the tendency of the
Protestant Church was very largely to let the conception
of religion as a body of truths overshadow
everything else. And nowadays, amongst a great
many people, the temptation is to take the second
story for the main one, and to think that if a man
loves, and has the glow at his heart of the conscious
reception of God’s love, and has longings and yearnings,
and Christian hopes and desires, and passes into the
sweetnesses of communion with God, in his solitary
moments, and plunges deep into the truths of God’s
Word, that is godliness. But the true exhortation
to us is—Do not stop with putting in the foundations
of a correct creed, nor at the second stage of an
emotional religion. Both are needful. Number one
and number two are infinitely precious, but both exist
for number three. And true religion has its sphere in
conduct. ‘Exercise thyself unto godliness.’ That does[365]
not mean only—for it does include that—cultivate
devout emotions, or realise the facts and the principles
of the Gospel, but it means, take these along with you
into your daily life, and work them out there. Bring
all the facts and truths of your creed, and all the
sweet and select, the secret and sacred, emotions which
you have felt, to bear upon your daily life. The
soil in which the tree grows, and the roots of the
tree, its stem and its blossoms, are all means to the
end—fruit. What is the use of the clearest conceptions,
and of the most tender, delicate, holy emotions,
if they do not drive the wheels of action? God does
not give us the Gospel to make us wise, nor even to
make us blessed, but He gives it to us to make
us good men and women, working His work in
our daily tasks. All true religion has its sphere in
conduct.
But then there is another side to that. All true conduct
must have its root in religion, and I, for my part—though
of course it is extremely ‘narrow’ and
‘antiquated’ to profess it—I, for my part, do not
believe that in the long-run, and in general, you will
get noble living apart from the emotions and sentiments
which the truths of Christianity, accepted and
fed upon, are sure to produce. And so this day, with
its very general depreciation of the importance of
accurate conceptions of revealed truth, and its exaltation
of conduct, is on the verge of a very serious error.
Godliness, well-directed reverence, is the parent of all
noble living, and the one infallible way to produce
a noble life is faith in Christ, and love which flows
from the faith.
If all that is so, if godliness is, not singing psalms,
not praying, not saying ‘How sweet it is to feel the[366]
love of God,’ still less saying ‘I accept the principles of
Christianity as they are laid down in the Bible’; but
carrying out beliefs and emotions in deeds, then the
true aim which we should have continually before us
as Christians is plain enough. We may not reach it
completely, but we can approximate indefinitely
towards it. Aim is more important than achievement.
Direction is more vital in determining the character of
a life than progress actually made. Note the form of
the exhortation, ‘exercise thyself towards godliness,’
which involves the same thought as is expressed in
Paul’s other utterance of irrepressible aspiration and
effort, ‘Not as if I had already attained, either were
already perfect, but I follow after,’ or as he had just
said, ‘press towards the mark,’ in continual approximation
to the ideal. A complete penetration of all our
actions by the principles and emotions of the Gospel is
what is set before us here.
And that is the only aim that corresponds to what
and where I am and to what I need. I fall back upon
the grandly simple old words, very dear to some of us,
perhaps, by boyish associations, ‘Man’s chief end is to
glorify God, and (so) to enjoy Him for ever.’ ‘Unto
Godliness’ is to be the aim of every true life, and it is
the only aim which corresponds to our circumstances
and our relations, our powers and possibilities.
II. Notice the discipline which such an aim demands.
‘Exercise thyself.’ Now, I have no doubt that the
bulk of my hearers know that the word here rendered
‘exercise’ is drawn from the athlete’s training-ground,
and is, in fact, akin to the word which is
transported into English under the form ‘gymnasium.’
The Apostle’s notion is that, just as the athlete, racer,[367]
or boxer goes through a course of training, so there
is a training as severe, necessary for the godliness which
Paul regards as the one true aim of life.
You Christian people ought to train your spirits at
least as carefully as the athlete does his muscles.
There are plenty of people, calling themselves Christians,
who never give one-hundredth part as much
systematic and diligent pains to fulfil the ideal of their
Christian life as men will take to learn to ride a
bicycle or to pull the stroke oar in a college boat.
The self-denial and persistence and concentration
which are freely spent upon excellence in athletic
pursuits might well put to shame the way in which
Christians go about the task of ‘doing’ their religion.
I suppose there never was a time, in England’s history
at any rate, whatever it may have been in Greece,
when modern instances might give more point to an
old saw than to-day does for this text, when athletic
sports of all kinds are taking up so much of the time
and the energy of our young men. I do not want to
throw cold water on that, but I do say it is a miserable
thing to think that so many professing Christians will
give a great deal more pains to learn to play lawn
tennis than ever they did to learn to be good, Christian
people.
‘Exercise thyself unto godliness.’ Make a business
of living your Christianity. Be in earnest about it.
A tragically large number of professing Christians
never were in earnest about mending themselves.
And that is why they are so far, far behind. ‘Exercise
thyself.’ You say, How?
‘Well, I say, first of all, concentration. ‘This one
thing I do.’ That does not mean narrowing, because
this ‘one thing’ can be done by means of all the[368]
legitimate things that we have to do in the world.
Next Friday, when you go on ‘Change, you can be
exercising yourself to godliness there. Whatever may
be the form of our daily occupation, it is the gymnasium
where God has put us to exercise our muscles
in, and so to gain ‘the wrestling thews that throw the
world.’ ‘Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of
His might.’ The concentration for which I plead does
not shut us out from any place but the devil’s wrestling-ground.
All that is legitimate, all that is innocent, may
be made a means for manifesting and for increasing
our godliness. Only you have to take God with you
into your life, and to try, more and more consciously,
to make Him the motive-power of all that you do.
Then the old saying which is profoundly true as it was
originally meant, and has of late years been so misused
as to become profoundly false, will be true again,
‘Laborare est orare.’ Yes! it is; if worship underlies
the work, but not else.
Again I say, exercise yourselves by abstinence. How
many things did the athlete at Corinth do without in
his training? How many things do prizefighters and
rowing men do without when in training to-day?
How rigidly, for a while at any rate, they abstain—whether
they recompense themselves afterwards or
not has nothing to do with my present purpose. And
is it not a shame that some sensual man shall, for the
sake of winning a medal or a cup, be able gladly to
abandon the delights of sense—eating, drinking, and
the like—and content himself with a hermit’s Spartan
fare, and that Christian people so seldom, and so
reluctantly, and so partially turn away from the
poisoned cups and the indigestible dainties which the
world provides for them? I think that any Christian[369]
man who complains of the things which he is shut out
from doing if he is to cultivate the godliness which
should be his life need only go to any place where
horse-jockeys congregate to get a lesson that he may
well lay to heart. ‘Exercise thyself,’ for it is unto
godliness.
And then what I said in a former part of this sermon
about the various stages of religion may suggest
another view of the method of discipline proper to the
Christian life. The strenuous exercise of all our
powers is called for. But if it is true that the godliness
of my text is the last outcome of the emotions
which spring from the reception of certain truths,
then if we work backwards, as it were, we shall get
the best way of producing the godliness. That is to
say, the main effort for all men who are in earnest
in regard to their own growth in Christlikeness is to
keep themselves in touch with the truths of the
Gospel, and in the exercise of the sentiments and
emotions which flow from these. Or, to put it into
other words, the ‘gymnastic’ is to be, mainly, the
man’s clinging, with all his might of mind and heart,
to Christ, and the truths that are wrapped up in Him;
and the cultivation of the habit of continual faith and
love turned to that Lord. If I see to number one—the
creed, and to number two—the emotions, they will see
to number three—the conduct. Keep the truths of the
Gospel well in your minds, and keep yourselves well
in the attitude of contact with Jesus Christ, and power
for life will come into you. But if the fountain is
choked, the bed of the stream will be dry. They tell
us that away up in Abyssinia there form across the
bed of one of the branches of the Nile great fields of
weed. And as long as they continue unbroken the[370]
lower river is shrunken. But when the stream at the
back of them bursts its way through them, then come
the inundations down in Egypt, and bring fertility.
And there are hundreds of professing Christians
whose fields lie barren and baked in the sunshine,
because they have stopped with weeds, far away up
amongst the hills, the stream that would water them.
Clear out the weeds, and the water will do the rest.
And ‘exercise thyself unto godliness’ by keeping the
crown and the prize often and clear in view. ‘Paul
the aged’ in this very letter says: ‘I have finished my
course, henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of
glory.’ He had said, in the midst of the strife: ‘Not
as though I had already attained—I press toward the
mark for the prize.’ And the prize which gleamed
before him through all the dust of the arena now
shone still more brightly when his hand had all but
clasped it. If we desire to ‘run with perseverance
the race that is set before us’ we must keep our eyes
fixed on Jesus, and see in Him, not only the Rewarder,
but the Reward, of the ‘exercise unto godliness.’
ONE WITNESS, MANY CONFESSORS
‘Thou . . . hast professed a good profession before many witnesses. 13. I give
thee charge in the sight of God, who quickeneth all things, and before Christ
Jesus, who before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good confession, 14. That thou keep
this commandment. . . .’—1 Tim. vi. 12-14.
You will observe that ‘a good confession,’ or rather
‘the good confession,’ is said here to have been made
both by Timothy and by Christ. But you will observe
also that whilst the subject-matter is the same, the
action of Timothy and Jesus respectively is different.
The former professes, or rather confesses, the good
confession; the latter witnesses. There must be some[371]
reason for the significant variation of terms to indicate
that the relation of Timothy and Jesus to the
good confession which they both made was, in some
way, a different one, and that though what they said
was identical, their actions in saying it were different.
Then there is another point of parallelism to be
noticed. Timothy made his profession ‘before many
witnesses,’ but the Apostle calls to his remembrance,
and summons up before the eye of his imagination, a
more august tribunal than that before which he had
confessed his faith, and says that he gives him charge
‘before God’ (for the same word is used in the original
in both verses), ‘who quickeneth all things, and before
Christ Jesus.’ So the earthly witnesses of the man’s
confession dwindle into insignificance when compared
with the heavenly ones. And upon these thoughts is
based the practical exhortation, ‘Keep the commandment
without spot.’ So, then, we have three things:
the great Witness and His confession, the subordinate
confessors who echo His witness, and the practical
issue that comes out of both thoughts.
I. We have the great Witness and His confession.
Now, you will remember, perhaps, that if we turn to
the Gospels, we find that all of them give the subject-matter
of Christ’s confession before Pilate, as being that
He was the King of the Jews. But the Evangelist John
expands that conversation, and gives us details which
present a remarkable verbal correspondence with the
words of the Apostle here, and must suggest to us that,
though John’s Gospel was not written at the date of
this Epistle, the fact that is enshrined for us in it was
independently known by the Apostle Paul.
For, if I may for a moment recall the incident to
you, you will remember that when Pilate put to the[372]
Saviour the question, ‘Art Thou a King?’ our Lord,
before He would answer, took pains to make quite
clear the sense in which the judge asked Him of His
royal state. For He said, ‘Sayest thou this thing of
thyself, or did others tell it thee of Me? If it is your
Roman idea of a king, the answer must be, “No.”
If it is the Jewish Messianic idea, the answer must be,
“Yes.” I must know first what the question means, in
the mind of the questioner, before I answer it.’ And
when Pilate brushes aside Christ’s question, with a sort
of impatient contempt, and returns to the charge,
‘What hast Thou done?’ our Lord, whilst He makes
the claim of sovereignty, takes care to make it in such
a way as to show that Rome need fear nothing from
Him, and that His dominion rested not upon force.
‘My Kingdom is not of this world.’ And then, when
Pilate, like a practical Roman, bewildered with all
these fine-spun distinctions, sweeps them impatiently
out of the field, and comes back to ‘Yes, or No; are
you a King?’ our Lord gives a distinct affirmative
answer, but at once soars up into the region where
Pilate had declined to follow Him: ‘To this end was I
born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I
might bear witness to the truth.’ ‘Before Pontius
Pilate he witnessed the good confession.’ And His
confession was His royalty, His relation to the truth,
and His pre-existence. ‘To this end was I born,’ and
the next clause is no mere tautology, nor a non-significant
parallelism, ‘and for this cause came I into
the world.’ Then He was before He came, and birth to
Him was not the beginning of being, but the beginning
of a new relation.
So, then, out of this great word of our text, which
falls into line with a great many other words of the[373]
New Testament, we may gather important and significant
truths with regard to two things, the matter and
the manner of Christ’s witnessing. You remember how
the same Apostle John—for whom that word ‘witness’
has a fascination in all its manifold applications—in
that great vision of the Apocalypse, when to his
blessed sight the vision of the Master was once given,
extols Him as ‘the faithful witness, and the First-begotten
from the dead, and the Prince of the kings of
the earth.’ And you may remember how our Lord
Himself, after His conversation with Nicodemus, says,
‘We speak that we do know, and bear witness to that
we have seen,’ and how again, in answer to the taunts
of the Jews, He takes the taunt as the most intimate
designation of the peculiarity of His person and of His
work, when He says, ‘I am one that bear witness of
Myself.’ So, then, we have to interpret his declaration
before Pilate in the light of all these other sayings,
and to remember that He who said that He came to
bear witness to the truth, said also, ‘I am the truth,’
and therefore that his great declaration that He was
the witness-bearer to the truth is absolutely synonymous
with His other declaration that He bears witness
of Himself.
Now, here we come upon one of the great peculiarities
of Christ as a religious teacher. The new thing,
the distinctive peculiarity, the differentia between
Him and all other teachers, lies just here, that His
theme is not so much moral or religious principles,
as His own nature and person. He was the most egotistical
man that ever lived on the face of the earth,
with an egotism only to be accounted for, if we believe,
as He Himself said, that in His person was the
truth that He proclaimed, and that when He witnessed[374]
to Himself He revealed God. And thus He stands,
separate from all other teachers, by this, that He is
His own theme and His own witness.
So much for the matter of the good confession to
which we need only add here its pendant in the confession
before the High Priest. To the representative
of the civil government He said, ‘I am a king,’ and
then, as I remarked, He soared up into regions where
no Roman official could rise to follow Him, and to
the representative of the Theocratic government He
said, ‘Hereafter ye shall see the Son of Man sitting at
the right hand of God, and coming in the clouds of
heaven.’ These two truths, that He is the Son of God,
who by His witness to the truth, that is, Himself, lays
the foundations of a Monarchy which shall stretch far
further than the pinions of the Roman eagles could
ever fly, and that he is the Son of Man who, exalted to
the right hand of God, is to be the Judge of mankind—these
are the good confessions to which the Lord
witnessed.
Then with regard to the manner of His witness.
That brings us to another of the peculiarities of
Christ’s teaching. I have said that He was the most
egotistical of men. I would say, too, that there never
was another who clashed down in the front of
humanity such tremendous assertions, with not the
faintest scintilla of an attempt to prove them to our
understandings, or commend them by any other plea
than this, ‘Verily, verily, I say unto you!’
A witness does not need to argue. A witness is a
man who reports what he has seen and heard. The
whole question is as to his veracity and competency.
Jesus Christ states it for the characteristic of His
work, ‘We speak that we do know, and bear witness to[375]
that we have seen.’ His relation to the truth which
He brings to us is not that of a man who has thought
it out, who has been brought to it by experience, or by
feeling, or by a long course of investigation; still less
is it the relation which a man would bear to a truth
that he had learnt from others originally, however
much he had made it his own thereafter: but it is
that of one who is not a thinker, or a learner, or a
reasoner, but who is simply an attester, a witness.
And so He stands before us, and says, ‘The words that
I speak unto you, they are spirit, they are life.
Believe Me, and believe the words, for no other reason,
primarily, than because I speak them.’ In these two
respects, then, the matter and the manner of His
witness, He stands alone, and we have to bow before
Him and say, ‘Speak, Lord! for thy servant heareth.’
‘Before Pontius Pilate He witnessed a good confession.’
II. We have here suggested to us the subordinate
confessors who echo the Lord’s witness.
It is a matter of no consequence when, and before
whom, this Timothy professed his good profession. It
may have been at his baptism. It may have been
when he was installed in his office. It may have been
before some tribunal of which we know nothing.
That does not matter. The point is that a Christian
man is to be an echo of the Lord’s good confession, and
is to keep within the lines of it, and to be sure that all
of it is echoed in his life. Christ has told us what to
say, and we are here to say it over again. Christ has
witnessed; we are to confess. Our relation to that
truth is different from His. We hear it; He speaks it.
We accept it; He reveals it. We are influenced by it;
He is it. He brings it to the world on His own
authority; we are to carry it to the world on His.[376]
Be sure that you Christian men are echoes of your
Master. Be sure that you reverberate the note that
He struck. Be sure that all its music is repeated by
you And take care that you neither fall short of it,
nor go beyond it, in your faith and in your profession.
Echoes of Christ—that is the highest conception of a
Christian life.
But though there is all the difference between the
Witness and the confessors, do not let us forget that,
if we are truly Christian, there is a very deep and
blessed sense in which we, too, may witness what we
have seen and heard. A Christian preacher of any
sort—and by that I mean, not merely a man who
stands in a pulpit, as I do, but all Christian people,
in their measure and degree—will do nothing by
professing the best profession, unless that profession
sounds like the utterance of a man who speaks that he
knows, and who can say, ‘that which our eyes have
beheld, that which we have handled, of the Word of
life, we make known unto you.’ And so, by the power
of personal experience speaking out in our lives, and
by the power of it alone, as I believe, will victories be
won, and the witness of Jesus Christ be repeated in the
world. Christian men and women, the old saying
which was addressed by a prophet to Israel is more
true, more solemnly true of us, and presses on us with
a heavier weight of obligation, as well as lifts us up
into a position of greater blessedness: ‘Ye are my
witnesses, saith the Lord.’ That is what you and I are
here for—to bear witness, different and yet like to, the
witness borne by the Lord. We have all to do that, by
words, though not only by them. That is the obligation
that a great many Christian people take very
lightly. That yoke of Jesus Christ many of us slip our[377]
necks out of. If He has witnessed, you have to confess.
But some of you carry your Christianity in
secret, and button your coats over the cockade that
should tell whose soldiers you are, and are ashamed, or
too shy, or too nervous, or too afraid of ridicule, or
not sufficiently sure of your own grip of the Master, to
confess Him before men. I beseech you remember
that a Christian man is no Christian unless ‘with the
mouth confession is made unto salvation,’ as well as
‘with the heart’ belief is exercised unto righteousness.
III. Lastly, we have here the practical issue of all
this.
‘I charge thee before God, who quickeneth all things,
and before Jesus Christ, that thou keep the commandment
without spot.’ The ‘commandment,’ of course,
may be used in a specific sense, referring to what has
just been enjoined, but more probably we are to regard
the same thing which, considered in its relation to
Jesus Christ, is His testimony, as being, in its relation
to us, His commandment. For all Christ’s gospel of
revelation that He has made of Himself to the world,
is meant to influence, not only belief and feeling, but
conduct and character as well. All the New Testament,
in so far as it is a record of what Christ is, and
thereby a declaration of what God is, is also for us an
injunction as to what we ought to be. The whole
Gospel is law, and the testimony is commandment, and
we have to keep it, as well as to confess it. Let me
put the few things that I have to say, under this last
division of my subject, the practical issue, into the
shape of three exhortations, not for the sake of seeming
to arrogate any kind of superiority, but for the
sake of point and emphasis.
Let the life bear witness to the confession. What[378]
is the use of Timothy’s standing there, and professing
himself a Christian before many witnesses if, when
he goes out into the world, his conduct gives the lie to
his creed, and he lives like the men that are not
Christians? Back up your confession by your conduct,
and when you say ‘I believe in Jesus Christ,’ let your
life be as true an echo of His life as your confession is
of His testimony. Else we shall come under the condemnation,
‘Nothing but leaves,’ and shall fall under
the punishment of the continuance of unfruitfulness,
which is our crime as well as our punishment. There
is a great deal more done by consistent living for, and
by inconsistent living against, the truth of the Gospel,
than by all the words of all the preachers in the world.
Your faults go further, and tell more, than my sermons,
and your Christian characters will go further than all
the eloquence of the most devoted preachers. ‘There
is no voice nor language, where their sound is not
heard. Their line is gone out into all the earth, and
their words to the end of the world.’
Again, let the thought of the Great Witness stimulate
us. He, too, took His place by our sides, though with
the differences that I have pointed out, yet with
resemblances which bring Him very near us. He, too;
knew what it was to stand amongst those who shrugged
their shoulders, and knit their brows at His utterances,
and turned away from Him, calling Him sometimes
‘dreamer,’ sometimes ‘revolutionary,’ sometimes ‘blasphemer,’
and now and then a messenger of good
tidings and a preacher of the gospel of peace. He
knows all our hesitations, all our weaknesses, all our
temptations. He was the first of the martyrs, in the
narrower sense of the word. He is the leader of the
great band of witnesses for God. Let us stand by His[379]
side, and be like Him in our bearing witness in this
world.
Again, let the thought of the great tribunal stimulate
us. ‘I give thee charge before God, who quickeneth
all things—and who therefore will quicken you—and
before Jesus Christ, that thou keep this commandment.’
Jesus, who witnessed to the truth, witnesses,
in the sense of beholding and watching, us, knowing
our weakness and ready to help us. ‘The faithful
witness, and the first begotten from the dead, and the
Prince of the kings of the earth,’ is by us, as we witness
for Him. And so, though we are compassed about with
so great a cloud of witnesses, the saints in the past
who have witnessed for God, and been witnessed to by
Him, we have to turn away from them, and ‘look off’
from all others, ‘unto Jesus.’ And we may, like the
first of the noble army of martyrs, see the heavens
opened, and Jesus ‘standing’—started to His feet, to
see and to help Stephen—’at the right hand of God.’
Brethren, let us listen to His witness, let us accept it,
setting to our seals that God is true. Then let us try
to echo it back by word, and to attest our confession
by our conduct, and then we may comfort ourselves
with the great word, ‘He that confesseth Me before
men, Him will I also confess before My Father which
is in Heaven.’
THE CONDUCT THAT SECURES THE
REAL LIFE
‘Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come,
that they may lay hold on eternal life.’—1 Tim. vi. 19.
In the first flush of the sense of brotherhood, the
Church of Jerusalem tried the experiment of having[380]
all things in common. It was not a success, it was
soon abandoned, it never spread. In the later history
of the Church, and especially in these last Pauline
letters, we see clearly that distinctions of pecuniary
position were very definitely marked amongst the believers.
There were ‘rich men’ in the churches of which
Timothy had charge. No doubt they were rich after
a very modest fashion, for Paul’s standard of opulence
is not likely to have been a very high one, seeing that
he himself ministered with his own hands to his
necessities, and had only one cloak to keep him warm
in winter time. But great or small as were the
resources of these men, they were rich in comparison
with some of their brethren. The words of my text
are the close of the very plain things which Paul commands
Timothy to tell them. He assures them that
if they will be rich in good works, and ready to
distribute, they will lay up for themselves a good
‘foundation against the time to come.’
The teaching in the text is, of course, a great deal
wider than any specific application of it. It is very
remarkable, especially as coming from Paul. ‘Lay up
a good foundation’—has he not said, ‘Other foundation
can no man lay than that which is laid, which is Jesus
Christ’? ‘That they may lay hold on eternal life’—has
he not said, ‘The gift of God is eternal life’? Is he
not going dead in the teeth of his own teaching, ‘Not
by works of righteousness which we have done, but by
His mercy He saved us’? I think not. Let us see what
he does say.
I. First, then, he says that the real life is the future
life.
Those of you who use the Revised Version will see
that it makes an alteration in the last clause of our[381]
text, and instead of ‘eternal life’ it reads ‘the life
which is life indeed,’ the true life; not simply designating
it as eternal, but designating it as being the only
thing that is worth calling by the august name of life.
Now it is quite clear that Paul here is approximating
very closely to the language of his brother John, and
using this great word ‘life’ as being, in substance,
equivalent to his own favourite word of ‘salvation,’
as including in one magnificent generalisation all that
is necessary for the satisfaction of man’s needs, the
perfection of his blessedness, and the glorifying of
his nature. Paul’s notion of life, like John’s, is that
it is the one all-comprehensive good which men need
and seek.
And here he seems to relegate that ‘life which is
life indeed’ to the region of the future, because he contemplates
it as being realised ‘in the time to come,’
and as being the result of the conduct which is here
enjoined. But you will find that substantially the same
exhortation is given in the 12th verse of this chapter,
‘Fight the good fight of faith; lay hold on the life
eternal’—where the process of grasping this ‘life,’ and
therefore the possession of it, are evidently regarded
as possible here, and the duty of every Christian man
in this present world. That is to say, there is a double
aspect of this august conception of the ‘life which is life
indeed.’ In one aspect it is present, may be and ought
to be ours, here and now; in another aspect it lies
beyond the flood, and is the inheritance reserved in
the heavens. That double aspect is parallel with the
way in which the New Testament deals with the other
cognate conception of salvation, which it sometimes
regards as past, sometimes as present, sometimes as
future. The complete idea is that the life of the[382]
Christian soul here and yonder, away out into the
furthest extremities of eternity, and up to the loftiest
climax of perfectness, is in essence one, whilst yet the
differences between the degree in which its germinal
possession here and its full-fruited enjoyment hereafter
differ is so great as that, in comparison with the
completion that is waiting the Christian soul beyond
the grave, all of the same life that is here enjoyed
dwindles into nothingness. It appears to me that
these two sides of the truth, the essential identity of
the life of the Christian soul beyond and here, and the
all but infinite differences and progresses which separate
the two, are both needful, very needful, to be kept
in view by us.
There is here on earth, amidst all our imperfections
and weakness and sin, a root in the heart that trusts
in Christ, which only needs to be transplanted into its
congenial soil to blossom and burgeon into undreamed
of beauty, and to bear fruit the savour of which no
mortal lips can ever taste. The dwarfed rhododendrons
in our shrubberies have in them the same
nature as the giants that adorn the slopes of the
Himalayas. Transplant these exotics to their native
soil, and you would see what it was in them to be.
Think of the life that is now at its best; its weakness,
its blighted hopes, its thwarted aims, its foiled endeavours;
think of its partings, its losses, its conflicts.
Think of its disorders, its sins, and consequent sufferings;
think of the shadow at its close, which flings
long trails of blackness over many preceding years.
Think of its swift disappearance, and then say if such
a poor, fragmentary thing is worthy of the name of
life, if that were all that the man was for.
But it is not all. There is a ‘life which is life indeed,’[383]
over which no shadow can pass, nor any sorrow darken
the blessed faces or clog the happy hearts of those
who possess it. They ‘have all and abound.’ They
know all and are at rest. They dread nothing, and
nothing do they regret. They leave nothing behind as
they advance, and of their serenity and their growth
there is no end. That is worth calling life. It lies
beyond this dim spot of earth. It is ‘hid with Christ
in God.’
II. Secondly, notice that conduct here determines the
possession of the true life.
Paul never cares whether he commits the rhetorical
blunder of mixing up metaphors or not. That matters
very little, except to a pedant and a rhetorician. In
his impetuous way he blends three here, and has no
time to stop to disentangle them. They all mean
substantially the same thing which I have stated in
the words that conduct here determines the possession
of life hereafter; but they put it in three different
figurative fashions which we may separate and look at
one by one.
The first of them is this, that by our actions here we
accumulate treasure hereafter. ‘Laying up in store
for themselves’ is one word in the original, and it
contains even more than is expressed in our paraphrase,
for it is really ‘treasuring off.’ And the idea
is that the rich man is bade to take a portion of his
worldly goods, and, by using these for beneficent purposes,
out of them to store a treasure beyond the
grave. What is employed thus, and from the right
motives and in the right way, is not squandered, but
laid up in store. You remember the old epitaph,
| ‘What I spent I lost; |
| What I gave I have.’ |
all that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt
have treasure in heaven’? Did He not say: ‘Lay
not up for yourselves treasures on earth, . . . but lay
up treasures in heaven’? And if anybody’s theology
finds it difficult to incorporate these solemn teachings
of our Lord with the rest of it, so much the worse for
the theology.
I have no doubt at all that Christianity has yet a
great deal to teach the Christian Church and the
world about the acquisition of money and the disposal
of money; and, though I do not want to dwell
now upon that specific application of the general
principle of my text, I cannot help reminding you,
dear friends, that for a very large number of us, almost
the most important influence shaping our characters
is the attitude that we take in regard to these things—the
getting and the distribution of worldly wealth.
For the bulk of Christian people there are few things
more important as sharp tests of the reality of their
religion, or more effective in either ennobling or
degrading their whole character, than what they do
about these two plain matters.
But then my text goes a great deal further than
that; and whilst it applies unflinchingly this principle
to the one specific case, it invites us to apply it all
round the circumference of our earthly conduct.
What you are doing here is piling up for you, on the
other side of the wall, what you will have to live
with, and either get good or evil out of, through
all eternity. A man who is going to Australia pays
some money into a bank here, and when he gets to
Melbourne it is punctually paid out to him across the
counter. That is what we are doing here, lodging[385]
money on this side that we are going to draw on that.
And it is this which gives to the present its mystical
significance and solemnity, that all our actions are
piling up for us future possessions: ‘treasuring up
wrath against the day of wrath’; or, contrariwise,
‘glory, immortality, honour, eternal life.’ We are
like men digging a trench on one side of a hedge and
flinging the spadefuls over to the other. They are all
being piled up behind the barrier, and when we go
round the end of it we shall find them all waiting for us.
Then the Apostle superimposes upon this another
metaphor. He does not care to unravel it. ‘Laying
up in store for themselves a store,’ he would have said
if he had been a pedant, ‘which is also a good foundation.’
Now I take it that that does not mean a basis
for hope, or anything of that sort, but that it conveys
this thought, that our actions here are putting in the
foundations on which the eternal building of our
future life shall be reared. When a man excavates
and lays the first courses of the stones of his building,
he thereby determines every successive stage of it,
until the headstone is brought forth with rejoicing.
We are laying foundations in that profound sense in
this world. Our nature takes a set here, and I fail to
see any reason cognisable by us why that ply of the
nature should ever be taken out of it in any future.
I do not dogmatise; but it seems to me that all that we
do know of life and of God’s dealings in regard to man
leads us to suppose that the next world is a world of
continuations, not of beginnings; that it is the second
volume of the book, and hangs logically and necessarily
upon the first that was finished when a man
died. Our lives here and hereafter appear to me to be
like some geometrical figure that wants two sheets of[386]
paper for its completion: on the first the lines run up
to the margin, and on the second they are carried on
in the direction which was manifest in the section that
was visible here.
And so, dear friends, let us remember that this is the
reason why our smallest acts are so tremendous that
by our actions we are making character, and that
character is destiny, here and hereafter. You are
putting in the foundations of the building that you
have to live in; see that they are of such a sort as will
support a house eternal in the heavens.
The last of the metaphors under which the Apostle
suggests the one idea is that our conduct here determines
our capacity to lay hold of the prize. It
seems to me that the same allusion is lingering in his
mind which is definitely stated in the previous verse
to which I have already referred, where the eternal life
which Timothy is exhorted to lay hold of is regarded
as being the prize of the good fight of faith, which he
is exhorted to fight. And so the third metaphor here
is that which is familiar in Paul’s writings, where
eternal life is regarded as a garland or prize, given to
the victor in race or arena. It is exactly the same
notion as he otherwise expresses when he says that
he follows after if that he may ‘lay hold of that for
which also he is laid hold of by Jesus Christ.’ This is
the underlying thought, that according to a Christian
man’s acts here is his capacity of receiving the real
life yonder.
That is not given arbitrarily. Each man gets as
much of it when he goes home as he can hold. The
tiniest vessel is filled, the largest vessel is filled. But
the little vessel may, and will, grow bigger if that which
is deposited in it be rightly employed. Let us lay this[387]
to heart, that Christian men dare not treat it as a
matter of indifference whether to the full they live
lives consistent with their profession, and do the will
of their Master or no. It is not all the same, and it
will not be all the same yonder, whether we have
adorned the teaching, or whether our lives have
habitually and criminally fallen beneath the level of
our professions. Brethren, we are too apt to forget
that there is such a thing as being ‘saved, yet so as by
fire’; and that there is such a thing as ‘having an
entrance ministered abundantly into the Kingdom.’
Be you sure of this, that if the hands of your spirits
are ever to be capable of grasping the prize, it must
be as the result of conduct here on earth, which has
been treasuring up treasures yonder, and laying a
foundation on which the incorruptible house may
solidly rest.
III. And now the last word that I have to say is that
these principles are perfectly compatible with the great
truth of salvation by faith.
For observe to whom the text is spoken. It is to
men who have professed to be believers, and it is on
the ground of their faith that these rich men in
Timothy’s churches are exhorted to this conduct.
There is no incompatibility between the doctrine that
eternal life is the gift of God, and the placing of those
who have received that gift under a strict law of
recompense.
That is the teaching of the whole New Testament.
It was to Christian men that it was said: ‘Be not
deceived; God is not mocked, whatsoever a man soweth
that shall he also reap.’ It is the teaching of Jesus
Christ Himself.
But there is a dreadful danger that we, with our[388]
partial vision, shall see one side of the truth so clearly
that we do not see the other; and so you get two
antagonistic schools of Christian teaching who have
torn the one word into halves. One of them says,
‘Man is saved by faith only,’ and forgets ‘faith without
works is dead’; and the other says, ‘Do your duty, and
never mind about your belief,’ and forgets that the
belief—the trust—is the only sure foundation on which
conduct can be based, and the only source from which
it is certain to flow.
Now, if I should not be misunderstood by that same
narrow and contracted vision of which I have been
speaking, I would venture to say that salvation by
faith alone may be so held as to be a very dangerous
doctrine, and that there is a very real sense in which
a man is saved by works. And if you do not like that,
go home and read the Epistle of James, and see what
you make of his teaching: ‘Ye see, brethren, how that
by works a man is justified, and not by faith only.’
‘Faith wrought with his works, and by his works was
his faith made perfect.’
Only let us understand where the exhortation of the
text comes in. We have to begin with absolute departure
from all merit in work, and the absolute casting
of ourselves on Jesus Christ. If you have not done
that, my brother, the teaching ‘Laying up in store for
themselves a good foundation’ has no application to
you, but this teaching has, ‘Other foundation can no
man lay. Behold, I lay in Zion a tried corner-stone.
Whosoever believeth in Him shall not make haste.’
If you have not committed your souls and selves and
lives and hopes to Jesus Christ, the teaching ‘Lay hold
on eternal life’ has only a very modified application to
you, because the only hand that can grasp that life is[389]
the hand of faith that is content to receive it from His
hands with the prints of the nails in them. But if you
have given yourselves to that Saviour, and received the
germinal gift of eternal life from Him, then, take my
text as absolutely imperative for you. Remember
that it is for you, resting on Christ, to treasure up
eternal life; for you to build on that sure foundation
gold and silver and precious stones which may stand
the fire; for you, by faithful continuance in well-doing,
to lay hold of that for which you have been laid hold
of by Jesus Christ. May it be true of all of us that
‘our works do follow us’!
| ‘Thy works, thine alms, and all thy good endeavour |
| Stayed not behind, nor in the grave were trod, |
| But, as Faith pointed with her golden rod, |
| Followed thee up to joy and bliss for ever.’ |
Transcriber’s Notes
Obvious punctuation errors repaired.
The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections.
Scroll the mouse over the word and the original text will appear.